Airworthiness Inspector S Handbook

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
8/2 : 8300.9
ess
Airworthin
ORDER
www.my
fdoc
TD 4.8 /2:8300.9
8300.9
2 0000 004 439 176
AIRWORTHINESS INSPECTOR'S HANDBOOK

Incellation of Air Carries Airworthiness Ines..1Able
dated Nov 7, 1977 320 2
9olar
q
Gen. Ardate. dAirwor thines

Oct.AV 16, 1978 Ing8.Hok
600,.1
L
IAT
RA
ION
DE
FE
ADM N
INI ATIO
TR
JULY 26 , 1985
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
Distribution: A -W (WS / FO / VN ) -3; A- X ( FS / CD ) -3 ; Initiated By : AWS - 300

A - FAC - O (LTD ) ; A - FFS - 1 / 2 / 5 / 7 / 8 (MAX ) ; A - FIA - O (MAX ) ;
ZVS - 832; AAC - 952 (80 copies ) ; ANM - 270L / ANM - 270S / ASW - 270 /
ACE - 270 (5 copies ea . ) ; AVN - 133 ( 10 cop : 3 )
DIRECTIVE NO . 8300.9
RECORD OF CHANGES
CHANGE SUPPLEMENTS CHANGE SUPPLEMENTS

TO OPTIONAL USE TO OPTIONAL USE
BASIC BASIC
GPO : 1968 OF - 308-383

FAA Form 1320-5 (5-68 ) SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION
7/26/85 8300.9
FOREWORD
This order represents a consolidation of Order 8600.1, General Aviation

Airworthiness Inspector's Handbook , and Order 8320.12 , Air Carrier Airworthiness
Inspector's Handbook . It will provide field personnel with a single order that
will guide and assist them in performing the duties pertaining to the
certification and surveillance of aircraft , airmen , agencies, air carriers
( including domestic , flag , commuters , and air taxi operators ), commercial
operators, and operators under FAR Part 125 , and facilities and other actions
which require the issuance of an approval, authorization , waiver , permit , or
other official paper .
Bu
M. C. Beard
Director of Airworthiness
Page i ( and ii )
7/26/85 8300.9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL . Page No.
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION .
1. Purpose. 1
2. Distribution . 1
3. Cancellation . 1.
4. Explanation of Changes. 1
5. Authority to Change This Order . 1
6. RESERVED .
SECTION 2. DESCRIPTION .
+ W
uru
7. Presentation . 3
A
8. Basis for Procedures Contained in This Order . 4
9. Definition of Operators as Used in This Order . 4
10. Definition of the Term " Certification " as Used in This Order . 5
11. Definition of the Term " Surveillance " as Used in This Order . 5
12. - 19 . RESERVED .
CHAPTER 2. GENERAL PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES .

SECTION 1. UTILIZATION OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL .
20. Purpose . 19
21. General . 19
22. Assignments. 19
23. Trainee Inspectors . 20
24. Scheduled Surveillance . 20
25. Other Surveillance Activities . 20
26. Weekend , Official Holiday, and Continuous 20
Surveillance Activities .
1 27. Requests for Certification and Surveillance Assistance . 20
28. Shared Responsibilities for Surveillance of Facilities 21
Performing Air Carrier Maintenance .
29. Meetings /Workshops . 23
30. Preparation and Issuance of Directives Requiring Action 23
or Imposing Workloads on Airworthiness Inspectors.
31. Aviation Safety Inspector's Credential, FAA Form 110A . 23
Figure 2-1 . Delineation of Technical Responsibilities . 29
Figure 2-2 . Sample FAA Form 110A ( Front Side of Form ) . 32
Figure 2-3 . FAA Form . 110A ( Reverse Side of Form )) . 32
Figure 2-4 . Sample FAA Form 1600-14 (Front Side of Form ) . 33
Figure 2-5 . FAA Form 1600-14 ( Reverse Side of Form ) . 33
32. - 35 . RESERVED .
SECTION 2. PRECAUTION TO BE TAKEN BY TECHNICAL PERSONNEL IN PUBLIC
DISCUSSION OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AND AIRCRAFT PRODUCTS .
36. Purpose . 37
Page iii
--
-
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
37. Opinions concerning Maintenance Services and Aircraft 37

Products .
38. Requests for Information Concerning Sources of Services 37
or Products .
39. New or Unique Maintenance or Alteration 37
Techniques , Practices , or Procedures .
40. General . 38
41. - 55 . RESERVED .
SECTION 3. ORAL AUTHORIZATIONS .

56. General . 49
57. -59 . RESERVED .
SECTION 4. CORRESPONDENCE WITH INDUSTRY .

60. Purpose . 61
61. General . 61
62. Formal Correspondence. 61
63. Quality of Correspondence . 61
SECTION 5 . PUBLICATION OF PRECAUTIONARY NOTICES ,

MAINTENANCE BULLETINS , AND MEMORANDA .
거거 거거
70. Purpose . 71
71. General . 71
72. Legal Aspects . 71
73. Coordination With Washington Office . 71
SECTION 6. ACCESS TO PUBLIC AND PRIVATE AIRPORTS ,

LANDING STRIPS , AND OTHER AREAS USED FOR
OPERATION OF AIRCRAFT .
四四四四
80. Purpose .
81. General . 79
82. Definitions . 79
83. Access to Private Airports , Landing Strips , 79
and Other Areas .
84 . Access to Public Airports . 79
四
SECTION 7. RESPONDING TO WRITTEN NOTIFICATION

OR COMPLAINTS .
90. Purpose . 87
91. General . 87
92. Action . 87
Page iv
8300.9
7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 8. OBTAINING AND RETURNING AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE /
ALTERATION RECORDS AND PARTS .
100. Purpose. 97
101. Authority . 97
102. Obtaining Aircraft Maintenance and Alteration 97
Records .
103. Return of Maintenance and Alteration Records . 97
104. Obtaining Aircraft / Parts for Analysis and Study . 98
105. Routing of FAA Form 8020-2 . 98
106. Analysis and Handling of Parts . 98
107. Test Results . 99
108. FAA Obligation for the Disassembly and 99
Reassembly of Component Parts .
109. Forms . 99
Figure 2-6 . Aircraft / Parts Identification 111
and Release , FAA Form 8020-2 .
110. - 119 . RESERVED .
SECTION 9. GENERAL AVIATION SAFETY SEMINARS AND SPECIAL

MEETINGS .
120. Purpose . 117

121. General Policy . 117
122. Special Meetings. 117
123. Educational Clinics . 117
124. Participation in Industry Sponsored Clinics . 117
125. Coordinator's Report of Maintenance /Avionics 120
Seminars and Clinics (RIS : FS 8300-6 ) .
126. - 134 . RESERVED .
SECTION 10. COORDINATION OF PROPOSED AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES .
135. General . 125

136. Coordination . 125
137. - 144 . RESERVED .
SECTION 11. MANUFACTURER'S PRIVILEGES UNDER THE TERM REBUILD .

145. Purpose . 129
146. Discussion . 129
147. Guidance . 129
148. - 154 . RESERVED .
SECTION 12. INTERPRETATION OF FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS .
155. Purpose . 141

157. Action . 141
158. - 164 . RESERVED .
Page v
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 13. INDUSTRY COMPLIANCE WITH FAR EFFECTIVE DATES .

165. Purpose . 151
166 . Discussion . 151
167. Action . 151
168. - 174 . RESERVED .
SECTION 14. RECORDKEEPING AND RELATED REPORTS .

175. Purpose. 163
176. General . 163
177. Request for Mailing List Action . 163
178 . Instructions for Completion of AC Form 8300-10 , 164
RIS : AC 8300-1 .
179. Forms . 166
Figure 2-7 . Certificate Authorization , or Designation 179
Action Request , AC Form 8300-10 ( Front) .
Figure 2-8 . Certificate, Authorization , or Designation 180
Action Request, AC Form 8300-10 ( Reverse ) .
180. - 184 . RESERVED .
SECTION 15. INTERPRETATION OF THE TERM " AIRWORTHY ."
185. Purpose . 191

186. General . 191
188. Conclusion . 191
189-194 . RESERVED .
SECTION 16 . MAINTENANCE BULLETINS .
195. Purpose . 201

196. Preparation . 201
197. - 204 . RESERVED .
SECTION 17. FUELING FACILITIES SURVEILLANCE GENERAL AVIATION .
205. Purpose . 211

206. General . 211
207. Fueling Facilites . 211
208. Surveillance Procedures . 211
209. Reports . 212
210. Discrepancies . 212
211. -224. RESERVED .
SECTION 18. LISTING OF MAINTENANCE AGENCIES, DESIGNEES , AND

INSPECTION AUTHORIZATIONS .
225. Purpose. 221

226. General . 221
Page vi
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
227. Current Publications . 221
228. Action . 221
229. Statistical Data . 222
230. - 239 . RESERVED .
SECTION 19. COORDINATION OF VISITS TO MAINTENANCE AND

MANUFACTURING FACILITIES .
240. General . 233

241. Arrangements for Visits . 233
242. - 249 . RESERVED .
SECTION 20. COOPERATION WITH FOREIGN COVERNMENTS IN ISSUANCE OF
FOREIGN AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATE .
250. Purpose . 245

251. Procedure . 245
252. - 255 . RESERVED .
SECTION 21. DEVIATIONS AND EXEMPTIONS ,

256. Deviations . 255
257. Exemptions. 255
258. - 449 . RESERVED .
CHAPTER 3. AIRCRAFT .
SECTION 1. TYPE CERTIFICATION BOARDS .
450. Purpose . 267

451. Membership on Type Certification Boards . 267
452. Assignment . 267
453. Duties . 267
454. Procedures . 268
455. Servicing and Maintenance Manuals . 268
456. Maintenance Type Certification Activity 269
Summary (RIS : FS 8300-2 ) .
457. -465 . RESERVED .
SECTION 2. SUPPLEMENTAL TYPE CERTIFICATES .
466. Authority . 279

467. Purpose . 279
468. Definition . 279
469. Action . 279
470. Compliance and Conformity . 279
471. -475 . RESERVED .
Page vii
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 3. MAJOR ALTERATIONS .

477. Purpose. 289
478. General . 289
479. Alteration - Definitions and Regulatory References . 290
480. Review and Processing of Application and Data . 290
481. Compatibility of Alterations . 291
482. Minor Variations Form Previously Approved Data . 291
483. Alterations which are Classified as Major 291
Alterations .
484. Alteration Performance - Testing Recordation . 292
485 . Assistance by Appropriately Rated Designated Engineering 293
Representative ( DER ) .
486. Incomplete and /or Piecemeal Installation . 293
487. Alterations Which Will Require Engineering Approval . 293
488. Typical Alterations which may Require Technical Assistance 295
Due to the Nature of the Change Proposed by the
Operator /Owner .
489. FAA Inspectors Approval Entry on FAA Form 337 . 295
490. Document Disposition . 296
491. - 495 . RESERVED .
SECTION 4. MAJOR REPAIRS .

497. Requirement for Approved Data . 299
498. Previously Approved Data . 299
499. Major Repair Data Approval (Not Previously Approved ) . 299
500. Mistaken Classification of Major Repairs as Alterations . 301
501. Surveillance . 301
502. Processing of the FAA Form 337 . 301
503. Disposition of Air Carrier Major Repairs and Major 301
Alterations .
504. - 509 . RESERVED .
SECTION 5. MAJOR REPAIR AND ALTERATION , FAA FORM 337 .
510. Purpose . 313

512. General . 313
513. Disposition of FAA Form 337 . 313
515. -519 . RESERVED .
SECTION 6. RECIPROCAL ACCEPTANCE OF MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

PERFORMED BY CANADIAN MECHANICS AND U.S. REPAIR AGENCIES .

521. General . 325
Page viii
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
522. United States Regulations. 325

523. Mechanical Work Perfomed on U.S. -Registered Aircraft 325
in Canada ,
524. Approval for Return - To - Service of Work Operations 325
Performed on Canadian Aircraft by U.S. Repair Agencies .
525 . Canadian Engines Overhauled by U.S. Repair Agencies . 326
526. Advisory Circular 43-10A . 327
527. -534 . RESERVED .
SECTION 7 . LEASING OF AIRCRAFT .
535. General . 337

536. Types of Leases . 337
537. Leases to Foreign Operators . 337
538 . Aircraft Removed From Air Carrier Operating Certificates . 338
539. Leases to FAR Parts 91 , 121 , and 127 Operators . 339
540. Surveillance of Leased Aircraft . 339
541. - 549 . RESERVED .
SECTION 8 . USE OF AIRCRAFT PARTS / COMPONENTS OF UNKNOWN

CONDITION OR ORIGIN .
550. General . 349

551 . Classification and Source Categories . 349
552. Inspector's Responsibility and Action . 350
553. Advisory Circular 20-62C, Eligibility , Quality, and 351
Identification of Approved Aeronautical Replacement Parts .
554. - 559 . RESERVED .
SECTION 9. AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES ( AD's ) .

560. Purpose . 363
561. Adjustment of Repetitive Inspection Time . 363
562 . Alternate Means of Complying with the AD . 364
563. Exemptions . 364
564. Monitoring Air Carrier Fleet Operators Compliance With AD's . 365
565. Recordation Other Than Mechanic . 365
566. Relationship of AD's Prior to FAA Approval of Technical 365
Data for Major Repairs or Major Alterations .
567. - 574. RESERVED .
SECTION 10. TESTING OF AIRCRAFT POWERPLANTS AFTER OVERHAUL .
575. Purpose. 375

576. Reference . 375
578. Guidance . 375
579. Action . 376
580. - 585 . RESERVED .
Page ix
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 11. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS .

586. Purpose . 387
587. General . 387
589. -595 . RESERVED .
SECTION 12. TESTING FABRIC COVERING OF AIRCRAFT.

596. Purpose . 399
597. General . 399
598. Aircraft Owner /Maintenance Personnel Controversy . 399
599. Field Testing of Fabric . 399
600. Laboratory Testing of Fabric . 399
601. -609 . RESERVED .
SECTION 13. MAINTENANCE RECORDS .
610. Purpose . 411

611. Action . 411
612. -619 . RESERVED .
SECTION 14. MAINTENANCE AND ADEQUACY OF AIRBORNE CARGO EQUIPMENT.

620. Purpose. 421
621. General . 421
622. Key Surveillance Areas . 421
623. Action . 421
624. -629 . RESERVED .
SECTION 15. POWERPLANT REPAIRS .
630. Purpose . 433

631. Background . 433
632. Turbine Engine Parts . 433
633. Turbine Engine Repairs . 433
634. Reciprocating Engines . 434
636. Approved Data and Return - To - Service . 434
637. Repair Stations . 434
638. -649 . RESERVED .
SECTION 16. ORIGINAL AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATION .
650. Purpose. 447

652. Action , 447
653. Delegation of Authority . 447
654. The Certification Task . 447
655. -665 . RESERVED .
Page x
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
SECTION 17. IMPORT AND EXPORT AIRWORTHINESS APPROVALS .

666. Purpose . 457
668. General . 457
669. Delegation of Authority . 458
670. -679 . RESERVED .
SECTION 18. SPECIAL FLIGHT PERMITS .
680. Purpose . 469

682. General . 469
683. -689 . RESERVED .
SECTION 19. COOPERATION WITH FOREIGN COVERNMENTS IN ISSUANCE

OF FOREIGN AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATES .
690. Purpose . 479

692. - 849 . RESERVED .
CHAPTER 4 . AGENCIES .
SECTION 1. APPLICATION FOR REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATE .

851. General . 489
852. Name of Owner . 489
853. Contracted Maintenance Functions . 490
854. Assistance to Prospective Applicants . 490
855. FAA Operated Repair Stations . 490
856. Forms . 490
Figure 4-1. Application for Repair Station 501
Certificate and /or Rating, FAA
Form 8310-3 .
Figure 4-2 . Example of Limited Ratings 502
Entered on the Reverse Side of FAA
Form 8310-3 , Application for Repair
Station Certificate and /or Rating .
857. -865 . RESERVED .
SECTION 2 . REPAIR STATION RATINGS .

867. Purpose . 507
868. General . 507
869. Limited Specialized Service Ratings. 507
Page xi
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
870. An Applicant for a Class Rating . 507

871. Limited Ratings . 507
872. Radio - Rated Repair Stations . 507
873. -879 . RESERVED .
SECTION 3. ISSUANCE OF REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATE .
880. General . 517

881. Satellite Repair Stations . 519
882. Special Provisions for Repair Stations 520
Performing Maintenance for U.S. -Certificated
Air Carriers .
883 . Recordkeeping and Related Reports . 523
884. Forms . 523
Figure 4-3 . Air Agency Certificate 536
FAA Form 8000-4 .
Figure 4-4 . Air Agency Certificate ( Limited 537
Rating ) , FAA Form 8000-4 .
Figure 4-5 . Air Agency Certificate ( Foreign 538
Repair Station ) , FAA Form 8000-4 .
Figure 4-6 . Repair Station Operations 539
Specifications, FAA Form 8000-4-1 .
Figure 4-7 . Repair Station Operations 540
Specifications , FAA Form 8000-4-1.
Figure 4-8 . Repair Station Operations Specifications , 541
FAA Form 8000-4-1, Showing Presently
Certificated Repair Stations With
Air Carrier Geographic Authorizations .
Figure 4-9 . Repair Station Operations Specifications , 542
FAA Form 8000-4-1 , Showing Limited Ratings
for Foreign Repair Stations Performing
Contractual Maintenance for a U.S. Air
Carrier .
Figure 4-10 . Air Agency Certificate , FAA Form 8000-4 , 543
Showing A Foreign Repair Station With
Limited Ratings for Performing
Contractual Maintenance for a U.S.
Air Carrier .
885. -899 . RESERVED .
SECTION 4. CHANGE IN LOCATION OF A REPAIR STATION .

901. General . 549
902. - 909 . RESERVED .
Page xii
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
SECTION 5. REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATION INSPECTIONS .

911. Purpose . 563
912. General . 563
913. Repair Station Inspection Reports. 563
914. Foreign Repair Station Inspection . 563
915. -925 . RESERVED .
SECTION 6. REPAIR STATION PERSONNEL .

926. Purpose . 575
928. Requirements . 575
929. -935 . RESERVED .
SECTION 7. FOREIGN REPAIR STATIONS .
1

937. Purpose . 587
939. Action . 587
940. Delegation . 587
941. - 949 . RESERVED .
SECTION 8. REPAIR STATION INSPECTION SYSTEM .

951. General . 597
952. -969 . RESERVED .
SECTION 9. ASSIGNMENT OF AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE NUMBERS .
970. Purpose . 609

971. General . 609
972. -979 . RESERVED .
SECTION 10. FORMAL AND INFORMAL INSPECTION OF DOMESTIC AND

FOREIGN REPAIR STATIONS .
980. Inspection . 619

981. Inspection and Surveillance Record , FAA Form 3112 . 619
982. Arrangements for Work by a Repair Station for an 619
Air Carrier or Commerical Operator ,
983. . Reports of Defects or Unairworthy Conditions . 620
984. Actions Resulting From Inspections . 620
985. Acceptance of Foreign Government Inspection Reports . 621
986. - 995 . RESERVED .
Page xiii
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 11. SURVEILLANCE OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES AND

AIRCRAFT OPERATED BY THE FEDERAL AVIATION
ADMINISTRATION .
996. Purpose . 631

997. FAA Facilities Certificated as Repair Stations . 631
998. Procedure for Reporting Inspection of FAA 631
Facilities Certificated as Repair Stations .
999. Noncertificated FAA Maintenance Facilities . 631
1000. Procedures for Recording and Reporting Noncertificated 631
FAA Maintenance Facility Inspection -General Aviation
Inspection and Surveillance Record, FAA Form 3112.
1001. Maintenance Spot Checks . 631
1002. Procedures for Recording and Reporting Maintenance 632
Spot Check .
1003. FAA Facility or Aircraft Violation Actions . 632
1004. - 1015 . RESERVED .
SECTION 12. PILOT SCHOOL CERTIFICATION AND SURVEILLANCE

1017. Purpose . 643
1018. Background. 643
1019. Application for Certification . 643
1020. Inspector Utilization . 643
1021. Inspector's Responsibilities . 643
1022. Maintenance Facilities . 643
1023. Report of Inspection . 644
1024. Application of Systems Analysis Processes. 644
1026. Inspection . 645
1027. Guidelines . 645
1028. Report of Aircraft Surveillance. 645
1029. Malfunction or Defect Reports . 645
1030. - 1049 . RESERVED .
SECTION 13. PARACHUTE LOFT CERTIFICATION AND SURVEILLANCE .

1051. General . 657
1052. Certificate . 657
1053. An Applicant for a Parachute Loft Certificate . 657
Page xiv
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
1054. The Inspection System . 657

1055. Required Records FAR Section 149.15 . 657
1056. Technical Data . 658
1058. Recordkeeping and Related Reports . 658
1059. Forms . 658
Figure 4-11 . Air Agency Certificate, FAA 669
Form 8000-4 ( Typical for Parachute Loft ) .
1060. - 1069 . RESERVED .
SECTION 14. PARACHUTE EQUIPMENT AND INTENTIONAL PARACHUTE JUMPING .

1071. Purpose . 675
1072. General . 675
1073. The Parachute . 675
1074. Alteration of the Auxiliary Pack . 676
1075. Alteration of the Harness . 676
1076 Alteration of the Main Parachute . 676
1077. Data Approval by Inspectors . 677
1078. Procedures for Handling Parachute Alteration Data . 677
1079. Assembly of Major Parachute Components . 678
1080. Military Specification Excerpts; Mil Spec . Mil - R - 25565D . 678
1081. - 1089 . RESERVED .
SECTION 15. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL CERTIFICATION .

1091. Purpose . 689
1092. General . 689
1093. Preapplication Assistance . 689
1094. Certificate Application File. 690
1095. Application Review and Final Certification Action . 693
1097. Form . 694
Figure 4-12 . Aviation Maintenance Technician School 705
Certificate and Ratings Application ( Front ) ,
FAA Form 8310-6 .
1098. - 1115 . RESERVED .
SECTION 16. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL REVIEW OF

APPLICATION FILE , INSPECTION , AND ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE .
1116. Purpose . 711
1118. Application File Review . 711
1119. Certification Inspection . 711
1120. Operating Rules Compliance . 712
Page xv
8300,9 7/26/85
Page No.
1121. Disapproval of Application . 712

1122. Approval of Application , 712
1123. Forms . 713
Figure 4-13 . Typical Execution of Inspection Report 723
( Reverse ), FAA Form 8310-6 .
Figure 4-14 . Typical Execution of FAA Fom 8000-4 , Air 724
Agency Certificate Aviation Maintenance
Technician School .
1124. - 1139 . RESERVED .
SECTION 17. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL
CERTIFICATION TEAM CERTIFICATION .
1140. Purpose . 729

1142. Team Certification Requirement . 729
1143. Team Membership . 729
1144. Team Member Roles . 730
1145. Team Certification Procedures . 731
1146. Team Action . 732
1147. - 1159 . RESERVED .
CERTIFICATION APPROVAL OF CHANGE OF LOCATION .
1160. Purpose . 745

1162. General . 745
1163. Notification and Application for Approval. 745
1164. Approval of Change of Location . 745
1165. Change of Location Made Without Notification . 746
1166. Changes of Location to Another FAA District , 746
1167. - 1175 . RESERVED .
SECTION 19. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOLS SURVEILLANCE
1176. Purpose . 757

1177. General . 757
1178. Surveillance Inspections. 757
1179. Special Surveillance Objectives. 757
1180. Aviation Maintenance Technician School Norms Vs. 762
National Passing Norms, RIS : AC 8080-08 , and
Associated Reports .
1181. Use of the RIS : AC 8080 - Series Report . 763
1182. How to Read the RIS : AC 8080-8 Report . 764
1183. Aviation Maintenance Technician School Inspection 765
Report (RIS
( : FS 8310-4 ) .
Page xvi
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
1184. Forms . 766

Figure 4-15 . Aviation Maintenance Technician 777
School Norms Vs. National Passing
Norms : General Test RIS : AC 8080-08 ..
Norms : Airframe Test RIS : AC 8080-08 .
Norms: Powerplant Test - RIS : AC 8080-08 .
Norms : RIS : AC 8080-10 .
Figure 4-19 . Aviation Mechanic Test Applicant 781
Listing: Interrogation Report -
RIS : AC 8080-13 .
1185. - 1299 . RESERVED .
CHAPTER 5. AIRMEN .
SECTION 1. MECHANIC CERTIFICATION .

1301. Purpose . 787
1302. General . 787
1303. Mechanic Experience . 787
1304. The Mechanic Written Tests Are of Three Parts . 787
1305. Written Test Credit . 788
1306. The Current Mechanic Oral and Practical Tests . 788
1307. Establishing Eligibility for the Written Tests and / or 788
Rating ( s) Sought.
1308. Application for Written Test . 789
1309. Conducting Written Tests . 789
1310. Written Test Grades . 789
1311. Application for Oral /Practical Tests . 789
1312. Taking Practical Before Written Tests . 790
1313. Conducting Oral /Practical Tests . 790
1314. Recording Oral / Practical Test Results . 790
1315. Retest After Failure . 791
1316. Testing for an Additional Rating . 792
1317. Issuance of Temporary Certificates. 792
1318. Applicants Under 18 Years of Age. 792
1319. File and Routing . 793
1320. Forms . 794
Figure 5-1 . Typical FAA Form 8610-2 , Showing Entries . 805
for Application for Oral /Practical Tests .
Figure 5-2 . Typical FAA Form 8610-2 , Showing Entry for 806
Taking the Oral / Practical Test Before the
Written Test .
Page xvii
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
Figure 5-3 . Typical DME Report Showing All Subjects 807

Passed - Reverse of FAA Form 8610-2 .
Figure 5-4 . DME Report Indicating Subjects Passed and 808
Failed Reverse of FAA Fom 8610-2 .
Figure 5-5 . Privacy Act Information for Airman 809
Applicants , FAA Form 8610-2 .
Figure 5-6 . Temporary Airman Certificate, FAA 810
Form 8060-4 .
1321. - 1335 . RESERVED .
SECTION 2. MAINTENANCE AIRMEN CERTIFICATION - ALIENS .

1337. General . 817
1339. Special Eligibility Requirements . 817
1340. - 1349 . RESERVED .
SECTION 3. INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION - ORIGINAL ISSUANCE .

1351. Purpose . 821
1352. General . 821
1353. Persons Approved to Conduct the Test , 821
1354. Qualification Requirements . 821
1355. Procedure When Applicant Fails to Meet the 821
Qualification Requirements.
1356. The Test . 821
1357. Procedure When Applicant Fails . 823
1358. Issuance of Inspection Authorization , FAA 823
Form 8310-5 .
1360. - 1365 . RESERVED.
SECTION 4. INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION - RENEWAL OR SURRENDER .

1367. Purpose . 835
1368. General . 835
1369. Renewal of Inspection Authorization 835
1370. Voluntary Surrender of an Inspection Authorization . 836
1371. Failure to Renew . 836
1372. Forms . 836
Figure 5-7 . Mechanic's Application for Inspection 847
Authorization , FAA Form 8610-1 .
Page xviii
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
Figure 5-8 . Notice of Disapproval of 848

Application , FAA Form 8060-5 .
Figure 5-9 . Inspection Authorization , FAA 849
Form 8310-5 ( Show no Entry for SSN ) .
Figure 5-10 . Reverse Side of FAA Form 8310-5 , 849
Showing Entry for Renewal of
an Inspection Authorization .
1373. - 1379 . RESERVED .
SECTION 5. REPAIRMAN CERTIFICATION .

1381. Purpose . 859
1382. General . 859
1383. Application Procedures . 859
1384. Application Review . 860
1385. Certificate Issuance . 860
1386. Complete the Temporary Airman Certificate . 861
1387. Application Disapproval. 861
1388. Reissuance or Change in Rating . 861
1389. Surrendered Certificate Procedures . 861
1391. Forms . 862
Figure 5-11 . Typical Repairman Applicant Entries on 873
FAA Form 8610-2 ( Front )
Figure 5-12 . Typical Temporary Airman Certificate, 874
FAA Form 8060-4 .
Figure 5-13 . Typical Temporary Airman Certificate, 875
FAA Form 8060-4 .
1392. - 1399 . RESERVED .
SECTION 6. REPAIRMAN , EXPERIMENTAL AIRCRAFT BUILDER

CERTIFICATION .

1401. Purpose . 879
1402. General . 879
1403. Eligibility Requirements. 879
1404. Application . 879
1405. Review Application . 880
1406. Certificate Issuance . 880
1407. Surrender Certificate Procedures . 880
1409. Forms . 881
.
Figure 5-14 . Typical Airman Certificate and /or 885

Rating Application , FAA Form 8610-2
( Front ) .
Page xix
8300.9
7/26/85
Page No.
Figure 5-15 . Typical Airman Certificate and /or 886

Rating Application , FAA Form 8610-2
( Reverse ) .
Figure 5-16 . Typical Temporary Airman Certificate , 887
FAA Form 8060-4 .
1410. - 1419 . RESERVED .
SECTION 7. ORIGINAL ISSUANCE , RENEWAL AND SURVEILLANCE OF

DESIGNATED MECHANIC EXAMINERS ( DME) AND
DESIGNATED PARACHUTE RIGGER EXAMINERS ( DPRE ) .
1420. Purpose . 891
1421. Issuance Authority . 891
1422. General . 891
1423. Designee Qualification Requirements . 891
1424. Examiner Orientation and Standardization . 892
1425. Fixed Base of Operations . 893
1426. Examiner Privileges and Limitations. 893
1427. Issuance of Designation . 895
1428. Issuance of Designee Materials. 895
1430. Redesignation . 896
1431. Annual Renewal . 897
1432. Renewal Procedures . 897
1433. Cancellation of Designation . 897
1434. Voluntary Surrender of Certificate of Authority. 898
1435. Records . 898
1436. Surveillance Items and Procedures . 899
1437. Forms . 899
Figure 5-17 . Typical Execution of the Face of 905
FAA Form 8110-14 , Statement of
Qualifications ( DMIR - DER - DPRE DME ) .
Figure 5-18 . Reverse Side of FAA Form 8110-14 , 906
Showing Typical Entries .
Figure 5-19 . Certificate of Authority , FAA 907
Form 8430-9 ( Typical Execution of
the Face) .
Figure 5-20 . Reverse Side of FAA Form 8430-9 . 907
Figure 5-21 . Certificate of Designation , FAA 908
Form 8000-5 .
1438. - 1449 . RESERVED .
SECTION 8. PARACHUTE RIGGER CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES .

1451. Purpose . 917
1452. General . 917
1453. Applicant's Experience and Eligibility . 917
1454. Written Test . 918
1455. Written Test Grades . 918
1456. Application for Oral / Practical Test . 918
Page xx
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
1457. Conducting Oral / Practical Test ( s ) . 919

1458. Grading Procedures . 919
1459. Assignment of Seal Symbol. 919
1460 . Issuance of Temporary Airman Certificate , FAA 920
Form 8060-4 .
1462. Forms . 920
Figure 5-22 . Typical Application Entries for 925
Parachute Rigger Certificate on FAA
Form 8610-2 , Airman Certificate and / or
Rating Application .
Figure 5-23 . DPRE Report for Parachute Rigger Practical 926
Test (Reverse of FAA Form 8610-2) .
Figure 5-24 . Typical Parachute Rigger Seal Symbol 927
Assignment Card , FAA Form 3318 .
Figure 5-25 . Temporary Airman Certificate, FAA 927
Form 8060-4 for a Senior Parachute Rigger .
1463. - 1469 . RESERVED .
SECTION 9. MAINTENANCE AIRMEN (MECHANICS AND REPAIRMEN )

SURVEILLANCE .
1470. Purpose . 931

1471. General . 931
1472. Emphasis . 931
1473. Actions Resulting From Surveillance of Maintenance 932
Airmen .
1474. Reports . 932
1475. - 1485 . RESERVED .
SECTION 10. ANNUAL AVIATION MECHANIC SAFETY AWARD / FLIGHT

INSTRUCTOR OF THE YEAR AWARD PROGRAMS .
1486. Purpose . 937

1487. General Information . 937
1488. - 1599 . RESERVED .
CHAPTER 6. AIR TRANSPORTATION .
SECTION 1. GENERAL .
1600. Purpose . 949
1601. Applicability. 949
1602. Maintenance / Inspection Program Requirements . 950
1603. - 1609 . RESERVED .
Page xxi
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No
SECTION 2. AIRCRAFT INSPECTIONS AND ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE

REQUIREMENTS ( 9 -OR - LESS ) .
1610. Purpose . 961
1611. Description . 961
1612. Approved Aircraft Inspection Program . 961
1613 . Additional Maintenance Requirements ( FAR Section 135.421 ) . 962
1614. Program Approval. 964
Figure 6-1 . Revision Control Record . 977
1615. - 1629 . RESERVED .
SECTION 3. CONTINUOUS AIRWORTHINESS MAINTENANCE PROGRAM .
1630. Purpose. 983

1631. General . 983
1632. Inspection Program . 983
1633. Inspection Organization . 984
1634. Guidance . 984
1635. Maintenance Privileges . 985
1636. Operations Specifications. 985
1637. - 1649 . RESERVED .
SECTION 4. MAINTENANCE MANUAL REQUIREMENTS .

1651. General . 995
1652. Maintenance Manual Approval . 995
1653. Maintenance Manual Content Pertaining to Approved 996
Aircraft Inspection Programs.
1654. Maintenance Manual Content Pertaining to Approved 996
Additional Maintenance Programs .
1655. Maintenance Manual Content Pertaining to Continuous 996
Airworthiness Maintenance Programs .
1656. Maintenance Manual Revisions . 997
1657. Requirements for Manuals Aboard Aircraft - Charter Air 997
Carriers and Operators Under FAR Part 135 .
1658. Maintenance Manual Distribution Within the FAA . 997
1659. Maintenance Manual Requirements - Flight Test . 997
1660. - 1669 . RESERVED .
SECTION 5. WEIGHT AND BALANCE CONTROL .

1671. Purpose . 1009
1672. Responsibility . 1009
1673. Program Basis . 1009
1674. Additional Requirements For Aircraft Under FAR Part 135 . 1009
1675. Scales . 1010
1676. Operations Specifications Part E, Weight and Balance . 1011
Page xxii
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
1677. Unapproved Weight and Balance Programs . 1011

1678. - 1685 . RESERVED .
SECTION 6. CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR MAINTENANCE /OVERHAUL .
1688. General Provisions and Restrictions . 1021
1689. Continuous Lease / Time - Sharing /Pool Arrangements. 1022
1690. Arrangements Utilizing the Contractor's Maintenance 1022
Program .
1691. Contractual Categories and Related Provisions and 1023
Restrictions .
1692. Operations Specifications . 1025
1693. - 1709 . RESERVED .
SECTION 7 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ( FAA FORM 1014) GOVERNING
THE MAINTENANCE OF AIRCRAFT .

1711. Purpose . 1037
1712. Introduction . 1037
1713. Operations Specifications. 1037
1714. Maintenance Operations Specifications - Part " D. " 1038
1715. Description of Operations Specifications Aircraft
O
1040
Maintenance Pages .
1716. Description of Operations Specifications - Preface Pages . 1040
1717. Inspector's Action Prior to Receipt of Formal Application . 1044
1718. Preparation of Operations Specifications ( OMB 04 -R0075 ) , 1045
FAA Form 1014.
1719. Review and Approval . 1045
1720. Numbering Operations Specifications Pages . 1046
1721. Minimum Distribution of Operations Specifications , 1047
FAA Form 1014 ( OMB 04 - R0075 ) .
1722. Cancellation of Operations Specifications. 1047
1723. Effective Date of Amended Operations Specifications 1048
Aircraft Maintenance .
1724. Amendments Not Acceptable to the Operator . 1048
Figure 6-2 . Example Operations Specifications 1059
Figure 6-3 . Example Operations Specifications - 1060
Page xxiii
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.

Preface Page - General .
Preface Page - Checks , Inspections , and
Overhaul Time Limits .
Preface Page Checks , Inspections , and
Overhaul Time Limits .
Figure 6-8 . Example Operations Specifications - Preface 1065
Page - Reliability Program Authorization .
Page - Reliability Program Authorization .
Aircraft Maintenance Reliability Program
Identification .
Page Short - Term Escalation Authorization .
Preface Page Maintenance Contractual
Arrangement Authorization .
Preface Page Maintenance Contractual
Preface Page -
Maintenance Contractual
Preface Page - Leased Aircraft
Maintenance Program Authorization .
ire 6-16 . Example Operations Specifications 1073
Preface Page - Parts Pool Agreement
Authorization .
Figure 6-17 , Example Operations Specifications 1074
Preface Page -
Prorated Time
Authorization .
Preface Page - Parts Borrowing
-
Authorization .
Preface Page - Special Flight Permit With
Continuing Authorization to conduct
Ferry Flights.
Preface Page Aircraft Identification .
Aircraft Maintenance Pages - Typical
Form 1014 Reverse Entries .
Figure 6-22 . Operations Specifications - Preface Page 1079
Approved Aircraft Inspection Program .
Page xxiv
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.

Preface Page - Additional Maintenance
Requirements Programs .
Figures 6-24 . -6-29 . RESERVED . 1080
Aircraft Weight and Balance .
1725. - 1749 . RESERVED .
SECTION 8. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD (MRB ) PROCEDURES .
1750. Purpose. 1087

1751. General . 1087
1752. Maintenance Review Board Proceedings. 1087
1753. Maintenance Review Board Management . 1087
1754. Maintenance Review Board Running Concurrently. 1087
1755. Maintenance Review Board Considerations . 1087
1756. Maintenance Review Board Duties and Responsibilities. 1089
1757. Maintenance Review Board Policy Board . 1090
1758. Maintenance/ Inspection Requirement Approvals. 1091
1759. Maintenance / Inspection Requirement Publications . 1091
1760. Initial Maintenance / Inspection Revision . 1091
1761. Implementation of Initial Maintenance / Inspection 1091
Requirements .
1762. - 1775 . RESERVED .
SECTION 9. AIRCRAFT RELIABILITY PROGRAMS .

1778. Primary Maintenance Processes . 2004
1779. Reliability Programs . 2004
1780. Continuous Surveillance and Analysis . 2005
1781. Application of " Three - Process Concept " to New Aircraft . 2005
1732. Applicación Di lile condicion -Monitoring Process to 2005
Existing Fleets .
1783. Group Programs. 2006
1784. Maintenance Programs Approval. 2007
1785. Operations Specifications - Aircraft Maintenance , Part D. 2010
Figure 6-31 . Component Analysis . 2021
1786-1799 . RESERVED .
SECTION 10. SHORT - TERM ESCALATION .
1802. Policy . 2023
1803. Essential Elements of a Short - Term Escalation Program . 2023
1804. Extended Short - Term Escalations . 2024
Page XXV
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
1805. Approval . 2025

1806. - 1815 . RESERVED .
SECTION 11. ADOPTED MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS FOR AIRCRAFT

ON SHORT - TERM LEASE .

1817. Purpose . 2037
1818. General . 2037
1820. Approval . 2038
1821. - 1829 . RESERVED .
SECTION 12. AIR CARRIER SPECIAL FLIGHT PERMITS WITH CONTINUING
AUTHORIZATION TO CONDUCT FERRY FLIGHTS .

1831. Purpose . 2049
1832. General . 2049
1833. Special Conditions and Limitations . 2049
1835. Applications Involving Foreign Air Transportation . 2050
1836. Display of Permit . 2050
1837. Guidance . 2051
1838. - 1845 . RESERVED .
SECTION 13. PARIS POOL AGREEMENTS .
1846. Purpose . 2063

1848. Guidance . 2063
1849. Foreign -Manufactured Replacement Parts . 2064
1850. - 1855 . RESERVED .
SECTION 14. MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL .
1856. Purpose . 2077

1858. Discussion 2077
1859. FAR Part 135 Deviations . 2078
1860. - 1865 . RESERVED .
SECTION 15. MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LISTS DEVELOPMENT AND UTILIZATION .
1866. Purpose. 2089

1867. Flight Operations Evaluation Board ( FOEB ) . 2089
1868. Inclusion of Minimum Equipment List in the Operator's 2089
Maintenance Manual .
Page xxvi
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
1869. The Effect of the Minimum Equipment List on the 2089

Airworthiness Release as Required by FAR
Sections 121.709 , 127.319 , or 135.433 .
1870. The Effect of the Minimum Equipment List on Approval for 2090
Return to Service Required for Aircraft Under FAR
Section 135.411 (a) ( 1 ) .
1871. - 1889 . RESERVED .
SECTION 16. LIST OF AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT .
1890. Purpose. 3001

1891. General . 3001
1892. Reporting Procedures . 3001
1893. Information to Included on "List of Air Carrier Aircraft 3001
(RIS : FS 8320-7 ) . "
1894. - 1899 . RESERVED .
SECTION 17. MONTHLY AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT/ ENGINE UTILIZATION

REPORT (RIS : AC 8320-1 ) .

1901. Purpose . 3013
1902. General . 3013
1904. - 1909 . RESERVED .
SECTION 18. INSPECTION PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED DURING STRIKES

OR LABOR DISPUTES .
1910. Purpose . 3027

1911. General . 3027
1912. Caution . 3027
1913. Inspector's Responsibility . 3027
1914. Reports . 3027
1915. - 1919 . RESERVED .
SECTION 19. OPERATIONAL CHECKS ( FLIGHT TEST) .
1920. Purpose . 3039

1921. General . 3039
1922. - 1925 . RESERVED .
SECTION 20. AIR CARRIER MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION PERSONNEL
DUTY TIME LIMITATIONS .
1926. Purpose . 3049

1927. General . 3049
1928. Guidance . 3049
1929. - 1933 . RESERVED .
Page xxvii
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 21. PREFLIGHT INSPECTIONS .
1934. Purpose . 3061

1935. General . 3061
1936. - 1939 . RESERVED .
SECTION 22. MAINTENANCE OF PRESSURE CYLINDERS IN USE
AS AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT .
1940. Purpose . 3073

1943. Guidance and Use in Preparation of Operations 3074
Specifications .
1944. Application of CFR 49, Section 173.301(c) . 3075
Figure 6-32 - Operations Specifications - Aircraft
O
3085
Maintenance .
1945. - 1949 . RESERVED .
SECTION 23. SERVICEABILITY OF USED ENGINES , PROPELLERS , AND

COMPONENTS .
1950. Purpose . 3089

1951. General . 3089
1952. Approval for Service . 3089
1953. - 1959 . RESERVED .
SECTION 24. PROVING FLIGHTS AND PLACING NEW AIRCRAFT INTO SERVICE .
1960. Purpose . 4001

1962. General . 4001
1963. Proving Flight Requirements . 4001
1964. Aircraft Proving Tests . 4002
1965 . En Route Phase . 4002
1966. Items to be Observed on Proving Flights . 4003
1967. Unsatisfactory Items Observed During Proving Flights . 4003
1968. Reports , Aircraft Proving Tests and Route Proving 4004
Flights ( RIS : FS 8430-9 ) .
1969. Distribution . 4004
1970-1979 . RESERVED .
SECTION 25. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION PERSONNEL TRAINING .
1980. General . 4015

1981. Training Program Evaluation . 4015
1982. - 1989 . RESERVED .
Page xxviii
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
SECTION 26. SPOT AND RAMP INSPECTIONS .
1990. Purpose . 4027

1991. General . 4027
1992. Maintenance Spot Inspections . 4027
1993. Ramp Inspections . 4028
1994. Reporting Spot and Ramp Inspections . 4030
1995. - 1999 . RESERVED .
SECTION 27. EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS .

2000. Purpose . 4041
2002. En Route Inspections . 4041
2003. Personnel Authorized to Conduct En Route Inspections . 4041
2004. Qualifications . 4041
2005. Access to Aircraft . 4041
2006. Performance of En Route Inspections . 4043
2007. General . 4044
2008. Reporting En Route Inspections . 4045
2009. Distribution of FAA Form 3112 ( RIS : FS 8320-8) . 4047
2010. Followup Action on Reported Discrepancies . 4047
Figure 6-33 . Sample Standard Form 160 , Request for 4057
Access to Aircraft or Free Transportation .
Figure 6-34 . Sample FAA Form 8430-13, Request for 4058
Access to Aircraft .
Figure 6-35 . FAA Form 3112 , Inspection and 4059
Surveillance Record .
Figure 6-36 . FAA Form 3112 , Inspection and 4060
Surveillance Record .
2011. -2019 . RESERVED .
SECTION 28. INFORMAL SURVEILLANCE OF MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES .
2020. Purpose . 4065
2021. General . 4065
2022. Informal Visits . 4065
2023. Recording Informal Visits . 4065
2024. - 2029 . RESERVED .
SECTION 29. AIR CARRIER MAINTENANCE FACILITY INSPECTIONS .

2031. General . 4071
2032. Performance of Maintenance Facility Inspections . 4071
2033. Maintenance Facility Inspection Reports . 4071
2034. - 2039 . RESERVED .
SECTION 30. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FUEL , DIL , DEICER FLUID ,

ADI, ETC.
Page xxix
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
2041. Responsibility . 4077

2042. - 2045 . RESERVED .
SECTION 31. TEMPORARY GROUNDING OF AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT .
2046. Purpose . 4083

2047. Persons Authorized to Cause Temporary Grounding of 4083
Air Carrier Aircraft .
2048. Conditions Under Which a Temporary Grounding Notice 4083
May be Issued .
2049. Form and Manner of Notifying an Air Carrier of Temporary 4083
Grounding of Aircraft .
2050. Coordination Before Temporary Grounding Action is 4084
Initiated .
2051. Coordination After Temporary Grounding Action . 4084
2052. Action by Regional Office After Being Notified of 4085
Temporary Grounding Action .
2053. Additional Action With Regard to Air Carrier Aircraft 4085
Which Have Been Temporarily Grounded .
2054. Violation Action . 4085
2055. Probability of Need to Use the Temporary Grounding 4086
Provisions of Section 605 (b) of the Federal Aviation Act .
2056. - 2059 . RESERVED .
SECTION 32. AIR CARRIER MAINTENANCE DESIGNATOR SYMBOLS .
2060. Purpose . 4091

2061. Caution . 4091
2062. Changes, Additions , or Deletions to the List 4091
of Maintenance Designator Symbols ( RIS : FS 8300-1) .
2063. Maintenance Designator Symbols . 4092
2064. - 2069 . RESERVED .
SECTION 33. AIR CARRIER INSPECTION PROCEDURE .
2070. Purpose . 4097

2071. General . 4097
2072. Interregional Coordination of Inspections 4097
2073. Periodic Meetings of Inspectors . 4098
2074. Air Carrier Meeting Report/ Attendees ( RIS : FS 8320-21) . 4098
2075. Training Operations. 4098
2076. - 2087 . RESERVED .
SECTION 34. SPECIAL FIELD REPORTING REQUIREMENTS..

2088. Field Reporting Requirements . 5003
Figure 6-37 . Service Difficulty Information to be
Reported - Special Report of Significant
DC - 10 / B -747,757,767 / L - 1011 / A - 300 Failures ,
Malfunctions , or Defects (RIS : WS 8320-22) . 5006
Page xxx
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
2089. Distribution . 5006
2090. Safety Is Dependent on Good Effective Communication . 5006
2091. - 2099 . RESERVED .
SECTION 35. OPERATION OF FOREIGN - REGISTERED AIRCRAFT BY U.S.

AIR CARRIERS .

2101. Purpose . 5015
2102. Instructions . 5015
2103. Certificate Holder Responsibility. 5015
2104. Exemptions or Concessions . 5016
2105. FAA Responsibility. 5016
2106. - 2150 . RESERVED .
SECTION 36. AIR CARRIER RELIABILITY PROGRAMS DEVELOPED FOR

CUSTOMER USE .
2151. Purpose . 5025

2156. - 2165 . RESERVED .
SECTION 37. CONTINUING ANALYSIS AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS .
2166. Purpose . 5033

2169. - 2175 . RESERVED .
SECTION 38. INSPECTION PROGRAMS AND ORGANIZATION .

2176. Purpose . 5037
2177. General . 5037
2178. Inspection Programs. 5037
2179. Inspection Organization . 5038
2180. Guidance . 5038
2181. - 2187 . RESERVED .
SE 39. AIRCRAFT EVALUATION GROUPS ( AEG ) .

2188. General . 5045
2189. Duties of Maintenance / Avionics Specialists . 5045
2190. -2199 . RESERVED .
Page xxxi
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
CHAPTER 7. GENERAL AVIATION / COMMERCIAL .

SECTION 1. OPERATORS OF LARGE AND TURBINE - POWERED MULTIENGINE
AIRPLANES - INSPECTION PROGRAMS .
2200. Purpose. 5051

2201. Selection of Inspection Program . 5051
2202. Programs Currently in Use . 5051
2203. Manufacturer's Recommended Inspection Program . 5051
2204. Program Approval. 5051
2205. FAA Initiated Changes to an Approved FAR 5052
Section 91.169 ( f) ( 5) Program .
2206. Changes Requested by the Program Holder . 5052
2207. Inspector's Approval . 5052
2208. Change of Ownership . 5052
2209. Additional Guidelines . 5052
2210. -2220 . RESERVED .
SECTION 2. CERTIFICATION AND SURVEILLANCE OF FAR PART 125 OPERATORS.

2222. Purpose . 5063
2223. Standardization of Procedures . 5063
2224. General . 5063
2225. Foreign Operators . 5064
2226. Aviation Safety Inspector Credentials . 5064
2227. List of Certificated Operators . 5064
2228. - 2233 . RESERVED . 5065
2234. Precertification Actions . 5065
2235. Eligibility . 5065
2236. Application for Certification . 5066
2237. Processing the Application . 5067
2238. Proration . 5071
2239. Preparation and Issuance of Certificate . 5072
2240. Amendment of a Certificate . 5073
2241. Voluntary Cancellation of Certificates . 5073
2242. Replacement of Lost or Destroyed Certificates . 5073
2243. Operations Specifications - General . 5073
2244. Contents of Operations Specifications ( OPS SPECS . ) 5074
Figure 7-1 . Operations Specifications Part D 5085
Maintenance Preface Page .
Figure 7-2 . Operations Specifications Part D - 5086
Maintenance .
Figure 7-3 . Operations Specifications Part D 5087
( Continued ) .
Figure 7-4 . Operations Specifications Part D - 5088
( Continued ) .
Figure 7-5 . Operations Specifications Part E - Weight 5089
and Balance Program .
Page xxxii
1/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
Figure 7-6 . Operations Specifications Part E - 5090

( Continued ) .
Figures 7-7 . -7-10. RESERVED .
2245. - 2285 . RESERVED .
SECTION 3. SURVEILLANCE OF GENERAL AVIATION AIRCRAFT .
2286. Objective. 5097

2287. Surveillance Coverage . 5097
2288. General Procedures . 5097
2289. Scope of Aircraft Surveillance . 5097
2290. Reports of Aircraft Surveillance, FAA Form 8620-1 , 5098
Aircraft Condition Notice .
2291. Disposition of Reports - Aircraft Condition Notice , 5098
FAA Form 8620-1 .
2292. Malfunction or Defect Report , ( OMB 04 -R0003) 5099
(RIS : FS 8330-11 ) , FAA Form 8010-4 .
2293. Followup Action . 5099
2294. Surveillance of Large , Pressurized , and Turbine - Powered 5099
Aircraft .
2295. Surveillance of U.S. -Registered Aircraft in Foreign 6000
Countries .
Figure 7-11 . Aircraft Condition Notice , FAA Form 8620-1 6011
( Front ) .
Figure 7-12 . Aircraft Condition Notice , FAA Form 8620-1 6012
(Reverse ) .
2296.- 2306 . RESERVED .
SECTION 4. THE ANNUAL AND 100 -HOUR INSPECTION .
2307. General . 6017

2308. Annual Inspection Intervals . 6017
2309. Scope of Inspection . 6017
2310. Performance of Annual and 100 -Hour Inspection . 6017
2311. Compliance With FAA Aircraft Specifications, Airworthiness 6017
Directives , and Other Approved Data , FAR Section 43.15 .
2312. Recording of the Annual Inspection. 6017
2313. Followup of Unairworthy Aircraft . 6018
2314. -2320. RESERVED .
SECTION 5. PROGRESSIVE INSPECTION .
2321. General . 6029

2322. The Responsibility of the Inspector in the Initiation 6029
of a Progressive Inspection System .
2323. Complete Inspection at Start of Progressive Inspection . 6029
2324. Discontinuation of Progressive Inspection System . 6029
2325. Field Office Records . 6029
2326. Surveillance by the Inspector . 6029
2327. -2999 . RESERVED .
Page xxxiii
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
CHAPTER 8. AVIONICS
SECTION 1. JOB FUNCTIONS /UTILIZATION .

3000. Purpose . 6041
3001. General . 6041
3002. Job Function Descriptions for Avionics Inspectors With 6041
Scheduled , Supplemental, and Commercial Operators
Responsibilities .
3003. Job Function Descriptions for Avionics Inspectors With 6045
General Aviation Responsibilities .
3004. - 3024 . RESERVED .
SECTION 2. AIRBORNE INSTRUMENÍ INSPECTOR .
3025. Purpose . 6059

3026. Inspector Location . 6059
3027. Responsibilities . 6059
3028. Duties . 6059
3029. Scheduling . 6060
3030. Utilization . 6060
3031. - 3040 . RESERVED .
SECTION 3 . PERSONNEL UTILIZATION / EFFECTIVENESS AND CONDUCT .
3041. Purpose . 6071

3042. Personnel Utilization / Effectiveness and Conduct . 6071
Figure 8-1. Delineation of Technical Responsibilities. 6081
3043. - 3050 . RESERVED .
SECTION 4. AVIONICS EQUIPMENT APPROVAL .

3052. Purpose . 6085
3054. Avionics Inspector's Responsibilities and Action . 6085
3055. Maintenance Certification Procedures . 6085
3056. Alternate Initial Action . 6085
3057. - 3070 . RESERVED .
SECTION 5 . TEST EQUIPMENT APPROVAL .
3071. Purpose . 6095
3072. General . 6095
3073. Test Equipment Equivalency : 6095
3074. Test Equipment Updating. 6095
3075. Acceptability . 6095
3076. Radiated VOR Maintenance Test Signals . 6095
3077. - 3097 . RESERVED .
Page xxxiv
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
SECTION 6. AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT ( ATE ) . BUILT - IN TEST
EQUIPMENT ( BITE ) .
3098. Purpose . 7007
3100. Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) 7007
3101. Built - In Test Equipment ( BITE ) . 7007
3102. Inspector's Responsibility . 7008
3103. General Practices - ATE . 7009
3104. General Practices BITE . 7009
Figure 8-2 .. Flow Chart . 7021
3105. -3120 . RESERVED .
SECTION 7. APPROVAL OF AREA NAVIGATION SYSTEMS .
3121. Purpose . 7027

3123. FAA Approval . 7027
31246 VFR Approval . 7028
3125. IFR Approval . 7028
3126. Original VFR Approval Changed to IFR Approval . 7029
3127. Major Repair and Alteration , FAA Form 337 . 7030
3128. Engineering Assistance . 7030
3129. Air Carrier Maintenance Training Program . 7030
3130. - 3150 . RESERVED .
SECTION 8. APPROVAL OF MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM .

3151. Purpose . 7041
53. System Description . 7041
3154. Approval . 7041
3155. General . 7041
3156. Maintenance Program Requirements . 7042
3157. Contractual Maintenance . 7043
3158. Reliability Program . 7043
3159. Training. 7043
3160. Operations Specifications , FAA Form 1014 . 7044
Figure 8-3 . Operations Specifications ( Front) Doro 7055
Aviation Service MLS Ground Transmitter
Maintenance ( 1) .
Figure 8-4 . Operations Specifications ( Reverse) Doro 7056
Aviation Service MLS Ground Transmitter
Maintenance ( 1 ) .
Figure 8-5 . Operations Specifications ( Front) Doro 7057
Aviation Service Aircraft Maintenance ,
MLS ( 1 ) De Havilland DHC -6 .
Figure 8-6 . Operations Specifications ( Reverse) Doro 7058
Aviation Service Aircraft Maintenance ,
MLS ( 1 ) De Havilland DHC - 6 .
3161. -3181 . RESERVED .
Page XXXV
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 9. APPROVAL OF CAT I , II , AND IIIa LANDING MINIMUMS .

3182. Purpose . 7063
3185. CAT I and CAT II Program Development . 7063
3186. Evaluation Programs. 7064
3187. Additional Equipment Installation . 7064
3188. Alterations . 7064
3189. Maintenance Training Programs. 7065
3190. General Aviation Category II Equipment Approval 7065
( FAR Part 91 ) .
3191. Maintenance Program - General Aviation . 7066
3192. Test Equipment and Standards . 7066
3193. Approvals and Authorizations - General Aviation . 7067
3194. Reports and Records - General Aviation . 7067
3195. Maintenance Period Extensions - General Aviation . 7067
3196. FAR Part 121 - Category I , II , IIIa Equipment Approval. 7068
3197. Aircraft Status Limitations . 7069
3198. Test Equipment and Standards . 7069
3199. Approval Authorization . 7069
3200. - 3220 . RESERVED .
SECTION 10. MERCURY BAROMETER CORRECTION .

3221. Purpose . 7079
3224. Avionics Inspector's Responsibilities . 7079
3225. - 3230 . RESERVED .
SECTION 11. MONITORING COCKPIT VOICE RECORDERS .
3231. Purpose . 7089

3234. - 3254 . RESERVED .
SECTION 12. EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS .
3255. Purpose . 7099

3256. General . 7099
3257. Air Carrier En Route Inspection Report Avionics . 7099
Figure 8-7 . Air Carrier En Route Inspection Report 8011
( FAA Form 3112) .
3258. - 3268 . RESERVED .
SECTION 13. INSPECTION OF COMMUNICATION STATIONS .

3269. Purpose . 8017
3270. General . 8017
3271. Frequency of Inspection . 8017
Page xxxvi
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
3272. Air Carrier Communication Facility Ground Inspection . 8017

3273. Distribution of Report . 8017
3274. - 3284 . RESERVED .
SECTION 14. INSPECTION OF FOREIGN LOCATED GROUND NAVIGATIONAL

AIDS .
3285. Purpose . 8027

3286. General . 8027
3287. Nondirectional Beacons . 8028
3288. Omniranges . 8028
3289. Localizer and Glide Slope . 8029
3290. Seventy -Five Megahertz Markers . 8029
3291. Four - Course Ranges . 8029
3292. Ground -Controller Approach . 8029
3293. Frequency of Inspection . 8029
3294. Exceptions. 8029
3295. Discrepancies . 8030
3296. - 3306 . RESERVED .
SECTION 15. REGULATIONS HAVING SPECIFIC COMPLIANCE DATES .
3307. Purpose . 8041

3309. Avionics Inspector's Responsibilities and Action . 8041
3310. -3320 . RESERVED .
SECTION 16. FLIGHT DATA RECORDER MODIFICATION .
3321. Authority. 8051

3322. Purpose . 8051
3325. - 3334 . RESERVED .
SECTION 17. DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDERS .

3335. Purpose. 8063
3337. Action . 8063
3338. - 3348 . RESERVED .
SECTION 18. MANUFACTURERS' AVIONICS RENTAL / EXCHANGE

PROGRAMS FOR COMMUTER AIRLINES .
3349. Purpose . 8073

3353. - 3400 . RESERVED .
Page xxxvii
8300.9 7/26/85
Page No.
SECTION 19. IMPLEMENTATION OF APPROVED AVIONICS SOFTWARE CHANGES .

3401. Purpose . 8083
3403. Background , 8083
3405. Avionics Inspector's Responsibilities and Actions . 8084
3406. Software Changes Requiring Technical Assistance . 8085
3407. - 3444 . RESERVED .
APPENDIX 1. FORMS AND REPORTS . 1

(5 Pages )
APPENDIX 2. GUIDE FOR AIRCRAFT MAINTAINABILITY EVALUATION SUMMARY . 1
(9- Pages )
APPENDIX 3. INDEX FOR PARACHUTE AUTOMATIC RELEASE DEVICES MILITARY 1
SPECIFICATION EXCERPTS ; MIL SPEC . MIL - R - 25565D .
(5 Pages )
APPENDIX 4. AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW CASES . 1
( 11 Pages )
Review Case No. 1 . 2
Applicant's Request for Information
Regarding Qualifications for an
Inspection Authorization (2 Pages)
Request for Approval of Service Bulletins
on U.S. Certificated Aircraft of Foreign
Manufacture ( 1 Page)

Use of Maintenance Release ( 1 Page)
Operator's Request for a Certificated Mechanic
to Accomplish Propeller Governor Drive Gear
Replacement ( 1 Page)
Interpretation of FAR Section 65.95, Inspection
Authorization -Privileges and Limitations
( 1 Page)
Clarification of Maintenance Rules when
Aircraft That are Certificated in Standard
Airworthiness Status are Operated as Public
Aircraft ( 2 Pages)
Page xxxviii
7/26/85 8300.9
Page No.
Interpretation of "Return to Service " as
..
Opposed to " Approval for Return to Service "

:
( 1 Page )
Persons Authorized to Repack and Perform
Maintenance on Drag Chutes Used on FAA
Certificated Aircraft ( 1 Page)
APPENDIX 5. RELIABILITY PROGRAM REQUIREMENT AND PROGRAM APPROVAL 1
CHECKLIST .
( 9 Pages )
APPENDIX 6. ' AIRLINE / MANUFACTURE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM PLANNING 1
DOCUMENT - MSG - 2 .
( 25 Pages )
APPENDIX 7. MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALITY (MOS ) CODES. 1
(7 Pages )
Xxxix
7/26/85 8300.9
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION
1. PURPOSE . This order provides field personnel with information which will
guide and assist them in performing the duties associated with the airworthiness
certification and surveillance of U.S. -registered civil aircraft and
foreign -registered aircraft used by U.S. - certificated air carriers . It also
provides guidance for the airworthiness certification and surveillance of
general aviation aircraft , airmen , agencies , facilities , and other actions which
require the issuance of an approval , authorization , waiver , permit , or other
official paper .
2. DISTRIBUTION . This order is distributed to all organizational elements on
ZVS -832; to branch level in the Offices of Airworthiness and Flight Operations ,
and in the Aviation Standards National Field Office; to the branch level in the
regional Flight Standards and Aircraft Certification Divisions; to all Aircraft
Certification Offices , Aircraft Certification Field Offices , Manufacturing
Inspection District Offices, and Manufacturing Inspection Satellite Offices, to
all Air Carrier , General Aviation , and Flight Standards District Offices; to all
International , Aeronautical Quality Assurance, and International Aviation Field
Offices ; and to all Aircraft Evaluation Groups .
3. CANCELLATION . The following orders are cancelled :
a. Order 8320.12 , Air Carrier Airworthiness Inspector's Handbook , dated
November 7 , 1977 .
b. Order 8600.1, General Aviation Airworthiness Inspector's Handbook , dated

October 16 , 1978 .
4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES . The General Aviation and Air Carrier Airworthiness

Inspectors ' Handbooks are consolidated into a single Airworthiness Inspector's
Handbook in keeping with the Washington Headquarters' reorganization
consolidating the General Aviation and Commercial, Air Transportation , and
Avionics Branches into the Aircraft Maintenance Division . It also provides
field personel with a single order that will guide and assist them in
performing their duties .
5. AUTHORITY TO CHANGE THIS ORDER. The Manager of the Aircraft Maintenance
Division , AWS- 300 , may issue changes to this order necessary to implement and
manage the regulation of aircraft maintenance . The Director of Airworthiness ,
AWS - 1 , reserves the authority to approve changes to Chapter 1 .
6. RESERVED .
Chap 1
Par 1
Page 1 ( and 2 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 2. DESCRIPTION
7. PRESENTATION . This order is divided into chapters which pertain to the
basic areas in which surveillance and certification are performed . These
chapters are:
a. CHAPTER 1 - General .
b. CHAPTER 2 - General Practices and Procedures .

Pertains to administration of the FAA aircraft maintenance regulatory program .
C. CHAPTER 3 - Aircraft .
O
Pertains to maintenance matters common to all civil aircraft .
d . CHAPTER 4 - Agencies.
Pertains to repair stations , Federal Aviation Administration ( FAA) maintenance
facilities, pilot schools , parachute lofts, and aviation maintenance technician
schools .
e. CHAPTER 5 - Airmen .
Pertains to mechanics , repairmen , holders of inspection authorizations ,
parachute riggers , designated mechanic examiners , and designated parachute
rigger examiners .
f . CHAPTER 6 - Air Transportation .
Pertains to air carriers ( including commuter /air taxi and commercial
operators ) .
g. CHAPTER 7 - General Aviation / Commercial .
O
Pertains to private and commercial aircraft other than in air transportation .

h. CHAPTER 8 - Avionics .
Pertains to exclusive avionics matters . ( Avionics activities associated with
other maintenance activities are included in appropriate chapters ) .
i . APPENDIX 1 - Forms and Reports .
j. APPENDIX 2 Guide for Aircraft Maintainability Evaluation Summary .
k . APPENDIX 3 - Index for Parachute Automatic Release Devices and Military
Specification Excerpts ; MIL SPEC . MIL - R - 25565D .
1. APPENDLX 4 Airworthiness Review Cases .
m. APPENDIX 5 - Reliability Program Requirement and Program Approval

Checklist .
n. APPENDIX 6 - Airline /Manufacturer Maintenance Program Planning

Document O
MSG - 2 .
o. APPENDIX 7 - Military Occupational Speciality (MOS ) Codes .
Chap 1
Par 7
Page 3
8300.9 7/26/85
8. BASIS FOR PROCEDURES CONTAINED IN THIS ORDER . " Every action by the Federal
Aviation Administration must be based on the legislative authority of the
Federal Aviation Act of 1958. This authority is further defined in regulations ,
rules , orders , or other official media . Inspectors are urged to review this
authority ( particularly the FA Act and pertinent Federal Aviation Regulations )
as often as needed to be firmly aware of the scope and authority . A directive
merely provides instructions or guidance for performing the duties associated
with that authority and does not, in itself , constitute authority to act .
However , it does provide a uniform basis for performing such duties and is
binding where it specifies procedures which must be followed in performing the
inspector's duties .
9. DEFINITION OF OPERATORS AS USED IN THIS ORDER .
a. Air Carrier. An air carrier certificate holder authorized by
operations specifications as designated by SFAR - 38 to conduct operations under
one or all of the following :
(1 ) Part 121 , DOMESTIC AND FLAG Rules .
( 2) Part 121, SUPPLEMENTAL ( Charter ) Rules includes commuters /air taxi

operators, and 418 all-cargo operators using aircraft with more than 30
passenger seats or allowable payload greater than 7500 pounds.
( 3) Part 127 for Scheduled Helicopter Operations .
( 4 ) Part 135 , Commuters / Air Taxi Operators and 418 all - cargo operators
using aircraft of 30 passenger seats or less and maximum payload capacity of
7500 pounds .
b . Commercial Operator . An operating certificate holder authorized by
operations specifications as designated by SFAR - 38 under one or both of the
following :
(1 ) Part 121 , SUPPLEMENTAL ( Charter ) and COMMERCIAL OPERATOR Rules .*
( 2) Part 135 , reference 135.1 ( a ) ( 3 ) . *
*Except for intrastate operations under Part 121 , operations of U.S. -registered
civil airplanes which have a seating capacity of 30 -or -more passenger seats or a
maximum payload capacity of 6000 pounds by operating certificate holders are
governed by Part 125 .
c . Operating Certificate Holders Under Part 125. An operating certificate

holder authorized by operations specifications to conduct operations under
Part 125 as designated in that Part .
Chap 1
Page 4 Par 8
7/26/85 8300.9
10. DEFINITION OF THE TERM "CERTIFICATION" AS USED IN THIS ORDER . For purposes
of identification and definition , " certification , " as used herein , refers to
those duties which involve a determination of competence, qualification , or
quality by the FAA after which a certification , rating, or other official paper
is issued to an applicant which confirms such determination and grants certain
privileges and may prescribe certain limitations in accordance with the Federal
Aviation Act and the Federal Aviation Regulations.
11. DEFINITION OF THE TERM " SURVEILLANCE" AS USED IN THIS ORDER. The purpose of
surveillance is to ascertain if a pertinent activity has been , or is being ,
accomplished in an acceptable manner . Surveillance may take the form of
observing the actions of an individual or conformance with standards. In other
cases, the inspection of a finished job may suffice . Surveillance may be
applied to aircraft and components, to the use of tools and equipment , aircraft
records, etc.
12. - 19 . RESERVED .
ip 1
- 10 Page 5 ( thru 18 )
7/26/85
8300 : 9 .
CHAPTER 2. GENERAL PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES
SECTION 1. UTILIZATION OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

20. PURPOSE . The complexity and sophistication of today's aircraft demand
effective utilization of technical personnel. This section provides guidance
for identifying the responsible skills with aircraft systems for effective
maintenance /avionics coordination .
21. GENERAL . Each employee and each level of agency manangement are
responsible for assuring that manpower resources are effectively and efficiently
used . The following guidance is directed toward optimm utilization of
technical personnel .
22. ASSIGNMENTS .
a. Present technical classifications which separate the technical

specialists and inspectors must receive primary consideration in the assignment
of work functions . Inspectors or specialists should normally perform those
functions that logically fall within their respective area of technical
specialization . The foremost consideration must be that all technical work
functions are assigned to and accomplished by the technical personnel who are
appropriately qualified and competent to carry out the work functions . The
primary responsibility for the aircraft systems or functions is identified by
specialty on the chart in Figure 2-1 .
b . Although the chart delineates the assignment of technical
responsibilities , this does not imply isolation in any manner when performing
regular duties or carrying out special assignments. The chart identifies the
recognized specialty that has the primary responsibility " P" for the aircraft
system as shown by the ATA specification 100 system codes . In the interest of
realizing optimum use of technical manpower , work assignments which cross lines
of technical classification should be used when circumstances dictate the
practicality of such assignments .
c. Certain subsystems that are more closely associated with the avionics
technology are identified on the chart by the letter " S" indicating secondary
responsibility. Primary system responsibility " P" remains with specialty shown;
however, secondary responsibility " S " requires complete coordination between the
inspectors/ specialists so that the overall maintenance objectives are
accomplished .
d. In the certification and monitoring of repair stations and other

maintenance facilities, the primary responsibility for the type ofwork
performed must be related to the systems and subsystems shown on the chart . To
illustrate the distinction between specialties, in the areas of powerplant and
airframes, the maintenance inspector has the primary responsibility; whereas, in
the field of instruments and electronics, the primary responsibility is assigned
to the avionics_inspector . We must recognize that no system within an aircraft
is an entity . The proper and safe operation of the aircraft is dependent on the
combined performance of all systems , and it follows that this same combination
in the form of teamwork and coordination must be reflected within the field
offices .
Chap 2
Par 20 Page 19
8300.9 7/26/85
23. TRAINEE INSPECTORS . Trainee inspectors shall be assigned duties and the
corresponding responsibilities only when it is known that they are technically
and administratively competent .
24. SCHEDULED SURVEILLANCE is that anticipated and planned for in the annual
work program and which is accomplished during the normal scheduled work period .
25. OTHER SURVEILLANCE ACTIVITIES . General aviation activities , such as
airshows , hot air balloon races , and parachute meets are examples of where extra
surveillance may be required . Emphasis should be placed on surveillance of
those operators and activities which have the greatest potential effect on
public safety .
26. WEEKEND , OFFICIAL HOLIDAY, AND CONTINUOUS SURVEILLANCE ACTIVITIES .
a. Accident Standby . Airworthiness inspectors are expected to take a fair
share of accident standby duty . The scheduling of such duty is a prerogative of
the office manager with respect to " who " and "when ." However , as a matter of
good management, the assignments should be made on an equitable basis so that no
one person is " saddled" with the standby job for long, consecutive periods.
b . Surveillance of Air Carriers. Because substantial experience shows
regularly scheduled weekend and holiday maintenance surveillance to be generally
ineffective and wasteful of inspector manpower resources , it should not be
utilized except under specific circumstances, such as strikes and similar
exceptional or emergency conditions . This is not intended to imply that weekend
or holiday surveillance should not be conducted . On the contrary , such
surveillance has exceptional merit when conducted on an " as needed ," unscheduled
basis to include not only weekends and holidays , but off - hours and night
surveillance . For example , an occasional Saturday night or Sunday surveillance
trip through a maintenance facility can produce good results .
Scheduled , weekend , and holiday ( or night) surveillance , when
C.
performed , should have a definite result-producing purpose , rather than merely

wandering around maintenance shops and airport ramp areas. Air carrier strike
surveillance is an example of a good purpose . Surveillance of operators of
large and turbine -powered aircraft, who are not established certificated
operators excluding legitimate corporate airplane operators, shall be
emphasized . Suspected illegal or unsafe maintenance activities are other
situations that may warrant scheduling of maintenance surveillance during
irregular working hours on a short term basis . However , in each instance, the
purpose and expected result should be carefully weighed to assure that man - hours
are not wasted .
27. REQUESTS FOR CERTIFICATION AND SURVEILLANCE ASSISTANCE .
a. General . When an airworthiness inspector finds a need for

certification or surveillance assistance from another region or district , he
should first discuss the matter with the unit supervisor or principal inspector
of the office with area responsibility regarding what is presently being done
Chap 2
Page 20 Par 23
7/26/85 8300.9
as well as their capability to provide additional assistance . If the request

cannot be accommodated, the requesting office should request assistance through
its region . Such a request should state exactly what, when , where, and the
particular type of assistance needed . It should be remembered, however, that
due to the effect on other commitments , budgeting, and manpower staffing
requirements, the region and district may not be able to lend assistance to the
extent requested . In this case , the requesting office should be advised in
writing of what can be accomplished so that the requesting office can act
accordingly .
b . Qualifications of Assisting Inspectors. Under no circumstances shall
the assisting region assign an assisting inspector to a certification or
surveillance job unless the inspector is fully qualified and competent to handle
the job and is thoroughly familiar with the applicable regulatory requirements .
For example, in certificating aircraft for air carrier operation , the various
air carrier operating rules specify certain retroactive airworthiness
requirements which may not be applicable to aircraft operated only under FAR 91 .
The assisting inspector should know such requirements as well as knowing the
aircraft involved .
c.Priority Handling of Requests for Assistance from Other Regions.
In cases of immediate emergencies affecting in - flight safety , district offices
may communicate by telephone with the assisting district office. Each district
office shall keep its regional office informed of the immediate emergencies
being handled . The requesting region should keep the Aircraft Maintenance
Division , AWS - 300 , advised of those immediate emergency situations involving air
carrier aircraft .
d . On other than emergency certification and surveillance jobs, the

assisting region shall make a sincere effort to provide assistance . However, if
circumstances prevent assignment of an inspector, the requesting region shall be
informed of such circumstances and, if possible, arrangements shall be made
whereby the requesting region shall send one of its inspectors to do the job .
If both regions are shorthanded, the region in which the job is located shall
provide the requested assistance as soon as circumstances permit ; in which case ,
the requesting region shall be informed of the anticipated delay and given a
firm date on which the job is expected to be completed . The requesting region
shall inform other interested persons, such as an applicant, accordingly.
28. SHARED RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SURVEILLANCE OF FACILITIES PERFORMING AIR
CARRIER MAINTENANCE . When an air carrier , or commerical operator operating
under air carrier rules , makes arrangements with other persons for the
performance of any or all of its work (maintenance, preventive maintenance,
required inspections or alterations), the same basic consideration should be
given such facilities as would be given facilities operated by the air carrier .
There must be no difference in the quality of surveillance, timely
responsiveness to discrepancies of faults and the effectiveness of corrective
measures, when and where the need exists. The only significant difference is
Chap 2
Par 27
Page 21
8300.9 7/26/85
the shared surveillance responsibility which usually is involved when an air

carrier uses the facilities of other persons . When inspectors of different
areas of specialization , such as air carrier and general aviation or inspectors
of the same speciality , but in different regions, share surveillance
responsibility for the facilities of an air carrier , special precautions must be
observed. The following are key items which are mandatory for proper
surveillance of an air carrier that uses the facilities of other persons :
a . Prompt and effective communications between the principal airworthiness
inspector assigned to the carrier and his counterpart assigned to any facility
doing work for the air carrier are a MUST . Both the air carrier man and the
facility man should be fully informed and up to date at all times with regard to
existing or probable problems and the progress and effectiveness of corrective
action .
b . Persons assigned surveillance responsibility for repair stations or

other facilities doing air carrier work should keep in mind that when such
facilities perform maintenance , preventive maintenance, or required inspections
for air carriers or commercial operators operating under air carrier rules , the
work performed must comply with the applicable provisions of FAR 43 and the air
carrier rules . Both the carrier man and the facility man must be well aware of
the regulations governing both areas and should determine that both the air
carrier and the facility also know the regulations which affect their
relationship .
c . Just as the air carrier is primarily responsible for the airworthiness
of its aircraft, the principal airworthiness inspector assigned to the air
carrier should have the primary responsibility for all work which affects such
airworthiness . He also should have the primary responsibility for securing
corrective action by the carrier . By the same token , the principal
airworthiness inspector with assigned responsibility for a repair station , or
the facility doing work for the air carrier , should have primary responsibility
for corrective action by the facility . Both inspectors have the responsibility
for working together as a team to get the total job accomplished quickly,
effectively, and efficiently . The regional authority should assure that this
relationship or responsibility is established and maintained at all times .
d. A lack of responsiveness to the need for prompt and effective
correction of discrepancies can be a dangerous possibility in any situation ;
however , shared surveillance is particularly susceptible. There is a tendency
for both parties to expect the other party to do the job . Also , there is a
tendency to maintain little or no followip to assure that the task has been
completed . The result can be a failure to correct discrepancies which are
vitally important to safety . In order to assure that this does not occur, a
speedy and effective handoff system must be established and maintained between
the affected inspectors , whereby both know all problems of mutual interest and
the current status of the corrective action .
Chap 2
Page 22 Par 28
7/26/85 8300.9
29. MEETINGS /WORKSHOPS .

a.The Managers of the Air Transporation Branch , AWS - 330 , General
Aviation /Commercial Branch , AWS -340 , and the Avionics Branch , AWS - 350 , will
develop and conduct workshops with the appropriate regional Flight Standards
branch managers for the purposes of assisting and programming as required by the
regional offices . The workshops will include air carrier aiworthiness
maintenance and avionics activity .
b . These workshops will normally be held in one of the domestic regions
with each alternating as the host region .
C.
The time and place of these workshops will be coordinated with the
region and the Aeronautical Center before establishing a fim meeting date and
place .
30. PREPARATION AND ISSUANCE OF DIRECTIVES REQUIRING ACTION OR IMPOSING
WORKLOADS ON AIRWORTHINESS INSPECTORS . All individuals engaged in the
preparation and issuance of directives are requested to assure that :
a. All recipients of the directive will have the necessary resources to
perform the required job functions .
b . Directives using mandatory language , such as MUST and SHALL should
clearly state that the recipient cannothandle the directive as a discretionary
function but must comply with it completely .
C. Words such as WILL, which indicate a presumption that action is to be
taken , are not used if the requested action is considered mandatory .
d. Directive requirements having an impact on other FAA organizations are
clearly spelled out and clearance has been obtained from such organizations
prior to issuance .
e. The appropriate directives management officer is consulted for
assistance concerning the fulfillment of the provisions of Order 1320.1C , FAA
Directives System .
31. AVIATION SAFETY INSPECTOR'S CREDENTIAL , FAA FORM 110A

Criteria for Eligibility. Airworthiness inspectors (GS -11 grade level
a.
or above) currently assigned to a GS - 1825 position with surveillance

responsibilities for an FAR Parts 121 or 135 air carrier or operator will be
issued the credential providing they have successfully completed either the Air
Carrier Maintenance /Electronics Indoctrination , Course No. 21601, or the General
Aviation Maintenance/ Electronics Indoctrination , Course No. 21603 .
Chap 2
Par 29 Page 23
8300.9 7/26/85
b. Issuance of Credential. FAA Form 110A ( Figures 2-2 and 2-3) will be
issued to qualified air carrier and general aviation airworthiness inspectors by
the Program Management Division , APR - 100 , at Washington headquarters and are
signed by the Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards, AVS - 1 . They are
issued upon receipt of a written request from the regions when accompanied by
FAA Form 1600-14 , Application for Identification or Credential Card (Figures 2-4
and 2-5) . The procedures for requesting FAA Form 110A may be found in
Order 8000.38C , Aviation Safety Inspector's Credential , FAA Form 110A, and Use
of Access to Aircraft Forms , SF - 160 and FAA Form 8430-13 .
Chap 2
Page 24 ( thru 28 ) Par 31
7/26/85 8300.9
Airworthiness
FIGURE 2-1 . DELINEATION OF TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Subsystems
ATA ms
Syste
Avionics
21 P Air Conditioning
22 P Autopilots
23 P Communications
24 S P Electrical Power
25 P
Equipment / Furnishings
26 P Fire Protection
-10
C
S Detection
27 P Flight Control
S
Logic Systems - Indicating
28
Р Fuel
-40 S Fuel System Indicating
29 P
Hydraulic Power
30 P Ice and Rain Protection
- 30 S Pitot - Static
-50
O
S Antennas Radome
-80 S Detection
P
31
AL
Instruments
32
P Landing Gear
-60 S Position and Warning
S Anti - Skid Electronics
33 Р Lights
P
34 Navigation
35 Р Oxygen
36 P Pneumatic
37 P Vacuum
lap 2 Page 29
8300.9 7/26/85
Airworthiness
Subsystems
ATA ms
( CONTINUED )
Avionics
Syste
38 Water /Waste
149 P Airborne Aux . Power
- 70 S Indicating
151 P Structures
P
52 Doors
-70 S Door Warnings
53 P Fuselage
54 P Nacelle / Pylons
55 P Stabilizers
56 Р Windows
57 P Wings
bl P Propellers
65
$ P Rotors
. - 60 S Indicating
11 Р Powerplants
-50 S Electrical Harness
12 P
Engine / Turbine /Engine Reciprocating
73 P Engine Fuel and Control
- 30 S Indicating
P
174 Ignition
-10 S Electrical Power Supply
175 P Air
-40 S Indicating
76 P Engine Control
Page 30 Chap 2
7/26/85 8300.9

( CONTINUED)
Airworthiness
Subsystems
ATAtems
Avionics
Sys
77 P Engine Indicating
78 P Exhaust
79
P Oil
-30 S
Indicating
80 P Starting
81 P Turbines
82 P Water Injection
83 P
Accessory Gear Boxes
hap 2 Page 31
8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 2-2 . SAMPLE FAA FORM 110A ( Front Side of Form )
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

INSPECTOR'S
SIGNATURE
AVIATION SAFETY INSPECTOR'S CREDENTIAL
Whose and appear

July
Sample
Assigned to inspection , investigan enforcementin
accordance w pron the Federal on Act of 1958
and the regulatiss stor is authorized
to issue U.S. Gom Form 8430-13 for
access to U.S. Test be given free and
uninterrupted entryto nent in the performance
of official duties.
FAA Form 110A ( 1-81 )

ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR FOR AVIATION STANDARDS SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION
2-3 .
FIGURE 2-3 FAA FORM 110A ( Reverse Side of Form )
FAA FORM
Postage and Fees Paid

U.S. Department Federal Aviation
of Transportation Administration
Federal Aviation
Administration
DOT 515 2
U.S.MAIL
800 Independence Ave. , S.W.

Washington, D.C. 20591
Official Business
Penalty for Private Use $ 300
Sample
POSTMASTER : Return to:
ASSOCIATE ADMINISTRATOR
FOR AVIATION STANDARDS
WASHINGTON , D.C. 20591
IF FOUND - Drop in any U.S. Mailbox , as unauthorized possession or use makes offender
liable to severe penalties. Title 18, U.S.C. Sec. 499 .
Page 32 Chap 2
8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 2-4 . SAMPLE FAA FORM 1600-14 ( Front Side of Form )
MPLICATION FOR IDENTIFICATION OR CREDENTIAL CARD DATE CARD ISSUED NO. OF CARD ISSUED
Check FM Oficial FM Identi . Inspector's Air Carrier Authoriza. Civil Ditonsa
Card Crudential fication Credential Inspector's tion To Enter Identifica
Cend Card Card Credential Flight Deck a em
Wanted
Issued to Seourity Security Flight Standards Flight Standards Air Tritic Sosurite
FULL MME OF EMPLONEL Date of Birth Maight Weich Color of Meir Color Eye
SOCIAL SECURITY NO. ADDRESS WHERE CARD IS TO RE SENT
WORKING TITLE ORADE
OFFICE /SERVICE / REGION CENTER OFFICIAL STATION
DIVISION BRANCH
JUSTIFICATION OF MEED
I understand and agree to surrender the card issued to me upon termination of my Signature and Title of Authorizing Officer
employment or upon recett by proper authority.
SIGNATURE OF PERSON TO WHOM CARD IS TO BE ISSUED Date of Application
FM Form 1000-14 ( 7 ) Supersodus FM Form 1708 Uw rower broerd Trent
FIGURE 2-5 . FAA FORM 1600-14 (Reverse Side of Form )
WORKING TITLE GRADE
OFFICE /SERVICE / REGION / CENTER OFFICIAL STATION
DIVISION BRANCH
WORKING TITLE GRADE
OFFICE /SERVICE / REGION /CENTER OFFICIAL STATION
DIVISION BRANCH
WORKING TITLE GRADE
OFFICE /SERVICE /REGION / CENTER OFFICIAL STATION
DIVISION BRANCH
qp 2 Page 33 ( thru 36 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 2 . PRECAUTION TO BE TAKEN BY TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

IN PUBLIC DISCUSSION OF MAINTENANCE SERVICES AND
AIRCRAFT PRODUCTS
36. PURPOSE . This section relates agency practices concerning official conduct
in certain activities unique to technical personnel and points out specific
areas wherein inspectors may be criticized if they fail to exercise due
restraint and caution .
37. OPINIONS CONCERNING MAINTENANCE SERVICES AND AIRCRAFT PRODUCTS . During the
normal course of duty, technical personnel acquire considerable information
concerning the comparative quality of maintenance and / or alteration and the
reliability characteristics of aircraft and component parts . As a result, the
inspectors may frequently either be asked to express opinions or be inclined to
voluntarily offer opinions with regard to such services or products . The
inspector can discuss factual matters pertaining to maintenance services and
aircraft products , but shall not , under any circumstances , make derogatory
remarks or express opinions which may lead a public listener to believe that the
inspector is biased or holds some service or product in higher regard than other
services and products . He may often be inclined to direct attention to sources
of maintenance which he believes to be better than other sources and to aircraft
products which he considers superior to other products. He must exercise extra
caution to curb this inclination .
38. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING SOURCES OF SERVICES OR PRODUCTS .

Inspectors may frequently be asked by owners, operators , and repair agencies to
recommend sources of supply for aircraft parts and material or sources of
maintenance and alterations . When requested to provide such information , the
inspector is encouraged to be as helpful as possible, but must be completely
unbiased and impartial. When providing such information, the inspector is
particularly cautioned against recommending any single source or product where
more than one source or product manufacturer is involved . The inspector should
refer the person seeking such information to appropriate trade journals,
pamphlets , and any other usual sources of information available to the aviation
public . If this is not possible, he should mention as wide a range of sources
of services or products as possible. He should also encourage the person to
contact other users, owners , or operators to find a wider selection of sources .
In this, as with the expression of opinions noted in the foregoing paragraph ,
the inspector must not show partiality or bias , or leave the impression that he
is recommending some specific service or product .
39. NEW OR UNIQUE MAINTENANCE OR ALTERATION TECHNIQUES , PRACTICES OR
PROCEDURES . Mechanics , certificated repair stations , air carriers, and other
facilities often develop unique new ways of performing maintenance functions or
alterations. In many instances , such techniques , practices or procedures may
have been developed after considerable research and expense . In some instances ,
the results of such effort and expense may give the developer an economic
advantage over others . In this , as with other areas in which the inspector
finds himself taken into the confidence of the developer , the matter should be
kept in strict confidence in so far as others are concerned . Even if the
developer has no reluctance in telling others about his methods, etc., the
Chap 2
Par 36 Page 37
8300.9 7/26/85
inspector should be very careful in releasing the information . The party to

which the information may be imparted should be directed to contact the
developer for the information .
40. GENERAL . In expressing opinions or in giving advice or information to
people in the aviation industry with respectto maintenance, alterations or
aircraft products, the inspector must remember that as a representative of the
FAÁ , the agency may be judged by the measure of his own integrity , common sense
and conduct . He can do much to promote aviation and good will for the agency by
giving sound advice or passing along good useful information , but can do much
harm by expressing biased personal opinions or making derogatory remarks .
Chap 2
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 3. ORAL AUTHORIZATIONS

56. GENERAL Airworthiness inspectors shall not make oral agreements or grant
oral authorizations or approvals when existing instructions provide for written
authorizations or common sense dictates that the commitment should be in
writing . In this connection , it is desirable to have operators or other
interested persons confim in writing that which they propose to do about
unsatisfactory conditions called to their attention by an inspector . Such
written confirmation shall serve to protect the inspector and to support any
subsequent action considered necessary .
hap 2
ar 56 Page 49 ( thru 60 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 4. CORRESPONDENCE WITH INDUSTRY

60. PURPOSE . This section provides information to assist the inspector in
determining when and under what circumstances he should resort to formal
correspondence with an assigned industry element .
61. GENERAL . From time to time, various organizations complain that they are
burdened by voluminous and sometimes lengthy letters from inspectors which are
of questionable necessity. Examples have been shown which tend to confirm the
validity of the complaints and indicate a need for more restraint and discretion
on the part of those inspectors .
62. FORMAL CORRESPONDENCE . The circumstances under which the inspector may or
should resort to formal correspondence with industry are so varied as to
preclude specific enumeration . To do so in this handbook would also tend to
unduly hinder the inspector in doing his job . The inspector should judge the
need for writing a formal letter by the following yardstick : " Can I get the job
done satisfactorily by telephone, personal contact , or by doing the
investigation , check or review , that my job normally requires ME to do ? If the
answer to this question is 'yes , ' then a formal letter normally should not be
used . "
63. QUALITY OF CORRESPONDENCE . When an inspector must write a letter to a

person , operator , or agency , he should observe the basic rules of letter
writing . These rules should include accuracy , conciseness and brevity , but say
what has to be said . Above all , the inspector should write the type of letter
that he would like to receive .
nap 2
ar 60 Page 61 ( thru 70 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 5. PUBLICATION OF PRECAUTIONARY NOTICES,

MAINTENANCE BULLETINS AND MEMORANDA
70. PURPOSE . This section calls attention to actions which may result in
unconfirmed rumors and actions which cannot be supported by FAA authority .
71. GENERAL . From time to time, certain items of information relating to
dangerous characteristics of some material used in connection with aircraft
maintenance come to the attention of our field personnel , who are naturally
" safety conscious," and therefore, critical of any hazard or unsafe condition .
Occasionally , such information is circulated within the region as a warning
without sufficient research to establish the validity of the information .
a. An example of this occurred recently when a story concerning toxic
vapors was circulated as factual information and later investigation indicated
that the story was based on a rumor which had been disproved several years
previously .
b . Such actions conceivably could place the FAA in a very difficult

position , particularly if it involved a proprietary product, and could be proved
that an adverse customer reaction to the product resulted from the FAA action .
C. Another aspect of this matter is the likelihood of focusing undue
attention on the hazards of some specific item or material when it probably is
only one of the hundreds of hazardous things with which we work constantly. For
example, it would be improper to publish a warning on the toxic effect of vapors
of one type of cleaning agent while ignoring the toxic effects of a long list of
other similar materials .
72. LEGAL ASPECTS . Aside from these considerations , there is a definite

question as to the legal authority of the FAA becoming involved in health
hazards not directly related to safety of the aircraft in flight . When such
situations are noted that are essentially in the areas of industrial safety or
employee health , and not directly related to aircraft safety in flight, there is
no specific authority for official action by the FAA or its employees.
Therefore , any action on the part of the agency regarding such hazards should be
handled as a public relations matter .
73. COORDINATION WITH WASHINGTON OFFICE . In certain instances , informative
assistance could be beneficial on an industrywide basis. An example of this
would be when a product is discovered to possess hazardous health
characteristics under certain conditions . In such cases , the information should
be promptly forwarded to the Washington office for coordination with other
divisions and agencies. In most cases, there is found to be additional
important information available which can be added to the initial report . All
such items are cleared with the Office of Aviation Medicine, who assists in
confirming and coordinating the material before publication . The possible legal
implications of such publications are also explored to prevent administrative or
inspector liabilities. Therefore, with the exception of obvious emergency
situations, all warning publications other than proposed maintenance bulletins
hap 2
'ar 70
Page 71
8300.9 7/26/85
should be forwarded to the Washington office for clearance prior to regional or

local publication . If found acceptable, they shall be published for national
distribution . Proposed aircraft maintenance bulletins will be processed in
accordance with Chapter 1 of Order 8340.1A, Maintenance Bulletins .
Chap 2
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 6. ACCESS TO PUBLIC AND PRIVATE AIRPORTS ,

LANDING STRIPS , AND OTHER AREAS USED FOR
OPERATION OF AIRCRAFT
80. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to airworthiness inspectors in

obtaining access to public and private airports and other areas used for the
operation of aircraft .
81. GENERAL. Entry upon the property of another, without proper authority or
permission , may be construed as trespassing, although the intent is for the
performance of official duty and , therefore, the inspector must consider this
aspect . There should be relatively few cases where an inspector is denied
access for the purpose of conducting official duties; however, such cases should
be referred to the appropriate supervisory authority .
82. DEFINITIONS . For the purpose of this directive, the definitions of " public
airport ," " private airport ," and " other landing areas " are :
a. A Public Airport - Any airport in which the management offers to the
public any type of aircraft sales or services for compensation .
b. A Private Airport or Landing Strip - Any private property used by the
owner , or others at the invitation or cognizance of the owner, for the operation
of aircraft .
C.
Other Landing Areas - A seaplane beach , dock , or helicopter pad .
83. ACCESS TO PRIVATE AIRPORTS , LANDING STRIPS , AND OTHER AREAS . In all cases ,
the inspector will advise the owner or agent of the facility of his desire to
enter the premises and the reasons therefore . The request for entry should be
phrased in a diplomatic manner so as to provide an opportunity for the owner or
agent to further invite the inspector to enter the premises rather than accord
unwilling assent . As a courtesy , the inspector should invite the owner or agent
to accompany him . If the owner or agent is unable to accompany the inspector ,
permission for access to aircraft should then be requested for the purpose of
surveillance inspection or for other reasons such as accident investigation .
84 .. ACCESS TO PUBLIC AIRPORTS . The inspector should contact the manager or
other persons in charge of the airport and indicate his intent to perform
official duties . The field inspector normally visits the larger public airport
at frequent intervals and , therefore, it will be advantageous to make initial
contact with the manager or person in charge, informing him of subsequent
visits, thus eliminating the necessity of personal contact at each visit , unless
such contacts are desired by the airport management . If the occasion warrants ,
the airport manager or other person in chargemay be invited to accompany the
inspector in the accomplishment of his official duties.
hap 2
ar 80 Page 79 ( thru 86)
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 7. RESPONDING TO WRITTEN NOTIFICATIONS OR

COMPLAINTS
90. PURPOSE . This section discusses the manner in which field offices should
handle written notifications or complaints from a private individual or
organization .
91. GENERAL .
a. Letters or other forms of written notifications received in field

offices from the public should be handled promptly and in accordance with the
basic guidelines contained in this section .
b. Private individuals such as members or relatives of the traveling
public, or persons employed in the aircraft or airline industry will write to
the FAA with a specific complaint or concern regarding an element of the
industry under regulatory purview of the FAA . Such letters or other written
notifications are sometimes sent by professional or labor organizations .
92. ACTION .
a . Written notifications from the public received in aa field office

(district or regional) should in all cases be answered in writing . The answer ,
either in final form or as an acknowledgement , should be sent to the person or
organization involved within a period of 10 working days from the time such
letter or notification is received by the responsible FAA office .
b . If the receiving FAA office is not primarily responsible for the air
agency, air carrier, or other entity involved in the public notification , it
should immediately forward the notification to the FAA field office which is
directly responsible.
C. An acknowledgement letter should be sent by the responsible field
office in those cases where a final reply cannot be furnished within the
10 -working day period .
d . Final letters of reply should respond directly to the concerns or
issues cited in the letter or notification from the public. For example , if a
pecific flight delay or incident is cited , such occurrence should be
investigated as necessary to provide factual information directly related to the
ccurrence involved . A final response should be courteous , concise , and free of
jeneralities .
e. Before replying to public letters concerning particularly sensitive or
ignificant issues , the responsible field office should discuss the form and
anner of response with appropriate regional office personnel .
hap 2
Par 90 Page 87 ( thru 96 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 8. OBTAINING AND RETURNING AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE /ALTERATION

RECORDS AND PARTS
100. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions in obtaining aircraft

maintenance and alteration records and for their expeditious return . This
section also provides instructions in the use of FAA Form 8020-2 , Aircraft /Parts
Identification and Release .
101. AUTHORITY . The regulatory authority for this section is

FAR Section 91.173 ( c ) and Section 313 (a) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 .
102. OBTAINING AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATION RECORDS . When considered
necessary to review maintenance and alteration records in conducting official
business, the inspector will inform the aircraft owner , operator , or agent of
his desire and the reason . Records involving air carrier records are usually
obtained through the certificate holding office . Personnel of other air carrier
stations are usually prohibited from providing records without approval from the
principal base. Normally , an air carrier provides copies so no receipt is
necessary unless requested by the carrier . In the event a reasonable request
for review of maintenance and alteration records is refused , the inspector will
refer the problem , through channels , to the regional attorney with a full
explanation of all circumstances . Upon receipt of the records, the inspector
will :
a. In the presence of the owner or agent , extract the necessary

information from the records and IMMEDIATELY return them , or
b. When necessary to retain the records for review or to make copies , a

signed receipt will be issued to the owner or agent . The original receipt will
be given to the owner or operator and a carbon copy retained by the inspector .
The receipt shall reflect at least the following:
(1 ) Date .
( 2) Itemized list of received documents .

( 3) Aircraft registration number .
(4) Name and address of owner or agent .
( 5) Anticipated date that the documents will be returned .

(6) A statement by the inspector indicating that he is in possession
of the noted documents , when this includes the aircraft logbooks , the current
date of the last annual inspection and, if required , the last 100 - hour
inspection .
103. RETURN OF MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATION RECORDS .
a. All records will be returned AS SOON AS POSSIBLE but in no case later

than specified on the receipt . This may be done in person , at which time the
original receipt should be picked up , or by registered mail--RETURN RECEIPT
REQUESTED .
Chap 2
Par 100 Page 97
83009 7/26/85
b. Extreme caution should be observed to prevent loss or destruction of

aircraft maintenance and alteration records while in FAA possession . In the
event of loss , the agency will be responsible to finish new logbooks and all
required maintenance information at no cost to the owner . The information shall
include verification by the inspector of compliance with all pertinent ADs .
104. OBTAINING AIRCRAFT / PARTS FOR ANALYSIS AND STUDY . When it becomes
necessary to obtain an aircraft/ part for investigative purposes , FAA
Form 8020-2 , Aircraft / Parts Identification and Release , should be used .
Functions of FAA Form 8020-2 are as follows :
a. Provides owner/operator with a receipt for aircraft / part released to
the FAA for official investigation .
b. Provides instructions to the recipient of a part when the FAA inspector

is to witness disassembly , inspection , or test .
c. Provides a form for the FAA inspector to certify that he has witnessed
disassembly , inspection or test of the part .
d. Provides the FAA with a receipt when an aircraft / part is released to
the owner/operator after investigation is complete .
105. ROUTING OF FAA FORM 8020-2 . The Aircraft / Parts Identification and
Release, FAA Form 8020-2, is a three-part form and should be routed as follows :
a. The original should be given to the owner or his agent .
b. The carbon copy is retained by the issuing office .
C.
The " hard" copy is attached to the aircraft / part .
106. ANALYSIS AND HANDLING OF PARTS . Order 8020.11 , Aircraft Accidents and
Incidents -Notification , Investigation and Reporting , contains instructions for
the acquisition and handling of parts obtained for further analysis and study in
accident investigations . The same procedures should be used for parts obtained
in incident and malfunction /defect investigations. The inspector /field office
that originates a request to another field element (manufacturer , repair agency ,
laboratory , etc.) for examination of parts is responsible for the following
actions :
a.
The proper tagging of all parts with the three - part , Aircraft / Parts
Identification and Release , FAA Form 8020-2 .
b . The FAA Form 8020-2 will show the NTSB accident number assigned for
parts from accident investigations . For other types of investigations, an
office accounting number will be assigned (see Figure 2-6) .
'icc . The parts tag and /or invoice includes information advising the
recipient to contact the local FAA representative prior to openingor processing
the package.
Chap 2
Page 98 Par 103
7/26/85
8300.9
d. Altering the local FAA representative as to the expected time of

arrival of a part and arrange for FAA participation , as needed , in the
analysis / test of the part .
107. TEST RESULTS . Test result reports will be forwarded by the local FAA
representative, through regional channels, to the regional/district office that
originated the test request .
108. FAA OBLIGATION FOR THE DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY OF COMPONENT PARTS .
When obtaining parts from an owner or his authorized representative for use in
accident / incident investigation , the following should be brought to his
attention :
a. The FAA is responsible for the cost of disassembly .

b. The FAA is not obligated to reassemble the component. The FAA does,
however , pay for the return of all components .
109. FORMS. Aircraft / Parts Identification and Release, FAA Form 8020-2 , is
illustrated in Figure 2-6 .
110. - 119 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 106 Page 99 ( thru 110 )
1
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 2-6 . AIRCRAFT/ PARTS IDENTIFICATION AND RELEASE ,

FAA FORM 8020-2
AIRCRAFT/ PARTS IDENTIFICATION AND RELEASE
NTSB ACCIDENT OR OFFICE CONTROL NO.
SECTION I - AIRCRAFT / PART IDENTIFICATION
MAKE/ MODEL SERIAL NO .
PART NAME PART NO. SERIAL NO .
NATURE OF DEFECT/DIFFICULTY
HOURS OF SERVICE SINCE OVERHAUL SINCE LAST INSPECTION
TYPE OF INVESTIGATION (Check One )

ACCIDENT INCIDENT O MALFUNCTION OR DEFECT
SECTION II - OWNER RELEASE / RECEIPT OF AIRCRAFT / PART
RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT / PART- The attached aircraft part is released to
the Federal Aviation Administration for use in an official
investigation . I request that: ( Check One)
THE PART BE EXAMINED AND RETURNED TO ME IN
SAME CONDITION AS DELIVERED.
TESTS BE MADE AS NECESSARY EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY

RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE PART, AND THE PART RETURNED
TO ME ,
YOU MAY MAKE NECESSARY TESTS AND DISPOSE OF THE PARTS

OWNER OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE DATE
ADDRESS (Number and Street, City, State and Zip Code)
RECEIPT FORAIRCRAFT / PART RETURNED BY FAA

OWNER OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE DATE
SECTION III - FAA RECEIPT /RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT PART

SIGNATURE OF FAA INSPECTOR DATE
REGION DISTRICT OFFICE
FM Furn 1024-2 (11-80 )
lap 2 Page 111 ( thru 116 )

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 9. GENERAL AVIATION SAFETY SEMINARS AND SPECIAL MEETINGS
120. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions for coordination of meetings

and seminars for the furtherance of maintenance safety education programs.
121. GENERAL POLICY . General aviation airworthiness /avionics inspectors are
expected to participate in or provide guidance to general aviation safety
education clinics, held within the areas to which they are assigned, in
conformity with established program guideline emphasis.
122. SPECIAL MEETINGS: District Offices are occasionally called upon by their
regional offices , the Washington office , or other FAA offices to conduct special
meetings for a specific purpose. Such meetings are usually called to discuss
specific proposals , new procedures , incidents , or problem areas that relate to
aircraft maintenance .
123. EDUCATIONAL CLINICS. Clinics may vary from short discussions of

particular subjects of interest to full -scale seminars covering several
subjects .
a. Public clinics and seminars should be designed to provide information
to all segments of the aviation community regarding current maintenance / avionics
practices , procedures, and regulations that will improve safety . Governors and
aeronautics commissioners of several states have expressed enthusiasm for
expansion of their safety education programs . All segments of the aviation
community should be encouraged to sponsor and conductmaintenance /avionics
clinics . Such meetings attract mechanics , pilots , and aircraft owners / operators
who normally would not attend safety meetings. Every effort should be made to
attract maintenance /avionics airmen as well as pilots and aircraft
owners /operators to voluntarily attend maintenance clinics .
b. FAA may sponsor and conduct clinics; however , every effort should be
made to encourage the aviation industry to assume this responsibility . There is
every indication that accidents , incidents , and mechanical difficulties can be
reduced if all segments of the aviation community become active in safety
education programs .
124. PARTICIPATION IN INDUSTRY SPONSORED CLINICS . It is the FAA's policy to

encourage and assist in every reasonable way in the conduct of educational
clinics by such outside agencies as state aeronautics commissions , national and
state aviation organizations, and industry groups . Flight Standards
airworthiness /avionics, operations inspectors, and Air Traffic Service persomel
are frequently invited to participate in these meetings .
a. Coordination responsibility .
(1 ) Each Flight Standards Division Manager is responsible for the
coordination of the participation of all segments of FAA in safety, education
clinics within his region . He may designate representatives to serve as a focal
point for the administration of this coordination .
Chap 2
Par 120
Page 117
8300.9 7/26/85
(2 ) To assist in the coordination and participation in clinics and

seminars, each Flight Standards Division Manager should identify, by appropriate
means , specialists or inspectors who are qualified and can be made available for
assignment to these events . Selections should be based on technical ability,
ability to promote good public relations, demonstrated interest in this type of
activity and availability for assignment .
(3) Preliminary conmmications with sponsor. Organizations
considering or planning the sponsorship of a clinic or seminar should be
encouraged to commnicate directly with the Flight Standards Division Manager
concerning the extent and type of FAA participation desired and the availability
of personel. Once the conduct of such an event is decided upon , all
communication should be handled by the FAA coordinator designated for the
event .
b. Coordination procedure .
( 1) Any FAA office or segment that receives an invitation to

participate in the planning or conduct of a maintenance seminar or clinic should
immediately notify the Flight Standards Division Manager or his designated
representative through appropriate chamels . The notification should include :
( a) Identity of the sponsoring organization .
(b) Name, address , and function of the official in charge of the
proposed event .
(c) Place and dates of the event .
(d) Estimated size and scope of the event .

( e) Type and extent of the participation requested ,
(2) Designation of coordinator . When FAA participation in a
maintenance/avionics seminar or clinic has been decided on , the Flight
Standards Division Manager or his representative shall assign a local
coordinator for the event who will serve as the FAA contact for the sponsor and
will correlate all FAA participation . Coordinators may be specialists or
inspectors from the FAA segment involved in the event . Coordinator selection
should be based on qualifications relating to the event concerned, availability,
and location . No coordinator needs to be assigned for a purely local event
unless it is of special interest or involves more than one regional division .
(3) District office responsibility. The district office will
normally be the sponsor's first contact . When it is apparent the event will be
undertaken , the district office shall notify the regional office immediately.
Any assistance given to the prospective sponsor by the district office , before
regional notification , should be information only . After a coordinator has
been designated , the local district office or flight service station should
provide him with office facilities and clerical help, when available .
C.
Participation in the organization of clinics and symposiums .
Chap 2
Page 118 Par 124
7/26/85 8300.9
(1) Use of FAA name by sponsor or sanctioning agency. The FAA

coordinator designated for a maintenance /avionics seminar or Clinic sponsored
by an outside agency may authorize the sponsors to indicate in announcements
and programs that the event is being held "with the participation of the
Federal Aviation Administration . " However , the FAA must not be shown as the
sponsor , nor listed as one of the sponsors . Clinic or seminar programs shall
not be represented as " approved by the FAA . "
(2) Plaming and technical guidance.
(a) The designated FAA coordinator and other local and regional
FAA personnel should make their services available for advice in clinic
planning and provide technical guidance when requested by the sponsors of the
event . In providing such assistance, FAA personnel must keep in mind that they
should provide advice and guidance only, and not plan or direct the event in
any way . No attempt shall be made to select trainees , instructors, or other
participants to assign responsibilities , or to dictate the programs or policies
of such events .
( b ) The designated coordinator should be prepared and willing to

request assistance through the regional office for qualified specialists from
all segments of FAA .
( c) District office and other FAA personnel shall not
participate in the plaming of seminars or symposiums without the knowledge of
the designated FAA coordinator for the event, nor before a coordinator is
designated, except to provide information on how FAA participation may be
requested .
(3) Requests for appearance of FAA management personnel .

( a ) Sponsors of aviation events often request the appearance of
top -name FAA officials as guest speakers , by writing directly to the
Administrator or through members of Congress. No attempt should be made to
prevent a sponsor from doing so , but no FAA representative shall recommend such
a procedure.
(b ) The FAA coordinator of a seminar shall willingly convey
requests for the participation of FAA officials to the appropriate offices
through regional channels . It is suggested that no commitment to provide an
FAA speaker be made, and that it be clearly understood that while an effort
will be made to provide the speaker desired , the FAA may be required , by
circumstance, to offer another speaker .
( 4) Request for assistance from private agencies.
(a) Sponsors of maintenance /avionics seminars may request
participation and contributions from other private agencies, organizations , or
commercial firms. No FAA segment shall be a party to such a request when the
event is not sponsored by the FAA . It is acceptable for the sponsors to
indicate that the FAA is participating in the proposed event , but such requests
shall not be worded so as to imply that FAA is a party to the request .
hap 2
ar 124 Page 119
8300.9 7/26/85
(b) FAA personnel may inform other agencies and organizations about
such proposed events and recommend that they contact the sponsor. Exercise
caution to ensure that such information is not interpreted as an FAA request to
participate or contribute.
125. COORDINATOR'S REPORT OF MAINTENANCE /AVIONICS SEMINARS AND CLINICS
(RIS : FS 8300-6 .) Within two weeks after conclusion of a seminar or clinic
sponsored by an outside agency , the FAA coordinator of the event shall submit a
narrative report to the Flight Standards Division Manager through appropriate
channels. Sufficient copies of the report should be prepared to provide one for
each Regional Division Manager whose personnel are involved and, if appropriate,
for the Director of the FAA Academy . The coordinator's report shall include the
following :
a. The sponsoring organization , type of seminar or clinic , and dates .
b. Number of attendees and their position in the aviation community.
C. Name , position , and program function of each FAA employee who
participated .
126. - 134 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Page 120 ( thru 124 ) Par 124
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 10. COORDINATION OF PROPOSED AIRWORTHINESS

DIRECTIVES
135. GENERAL .
A primary safety function of this agency is to require correction of

a.
unsatisfactory conditions disclosed by service experience. The purpose of the

Airworthiness Directive ( AD ) is stated in FAR Part 39 .
b . Airworthiness Directive material is usually prepared by the FAA

engineering and manufacturing office maintaining the technical data file on the
particular model aircraft, etc., to be covered and coordinated with other
interested branches of the appropriate divisions . The Aircraft Certification
Division /Office coordinates the proposed AD with the manufacturer and his
concurrence is obtained , if practicable. Further information concerning the
issuance of AD's may be found in Order 8040.1A , Airworthiness Directives .
136. COORDINATION . Proposed AD's are coordinated with the appropriate regional
office maintenance personnel in accordance with Order 8040.1A .
a. Regional office maintenance personnel should carefully study the
proposed AD to assure that it contains sufficient and accurate information to
enforce compliance and should check for:
( 1 ) Are the aircraft , engine, propeller or appliance , make, model ,
and when appropriate, the serial number given ?
(2) Does the proposed AD describe the difficulty experienced ?
( 3) Is the method of accomplishing the corrective action written so
as to adequately describe what is expected ?
(4) If an inspection is required, is the type of inspection
specified ; i.e. , visual 10x power glass , magnetic , X -ray , etc. ?
( 5) If the manufacturer's service information is referenced , does it
adequately describe what is to be accomplished ?
(6) Are the conditions and limitations set forth in such a manner as
to be compatible with both the general and air carrier maintenance procedures ?
For instance, the phrase " at next overhaul" is not compatible with the
maintenance procedures of general aviation aircraft .
( 7) Does the proposed AD adequately implement corrective action ? For
instance, " Flight crews should be advised to feather the propeller immediately
when . This type of action is not complete unless there is a placard
installed or the flight manual amended to this effect .
137. - 144 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 145 Page 125 ( thru 128 )
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 11. MANUFACTURER'S PRIVILEGES UNDER THE TERM REBUILD
145. PURPOSE. This section provides guidance for implementing the provisions
of FAR Part 43, Section 43.3 (h) ( 1) , Manufacturer's Authority to Rebuild .
146. DISCUSSION. The current rules do not define " rebuilt" except that rebuilt
engine maintenance records are prescribed in FAR Section 91.175 . One definition
would describe a rebuilt product as a used product that has been completely
disassembled , inspected , repaired as necessary , tested and approved in the
manner and to the same tolerances as a new product with either new or used
parts . However , all parts used in it must conform to the production drawing
tolerances and limits for new parts or be approved oversized or undersized
dimensions for a new product .
147. GUIDANCE. Until the rule defining rebuild is implemented , the present
rules for rebuilding should be applied in a liberal and reasonable mamer .
Where difficulty is encountered in determining whether a specific function is
rebuilding, the matter should be referred to the appropriate level of authority
for resolution .
The manufacturer of a type certificated , PMA , or TSO product is authorized to

rebuild or alter and approve such products for return to service after
rebuilding or altering without having a repair station certificate issued under
FAR Section 145.101 to perform maintenance ( inspection , overhaul, repair,
preservation and replacement of parts ) on his products. However , air carriers
assume full responsibility for the performance of maintenance, preventive
maintenance and alteration of their aircraft , since such work must be done in
accordance with their manuals .
148. - 154 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 145 Page 129 ( thru 140)
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 12. INTERPRETATION OF FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS
155. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance concerning interpretation of the

Federal Aviation Regulations by FAA airworthiness inspectors.
156. DISCUSSION . There will be many times in an inspector's daily work routine
when he is asked for an interpretation of a rule . It is to be expected that
industry will go to their local FAA representative for these interpretations and
will treat the reply as being the FAA position on that rule .
157. ACTION . To prevent improperly researched or invalid interpretations of
the Federal Aviation Regulations, it is essential that all interpretations be
coordinated with FAA's legal counsel. If an inspector has personal knowledge of
a legal interpretation on some particular regulation , he will present that
interpretation . Procedures pertaining to day - to -day operations which are
obviously covered by a regulation and are monitored by inspectors in their daily
surveillance activities can also be freely and routinely discussed. However, if
an inspector is asked for an interpretation about a regulation that applies to a
subject outside of the area of his expertise and for which there is no legal
guidance, the inspector should require a written request for interpretation so
it can be coordinated with his regional counsel's office . Good judgement must
be exercised in this matter and particular care must be taken on regulation
interpretations that may , due to public interest, appear in newspapers,
periodicals, or be presented in talks with industry groups .
158. - 164 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 155
Page 141 ( thru 150 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 13. INDUSTRY COMPLIANCE WITH FAR EFFECTIVE DATES
165. PURPOSE . This section provides information and guidance concerning the
problems encountered with industry not meeting the compliance dates of new
FAR's .
166. DISCUSSION . Prior to adoption of an operating rule setting forth

requirements for the installation of equipment, the agency makes a careful study
to assure that the effective date is reasonable. Once the rule is adopted , it
is essential that field inspectors maintain effective followup to assure timely
compliance by industry with the regulatory requirements . However , there have
been numerous cases of industry not meeting the compliance dates on new safety
rules such as :
a. Amendments 121-20 , 121-23 , and 93-91 are examples of rules issued to

postpone compliance dates for new equipment and inspections. The reason for the
postponement in each case is stated in the preamble to the rule . It is
significant that the Washington Headquarters received no timely advance notice
that industry was having trouble in meeting the requirements . By the time the
specific problems were known to Washington, the only practicable course of
action was to postpone the compliance date.
b. Amendment 129-2 regarding DME requirements for foreign air carriers in
turbine engine- powered airplanes and pressurized reciprocating engine - powered
airplanes was adopted August 19 , 1965, with January 1 , 1967 , as the first
compliance date. During the 17 -month period following adoption of
Amendment 129-2 , no information was received from the regions indicating that
industry was having or anticipating trouble meeting the regulatory requirements .
Just before the January 1 , 1967, compliance date, however, two requests for
exemption were received and , subsequently, there have been several more
exemption requests .
167. ACTION . Field inspectors are requested to pay special attention to

adopted FAR's requiring compliance with specific effective dates . Upon adoption
of the aforementioned FAR's, the inspector should , in accordance with regional
procedures, contact his operators and inquire about any problem the operators
anticipate might forestall compliance with the regulatory requirements. When
problems affecting the capability of persons required to meet compliance dates
are identified , particularly in the case of rules involving installation of
instruments or equipment, regional comments and recommendations should be
transmitted as soon as possible to the Manager , Aircraft Maintenance Division ,
AWS - 300 .
168. - 174 . RESERVED .
hap 2
ar 165 Page 151 ( thru 162 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 14. RECORDKEEPING AND RELATED REPORTS
175. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions for the maintenance of

records relating to certificated agencies and authorized or designated airmen .
The computer data bank must be maintained accurately and up - to -date, as it is
the basis used for official mailing lists of nonregulatory material of interest ,
including Advisory Circular 43-16 , General Aviation Airworthiness Alerts .
176. GENERAL . A complete file for each agency certificated and each airman
authorization or designation issued shall be established and maintained at the
office level at which the certificate , authorization , or designation was issued .
The file will include at least the following:
a.
All documents finally approved as part of a file;
b. Copies of correspondence with the certificate holder;
C. Copies of inspection and surveillance reports; and
d. letter submitted when a certificate, authorization , or designation
is surrendered voluntarily .
177. REQUEST FOR MAILING LIST ACTION . A Certificate , Authorization , or
Designation Action Request , AC Form 8300-10 (5-79) , RIS : AC 8300-1, is required
to be submitted for the following actions :
a. Certification of a new facility or authorization or designation of a
new individual;
b . When a change of name or mailing address has occurred . However ,
address changes for Designated Mechanic Examiners (DME's ) , Designated Parachute
Rigger Examiners ( DPRE's ) , and persons holding an Inspection Authorization
( IA's) should not be submitted . Inspectors should encourage these persons
( certificated airmen ) to report in writing their new permanent mailing address
in accordance with FAR Section 65.21 .
c. A change of rating (addition or deletion ) requiring the reissuance of

a certificate ;
d . When a certificate , designation , or authorization is surrendered ;

cancelled , or expired ;
e. It is necessary to correct an error contained in any of the mailing
lists (data bank ) ;
f . After the annual IA's meeting in March of each calendar year when all
records are corrected and mailing lists updated ; and
g. When a DME or DPRE is not renewed at the annual renewal period .

h. Any other reason considered necessary to maintain complete and
accurate records .
lap 2
r 175 163
8300.9
7/26/85
178. INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF AC FORM 8300-10 , RIS :' AC 8300-1.

a. All data relating to the agency or airman being reported must be
included any time an action request is submitted . This is necessary to maintain
the accuracy of the data bank . Numbered instructions refer to corresponding
areas of the action form . Type or print all entries .
( 1 ) Listing Affected . Check only the listing affected . A separate
form is required for each action requested , such as :
(a) Repair Station ( RS ) (Manufacturer Maintenance Facility, MF
is checked "RS" ) ;
(b) Aviation Maintenance Technician School ( AMTS) ;

(c) Parachute Loft ( PL ) ;
(d) Inspection Authorization ( IA ) ;
( e) Designated Mechanic Examiner ( DME ) ; and
( f) Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner (DPRE ) ;
( 2) Eff . Date . Enter the month , day, and year in numerics only.
(3) Region . Enter the two - letter contraction for the region wherein
the submitting office is located . Refer to Order 1375.2A , Standard Data
Elements and Codes--General Standards , Chapter 2 , Paragraph 207. NO OTHER
characters are acceptable.
(4) District Office . Enter the district office number identifying
the office within the region submitting the report . Refer to Order 1375.2A,
Chapter 2 , Section 4 , for district office numbering format . NO OTHER character
are acceptable.
( 5) Certificate Number . Enter the number EXACTLY as it is recorded
on the certificate any time an action request affecting the certificate is
processed . Do not include rating acronyms as part of this number unless , as in
the case of a Manufacturer Maintenance Facility, they are a part of the
certificate number .
( 6) Action Requested .
(a ) Add - Check only when the certificate , authorization , or
designation is FIRST exercised .
(b) Change - Check when ratings are added or deleted . Check
whenever any part of the address is changed ( zip code, state or country , street
or street number ) .
( c) Delete Check if for any reason the individual or facility
is to be removed from the file ( i.e. , revoking action , voluntarily surrendered
deceased , or other ) .
Page 164 Chap 2

Par 178
7/26/85 8300.9
(7) Business Name .

( a ) Enter the company name for the repair station , aviation
maintenance technician school, or parachute loft .
(b) Enter the individual's name for inspection authorizations ,
designated mechanic examiners, and designated parachute rigger examiners . For
m individual, enter the last name first, followed by the first name and middle
initial .
(8) Operator's Name . Enter the name of the company ( if other than
the Block 7 entry) or the individual to whom the certificate for the business in
Block 7 has been issued . No entry is required when submitting an action request
on an individual .
(9) Street Address . Enter the address within the city limits ,
street , street numbers, airport, etc. Do not enter the city name .
( 10) City . Enter the name of the city only ( no streets or states ) .
( 11 ) State or Country .
(a) State - Enter the two - letter contraction for the state .
Refer to Order 1375.22 , Chapter 4 , Paragraph 407. Only specified entries are
acceptable.
(b) Country - Enter the two - letter contraction for the country
( Foreign ) . Refer to Order 1375.21, Chapter 4 , Paragraph 447. Only specified
entries are acceptable .
( 12) Zip Code .
(a) State Enter the zip code for the city and street address
O
as found in the U.S. Postal Service Zip Code Directory .
(b ) Country - Enter " FORGN . " This is used instead of a numeric

zip code.
(13) Ratings. Enter all ratings , new or previously issued , held by

the certificate , authorization , or designation , whenever an action request is
submitted . An action request will erase the data bank record . It is then
updated with new data from the action request .
( 14 ) Comments. Enter in this block information which will facilitate
processing the action request, such as :
(a ) ratings added or removed ;
(b) address changes enter the old address exactly as it
appeared in previous listings ;
(c) name change - enter the old name exactly as it appeared in
the previous listings ; and
lap 2
ar 178 Page 165
8300.9 7/26/85
(d) the reason a certificate, authorization , or designation is

being surrendered .
b . Routing . Certificate, Authorization , or Designation Action Request,

AC Form 8300-10 (RIS: AC 8300-1) shall be forwarded within 10 working days of
the effective date of the action to : Aviation Standards National Field Office ,
Attention : AVN - 120 , Post Office Box 25082 , Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125 .
179. FORMS . The Certificate , Authorization , or Designation Action Request form
is illustrated in Figure 2-7 ( front ) and Figure 2-8 ( reverse ) .
180. - 184 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Page 166 ( thru 178 ) Par 178
1/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 2-7 . CERTIFICATE , AUTHORIZATION , OR DESIGNATION

ACTION REQUEST, AC FORM 8300-10 ( FRONT)
NS: AC300-1
CERTIFICATE, AUTHORIZATION, OR DESIGNATION ACTION REQUEST

IOS
21 (Instructions for completion of this form are found on the rovene )
LISTING AFFECTED
E PARACHUTE LOFT (PL) DESIGNATED MECHANIC
c REPAIR STATION (RS) EXAMINER (DME)
DD AVIATION MAINT.
. FD INSPECTION MO DESIGNATED PARACHUTE
TECHN . SCHOOL ( MTS) AUTHORIZATION (IA ) RIGGER EXAMINER (DPRE)
EFF. DATE REGION ODIST. OFFICE CERTIFICATE NUMBER O_ACTION
ADD
REQUESTED
CHANGE DELETE
BUSINESS NAME STREET ADDRESS
O OPERATORS NAME (if applicable) ) CITY 11 STATE OR K 12 ZIP

COUNTRY
ORATINOS
REPAIR STATION (RS ) MANUFACTURER MAINT. FACILITY (MMF
AIRFRAME (A ) INSTRUMENT (0) LIMITED
AIKCMFT ENGINE
01 0 CLASS Os CLASS 1 30 ( 5 3 O PROPELLER (L -PP )
CLASS 2 07 CLASS 2 31 APPLIANCE ( L -AM A PARTS (L - PA )
09 CLASS 3 06 CLASS 33 AIRCRAFT (L -AI)

04 CLASS 4 09OCLASS 4 AVIATION MAINT. TECHNICIAN SCHOOL ( MTS)
os O LIMITED (L -A ) 10 LIMITED (L - 1) 36 AIRFRAME W ) » AFNAME &

POWEVLANT A & M
POWERPLANT (P ) MDIO ( 10
J POWERPLANTAP)
າ OCLASSI
11 15 CLASSI PARACHUTE LOFT GU )
PACKING & METAL PARTS &

12 OCLASS 2 16 CLASS 2 40 OGEN . MAINT. W ) 43 CONT. OVH . (D )
CANOPY
13 CLASS 3 17 CLASS 3 OVERHAUL (0 ) 4 DROP TESTING (E)
14 LIMITED (L -P ) 18 LIMITED (L- 1) 80 HARNESS
OVERHAUL (C )
PROPELLER PRO ACCESSORY (AC ) DESIGNATED MECHANIC EXAMINER (DME)
19 O CLASS 1 2 CLASS 1 45 AIRFRAME W ) 46 OPOWERPLANT ( )

20 CLASS 2 23 CLASS 2 DESIGNATED PARACHUTE RIGGER EXAMINER (DPRE )
21 LIMITED (L -PR) 24 CLASS 3 47 SEAT (5) 49 CHEST ( C)

25 LIMITED (L -AC ) 48 O MCK (Ⓡ ) 50 DUP (L)
26 LIMITED SPECIALIZED SERVICE (L - SS)
10COMMENTS
AC Form 8300-10 ( 5-79) 100X2-00-692-6003)

2
2. Page 179
7/26/85
8300.9
FIGURE 2-8 . CERTIFICATE , AUTHORIZATION , OR DESIGNATION ACTION REQUEST,

AC FORM 8300-10 , ( REVERSE )
tered in block 7 , to whom the certificate

1. LISTING AFFECTED . Check only the list
ing affected : RS (MMF is checked as RS ), has been issued .
AMTS, PL, IA, DME, DPRE. Use a separate STREET ADDRESS . Enter the address,
form for each action request. within city limits, street, street numbers ,
2. DATE . Enter the month , day and year in airport, etc. Do not enter the city name.
numerics only. 10. CITY . Enter the city name only.
3. REGION . Enter the two letter contraction 11. STATE .
for the region . Refer to Order 1375.2, Enter the two - letter contraction for the
chapter 2, paragraph 207. No other cha. state. Refer to Order 1375.2, chapter 4,
racters are acceptable. paragraph 407.
4. DISTRICT OFFICE . Enter the district office Foreign countries - enter the two - letter
number. Refer to Order 1370.4 , chapter contraction for the country. Refer to Order
9, paragraph 943C for district office num 1375.2 , chapter 4, paragraph 447.
bering format. No other characters are ac
12. ZIP CODE. Enter the zip code for the city
ceptable. and street address as found in the U.S.
5. CERTIFICATE NUMBER . Enter the num. Postal Service Zip Code Directory.
ber exactly as it is recorded on the certifi
cate .
13. RATINGS. Enter all ratings new or old
held by the certificate, authorization or de
6. ACTION REQUESTED . signee, whenever an action request is pro
Add – check only when the certification , cessed .
authorization or designation is first exer 14. COMMENTS. Enter in this block the rea
cised . son for the change requested , i.e. , old ad.
Change - check when ratings are added or dress, old name, rating added or cancel.
deleted , address change (any part – zip led , etc.
code, state or country , street or street
NOTE: Detailed instructions are found in
number ). the following orders:
Delete - check it for any reason the indi. Order 8320.12 , Air Carrier Airwor
vidual or facility is to be removed (revok .
ing action , voluntarily surrendered , de thiness inspectors Handbook
Order 8600.1, General Aviation in
ceased , or any other ).
business
spectors Handbook
7. BUSINESS NAME. Enter the
name (company name) used by the RS, 15. ROUTING . AC Form 8300-10 shall be for
AMTS , or PL. If the certificate holder is an warded within 10 working days of the ef
individual - IA, DME or DPRE , enter the fective date of the action to : Flight Stan
last name, first name and middle initial . dards National Field Office, Attention
8. OPERATOR /OWNER NAME . Enter the AFS -580, Post Office Box 25082, Okla
name of the operator, of the business en . homa City, Oklahoma 73125.
Chap 2
Page 180 ( thru 190 )
8300.9
7/26/85
SECTION 15. INTERPRETATION OF THE TERM " AIRWORTHY "
185. PURPOSE . While this section does not deal with airworthiness
certificates , the analogy of the conditions necessary for issuance of the
certificate is used to clarify the term " airworthy ." The term is not defined in
the FAA Act or the regulations; however , a clear inderstanding of its meaning is
essential for use in the agency's enforcement program .
186. GENERAL . A review of case law relating to airworthiness reveals two
conditions must be met for an aircraft to be considered " airworthy." These
conditions are :
a.
The aircraft must conform to its type design (certificate) .
Conformity to type design is considered attained when the required and proper
components are installed and they are consistent with the drawings,
specifications, and other data that is a part of the type certificate.
Conformity would include applicable supplemental type certificates and field
approved alterations .
b. The aircraft must be in condition for safe operation . This refers to

the condition of the aircraft with relation to wear and deterioration . Such
conditions could be skin corrosion , window delamination / crazing, fluid leaks ,
tire wear , etc.
187. DISCUSSION . Section 603(c) of the Act and FAR Sections 21.183 (a) , (b) ,
and (c ) all relate to the two conditions necessary for issuance of an
airworthiness certificate. The statutory language establishes the two
conditions as : ( 1 ) The aircraft must confom to the type design (certificate );
and ( 2) it is in a condition for safe operation . The above conditions are
further reflected as terms and conditions appearing upon the front of the
Standard Airworthiness Certificate, FAA Form 8100-2 .
188. CONCLUSION . An aircraft can be considered airworthy when the
Administrator finds it conforms to the specifications of its type certificate,
and it is in a condition for safe operation . If one or both of these conditions
are not met , the aircraft would be inairworthy.
189. - 194 . RESERVED .
lap 2
r 185 Page 191 ( thru 200 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 16. MAINTENANCE BULLETINS
195. PURPOSE . Maintenance bulletins will be issued ( for general aviation ) on a

limited basis . They will be used in relation to situations or conditions
expected to exist over extended periods of time . They will serve as source
material for new inspectors and as reference material for the journeyman . An
example of the kind of material appropriate for distribution as a maintenance
bulletin would be the inspection techniques and peculiarities related to wooden
structures .
196. PREPARATION . When initiating a maintenance bulletin , a technically

accurate text is a must . The text should not require rewrite or research before
publication . Maintenance bulletins are not mandatory on the public and
therefore, mandatory words are to be avoided , except where required to convey
the manufacturer's recommendations . When so required , they must be clearly
identified as those of the manufacturer .
a. The initiating region will prepare an accurate text and forward it to

AVN - 110 for processing . The proposed maintenance bulletin will be reviewed for
grammatical and technical accuracy, put in final form with all questions
resolved as to accuracy by coordination with the originating office, and
forwarded to AWS - 340 with the appropriate clearance record .
b. AWS- 340 will review , coordinate as appropriate, and initiate printing
and distribution .
197. - 204 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 195
Page 201 ( thru 210 )
i .
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 17. FUELING FACILITIES SURVEILLANCE GENERAL AVIATION
205. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance for inspectors in the

surveillance of general aviation fueling facilities .
206. GENERAL . There are no regulations prescribing standards for fueling
facility surveillance. Application of the following guidelines , in addition to
the petroleum manufacturer's recommendations in performing surveillance
inspections of fueling facilities , should contribute toward the reduction of
general aviation accidents and forced landings attributable to fuel
contamination .
207. FUELING FACILITIES. For the purpose of this order , those facilities that
do not come within the jurisdiction of air carrier surveillance are considered
to be general aviation fueling facilities .
208. SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURES . The following items and procedures should be
considered when conducting surveillance of general aviation fueling facilities :
a. Storage Tanks.
(1) Filler openings should be protected to prevent entrance of
foreign matter ( dirt , water , etc. ) particularly while replenishing fuel .
(2) Periodic checks should be performed for evidence of water , dirt ,
or other contaminants . Record of checks ?
(3) A filter system is usually installed to remove contaminants from

the fuel :
(a) Inspected regularly ?

(b) Current inspection records ?
b. Dispensing Equipment .
( 1 ) Determine if fuel dispensing hoses and nozzles are protected
against contamination when not in use .
( 2) Identify the dispensing equipment with the performance / octane
rating of fuel being delivered . Gasoline? Jet fuel ?
(3) A satisfactory " ground" should be provided to prevent a buildup
of static electricity during refueling. This may be accomplished by equalizing
the ground system potential between the refueler , hose /nozzle, aircraft
structure, and earth ground . Periodically , a continuity or resistance check
should be conducted on the system to assure that the " ground" potential is
equalized .
c . Temporary Refueling Facilities . The use of temporary fueling
facilities , such as drums , cans, etc., should be discouraged . However , if such
hap : 2
ar 205 Page 211
8300.9 7/26/85
facilities are necessary , the operator should be advised to use every

precaution , such as fuel filter funnels and clean and closed containers to
preclude contaminated fuel from entering the aircraft fuel system , etc.
209. REPORTS . FAA Form 3112 , Inspection and Surveillance Record , should be
completed by the inspector in accordance with existing district office
procedures.
210. DISCREPANCIES . Because there are no regulatory standards relative to
fueling facilities , the inspector may not require the correction of deficiencies
through enforcement procedures. Therefore, the inspector should endeavor to
secure cooperative action from the operator for a resolution of noted
deficiencies .
211. - 224 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Page 212 ( thru 220 ) Par 208
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 18. LISTING OF MAINTENANCE AGENCIES , DESIGNEES ,

AND INSPECTION AUTHORIZATIONS
225. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions for the preparation of
advisory circulars (AC's) containing listings of maintenance agencies and
airmen .
226. GENERAL . AC's are a means of informing the public of certain categories
of agencies and airmen who may furnish service to them . Listings are provided
to facilitate written and oral commnications between the FAA and its
representatives, including the distribution of AC 43-16 , General Aviation
Airworthiness Alerts . Pertinent AC's and listings are shown below .
227. CURRENT PUBLICATIONS .
a. Advisory Circulars :
( 1 ) AC 65-13 ( latest edition ) , FAA Inspection Authorization

Directory .
(2) AC 140-7 (latest edition ) , FAA Certificated Maintenance Agencies

Directory .
(3) AC 147-2 ( latest edition ) , Directory of FAA Certificated Aviation

Maintenance Technician Schools .
( 4 ) AC 183-32 ( latest edition ) , FAA Designated Maintenance Technician

Examiner Directory .
b . National Safety Data Branch , AVN - 120 , Listings:

(1 ) FS 8310-10 , FAA Certificated Maintenance Agencies Directory ;
( 2) FS 8310-13 , FAA Inspection Authorization Directory; and

( 3) FS 8310-14 , FAA Designated Maintenance Technician Examiner
Directory .
228. ACTION . Advisory Circulars and listings will be prepared for distribution
as follows :
a. The Certificate, Authorization , or Designation Action Request ,
AC Form 8300-10 (RIS: AC 8300-1) , received from field offices will be used to
update the data banks monthly .
hap. 2
'ar 225 Page 221
8300.9 7/26/85
b . AVN- 120 will obtain copies of the updated listings (paragraph 227b
(1) through ( 3 )) monthly, and will :
(1 ) retain a master copy ;
( 2) bi - annually , forward one copy of each listing to the Aircraft
Maintenance Division , AWS- 300,Attention : AWS- 340; and
(3) annually, update the AC's for printing .
c. The National Safety Data Branch , AVN - 120 , will direct the printing and
distribution of AC 140-7 (latest edition ) and AC 147-2 ( latest edition ) . The
Examinations Standards Branch , AVN - 130 , will direct the printing and
distribution of AC 65-13 ( latest edition ) and AC 183-32 ( latest edition ) .
229. STATISTICAL DATA. Quarterly, AVN - 120 will forward statistical data to be
used by AWS - 340 in preparing the following reports :
RIS : FS 8310-18 , Certificated Repair Stations
a. Certificates and
Ratings by Region ; and
b . RIS: FS 8310-19 , FAA Approved Repair Station Ratings and Parachute
Lofts by State and Other Areas .
236. - 239 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Page 222 ( thru 232 ) Par 228
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 19. COORDINATION OF VISITS TO MAINTENANCE AND

MANUFACTURING FACILITIES
240. GENERAL . Airworthiness inspectors may make periodic visits to aircraft

and engine manufacturing plants and engineering and manufacturing inspection
personnel may make periodic visits to district offices , repair stations, and air
carrier maintenance bases for the purposes of gaining firsthand information to
aid in solving or correcting maintenance problems or service difficulties being
experienced with equipment operated by air carriers. These visits are
considered desirable to facilitate the development of corrective action , since
the correction of service difficulties is a concern of the Office of
Airworthiness . Close coordination and exchange of available information may do
a great deal to promote and exchange a better understanding of the problems at
hand and ensure a more satisfactory solution of design , maintenance , and /or
service difficulties .
241. ARRANGEMENTS FOR VISITS. Whenever a visit to a district office, repair

station , air carrier maintenance base, or manufacturing plant is plamed , the
person planning such visit should advise the FAA office concerned a few days in
advance, in order to arrange a mutually satisfactory time, thereby mal it
possible for responsible personnel to be present. It would also be helpful , and
ensure a more productive visit , to advise the purpose of the visit and persons
or departments desired to be contacted .
242. - 249 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 240 Page 233 ( thru 244 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 20. COOPERATION WITH FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS IN ISSUANCE

OF FOREIGN AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATE
250. PURPOSE . This section outlines the procedures to be followed when foreign
governments request agency technical assistance in certificating or
recertificating U.S. -manufactured aircraft of foreign registration .
251. PROCEDURE. When such requests are received from ICAO countries , they
should be honored if within the capability of the local office and the cost in
manpower is not prohibitive. This determination will be made after the request
is received in the region concerned .
252. - 255 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 250 Page 245 ( thru 254 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 21. DEVIATIONS AND EXEMPTIONS
256. DEVIATIONS .
a. Deviation is an authorization which permits a different standard than
is specified in a particular rule. Such a deviation may be authorized by the
regions ONLY when :
( 1 ) The basic rule specifically provides for a deviation , and

(2) an equivalent level of safety can be shown ; or
(3) a different standard is permitted by the kind of operation
involved , such as helicopter operations under FAR Section 121.13 (c) .
b. In the promulgation of rules for deviations , the FAA has not specified
sections of rules pertaining to maintenance, with the exception of
FAR Section 121.57 concerning military contract or emergency operations .
( 1 ) Applications for deviations for military contract operations
under FAR Section 121.57 are handled by the Aircraft Manufacturing. Division ,
AWS - 200 , in coordination with the Department of Defense .
( 2) Applications for authorization to conduct emergency operations
are normally handled by operations personel.
(3) As can be interpreted from the above statements (unless
specifically authorized ), an airworthiness inspector should NOT issue a
deviation from ANY applicable maintenance regulation , except for helicopter
operations under FAR Section 121.13(c) , and only when that provides a
substantially equivalent standard of safety. The provisions of a deviation ,
when authorized , must be clearly specified in the operations specifications
issued to the particular operator .
( 4) When a deviation is not specifically authorized by the applicable

section of the regulations, the operator may petition the Administrator for an
exemption in accordance with FAR Part 11 .
257. EXEMPTIONS. An exemption is an authorization which permits a different
standard than prescribed in the FAR and may be issued when the rule in question
does not contain provisions for a deviation, or when equivalent safety cannot be
shown as in the case of a rule containing provisions for a deviation .
a.
Petitions for exemption are handled as formal rulemaking actions under
the provisions of FAR Part 11, and when granted are normally signed by the
Director , Office of Airworthiness .
b. Whenever a grant of exemption contains other conditions in lieu of the

exempted rule (8 ), those conditions will be included in the operations
specifications issued to the operator .
258. - 449 . RESERVED .
Chap 2
Par 256 Page 255 ( thru 266 )
7/26/85 8300.9
CHAPTER 3. AIRCRAFT
SECTION 1. TYPE CERTIFICATION BOARDS

450. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance for airworthiness personnel
participation in Type Certification Board activities .
451. MEMBERSHIP ON TYPE CERTIFICATION BOARDS .
a. General aviation and air carrier airworthiness inspectors shall

participate in Type Certification Board activities on aircraft commonly used in
general aviation and air carrier operations. The latter should also be members
of the Maintenance Review Board for air carrier aircraft .
b . At least one airworthiness specialist and , when pertinent , an avionics

and /or instrument specialist shall take part in the type certification process .
c. Activities of airworthiness personnel shall be coordinated with the
chairman of the Type Certification Board .
452. ASSIGNMENT. Airworthiness members shall be assigned by the region upon
receipt of an application for type certification .
453. DUTIES. Personnel designated as airworthiness members shall :
a. During the preliminary stage , described in paragraph 454a, prepare a

participation plan that considers the time and manpower required for the overall
project, attending scheduled Type Certification Board meetings , reviewing data ,
needed training, and preparing reports .
b. Participate in tests to the extent determined by the region .
Determine maintainability of the aircraft using the Guide for Aircraft
c.
Maintainability Evaluation Summary, FAA Form 8320-15 , contained in Appendix 2 .
Extra effort must be expended by the airworthiness / avionics inspector towards
ensuring that maintainability is considered in the initial design phase of
products. This essential characteristic is often disregarded in the trade -off
phase of design and development . The inspector must be alert to design changes
that may affect maintainability. Poor maintainability can place unreasonable
demands on an operator's maintenance program by requiring major disassembly of a
product for the purpose of inspection or maintenance .
d. Compare previous service difficulties found on similar type aircraft
to determine areas to investigate. Consider all sources of service difficulty
data , including that available in the National Safety Data Branch , AVN - 120 ,
Aircraft Certification Division / Office files , manufacturers records , accident
reports , Airworthiness Directives, and Maintenance Alerts.
(1) Determine if new model contains the same situation or condition
previously deemed a difficulty .
e. Review maintenance manuals , service data , support programs, new
inspection techniques , and new repair techniques .
Chap 3
Par 450 Page 267
1
8300.9 7/26/85
f. Determine extent of industry /FAA maintenance training needed .

g . Recommend changes covering all unsatisfactory conditions and
anticipated problem areas .
h. Prepare reports on the new product and its maintenance support
programs .
454. PROCEDURES . Airworthiness personnel shall participate in type

certification board activities which encompass at least the following three
stages :
a. Preliminary Stage General aircraft familiarization
(mockup/subassemblies /prototype ): ( 1 ) configuration ; (2) systems; (3) new
design features; and (4) new materials.
b . Preflight Stage - Ground inspection of the prototype aircraft:
O
( 1 ) accessibility; ( 2 ) inspectability ; ( 3) adjustability; ( 4) serviceability ;

( 5) replaceability; ( 6 ) repairability ; and ( 7) reliability .
c. Final Stage Review of maintenance manual and support program :
( 1 ) service data ; (2 ) inspection schedules; ( 3) special equipment and tools ; and
(4) training and inspection standards , tolerances, etc.
455. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS . Manuals containing data required by
FAR Sections 33.5 , 35.3 , 23. 1529 , 25. 1529 , 27.1529 , and 29.1529 , including
installation and operation data intended for the use of airworthiness personnel ,
will be reviewed and evaluated by Airworthiness Type Certification Board
Members. Installation and operational design data , including the portion of a
Rotorcraft Maintenance Manual identified by the title , " Airworthiness
Limitations , " containing replacement times , inspection intervals, and related
procedures approved under FAR Sections 27.571 and 29.571 will be reviewed and
approved by engineering and manufacturing personnel . In areas where technical
responsibility cannot be clearly delineated, both airworthiness and engineering
personnel will review the data to ensure regulatory compliance .
a. Airworthiness Type Certification Board Members will evaluate
manufacturers manuals developed for each new product to be type certificated and
determine that they will provide for satisfactory maintenance of that product .
( Reference Appendix 2 , Aircraft Maintainability Evaluation Summary ) . MRB
Findings may also be used to evaluate manufacturers maintenance manuals .
(1 ) Request a copy of each manufacturer's manual as it is developed ,
to allow time for review and evaluation prior to delivery of the product . This
procedure will prove invaluable to the Airworthiness Type Certification Board
Member since it allows for further product familiarization .
(2) These manuals cover installing , operating , servicing , and
maintaining each product and are normally made available for review at the time
all required data are submitted prior to issuance of the type certificate .
However , since overhaul and maintenance instructions are not essential for
continued airworthiness until the product goes into service , these manuals may
be made available AFTER the type certificate is issued . This is permissible
Chap 3
Page 268 Par 453
7/26/85 8300.9
under FAR Section 21.21 (b) ( 1 ) by providing an equivalent level of safety with a
note incorporated on the type certificate data sheet indicating ineligibility
until all required manuals are made available by the manufacturer .
b . Cooperation . Regional airworthiness and engineering personel will

work closely together in the administration of these rules to ensure the free
exchange of knowledge and information of mutual interest .
c. Manual deficiencies . Deficiencies identified in maintenance manuals
will be brought to the attention of the manufacturer's representative .
d . Reconsideration . The Airworthiness Type Certification Board Member
should make every effort to reach a reasonable solution through reassessment of
the FAA position with regard to identified deficiencies . When agreement cannot
be reached on items contained in ENGINE or PROPELLER manuals, the Airworthiness
Type Certification Board Member will, in accordance with regional office
instructions, submit a report describing the items of concern together with the
recommended corrective action to the Manager , Aircraft Maintenance Division ,
AWS - 300 ; for further consideration and final disposition .
e . Approval. MRB findings may be used as a basis for evaluating
manufacturers manuals. When all areas have been satisfactorily resolved and the
results recorded , the maintenance manual for powerplant and propellers only will
be approved by the airworthiness members of the Type Certification Board by
indicating approval to the Type Certification Board Chairman .
f . Distribution . A copy of each installation , operation , servicing, and
maintenance manual , in its final form , will be forwarded to each domestic
regional engineering segment , the airworthiness segment in the controlling
region , the Technical Analysis Branch , AWS - 120 , and the National Safety Data
Branch , AVN -120. This distribution is in accordance with the distribution
requirements of Order 8110.4 , Type Certification , Paragraph 120e .
g. Type Certificated Products. The above described procedures are also
appropriate for manual material developed for use on type certificated products
in which a change has been incorporated .
456. MAINTENANCE TYPE CERTIFICATION ACTIVITY SUMMARY (RIS : FS 8300-2) .
Airworthiness personnel shall report on their activity as follows:
a. Upon completion of the preliminary stage, forward a briefing
memorandum identifying the project and the proposed participation plan , to the
appropriate regional airworthiness segment and to the Aircraft Maintenance
Division , AWS - 300 .
b. Upon completion of the final stage , forward a written summary covering

all stages to the Type Certification Board Chairman , with copies to the
appropriate regional airworthiness segment ( s) and to the Aircraft Maintenance
Division , AWS - 300 .
457. - 465 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Par 455 Page 269 ( thru 278 )
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 2. SUPPLEMENTAL TYPE CERTIFICATES
466. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for supplemental type certificates is

contained in FAR Part 21 , Subpart E.
467. PURPOSE . To emphasize that design technical data submitted in support of

major modifications /alterations which fall into the major change category mist
be approved by the Aircraft Certification Division /Office . FAA engineering
approval may be in the form of a supplemental type certificate or an amendment
to the existing type certificate .
468. DEFINITION . A major modification / alteration is one that might appreciably
affect weight, balance , structural strength , performance, powerplant operation ,
flight characteristics, or other qualities and characteristics' affecting the
airworthiness of a product .
469. ACTION . When an inspector determines that a proposed alteration or
modification is beyond the scope of a field approval, he will advise the
applicant that FAA engineering evaluation is necessary. He will assist the
applicant by furnishing an Application for Type Certificate, Production
Certificate, or Supplemental Type Certificate , FAA Form 8110-12 (OMB 2120-0031) ,
and advise him to attach all required supporting data . The applicant should be
told that , as a result of their evaluation , FAA engineering may require
additional supporting data, and he should be cautioned against proceeding with
the alteration prior to determining that the project is feasible .
470. COMPLIANCE AND CONFORMITY . Compliance and conformity inspections and
related work functions are appropriately described in Order 8110.4 , Type
Certification .
471. - 475 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Par 466
Page 279 ( thru 288 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 3. MAJOR ALTERATIONS
476. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for major alterations is contained in

FAR Sections 43.3 , 43.5 , 43.9, 43.13 , and FAR Part 91 , Subpart C.
477. PURPOSE. This section provides instructions and guidance whereby field
approval or disapproval of major alterations can be handled in an efficient and
effective manner with minimum difficulty for both the agency and the affected
aviation public . One important and specific purpose is to provide guidance
whereby the inspector can reasonably distinguish between : ( 1 ) those major
alterations which will be referred to the appropriate FAA engineering office for
approval or disapproval; and (2) those major alterations which the inspector
normally may approve or disapprove.
478. GENERAL .
a. Responsibilities. The authority of the inspector to grant or deny

approval is derived from the authority of the Administrator and carriers with it
the responsibility to determine whether or not a proposed major alteration may
reasonably be expected to result in safe operation of affected aircraft and
conforms to the requirements of the applicable FAR . The inspector is also
responsible for assuring :: ( 1 ) that the inspector does not impose any undue or
umecessary delay , burden , or hardship on an applicant in the approval process ;
and ( 2) maintains a courteous and helpful attitude, and tempers all actions with
good judgment and common sense .
b. Field Approval. When a major alteration involves methods, techniques ,
and materials with which the inspector is fully familiar and which , by virtue of
his experience and training, is competent to judge as airworthy , he may grant
field approval. However , the inspector must be identified and authorized to
perform field approvals by the appropriate regional Flight Standards Division or
Branch . ( This procedure does not apply to those major alterations which fall
into the major change category as specified in Paragraph 487) . If the inspector
is not thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the alterations or has any doubt
about its expected airworthiness, he / she will seek assistance to the extent
necessary to enable him /her to reach a clear decision before granting or denying
approval .
c.Coordination and /or Assistance. If the job indicates a need for
coordination with , or assistance from , engineering , operations, or other
technical personnel, such coordination or request for assistance should be
exercised by the most expeditious means , in accordance with procedures
established by the regional office .
d. Elements of Approved Techniques . To determine compliance with
applicable requirements may necessitate physical inspection of the product,
examination of data and questioning the applicant, proof loading of structure,
and /or operational tests , or a combination of any of these, and any other
techniques (methods) which may be necessary , depending upon the nature of the
major alteration and the product to be altered .
Chap 3
Par 476 Page 289
8300 : 9
7/26/85
479. ALTERATION O
DEFINITIONS AND REGULATORY REFERENCES .
a. FAR Part 1 , Definitions and Abbreviations . " Major alterations " means
an alteration not listed in the aircraft, aircraft engine, or propeller
specifications
1
( 1 ) That might appreciably affect weight , balance , structural
strength , performance, powerplant operation , flight characteristics , or other
qualities affecting airworthiness ; or ,
( 2) That is not done according to accepted practices or cannot be
done by elementary operation .
b. FAR Section 43.13, Performance Rules (General) . Each person ,
maintaining or altering or performing preventive maintenance, shall use methods,
techniques , and practices acceptable to the Administrator . He shall use tools ,
equipment, and test apparatus necessary to assure completion of the the work in
accordance with accepted industry practices . If special equipment or test
apparatus is recommended by the manufacturer involved , he must use that
equipment or apparatus , or its equivalent , acceptable to the Administrator .
C. FAR Part 43 , Appendix A , Major Alterations, Major Repairs , and
Preventive Maintenance.
480. REVIEW AND PROCESSING OF APPLICATION AND DATA .
a. Meaning of Term " DATA . " " DATA ," as referred to in this section , means
any drawings , sketches , stress analysis, reports , operating limitations ,
photographs, etc. , which support or describe the alteration .
b . Application for Data Approval. Under the provisions of FAR Part 43 ,
data approved by the Administrator should be explicitly identified in the Major
Repair and Alteration ( Airframe, Powerplant, Propeller or Appliance ) ,
FAA Form 337 ( CMB 2120-0020 ) , or on other administrative forms used by a
manufacturer or operator ( s ) and its use is acceptable to the Administrator .
c . Priorities. Data submitted for review will be given priority and the
transaction completed as soon as possible. If delay in approval is experienced
for any reason , the applicant will be notified of the reason and when a decision
may be reasonably expected .
d. Procedures . Direct communication between field personnel to permit a
rapid exchange of technical information is authorized for use in accordance with
regional office instructions . If it is necessary to forward the alteration data
file for review , a memorandum of transmittal should accompany the file . When
necessary , the transmittal will provide pertinent information not contained in
the data submitted . Recommendations and comments based on a maintenance
viewpoint and requests for advice and assistance should be specific .
Chap 3
Page 290 Par 479
7/26/85 8300.9
e. Insufficient Data . When an applicant has data whereby he / she can

reasonably be expected to obtain a safe job , if accomplished by people of normal
competence , it should be considered sufficient . Only if it fails to meet this
criteria will it be considered insufficient; in which case , explain the
practical shortcomings of the applicant's data and specify the type and extent
of any additional data which he / she will need as a basis for approval .
f. Source of Data . The source of data presented by an applicant is
strictly his/her own concern . The source , cost , or any other phase of an
applicant's acquisition of data, which is presented as a part of an alteration
approval action, should not be questioned .
481. COMPATIBILITY OF ALTERATION . Airplanes of the same make and model will
not always be in the same configuration because of prior alteration . The
possibility of an unairworthy condition resulting from combining the proposed
alteration with a previous one is to be considered when approving data . Persons
concerned with performing , supervising, and approving alterations should make a
concerted effort to determine if the proposed alteration is compatible with
previously installed alterations .
a.
Records. All maintenance records , including FAA Form 337's and data,
should be obtained from the owner /operator for review of previously accomplished
alterations. If it is suspected that the FAA Form 337's are missing, a request
for all copies should be made to the Aircraft Registration Branch , AAC - 250, FAA ,
Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center , P.O. Box 25082 , Oklahoma City ,
Oklahoma 73125 .
b . Inspection . A preliminary evaluation inspection of an aircraft should

be accomplished prior to initiating an alteration project in order to determine
compatibility with alterations previously accomplished.
482. MINOR VARIATIONS FROM PREVIOUSLY APPROVED DATA .
a. When an applicant desires to accomplish an alteration using data which

does not differ appreciably from a previously approved alteration , the inspector
will not require new or additional approval. Minor variations which have no
bearing on safety are acceptable without formal approval and without submission
of a formal application by an applicant . However, the deviations should be
recorded on an FAA Form 337 .
b . Alterations which are considered to have been previously approved are

those which are in reasonably close conformity to jobs covered by Supplemental
Type Certificates, Airworthiness Directives, typical airframe repair manuals ,
and alterations previously approved by FAA engineering and airworthiness
personnel, regardless of the form of approval . Jobs done in accordance with
data contained in AC 43.13-1A, Acceptable Methods, Techniques, and
Practices --Aircraft Inspection and Repair , and AC 43.13-2) , Acceptable Methods ,
Techniques, and Practices --Aircraft Alterations, are also in this category .
483. ALTERATIONS WHICH ARE CLASSIFIED AS MAJOR ALTERATIONS . Airworthiness and
avionics inspectors often classify alterations in the following areas
incorrectly. Alterations of the following type are considered major
alterations :
hap 3
'ar 480
Page 291
8300.9 7/26/85
a. Substitution ( the initial replacement of one unit with one of another

type) of required equipment or systems that are not part of the original
aircraft type design , as described by the Aircraft Specifications, Type
Certificate Data Sheet , or FAA Approved Aircraft Manufacturers Equipment
Listing . This requirement does not prohibit substitution of parts or components
bearing TSO or PMA approval, as minor alterations provided such parts and units
have no critical interface with other units and systems, and that the physical
and performance characteristics are equivalent .
b . Equipment installations not listed in the Aircraft Specifications ,
Type Certificate Data Sheet, or FAA Approved Aircraft Manufacturer Equipment
Listing , which appreciably affect aircraft performance , flight characteristics,
or required by an operating rule for a particular category of operation . An
operating rule example is FAR Section 91.6 .
c. Equipment installations that involve interfacing with other systems
for which there is no acceptable data .
484. ALTERATION - PERFORMANCE - TESTING - RECORDATION .
O
Airworthiness and
avionics inspectors shall ensure the following :
a. Performance. That the alteration is. accomplished in accordance with
data approved by the Administrator. Approved data are those approved by a
designated engineering representative (DER ), a manufacturer holding a delegation
option authorization ( DOA) , Supplemental Type Certificates ( STC ) ; or field
approval procedures as outlined in this Order, Chapter 3 , Sections 3 and 4 .
This is not meant to imply that a STC , separate field approval, or conformity
inspection is necessary for each and every installation . When the person making
the alteration has demonstrated his /her ability to install this equipment on a
representative number of similar type installations, reference to previous
approvals on FAA Form 337 would constitute previously - approved data and need not
require a separate field approval. Data which may be used as a basis for
approval of alterations includes : FAR's ( e.g., Airworthiness Directives ) ,
advisory circulars (e.g. , AC 43.13-2A ) , Technical Standard Orders ( TSO's ) , Parts
Manufacturing Approval ( PMA) , FAA approved manufacturers instructions, kits and
service handbooks, Type Certificate Data Sheets and Aircraft Specifications .
Alterations listed in the specification are minor alterations per FAR Part 43 ,
Appendix A, Major Alteration , Major Repairs , and Preventive Maintenance .
b . Testing. Each person performing the alteration has completed all
testing required by the manufacturer , certification or operating rule . FAA
Form 337 and aircraft record entry should indicate that the system has been
properly tested and meets the maintenance requirements of the applicable
regulation ( see FAR Sections 91.36 (b ) , 91.171, 91.172 , etc. ) .
C.
Recordation . Each person approving the aircraft for return to service
has complied with the provisions of FAR Section 43.9 as to content , form , and
disposition of the record and that the equipment associated with the alteration
will perform its intended function and meets the appropriate certification rules
( CAR Parts 3 , 4a , 4b , and FAR Parts 23 , 25 , 27 , and 29) .
Chap 3
Page 292 Par 483
7/26/85 8300.9
485. ASSISTANCE BY APPROPRIATELY RATED DESIGNATED ENGINEERING REPRESENTATIVE

(DER) . If an appropriately rated DER is available and is employed by the
applícant, the inspector should work with him . The DER's authority to represent
FAA is the same as if he / she were employed by FAA ; however, it should be noted
that the DER may be limited to technical areas that do not fully cover the
entire project. Any area not covered by the DER approval must be reevaluated by
the FAA. Additionally, the DER should not be permitted to make the
determination as to which inspections are necessary for the pertinent alteration
since this activity would be outside the scope of his authorization .
486. INCOMPLETE AND /OR PIECEMEAL INSTALLATION . Aircraft having an incomplete
equipment installation may be released to service if;
a. The alteration data have been approved by an inspector;
b. The equipment installed remains disconnected and placards affixed to
.
prevent use ; and
C.
Approval for return to service is conducted by an authorized person as
defined in FAR Section 43.7. This is necessary to maintain the validity of the
Certificate of Airworthiness . The applicant should be advised that alterations
accomplished on a piecemeal basis may be subject to a complete conformity
inspection when the entire project is presented for approval . The formal
approval of each step of the alteration would eliminate this possibility and may
provide for the utilization of equipment which , in itself, could be safety
used .
487. ALTERATIONS WHICH WILL REQUIRE ENGINEERING APPROVAL . Many alterations

that are commonly called major alterations are in reality major design changes
and require an STC under the provisions of FAR Section 21.113 . Major changes to
the type design are those which might appreciably affect weight , balance,
structural strength , reliability , operational characteristics , or other
characteristics affecting the airworthiness of the product. Alterations of this
type require engineering approval . Typical major alterations in this category
are :
a. Increase in gross weight and /or changes in c.g. range .

b . Installation or relocation of equipment and systems or changes which
may adversely affect structural integrity, flight, or ground handling
characteristics of the aircraft . For example, engines and/or controllable
propellers of a different make or model; pressurization systems; alternate
static air or pressure systems; initial or prototype installation of an
automatic pilot or automatic approach system ; modification of automatic pilot or
automatic approach system which changes servo forces, servo rates , or any flight
control or performance characteristics; and the relocation or changes of
throttle levers, flap controls and similar items .
c. Any change (alteration ) of movable control surfaces which may
adversely disturb the dynamic and static balance , alter the contour , or make any
difference ( plus or minus) in the weight distribution .
hap 3
ar 485
Page 293
8300.9 7/26/85
d. Change in control surface travel outside approved limits, control

system mechanical advantage, location of control system component parts, or
direction of motion of controls .
e.
Changes in basic dimensions or external configuration of the aircraft,
such as wing and tail planform or incidence angles , canopy , cowlings , contour or
radii , or location of wing and tail fairings .
f. Changes to landing gear , such as internal parts of shock struts ,
length , geometry of members, or brakes and brake systems.
g. Any change to engine cowling and /or baffling which may adversely
affect the flow of cooling air , and changes to manifolding.
h. Changes to primary structure which may adversely affect strength or
flutter and vibration characteristics .
i . Changes to systems which may adversely affect aircraft airworthiness
such as relocation of exterior fuel vents, use of hydraulic components , tube
material and fittings not previously approved , or use of new type fusible
hydraulic plugs.
j. Changes to oil and fuel lines or systems which may adversely affect
their operation , such as new type of hose and hose fittings, changes in fuel
dump valves , new fuel cell sealants , new fuel or oil line materials, and new
fuel or oil system components .
k. Any change to the basic engine or propeller design controls or

operating limitations , and unapproved changes to engine adjustments and settings
having an affect on power output .
1. Changes in a fixed fire extinguisher or detector system which may
adversely affect the system effectiveness or reliability, such as relocation or
discharge nozzle or detector units, use of new or different detector components
in new circuit arrangements ; deletion of detector units or discharge nozzles ;
change extinguishing agent or decrease in amount of extinguishing agent .
Changes which do not conform to the minimum standards established in a
m.
Technical Standard Order under which a particular aircraft component or

appliance is manufactured .
n. Modifications to approved type ( TSO or CAATC ) radio communications and
navigational equipment which may adversely affect reliability or airworthiness,
such as changes which deviate from the vacuum . tube or semiconductor operating
limitations as prescribed by the manufacturer; any changes to I.F. frequency;
extension of receiver frequency range above or below the manufacturer's extreme
design limits; major changes to the basic design of low approach aids ; and
changes which deviate from the design environmental performance.
Chap 3
Page 294 Par 487
7/26/85 8300.9
0.
Changes to aircraft structure or cabin interior of aircraft which may
adversely affect evacuation of occupants in any manner .
p. Changes in airplane flight manuals and /or manual information in the
form of placards or markings. (Reference FAR Sections 23.1581 , 25. 1581 , and
Order 8110.4 , Type Certification , paragraph 174 ) .
488. TYPICAL ALTERATIONS WHICH MAY REQUIRE TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE DUE TO THE
NATURE OF THE CHANGE PROPOSED BY THE OPERATOR OWNER .
a. Use of synthetic covering materials .
b . Substitution of materials, parts, or processes on which insufficient
information is available .
C. New chrome plating applications .

d. New titanium applications.
e. Ceramic coatings .
f. Use of synthetic resin glues .
g. New stripping or plating coatings .
h. New welding or brazing techniques .
i . Welding of certain types of propeller or engine parts .
j . Application of TSO's to specific installations.
k . Alternative means for complying with airworthiness directives or
approved service bulletins.
1. New magnesium applications .
m.
Any other complex special processes which, if not properly performed ,
could have an adverse effect on the integrity of the product .
n. Any change to a required aircraft instrument system .
489. FAA INSPECTOR APPROVAL ENTRY ON FAA FORM 337. Data alterations approval
by an FAA inspector will be recorded by entering the appropriate statement in
Block 3 of FAA Form 337. See Paragraph 490 , Notes 2 , 3, and 4 of this section
for applicable statement . Approval for return to service ( Block 7 of FAA
Form 337) by a Flight Standards airworthiness inspector will be performed ONLY
when the services of authorized industry /persons are not readily available . See
Section 5 of this Chapter for guidance on the administrative processing of FAA
Forms 337 .
hap 3
ar 488 Page 295
7/26/85
Presentst
Applican Receives
Applicant FAA
Files
For
Form
Air
FAA
337
or
1. Form
data
FAA
and
337
and
or
If/( forn
inspectio
When
Par 490
Engineeering
Carrier
Orders acceptable
are.)
Order
Engineering conformit isy,
completed
Chap 3
in(.)
duplicate FAA
of
duplicate
a
337
Form
FAA
copies
of
All
1. for
be
will
337
Form
Substantiating
data
2.: with
Order
Engineering
and
or/ with
in
warded
accordanc e
work
of
description
clear
A signature
statement
and.
approval ons
in
contained
instructi
required
by
is
performed and
4.3,2)(,
Notes
See Section
of5.
this
Chapter
FAR
Section
43.9
or.
Drawings tog
data
supportin
Return
sketches
include
suffi
that 2.yn
with
conformit
for
Inspectio applicant.
deter
details
cient
for
a in
be
will
data
approved
this
mination
of
compliance
with 43
Part
FAR
with
accordanc e.
airworthiness
acceptable
standards
is.
satisfactory submitted
data
the
not
If
is(
acceptable.)
available
if
Photographs
3.,
of
lieu
in
acceptable
be
may 1.
complete
Return
file
to
applicant
descrip.
Sufficient
drawings cor
for
instructions
specific
with
tive
data
must
accompany
them recting
all(.
discrepancies
Every
but
used
material
identify
to effort
should
made
be
to
sure
the
detailed
need
not
be
so
as
to is
what
understands
fully
applicant
support,
reproduction need
the,
avoiding
thereby
required
his
application
rejecting
again
for
lack
for
of.)
proper
information
NOTE1:
presented
forms
data
All
and
approval
should
for
be
evaluated
as
expeditiously
practicable
Page 296
8300.9
be
transaction
completed
minimm
entire
with
and
the
a.
delay
of
8300.9
Examination2:-.
Aircraft
One
Only
Data
of
by
Approval
NOTE
requirements
and
airworthiness
applicable
with
the
complies
herein
identified
data
The"
Page 297 ( thru 298 )

person
conformity
inspection
subject
by
to
isa,
described
approved
aircraft
above
the
for
Section
43.7
in."
Part
FAR
43,
authorized
Office
District Date Signature
inspector
FAA
of
Aircraft
by.-,3:
One
etc.
Testing
Demonstration
Inspection
Physical
Approval
NOTE
airworthiness
applicable
with
the
complies
herein
identified
alteration
The"
conformity
to
subject
aircraft
is,
described
above
the
for
approved
and
requirements
ina."
43.7
Section
43,
Part
FAR
authorized
person
by
inspection
Office
of
Inspector
FAA
Aircraft
of.-4:
Identical
Duplication
Only
Data
Examination
by
Approval
NOTE
airworthiness
applicable
complies
herein
with
the
alteration
identified
The"
model
is,
make
aircraft
identical
on
duplication
for
approved
and
requirements
modifier
by".
original
the
accomplished
when
configuration
altered
Office
FAA
of
Inspector
495.-
491.
RESERVED
ar 490
7/26/85
hap 3
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 4. MAJOR REPAIRS
496. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for approval of major repairs is

contained in FAR Sections 43.7 , 65.95 , 121.379 (b) , 127.140 (b ) , 135.437 (b ) , and
145.51 .
497. REQUIREMENT FOR APPROVED DATA. Any airframe, engine , propeller , or

appliance that has undergone a major repair must have had the work accomplished
in accordance with data approved by the Administrator prior to it being approved
for return - to - service . Those items of repair classified as major are listed in
FAR Part 43, Appendix A(b) .
498. PREVIOUSLY APPROVED DATA . Approved repairs are those shown in FAA
approved maintenance manuals or instructions such as the following list which is
representative and not all inclusive .
a . Airframe , engine, and propeller manufacturer's maintenance manuals or

instructions when they are FAA approved .
b. Appliance manufacturer's maintenance manuals or instructions , even
though not specifically approved by the FAA, are considered to be in compliance
with the above cited regulatory sections unless a specific disapproval is issued
by the Administrator . It should be noted that in the event that the airframe,
engine, or propeller manufacturer's instructions require special procedures ,
tolerances, or specifications, they shall prevail over the appliance
manufacturer's instructions .
c . Major Repair and Alteration , FAA Form 337 , when the data specified
thereon has been approved by an FAA inspector .
d. Airworthiness Directives.
e.
Supplemental Type Certificate Data , provided the applicability extends
to the specific article being repaired .
f. Parts Manufacturer Approvals .
gg . Delegation Option Authorization .
h. Designated Alteration Station Authorization Approvals .

i. Designated Engineering Representative approved data .
j. Other data that is approved by the Administrator .
499. MAJOR REPAIR DATA APPROVAL (NOT PREVIOUSLY APPROVED) . Major repair data
will require approval by the inspector , engineering and manufacturing , or
designated .engineering representative when there is no conclusive evidence that
drawings and the methods, techniques , or materials used have been previously
approved . Data approval must be obtained for a major repair before the aircraft
or component can legally be released for return - to - service. All action
concerning approvals of major repair data should be expedited .
Chap 3
Par 496
Page 299
.8300.9 7/26/85
a . Inspector - Approved Repairs. Field approval of such data by inspectors

is desirable and will be granted when an inspector is certain that the data
presented meets the requirements of the airworthiness part under which the
aircraft was manufactured and is acceptable under the provisions of
FAR Section 43.13 .
b. Engineer-Approved Repairs. MAJOR REPAIRS BEYOND THE CAPABILITIES OF

THE INSPECTOR TO EVALUATE , SUCH AS THOSE REQUIRING STRESS ANALYSIS OR POSSIBLE
INCOMPATIBILITY WITH OTHER REPAIRS OR INSTALLATIONS , WILL BE REFERRED TO THE
LOCAL AIRCRAFT CERTIFICATION DIVISION / OFFICE FOR ASSISTANCE AND ADVICE . When
contacting the local Flight Standards engineer , all details must be available
and clearly transmitted in order to expedite the matter and avoid error .
ci Procedures . In many cases , the normal contact with engineering and
manufacturing personnel is by telephone . Therefore, to ensure mutual
understanding , a transcript of the telephone conversation should be forwarded to
the engineering and manufacturing personnel with whom contact was made . The
engineering and manufacturing personnel will then have an immediate opportunity
to cause correction of misunderstanding or omission , and eliminate problems
which may develop by such misunderstanding. If the local FAA engineer cannot
provide the necessary assistance or advice, the inspector will forward the
repair data with a letter of transmittal ( application file) to his regional
office requesting assistance in review of approval. An application file will
normally consist of an FAA Form 337 , Major Repair and Alteration ( Airframe,
Powerplant, Propeller or Appliance ) , or in the case of a Designated Engineering
Representative (DER ) , a Statement of Compliance with the Federal Aviation
Regulations. FAA Form 8110-3 , Statement of Compliance of Aircraft or Aircraft
Compliance With Federal Aviation Regulations, and additional supporting data as
may be required or , in the case of an air carrier, an engineering order or
similar document , drawings , and other data prepared by the operator, airman , or
repair station . In addition to the above :
( 1 ) A narrative account of any information which is pertinent to the

subject .
(2) Recommendations and comments as to probable reliability or
desirability from a maintenance standpoint .
d . Review . Regional personnel will review the inspector's transmittal

and attached data , taking such action on the material as is warranted , after
which arrangements for necessary interoffice coordination and assistance will be
made . Upon return of the application file , the inspector will carefully review
the engineering conclusions and advise the person requesting FAA approval .
e.
Alternate Procedures . One of the following procedures. may also be
used :
( 1 ) Many manufacturers employ Designated Engineering Representatives

( DER ) who are authorized to approve data on behalf of the FAA . Accordingly, any
individual, operator , airman , or repair station may submit data to the DER
located at the factory of the manufacturer of the aircraft or component
involved , for obtaining the FAA approval . An inspector may accept such data , as
approved, if he has evidence that it has been approved by such an appropriately
authorized representative of the FAA .
Chap 3
Page 300 Par 499
7/26/85 8300.9
( 2) If a DER has been appointed within the repair station or air

carrier from which the application was received , the inspector may be able to
obtain on - the - spot engineering assistance from such persons . In those cases
where a DER has been appointed within the repair station or air carrier , prior
engineering concurrence will normally have been indicated on the application .
(Keep in mind, however, that DER's are usually limited to specialized areas of
approved authority ) .
( 3)
3 Aircraft owners and operators may also avail themselves of the
servic offered by DER's who are self - employed engineering consultants acting
es
in the capacity of FAA representatives . Accordingly , data approved for the FAA
by such authorized private individuals may be accepted as denoting FAA
engineering approval similar to ( 1 ) and (2) . The guidance provided in
paragraph 485 of this Chapter regarding use of appropriately ratesd DER's for the
approval of alteration data is equally applicable to DER approval of repair
data .
500. MISTAKEN CLASSIFICATION OF MAJOR REPAIRS AS ALTERATIONS . A frequent

problem encountered in handling the approval of major repairs is their erroneous
classification by the inspector as an alteration . In some instances , owners or
operators have been told the repair jobs should be handled by applying for a
supplemental type certificate . By using common sense and the definitions in
FAR Part 1 , error can be avoided in classifying major repairs .
501. SURVEILLANCE . The inspector is responsible for the surveillance of
workmanship , airworthiness, and proper recording of major repairs and major
alterations returned -to - service within the jurisdiction of the district field
office .
a.
Major repairs and major alterations performed , approved , and
returned to service and , subsequently, found to be below an acceptable standard ,
require attention in the form of corrective action . A corrective action
follow - up procedure should also be initiated to ensure the repaired item is
placed in an airworthy condition prior to operation .
b. In numerous cases , individuals who perform repairs and alterations are
insistent that minor repairs and minor alterations should be classed and
recorded as major repairs and major alterations . This results in excess
paperwork and unnecessary handling of the file and should be discouraged .
502. PROCESSING OF FAA FORM 337. See Section 5 of this Chapter for guidance on
the administrative processing of FAA Form 337 .
503. DISPOSITION OF AIR CARRIER . MAJOR REPAIRS AND MAJOR ALTERATIONS .
( Including commercial operators of large aircraft) . In conducting surveillance
of air carrier major repairs and major alterations, the field inspector should
determine that the carrier is properly recording maintenance in accordance with
FAR Section 43.9 (b) and is complying with FAR Sections 121.707 and 127.317 when
applicable .
.ap 3
ir 499 Page 301
8300.9
7/26/85
a. Submission of Engineering Authorization data :

( 1) Only copies of the Engineering Authorization involving major
alterations should be submitted and retained as required by FAR Sections 121.707
and 127.317 .
(2) Engineering Authorization submitted for major repairs and

requiring FAA approval should be retained ; however , those major repairs which
conform to previously approved data should not be submitted or retained .
( 3) If Engineering Authorizations for minor repairs and /or
alterations are presented , they should be returned to the operator with a
notation that such data should not be submitted .
1
b. The retention of air carrier maintenance records shall be in

accordance with the instructions contained in the appropriate section of
Order 1350.15 , Records Organization , Transfer and Destruction Standards .
C. The responsibility for determining whether a repair or alteration is
major or minor rests with the operator .
504. - 509 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Page 302 ( thru 312 ) Par 503
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 5. MAJOR REPAIR AND ALTERATION , FAA FORM 337
510. PURPOSE . This section will provide guidance to inspectors on the

administrative processing of FAA Form 337 .
511. AUTHORITY. The regulatory authority for the FAA Form 337 is contained in
FAR Part 43, Section 43.9 and Appendix B(a) ( 1 ) , (2) , and ( 3) .
512. GENERAL . FAR Section 43.9 requires certain information to be entered in
the maintenance records by the person maintaining, altering, or rebuilding an
aircraft or component . In addition to that entry, an FAA Form 337 is to be
executed whenever a major repair or major alteration is accomplished . FAA
Form 337 services two purposes; one is to provide owners and operators with a
record of major repairs and major alterations indicating details and approval ,
and the other is to provide the FAA with a copy of FAA Form 337 for inclusion in
the aircraft records at Oklahoma City .
513. DISPOSITION OF FAA FORM 337. An original and duplicate copy of FAA
Form 337 will be executed by the applicant . District Office processing of the
forms will depend upon whether the applicant used previously approved or
non -previously approved data as follows :
a . Previously approved data . If the data used in performing the major
repair or major alteration was previously approved data , the applicant will
complete Block 7 , " Approval For Return To Service, " give the original to the
owner and send the duplicate to the local FAA district office .
b . Data not previously approved . If the data used in performing the
major repair or major alteration was not previously approved, the applicant will
make both copies of FAA Form 337 available to the local district office. When
the inspector determines that the major repair or alteration data complies with
applicable regulations and is in conformity with accepted industry practices , he
will record data approval by entering the appropriate statement in Block 3 of
FAA Form 337 ( see Section 3 , paragraph 490 , Note 2 , of this Chapter for
applicable statement ) . Both forms will then be returned to the applicant who
will complete Block 7 , " Approval For Return To Service ." The applicant will
give the original to the owner for inclusion in the aircraft records and return
the duplicate copy to the local FAA district office .
c. Final disposition . In both cases (a and b above) the final
disposition of the form will be :
( 1 ) The airworthiness inspector will review the form to ensure all

applicable sections are complete, all dates and signatures are affixed , and that
FAA -approved data was utilized and adhered to and is properly referenced under
Item 8 on the back of the form ;
(2) Stamp_the local office identifier in the space provided on the
upper right hand corner , and
(3) Forward the form to the Federal Aviation Administration , Aircraft
Registration Branch , AAC -250 , P.O. Box 25082 , Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125 .
hap 3
Par 510 Page 313
8300.9 7/26/85
514. DISCUSSION . The Aircraft Registration Branch , AAC - 250 , has been receiving
copies of FAA Form 337 relating to military aircraft, foreign registered
aircraft, and component parts not installed on an aircraft . Such forms are not
to be forwarded to the Aircraft Registration Branch as they cannot be added to
the records unless the form identifies an aircraft by make, model , serial
number , and United States registration number ( reference Block 1 , FAA Form 337 ) .
515. -519 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Page 314 ( thru 324 ) Par 514
' /26 /85 8300.9
SECTION 6 . RECIPROCAL ACCEPTANCE OF MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

PERFORMED BY CANADIAN MECHANICS AND U.S. REPAIR AGENCIES
520. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for reciprocal acceptance of maintenance

und alterations performed by Canadian mechanics and U.S. repair agencies is
Contained in FAR Section 43.17 .
521. GENERAL . Under the terms of a reciprocal arrangement between Canada and
-he United States, which has been in effect since 1951 , the respective civil
viation authorities have recognized maintenance , repair and alteration
sperations to aircraft of Canadian or United States registry performed by
ertificated and appropriately rated mechanics of either country .
522. UNITED STATES REGULATIONS . FAR Section 43.17 contains the implementation
of the reciprocal arrangement with respect to the recognition of work functions
verformed on aircraft of U.S. registry by Canadian certificated and rated
jechanics . Similar recognition by the Canadian Ministry of Transport has been
ufforded to those work operations performed on aircraft of Canadian registry by
ertificated and appropriately rated U.S. mechanics . This authority is provided
in the Canadian Ministry of Transport Engineering and Inspection Manual .
123. MECHANICAL WORK PERFORMED ON U.S. - REGISTERED AIRCRAFT IN CANADA .
a. FAR Section 43.17 , Mechanical work performed on U.S. -registered
lircraft by certain Canadian persons, permits work functions to be performed on
1.5. aircraft by the following Canadian persons : An Aircraft Maintenance
ngineer (AME) holding a valid mechanic certificate and appropriate ratings , or
1 person who is an authorized employee (approved inspector) performing work for
n approved company whose system of quality control for the inspection and
laintenance of aircraft has been approved by the Canadian Ministry of Transport .
hese persons may perform the following functions on U.S. -registered aircraft:
(1) Perform maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations in
.ccordance with the performance rules of FAR Section 43.13 and make maintenance
ecord entries in accordance with FAR Section 43.9 .
(2) Perform 100 -hour inspections in accordance with the additional

erformance rules for inspections and make maintenance record entries in
ccordance with FAR Sections 43.11 and 43.15 , respectively.
( 3) Approve (certify ) maintenance, preventive maintenance , and

lterations; however , an AME may not approve a major repair or major alteration
or return to service. A Canadian Ministry of Transport airworthiness inspector
r an authorized employee performing work for a company approved by the Canadian
inistry of Transport may approve ( certify ) this work for return to service ,
rovided that technical data used to accomplish major repairs or major
Iterations is approved by the FAA adminstrator .
24. APPROVAL FOR RETURN TO SERVICE OF WORK OPERATIONS PERFORMED ON CANADIAN
IRCRAFT BY U.S. REPAIR AGENCIES. The Canadian requirements for certification
E their aircraft in the United States are contained in the following excerpt
com their Engineering and Inspection Manual:
lap 3
r 520 Page 325
8300.9 7/26/85
" 2.15 CERTIFICATION OF CANADIAN AIRCRAFT OUTSIDE CANADA

" 2.15.1 Canadian registered aircraft continue to be subject to
the maintenance and certification requirements of the Air Navigation
Orders when the aircraft is in a foreign country . This section
contains the conditions and limitations applicable to the certificatio
of Canadian aircraft abroad .
" 2.15.2 AIRCRAFT IN THE UNITED STATES . Minor modifications
( alterations) as defined in the U.S. Federal Aviation Regulations
( FAR's ) , and periodic routine maintenance shall be completed and
documented in accordance with the requirements of FAR Part 43 .
" 2.15.3 Data relating to major modifications ( alterations) shall
be approved either by the DOT, or in the case of an aircraft
manufactured in the U.S. by the issue of an FAA Supplemental Type
Certificate .
" These modifications shall be certificated ( approved for return
to service ) in accordance with the requirements of FAR Part 43 , by
an FAA Flight Standards Inspector or by an authorized employee of an
appropriately rated Certificated Repair Station .
12.15.4 Repairs shall be certified in accordance with the
requirements of FAR Part 43 by persons appropriately rated and
authorized by the Administrator of the FAA . For the purpose of this
requirement , an engine overhaul shall be deemed to be a major repair .
" 2.15.5 On return of an aircraft to Canada following overhaul,
major repair, or major modification, DOT Form 26-0023 shall be
completed and a copy forwarded to the appropriate office together with
a copy of FAA Form 337 or equivalent certification document."
525. CANADIAN ENGINES OVERHAULED BY U.S. REPAIR AGENCIES . The following
requirements for Canadian engines are contained in an excerpt from their
Engineering and Inspection Manual :
" 4.1 ENGINES - OVERHAUL STANDARDS
"4.1.1 Engines must be overhauled in accordance with the
following :
" ( a) the manufacter's recommendations as to tolerances and
procedures are to be followed ;
" (b ) parts from the engine being overhauled which are serviceable
or are within reconditioning tolerances must be replaced in that
particular engine; the practice of pooling parts is not permitted ;
" ( c) all replacement parts must be either:
" ( i ) new , with documentary proof of compliance with the
standards for the new type, or
" ( ii) used parts from other engines, if subjected to a close
inspection for condition , are within the manufacturer's recommended
tolerances and have a known history as to the engine model and serial
number from which the parts were removed and the total number of hour
in service at the time of installation in the overhauled engine , the
details of which must be recorded in the engine log or overhaul data
sheet ;
Chap 3
Page 326 Par 524
7/26/85 8300.9
" ( d) all replacement for "lifed" parts must be new ;

"( e ) matched parts (wherever components of an assembly are
not available individually from the manufacturer ) must be replaced as
an assembly ;
" ( f) magnetos and carburetors or fuel injectors must be

overhauled and tested with the overhauled engine;
" ( g) the overhauled engine must be run - in and tested before

being certified ;
"( h) the log entry shall include details of the overhaul, a
list of all parts replaced ,'modifications incorporated , and a record of
the run - in test . "
526. ADVISORY CIRCULAR 43-10A , Mechanical Work Performed on U.S. and Canadian
Registered Aircraft, contains additional guidance material concerning this
subject.
527. - 534 . RESERVED .
p3
· 525 Page 327 ( thru 336 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 7. LEASING OF AIRCRAFT

535. GENERAL . In recent years there has been a marked increase in the number
of aircraft that are being operated under leasing arrangements . Generally
speaking, no problems are created by this type of operations; however , certain
cases do cause problems . Among these are the leasing to and operation by
foreign operators. Another problem area is when financial consortia purchase
aircraft for the purpose of leasing them and may have had no previous connection
with the aviation industry .
536. three LEASES . For the purpose of this handbook, leases are considered
TYPE OFtypes
to be :
a. A wet lease is considered to be one in which the lessor provides an
aircraft and crew . He retains operational control, including the arranging for
maintenance of the aircraft . If a lessor provides an aircraft on a wet lease
arrangement, he is operating it for hire and the appropriate inspection
requirements must be met .
b. A dry lease is considered to be one wherein the lessee provides the
crew , exercises operational control, and arranges for the maintenance.
Operation of the aircraft in this instance may or may not be operation for hire,
the particular circumstances involved in the individual case would be the
determining factor .
c. A lease-purchase arrangement is one wherein the lessee has possession
and operational control of the aircraft and , after a stipulated period of time,
acquires complete ownership .
537. LEASES TO FOREIGN OPERATORS. In accordance with ICAO , Annex 8 , the United
States is responsible for determining the continuing airworthiness of
U.S. -registered aircraft wherever they may be operated . This is true of normal
inspections as well as inspections after the aircraft has been damaged . Special
problems are created at times when leases are arranged with foreign operators .
a. The aircraft are generally operated in areas remote from where
surveillance by FAA inspectors is conducted . Often the FAA office does not even
have knowledge that the aircraft are located in their jurisdictional area . This
means that this country has no way of assuring the continued airworthiness of
U.S. -registered aircraft . This can cause embarrassing problems of the country
involved . In case of an accident, it could cause diplomatic repercussions.
Another factor is that the foreign operator, knowing the FAA is remote , may be
prone to let the aircraft deteriorate or completely disregard the FAR's .
b. In many instances, the aircraft are operated in areas where there are
no FAA -certificated mechanics or repair stations . This leads to a lack of
maintenance or to having improper or illegal maintenance performed . Not all
aircraft manufacturers furnish maintenance information in foreign languages ; and
when foreign maintenance personnel attempt to maintain the aircraft, they are
unable to properly do so .
Chap 3
Par 535 Page 337
8300.9 7/26/85
c . There have been numerous instances where aircraft operated in foreign

and remote areas have not had the annual inspection performed (reference FAR
Section 91.169) or have not been maintained in accordance with a continuous
inspection program under FAR Section 91.169 . Enforcement in these cases should
be directed against the registered owner , since we have no jurisdiction over the
operator .
d . A lease -purchase arrangement with a citizen of a foreign country

creates a unique problem . It is common practice, when concluding lease -purchase
arrangements with U.S. citizens , to have the aircraft registered in the name of
the purchaser. Since the purchaser is a U.S. citizen , the aircraft is eligible
for registration under FAR Part 47. However , when a lease - purchase arrangement
is made with a citizen of a foreign country, registration is usually retained in
the name of the U.S. seller in order to facilitate recovery in case of default .
In cases of this nature , the foreign citizen becomes " owner" or buyer in
possession ( reference FAR Section 47.5 (c ) ) ; and , in accordance with
Section 501 (b) of the FAA Act of 1958 , the aircraft is not eligible for
registration . All the pertinent facts should be presented through channels to
the regional attorney for a determination of whether action should be taken to
revoke the registration certificate .
e. In some cases , a U.S. - registered aircraft of a particular make and
model will be leased to a foreign operator who operates the same make and model
under registry of his own country . This creates a problem for the maintenance
personnel who may be required to maintain the same type aircraft under two
different sets of maintenance regulations . The resulting confusion is obvious .
f. When leased aircraft are returned from foreign countries , particular
emphasis should be placed on surveillance of the aircraft . Owners should be
encouraged to make a searching inspection of the aircraft for hidden damage and
unapproved repairs or alterations . The aircraft maintenance records should be
examined to see that proper entries have been made and to determine if any
required inspections need to be accomplished .
538. AIRCRAFT REMOVED FROM AIR CARRIER OPERATING CERTIFICATES . When aircraft
are removed from a FAR Parts 121 or 127 certificate and leased to another
operator who does not operate under FAR Parts 121 or 127 , certain procedures are
necessary . The following will serve as a guide:
a. The revision number of the airworthiness certificate should be
determined . All certificates prior to Standard Airworthiness Certificate, FAA
Form 8100-2, should be exchanged for that form (reference Order 8130.2B ,
Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft and Related Approvals ) .
b. Since the maintenance records kept by an air carrier often differ from
those required by FAR Section 91.173, the operator should be advised to obtain
the necessary records from the previous owner that will comply with
FAR Section 91.173 .
Chap 3
Page 338 Par 537
7/26/85
8300.9
c . The date the next inspection ( 100 -hour , annual , progressive) is due
will be determined by the assigned inspector and then be entered in the
maintenance records referred to in Paragraph b above.
539. LEASES TO FAR PARTS 91 , 121 , AND 127 OPERATORS . These types of leases
sometimes create problems. Each lease needs to be considered on its own merits;
therefore, specific guidelines are difficult to prescribe. The guidance in
AC 91-37A , Truth in Leasing , should be followed in giving assistance to the
owner and to the prospective operators. Regular surveillance should be
conducted on these aircraft .
540. SURVEILLANCE OF LEASED AIRCRAFT. In the past , many problems have been
created with such aircraft because maintenance responsibilities were not clearly
spelled out or were being ignored . Inspectors should attempt to be
knowledgeable of all leased aircraft operating within their area of
responsibility and make a special effort to determine that proper maintenance is
being accomplished. To do this properly, it should be determined if any
exemptions have been issued specifying a particular type of maintenance to be
performed. This is particularly important in cases of aircraft operating
outside the United States , since these aircraft are operating in relatively
remote areas and maintenance facilities are scarce . In addition , these aircraft
are often being operated by foreign nationals who are not familiar with U.S.
maintenance requirements and in some cases do not care to know them .
541. - 549 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Par 538 Page 339 ( thru 348 )
>
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 8. USE OF AIRCRAFT PARTS / COMPONENTS OF

UNKNOWN CONDITION OR ORIGIN
550. GENERAL Parts , appliances, and components of unknown origin , or from

aircraft which have been involved in accidents or crashes , are available to the
industry as replacements . These parts, appliances, and components can be of
questionable serviceability (airworthiness ) . Under present regulations, we are
not in a position to prevent sale of such parts . Assured serviceability of
parts, appliances , and components before their use on a certificated aircraft
is , however , required by Section 43.13 of the FAR's. Use of parts in the
subject category is often made attractive by virtue of their lower cost , and the
purchaser or potential user may be unaware of all hazards involving their
installation .
551. CLASSIFICATION AND SOURCE CATEGORIES .
a. Salvage Sources. Parts, appliances , and components of unknown

condition or origin may have been subject to forces or temporary environments
which would render them permanently unairworthy . For example:
( 1 ) Parts may have been subjected to excessive heat , thereby
affecting original strength or dimensions . Small to large parts which have been
involved in fire are likely to be inserviceable , regardless of their rejuvenated
appearance. Attempted sale of a transport category aircraft wing as a
replacement part which had been seared by fire is a matter of record .
( 2) Foreign or corrosive liquids can take their toll on an aircraft
part . Recently, parts from a crashed transport aircraft that had been submerged
in salt water were sold as replacement parts .
(3) Certain parts that have been deformed or subjected to unknown or
unmeasurable forces in a ground accident or crash could be of permanent
questionable serviceability ; e.g. , landing gear , landing gear fittings, and
components or propeller blades , gears, and components. Aircraft, including all
parts of the airframe, powerplants, and appliances which have been involved in
accidents are of questionable serviceability, quality, condition , and
airworthiness .
b . Surplus Parts. Ex -military aircraft now under civilian type

certificates create parts problems, particularly when the original manufacturer
has discontinued production . Certain parts of original manufacture are
available for a given aircraft for years after its departure from military
status . These parts are termed SURPLUS . If original manufacturer fabrication
can be substantiated for such parts, they are acceptable providing they comply
with airworthiness directives , if applicable to the parts involved .
c. Newly Manufactured Parts/ Bogus Parts. Some parts for ex -military or
currently manufactured aircraft are, and have been , in short supply . On
occasion, these parts have been illegally manufactured for sale by other than
the original or approved manufacturer and , in some cases , constitute a hazard to
flight safety . For example, parts have been manufactured by other than the
original or approved manufacturer using an original part as a sample . In ' other
Chap 3
Par 550 Page 349
8300.9
7/26/85
words , drawings , specifications such as heat treatment , and raw material type
for the part were , in some cases , unknown to the person using the authentic
product as a sample .
(1) In many cases , the newly manufactured , parts appeared to be as
good as the originals . The hidden elements were not evident , which is an
important criterion in assuring airworthiness of such new parts. These parts
are termed " bogus parts" or parts of " unknown origin ."
(2) Since this problem is not new , FAA has had a parts manufacturing
approval system in effect which ALLOWS CONTROLLED REPRODUCTION of parts for
sale . Any part manufactured under this system bears ample evidence of FAA
approval which verifies its origin and serviceability . The Parts Manufacturing
Approval ( PMA) is designed to cover manufacture of replacement parts to be sold .
These parts are occasionally sold by the manufacturer and by vendors .
(3) Replacement parts may be made by certificated mechanics , repair
stations , and air carriers as a part of their maintenance activities . These
parts are acceptable provided they are manufactured in accordance with approved
data . In cases where such data is not available, certain older engine parts can
be fabricated CONDITIONALLY as outlined in AC 43.13-1A, Acceptable Methods ,
Techniques and Practices --Aircraft Inspection and Repair. Many simple parts may
be made in accordance with acceptable standards .'
552. INSPECTORS ' RESPONSIBILITY AND ACTION . Airworthiness inspectors, in the
exercise of their surveillance duties , are expected to be alert and 'cognizant of
replacement parts being used on certificated aircraft under their jurisdiction .
They should assure that mechanics , repair stations , or air carriers are advised
and cognizant of their overall position regarding use of questionable aircraft
parts on a certificated aircraft .
Assistance and guidance should be rendered by the airworthiness

a.
inspector when requested by persons performing maintenance, repair , or overhaul

on certificated aircraft under his jurisdiction . Such assistance and guidance
can preclude potential trouble for both the inspector and the user of
questionable parts . Acceptable condition , origin , and serviceability of parts
should be determined BEFORE their actual installation and use .
b . Any person who uses any part of unknown quality , condition , or origin
in aircraft maintenance and repair, and any person who operates an aircraft on
which such parts have been used , may be in violation of the Federal Aviation
Regulations unless he has proved conclusively and beyond any doubt that such
parts conform to the provisions of FAR Section 43.13. In addition , the validity
of the airworthiness certificate would be questionable to the extent that the
airworthiness inspector would be justified in seeking suspension of such
certificate in any case where the airworthiness of such parts is not positively
and accurately determined . ( Refer to the terms of the Certificate of
Airworthiness in Sections 603 ( c) and 610 of the FAA Act . ) Remedial and
enforcement action should be taken by the airworthiness inspector if he
determines conclusively that parts have been installed on a certificated
aircraft which do not comply with standards established in FAR Section 43.13.
Chap 3
Page 350 Par 551
7/26/85 8300.9
NOTE : Nothing in this directive shall be construed or

applied in such manner as to restrict or prohibit the use
of any part or component of questionable or unknown origin
when such components are :
( 1 ) Not required as a part of an aircraft as originally

certificated or properly altered .
(2 ) Not required under an operating rule or special
airworthiness rule .
( 3) Of such nature and installed in such manner that it

will not be unsafe in itself and will not adversely affect
the airworthiness of the aircraft in which it is installed .
553. ADVISORY CIRCULAR 20-62C , ELIGIBILITY , QUALITY , AND IDENTIFICATION OF
APROVED AERONAUTICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS , provides information relative to the
determination of the eligibility of the aeronautical parts and material for
installation on certificated aircraft .
554. - 559 . RESERVED .
hap 3
ar 552 Page 351 ( thru 362 )
7/26/85 8300.9
O
SECTION 9. AIRCRAFT - AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES ( AD's )
560. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance in the adjustment of repetitive
inspections, alternate means of compliance, exemptions , and recordation of AD
accomplishment by other than mechanics .
561. ADJUSTMENT OF REPETITIVE INSPECTION TIME . Amendment , modification , or
adjustment of the terms or conditions of an AD must be accomplished by petition
in accordance with the rulemaking procedures set forth in FAR Part 11.
a. In the case of repetitive or periodic inspections in AD's , the
compliance times specified are set to coincide, insofar as practicable from a
safety standpoint, with established inspection periods in effect at the time of
AD issuance . In some instances certain operators subsequently are able to
substantiate longer inspection intervals on the basis of accumulated service
experience with their particular maintenance practices .
b. In order to provide for flexibility in administering AD's which
require repetitive inspections without requiring petition for exemption under
FAR Part 11 , a statement, when feasible, will be included in AD's which will
empower the local FAA airworthiness inspector to authorize , subject to prior
approval of the Engineering and Manufacturing Branch in the controlling region ,
reasonable adjustments in the intervals specified to allow compliance at an
established inspection period of the operator . Such a statement will appear in
those AD's which require repetitive inspections and will apply generally only to
aircraft which are maintained under an approved continuous airworthiness
inspection program . It may also apply , in some cases , to aircraft maintained
under a progressive inspection system in accordance with FAR Section 91.171 , an
inspection program under Part 125 , or an Approved Aircraft Inspection Program
under Part 135 .
C. When an operator requests an adjustment of repetitive AD inspection

times, it should be determined that the operator's request includes an accurate
description of the adjustment desired , appropriate substantiating data , or
supporting evidence and a valid reason for the request . The request and
associated data should be thoroughly reviewed to determine if the requested
adjustment will adversely affect aircraft safety. After review , it should be
forwarded through appropriate channels to the Aircraft Certification
Division /Office concerned , with comments or recommendations for their
consideration and action . In those cases where it is determined that the
operator's request is not in accordance with the best interests of safety, the
matter should be discussed with the operator in an effort to arrange a
reasonable adjustment of unsatisfactory items before forwarding the request file
to the controlling region Aircraft Certification Division /Office .
d . Approval of the request by the Aircraft Certification Division /Office
will normally be accomplished by interregional memorandum to the region in which
the request originated. After receiving engineering approval ( disapproval ), the
operator should be advised by letter . At this time, any necessary changes in
.
the operator's operations specifications aircraft maintenance , maintenance

manual, and inspection records should be accomplished as appropriate to reflect
the amended times .
Chap 3
Par 560
Page 363
8300.9
7/26/85
562. ALTERNATE MEANS OF COMPLYING WITH THE AD .

a. General. In addition to providing for adjustments in compliance
times , AD's will indicate the acceptability of alternate means of compliance.
It cannot be assumed that only one specific repair , modification , or inspection
method , etc., is acceptable to correct a particular difficulty . Even though an
equivalent means of compliance may be unknown when issuing the AD, this does not
preclude the possibility of an alternate means of compliance subsequently
developed and substantiated. Therefore, it is appropriate to provide for the
acceptance of FAA -approved equivalency in the AD . This is not only desirable
from the operator's point of view, but also for the FAA to eliminate constant AD
revisions as different equivalents are developed . There have been cases where
FAA - approved alternate means of compliance have been developed , but because
there was no provision for equivalency, they were not acceptable until the AD
was revised and published in the Federal Register .
b . FAA-Approved Equivalent . The phrase " FAA -approved equivalent" will be
used when equivalency may be determined and approved by an authorized
representative of the Administrator . When this phrase is used , it will be
necessary that the FAA inspector formally approve the alternate method or
material. In cases where the inspector feels that he needs the assistance of
specialized personnel, he should notify his supervisor to obtain the services of
the specialist needed . In some cases , the inspector may feel that the
alternative proposed should receive engineering approval. In these cases the
matter should be referred , through appropriate channels, to the Manager of the
Aircraft Certification Division /Office in the controlling region for his
recommendations or approval .
c . The authority to use an alternate method of compliance should be

granted in letter fom , substantially stating that :
This is your authority to accomplish compliance with AD on
aircraft number by utilizing the methods and / or

materials described in (identify drawings, letters , etc.) .
A copy of all such letters including incoming request with descriptive material,
should be kept on file at the district office .
d . Equivalents Requiring Engineering Evaluation. In those cases where
the possible equivalent is sufficiently critical that its equivalency can only
be determined by engineering evaluation , the AD will include a statement to the
effect that engineering approval must be obtained from an FAA regional
Aircraft Certification Division / Office.
563. EXEMPTIONS . Airworthiness Directives , FAR Part 39 , are promulgated and

handled in accordance with the rulemaking procedures set forth in FAR Part 11 .
a . Because Airworthiness Directives are Federal Aviation Regulations , the
modifications and inspections specified therein are mandatory. Only the
controlling region has authority to amend any of the conditions of an AD unless
the AD specifically provides such authority as described in paragraphs 561 and
562 of this Order .
Chap 3
Page 364 Par 562
1/26/85 8300.9
b . Among other conditions of FAR Part 11 is a provision whereby

interested persons may petition for exemption from any of the conditions of a
rule such as AD's. Field personnel are expected to be familiar with the
provisions of the part and be able to inform an operator of his right to
petition ; but shall not , under any circumstances, encourage any person to seek
exemption from any rule. If such a petition is made by an operator, it should
be submitted by such petitioner to the attention of the Director, Office of
Airworthiness , and in accordance with FAR Part 11. It must not be submitted
through the district or regional office personnel or handled by them in any
manner which would place them in a prejudiced position or cause them to appear
as an intermediary or agent of the petitioner . In other words, they may advise
the operator as to how he may petition for a waiver , but will not participate in
the petition process .
C. When an operator fails to comply with the applicable terms and
conditions of an AD, the affected aircraft, component, or appliance is
considered unairworthy, and the FAA inspector shall act accordingly.
564. MONITORING AIR CARRIER OR FLEET OPERATORS ' COMPLIANCE WITH AD's . Where
air carrier or fleet operators' compliance is concerned , it is essential that
the operators' progress on applicable AD's is monitored .
565. RECORDATION - OTHER THAN MECHANIC . An Airworthiness Directive may
prescribe an operation which , due to its nature, could be considered preventive
maintenance. Recordation of compliance must be made as required by
FAR Section 91.173 (a) regardless of the nature of the maintenance,
FAR Section 43.9 notwithstanding . If the AD states that compliance may be
performed by a person specified by FAR Section 43.3 (g) and a pilot does the
prescribed operation , he / she must make the required entry in the aircraft
records and identify himself /herself by name and pilot's certificate number .
566. RELATIONSHIP OF AD'S PRIOR TO FAA APPROVAL OF TECHNICAL DATA FOR MAJOR
REPAIRS OR MAJOR ALTERATIONS . Prior FAA approval of technical data for
alterations or repairs has no relationship to AD compliance unless
accomplishment of such alterations or repairs also accomplishes some part or all
of the action required by the Airworthiness Directive . Where the repair or
alteration is identical to the AD, accomplishment of the one should satisfy the
other . In this situation , no need would exist for the operator to seek
authority to use an FAA approved equivalent method of compliance. However , if
the alteration or repair is not identical, the operator would be expected to
comply with the AD as stated , or seek authority to use an FAA approved
equivalent. If he / she seeks authority to use the alteration or repair, in part
or in whole to comply with the AD, his /her request should be handled as outlined
in paragraph 562 .
567. -574 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Par 563 Page 365 ( thru 374 )
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 10. TESTING OF AIRCRAFT POWERPLANTS AFTER OVERHAUL
575. PURPOSE . This section provides information and guidance to field

personnel to assure that powerplant overhaul facilities accomplish the
maintenance procedures recommended by the engine manufacturers for testing
powerplants after overhaul .
576. REFERENCE . FAR Section 43.13(a) .
577. DISCUSSION .
a. FAR Section 43.13 performance rules require that each person

performing maintenance shall use methods, techniques, and practices acceptable
to the Administrator . If special equipment or test apparatus is recommended by
the powerplant manufacturer, that equipment or apparatus or its equivalent
acceptable to the Administrator must be used .
b . By reference in FAR Section 145.57, the performance rules in

FAR Section 43.13 apply to FAA -approved repair stations as well.
Appendix A(b) ( 1 ) (v ) of FAR Part 145, requires repair stations to have the
equipment required to test overhauled powerplants in compliance with
manufacturer's recommendations or equivalent equipment that will accomplish the
same purpose . The testing may be performed by the repair station itself , or may
be contracted to an outside agency . In either case , the repair station will be
responsible for the final acceptance of the tested engine since the repair
station is the final approving authority for return to service .
C. A powerplant overhaul agency that requests another person to perform
the overhaul testing should have established procedures . The procedures should
show that :
( 1 ) The person who is to perform the test has the information

necessary to properly complete the test:
(2) The powerplant records include the statements required by
FAR Sections 145.59 and
( 3) The powerplant has not been tested , is not considered airworthy

for return to service until the required test procedures have been completed by
a person authorized by FAR Section 43.7 , and that they are responsible for the
final acceptance of the tested powerplant .
578. GUIDANCE .
a.
Powerplant manufacturers are very specific in their recommended
procedures for powerplant testing after overhaul. The powerplant testing after
overhaul is required to run - in new parts , check powerplant performance, and
check the quality of the work performed during overhaul.
b. The procedures to be folllowed in post overhaul testing of a
powerplant vary by make and model , but are clearly outlined in the
manufacturer's manual .
Chap 3
Par 575 Page 375
8300.9 7/26/85
c. A primary recommendation of the manufacturer is that powerplant

testing after overhaul be accomplished with the powerplant in a test stand / cell
equipped as outlined in the overhaul manual . This is necessary for a turbine
powerplant. The performance of a turbine engine is greatly affected by the
surrounding atmospheric conditions; therefore , it is essential that the
powerplant be tested under the controlled conditions that are available in an
engine test cell .
d. The manufacturers of reciprocating engines allow the airframe to be
considered a suitable test stand for ruming- in overhauled engines; provided the
following requirements are observed :
( 1 ) A test club is used in place of a flight propeller .
(2) A suitable cooling shroud or scoop is used to gather and direct
cooling air over the cylinders .
( 3) A cylinder head temperature pickup installed on each cylinder to
monitor individual cylinder temperature .
( 4 ) All necessary calibrated gauges are installed independent of the
aircraft guages .
579. ACTION . When other methods for testing come to the attention of
inspectors, they should be evaluated to determine if they are equivalent to the
above methods. When noncompliance with FAR Section 43.13 is evident , positive
corrective action shall be initiated to correct any discrepancies.
580. - 585 . RESERVED .
Page 376 ( thru 386 ) Chap 3

Par 578
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 11. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
86. PURPOSE . This section provides information with relation to aircraft

anufacturers' servicing and maintenance manuals that may conflict with
omponent manufacturers ' servicing and maintenance manuals .
87. GENERAL . Aircraft manufacturers' servicing and maintenace manuals,
ncluding operation and installation data intended for the use of maintenance
ersonnel, occasionally contain data which conflict with component part
lanufacturers ' servicing and maintenance instructions . This same situation. may
ve found in the case of service bulletins which contain instructions ,
olerances, pressures, etc. , that differ from those set forth in the aircraft
anufacturers' manuals .
88. DISCUSSION . Aircraft manufacturers' service information may have been

eveloped specifically for the purpose of showing compliance with applicable
irworthiness standards, as necessary for issuance of the type certificate. The
omponent manufacturers' service instructions often are developed for aircraft
f different type design and therefore may be more general than those of the
ircraft manufacturer . Accordingly, when aircraft manufacturers' service
nformation differs from that of a component manufacturers, the aircraft
Janufacturers' information is the controlling document and is the one to be
sed . The individual component manufacturers' service information would only be
sed when so instructed by the aircraft manufacturer .
89. - 595 . RESERVED .
ар 3
r 586
Page 387 ( thru 398 )
1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 12. TESTING FABRIC COVERING OF AIRCRAFT
596. PURPOSE. This section provides guidance and instructions concerning the
controversial subjects of aircraft fabric , surveillance , testing , and
arbitration between the aircraft owner and maintenance personnel or agencies .
597. GENERAL . Under the Technical Standard Order System , the FAA has delegated
full responsibility to the manufacturer for establishing the adequacy of the
laterial produced . In meeting the requirements, the manufacturer must fully
comply with the various provisions of the related Technical Standard Order
issued by the Administrator . Two such standards have been issued for the
Janufacture of Aircraft Fabric covering ; TSO - C14 , Aircraft Fabric - Intermediate
Grade - External Covering Material , and TSO -C15 , Aircraft Fabric - Grade A -
External Covering Material. Each bolt of TSO fabric is required to be
identified by a continuous marking along the salvage edge, indicating the TSO
nder which it was manufactured . Fabric approved by the Administrator prior to
July 31 , 1959 , may continue to be manufactured under the provisions of its
riginal approved specifications.
598. AIRCRAFT OWNER /MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL CONTROVERSY . Fabric covering is one
of the most controversial subjects confronting the inspector . In many cases ,
he inspector is called upon to arbitrate a dispute between the aircraft owner
nd maintenance personnel who differ in opinions concerning the airworthiness of
he fabric. The inspector should provide all advisory assistance possible , but
s not authorized to conduct or evaluate fabric tests . It is particularly
important that the inspector should not participate in tests of fabric by which
he owner wishes to establish the tensile strength of the fabric prior to
Installing it upon the aircraft .
199 . FIELD TESTING OF FABRIC . The use of various fabric testers in the field
is widespread. They serve a purpose by providing a GENERAL indication of the
legree of deterioration in the strength of fabric covering. However , the
*esults of such tests cannot be considered final and conclusive Instrument
alibration errors , instrument deterioration , improper use , improper specimen
reparation , and the varied conditions of temperature and humidity under which a
ield test is necessarily conducted arefactors that may cause an erroneous
ndication of fabric strength outside of laboratory conditions. The range of
emperature may also affect the reading of the instrument due to contraction or
kpanision of the spring tension mechanism .
00 . LABORATORY TESTING OF FABRIC . In a controversy, or when it is necessary
establish the airworthiness of fabric , the following procedure should be
bllowed when FAA field personnel are asked for help in making airworthiness
etermination :
a. The owner /operator or his agent should be advised to subject the

abric to laboratory test. Normally, samples are taken from each major
omponents of the aircraft under question . The top surfaces of the components
re most susceptible to deterioration . However , bottom and side surfaces should
! so be tested when their strength is in doubt . Care should be taken to take
amples from the most deteriorated fabric and not from recently patched or
epaired areas unless these are specifically under question . Ensure that
amples are identified by some marking.
ap 3
ar 596
Page 399
8300.9 7/26/85
b. Normally, samples are tested under Federal Specification

CCC - T - 191a which specifies that the strip should be six inches long and one
and one -half inches wide, of which one - fourth inch of each edge of the width
shall be frayed, reducing the woven width to one inch . Samples tested under
American Society for Testing Materials, Specification D - 39-39, or other methods ,
may require different type of samples. Therefore, the applicant for test should
contact the laboratory to determine the correct type of sample to be provided .
The inspector should inform the applicant when it has been determined , by
experience, that a particular type sample is required by a specific laboratory .
C. The cost of all laboratory tests and sample preparations will be borne
by the owner /operator or his agent .
d . The results of all tests ( preliminary and final) should be entered in
the aircraft maintenance records .
e. If the tests were made upon the advice of the inspector or later come
to his attention because of marginal fabric , suitable followup surveillance
action should be taken . The necessity for the tests would normally indicate
marginal airworthiness of the fabric .
f. Names and addresses of qualified laboratories may be obtained from the
classified telephone directory in majorcities or by contacting the appropriate
agency charged with certifying testing laboratories within the state . Persons
having need for specialized testing service should be advised to use only those
testing laboratories that will certify the results of the tests performed .
601. - 609 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Page 400 ( thru 410 ) Par 600
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 13. MAINTENANCE RECORDS
610. PURPOSE . This section brings to the attention of all field inspectors the
requirements of FAR Parts 43 , 91 , 121, 125 , and 135 that relate to maintenance
records and their respective retention periods . The specific FAR Sections are :
a. Sections 43.9 and 43.11 .
b. Sections 91.161 , 91.173 , and 91.174 .
c
.
Sections 121.369 , 121.380 , and 121.380A .

o
d. Sections 125.249 and 125.407 .
e. Sections 135.427 , 135.439 , and 135.441 .

611. ACTION . Airworthiness inspectors should carefully review these
regulations to ensure that operators within their area of responsibility are
aware of , and in compliance with , the retention periods of the specified
maintenance records .
612. -619 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Par 610
Page 411 ( thru 420 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 14. MAINTENANCE AND ADEQUACY OF AIRBORNE CARGO EQUIPMENT
520. PURPOSE. This section provides guidance to inspectors for the proper
naintenance and adequacy of airborne cargo equipment.
121. GENERAL . Recently, an all - cargo aircraft was seriously damaged by loose
'argo during flight in turbulent air . It was found that the cargo would not
lave become loosened if it had been adequately and correctly secured .
22. KEY SURVEILLANCE AREAS . Operators conducting passenger /cargo combination
:lights and those conducting all - cargo flights are subjects of the specific
rurveillance recommended by this section . The inspector should bear the
following factors in mind :
a. Maintenance of Cargo Equipment. Operators ' maintenance manuals and
laintenance procedures should include specific provisions for inspection ,
epair , and replacement of airborne cargo equipment. The provisions should
nsure that the quality, and design requirements of cargo equipment are
aintained in transport category aircraft certificated for all- cargo operations .
here should be provisions to ensure that cargo equipment used in nontransport
ategory cargo aircraft set up for passengers / cargo operations are properly
esigned, installed , and maintained.
b. Adequacy of Cargo Equipment . Operators ' aircraft configured for cargo
ervice or passenger /cargo service should be spot checked periodically to
etermine that sufficient cargo equipment is provided and that the equipment is
eing properly maintained. Items such as tiedown rings, cables , chains, chain
ighteners, and nets should be checked . The securing devices used in all-cargo
ircraft set up for mechanized pallet loading should also be checked. the
nspector's examination of aircraft being added to an operator's fleet should
nclude a special check of cargo provisions if the aircraft are configured for
11- or part - cargo operations. Special attention should be given to livestock
ens and other specialized types of cargo equipment.
23. ACTION . If deficiencies are noted in any of the aforementioned areas , the
nspector should take timely steps to notify the operator pointing out the
pecific nature of each deficiency . Further, the operator should be asked to
eevaluate the adequacy and design of cargo equipment if it appears that such
quipment is requiring excessive maintenance corrective action or is subject to
requent breakdown and malfunction in service .
24. -629 . RESERVED .
ap 3
r 620
Page_421 fthru 432 ).
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 15. POWERPLANT REPAIRS
630. PURPOSE. This section provides guidance to field personnel concerning

major /minor repairs to powerplants and classifies the structural parts of
turbine engines .
631. BACKGROUND. Field personnel are being asked to provide guidance

concerning repairs to structural parts of aircraft powerplants. FAR 43 ,
Appendix A (b) ( 2), defines powerplant major repairs and speaks to structural
engine parts, however, the section addresses itself specifically to
reciprocating engines. This leads to a particular need for guidance concerning
turbine engine repairs and the classification of turbine engine structural
parts . Therefore, in order to arrive at a uniform policy concerning repairs to
turbine and reciprocating engines, the following criteria are offered as
guidance .
632. TURBINE ENGINE PARIS . Each manufacturer may not use the identical
terminology used below , however, what is used will be equivalent to these
.
terms .
a. The structural engine parts are :

(1 ) All frames .
(2) All casings or housings .
( 3) Engine mounts, and associated engine structure .
(4) Complete rotor assembly .
b. The engine frames are :
(1 ) Front frames or front bearing support .
(2) Compressor rear frame.
(3) Turbine midframe .
(4) Turbine rear frame or rear bearing support .
c. The engine casings or housings are:
(1 ) Fan casing .
(2) Compressor , both low and high .
(3) Combustor casing or housing.
(4) Turbine casing or housing .
(5) Accessory gear case housing .
633. TURBINE ENGINE REPAIRS . Regarding modular and non -modular designed
turbine engines the following would apply :
a.
Modular Design Turbine Engines . The changing of modules should not be
considered a major repair. The disassembly of a module should be considered a
major repair .
ap 3
E 630
Page 433
8300.9 7/26/85
b. Non -Modular Design Turbine Engines. The disassembly of any of the

main sections of a turbine engine should be considered a major repair. The main
sections are :
(1 ) Fan section .
( 2) Compressor section , both low and high pressure .
( 3) Combustion section .
( 4) Turbine section .
(5) Accessory section .
634. RECIPROCATING ENGINES . Major and minor repair to structural parts of

reciprocating engines are:
a. Major Repair
(1) Welding of crankcases .
( 2) Machining operations necessitated by weld repair .
( 3) Crankshaft grinding .
( 4) Camshaft recontouring and similar complex precision machining .
( 5) Boring of crankshaft and camshaft bosses .
(6) Machining oil pump housings and accessory drive pads following
weld repairs .
b . Minor Repair . Simple machine operations such as spot facing , lapping

and grinding valves, and reaming valve guides in accordance with the
manufacturer's overhaul and service instructions are considered minor repairs .
635. DEFINITIONS . It is difficult to provide definitions as to major or minor
repairs that will cover every case . There will always be instances where
judgement must be exercised . Whenever a question exists as to whether a repair
is major or minor, the guidance provided by the definition of major /minor repair
in FAR Part 1 should prevail . Each individual repair must be evaluated on the
basis of how it may affect factors itemized by the definition . If a question
still exists as to the classification of a repair, the regional specialist or
Aircraft Certification Division /Office should be consulted as appropriate.
636. APPROVED DATA AND RETURN - TO -SERVICE . Airworthiness inspectors should
ensure that all engine major repairs are made using FAA- approved data and are
approved for return - to -service in accordance with FAR Section 43.5 .
637. REPAIR STATIONS . Repair stations issued a limited rating for specialized
service must have a " process specification" approved by the FAA. The rating
issued should list the specific process for which the limited rating was issued
such as ; chrome plating - cylinder ; welding - exhaust systems; and welding
engine crankcase. Each approved process to be used by a repair station must be
listed on their Repair Station Operations Specifications , FAA Form 8000-4-1.1
638. -649 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Page 434 ( thru 446 ) Par 633
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 16. ORIGINAL AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATION
650. PURPOSE. This section emphasizes to all field personnel that

MANUFACTURING INSPECTION DISTRICT OFFICES (MIDO's) are responsible for the
original airworthiness certification of all aircraft .
651. BACKGROUND. Numerous complaints have been received from the public
criticizing the apparent lack of uniformity throughout the FAA in the
airworthiness certification of aircraft . The problem stems from the variations
employed in determining that the aircraft conforms to a type design prior to the
issuance of an airworthiness certificate . This may be due, in part , to the
unavailability of technical data needed to make a finding of conformity to the
type design since these data are usually only available through the MIDO .
652. ACTION . All applications for original airworthiness certification
received by field offices will be referred to the MIDO having jurisdiction for
their action . An exception to this requirement is AMATEUR - BUILT and EXHIBITION
aircraft which may be excluded at regional discretion .
653. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY . In view of the complexities involved , MIDO'S
will not , as a rule, delegate original airworthiness certification to other
field offices. However, this does not preclude the delegation , on
aircraft -by -aircraft basis , of the original airworthiness certification function
to field offices having appropriately qualified airworthiness
inspectors / advisors . Factors to be considered in the delegation would be :
a. Long distances involved .
b . Manpower shortage .
C. Heavy workloads .
d. The airworthiness inspector or advisor delegated the certification
task has had previous experience in similar certification functions.
554. THE CERTIFICATION TASK . The certification task , when delegated , must be
coordinated with the cognizant MIDO which will provide pertinent information,
technical data and other expertise as necessary for the certification effort .
55. - 665 . RESERVED .
) 3
650
Page 447 ( thru 456 )
1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 17. IMPORT AND EXPORT AIRWORTHINESS APPROVALS

566. PURPOSE . This section provides reference and guidance to job functions
gelating to Engineering and Manufacturing Inspectors and GeneralAviation
Lirworthiness Inspectors.
$67 . AUTHORITY . The regulatory authority for import and export airworthiness
approvals, including related advisory material, is as follows :
a. FAR 21, Subpart L , contains the provisions for export airworthiness
approvals .
b. FAR Section 21.325 covers products which may be approved for export .
c. AC 21-2 ( as revised ) , Export Airworthiness Approval Procedures,
provides generalinformation and guidance concerning issuance of export
approvals.
d. FAR Section 21.29 establishes the procedural requirements for import
broducts .
e. FAR Section 21.183 establishes the procedural requirements for
Lissuance of standard airworthiness certificates for foreign manufactured import
aircraft .
f. FAR Section 21.500 establishes the requirements for issuance of

certificates of airworthiness for export for foreign manufactured engines and
propellers .
8. AC 21-7 (as revised ) , Certification and Approval of Import Products,
provides general information and guidance concerning certification and approval
bf import products .
h. Order 8130.2 ( as revised ) , Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft and
Related Approvals, provides the instructions authorized for the original and
recurrent airworthiness certification of aircraft and related import and export
approvals .
$68 . GENERAL. Manufacturing Inspection District Offices (MIDO's) are

responsible for original airworthiness certification of import and export
aeronautical products. The following are considered "original certification " :
a. Export certification of aeronautical products which have never been
certificated or approved .
b . Certification of all imported aircraft .
c. Aircraft of United States manufacture and U.S. registry which have
been operated under foreign registry .
Chap 3
Par 666 Page 457
8300.9
7/26/85
669. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY. Although MIDO's have prime responsibility for

original airworthiness certification , this does not preclude the delegation of
the responsibility to field offices having appropriately qualified airworthiness
inspectors / advisors . The factors and conditions to be considered in the
delegation of authority are covered in Section 16 of this chapter , titled
" Original Airworthiness Certification ."
670. -679 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Page 458 ( thru 468 ) Par 669
8300.9
7/26/85
SECTION 18. SPECIAL FLIGHT PERMITS
680. PURPOSE. This section provides reference and guidance to job functions
performed by Engineering and Manufacturing Inspectors and General Aviation
Airworthiness Inspectors .
681. AUTHORITY . The regulatory authority for special flight permits , including
related advisory material, is as follows :
a. FAR Part 21, Subpart H , Sections 21.197 and 21.199 contain the
provisions governing special flight permits .
b. FAR Section 91.28 contains the provisions for special flight
authorizations for foreign civil aircraft .
C. AC 20-65 ( as revised ) , U.S. Airworthiness Certificates and
Authorizations for Operation of Domestic and Foreign Aircraft, provides general
information and guidance concerning issuance of special flight authorization for
operation in the U.S. of foreign aircraft not having standard airworthiness
certificates issued by the country of registry .
d. AC 21-12 (as revised ) , Application for U.S. Airworthiness Certificate ,
FAA Form 8130-6 (OMB 04 - R0058 ) , provides instructions and examples on the
preparation of application for special flight permits .
AC 21-4 (as revised ) , Special Flight Permits for Operation of
e.
Overweight Aircraft, provides guidance concerning special flight permits

necessary for operation in excess of maximm certificated takeoff weight.
f. Order 8130.2B (as revised ) , Airworthiness Certification of Aircraft
and Related Approvals , provides the detailed instructions authorized for the
issuance of special flight permits and operating limitations .
682. GENERAL. Consistent with current applicable policies and instructions , a
manufacturing inspector or airworthiness inspector in the district office is
authorized to issue special flight permits and related approvals depending on
the complexities involved . Manufacturing and airworthiness personnel may assist
each other , as necessary , in the performance of their assigned duties .
683. -689 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Par 680 Page 469 ( thru 478 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION19. COOPERATION WITH FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS IN ISSUANCE OF FOREIGN

AIRWORTHINESS CERTIFICATES
690 ) PURPOSE This section outlines the procedure to be followed when foreign
governments request agency technical assistance in certificating or
recertificating U.S. -manufactured aircraft of foreign registration .
691. PROCEDURE. When such requests are received from ICAO countries, they
should be honored if within the capability of the local office and the cost in
manpower is not prohibitive, This determination will be made after the request
is received in the region concerned .
692. - 849 . RESERVED .
Chap 3
Par 690
Page 479 ( thru 488 )
7/26785 8800.9
CHAPTER 4. AGENCIES
SECTION 1. APPLICATION FOR REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATE
850. AUTHORITY. Federal Aviation Regulations Part 145 , Section 145.11 .

851. GENERAL . FAA Form 8310-3 , Application for Repair Station Certificate
and / or Rating (OMB 04 -R0097) /Record of Action Repair Station Inspection
( RIS : FS 8320-5) , will be used by the applicant and FAA personel. An
application for a repair station certificate and rating, an additional rating , a
change in location or housing and facilities , or change in ownership , is made
through applicant's completion of Items 1 through 5 of FAA Form 8310-3 . The
applicant should indicate the exact rating ( s) desired in Block 3 of FAA
Form 8310-3 . When application is made for a limited rating ( s ) , each make and
model must be listed . For specialized services , the specific function ( s ) shall
be shown . The reverse side of the form may be used or additional sheets
attached , as necessary . The lower portion of the form , Items 6 through 10 , is
completed by FAA personnel to record subsequent action taken on the application
( see Figures 4-1 and 4-2 of this section ) .
852. NAME OF OWNER . To avoid legal difficulties from the standpoint of FAR
enforcement , it is essential that the true name and correct address of the
applicant be determined . The agency name and the physical location of the
facilities, wherein the maintenance functions will be performed , shall be
entered on FAA Form 8310-3 and FAA Form 8000-4 , Air Agency Certificate, as
follows :
Name & Address of Applicant Operating As :
Joe J. Doe d/b/a Individual

Doro Aviation Service Signature of applicant required on
Municipal Airport application .
Bayside, Virginia
John J. Doe, Allen B. Smith , Partnership
Richard Roe d/b/a Signature of all partners on
Doro Aviation Service application .
Municipal Airport
Bayside, Virginia
Doro Aviation Service , Inc. Corporation
Municipal Airport State and date of incorporation .
Bayside, Virginia Signature of President - Vice President
or Secretary - Treasurer on application
-
Doro Aviation , Inc. d/b/a Corporation

Doro Aviation Service State and date of incorporation .
Municipal Airport Signature of President Vice President
Bayside, Virginia or Secretary - Treasurer on application
Chap 4
Par 850 Page 489
. . 8300.9 7/26/85
853. CONTRACTED MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS. Maintenance functions identified by an

asterisk , in FAR Part 145, Appendix A , and contracted to outside agencies , must
be listed on FAA Form 8310-3 , in Block 4. The reverse side of the application
may be used when additional space is needed . The repair station must be
inspected for the performance of asterisked items not listed .
854. ASSISTANCE TO PROSPECTIVE APPLICANTS . Field personnel having jurisdiction
over the area in which the prospective applicant's facilities are located should
advise the applicant relative to the requirements of FAR Part 145 and endeavor
to make a preliminary visit to his facility. Generally, time spent on the
precertification phase will result in more expeditious handling of the formal
application and final certification of the facility .
855. FAA OPERATED REPAIR STATIONS . FAA General Maintenance Manual ,
Order 4100.24A , Chapter /Section 5-5 , was issued for the guidance of FAA facility
managers when applying for a repair station certificate under FAR Part 145. The
appendix to the General Maintenance Manual will contain material applicable to
the Aviation Standards National Field Office , Hangar 6 , WNA, and each
Region / Center and Maintenance Organization .
856. FORMS . Typical execution of an application for repair station and ratings
is illustrated in the following Figures 4-1 and 4-2 .
857. -865 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Page 490 ( thru 500 ) Par 853
8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 4-1 . APPLICATION FOR REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATE AND / OR RATING ,

FAA FORM 8310-3
Form Approved
APPLICATION FOR REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATE AND /OR RATING Budget Bureau No. 04 - R0097
If additional space is required for any item , attach additional sheets of paper.
1. REPAIR STATION NAME, NUMBER , LOCATION , L ADDRESS 2. REASON FOR SUBMISSION
A. OFFICIAL NAME OF STATION NUMBER 109-92 ORIGINAL APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE AND RATING
X CHANGE IN RATING
Southern Aviation Services , Inc.
CHANGE IN LOCATION OR HOUSING AND FACILITIES
Di LOCATION WHERE BUSINESS WILL BE CONDUCTED CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP
Hanger 10 Municipal Airport OTHER (Spocity)
Bay Shore, Maryland
C. OFFICIAL MAILING ADDRESS OF REPAIR STATION (Number, otros ,
city , state, and ZIP code)
Hanger 10 Municipal Airport
Bay Shore , Maryland 20689
3. RATINGS APPLIED FOR CLASS LIMITED 4. LIST OF MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS CONTRACTED
1-3 TO OUTSIDE AGENCIES
AIRFRAME See reverse side
X POWÉRPLANT 1 See reverse side Metal Plating or Anodizing.
X PROPELLERS 1
Precision Grinding Test of
X RADIO 1-2 See reverse side constant spøed devices
NN
x INSTRUMENT 1-2-3
ACCESSORY See reverse side
X SPECIALIZED SERVICE See reverse side
S. APPLICANT'S CERTIFICATION
NAME OF OWNER (Include name ( ) of individual owner, all partners, or corporation name giving state and date of incorporation )
Southern Aviation Service , Inc. , Maryland , 1976
I hereby certify that I have been authorized by the repair station identified in Item 1 to make this application and that statements
and attachment hereto are true and correct to the best of my knowledge.
DATE TITLE AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
Pebruary 1 , 1971 President Barnes wthern

FOR FAA USE RECORD OF ACTION Reports Identification Symbol
ONLY REPAIR STATION INSPECTION FS 8320-5
6. REMARKS ( Identity by itom number. Include deficiencies found, ratinge denied )
7. FINDINGS • RECOMMENDATIONS
X A. STATION WAS FOUND TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF FAR 145
I. STATION WAS FOUND TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF FAR 145 EXCEPT FOR DEFICIENCIES LISTED IN ITEM 6.
X C. RECOMMEND CERTIFICATE WITH RATING APPLIED FOR ON APPLICATION BE ISSUED 1. DATE OF INSPECTION
D. RECOMMEND CERTIFICATE WITH RATING APPLIED FOR ON APPLICATION (Except those
listed in item 6 ) BE ISSUED March 10 , 1977
OFFICE SIGNATURE (S) OF INSPECTOR (S)
ABA - GADO - 9 Emil Elwell - MAINTENASE

ARA -GADO - 9
thed Day - Avionics
10. SUPERVISING OR ASSIGNED INSPECTOR
ACTION TAKEN CERTIFICATE ISSUED INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE
NUMIR
APPROVED AS SHOWN
X
ON CERTIFICATE ISSUED
ON DATE SMOWN
DISAPPROVED
DATE
109-92
March 20 , 1977
TITLE
Skip Jack
Alrworthiness Unit Chief
MA Form 1310-3 (148 ) SUPERSEDES FAA FORM 384 AND FAA FORM 3572 GPO 937.203
hap 4 Page 501

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 4-2 . EXAMPLE OF LIMITED RATINGS ENTERED ON THE

REVERSE SIDE OF FAA FORM 8310-3 , APPLICATION
FOR REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATE AND / OR RATING
LIMITED RATINGS
AIRFRAME Douglas Model DC - 3 Series
Grumman Model G - 149 Series
POWERPLANT Pratt & Whitney Model R - 1830 Series

RADIO VOR - Collins Model 344D - 1 Series
NARCO All Models
Marker Beacon NARCO Model M 35
ARC Model R 33A
RNAV Foster Air Data Model 611
ACCESSORY Carburetor - Marvel Schebler - All models

Alternator Prestolite Models 110136
thru 110914
SPECIALIZED SERVICES Nondestructive Inspection - Radiographic

( X -ray ) per MIL STD 453 , as revised .
Ultrasonic per Southern Aviation
Service , Inc. Process Specification
SAS - U1 , dated March 1 , 1977 , as revised .
Magnetic Partical per MIL STD 1-6868 ,
as revised .

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 2. REPAIR STATION RATINGS
866. AUTHORITY. Federal Aviation Regulations Part 145 , Sections 145.31 and
145.33 .
867. PURPOSE . This section provides a general description of repair station

ratings and furnishes information pertinent to issuance of limited ratings and
specialized service ratings .
868. GENERAL. The adequacy of the qualifications of an applicant for ratings
must be determined by physical inspection of the applicant's facilities ,
equipment, and an evaluation of the applicant's personnel . To require an
applicant to have equipment and technical data for all current models would be
an unreasonable request for the issuance of a class rating .
869. LIMITED SPECIALIZED SERVICE RATINGS . These ratings may be issued for a
special maintenance function when the function is performed in accordance with a
specification or data acceptable to the Administrator. Data or specifications
developed by the manufacturer of the article are acceptable to the
Administrator, or any other data approved by the an FAA Rotocraft, Airplane,
Engine, or Propeller Certification Directorate , Aircraft Certification Office,
or Manufacturing Inspection Office are acceptable. It is not intended that
ratings be issued for maintenance functions of a trivial nature; therefore, care
and good judgment should be used in evaluating applications for specialized
service ratings. It should be determined that the rating desired is a valid
specialized service. The certificate issued for a specialized service rating
will be a limited - specialized service rating (see Figure 4-3, Section 3 of this
chapter ). The Repair Station Operations Specifications (FAA Form 8000-4-1) will
show the limitations imposed , including the controlling specification (see
Figure 4-7 , Section 3 of this chapter ).
870. AN APPLICANT FOR A CLASS RATING . An applicant who proves the capability
to maintain a representative number of items for the class rating requested can
be issued a full class rating . When a request for additional ratings is made,
repair station capabilities should be reviewed and consideration should be given
to the issuance of a class rating for those repair stations that now list a
representative number of items under the limited rating.
871. . LIMITED RATINGS . These ratings may be issued to repair stations for the
performance of maintenance on a particular type ( s ) of airframe, powerplant,
propeller, radio , instrument , accessory or parts thereof .
872. RADIO - RATED REPAIR STATIONS. These repair stations may perfom radio
installations appropriate to the class( es) of radio rating held by the station
and may return to service the aircraft involved . When an installation involves
alteration of the aircraft , that portion of work may be accomplished by an
butside agency having the equipment and materials to do such work . The aircraft
alterations may be done by personel of the " radio " rated station if the FAA
finds that the station has the personnel , equipment, and material necessary to
perform the aircraft alteration and the station has been issued a limited
airframe rating covering the specific operation .
B73 . -879 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Par 866 Page 507 ( thru 516 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 3. ISSUANCE OF REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATE
880. GENERAL. The applicant's compliance with the requirements must be

determined prior to issuance of the repair station certificate . ( The FCC
requirements , including the licensing of personel, should not be considered in
the issuance of repair station certificates .)
a. Issuance..
(1 ) Air Agency Certificate . FAA Form 8900-4 will be used . Enter the
number assigned to the facility, in accordance with the current air agency
numbering system . Where this form states "to operate an approved ," insert the
words " REPAIR STATION . " The ratings listed on FAA Form 8000-4 shall be in the
broad category whien the repair station is to be certificated under a class
rating, such as AIRFRAME , POWERPLANT, PROPELLER , RADIO , etc. The issuance date
of the certificate will be the date of original certification (see Figure 4-3 of
this section ) . If a repair station is issued a limited rating for a category
and does not hold any class ratings under that category , then the limited rating
for the category shall be listed on the Air Agency Certificate, FAA Form 8000-4
( see Figure 4-4 of this section ) . Where this form states " shall continue in
effect ," insert the word " INDEFINITELY . "
(2) Repair Station Operations Specifications. FAA Form 8000-4-1 will
be used to set forth the limitations of the certificate . When işsuing limited
ratings, the item listed should be by model series , series of part or drawing
numbers, or other identification which will preclude long lists of products .
When a repair station can prove the capability to maintain a representative
number of products under a class rating , the class rating should be issued in
lieu of a limited rating . A class rating should not be issued and then be
restricted to a specific product . For such a case, a limited rating should be
issued . A limited rating for specialized service must include the specification
used by the repair station to perform that specialized service . Civil or
military specifications or a specification developed by an applicant is
acceptable for use , provided that an evaluation is made to assure those
specifications meet acceptable standards before they are approved for use by the
repair station . The listing should be as short as possible , but must be
specific when necessary ( see Figures 4-6 and 4-7 of this section ) .
EXAMPLE
LIMITED RATINGS :
ACCESSORY Carburetor
Marvel Schebler - Float Type, all models
Bendix Stromberg - all models
Generator - ( DC ) Delco Remy
Models 1101914 through 1109676
Magneto - all makes and models
Chap 4
'ar 880
Page 517
8300.9 7/26/85
SPECIALIZED SERVICE :
O
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - Liferafts, preservers, slides ,
and slide - rafts
Air Cruisers Co. - All models
Air Safety Co. - All models
Work to be accomplished in
accordance with (name or repair
station ) process specification ,
NRS - 1 , dated March 1 , 1977
b . Foreign Certificates . For foreign repair stations, where the
certificate states " shall continue in effect , " insert the date one year from the
date of issuance . As an example, a certificate issued January 19 , 1976 , will
continue in effect " UNTIL JANUARY 19 , 1977. " At the very bottom of the page ,
the last line referring to " any alteration of the certificates will be stricken
in its entirety (see Figure 4-5 of this section ) . Foreign certificates being
renewed because of the expiration date will bear the date the first certificate
was issued in the space marked "date issued . " The " continue in effect " date
will be one year from the renewal date. Certificated foreign repair stations ,
in addition to meeting all other requirements , must have performed work
functions or have fim commitments from U.S. operators for needed work to be
eligible for renewal of their certificate. A foreign repair station certificate
maybe renewed for 24 months providing the station complies with FAR
Section 145.71 and applies before its certificate expires. Expiration date is
not applicable to manufacturer maintenance facility certificate issuances.
c. Repair Station Certificate numbers will be assigned in accordance with
instructions contained in Section 10 of this chapter .
d. Certificate changes or amendments that affect a previously issued
certificate require a new application , FAA Form 8310-3 ( OMB 04 - R0097 ) .
(1 ) The original issuance date will be shown on each changed
certificate for :
(a) A change in location or housing and facilities .

(b) A revised or amended rating, including deletions .
(c) A change in name with same ownership .
( 2) The amendment date will be shown on each amended certificate for
a change in ownership . An amended certificate issued to a new owner is an
original issuance , and a new certificate number will be assigned in accordance
with Section 10 of this chapter .
( 3) When ratings in a new category are issued , the date of such

issuance shall be shown in parentheses following each new category .
(4) When a new FAA Form 8000-4-1 is required , the date shown will be
the date of the revision . Only the FAA Form 8000-4-1 will be required for the
addition or deletion of ratings in a previously approved category unless , in the
deletion of ratings, the category is canceled .
Chap 4
Page 518 Par 880
7/26/85 8300.9
e . Mobility of station . Because of the requirement of the biennial test

of altimeter systems on aircraft operating under IFR (FAR Section 91.171) and
other specialized services such as X - ray , magnaflux , etc., there is a need for a
station to have the capability to move from place to place . Stations performing
work at a place other than its fixed location may move any or all of its
facilities, material, equipment, and technical personnel from place to place for
the purpose of performing its functions. The address shown on the repair
station certificate is considered the station's fixed location ; however , if the
station established an additional fixed location different than that shown on
the certificate, satellite certification should be utilized .
f . Repairman Certificates . In those instances where a repairman
certificate is required in the certification of a repair station , the personnel
authorized to issue the repair station certificate should issue the temporary
repairman certificate concurrent with the issuance of the repair station
certificate ( see Chapter 5 of this Order ) .
881. SATELLITE REPAIR STATIONS. A certificated repair station may request
certification of additional facilities at other locations as satellites of the
parent organization . The purpose of that request would be to enable the parent
facility to establish and control the inspection procedures at each facility .
There are no regulatory procedures for establishing satellite repair stations.
Each satellite repair station must satisfy all the requirements of FAR 145 for
the ratings issued and the type of repair station as set forth in
Section 145.1 ( b ) of the FAR .
a. A domestic repair station may request certification of additional
facilities at different locations as satellites of the parent organization in
the United States or its possessions .
b . A domestic repair station that can show a need , as outlined in

FAR Section 145.71, can make application as required by FAR Section 145.15 for
the certification of a satellite repair station in a foreign location . Such a
repair station will be considered a foreign repair station . The effectivity of
that repair station's certificate will be determined in accordance with the
requirements of FAR Section 145.17 (b) and FAR Section 145.71 .
C. A certificated " foreign " repair station may request certification of
additional facilities at different locations as a satellite of the parent
organization providing the requirements of FAR Section 145.71 are satisfied for
each facility .
d . The parent organization shall specify the work to be performed by its

satellite and provide a specification of operations in manual form . An
application for the satellite station need not be limited to the rating held by
the parent organization . Ratings issued to the satellite station are based upon
the facilities, material, equipment, and persomel at the location and are
controlled by the manual which the parent organization has provided .
Chap 4
Par 880 Page 519
8300.9 7/26/85
e When a repair station desires to establish a satellite in a region or

district other than the one in which it is located, they may submit the
application to the district office in whose jurisdictional area they are
located , or if more convenient to the applicant, to the district office in whose
jurisdictional area the satellite is to be located . The district office
receiving the request shall inform their respective regions of the application ,
The district office will, through regional channels, coordinate all matters when
the facility is located in an area outside their jurisdiction .
f. The repair station can cross utilize personnel within their
" parent- satellite" system . The repairman's certificate will bear only the
parent station number without suffix . The repairman may serve in any station in
the system where he is carried on the roster in accordance with
g . The regional office in whose area the satellite station is to be

located will, in accordance with their policy, provide for the certification of
the satellite and exercise the necessary surveillance of its operation . Tissue
copies of the entries on Air Agency Certificates, FAA Form 8000-4, Repair
Station Operations Specifications , FAA Form 8000-4-1, and all of the inspection
reports are to be forwarded , through regional chamels, to the district office
in whose area the parent station is located .
882. SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR REPAIR STATIONS PERFORMING MAINTENANCE FOR
U.S.-CERTIFICATED AIR CARRIERS. The following procedures are to be used to
O
permit a certificated repair station to performwork at a place other than where

a repair station is located under the terms of a contractual agreement with a
U.S. air carrier . Procedures are also outlined for the issuance of a foreign
repair station certificated limited to the performance of maintenance for a
specified U.S. air carrier's fleet under the terms of a contract with that
carrier .
a. U.S. air carriers have encountered a need for maintenance at locations
where the frequency and scope of that maintenance do not warrant staffing and
equipping the station for its accomplishment. This situation may be further
complicated by prohibitions against U.S. mechanics working in foreign countries
by the governments of those countries .
b. To provide the needed service to U.S. operators and reduce the

administrative effort for the FAA and industry, the established procedures
outlined in FAR Part 145 ( especially Sections 145.15 , 145.45 , 145.51 ( d )) , and
FAR Section 121.369 will be utilized ).
c . Principal air carrier airworthiness inspectors shall request their
assigned carriers to provide FAA with sufficient notification of their intent to
contract with a facility subject to this policy . This notification should
include the following :
( 1 ) The date of their intended operations and the length of time they
plan on using this facility .
(2) The extent of maintenance to be performed .
Chap 4
Page 520 Par 881
7/26/85 8300.9
(3) A statement that the station is equipped with the necessary

facilities, qualified personnel, and technical data to perfom the maintenance
of their aircraft .
( 4) That part of the contract on which the authorization or

certification is to be based , outlining the scope of the work to be performed .
d. The Air Carrier District Office (ACDO ) , when notified by the air
carrier of their desire to use the services of a currently certificated repair
station at a place other than where the station is located , shall ascertain that
the air carrier has the procedures in their manual required by FAR
Section 121.369 to ensure that maintenance performed by the repair station is
performed in accordance with its manual and that the affected repair station
personnel are trained and qualified to perform in accordance with its
procedures. They will arrange for the inspection of the facility in accordance
with regional policy and will coordinate all matters relative to the inspection
of the facility. The inspection will be made to determine that the facilities,
at the locations requested , are satisfactory and that personnel are capable of
performing maintenance as outlined in the air carrier's manual . Regardless of
which district office makes the inspection , the results will be conveyed to both
the air carrier and repair station certificate holding offices as expediently as
possible . Effort should be made to conduct this inspection during a line
station inspection , thus avoiding a duplication of inspection by the FAA . The
procedures outlined in Paragraph 881 of this Order can be used as a guide during
the certification process . The air carrier certificate holding office shall
provide the repair station certificate holding office with a copy of the air
carrier's contractual arrangements pertinent to the authorization .
e. The ACDO shall also provide the inspecting office with a copy of the
contract or apprise them of the scope of contractual arrangements . The facility
must comply with those sections of FAR Section 145.35 that are applicable to the
maintenance to be performed at that facility.
f . When a determination has been made that a facility is qualified to
perform work contracted for by the U.S. air carrier , the repair station
certificate holding office shall include a statement on the Repair Station
Operations Specifications (FAA Form 8000-4-1 ) showing the contractual
geographical location in which the repair station is to exercise the privileges
of its certificate ( see Figure 4-8 of this section ) .
g . Repair stations that are presently doing contractual maintenance for a
U.S. air carrier at a place other than where the repair station is located and
meet the conditions as outlined in this section shall be issued amended Repair
Station Operations Specifications without further showing or the need to make
application .
h. The air carrier certificate holding office shall notify the repair
station certificate holding office whenever the contract between the U.S. air
carrier and the repair station has expired. or is cancelled . The certificate
holding office will then amend the Repair Station Operations Specifications
accordingly, or withdraw authorization , as appropriate .
Chap 4
Par 882 Page 521
8300.9 7/26/85
i . If the arrangements involve maintenance away from their parent

station , procedures necessary to comply with FAR Sections 145.2 and 145.51 ( d)
will be included in the repair station inspection procedures manual .
j . A foreign repair station certificate, limited to maintenance of a
specified U.S. air carrier fleet, may be issued to a foreign air carrier ,
manufacturer, or other maintenance organization that does not currently hold a
repair station certificate . The requirements of FAR Part 145 , Subpart C, must
be satisfied. The following guidelines shall be utilized for that
certification :
(1). The limited rating can be issued authorizing only the scope of
maintenance that is defined by the contracting U.S. air carrier and applicable
only to the equipment specified in the contract . The Repair Station Operations
Specifications ( FAA Form 8000-4-1 ) ( see Figure 4-9 of this section ) shall
specify the equipment type and the scope of maintenance ; e.g. , B - 747 - preflight
inspection and minor maintenance in accordance with XYZ airline station manual
and show the contractual geographical location in which the repair station is to
exercise the privileges of its certificate. The Air Agency Certificate
( FAA Form 8000-4) will be completed as outlined in Figure 4-10 of this section .
( 2) The inspection of the facilities will be conducted as outlined in
Paragraph 882 (d) .
( 3) The applicant's inspection system must provide a satisfactory
level of quality control. The methods, standards, and procedures specified in
the air carrier's manuals and other publications are eligible for adoption by
the repair station by referencing each publication and its level of authority in
their repair station inspection procedures manual . In effect , the repair
station inspection procedures manual will concern itself only with how the
resources provided by the U.S. carrier are to be used in relation to its
maintenance contract . Training provided by the U.S. air carrier is acceptable ,
but the repair station must provide additional training , as necessary , to bridge
the interrelationship between the repair station and the carrier .
(4) The equipment and material requirements should be related to the
scope of the contract and what the U.S. air carrier is to provide in the
contract . Equipment maintenance must be accounted for . The storage of parts ,
etc. , provided by the carrier, is the applicant's responsibility .
(5) The U.S. air carrier's work forms are an acceptable method for
controlling and recording work performed . They may be used by the applicant to
satisfy retention requirements as outlined in FAR Sections 145.61 and 145.79 .
k. These instructions establish the procedure for the certification of a
facility to perform contractual geographical maintenance for U.S. air carriers
and are intended to facilitate the qualification of an air agency to provide
such service. It is not intended that this policy will reduce repair station
certification standards .
Chap 4
Page 522 Par 882
7/26/85 8300.9
883. RECORDKEEPING AND RELATED REPORTS .
a.Repair station records will be established and maintained in

accordance with instructions contained in Chapter 2 , Section 14 of this Order .
b . Mailing list information will be forwarded in accordance with
instructions contained in Chapter 2 , Section 14 of this Order .
884. FORMS. Typical execution of referenced forms are illustrated in the
Figures 4-3 through 4-10 .
885. -899 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Par 883 Page 523 ( thru 535 )
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 4-3 . AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8000-4

Air Agency Certificate

Number 109-92
This certificato is issued to

Southern Aviation Service , Inc.
whosebusinessaddressis
Hangar 10 Municipal Airport
Bay Shore , Maryland
uponfinding thatits organization complies in all mespoole

with the requirements of the Federal Aviation Regulations
and is
relating to the establishment ofan Air Agenoy,
empoweredtooperateanapproved REPAIR STATION
with the following ratings:
AIRFRAME INSTRUMENT
POWERPLANT PROPELLER
ACCESSORY LIMITED - SPECIALIZED SERVICE ( 3/20/77 )
RADIO
Thiscertificate, unless canceled ,suspended,orrevoked,

shall continueineffect INDEFINITELY .
4By dinoction of the Administrator
hata iwwad :
November 5 , 1976 SKIP

Ship Jack
LACE
Airworthiness Unit Chief , ALA - GADO - 9
Uw Cadence is a Tronstadth , MIND MANY muon comme in the MAGIC MICILITIES, au mnie Location numator,
WwwNowy TomTD to the
man paionul OTIQ Of nie e moramoN Mammonianou
Any alteration of this certifione is punishable by a fine of not exceeding $ 1,000, or imprisonnens nos acoding 3 year , or bacha
FM Form 1000 (157) SUPERSEDES FM FORM 390.
Page 536 Chap 4

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 4-4 . AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE (LIMITED RATING ) , FAA FORM 8000-4


Numbow 109-94

Northern Aviation Services , Inc.
whose business address is
Hangar 10 Municipal Airport
Baltimore , Maryland
uponfinding thatits organization complies in allrespecte

relating to the establishment ofan Air Agenoy, and is
LIMITED AIRFRAME
LIMITED POWERPLANT
Thiscertificate,unlesscanceled,suspended,or revoked ,
shallcontinueineffect INDEFINITELY
By direction of the ministration
Tule mwad :
November 5, 1976
hip,‫ع‬Jack
‫م‬J.
Airworthiness Unit Chief, ALA - GADO - 9
Uus Cadilicate is mt Transferablk, AMD MANY MON CHAME W THE MOIC Focultus, au w The LecaTon Townsor,
Huu N MATELY report to the ArmorTIATE KETOM Ontia of me Al Marow Melomuotannon
Any alteration of this certifione is painishable bye fine of not cocoading $ 1,000, or imprisonment not exceeding 3 years,or back
PMA per 1000-4 ( 1-671 SUPERSEDES FM FORM 390.
ap 4 Page 537
8300.9 7/26/84
FIGURE 4-5 . AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE ( FOREIGN REPAIR STATION ) , FAA FORM 8000-4


Number 0037

West Africa Air Service Limited
West Mobimbo Airport
Nairobi, Kenya ( Africa )
uponfinding thatit organization complies in all respoca

withtherequirements of the Federal Aviation Regulations
relating to the establishment ofan Air Agonoy,and is
with the following ratings :
AIRFRAME INSTRUMENT
POWERPLANT PROPELLER
ACCESSORY LIMITED SPECIALIZED SERVICE
RADIO
Thiscertificate,unlesscanceled,suspended,orrevoked,
shall continueineffect until November 5, 1978
By direction of the soldministration
Photo iwad :
Jach Alyan
November 5, 1976 JACK SIEZAR
This Camille 's mot Tronstadth, NO MIY mwen came in

wwu i MTELY WROND TO TU NOMINE DION
Principal.Maintenance
Oma O n D minou
Inspector, AEA -GADO - 9
moic nictimi , a w ni lektion hardt,
mierinou
PM Porn (1-97 SUPERDEDOS FM PORM MO.
Chap 4
Page 538
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 4-6 . REPAIR STATION OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS , FAA FORM 8000-4-1

Repair Station Operations Specifications

( Continuation )
Limitations :
The maling ( u )sadforth on Alia Ilgunog Contificato Numbow 109-92 is l ave limited to
CLASS 1 & 2
the following : AIRFRAME
POWERPLANT CLASS 1
RADIO CLASS 1
INSTRUMENT CLASS 1 & 2
LIMITED RATINGS
AIRFRAME Douglas Model DC - 3 Series

Grumman Model G 149 Series
POWERPLANT Pratt & Whitney Model R 1830 Series

RADIO VOR - Collins Model 51RV- 1 NAV System
O
NAV REC NARCO Model NAV 11

RNAV - Foster Air Data Model 611 System
Bendix - RDR 1200
ACCESSORY Carburetor Marvel Schebler All Models

Alternators - Prestolite Model 110136 thru 110914
INSTRUMENT NARCO - Model HSI -- 100 Indicator
Collins - Model 562A- 5M Flight Computer
Datogaledauthomilias: NONE
Date issued on novised : For the Administration :

Skip fack
March 20 , 1977 SKIP JACK
Airworthiness Unit Chief , AEA - GADC - 9
FAA Form 8000.A- 111-78) FORMERLY FAA FORM 380. 1 PAGE 2
hap 4 Page 539

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 4-7 . REPAIR STATION OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS , FAA FORM 8000-4-1


( Continuation )
Limitations :
The nating ( 0)and famed our stor garage Contificado Neonbon 209-92
the follossing :
LDATED RATINGS : ( Continued )
SPECIALIZED SERVICE :
Non Destructive Inspection Radiographic ( X - Ray ) in accordance

with ML Std . 453 , as revised .
Ultrasonic in accordance with Southern
Aviation Service , Lac .
Process Specification SAS -01 , dated
March 1 , 1977 , as revised .
Magnetic Particle in accordance with
Ml . Std . 1-6886 , as revised .
Delegated authon Mov : NONE
For the Shelonious ad

March 20 , 1977
Ship Jack
SKIP JACK
Alrworthiness Unit Chief,ALA GADO-9
PAA Perm Hotell1.78) FORMERLY PAA FORM 200.5 PAGE 3
Page 540 Chap 4

/ 26 /85 8300.9
FIGURE 4-8 . REPAIR STATION OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS , FAA FORM 8000-4-1 ,

SHOWING PRESENTLY CERTIFICATED REPAIR STATION WITH AIR CARRIER
GEOGRAPHIC AUTHORIZATIONS


( Continuation )
Limitations :
The rating ( 6 ) set forth on Alim Elgonoy Certificate Number 000-1F is /are limited to
the following :
AIRFRAME CLASS 3
POWERPLANT CLASS 1
RADIO CLASS - 1
LIMITED RATINGS
AIRFRAME McDonnell Douglas Model DC - 8 Series

Lockheed - Model L - 1011 Series
Boeing Model B - 747
POWERPLANT Pratt & Whitney - Model JT8 Series

RADIO Bendix Model RDR - 1200
AIR CARRIER GEOGRAPHIC AUTHORIZATIONS
1. Liber Ville , Gabon Boeing Model B - 747 - Preflight inspection and

minor maintenance per XYZ Airline Station
Manual in accordance with XYZ Airline Main
tenance Contract No. 6309 dated August 28 , 1977 .
2. Cape Town , South Africa McDonnell Douglas DC - 8 Series . Turn around and
line maintenance per WYZ Airline Technical
Manual in accordance with WYZ Airline Maintenance
Contract No. 1234 dated August ll , 1977 .
Dologatodauthorities: NONE
Date issued on novised : For the Administmatow :

Georgs Joneses
August 28 , 1977 George Joneses .
FAA Representative AEU - AROM - 1
FAA Form 8000-4-111-78)
Page 541
hap 4
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 4-9 . REPAIR STATION OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS , FAA FORM 8000-4-1 ,

SHOWING LIMITED RATINGS FOR FOREIGN REPAIR STATIONS PERFORMING
CONTRACTUAL MAINTENANCE FOR A U.S. AIR CARRIER


( Continuation )
Limitations :
The maling (2 ) set forth on Shin Algence Certificats Neonbon 000-2F

the following :
LIMITED RATINGS
AIRFRAME Boeing Model B - 707 - Preflight and minor main

tenance per CBS Airline Maintenance Manual .
POWERPLANT Pratt & Whitney Model JT- 3D - Preflight and

minor maintenance per CBS Airline Maintenance
Manual .
The privilege of these Limited Ratings are authorized for the duration of
CBS Airline Maintenance Contract No. 6905 dated. August 28 , 1977 , at the
following air carrier geographical locations :
1. Cape Shore , South Africa

2. Monrovia , Liberia
Delegalodauthorities : NONE
lata imod en nomad : For the Administration :

George Joneses
George Joneses
August 29 , 1977
FAA Form 8000_4_111.78)
FAA . Representative , AEU - ARMO - 1
Page 542 Chap 4

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 4-10 . AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8000-4 , SHOWING A FOREIGN REPAIR
STATION WITH LIMITED RATINGS FOR PERFORMING CONTRACTUAL
MAINTENANCE FOR A U.S. AIR CARRIER


Number .000–2F
Thiscertificate isissuedto
Shore Air Service
1111 16th Ave.
Cape Shore, South Africa 22210
uponfinding thatits organization complies in all respects

relating to the establishment of an Air Agenoy, and is
empoweredtooperate an approved
with the following ratings :
LIMITED AIRFRAME
LIMITED POWERPLANT
This certificate,unlesscanceled,suspended,orrevoked,
shall continue ineffect Until August 28, 1978 ,
By dimootion ofthe Administrator

Patio inued :
August 28 , 1977
Gengs doneses
George Joneses
FAA Representative , AEU - AROM - 1
Us Curtificare is not Transferable, AND ANY MAJOR CHANGE IN THE BASICFACILITIES, OR IN THE LOCATION THEREOF,
su R IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE MIROPRIATE REGIONAL OFFICE OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
FM Form 1000 (1-57 ) SUPERSEDES FMA FORM 390 .
Chap 4 Page 543 ( thru 548 )

7/26/85 -8300.9
SECTION 4. CHANGE IN LOCATION OF A REPAIR STATION
900. AUTHORITY. Federal Aviation Regulations Part 145, Section 145.21.

901. CENERAL. An application for approval of a repair station after a change
in location will be processed in the same manner as an application for original
certification except that the certificate number and date of issuance will
remain the same. No operation at the new location is authorized until
certification at the new location has been accomplished . Partial operation at
the old location may be authorized . The authorization for partial operation
must be by letter, from responsible field personel , in accordance with regional
policy and instruction .
904. -909. RESERVED.
P4
.900 Page 549 ( thru 562 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 5. REPAIR STATION CERTIFICATION INSPECTIONS
910. AUTHORITY . Section 607, FA Act of 1958 and FAR Section 145.23 .
911. PURPOSE . This section sets forth procedures for performing and reporting
the findings of the original inspection for a repair station certificate
issuance, change in rating , change in location or housing and facilities , and
change in ownership .
912. GENERAL. The objective of the inspection is to determine compliance with
the applicable requirements of FAR Part 145 for purposes of issuing or
continuing in effect a repair station certificate. The inspector should
carefully review FAR Part 145 , identify the applicable sections, and proceed to
conduct the inspection for compliance. While conducting the inspection , the
inspector should verify the capability of the facility to carry out its proposed
or adopted inspection system and perform the maintenance functions as listed in
the appropriate documents.
913. REPAIR STATION INSPECTION REPORTS .
a. Enter remarks relative to the inspection in Block 6 of FAA
Form 8310-3, Application for Repair Station Certificate and /or Rating
( OMB 04 -RO097) . Include discrepancies, ratings denied , etc. The reverse side
of this form and additional sheets may be used as necessary .
b . Enter inspector's findings/ recommendations in Block 7 of FAA

Form 8310-3, Record of Action - Repair Station Inspection (RIS : FS 8320-5 ) .
914. FOREIGN REPAIR STATION INSPECTION . A policy has been established which
provides for the review of reports and records of foreign countries to assist in
determining whether a particular repair station in that country should be
certified . Before engaging in the review of reports and records from the
authorities in any foreign country :
a. Determine that the rules and regulations of that country covering
continuous airworthiness, aircraft maintenance practices and procedures , repair
station certification and operation, and the certification and experience
fequirements of maintenance airmen are the equivalent of those in the United
States .
b . Determine that the capability and competence of the civil air

Luthority to administer and enforce the rules referred to above , are the
equivalent of those in the United States .
c. Coordinate the action with the American Embassy in the country in
hich the repair station will be located. Notify AWS -300, by letter , after the
ertification action has been completed .
15. - 925 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
ar 910 Page 563 ( thru 574 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 6. REPAIR STATION PERSONNEL
926. PURPOSE. This section clarifies repair station personnel requirements .

927. REFERENCE . FAR Part 145 , Repair Stations, FAR Section 145.39 , Personnel
Requirements .
928. REQUIREMENTS .
a. Only those individuals who are to be directly in charge of maintenance
functions for the repair station need to be certificated.
( 1 ) . The applicant for a repair station certificate is responsible for
the competency of his personnel .
(2) The FAA is particularly interested in the qualifications of
personnel assigned to technical supervisory positions who must meet the
experience requirements and be technically qualified for the work assigned .
b . Technical supervisory personnel in propeller or instrument repair
stations require repairman certification as provided for by FAR Part 65 ,
Subpart E.
C. In radio repair stations :
( 1 ) Technical supervisory personnel may be certificated airframe
mechanics or certificated repairmen .
(2) When a repairman certificate is issued :
( a) It should carry the rating " Repairman - Radio , " synonymous
with repair station rating .
( b ) No further designation of job function on the certificate is
necessary .
(c) Repair station records are required by FAR Section 145.43.to

carry a statement of the scope of present assignment. It should identify
fesponsibility for radio installation if appropriate.
( 3) The Federal Communications Commission requires licenses for the
performance of functions on certain radio equipment ; however , the possession of
such a license shall not be a factor in the issuance of a repairman
certificate .
d. When an air carrier under the continuous airworthiness requirements of

Parts 121 , 127 , and 135 and Part 125 operators contracts with a repair station
or the performance of required inspection Items :
(1 ) The repair station becomes subject to the rules under which the
perator holds a certificate as stated in FAR Section 145.2 .
Chap 4
par 926 Page 575
1
8300.9
7/26/85
(2) Each individual that 1$ authorized to perform such work must be

properly trained , qualltied , and appropriately certificated .
( 3) Individuals in a foreign repair station need not be certificated
if they meet FAR Section 145.75.
Repairman certificates will be prepared in accordance with the
Instructions contained in Chapter 5 of this Order .
929. - 935 . RESERVED .

Par 928
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 7. FOREIGN REPAIR STATIONS
936. AUTHORITY . Federal Aviation Regulations Part 145, Section 145.71 .

937. PURPOSE . This section provides greater latitude to regional directors in
the certification of foreign repair stations . It provides examples which may be
used to establish that the station is necessary for maintaining or altering
U.S. - registered aircraft outside of the U.S.
938. BACKGROUND. In the interest of uniformity and in maintaining a

satisfactory FAA image in foreign countries, we are obligated to provide for the
maintenance of U.S. -registered aircraft as prescribed in Part 91 , Subpart C , and
Part 43 of the Federal Aviation Regulations .
a. Regional directors have been delegated authority to issue certificates
for foreign repair stations , but have indicated that it is difficult to perform
the certification or the necessary supervision with available manpower . Many of
these certificated repair stations are regularly inspected by foreign
governments. We recognize the prescribed standards and requirements of some of
these foreign governments , and find their inspections and reports to be of a
quality acceptable as a basis for meeting FAA requirements .
b. The following examples are valid reasons why a foreign repair station
may be necessary and should be considered in your evaluation :
(1) Demonstration flights and operations of U.S. certificated
aircraft by U.S. aircraft manufacturers and sales organizations.
( 2) Airworthiness Directives ( AD ) compliance of U.S. -registered
aircraft on extended foreign operations .
( 3) Normal maintenance requirements of U.S. executive and personal

aircraft during foreign operations .
939. ACTION . When a regional director determines that the repair station
inspectors of a foreign country apply standards, perform inspections, and
prepare reports of a quality which assures that they can be relied on as a basis
for determining whether the repair stations in that country meet FAA
requirements, the regional director, in certifying foreign repair stations, may
review the pertinent reports and records of the foreign country concerned to
assist in determining whether a particular repair station in that country should
be certified .
940. DELEGATION . NO delegation of authority to a foreign government is to be

implied by this directive . The authority to issue certifications remains with
the regional directors who have the responsibility for ensuring compliance with
FAA requirements .
941. - 949 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Par 936 Page 587 ( thru 596 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 8. REPAIR STATION INSPECTION SYSTEM

950. AUTHORITY . The regulatory authority for this section is FAR
Section 145.45 .
951. GENERAL . The inspection system used by a repair station must provide a
continuity of inspection control over all items from the time they are received
until they are released as airworthy by the repair station .
The repair station inspection system should be incorporated in an
a.
inspection procedures manual which explains the system briefly but in sufficient
detail to be readily understood by their technical employees . The inspection
procedures manual should also contain samples of the forms designed to provide
general inspection control of the items processed ; for example , serviceable
parts tag , repairable parts tag , rejection tag , release form , work order , etc.
Detailed inspection forms used by the repair station are not required in the
inspection procedures manual . Since no two inspection systems will be
identical, even though they encompass the same areas, it should be determined
that the inspection procedures which are proposed will meet the requirements of
b . The following criteria may be used as an aid in making this

determination (also see AC 145-3, Guide For Developing and Evaluating Repair
Station Inspection Procedures Manuals ) :
(1 ) Incoming Material , Service, and Parts . Does it provide for the
inspection of incoming articles and /or materials for shipping damage,
authenticity of new and replacement parts, conformity to specifications,
drawings , or dimensions, type of material, and state of preservation ? Is the
system or method of recording the results of this inspection described ?
(2) Preliminary Inspection . Will units or articles be given a
preliminary inspection for state of preservation and , if pertinent , functional
operation prior to disassembly ? Is the method of recording the results of this
inspection shown on a form provided by the repair station ? What individual, by
job title , is responsible for the inspection ?
(3) Hidden Damage . Will units which have been involved in accidents,
or that have incurred other damage , be opened up as necessary and inspected for
hidden damage in adjacent areas ? Is the system used to record the results of
this examination described ?
(4) Continuity of Inspection . Does this section provide for

inspections to be performed during and after disassembly and at various stages
while work is in progress? Is the system described which is used to record and
to show continuity of these inspections?
(5) Final Inspection , Test , and /or Calibration . Does it provide for
units to be inspected , tested , and /or calibrated as necessary at various states
of buildups? Is a provision made for recording such tests and /or calibrations
such as instrument test and calibrations, carburetor settings and flow records,
results of generator or magneto run - in , engine run - in records , etc. ? Is a
"hap 4
ar 950
Page 597
8300.9 7/26/85
record made of such functions as landing gear retraction tests , rigging

measurements ,, etc. ? Samples of these detailed record forms should not be
included in the manual but should become part of the repair station records .
( 6) Tagging and Identification . Is a system of tagging or other
means of identification used during the various stages of inspection of the
articles and / or parts being processed ? Are samples of these tags or forms
included in the inspection procedures manual ?
( 7) Maintenance Release. Is an explanation given as to how, when ,
where , and by whom a maintenance release may be used ? Is a sample of the
maintenance release form included in the inspection procedures manual? Repair
stations may return major repairs to service by maintenance release in lieu of
FAA Form 337 , Major Repair and Alteration ( Airframe, Powerplant, Propeller , or
Appliance ) , under the privileges of their certificate . However , use of a
maintenance release is not mandatory. A maintenance release may be used for
partial repairs or for inspections , provided the work function that was
performed is identified on the release.
(8) Forms. Does a section of the inspection procedures manual
contain sample copies of work orders , maintenance release forms, inspection
tags, inspection stamps, etc.? It need not contain samples of detailed
inspection forms such as carburetor flow records or engine overhaul inspection
sheets .
(9) Procedures . Are procedures established to maintain required

equipment in serviceable conditions and are the standards and responsibility for
the test and calibration provided ? These procedures and standards shall be at
least those recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment used or those
procedures approved by the FAA .
952. -969 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Page 598 ( thru 608 ) Par 951
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 9. ASSIGNMENT OF AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE NUMBERS
970. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions for the assignment of air
agency certificate numbers .
971. GENERAL . Air agency certificate numbers will be established and assigned
by the office handling the certificate action . Numbers shall incorporate the
regional designator, per Order 1375.2A , Standard Data Elements and
Codes --General Standards, Chapter 2 , Section 1 , together with the last two
characters of the assigned cost center code , followed by a numerical designator
identifying the air agency ; e.g. , 118-1 . Additional designator numbers assigned
will follow in numerical order ; e.g. , 118-1 , 118-2 , etc. The area designator is
not included in the structure as it is not required . Existing numbers need not
be changed .
x x Sequentially assigned numbers .

x x Appropriate district office designator
( cost center code)
X X X -- Appropriate region designator.

a. Satellite facilities of a repair station will be assigned the number
designation of the parent organization followed by a letter suffix ; e.g. ,
118-1A. Additional satellite facility designations for the same organization
will follow in alphabetical order regardless of where located . The letter " F "
will not be used to designate a satellite station .
b. Numbers assigned to foreign repair stations will contain the suffix
" F" ; e.g., 820-6F or 820-6FA .
c. Numbers assigned to a manufacturer's maintenance facility will contain
the prefix " MMF ' ; e.g., MMF - 118-6 .
d . Numbers are not ordinarily reissued except to the original
organization ; i.e., the individual, partnership or corporate identity that first
received the certificate number . However, if a new owner requests reissuance of
an old number , the original individual, partnership or corporation should agree
to relinquish , in writing, further right to its use . A copy of this statement
should be retained as part of the agency file .
972. -979 . RESERVED .
ap 4
r 970 Page 609 ( thru 618 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 10. FORMAL AND INFORMAL INSPECTION OF DOMESTIC AND

FOREIGN REPAIR STATIONS
980. INSPECTION .
a.Formal inspections are thorough examinations conducted to determine

compliance with FAR 145, on an "as needed " basis after certification . They are
performed at the discretion of the local district office or may be combined with
certificate changes . During formal inspections, emphasis should be directed at
the quality of work performed . In addition , determine that the inspection
system is adhered to and is satisfactory . Limited shelf life items and those
critical to .contaminants should also be checked .
b. Stations involved in general aviation aircraft work combined with air
carrier or commercial operator work and /or electronic work should be inspected
by teams if considered desirable . Organize the team and plan the action in
advance. Avoid a series of related visits by different FAA persomel at
different times . ( See paragraph 982. )
Inspection of stations performing work away from their fixed location
C.
will be conducted by the district office in whose area the station is working .
Controversial matters between offices regarding procedures , manuals , equipment,
personnel, etc., will be resolved by the office of certificate jurisdiction with
a minimum involvement of the station .
d . Informal inspections are routine type inspections and may be performed

with a specific objective involving a problem area . They need not be complete
inspections of the stations .
Foreign repair station inspections may be performed in accordance with
e.
the above instructions or by the procedures contained in paragraph 985 of this

chapter .
981. INSPECTION AND SURVEILLANCE RECORD , FAA FORM 3112. All repair station
inspections shall be recorded on FAA Form 3112, except when certification or
amendments to the certificate are involved .
a. Block number one enter formal or informal inspection as applicable .
b. Block numbers two through seven are self - explanatory.
c . Block number eight - findings and recommendations. List general
remark relative to the inspection such as suggestions or advice .
982. ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORK BY A REPAIR STATION FOR AN AIR CARRIER OR COMMERCIAL
OPERATOR .
Cross utilization or teams consisting of general , avionics, and air

a.
carrier inspectors on formal and informal inspections should be used rather than
two separate inspections. However , keep in mind that separate and sometimes
Chap 4
Par 980
Page 619
8300.9 7/26/85
different specifications and standards will apply to an identical work function .

General aviation work , although mixed in actual performance with air carrier
work , should be evaluated against general requirements .
b . When a repair station , either foreign or domestic, is performing work
for an air carrier or commercial operator , it must be performed in accordance
with the air carrier's or commercial operator's manual (reference FAR Parts 121 ,
125 , 127, and 135 ) . The air carrier or commercial operator must specify the
items that will be performed by the repair station .
c . Repair stations performing the inspection of required inspection items
must have a separate maintenance organization and an inspection organization
adequate to perform the work specified . These may or may not be the same as
used in general aviation work . Personnel of domestic repair stations must hold
appropriate airman certificates and be properly trained , qualified , and
authorized to perform such inspections. Such personnel in foreign repair
station do not need an airman certificate if they have been qualified under
FAR Section 145.75 ( c ) . The air carrier or commercial operator or the repair
station must maintain a list of these individuals . In addition , the repair
station must have applicable parts of the air carrier or commercial operator's
maintenance and inspection programs that pertain , to the work to be performed by
it .
983. REPORTS OF DEFECTS OR UNAIRWORTHY CONDITIONS . The repair stations are

required to submit reports of serious defects and recurring unairworthy
conditions of airframes , powerplants, propellers, or any component thereof
including newly manufactured components or replacement parts . The provisions of
FAR Section 145.63 should be discussed with station management to assure they
are understood .
a. The discussion should include the 72 -hour reporting period , the manner
of reporting, and the need for expeditious reports where an imminent hazard is
involved . These provisions are important to our efforts in reducing accidents .
In order to discharge our safety respons ibilities, all reports of inairworthy
conditions must be reported by the repair station as required by regulations .
b. The airworthiness inspector must provide information , forms and
instructions relative to the submission of the report and should encourage its
use by the repair station . The fom to be used is FAA Form 8010-4 , Malfunction
or Defect Report. Other arrangements that provide the same information may be
used when they are determined to be as effective as the FAA Form 8010-4 . When
the discrepancy involves an air carrier or commercial operator's aircraft and is
the result of a flightcrew report or an aircraft service inspector, follow
procedures in the air carrier's maintenance manual and in Chapter 2 , Section 2 ,
of Order 8010.2 , Flight Standards Service Difficulty Program .
984. ACTIONS RESULTING FROM INSPECTIONS. When the findings of an inspection
reveal no defects, no further action other than the reportrequired in
paragraph 971 is necessary . If the inspection indicates violation 'action is
necessary, Order 2150.3 , Compliance and Enforcement Program , and subsequent
revisions will be followed .
Chap 4
Page 620 Par 982
7/26/85 8300.9
985. ACCEPTANCE OF FOREIGN GOVERNMĖNT INSPECTION REPORTS .
a. Many of the FAA certificated foreign repair stations are regularly

inspected by foreign civil aviation authorities who report their findings to
their respective foreign governments. The standards and requirements prescribed
for repair stations by some of these foreign governments and the inspections of
and reports on such stations are of a quality that they can be relied on and
used as a basis for determining whether the repair stations in the particular
country continue to meet FAA requirements . Under this condition , such reports
may be accepted to assist in making a finding in the conduct of formal and
informal inspections in accordance with this chapter.
b . When a regional director determines it advantageous to accept
findings in reports of foreign country, the following guidance will apply:
( 1) Determine that the rules and regulations of that country covering
continuous airworthiness, aircraft maintenance practices and procedures, repair
station certification and operation , and the certification and experience
requirements of maintenance airmen are the equivalent of those in the United
States .
(2) Determine that the capability and competence of the Civil Air
Authority to administer and enforce the rules referred to above are the
equivalent of those in the United States .
( 3) Obtain concurrence from agency headquarters which in turn will
coordinate such concurrence with the Department of State. Direct request for
concurrence through AWS - 300 .
c. No delegation of authority to a foreign government is to be implied by
this instruction . The authority to issue certification remains with the
regional directors who have the responsibility for ensuring compliance with FAA
requirements. Sufficient surveillance should be conducted to assure that repair
stations continue to meet these requirements .
986. -995 . RESERVED .
Tap 4
ar 985 Page 621 ( thru 630 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 11. SURVEILLANCE OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES AND AIRCRAFT

OPERATED BY THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
996. PURPOSE . This section provides procedures for surveillance of FAA

operated maintenance facilities and FAA operated aircraft in accordance with
Order 4000.3C , Certification , Maintenance and Operation of Agency Aircraft .
997. FAA FACILITIES CERTIFICATED AS REPAIR STATIONS . FAA facilities classified
as domestic repair stations per Order 4000.3C will be subject to surveillance in
accordance with procedures in Section 11 of this chapter .
998. PROCEDURE FOR REPORTING INSPECTION OF FAA FACILITIES CERTIFICATED AS
REPAIR STATIONS . Forward a copy of each Inspection and Surveillance Record ,
FAA Form 3112 to the Manager , Flight Programs Division , AVN -200 .
999. NONCERTIFICATED FAA MAINTENANCE FACILITIES . Prior to conducting an
inspection , the inspector should become familiar with the maintenance programs
prescribed by the FAA General Maintenance Manual , Order 4100.24A .
Noncertificated facilities will be inspected in accordance with the following
guidelines :
a.
Maintenance is performed by or under the direct supervision of
appropriately certificated and qualified personel.
b . Maintenance is performed in accordance with the requirements of the
maintenance standards prescribed by the Technical Issuance System
(Order 4100.24A, Chapter / Section 3-11) for each type aircraft .
c.
The equipment and facilities are adequate for the specific maintenance
to be performed on assigned aircraft .
d . Ensure that precision tools , such as torque Wrenches , cable
tensionmeters , etc., are calibrated in accordance with an established program .
e . Fueling practices , for aircraft and ground support equipment , meet
acceptable standards.
f. The safety program prescribed by Order 4100.24A , Chapter 7 , is in
effect .
10 ) . PROCEDURES FOR RECORDING AND REPORTING NONCERTIFICATED FAA MAINTENANCE

FACILITY INSPECTION - GENERAL AVIATION INSPECTION AND SURVEILLANCE RECORD ,
O
FAA FORM 3112. Results of this inspection should be recorded on FAA Form 3112 .
A copy of this report should be retained within the region and a copy forwarded
to the Manager , Flight Programs Division , AVN - 200 .
1001. MAINTENANCE SPOT CHECKS. Maintenance spot "checks of -FAA aircraft will be
conducted concurrently with inspection of FAK maintenance facilities . When
performing maintenance spot checks, the inspector should utilize the following
inspection guidelines :
Chap 4
Par 996 Page 631
8300.9 7/26/85
a. Aircraft Logbook /Maintenance Records.

. ( 1 ) Inspections (6) Correction of Service Diffi
(2) AD Compliance culties including those
( 3) Malfunction and Defects described in service letters ,
( 4) Time Limitations notes , and bulletins .
( 5) Pilot Complaints (7) Chronic Mechanical
Difficulties
(8) Weight and Balance
ESCO
b. Exterior of Aircraft .
(1 ) Fuselage (6) Powerplant - security & condi

( 2) Wings tion of cowling, nacelles ,
( 3) Control Surfaces propellers , etc.
Empernage ( 7) Leaks Fuel, Oil , Hydraulic ,
Landing Gear Air
(8) Placards
c. Interior of Aircraft .
(1 ) Airworthiness Certificate ( 9) Emergency Equipment First
( 2) Public Aircraft . Document Kits
(3) Registration Certificate ( 10) Fire Extinguisher , etc.
Condition of Cockpit / ( 11 ) Seats
Cabin ( 12) Safety Belts
( 5) Windshield / Canopy ( 13) Emergency Exits - Marked and
( 6) Instruments Accessible
(7) Radio Equipment ( 14 ) Placards
(8) Oxygen
1002. PROCEDURES FOR RECORDING AND REPORTING MAINTENANCE SPOT CHECK . In all
cases Tairworthy or inairworthy) , an Alrcraft Condition Notice , FAA Form 8620-1 ,
will be completed . The procedures and guidelines for execution of the form as
set forth in Chapter 7 , Section 3 , paragraph 2292 , will be followed .
Distribution of the report will be as follows:
a. Retain carbon copy for the district office .
b. Forward owner's copy to the Manager , Flight Programs Division ,
AVN - 200 .
c . The hard copy will be left with the aircraft or with the facility
performing the maintenance on the aircraft .
1003. FAA FACILITY OR AIRCRAFT VIOLATION ACTIONS . Alleged violations involving
FAA personnel or agency alrcraft are to be Investigated and reported in
accordance with Order 2150.3 , Compliance and Enforcement Program , and reported
in accordance with Chapter 10 of that Order . Major details of any alleged
violations will also be included in the maintenance facility inspection and /or
maintenance spot check report .
1004. - 1015 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Page 632 ' (thru 642 ) Par 1001
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 12. PILOT SCHOOL CERTIFICATION AND SURVEILLANCE
1016. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for the certification of pilot schools
is contained in Federal Aviation Regulations , Part 141 .
1017. PURPOSE . This section is to acquaint airworthiness inspectors with pilot
school certification requirements and provide guidelines for the evaluation of
the applicant's maintenance program .
1018. BACKGROUND . The primary responsibility for evaluation of the school
curriculum and final certification rests with the assigned principal operations
inspector . However , airworthiness inspectors have a responsibility for
determining that the applicant meets the requirements of FAR Part 141 ,
Sections 141.39 and 141.75 and FAR Part 91 , Sections 91.33 and Subpart C.
1019. APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATION. Application for the issuance of an Air
Agency Certificate to a pilot school is made on FAA Form 8420-8 , Application For
Pilot School Certificate .
1020. INSPECTOR UTILIZATION . Airworthiness Inspectors utilization will be in

accordance with Chapter 2 , Section 1 , of this Order .
1021. INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES . The inspector's responsibility for the
certification of pilot schools involves a cooperative effort between operations
and airworthiness personel . They should inspect the operator's equipment and
facilities as a team , define and follow a logical sequence of inspection to
ensure completeness and proper emphasis on each element inspected, and set a
good example through using a systematic approach and placing each element in
proper perspective . Airworthiness inspectors should determine that the
applicants' aircraft are :
a. Equipped to perform functions appropriate to the school's
curriculum .
b . Registered as civil aircraft of the United States .

c. Maintained and inspected in accordance with the requirements of
1 FAR Part 91 that apply to aircraft used to give flight instruction for hire .
d. The equipment installed in aircraft to be used for radio navigation
and instrument training is operational and complies with the minimum
requirements set forth in FAR Section 91.33 , as applicable. All operational
checks will be performed by the applicant or his authorized representative and
not by FAA inspectors .
1022. MAINTENANCE FACILITIES . Ensure that the applicant's maintenance

facilities, personnel, and equipment are adequate to maintain the school's
aircraft . Maintenance may be accomplished under contract arrangement providing
enough certificated mechanics are readily available to maintain the school's
aircraft. Arrangement for maintenance by other than school operated facilities
and personnel should be described in a written statement .
Chap 4
Par 1016 Page 643
8300.9 7/26/85
1023. REPORT OF INSPECTION . The " recommendations of inspector ( s ) " section of

FAA Form 8420-8 will be used by the Inspector to record approval or denial of
all or any portion of the application for a pilot school certificate. " The
applicant should be notified , in writing, listing the reasons for any denial .
1024. APPLICATION OF SYSTEMS ANALYSIS PROCESSES . Experience has shown that
ety 18 enhanced when operators employ systems analysis concepts . erators
should be encouraged to develop and use systems to control the maintenance of
school aircraft .
a. A few basic rules of good management are :

( 1) Clearly define the management organization .
(2) Establish a chain of command .
( 3) Provide individual job descriptions defining the scope and

detail of authority and responsibility .
(4) Provide statements as to what , where , when , and how jobs will be
accomplished .
b . With regard to the maintenance of pilot school aircraft, the

following procedures should be defined :
( 1 ) Control and schedule of aircraft for required inspection and
maintenance .
(2) Scope and detail of "maintenance inspections. "

(3) How pilot reported discrepancies will be corrected and recorded
in aircraft records .
( 4 ) How aircraft operated under lease arrangement are to be

maintained .
1025. SURVEILLANCE. Surveillance of pilot training aircraft is an essential

function of Flight Standards airworthiness inspectors in the furtherance of the
prime FAA objective, the assurance of continuing safety in aviation . Due to the
nature of their operation and environment, the importance of maintaining
continuing airworthiness of pilot training aircraft camot be overemphasized .
a. Minor malfunctions that may be tolerated by the experienced pilot
could place the relatively Inexperienced student pilot in a critical situation .
b. Training aircraft are subject to greater wear and deterioration
because of. Frequent takeoffs and landings. This is particularly true in
aircraft with retractable gear . Engines are also very vulnerable to overheat
and rapid cooling damage under these conditions .
Chap 4
Page 644 Par 1023
7/26/85 8300.9
1026. INSPECTION. Inspections may be conducted on the ramp areas between

flights. However , every effort should be exercised to avoid causing delays of
flight schedules .' When possible, inspectors should check aircraft, that are
undergoing inspection , maintenance , or servicing where they may accomplish
several maintenance program functions at one time.
1027. GUIDELINES . When performing pilot school surveillance and inspections of
pilot training aircraft , the inspector should use these guidelines in
conjunction with his general knowledge and experience relating to a particular
aircraft and / or operator .
a . Examine aircraft records to ensure that the weight and balance
information 18 current and available to the pilot : Determine that the weight
and balance records reflect the current configuration with regard to seating
arrangements, equipment installations , and approved alterations.
b. Each make and model aircraft has its own problem areas such as those
found in General Aviation Airworthiness Alerts, AC 43-16 (as amended ) , and upon
inspection , these areas should be checked first . Time and circumstance will
control the extent of the inspection .
1028. REPORT OF AIRCRAFT SURVEILLANCE . These reports should be prepared in

accordance with Chapter 7, Section 3 , paragraph 2292 of this Order . '
1029. MALFUNCTION OR DEFECT REPORTS . M or D reports will be reported in
accordance with Chapter 7, Section 3 , paragraph 2292 , of this Order .
1030. - 1049 . , RESERVED .
Chap 4
Par 1026
Page 645 (thru 656 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 13. PARACHUTE LOFT - CERTIFICATION AND SURVEILLANCE

1050. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for issuing parachute loft certificates
and associated ratings is contained in FAR Part 149 .
1051. GENERAL . Application for certification of a parachute loft and
associated ratings shall be made on FAA Form 8310-3, Application for Repair
Station Certificate and /or Rating . Processing the application and certification
of parachute lofts shall be the same as for repair stations.
1052. CERTIFICATE . Use FAA Form 8000-4, Air Agency Certificate, when
certificating a parachute loft . The wording on FAA Form 8000-4 will be
completed to read as follows: and is empowered to operate an approved
parachute loft with the following ratings" (show the appropriate rating ( s) ) .
( See Figure 4-11 . ) Do not use FAA Form 8000-4-1 , Repair Station Operations
Specifications, when certifying parachute lofts .
1053. AN APPLICANT FOR A PARACHUTE LOFT CERTIFICATE. An applicant for a
parachute loft certificate must have :
a. Personnel who are certificated and appropriately rated under FAR
Part 65 and who are qualified to perform or supervise the kind of work for which
the applicant seeks a rating .
b. Facilities , equipment , and material necessary to efficiently do the
work for which he seeks a rating .
C. Suitable housing that is adequately heated , lighted and ventilated .
d. An adequate inspection system and adequate drawing equipment.
e. Adequate facilities for segregating and storing parts and materials .
1054. THE INSPECTION SYSTEM . The inspection system should be sufficient in
scope and detail to assure work functions conducted within the loft meet all
safety standards and restore the article to an airworthy condition . The
inspection system should contain procedures for recording all work performed ,
including the name of the person performing the work .
1055. REQUIRED RECORDS FAR SECTION 149.15. The record used for recording
O
work should provide space to identify the manufacturer of the unit, serial
number or identifying symbol of the unit, and the date the work was performed .
[t should also provide space for identifying the reason ( s) for performing the
vork and /or determining airworthiness of the item either by signa re or seal
symbol.
a. The inspection system should identify the means used by the loft
(recommended rubber stamp) to approve or disapprove parachutes and /or parachute
parts . The stamp should identify the loft by certificate number and name.
b. The approval stamp should be used to identify acceptable parts and
baterials and to identify repairs performed on the parachute.
Chap 4 .
Par 1050 Page 657
8300.9 7/26/85
C. The disapproval stamp should be used to identify condemned parachutes

and / or parts. Indelible ink , not injurious to fabrics , should be used in
stamping items .
1056. TECHNICAL DATA . An applicant for a parachute loft certificate should
have sufficient technical data to function inder the ratings applied for . The
technical data should include, but not be limited to :
a. Federal Aviation Regulations Part 149 .
b. Technical Standard Order C23b .
C.
The manufacturer's packing instructions and repair procedures .
1057. SURVEILLANCE . Determine that the certificate holder continues to meet
the same requirements as those necessary for certification with respect to
equipment, housing, personnel, and technical data . Also determine THAT:
a. Certificate holder continues to maintain an adequate supply of
materials relative to his ratings .
b . Current revisions to all technical data within the library , inclusive

of the manufacturer's current data, are being maintained .
C. The spring scales used to check the pack opening device ( record ) are
being checked for accurate calibration on a scheduled basis .
d . Major alteration and repair forms are on file for activities
conducted by the loft .
e. A work order file is being maintained to record work performed by the
loft.
f. The loft is operating within the limitations of its ratings .
a. Parachute loft records will be established and maintained in

accordance with Chapter 2 , Section 14 of this Order .
b. Mailing list information will be forwarded in accordance with
Chapter 2 , Section 14 of this Order .
1059. FORMS. Typical execution of Air Agency Certificate , FAA Form 8000-4 , for
a parachute loft is illustrated in the Figure 4-6 .
1060. - 1069 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Page 658 ( thru 668 ) Par 1055
1/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 4-11 . AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8000-4 ( TYPICAL FOR
PARACHUTE LOFT)


Number 178-63
Thiscertificateisissuedto
EAST COAST PARACHUTE SERVICE , INC .
1169 and Naval Air Station
Kanakee , Conn . 06994
uponfinding thatits organization complies in all respects

relating to the establishment ofan Air Agenoy,and is
empoweredto operateanapproved Parachute Loft
withthe following ratings:
Packing and General Maintenance
Canopy Overhaul
Harness Overhaul
Metal Parts and Container Overhaul
Drop Testing
Thiscertificate,unless canceled,suspended,or revoked,

shall continue ineffect indefinitely.
Sy dimeclion ofthe Administrator
Date issued :
October 14 , 1977
Balph Burlingame
Ralph Burlingame
Chief , Airworthiness Unit , AEAR GADO_9
This Cadilicate is met Transferabik, AND MANY MAJON CHANGE IN THE MSIC FACILITIES, OR IN THE LOCATION THEREOF,
su R DUTELY ADONTE TO THE APPROPRIATE ROBIONAL oma of the PEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTIMATION
Any alteration of this certificate is punishable by a fine of not exceeding $ 1,000, or imprisonment not exceeding 3 years, or both
FM Form 1000 (1-67) SUPERSEDES FMA FORM 390.
hap 4 Page 669 ( thru 674 )

7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 14. PARACHUTE EQUIPMENT AND INTENTIONAL PARACHUTE JUMPING

1070. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for parachute equipment and jumping is
contained in FAR Part 105 .
1071. PURPOSE . This section describes the parachute equipment used for
intentional jumping and the procedures to follow in the alteration of
parachutes .
1072. GENERAL . Parachutes used in connection with civil aviation fall into two
classes : ( 1 ) Parachutes available for emergency use to evacuate aircraft in
distress , and ( 2) Parachutes used for intentional jumping as a sport , in
exhibition , or in public service .
a. This section deals with parachutes used for intentional jumping ;
however , alteration and airworthiness requirements for intentional jumpers
auxiliary ( reserve) parachute are the same as for any other parachute available
for emergency use .
b . Advisory Circular 105-2A , Sport Parachute Jumping , contains

additional information about intentional parachute jumping and the equipment
used by the intentional jumpers.
1073. THE PARACHUTE. FAR Section 105.43 prescribes that no person may make a
parachute jump from an aircraft unless he/ she is wearing a single harness dual
( parachute pack ) having at least one main parachute and one approved auxiliary
parachute.
a. It is the usual practice of persons engaging in intentional parachute
jumping to wear a dual parachute pack specifically designed and manufactured for
that purpose or an approved single parachute pack that has been altered to
provide attachment of an additional parachute. The main parachute is most often
( but not always) worn on the back and the auxiliary on the chest . In any case ,
the entire auxiliary (reserve) parachute assembly, including the harness, must
meet the airworthiness requirements for emergency parachutes . It must be
maintained in its originally approved or properly altered condition .
b. Section 105.43 ( d ) contains a definition of an approved parachute . An
approved alteration of a parachute does not affect its acceptability for
purposes of Section 105.43.
C.
The main parachute of a single harness dual parachute pack , including
the portions of the attachment links, snaps, or quick - release fittings attached
to the canopy , are not required to be approved .
1
Chap 4
'ar 1070 Page 675
8300.9 7/26/85
1074. ALTERATION OF THE AUXILIARY PACK .

a.
The auxiliary pack includes the canopy, lines, risers , attaching,
hardware, ripcord , container , and pilot chute. It is usually a quick -attachable
chest type parachute. This component of the required approved auxiliary
parachute must meet all the airworthiness and performance standards of the
pertinent FAR . The auxiliary parachute may be altered only as authorized by the
Administrator or manufacturer .
b . Examples of alterations made to the auxiliary pack are : removal of a

canopy gore, changing the ripcord from a right -hand pull to a left -hand or
center pull, addition of a deployment sleeve or bag , installation of an
automatic opening device , and changes in the method of folding or stowing the
canopy or lines in the container.
1075. ALTERATION OF THE HARNESS. Although used to attach both parachutes to
the wearer, the harness is considered to be a part of the auxiliary parachute.
All harness alterations must be regarded as alterations to the auxiliary
parachute.
a. The most common harness alterations are the addition of " D " rings to
back -type harness for attachment of a chest - type auxiliary pack, and addition of
quick -release fitting for the attachment of the main parachute canopy of the
harness. Good workmanship and close adherence to approved data are critical
considerations in the approval of harness alterations .
b. Chrome plating or replacing of load -carrying harness fittings may
cause hydrogen embrittlement and subsequent failure under stress unless the
plating is properly done . Plated adjustment hardware may have a smoother finish
than the original and may permit slippage.
1076. ALTERATION OF THE MAIN PARACHUTE .
a. The main parachute of a dual parachute pack to be used for

intentional jumping may be altered by a master parachute rigger , the
manufacturer, or any other manufacturer the Administrator considers to be
competent. The alterations are not required to be made in accordance with
approved manuals and specifications ( reference FAR Section 65.125 (c) ) . Master
parachute riggers are not required to comply with FAR Sections 65.127 through 1
65.133 ( relating to facilities , equipment, performance standards , records , 1
recent experience, and seal) when altering the main parachute.
b . Any change to the configuration , method of operation , or method of
packing the main parachute, up to and including the main canopy attachment links
or the male end of the quick -release fittings, is a main pack alteration . Any
main parachute alteration that affects the strength or operation of the
auxiliary parachute, including the harness , must be regarded as an alteration of
the auxiliary parachute and handled accordingly .
Chap 4
Page 676 Par 1074
1/26/85 8300.9
1077. DATA APPROVAL BY INSPECTORS . District office airworthiness inspectors

may provide field approval of parachute alteration data. Use the procedures
described in Chapter 3, Section 3 , for inspector's approval of aircraft major
alteration data. If there are questions about the performance or airworthiness
of a parachute alteration that cannot be resolved through the inspector's own
technical knowledge and experience , he should :
a. Require a strength or breakdown test of an identical unit ( if
strength is in question ) .
b. Require a drop test of an identical unit ( TSO C23 may be used as a

guide) .
c. Consult other regional or district office personnel with appropriate
technical knowledge and experience, or
d. Refer the alteration data to the appropriate regional engineering
segment .
1078. PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING PARACHUTE ALTERATION DATA. The procedure for
indicating Inspector approval of parachute alteration data is similar to the
procedure for aircraft alteration data approvals except : ( 1) it is not
necessary for the application to be made on FAA Form 337 , Major Repair and
Alteration (Airframe, Powerplant , Propeller , or Appliance) , and (2) no FAA copy
of the approval is retained .
a. The applicant should submit an application for data approval along
with substantiating data to the district office . The data should include:
(1 ) A clear description of the alteration , the method of complying
with approved data such as a reference to the applicable sections of a military
specification or TSO , when applicable;
( 2). Drawings, sketches , or photographs if necessary ;
( 3) Information such as thread size , stitch pattern , materials used ,
and location of altered components ; and
1
(4) Some means of identifying the altered parachute (model , serial

number , etc. ) .
b. When approved , the application should be signed , dated , stamped with

the district office identifier ( reference Order 1375.2A ) and returned to the
applicant. If the data is not acceptable, return the entire file to the
applicant and specify the reasons for rejection .
C. If the application is reviewed by the regional office for approval,
It should be returned to the applicant through the originating district office .
d . Requests made directly to the parachute manufacturer for approval of
ulterations will not be a responsibility of the district office for evaluation
ir approval .
hap 4
ar 1077 Page 677
8300.9 7/26/85
1079. ASSEMBLY OF MAJOR PARACHUTE COMPONENTS .
a.
Assembly or mating of approved parachute components from different
manufacturers may be done without further authorization from the manufacturer or
FAA . The original assembly should be made by a parachute rigger' or parachute
loft who will be responsible that each component of the assembly functions
properly and does not interfere with the operation of the other components .
b . The user of a single harness dual parachute pack may perform simple
assembly and disassembly operations necessary for transportation , handling , or
storage between periods of use if the parachute is clearly designed to
facilitate such assembly and disassembly without the use of complex operations.
1080. MILITARY SPECIFICATION EXCERPTS ; MIL SPEC MIL -R -25565D . Excerpts of the
military specification are included in Appendix 3 of this Order . The excerpts
should be used in conjunction with this chapter only for the field approval of
automatic opening devices on Snyder Sentinal Model MK2000 and FXC Hi - Tek
Model 8000 parachutes .
1081. - 1089 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Page 678 ( thru 688 ) Par 1079
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 15. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL CERTIFICATION

1090. AUTHORITY . Federal Aviation Regulations Part 147 , Aviation Maintenance
Technician Schools .
1091. PURPOSE . This section provides a general discussion of the function of

certificating an Aviation Maintenance Technician School and furnishes
information pertinent to the issuance of an original or amended certificate .
1092. GENERAL . FAR Part 147 prescribes the requirements for issuing aviation
maintenance technician school certificates and associated ratings . Graduates of
an aviation maintenance technician school meet the experience requirements for
issuance of a mechanic certificate as prescribed in FAR Section 65.77 .
a. The job performance of a school graduate while exercising the
privileges of his mechanic certificate and his improvement and growth in the
occupation are directly related to the quality of the educational experience to
which he has been exposed and the extent to which he benefited from it .
b. The contribution to aviation safety made by a certificated mechanic
should be emphasized when working with an applicant for an aviation maintenance
technician school certificate . Applicants should be encouraged to set their
goals high when establishing the courses they intend to submit for
certification . They should be encouraged to recognize and accept a
responsibility to maintain high standards and to continuously improve their
programs after certification . Applicants should not, however , be forced to meet
requirements that exceed those prescribed by FAR Part 147 for issuance of a
certificate .
1093. PREAPPLICATION ASSISTANCE . FAA field personnel should offer guidance and
assistance to schools preparing for certification .
a. In the initial planning phases , schools frequently require assistance
when they are trying to determine the need for the program , looking for resource
people and materials , and deciding upon final course content .
(1) Inspectors should assist during this early phase through counsel
and advice .
( 2) Inspectors should not become engaged in :

( a) the actual development of curriculum or instructional
materials; or
(b) the development or presentation of justification for
establishing a course .
( 3) Inspectors should use caution in writing letters of endorsement
that might be used to unduly influence a décision to establish a school .
b. During later phases of the development , preapplication assistance

will most likely take the form of :
hap 4
ar 1090
Page 689
8300.9 7/26/85
( 1 ) Preliminary judgments about the adequacy of facilities ,

equipment, curriculum , record systems, grading systems, etc.
(2) Advice about the acceptability of the format of materials being
developed to accompany the application .
C. Timely preapplication counseling may avoid misunderstandings or
improper interpretations of the FAR requirements and minimize delays and
reinspections when application is made .
d . Service on school advisory boards . Inspectors are encouraged and
expected to provide information and assistance to schools and their advisory
boards or committees . Inspectors should not accept appointments as members of
any permanent or formally organized group that has been established to advise
the school if the inspector has or expects to have any certification or
surveillance responsibility for the school.
1094. CERTIFICATE APPLICATION FILE . An original and one copy of Aviation
Maintenance Technician School Certificate and Ratings Application ,
( OMB 04 -R0108 ) , FAA Form 8310-6 , ( Figure 4-12 of this section ) should be
submitted by the applicant or existing school for each of the actions shown in
subparagraph " a ." Each application must be accompanied by the original and one
copy of each attachment shown and described in further detail in subparagraph
" b ."
a. Actions that require an application .
(1) Original certification .
(a) Description of the proposed curriculum .
(b) List of facilities and materials .
( c) List of instructors .
(d) Statement of maximm number of students .
( e) Description of system for determining final course grades

( f) Description of system for recording and controlling
attendance .
(2) Addition of a rating .

( a) Description of the proposed curriculum .
(b) List of facilities and materials .
(c) List of instructors .
(d) Statement of maximm number of students .
Chap 4
Par 690 Par 1093
7/26/85 8300.9
(e) Description of system for determining final course grades

( if changed ) .
(f) Description of system for recording and controlling
attendance ( if changed ) .
(3) Deletion of a rating .

( a ) Curriculum proposal ( showing material deleted ) .
(b) Any other attachment that is affected .
( 4) Request for approval of substantial change in facilities ,
equipment or material ( reference FAR Section 147.37 (b) ) .
(a) List of facilities and materials .
( 5) Request for approval of curriculum change ( reference FAR

Section 147.38 (b) .
(a) Curriculum proposal .

(6) Request for approval of change in location ( reference FAR
Section 147.41) .
(a) List of facilities and materials .

( 7) Change in school name or address ( not a change in location ) .
(a) No attachment required .
(b) Mailing list action required .
( 8) Request for duplicate certificate to replace lost , mutilated or
destroyed certificate . No attachments required .
(9) Request for approval to increase maximum number of students
( reference FAR Section 147.31 (d ) ) .
( a) Statement of maximm number of students .
(b) List of facilities and materials ( if changed ) .
(c) List of instructors ( if changed ) .
(d) Any other attachment that is affected .
hap 4
ar 1094 Page 691
8300.9 7/26/85
b . Attachments to application file .

( 1 ) Description of proposed curriculum ( reference FAR
Section 147.5 (a) ( 1 ) ) .
( a ) Contents should be responsive to FAR Section 147.21 ,
General Curriculum Requirements, and FAR Section 147.38 , Maintenance of
Curriculum Requirements .
(b) Form and format should be capable of analysis by reviewin
office .
(2) List of facilities and materials ( reference FAR

Sections 147.5 ( a ) ( 2 ) and 147.37 (b ) ) .
(a) Contents should describe applicant's method of meeting
requirements of FAR Sections 147.13, 147.15 , 147.17 and 147.19 .
(b ) Photographs, drawings , and descriptions are desirable .
(c) Changes only may be shown when attached to actions a(3)
through a (6) and a( 9) .
(3) List of instructors ( reference FAR Section 147.36 ) .
(a ) should show certificates and ratings , certificate number ,
and subjects to be taught by each .
(b) All subjects in approved curriculum should be accounted f
on instructor assignment list .
(4 ) Statement of maximum number of students ( reference FAR
Sections 147.5 (a ) ( 4) and 147.31 (d) ) .
(a) May be shown on FAA Form 8310-6 in appropriate block .
(b) If special scheduling , special facilities , or special
student or staff qualifications are required to handle the number of students
stated , special conditions should be described in curriculum proposal.
(c) Change in the number of students may require a change in
all other attachments .
(5) Description of system for determining final course grades

( reference FAR Section 147.31 ( e) ) .
(a) Not required in order for certificate to be issued ;
however , school cannot operate intil system is approved .
(b) Applicant should describe minimm standards for success
( graduation ) and how school intends to separate successful from unsuccessful .
:
Chap 4
Page 692 Par 1094
26/85 8300.9
(6) Description of system for recording and controlling student

tendance ( reference FAR Section 147.31 ( e ) ) .
( a ) Must show hours of absence allowed .
(b) Must show makeup provisions for classes missed.
(c) Not required in order for certificate to be issued ;
wever , school cannot operate until system is approved .
c. An on -site inspection of the school, in conjunction with aa detailed
alysis of the attachments to the application file :
( 1 ) Is required for an original certification , addition of a rating ,
rriculum change or a change in location .
( 2). Is desirable but optional in the case of the other actions
sted in (a) above if a detailed analysis of the submitted material provides
cough basis for judgment .
95. APPLICATION REVIEW AND FINAL CERTIFICATION ACTION .
a. Applications will be accepted for an aviation maintenance technician

hool certificate, or for any of the other actions described in paragraph 1094 ,
the district office that serves the geographical area in which the school is
be located .
b. Review of the application file, on -site inspection of the school,

d final certification action will be accomplished at the organizational levels
d in accordance with the procedures prescribed by appropriate national and
gional directives .
c. Special procedures for team inspection are provided in Section 16 of
for :
Ls chapter
( 1) Original certification .
(2) Approval for added rating .
(3) Approval of aa curriculum change of an existing school .
d . All actions not otherwise provided for will be performed by the
ropriate district office.
a.
Aviation Maintenance Technical School Records will be established and
ntained in accordance with Chapter 2 , Section 14 of this Order.
b . File a copy of Aviation Maintenance Technician School Inspection
prt (RIS : FS 8310-4) in the district office :
p 4
1094 Page 693
8300.9 7/26/8:
( 1 ) After each formal inspection .

( 2) Whenever a certificate is issued , a rating is added , or a rating
is deleted .
(3) Whenever a certificate is surrendered , suspended , or revoked ,

only Items 1, 2,
, 20, 22 , and 23 should be completed .'Provide a brief resumeof
pertinent details in the Remarks Section ( Item 20) of FAA Form 8310-6 .
Mailing list information will be forwarded in accordance with
Chapter 2 , Section 14 of this Order .
1097. FORM . Typical execution of an application form is illustrated in the

Figure 4-12 .
1098. - 1115 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Page 694 ( thru 704 ) Par 1096
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 4-12 . AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL CERTIFICATE

AND RATINGS APPLICATION (FRONT) , FAA FORM 8310-6
Form Approved 'OMB No. 04- RO 108
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL CERTIFICATE AND RATINGS APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS: Type or print in ink . Submit original and two copies of this form (complete this side ONLY) and two copies of all
attachments to the nearestFAAGeneralAviation District Office or Air Carrier District Office as set forth inFederal Aviation Regula
cioas Part 147 .
1. NAME OF SCHOOL 2. TELEPHONE NO .
ACE Aeronautical Academy 202-123-4567
3. ADDRESS (Number, atroot, city, State, & ZIP Codo) 4. TRAINING DIRECTOR
Washington National Airport

Washington , D.C. 20001 John Drew
S. APPLICATION SUBMITTED FOR ( Chock as applicable) & RATINGS NPLIED FOR AND W.MAXIMUNTO, O
TOTAL HOURS PER COURSE STUDENTS ENROLLED
AT ANY ONE TIME
X ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE RATINGS TOTAL HOURS DAY EVENING
CHANGE IN RATING ( Spocity ) X AIRFRAME ( A) 1200 35 Q.

X POWERPLANT (P) | 1200 35 O
CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP ( Spocity )
TA MAXIMUM TOTAL
CHANGE IN LOCATION , FACILITIES, AND EQUIPMENT (Spocity) SCHOOL ENROLLMENT
CHANGE IN ENROLLMENT ( Spocity ) SCHOOL STATUS (Chock an applicable)

PUBLIC PRIVATE NON - PROFIT
OTHER ( Specity ) 9. SCHOOL LOCATION ( Chock as applicable )
ON AIRPORT IN CITY IN SUBURBS
10. COURSE CHARACTERISTICS
WEEKS PER INSTRUCTION ENROLLMENT PERIODS ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
HOURS PER WEEK PER YEAR FOR PHYSICAL SCHOLASTIC
COURSE HOURS PER
RATINGS EVENING DAY
DAY EVDING
DAY EVENNG DAY EVENING DAY EVENING DAY EVENNG YO NO YO NOYD NO YD NO
AIRFRAME ( A )
-
-
30 40 O 6 1 X X
0
0
I
I
POWERPLANT ( P)
30 40 6 1 X
1
1
I
1
1
I
1
-
O
1
0
1
1.
U
1
11. ATTACHMENTS ( Chock applicable itemno)

A. PROPOSED CURRICULUM E. LIST OF REQUIRED PRACTICAL PROJECTS
3. LIST OF FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE USED F. SCHEDULE OF REQUIRED TESTS
C. PHOTOGRAPHS OF FACILITIES G. COPY OF STUDENT RECORD SYSTEM
D. LIST OF INSTRUCTORS -NAMES, CERTIFICATE NOS ., TYPE, AND M. OTHER ( Specity )
RATINGS HELD, AND SUBJECTS TO DE TAUGHT
12 NPPLICANT'S CERTIFICATION
NAME OF OWNER ( Include neanda) of individual owner, all partnors, or corporation name giving State and date of incorporation )
I hereby certify that I have been authorized by the school identified in item. 1 to make this application and that statements
and attachment hereto are true and correct to the best of my knowledge.
DATE TITLE AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
7 August 1978
ACTION
Training Director John Drew
13. CERTIFICATION ACTION (FOR FAA USE ONLY)
INDICATE RATING ( S )
John Drew APPROVED MAXIMUM
CERTIFICATE NO. ASSIGNED ISSUED ENROLLMENT FOR
RATINGS
DAY EVENING DAY EVENING
APPROVED
AIRFRAME (A)
FAA FORM 8310-4 FORWARDED ON POWERPLANT ( P)
X DISAPPROVED
Ad
REMARKS
Proposed curriculum material inconsistent with requirements of PAR Section 147.21 .
See copy of enclosed letter to school .
14. DATE CERTIFICATE 15. OFFICE IDENTIFICATION 16 , ISSUING OFFICIAL'S SIGNATURE
ISSUED
Raline Buli
AEAFSDO -62
Ralph Burlingame
FAA Form 8310-6 ( 6-72 ) SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION

3
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 16. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL - REVIEW OF

APPLICATION FILE , INSPECTION , AND ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE
1116. , PURPOSE . This section sets forth procedures for the review of an
application file , performance of the certification Inspection , and final
certification action .
1117. REFERENCE . FAR Part 147 , Aviation Maintenance Technician Schools .

1118. APPLICATION FILE REVIEW . All the forms and documents that are a part of
the application file will be reviewed in detail. The review may be thought of
as consisting of two separate functions of analysis and evaluation ; however , the
performance of each need not be kept distinctly separate from the other .
a. Analysis consists of an examination of the file to determine whether
the submitted materials are :
( 1 ) Complete enough in coverage and scope to be responsive to all

the certification requirements , and
(2) in a form or format that will provide a sound basis for
evaluation judgments to be made.
b . Evaluation consists of a detailed study of the contents of the
submitted materials for the purpose of forming a qualitative judgment about
either the curriculums, systems, facilities , materials, equipment, staff, etc.,
described therein , or separately and in combination :
( 1 ) Adequate to meet the certification requirements of FAR Part 147,
Subpart B ;
(2) capable of dependably qualifying students to perform the duties

of a mechanic ;
( 3) capable of being put into actual practice ; and

(4 ) capable of being analyzed and evaluated for effectiveness by
both the school and FAA during actual operation .
1119. CERTIFICATION INSPECTION. A formal inspection of the school will be

performed to support the analysis and evaluation of the application file . The
Aviation Maintenance Technician School Inspection Report (RIS : FS 8310-4) may
be used as a guide during inspection and during the application file review .
The inspection report side is designed to be used in connection with both
certification and surveillance inspections . Items not applicable to the type of
inspection being performed may be marked " N / A ." Figures 4-13 and 4-14 of this
section show examples of typical execution of both sides of the form .
Chap 4
Par 1116 Page 711
8300.9 7/26/85
1120. OPERATING RULES COMPLIANCE . The operating rules for the holders of
aviation maintenance technician school certificates and ratings are prescribed
in FAR Part 147, Subpart c , and are enforceable after a school is certificated .
During the preapplication period, and the activities associated with issuance of
a certificate, inspectors should discuss the operating rules with the applicant
to ensure that he is aware of and able to comply with each of them . Inspectors
may offer advice and constructive criticism to assist the school in areas that
are referred to in the operating rules but which do not require approval for
certificate issuance . Special emphasis should be placed on the school's
procedures and methods intended to comply with :
a. FAR Section 147.31 , Attendance and enrollment , tests , and credit for
prior instructions or experience ;
( 1 ) Schools should be encouraged to formalize procedures by making

written statements of policy .
( 2) Note that the systems for determining final course grades and
for recording and controlling student attendance must be approved .
b . FAR Section 147.33 , Records ; and
c. FAR Section 147.35 , Transcripts and graduation certificates .
1121. DISAPPROVAL OF APPLICATION . If an application is disapproved :
a. Complete the application side of FAA Form 8310-6 :
(1 ) Check " disapproved " in Item 13 .
(2) Refer to attached letter in " Remarks . "
(3) Enter office identifier and issuing official's signature .

b . Write a letter to the applicant stating the reasons for disapproval
and return to the applicant :
( 1 ) The original FAA Form 8310-6 as submitted and completed as in
( 1 ) above .
(2) All the copies of all attachments submitted by the applicant .
C. Retain a district office file copy of the disapproval letter and a
copy of the completed FAA Form 8310-6 .
1122. APPROVAL OF APPLICATION . When an application is approved :
a.
Complete applicable items of FAA Form 8310-6 ( RIS : FS 8310-4) .
( 1 ) Refer to Figures 4-13 and 4-14 of this section for typical
execution of form .
Chap 4
Page 712 Par 1120
7/26/85 8300.9
( 2) Retain original in district office file .

( 3) Distribute copy as directed in Section 16 of this chapter .
b. Assign school certificate number in accordance with Chapter 4 ,
Section 9 , of this Order .
C. Execute FAA Form 8000-4 , Air Agency Certificate ( Figure 4-15 , of this
section ) .
(1 ) The type of agency is " Aviation Maintenance Technician School ."

( 2) Original only required .
d. Indicate approval of all attachments to certification file .
(1 ) Place date and initial of approving official on each page .
(2) Return initialed original and retain copy in district office
file .
e. Provide mailing list information in accordance with Chapter 2 ,

Section 14 , of this Order .
1123. FORMS . Example forms used in this certification of aviation maintenance

technician schools are illustrated in the Figures 4-13 and 4-14 .
1124. - 1139 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Par 1122 Page 713 (thru 722 )
1
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 4-13 . TYPICAL EXECUTION OF INSPECTION REPORT

( REVERSE ) , FAA FORM 8310-6
RIS : FS 8310-4
AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL INSPECTION REPORT
( FOR FAA USE ONLY)
INSTRUCTIONS: The items listed below are applicable to certification inspection and / or to surveillance . Complete each item . If
an item is not applicable Indicate entry as “ NA ” .
1. NAME OF SCHOOL 2. CERTIFICATE NO . TYPE OF INSPECTION AND DATE
190 SESSION SURVEILLANCE CERTIFICATION
ACE Aeronautical Academy
DAY 4/17/78
EVENING
1 SCHOOL CHARACTERISTICS
ha TOTAL NUMBER c . MAXIMUM HRS. TRAIN
• PRESENT RATINGS APPLIED @ DATE OF APPROVAL FOR
ING PER WEEK PER FOR OR NOW IN CURRICULUM NOW IN USE
ENROLLMENT OF INSTRUCTORS
SESSION STUDENT ( Exclusivool EFFECT
lunch or root periodo ) 1/10/78
AIR : POWER NONCER AIR POWER AIR POWER MI POWER
PAW PLANT ICATO TIFICATED MAM PLANT FRAMES PLANT FRAME PLANT
DAY
15 15 6 1 30 30 X X /
EVDNING O
AIRFRAME ( A) POWERPLANT ( P) A & P
5 How many students were graduated during the previous 12 months ? 0 0
a . Classroom 1 to 10 1 to 10 1 to
6 Instructor / student ratio.
b . Shop 1 to 10 1 to 10 1 to
7. Number of hours in approved curriculum . 1200 Hrs. 1200 Hrs . Hrs.
YES NO
8. Is certificate current and properly displayed ? 区
9. Does the curriculum in use meet the requirements of FAR 147 ? 区

10. Is the approved curriculum actually being followed ? X
11. Do facilities and equipment continue to meet the certification requirements of FAR 147 ? K
MX
12. Are necessary materials, tools, and equipment available and serviceable for training ?
13. Is there a sufficient number of qualified instructors ?
14. Has there been any change in instructor or administrative personnel since the last inspection ? (If “ YES,” explain in Remarks )
15. Is classroom and shop spacé suitable for courses given and number of students ?
Are the instructional aids (mockups, projectors , charte , films, etc.) current, specifically applicable to the curriculum ,
16. and sufficient for all phases of training? X
17. Are there sufficient copies of FAR's, manufacturer's instructions, etc. ? X

AAA
Have proper safety measures been taken to insure protection of students operating hazardous equipment including
18 . facilities for running engines?
19 . Are student records current and do they reflect:
a. Daily actual hours students have been in class ?
b . Progress through courses in the curriculum encluding accomplishment of laboratory and shop projects ?
c . Grades for all courses including quizzes , tests , and practical projects ?
20. REMARKS AND ITEMS TO FOLLOW UP ON NEXT INSPECTION (Uso additional shooto it more space to nooded)
Curriculum has been changed without prior approval of PAA . Turbine engine is no
longer operable • needs replacement . Still no centrally located student record
system . School given 45 days to clear deficiencies . See letter to school
authorities .
21. INSPECTION RESULTS 22. OFFICE IDENTIFICATION 23. INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE

SATISFACTORY
IX UNSA TISFACTORY AEA - FSDO -62 Emil Elwell
OTHER Emil Elwell
Chap 4 Page 723

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 4-14 . TYPICAL EXECUTION OF FAA FORM 8000-4 , AIR AGENCY CERTIFICATE
AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL


Number 190
Thiscertificateisissuedto
ACE Aeronautical Academy
Washington National Airport
Washington , D.C. 20001
uponfinding that its organization complies in all respects
relating to the establishment ofan Air Agenoy, and is
empowered tooperate anapproved
AVLATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL

AIRFRAME
POWERPLANT
This certificate, unlesscanceled,suspended,or revoked,

shallcontinuein effect INDEFINITELY
Shy direction ofthe Administrator

Pato inued :
January 10 , 1978 Boleh Burlingane

Chief , AEA - FSDO - 62
Uhis Cantificate is met Transferabik , ND ANY MON CHANGE IN THE BASIC FACILITIES, OR IN THE LOCATION THEREOF,
SMALL KIMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE NINOPRIATE REGIONAL OFFICE OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTATION
Any alteration of this certificate is punishable by a fine of not exceeding $ 1,000, or imprisonment not exceeding 3 years, or both
FM Form 1000 (1-57) SUPERSEDES FM FORM 390 .

7/26/85 8300.9

CERTIFICATION - TEAM CERTIFICATION
-
1140. PURPOSE. This section sets forth the procedures for team action in
original certification , approval for an added rating, or approval of changed
curriculum .
1141. REFERENCE. FAR Part 147 , Aviation Maintenance Technician Schools.

1142. TEAM CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENT .
a. Team certification procedures will be used in each of the following
certification or approval actions:
(1 ) Original certification ;
( 2) Addition of a rating ; and
( 3) Request for approval of curriculum change ( optional or as
directed by the region ) .
b . The team shall be established in response to receipt of an
application for any one of the above actions and dismissed at the conclusion or
discontinuation of that action .
The team will make an evaluation of the application file and an

c.
on site inspection of the school and , under the leadership of a team leader ,
make the final approval or disapproval judgment regarding the application .
1143. TEAM MEMBERSHIP .
a. The minimm team shall consist of :
( 1 ) A leader , assigned by the district office, that accepts the

application ; and
(2) One member , assigned or provided for by the region .
b. Optional members may be assigned by the district office or the
region .
(1 ) Optional members may serve as member , advisory, or observer .
( 2) Optional members may serve for less than the full term of
existence of the team .
C. Team members shall be selected and assigned on the basis of their

experience, training, and ability to perform the required tasks .
d . Cross utilization of avionics inspectors / specialists by assignment as
team member or advisor is encouraged , especially when :
Chap 4
Par 1140
Page 729
8300.9
7/26/85
( 1 ) Avionics or related subjects make up substantial parts of aa

proposed course ; or
(2) Incorporation of avionics and related subjects into an existing
curriculum is expected to result in problem areas .
1144. TEAM MEMBER ROLES .
a. The leader shall :

( 1 ) Take overall responsibility for the certification or approval
action ;
(2) Be responsible for the conduct of the team ;

( 3) Make all arrangements for the team inspection ;
(4) Make task assignments to team members and coordinate their
activities;
(5) Serve as a working member of the team .
( 6) Receive reports and recommendations from team members ;
( 7) Make the final judgment about curriculum approval or certificate
issuance ;
(8) Establish and maintain the FAA file of record for the school;
(9) Originate or coordinate all correspondence and contacts with the
applicant; and
( 10) Dismiss the team at the conclusion of the assignment .
b. A member shall :
( 1 ) Perform analysis , evaluation , and inspection tasks assigned by

the team leader ; and
(2) Make reports and recommendations to the team leader in assigned

area .
C. An advisor shall :
( 1) Advise the team leader about certification standards and

applicability of regulations;
(2) Consult with the team leader on request about unique problems
associated with the specific certification action ;
(3) Advise the team leader about regional policies and procedures or
about technical matters in his speciality area ; and
Chap 4
Page 730 Par 1143
7/26/85 8300.9
( 4 ) Accept assignments from the team leader on the same basis as a

member .
d. An observer shall :
(1) Observe team operation and activities ;

( 2) Make a written report of his observation to the assigning office
with a copy to the appropriate region ; and
( 3) Act as a working member only as requested by the team leader .
1145. TEAM CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES .
a. Preapplication assistance will be provided by the local district
office .
( 1 ) Refer to Section 15 , paragraph 1093 of this Order .

( 2) The district office may request assignment of a team before
receipt of an application if the team effort will be most effective then .
Generally speaking, if assistance is required before the curriculum proposal is
available and an on -site inspection of the school can be performed , the district
office should request assignment of an advisor but not request a certification
team .
b . On receipt of an application .
(1 ) The district office will :
(a) designate a team leader ; and

(b) establish an inspection date .
1 usually within 30 days but not more than 60 days after
receipt of the application .
2 allow sufficient time for coordination with the team .
3 the team should generally be in session not less than 1
or more than 3 days.
(c) notify the region of receipt of the application .

1 include the name of the team leader .
2 include the inspection date .
( 2)) The region will:
(a) make team member assignments; and
(b) notify AWS - 300 of receipt of the application .
hap 4
ar 1144 Page 731
8300.9 7/26/85
1 include team assignments and inspection date .

2 request participation as required .
( c) notify the district office of team assignments and confirm
the inspection date .
C. Review of the certification file .
( 1 ) The certification file will consist of the application and

attachments as identified in Section 16 , Paragraph 1094 of this order .
( 2) The designated team leader should make a thorough analysis of
the certification file , and especially the curriculum proposal , before the date
of the team inspection .
(a) Copies, if available , may be forwarded to designated team

members .
(b) The team leader may request the applicant to make

corrections or amendments based on his preliminary analysis.
(c) The team leader may request the assignment of a member or
advisor with special experience or in another specialty (e.g. , avionics ) if his
review suggests special requirements or problem areas .
(d) Team members who receive material from the team leader for
analysis before the inspection date should :
1 perform the requested action , and ;
2 return the materials during the team inspection unless
otherwise requested .
1146. TEAM ACTION .
a. Before the on -site inspection :

(1 ) the team leader should brief the team and make task assignments;
and
( 2) the team should complete their analysis and evaluation of the
certification file .
b. During the on -site inspection :

( 1 ) the team leader should brief the applicant and act as team
spokesman ; and
(2) team members should perform their assigned tasks .
Chap 4
Page 732 Par 1145
7/26/85 8300.9
C. At completion of the on -site inspection :

( 1 ) The team leader debriefs the team and accepts reports and
recommendations .
(a) negative recommendations by a team member require written

followup to the team leader within 5 working days;: and
(b) positive recommendations can be oral .
( 2) The team leader makes final judgment and approves or denies the
application following the procedure in Section 16 , paragraphs 1121 or 1122 of
this Order .
d . If the on -site inspection is not the final action prior to approval ,

the team leader should assure that all parties concerned understand :
( 1 ) What actions remain to be taken ;
( 2 ) who is expected to make the remaining actions ( the applicant or
FAA ) ; and , if by FAA ,
(3) what the probable time schedule will be .
1147. - 1159 . RESERVED .
lap 4
r 1146 Page 733 ( thru 744 )
7/26/85 8300.9
(2) The inspector should be at the operator's dispatch office or at

the airplane departure area in sufficient time prior to departure to meet the
flightcrew , confirm the availability of the observer's seat, and to observe
preparation for the flight. At this time, any special activities which the
inspector might wish to engage in during the flight can be discussed .
c. Access to foreign air carrier aircraft. Air carrier airworthiness
inspectors will not conduct en route inspections on foreign air carrier
aircraft .
d . Timeliness of request for access to aircraft. Inspectors conducting

en route inspections will make arrangements for the observer's seats as far in
advance of the flight as possible . Where practicable , an en route inspection
should be planned to preclude disruption of company scheduled flight checks by
check airmen . If the situation arises where a required company check is being
conducted from the forward observer's position , the inspector will reschedule
his en route inspection . When a specifically required FAA en route is to be
conducted , prior coordination should be accomplished through the principal
airworthiness inspector . When it is necessary to board a flight at an
intermediate stop , the inspector will make every effort to advise the
pilot - in - command, prior to boarding the flight , that an FAA inspector will be
conducting an en route inspection . In any case, the inspector will introduce
himself/herself to the pilot - in -command , present his /her credential (FAA
Form 110A ) , at this time, and advise him /her of his /her intentions.
e.
Denial of access to cockpit . If for any reason the pilot - in - command
refuses an inspector admission to the flight deck or the occupancy of the
forward observer's seat , the inspector shall apprise the captain of the
appropriate regulations authorizing the inspector to occupy this position
( reference FAR Sections 121.548 , 125.317 , 127.212 , and 135.75 ). If the pilot
still refuses, the inspector will accede to the pilot's wishes; however, prior
to leaving the presence of the pilot , the inspector will make it very clear that
the pilot's actions are contrary to the regulations and that enforcement action
will be taken. Immediately upon return to his /her office , the inspector will
describe the occurrence in a report to his supervisor .
f . Nonauthorized use of Standard Form 160 or FAA Form 8430-13 . Inder
no circumstances shall the Standard Form 160 or FAA Form 8430-13 be used for
transportation for personal reasons . Also , it will not be used in lieu of a
Government Transportation Request (GTR ) for travel to or from a point where an
inspection is to be conducted, unless actual en route inspection duties are to
be performed .
2006. PERFORMANCE OF EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS. It is important that inspectors
conducting en route inspections be fæílar with the operating procedures and
facilities used by the operator prior to conducting such inspections . The
overall purpose of en route inspection was discussed in Paragraph 2002. The
items listed below are intended to direct the inspector's attention to specific
areas ..
Chap 6
Par 2005 Page 4043
8300.9 7/26/85
a. Predeparture check of aircraft. A walkaround check for security and

general condition should be accomplished prior to departure. When applicable,
an effective method of accomplishment is to accompany the flight engineer when
he / she performs his /her predeparture check .
b. In -flight conditions (aircraft / engines /systems) . All systems should
be monitored for proper operation .
c. Line maintenance and ground handling . Availability , operation and
handling of ground equipment, parking and dispatching of aircraft, passenger
safety precautions on ground , and line maintenance functions should be observed
for adequacy .
d. Refueling of aircraft . As time permits , check trucks and /or pit for
proper fuel identification , leaks and general condition , proper grounding of
equipment, fuel pressure at truck outlet for being within proper limits, filter
dates , and sump checks .
e.
Maintenance logbook (open /repeat /trend items) . A review of the
aircraft logbook will often direct an inspector's attention toward specific
items that warrant special attention during flight . If chronic or trend items
recur during the flight , the log entries should be reviewed to see if they
properly describe the condition as it exists. Any deferred items should be
reviewed to determine if they are in compliance with the MEL . Corrective action
entries should be checked for maintenance release signatures . If maintenance
discrepancies or irregularities are observed during flight and items to cover
them are not entered in the logbook , the pilot -in -command mist be advised upon
termination of the flight of the regulation requiring the entry of such items .
f . Manuals on board per FAA requirements . Manuals , as required , should
be checked for availability and currency . To determine if they are up - to -date,
the list of revisions should be checked against the master .
g . Passenger compartment safety compliance with FAA requirements . This
inspection should be conducted prior to /or at the termination of the flight when
no passengers are on board .
h. General safety procedures and conditions. This pertains to all areas

of surveillance: Preflight , in - flight , and at flight termination .
NOTE : A maintenance inspector's surveillance should be directed primarily
to but not limited to the above items . To fulfill the FAA's
obligation , it is an inspector's duty to report all conditions coming
to his attention which he believes have a bearing on the safety of
flight .
2007. GENERAL .
a.
Flightcrew discrepancies . Whenever discrepancies involving the
performance of the pilot - in -command or other flight crewmembers come to the
attention of the inspector, he will discuss this with the pilot - in - command .
Chap 6
Page 4044 Par 2006
7/26/85 8300.9
He/ she should also state that he / she will inform the appropriate operations
inspector of his /her findings, who will, in turn , supply the pilot - in -command
with a written report should the situation warrant its being made a matter of
record . This procedure is not intended to curtail the duties and
responsibilities of the maintenance inspector but establishes a procedure to
assure that flight crewmember discrepancies are evaluated by an operations
inspector before further referral to the pilot - in -command .
b. Maintenance discrepancies. In addition to the formal recordation of
maintenance discrepancies as described in paragraph 2008 , all discrepancies
should be discussed with the pilot - in -command upon flight termination . Quite
often , particularly where 3 -man crews are used , the pilot - in - command will defer
to the second officer or flight engineer .
C.
Potential violations. Prior to and during en route inspections, the
inspector must be alert to point out any potential violations prior to their
occurrence and inform the crew of the possible consequences .
d . Handling of aircraft controls . In the event that the

pilot - in - command of the flight should invite an airworthiness inspector to
handle the controls of the aircraft , he / she should politely decline. It is
recognized that certain airworthiness inspectors possess pilot or flight
engineer certificates or have sufficient experience to enable them to control an
aircraft or perform other in -flight functions ; however , it is in the best
interest of the agency that this " hands -off" policy be followed .
e . Night operations . During night operations, inspectors should
exercise caution in the use of lights in the cockpit area for reviewing logbooks
or for any other function . No light in the cockpit area should be turned on by
an inspector without the knowledge and concurrence of the pilot - in - command.
Care must be taken at all times to refrain from diverting the attention of
flight crewmembers from their respective duties .
f. Earphones provided for flight creamembers shall not be used by
inspectors . Headsets will be provided for inspectors by their district
offices .
g . Inspectors' conduct . In the performance of their duties , the actions

and bearing of all inspectors are constantly subject to the close scrutiny and
comment of airline employees and the general flying public . It is imperative
that tact and good judgment be exercised at all times .
2008. REPORTING EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS .
a.
An en route inspection report shall be executed for each segment of a
flight that culminates in one or more of the following:
(1 ) The inspector leaves the flight.
( 2) The flight number is changed .
Chap 6
Par 2007 Page 4045
8300.9 7/26/85
( 3) The flightcrew is changed .

(4) The equipment is changed .
b . FAA Form 3112, Inspection and Surveillance Record , is to be used for
recording the results of en route inspections (Figures 6-35 and 6-36 of this
section ) .
c. This form is used for reporting a variety of functions and is not
specifically adapted to reporting en route inspections. For this reason , care
must be taken to include the following additional essential information :
(1 ) Standard Form 160 or FAA Form 8430-13 number .
( 2) Name of operator .
( 3) Aircraft registration number .
( 4 ) Aircraft model .
( 5) Trip number and date .
(6) Name of pilot - in - command .
( 7) Point of departure .
( 8) En route stops .
(9) Destination .
( 10) Region and district office designation of the performing

inspector will be entered alongside of his signature.
d. Under Item 8 , findings/ recommendations of FAA Form 3112 , the items
listed in paragraph 2006. should be addressed on an individual basis as
appropriate. For example , if the " refueling of aircraft " was not witnessed , say
that you did not witness it ; if it was witnessed and found to have been
satisfactorily performed in accordance with approved company procedures, say so ;
if , on the other hand , the procedure was found to be unsatisfactory for one
reason or another , spell out that reason and describe what corrective action you
plan to take . Avoid brief notations such as " satisfactory ," "normal ," or " no
discrepancies" wherever possible . More often than not , some detailed comment is
called for, appropriate, and necessary. This is , after all , a record of the
inspector's observations from preflight to flight termination .
e. In all cases where known or suspected discrepancies have been
observed which require coordination with other specialists, such coordination
and action should be noted under Item 8 , Findings /Recommendations, as well as
any corrective action which has been initiated .
Chap 6
Page 4046 Par 2008
7/26/85 8300.9
f. While there may be occasions when it will be to the inspector's

advantage to record certain in -flight instrument readings, it is not intended
that this form be used to record detailed data which merely confirms a normal
operation . Its primary purpose is to record abnormal conditions and assist in
the correction of discrepancies .
2009. DISTRIBUTION OF FAA FORM 3112 (RIS : FS 8320-8 ) .
a. The original will be forwarded , if applicable, to the district office
having certificate responsibility .
b. One copy will be retained in the reporting inspector's district
office .
c. Distribution will be shown on both copies of the FAA Form 3112 .

2010. FOLLOWUP ACTION ON REPORTED DISCREPANCIES. Upon receipt of an en route
inspection report , the assigned principal airworthiness inspector /maintenance
(PAI /M) shall carefully review it for any reported discrepancies . If the
discrepancies are in his /her area of responsibility, he / she shall initiate
necessary corrective action and keep the report pending until such action has
been completed . At the time corrective action is initiated , the assigned PAI / M
shall , if requested , advise the reporting office accordingly . Where reported
discrepancies concern other specialists ( e.g. , avionics , operations ), such
discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the appropriate principal
inspector ( PI) for necessary followup action . The office supervising inspector
shall assure that prompt followup action is taken by his inspection staff on all
reported discrepancies.
2011. -2019 . RESERVED .
hap 6
ar 2008 Page 4047 ( thru 4056 )
9 deur
7/26/85
Standar
Form d
160
approved
by
Bureau
of
the
Budget UNITE D
STATE
AMER
OF ICAS
160-102-02
REQUES
FOR
ACCES
AIRCRA
TO SFT
04 T
படி
FIGURE 6-33 .
NAME
OF
CARRIER
Pursuant
to
the
REGU
of
the
CIVILLATIONS Chosen
Air lines
AERO
BOAR
access
to
aircra NAUT
D NOFLIGH
.
ICST HOUR
AND
DATE
or ft
free TARICT VALUE
is 390 2200
PDT
/4 -2
reque
for
the
perso sted
hereinn
on TO
a manamed
ust FRON
fly
Az
epee
Available
Xbeing br
A
. lbis
uquerque Veg
Las as
REASON
FOR
REQUEST NAME
TRAVELER
OF
Insp
flig ecti
ng on
duriht M.
Frie
I. ndly
SIGNATU
OF
TRAYELE RRE FI'
.riemndly
SIGNATU
OF
REQUEST
OFFICER RE
ING
F9r.imen.dly TITLE
OF
TRAYELER
Car
Airrie
Ins pecr
tor
46
CRED
NTIAL
NO
.
Air .HDOTRS LOCATION 16-76051

Car
Insrie
pecrtor FEDERAL San
Francisco
4/2/81 AVIATION
AGENCY AWE
3
-A3CDO
AIRCRAFT OR FREE TRANSPORTATION
SAMPLE STANDARD FORM 160 , REQUEST FOR ACCESS TO
Page 4057
8300.9
8300.9
Page 4058
DEPARTMENT
TRANSPORTATION
OF
ADMINISTRATION
AVIATION
FEDERAL REQUEST
.
NO
FIGURE 6-34 .
REQUEST
ACCESS
FOR
AIRCRAFT
TO 69071
INSPECTOR'S
NAME
-PRINT
regulations
to
Pursuant
of
Aviation
Federal
the
Adminis
tration access
aircraft
to is
requested
for
person
the
named
herein FRIENDLY
M.
I.
on
a х
tastro
strate
Espace
must
fly
INSPECTOR'S
TITLE
OPERATOR
OF
NAME
INSPECTOR
CARRIER
AIR
GHI
AIRLINES HEADQUARTERS
)(City
State
and
DATE TIME FLIGHT
.
NO
,1981
11
SEPTEMBER PDT
0900 421 ,CALIFORNIA
FRANCISCO
SAN
(S)
ROUTE CREDENTIAL
.
NO
FROM TO
46
SALT
LAKE
CITY
U
, TAH C
, ALIFORNIA
OAKLAND
INSPECTOR'S
SIGNATURE
PURPOSE
INSPECTION
ROUTE
EN
l
Zu.m. wadling
8430-13
1Form
(FAA
)S
FAA-72
UPERSEDES
FORM
3689
Chap 6
SAMPLE FAA FORM 8430-13 , REQUEST FOR ACCESS TO AIRCRAFT
7/26/85
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-35 . FAA FORM 3112 , INSPECTION AND SURVEILLANCE RECORD
INSPECTION AND SURVEILLANCE RECORD

1. WORK ACTIVITY 2. UNITS 3. HOURS
EN ROUTE INSPECTION SF- 160 NO.
4. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CARRIER , OPERATOR , AIRPORT, 5. CERTIFICATE NO . OR 6. RESULTS
AGENCY , OR AIRMAN AIRCRAFT REGIS 7. FURTHER
TRATION MARK (No.) ACTION REQ .
XYZ Airways X SATISFACTORY
X NO
Flight 421 , 9/11/80 , From SLC to OAK DC -6B
UNSATISFACTORY YES ( Explain
Capt . E. V. Ready N- 1234 ( Explain in item 8 ) action in
item 8 )
8. FINDINGS/ RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Accompanied flight engineer ------------on his walkaround prior to departure .
Right strut was being serviced by ground crew - aircraft very clean . No
irregularities noticed . . Thorough check made by flight engineer .
2. In - flight conditions . A11 normal except :
No. 1 engine s /c oil pressure indicator previously placarded " inoperative ."
s/c oil temperature and oil pressure warning lights operate okay .
b. No. 3 engine BMEP Indicator became inoperative in climb . All other engine
indications and operation remained normal.
3. Line maintenance and ground handling at SLC good . At OAK , passengers were
unloaded at terminal and aircraft was then towed to XYZ Airways' hangar for
a base check .
4. Refueling at SLC accomplished satisfactorily and in accordance with company

procedures .
5. Maintenance logbook was reviewed from page 2798 , 9/1/80 , to page 2817 ,
9/11/80 . A11 in order . No trend items . No. 1 S / c oil pressure indicator
had been written up into SEA on the morning of 9/10/80 and deferred out of
that station in accordance with the MEL. Corrective action is scheduled
for this visit at the main base .
6. Manuals carried by flight engineer . Latest m/m rev . # 63 dated 1/13/81 .

7. Passenger compartment safety compliance okay except found one water
extinguisher in rear coatroom with broken seal . Brought to attention of
maintenance supervisor on duty and it was replaced prior to flight .
8. General safety procedures and conditions all okay .
(If more space to required, use revono side)

OPERATIONS DATE REGION AND DISTRICT OFFICE INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE
X MAINTENANCE
AWE -ACDO - 33 J. Doe
AVIONICS
FAA Form 3112 (8-70) GPO : 1970 O - 402-663
ap 6 Page 4059
8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 6-36 . FAA FORM 3112 , INSPECTION AND SURVEILLANCE RECORD

1. WORK ACTIVITY 2. UNITS 3. HOURS
EN ROUTE INSPECTION - SF- 160 NO.

4. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CARRIER, OPERATOR , AIRPORT , 5. CERTIFICATE NO . OR 6. RESULTS 7. FURTHER
AGENCY , OR AIRMAN AIRCRAFT REGIS
TRATION MARK ( No.) ACTION REQ.
ABC Airline x SATISFACTORY XNO
Flight 390, 12/20/80 , from ABQ to LAS B- 707-373
UNSATISFACTORY YES ( Explain
Capt . I. M. Able action in
N-2345 ( Explain in Item 8 ) itom 8 )
1. Predeparture check of aircraft at ABQ not accomplished by this inspector due

late arrival of connecting flight .
2 .. In- flight conditions : Aircraft operation normal. Ten minutes out of LAS
during descent , experienced loud bang in cockpit area . No adverse readings
or operation encountered... Item entered in logbook . On ground inspection ,
bird remains were found on pitot mast support and small dent (approx . 3"
in diameter and 1/8 " deep ) was found in fuselage skin just forward of right
mast . ABC line ma intenance at LAS wrote up work item to perform pitot check
prior to departure of aircraft . This work was in progress at the time I
left the field .
3. Line maintenance and ground handling at LAS very good .

4. Fueling not witnessed .
5. Did not review logbook . Short night flight . No discrepancies entered on
page out of ABQ . Only log entry written into LAS was bird strike mentioned
in item # 2 .
6. Manuals on board as required . Did not check revision dates .

7. At flight termination , check pax compartment for safety compliance . A11
found okay except for broken seal on first aid kit which was used in flight
for a purpose not incident to flight .
8. At LAS where passengers must walk across ramp , ABC personnel had a good
system of stanchions and ropes for guiding passengers into the terminal without
allowing them to wander around the ramp area . All else 0.K.
( If more space is required, use reverso side)

X MAINTENANCE
AVIONICS AWE - ACDO - 33 J. Doe
FAA Form 3112 (6-70) GPO : 1970 O 402-663

126/85 8300.9
SECTION 28. INFORMAL SURVEILLANCE OF MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES
2020. PURPOSE . This section provides the inspector with information pertinent
o the performance of informal surveillance of maintenance activities .
2021. GENERAL . Informal surveillance of a maintenance activity is intended to
e performed by an actual visit (not associated with any other work item ) to any
ase , subbase, station, facility, shop , or maintenance work area utilized by the
ertificate holder . This should be an unstructured job function from the
standpoint of work content, depth , and scope. This function is intended to
provide the assigned principal inspector broad latitude in the determination of
he location , length , purpose, and other specifics of the visit . Such a visit
ay be for maintaining familiarization with work methods, program details ,
quipment configuration , etc. It may be used for generalized or nonspecific
surveillance of repair , overhaul, modification, or inspection procedures. It
nay also be used for maintaining casual acquaintance with the operator's
mployees and supervisors or for merely establishing FAA presence .
2022. INFORMAL VISITS .
a. This function differs from the structured functions such as facility ,

spot , and ramp inspections . It recognizes that the assigned inspectors are in
che best position to determine where emphasis should be placed , where weakness
in the operator's systems exist , and where inspection for inspection's sake
vould be a waste of time .
b. This function is a means by which the assigned inspector establishes

CAA presence . Random visits to the various work areas of the operator serve to
mpress both the operator and its employees that they are subject at all times
:0 inspection , reexamination , or review of their compliance with FAR's . It also
serves to maintain the " pipelines" of information regarding equipment and
compliance problems which are not formally reported to the FAA .
023. RECORDING INFORMAL VISITS . A record of the visit should be made on FAA
orm 3112 and should include under Item 8 ( Findings/Recommendations) what
ctivity was visited and any significant observation made .
024. - 2029 . RESERVED .
lap 6
r 2020 Page 4065 ( thru 4070 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 29. AIR CARRIER MAINTENANCE FACILITY INSPECTIONS
2030. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for maintenance facility inspections is

contained in FAR Sections 121.81 , .105 , 123 , .367 , and .369 ; 127.29 , .51 , .133 ,
and .134 ; 135.73 , and for aircraft type certificated for 10 - or -more passenger
seats under Part 135 , Sections 135.425 and .427 .
2031. GENERAL . A maintenance facility inspection may be defined as any

inspection made for the specific purpose of determining the adequacy of
personnel and facilities at any base, terminal , or intermediate stop along the
coute flown by an operator at which maintenance is to be performed on that
perator's aircraft . In the certification of a new operator, or when an
existing operator introduces an aircraft make and model new to its operation,
Inspection of maintenance facilities should be accomplished prior to the time
proving flights are conducted or prior to the start of operation if proving
Flights are not required . Special inspections of maintenance facilities located
in other regions or other district office areas may be requested by the
certificate holding office in accordance with regional instructions when a need
is identified by that office .
2032. PERFORMANCE OF MAINTENANCE FACILITY INSPECTIONS. In conducting a
naintenance facility inspection , the primary objective is to determine that
adequate housing , equipment, spare parts, technical information , and qualified
personnel are available to satisfactorily perform the functions that are to be
accomplished at that particular location . In the case where required
inspections ( reference FAR Sections 121.369, 127.134 and , 135.427 ) are to be
performed , the operator must have a separate inspection organization for that
function . He / she must have properly trained, qualified , and authorized
personnel to perform such inspections, and he /she must maintain a list of these
Individuals . It is obvious that requirements for a facility which is to perform
ajor overhaul and inspection functions would be greater than for one which only
hinor maintenance is performed . However , the requirements concerning required
nspections are the same regardless of location . Since the requirements for a
facility vary to such great extent, inspectors performing inspections are
xpected to use good judgment in making a determination as to what is necessary .
his is possible only after a clear understanding of the specific work to be
ccomplished at the facility.
033. MAINTENANCE FACILITY INSPECTION REPORTS .
a. All facility inspections will be reported on FAA Form 3112. The
eport should identify the function of the facility; i.e. , main base , contract
gency for engine overhaul, etc. , and a brief description of the facility . It
hould also include suggestions or recommendations by the reporting inspector .
b. The original of the form will be forwarded , if applicable , to the
istrict office having certificate responsibility .
Chap 6
Par 2030 Page 4071
8300.9 7/26/1
C. One copy will be retained by the reporting inspector's district

office .
d. Distribution will be shown on all copies of the form .

2034. - 2039 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 4072 ( thru 4076 ) Par 20%
/26/.85 8300.9
SECTION 30. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FUEL , OIL , DEICER FLUID , ADI, ETC.
2040 . AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for storage and handling of fuel, oil ,
deicer Fluid , ADI, etc., is contained in FAR Sections 121.105 , 121.123 , and
121.135 ; 127.51 and 127.61 ; and 135.23 .
2041. RESPONSIBILITY .
a . Maintenance inspectors are responsible for determining that the

certificate holder's manual contains adequate instructions in accordance with
current regulations pertaining to storage and handling of fuel , oil , and other
Liquid agents such as ADI, water -methanol, deicer fluid, etc. This includes all
dispensing equipment , electrostatic protection procedures, protection against
contamination , related recordkeeping, etc.
b . Maintenance inspectors will also be responsible for surveillance of
the above and for the actual dispensing of fuel and other fluids to the
aircraft .
C. The pertinent FAR's do not define in detail and in every instance the
cequirements to be met by the operator ; however , common sense should be used .
d . The operations inspectors will be responsible for instructions and
for surveillance pertaining to correct amounts and distribution of fuel in the
aircraft .
2042. - 2045 . RESERVED .
lap 6
r 2040 Page 4077 ( thru 4082 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 31. TEMPORARY GROUNDING OF AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT

2046. PURPOSE. This section provides the inspector with instructions on
procedures and the appropriateness of exercising the aircraft grounding
provisions included in Section 605 (b) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 .
2047. PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO CAUSE TEMPORARY GROUNDING OF AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT.
Only those persons who are assigned to duty as an air carrier maintenance
inspector or air carrier electronics inspector may cause the temporary grounding
of air carrier aircraft within their respective areas of technical competence,
and then only in strict accordance with the conditions stated in Section 605 (b)
of the Federal Aviation Act . No person who is a trainee or who has not
successfully completed all elements of the prescribed indoctrination training
for maintenance or electronics inspectors may issue the notice of grounding
specified in Section 605(b) of the Federal Aviation Act . In the event a person
in the latter category finds a condition which , in his /her opinion , warrants.
grounding of an aircraft, he / she should immediately notify a qualified FAA air
carrier inspector who shall make the determination as to whether or not a
grounding notice will be issued .
2048. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH A TEMPORARY GROUNDING NOTICE MAY BE ISSUED .
Inspectors shall exercise maximm caution in using the grounding authority of
Section 605 (b) of the Federal Aviation Act . The temporary grounding notice will
not be issued unless it is clearly evident to the inspector that an aircraft is
actually unsafe for further operation and there is an imminent possiblity that
such aircraft will be operated in air transportation in such unsafe condition .
Both conditions must exist for the very obvious reason that all aircraft are in
msafe condition following damage or during various phases of repair,
maintenance, or alteration .
a. An unsafe condition which would warrant grounding of an air carrier
aircraft must be of such nature that the inspector can substantiate his /her
grounding action with factual justification . The condition must be such that ,
if the aircraft were operated , it would be subjected to the probable danger of
accident or likely to cause injury to persons or property . If any such
condition exists and any doubt remains in the inspector's mind as to whether or
hot he / she should ground the aircraft , such doubt will be resolved in favor of
ssuing the grounding notice . In other words , any doubt should always be
resolved in favor of safety .
b . If an inspector becomes aware of an unsafe condition in an air

arrier aircraft which is to be operated in such condition and fails to act
nder the provisions of Section 605 (b) , he / she is in dereliction of a duty
pecifically imposed on him /her . as an individual by the Congress of the United
tates . Section 605 (b) is probably the only section in the Federal Aviation Act
f 1958 where the Congress places certain specific duties directly on an
mployee of the agency rather than on the Administrator . Therefore, this duty
annot be taken lightly or avoided .
249. FORM AND MANNER OF NOTIFYING AN AIR CARRIER OF TEMPORARY GROUNDING OF
IRCRAFT. The inspector who determines that an air carrier aircraft is in an
nsafe condition for operation and believes that such aircraft is likely to be
hap 6
ar 2046 Page 4083
8300.9 7/26/85
operated in such condition shall notify the air carrier that such aircraft shall
not be operated for 5 days unless the unsafe condition is corrected before
5 days have elapsed . Such notice will be given in the following manner :
a. Immediately after discovering the unsafe condition , the inspector
will inform the first available responsible person that the aircraft is not to
be operated and the reasons . He / she will also ask such person to take all
necessary action and precaution to assure that the aircraft is not operated . If
a flightcrew is about to operate the aircraft, the pilot - in -command will be
considered the first available responsible person ; otherwise, such person should
be aa responsible person in the operations organization of the air carrier with
sufficient authority to keep the aircraft on the ground.
b . As soon as the inspector can get to his/her office or other place
where a written notice may be made , he/ she will confirm his /her verbal grounding
notification in writing. This confirmation will contain the following
information :
(1 ) Time and date when verbal grounding notification was given .

1
1
( 2) Person or persons to whom verbal grounding notification was
given .
(3) Statement of unsafe condition (s ) which caused the temporary

grounding action .
(4) Cite Section 605 (b ) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 as
authority for the grounding action .
(5 ) Statement that the 5 -day period of grounding began when the
inspector first verbally notified the air carrier .
C. Every effort will be made to get the written confirmation in the
hands of a responsible air carrier official as soon as possible after the verba
grounding notification is made. A receipt for such written notification will be
requested and obtained if possible. The word " received ," date, and signature o
the air carrier representative on a copy of the notification will be
sufficient .
2050. COORDINATION BEFORE TEMPORARY GROUNDING ACTION IS INITIATED . Before

notifying an air carrier that an aircraft is being temporarily grounded , the
inspector may , if circumstances permit , consult by phone with the appropriate
regional office through his /her district office supervisor or if he / she is not
the principal maintenance inspector assigned to the air carrier , he / she should ,
if possible, consult with such inspector before grounding an aircraft . However
such prior coordination should not be allowed to interfere with immediate actio
to ground an unsafe aircraft . if imminent operation is expected .
2051. COORDINATION AFTER TEMPORARY GROUNDING ACTION . As soon as possible afte
temporarily grounding air carrier aircraft , the inspector will phone or wire al
pertinent details to his appropriate regional office, in accordance with
regional procedures, and promptly mail two copies of the written confirmation o
Chap 6
Page 4084 Par 2049
/ 26 /85 8300.9
grounding given to the air carrier. If the inspector is not the principal
maintenance inspector assigned to the air carrier, he / she will also furnish the
same information to the latter person . (One copy in the latter situation .)
2052. ACTION BY REGIONAL OFFICE AFTER BEING NOTIFIED OF TEMPORARY GROUNDING
ACTION . The appropriate regional office , after receiving the details of a
temporary grounding action , will notify the regional counsel as promptly as
possible. The regional counsel will be given all pertinent details , including a
copy of the written confirmation of grounding given the air carrier by the
inspector . This will aid the regional counsel in the event further formal
action is needed before the 5 -day grounding period elapses, such as an order
suspending the airworthiness certificate, etc. If there is a possibility that
the air carrier will contest the grounding action , the Manager , Aircraft
Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , should be promptly informed of the conditions and
circumstances involved .
2053. ADDITIONAL ACTION WITH REGARD TO AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT WHICH HAVE BEEN
TEMPORARILY GROUNDED .
a. After an aircraft has been temporarily grounded , the principal
maintenance inspector, or a qualified inspector acting for him /her, will closely
follow the action taken by the air carrier to correct the unsafe condition . If
the condition is corrected and the aircraft is made safe for operation before
5 days elapse, the inspector will notify the air carrier in writing that the
aircraft may now be operated in air transportation .
b. If the condition is not corrected and there is good reason to expect
the air carrier to operate the aircraft in the unsafe condition after the 5 days
elapse , the inspector should inform his /her regional office of this situation
and ask that a formal order be issued by regional counsel suspending ( or
revoking) the Certificate of Airworthiness. This action should be initiated in
time to allow issuance of such order effective immediately upon termination of
the 5 -day grounding period . Experience shows that the necessity of seeking
further suspension or revocation of the Certificate of Airworthiness afterthe
þriginal temporary groinding is very remote . However , the inspector should not
hesitate to request such action if it should become necessary .
2054. VIOLATION ACTION .
a.
Violation action may or may not be required as a result of finding
conditions which warrant temporary grounding of an air carrier aircraft . Ifthe
insafe condition stems from failure to comply with the FAR's, violation action
will be taken in accordance with established procedures .
b. If an air carrier usually operates an aircraft after being notified
by an inspector that he has invoked the grounding authority of Section 605 (b) ,
the inspector should immediately contact his/her regional office so that they,
borking with the regional counsel , may utilize available legal measures to stop
puch operations as soon as possible . This situation is not likely to exist but
hould such operation occur , the inspector should act as swiftly as possible to
ause such legal measures to be invoked .
Chap 6
Par 2051 Page 4085
8300.9 7/26/8
2055. PROBABILITY OF NEED TO USE THE TEMPORARY GROUNDING PROVISIONS OF

SECTION 605 (b ) OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION ACT. Experience shows that occasion to
impose the 5 -day grounding provisions of Section 605 (b) will seldom occur . TI
knowledge that the inspector has this authority and is not reluctant to use it
is usually sufficient to cause an air carrier to take such corrective measure
as will avoid its use to ground his /her aircraft .
2056. - 2059 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 4086 ( thru 4090 ) Par 2055
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 32. AIR CARRIER MAINTENANCE DESIGNATOR SYMBOLS
2060. PURPOSE . To facilitate the recording , storage, and retrieval of

maintenance data , approved standard maintenance letter designation symbols are
to be use .
a. Four - letter designator symbols that end with the letter " A" will be
issued to the holder of an air carrier operating certificate authorized to
conduct operation in air transporation under FAR Parts 121 , 127 , and 135 .
Designators issued to Part 135 operators should be limited to those scheduled
commuter -passenger operators using multiengine aircraft and to multiengine
all -cargo air service 418 operators . See Chapter 6 , paragraph 1601 of this
order for the definition of an air carrier operating certificate holder .
b . Four- letter designator symbols that end with the letter "0" will be
issued to the holder of an operating certificate authorized to conduct operation
in air commerce as an air travel club or commercial operator under
FAR Parts 121 , 127 , and 135. Designators issued to Part 135 commercial
operators should be limited to operators operating multiengine aircraft
certificated for 10 -or -more passenger seats or 7,500 pounds maximum payload .
See Chapter 6 , Paragraph 1601 of this order for the definition of an operating
certificate holder .
2061. CAUTION . These maintenance designator symbols must not be confused with
other designators such as the two - letter ICAO -assigned designators or other
FAA -assigned company designators which are used for such purposes as company
communications and air traffic control . The inspector should make it clear to
the operator that the maintenance designator symbol is for maintenance data
collection purposes only, and is not to be used for communications purposes .
2062. CHANGES , ADDITIONS , OR DELETIONS TO THE LIST OF MAINTENANCE DESIGNATOR
SYMBOLS (RIS : FS 8300-1) . It is important that this list be maintained in an
accurate and up --to -date state. To accomplish this , it will be necessary for
each certificate-holding district office to promptly notify the Aircraft
Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , of any of the following :
a. Issuance of an operating certificate and effective date ;
b . cancellation of an operating certificate; and
C. any change, addition , or deletion to an operator's certificate (e.g. ,
Fertificate number , district office , base of operation ( city and state) ,
etc. , ) .
(1 ) Notification should be made by dispatch to the Manager , Aircraft

aintenance Division , AWS - 300 , Washington , D.C., with a copy to the Manager ,
ational Safety Data Branch , AVN -120 , Oklahoma City , Oklahoma, following local
rocedures as applicable.
Chap 6
Par 2060 Page 4091
8300.9 7/26/85
(2) In the case of issuance of a new operating certificate , the

dispatch shall contain :
( a) The operator's name and base of operations ( city and
state ) ;
(b ) certificate number ;
(c) effective date of certificate;
(d) district office holding certificate responsibility ;
( e) proposed maintenance designator symbol; and
( f) type operation from the following table :
OPERATOR CLASSIFICATION CODES
Operator Classification Type Operation

A Scheduled Domestic Trunk
B Local Service
C Alaska -Hawaii
D International - Territorial
E Helicopter Operator
F Scheduled Air Cargo
G Supplemental Air Carrier
H Commercial Operator
I Air Taxi Operator (large aircraft )
J Air Taxi Operator (multiengine
scheduled passenger commuter )
E
K Air Travel Clubs

L All - Cargo Air Service
( 3) The above classifications are defined in the Monthly Aircraft

Utilization and Propulsion Reliability Report (RIS: AC 8320-17) .
(4) The proposed maintenance designator symbol ( Item E) should not
be issued to the operator until it has been cleared and confirmed by AVN -120 .
2063. MAINTENANCE DESIGNATOR SYMBOLS . Maintenance designator symbols have been
transferred from this order to the Aircraft Utilization and Propulsion listing
of maintenance designator symbols and will be updated by the National Safety
Data Branch , AVN -120 . The Manager, Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , will
retain responsibility for maintenance designator symbols .
2064. - 2069 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 4092 ( thru 4096 ) Par 2062
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 33. AIR CARRIER INSPECTION PROCEDURES
2070. PURPOSE . This section clarifies inspection procedures relative to air

carriers and commercial operators certificated under the provisions of FAR
Parts 121 and 127 .
2071. It is the responsibility of each inspector holding certificate

GENERAL .
responsibility, and other inspectors assigned maintenance inspectional
responsibilities , to conduct periodic inspections to determine that the air
carriers for which they have inspectional assignments are conducting their
activities in accordance with the FAR's and good operating practices .
2072. INTERREGIONAL COORDINATION OF INSPECTIONS. When an air carrier's
established routes traverse more than one region , the principal inspectors
holding certificate responsibility shall request the assignment of necessary
inspectors in the other regional and district offices located in areas through
which the air carrier operates to assist in the inspection of the air carrier's
activities in those areas .
a. The provisions of this handbook , Chapter 2 , Section 1 , will be
followed in making such requests . When making a request for assistance, the
request should state exactly what, when , where, and the number of the particular
type of inspections required . It should be remembered, however , that due to
other commitments and manpower utilization , the regional and district offices
may not be able to lend assistance to the extent requested .
b. The requesting office, in such cases, should be advised in writing of
the number and type of inspections which can be accomplished so that other
arrangements may be made by the requesting office to conduct such additional
inspections considered necessary . Such assignments should be on a permanent
basis and shall constitute secondary responsibility for the air carrier's
maintenance activities .
C.
In the case of supplemental air carriers and commercial operators
that do not have an established pattern of operation , it may not be possible to
make assignments on a permanent basis as outlined above . Ihder such a
condition , the inspector having certificate responsibility should assume the
responsibility of determining where a carrier is operating and make requests for
assistance as the need arises.
d . Inspectors should make every effort to comply with requests for

assistance in monitoring the maintenance activity of air carriers conducting
pperations into their assigned areas . When an air carrier operates infrequently
into a particular area , the air carrier district office for that area should
Feel free to monitor the air carrier's activities without being requested to do
so . In all cases , a report will be furnished to the district office having
bertificate responsibility .
Chap 6
Par 2070 Page 4097
8300.9
7/26/85
2073. PERIODIC MEETINGS OF INSPECTORS . To assure a mutual understanding of an

air carrier's maintenance program and to affim uniformity of FAA inspection
procedures throughout the carrier's system , the district office having
certificate responsibility should , in accordance with regional instructions ,
schedule a meeting annually. Attendees should be , but not limited to ,
maintenance and avionics inspectors of other district offices who accomplish
major inspection duties on the air carrier, Washington personnel , and selected
" SWAP" personnel of the certificate -holding region . All phases of the carrier's
operations should be discussed and agreement reached concerning any action
deemed appropriate to rectify deficiencies in the air carrier's operations.
Also , mutual problems concerning the accomplishment of required inspection
policies and procedures will be maintained throughout the air carrier's entire
system . Air carrier officials may be invited to attend part of the meeting in
accordance with regional guidance .
2074. AIR CARRIER MEETING REPORT/ATTENDEES (RIS : FS 8320-21) . When scheduled
meeting are held, a complete narrative report will be prepared by the district
office in charge with copies forwarded to the regional and district offices
concerned and to the Manager, Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 ,
Washington , D.C.
2075. TRAINING OPERATIONS . If certain of the operator's aircraft are used
exclusively for training (operated and maintained under provisions of FAR
Part 91) , the assigned air carrier maintenance inspector should notify ( through
appropriate administrative channels) the FAA district office responsibile for
surveillance of the airport ( s ) where the majority of training is to be
conducted . The notification should be in writing listing the aircraft (by
registration numbers) to be used in the training operations and should advise
the duration of such operations if known . An arrangement for periodic
visitation /reporting between the district offices involved is encouraged .
2076. - 2087 . RESERVED .

Par 2073
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 34 . SPECIAL FIELD REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

2088. FIELD REPORTING REQUIREMENTS . The Office of Airworthiness , Aircraft
Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , needs certain additional operating statistics and
service difficulty information for the DC - 10 / B - 747,757,767 / L - 1011 / A - 300 series
airplanes . This information will be used in monitoring and evaluating the
maintenance programs .
a.
The intent of this supplementary reporting requirement is to identify
design and maintenance problem areas . Inspectors must be ready to interpret and
respond to early distress indicators and develop lasting fixes, including
necessary inspections .
b. In addition , this information will provide Headquarters with
background data to answer requests from the field , industry, and other
governmental agencies concerning the operational performance of the
DC - 10 / B - 747,575,767 / L -1011 / A - 300 series airplanes . Also , data will be
accumulated to support changes to the initial maintenance requirements set forth
in the FAA Maintenance Review Board reports .
c.
The responsibility for completion and submission of this information
rests with the assigned inspectors. Inspectors will normally acquire the needed
information under the authority of Section 605 (b) of the Federal Aviation
Act of 1958 , which provides for the inspection and examination of air carriers
to determine compliance with the applicable regulations . These special
reporting requirements do not supersede the MRR /MIS and /or incident reporting
requirements .
d . Procedures. The following procedures outline the action to be taken
by the Air Carrier /Flight Standards District Office ; the region ; the Aircraft
Maintenance Division , AWS - 300; the National Safety Data Branch , AVN -120 ; and the
DC - 10 / B -747,757,767 / L - 1011 / A - 300 Aircraft Evaluation Groups, ANM - 270L , and
ANM - 270S .
(1 ) Air Carrier /Flight Standards District Office. The assigned

inspector will submit the following information :
(a) Special Report of Significant DC - 10 / B -747,757,767 , / L - 1011 /
A - 300 Failures , Malfunctions, or Defects ( RIS: WS 8320-22) will be submitted
on the areas listed in Figure 6-37 of this chapter . Data on report. will
include:
1 Date of submittal .
2 Report number ( assign a number to each reported

malfunction , failure, or defect ; e.g. , AAL - 1, etc. ) .
3 Airplane make and model , manufacturer's serial number ,
and registration (N) number .
4 Name of operator .
Chap 6
Par 2088 Page 5003
8300.9 7/26/85
5 Date of occurrence .
6 - MRR /MIS or incident reports submitted (where pertinent ,
list date and number of reports ) .
7 ATA System /Subsystem (2310 , 3230 , etc. ) .

8 Component manufacturer and part number (where pertinent) .
9 Time since new or last inspection and total number of
landings (where pertinent ).
10 Description of difficulty: Make statements as brief as
possible. State type of malfunction or failure and, if a defect, give locations
by zone number and FS , WS , BL , etc. Attach sketch or photo if required . Avoid
using report form for evaluation of the causes of the defect . However, an
operator's evaluation may be attached on a separate sheet . In those cases where
the reported item is a repeat item , list the previous report ( s) by date and
report number .
11. Corrective action taken by operator and assigned

inspector (where pertinent ); indicate if a prior modification , repair, or
maintenance repair action was significant to the defect found . List
modifications by airline modification order number, manufacturer's service
bulletin number , etc. If none were completed , so indicate . List changes to
operator's maintenance program which have been made as a result of this
deficiency. Use additional pages as necessary and attach copy of airline
modification order or manufacturer's service bulletin as applicable.
12 List results of special inspections or fleet campaigns
conducted by operator (where pertinent ) .
(b ) If the item warrants immediate notification of air carriers ,
the assigned inspector will submit safety recommendations in accordance with
Order 8010.2, Flight Standards Service Difficulty Program .
(c) In the interest of expediency, the special reports of
significant failures, malfunctions, or defects (RIS : WS 8320-22) shall be
mailed directly to aviation safety inspectors ( airworthiness) at the addresses
specified in this paragraph . A copy shall also be sent directly to the Aircraft
Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , and to the National Safety Data Branch , AVN -120 ,
immediately following each occurrence. The importance of the timely submission
accuracy , and completeness of these reports cannot be overemphasized.
NOTE : ANY NEWSWORTHY ITEM WILL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED BY TELEPHONE TO
THE APPROPRIATE AIRCRAFT EVALUATION GROUP, AND A WRITTEN REPORT
WILL FOLLOW .
Chap 6
Page 5004 Par 2088
7/26/85 8300.9
1 DC - 10 / L - 1011 Aviation Safety Inspectors (Airworthiness) ,

Federal Aviation Administration Evaluation Group , ANM - 270L , 4340 Donald Douglas
Drive , Long Beach , California 90808 .
2 B - 747,757,767 / A - 300 Aviation Safety Inspectors

(Airworthiness ), Federal Aviation Administration , Aircraft Evaluation Group,
ANM - 270S, FAA Building, Boeing Field /King County International Airport ,
Seattle , Washington 98108 .
3 A copy of A - 300 reports to Aviation Safety Specialist,

AEU - 201, Federal Aviation Administration , c/o American Embassy, APO
New York 09667 .
(d) The assigned inspector shall be responsible for keeping the

regional office apprised of the investigative and corrective action being taken
on each reported significant service difficulty.
(2) Regional Offices . The region shall be responsible for providing
the necessary supervision relative to processing the reports , where necessary ,
and for providing additional information which will be beneficial to the office
receiving the original report .
(3) The Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS -300. Upon receipt, the
Significant Failure, Malfunction , or Defect Reports shall be integrated with
other available information on the matter and reviewed by Air Transportation
Branch or Avionics Branch personnel. If , due to this review and recommendations
of the assigned inspector, it is determined there is a need for additional
action , appropriate notification shall be prepared ( telegraphic alerts, directed
safety investigations, or bulletins) .
(4) National Safety Data Branch , AVN - 120 . upon receipt , the
Significant Failure, Malfunction , or Defect Reports are integrated with
available information on the matter , and entered into the automatic data
processing system .
(5) DC - 10 /B -747,757,767 / L - 1011 / A - 300 specialists will be responsible
for coordination and followup on each reported significant failure , malfunction ,
or defect with the Aircraft Certification Division , ANM – 100 . All requests for
additional information from field personnel shall be coordinated with AWS - 300
prior to initiating such requests .
( a ) Suitable procedures should be established within the
appropriate regions to assure timely coordination between maintenance ,
engineering, and operations specialists, including coordination with the
airframe and engine manufacturers so that duplicate contacts are avoided .
(b ) The Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS- 300 , should be kept
apprised on the evaluation results and the status of any corrective actions
being taken by the manufacturer and by the type certificate controlling region .
( c). In those cases where immediate corrective action is taken
either by the manufacturer (alert wires , circular letter, etc.) or by the type
certificate controlling regim (AD, FQEB action or amendment to airplane flight
hap 6
ar 2088 Page 5005
8300.9 7/26/85
manual or airplane type data sheet ) , the Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 ,
will be advised by telephone.
(d) Following the contacts prescribed by (b) and (c) above,
AWS - 300 will keep assigned representatives of ASF - 100 and AWS - 100 advised .
FIGURE 6-37 . SERVICE DIFFICULTY INFORMATION TO BE REPORTED SPECIAL REPORT OF

SIGNIFICANT DC - 10 / B -747,757,767/ L - 1011 / A - 300 FAILURES,
MALFUNCTIONS , OR DEFECTS (RIS : WS 8320-22)
1. Airplane system malfunctions , failures , or defects which
result in :
a. Special inspection or watch items .
b. Fleet campaigns .
C. Modifications by airline or manufacturer .
1
d . Maintenance program changes.

2. In addition , any malfunction , failure , or defect that the
inspector becomes aware of during surveillance of the maintenance program which
the inspector considers to be important from an airworthiness standpoint .
2089. DISTRIBUTION .
a.The DC - 10 /B -747,757,767 /L -1011/A -300 specialist at the Aircraft
Evaluation Group will be responsible for distributing copies of the special
report on significant failures , malfunctions, and defects to all other principal
maintenance /avionics inspectors who have primary responsibility for the same
type airplane, and to the appropriate Aircraft Certification Division .
b. The Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS- 300 , will be responsible for
distributing copies of the same report to the Manager , Flight Standards
Division , in all regions.
C. The regions, in turn , will distribute copies of the report to those
district offices that have secondary responsibility for the same type airplanes
2090. SAFETY IS DEPENDENT ON GOOD EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION . Correct informatior
given early on a malfunction or failure speeds up mutual understanding among
those persons who can effect corrective action . In the past , safety has
suffered some setbacks due to poor or late notification of important events .
Since part of mutual understanding is dependent on good communications, please
provide early correct information on malfunctions, failures , and structural
defects . Let us all strive for better communication in the interest of safety .
2091. - 2099 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 5006 ( thru 5014 ) Par 2088
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 35. OPERATION OF FOREIGN - REGISTERED AIRCRAFT

BY U.S. AIR CARRIERS
2100. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for operation of foreign - registered

aircraft by U.S. air carriers is contained in FAR Parts 121 , 127 , and 135 .
2101. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions to maintenance and avionics
inspectors responsible for assuring that foreign -registered aircraft intended
for use by U.S. air carriers meet the requirements of the applicable FAR .
2102 . INSTRUCTIONS . U.S. air carriers may operate, in common carriage and for
the carriage of mail, aa civil aircraft which is leased or chartered to it
without crew and is registered in a foreign country which is a party to the
Convention of International Civil Aviation of the aircraft :
a. Carries an appropriate airworthiness certificate issued by the
country of registration and meets the registration and identification
requirements of that country . It may be necessary for the operator to perform
inspections or tests over and above those required by its approved program in
order to keep the foreign airworthiness certificate valid in the country of
registry .
b. Conforms to a type design which is approved under a U.S. type
certificate and is in a condition for safe flight.
C. Meets the requirements for issuance of a
a U.S. standard airworthiness
certificate and complies with the maintenance, operating, and equipment rules
applicable to the operation of a U.S.-registered aircraft of the same type .
HOWEVER, a foreign -registered aircraft is not eligible for, nor would it
receive , a U.S. standard airworthiness certificate or be registered in the U.S.
d . Is in compliance with all effective U.S. and foreign airworthiness
directives and complies with the life - limited parts requirements .
e.
Complies with the noise, fuel venting , and engine emission
requirements. Compliance must be shown to meet the standards of the " new
production " ( FAR Section 36.1 (d) ) and " acoustical change" ( FAR Section 36.7 )
rules , and the operating noise limit rules in Subpart E of FAR Part 91 , as if
the aircraft were to be certificated and registered in the U.S. If the FAA
adopts or amends any other noise or engine emission requirements applicable to
U.S. -registered aircraft, they will apply equally to foreign -registered aircraft
operated by U.S. air carriers .
2103. CERTIFICATE HOLDER RESPONSIBILITY . The certificate holder must file a
lease or charter agreement with the FAA Airmen and Aircraft Registry at Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma, and satisfy that foreign country's requirements, including any
special documentation required by that country to be carried on the aircraft .
Chap 6
Par 2100 Page 5015
8300.9 7/26/85
2104. EXEMPTIONS OR CONCESSIONS . It may be necessary for the lessee or lessor

to obtain exemptions or concessions fromthe foreign airworthiness authority who
has jurisdiction over the registration of the aircraft .
2105. FAA RESPONSIBILITY . The FAA will conduct such surveillance, as
necessary , including documentation and / or physical inspections . When the
aircraft are authorized for use in U.S. air carrier operations, they will be
treated as any other U.S. - registered aircraft listed on the Operations
Specifications.
2106. -2150 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 5016 ( thru 5024 ) Par 2104
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 36. AIR CARRIER RELIABILITY PROGRAMS DEVELOPED FOR CUSTOMER USE
2151. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance regarding reliability programs

for operators arranging with other operators for maintenance , and specifically
concerns contractual arrangements whereby the operator's reliability program is
based on the approved program of the contractor . This guidance is in addition
to that provided by Chapter 6 , Section 9 , of this order and Advisory
Circular 120-17A , Maintenance Control by Reliability Methods .
2152. DEFINITIONS . For the purpose of this section , the following definitions
apply :
Contractor. An FAR Part 121 , 127 , or 135 operator performing
a.
maintenance in accordance with its approved continuous airworthiness maintenance

program on another FAR Part 121 , 127, or 135 operator's aircraft, engines , or
components .
b . Operator. An FAR Part 121, 127 , or 135 operator arranging with a

contractor Tas identified above) for maintenance of its aircraft , engines, or
components in accordance with the contractor's program .
2153. BACKGROUND .
a.
Contractual maintenance arrangements have been the practice by small
fleet operators because it is impractical for them to staff and equip
maintenance facilities due to the occasional nature of their maintenance needs .
In addition , their operations do not support a technical staff to develop
effective maintenance programs, and the statistical data generated by their
small fleets is insufficient for reliability control. For these reasons, some
small operators have entered into contractual maintenance arrangements whereby
their aircraft are treated as part of the operating fleet of the operator
performing the maintenance . Chapter 6 , Section 6 , paragraph 1691 d , of this
prder addresses this arrangement. The operator is not required to develop its
own reliability program for this arrangement but is required to have a
continuing analysis and surveillance system ( FAR Sections 121.373 , 127.136 , and
135.431) and must participate in the contractual arrangement as necessary to
iphold its airworthiness responsibilities. The operator is obligated to provide
the assigned principal airworthiness inspectors with information and data needed
to substantiate the effectiveness of the arrangement; i.e. , reliability program
reports, premature removal reports , etc.
b . Deregulation resulted in new operators being certificated , some with
considerable large fleets . Again , the maintenance workload fluctuations
liscourage developing a comprehensive maintenance organization , but it is
feasible for these operators to accomplish some elements of their maintenance
program and to contract for the remaining elements . Under a typical
rrangement, they contract for C and D level aircraft inspections, major
owerplant maintenance, and component repair /overhaul. They perform their own A
nd B checks and use local maintenance organizations for repairs and other
aintenance between contracted services . Chapter 6 , Section 6 ,
aragraph 1691 e , of this order addresses this arrangement .
Chap 6
Par 2151 Page 5025
8300.9 7/26/85
c. Traditionally , an aircraft maintenance program ; i.e. , the maintenance

schedule and methods, practices, and procedures for its accomplishment is based
on :
(1 ) The inherent integrity of the system , component , or

installation ;
( 2) The capability of the facility performing the maintenance; and

( 3) Operational and environmental characteristics of the operation
in which the aircraft is used .
d. With regard to these factors , most aircraft presently involved in

contractual maintenance arrangements, as described in paragraphs 2153 a and b of
this section , have been in air carrier service for many years and the
maintenance programs developed by the operators of these aircraft have been
proven . Similarly, the capability of the operators that have been operating
these aircraft; i.e. , training , equipment, staffing, etc. , are established .
This leaves only the question of operating characteristics ; such as ,
utilization, flight cycle length , and environment for determining that an
established operator's aircraft maintenance program is suitable for another
operator under a contractual maintenance arrangement. The approval of an
existing program for a new operator and the need to adjust inspection intervals,
overhaul periods, etc. , should be based on the suitability of the program rather
than arbitrarily reducing times because the operator is new .
2154. DISCUSSION . A scheduled air carrier ( contractor ) develops reliability
programs for use by other air carriers ( operators) . The reliability program
document defines the responsibilities of the participating air carriers and
includes procedures for interface between the two . The document is based on the
premise that the operator adopts appropriate portions of the approved aircraft
maintenance program of the contractor .
a.
In general, the operator (contracting for maintenance) provides
utilization information and event information , for example , delays,
cancellations, shutdowns, etc. , to the contractor ( operator perorming the
maintenance ) , as well as corrective action and shop repair details for work
performed away from the contractor's maintenance facility. The contractor
consolidates this information with that generated while the aircraft is
undergoing maintenance at its facility, analyzes that information , and returns
it to the operator in useable form . The contractor's analysis and the report
back to the operator compare the mechanical performance of the operator's
aircraft to acceptable performance levels and to the performance of the
contractor's fleet . The contractor also provides comments or recommendations
for corrective action for irregularities disclosed by the report . This is
particularly important when a control limit has been exceeded on the operator's
fleet or 'when other events indicate insatisfactory mechanical performance. The
operator will use this information as specified by its reliability program .
Chap 6
Page 5026 Par 2153
1
1
1
7/26/85 8300.9 1
b . The requirements imposed on the contractor by the operator's

maintenance program , reliability program , or operations specifications should be 1
supported by the contractual agreement. Operations specifications issued to one

operator are not binding on other operators (contractors) or repair stations, so
it is the operator's responsibility to ensure all requirements of the
specifications are met .
c. Adoption of the contractor's approved aircraft maintenance program by
the operator should particularly consider calendar time between inspections and
lubrication tasks . Other considerations are make, model , and modification
variations between the operator's aircraft and the aircraft of the contractor .
These considerations and the past maintenance program and maintenance history of
the aircraft must be accounted for . Modifications and additional inspections
for the operator's aircraft may be necessary for the transition to the new
program . Responsibility and procedures for maintaining nonstandard
installations must be established .
d . Subsequent revisions to the contractor's program should
for the operator's' program based on the same justification .
be considered
There should also
be a means for the operator to initiate change .
e.
FAA approval of the aircraft maintenance program and related
reliability program will be given by the FAA principal airworthiness inspectors
assigned to the operator . At this point , it becomes the operator's approved
program . Changes to the aircraft program or reliability program require
approval by the principal airworthiness inspectors assigned to the operator
either on an individual basis or by procedures approvedas part of the
operator's reliability program .
f. Short -term escalation should be provided to the operator to offset
possible setbacks in the handling schedule of the contractor .
g . Although this section addresses contractual arrangements for aircraft
naintenance, these fundamentals apply equally to independent programs for
powerplant or component maintenance repair /overhaul/ restoration , and combined
Fleet arrangements .
2155. PROCEDURES . Principal airworthiness inspectors assigned to operators

irranging for maintenance with another operator ( contractor ) under an aircraft
laintenance program derived from that contractor should ensure that the operator
las a reliability program for that purpose and that the contractual arrangement
provides for the following :
a.
Data analysis and corrective action functions which consider the past
xperience, data bank , and past corrective actions of the contractor as well as
hat of the operator .
hap 6
ar 2154 Page 5027
8300.9 7/26/85
b. The establishment of uninhibited , timely, and an adequate flow of

information between the two participants .
c.
The outlining of each participant's contribution and responsibilities
in the operator's reliability program .
d . The contractual arrangement should support the responsibilities of
the contractor specified in the operator's reliability program .
2156. -2165 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 5028 ( thru 5032 ) Par 2155
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 37. CONTINUING ANALYSIS AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS
2166. PURPOSE . This section provides information and guidance for continuing
analysis and surveillance systems.
2167. DISCUSSION . Continuing analysis and surveillance system requirements
were incorporated into the regulations in conjunction with required inspection
items ( RII) and related requirements to upgrade the maintenance rules in
response to a series of maintenance related accidents . FAR Part 135
subsequently adopted these requirements for aircraft type certificated for
10 -or -more passenger seats .
a. A continuing analysis and surveillance system serves to ensure the
adequacy of an operator's maintenance program and to confirm that it is being
properly controlled and adhered to . In addition to their conventional
regulatory authority, FAR Sections 121.373 , 127.136 , and 135.431 incorporate
provisions for the FAA to mandate revisions to an operator's maintenance program
based on deficiencies or irregularities disclosed by the continuing surveillance
and analysis system .
b. A continuing analysis and surveillance system encompasses two basic
functions. The first is audit , which looks at the administration and
supervisory aspects of the operator's program , including work performed by
persons outside of the operator's basic organization . The second function
concerns monitoring the mechanical performance of affected aircraft engines and
components and it normally includes a data collection / analysis system that may
or may not be part of a reliability program . As with other facets of continuous
airworthiness maintenance programs, the complexity of the analysis and
surveillance systems should be commensurate with the certificate holders '
operation .
C.
The audit function of the continuing analysis and surveillance system
encompasses operational matters ; such as , maintenance scheduling, control and
accountability of work forms, conformance to technical instructions pertaining
to work forms and other technical instructions, and compliance with procedural
requirements . It also addresses the adequacy of equipment and facilities , parts
protection and stocking, competency of mechanics, and housekeeping. To be
effective, audits should be divorced from other maintenance functions . Some
operators have a separate quality assurance section for this purpose while
others assign the audit function to their aircraft inspection units . When audit
is assigned to organizational units with other duties, the audit should be
accomplished as an independent activity . Audit is normally on - the - scene
observation and monitoring and should be a scheduled , ongoing activity. A
thorough continuing analysis and surveillance system should encompass periodic
audits of contract agencies .
d ... The mechanical performance analysis function may be satisfied by a

reliability program or by an independent data collection and analysis system .
Advisory Circular 120-17A, Maintenance Control by Reliability Methods, provides
guidance on complete reliability programs from which data collection and data
analysis systems can be extracted . The system should include charting or some
appropriate means of recording and accounting for pertinent data at specified
Chap 6
Par 2166 Page 5033
8300.9 7/26/85
intervals to assure continuous operation of the program . Data collection and

data analysis are essential elements for supporting the condition -monitoring
process .
2168. APPLICATION .
a. The use of contract agencies ; i.e. , repair stations or other

certificated operators for maintenance , complicates the continuous analysis and
surveillance system . Normally , the operator relies on the contract agency for
technical guidance because of the agency's higher level of expertise and
experience . When a problem arises , the operator must work with the contract
agency to identify and resolve the problem which may develop into a controversy .
Large contract agencies tend to disregard the needs of small operators and
1
concentrate on their own interests or those of larger custormers. Conversely ,
the contracting operator does not always provide essential information such as
failure characteristics, service times, etc. All maintenance contracts or
agreéments should include provisions for the contracting operator's analysis and
surveillance system as part of the operator's total maintenance program .
b . For contract operations wherein an operator contracts with another
operator for total maintenance support , the contracting operator is still
responsible for the continuing analysis and surveillance requirement. The
contracting operator must have adequate personel and resources to accomplish
both the audit and performance analysis functions and to provide pertinent data
to its assigned principal inspectors .
C.
When aircraft fleets are grouped for reliability control or other
purposes involving data collection , the data generated by a single airplane or a
small fleet can be overwhelmed by a larger fleet of the group . Unacceptable
performance on a small fleet may not contribute sufficient statistical impact to
be detected unless data from the discrepant fleet is individually reviewed .
Converserly, data from the total of the fleets provides a valid comparison for
behavior of the small fleet .
d. The complexity and sophistication of the system should be relative to

the certificate holder's operation . A small operator should not be expected to
have a continuous analysis system suitable for a large airline . However , they
should have a system with continuous data collection with specified analysis
points and repetitive audits . Duties and responsibilities should be assigned
and the system should be described in the operator's manual .
e. A recent innovation is data collection / analysis programs utilizing
the manufacturer as a repository. This arrangement is usually a means to
support the condition -monitoring process . Timely and thorough reporting by the
operator and prompt response from the manufacturer are essential . Although thi
arrangement may be authorized by the Maintenance Review Board Report , the
operator is not relieved of the ultimate responsibility for the effectiveness o
the program . If the manufacturer fails to support the program , the operator is
obligated to come up with a viable substitute .
2169. - 2175 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 5034 ( thru 5036 ) Par 2167
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 38. INSPECTION PROGRAMS AND ORGANIZATION
2176. PURPOSE . This section provides the inspector with information pertinent
to the evaluation of inspection programs and organizations of air carriers and
commercial operators under FAR Parts 121 and 127 and operators of aircraft type
certificated for 10 -or -more passenger seats under FAR Part 135 .
2177. GENERAL. The regulations specify that each operator shall have an
inspection program and a program covering other maintenance . Additional
requirements call for a maintenance organization adequate to perform the work
and an inspection organization adequate to perfom required inspections. In the
case of required inspections, there must be a separation between the inspection
organization and the maintenance organization .
2178. INSPECTION PROGRAMS. The following information pertains to the methods
and procedures used to conduct inspection activities in accordance with
regulatory requirements:
a. The inspection program incorporates a plan of procedure to ensure
that maintenance , preventive maintenance , and alterations are performed in
accordance with the certificate holder's manual ; that competent personnel and
adequate facilities and equipment are provided for the proper performance of
maintenance , preventive maintenance, and alterations ; and that each aircraft
released to service is airworthy . This plan also covers AIRWORTHINESS
INSPECTIONS AND REQUIRED INSPECTION ITEMS ( RII) .
(1 ) Airworthiness Inspections . FAR Section 121.135 (b) ( 1 ) and
similar provisions of FAR Parts 127 and 135 stipulate each operator's manual
must contain airworthiness inspections, including instructions covering
procedures, standards, responsibilities, and authority of inspection personnel.
FAR 1 defines inspection as maintenance . Therefore, the methods and procedures
established by the operator's manual must be followed as prescribed by FAR
Sections 121.367, 127.134 , and 135.427 . Completion of inspection items not
designated as " required inspection items" will also be accomplished in
accordance with the instructions contained in the operator's manual.
(2) Required Inspection Items (RII). FAR Sections 121.369 (b) ( 2) ,
127.134(b ) (2 ), and 135.427 (b) (2 ) deal with the designation of maintenance and
alteration work which must be inspected (required inspection items). As stated
in the regulation , the manual must contain "a designation of the items of
maintenance and alteration that must be inspected (required inspection items)
including at least those that could result in a failure, malfunction, or defect
endangering the safe operation of the aircraft , if not performed properly or if
improper parts of materials are used ." It is up to the operator to evaluate its
work program and to identify required inspection items in a suitable manner .
For example, such items may be identified with the abbreviation " RII , " an
asterisk , or any similar method . The operator , in determining the work items
which are to be its required inspection items , should consider the importance
of , but not limit its consideration to , the following maintenance operations :
Chap 6
Par 2176 Page 5037
8300.9
7/26/85
(a) Installation , rigging , and adjustments of flight control

and surfaces .
(b) Installation and repair of major structual components .

(c) Installation of an aircraft engine, propellers, and rotor
and overhaul or calibaration of certain components such as engines, propellers ,
transmissions, and gear boxes , or navigation equipment, the failure of which
would affect the safe operation of the aircraft .
2179. INSPECTION ORGANIZATION . The following consists of the operator's
executive structure and administrative personnel relative to the performance of
its REQUIRED INSPECTIONS .
a. FAR Sections 121.365 , 127.132 , and 135.423 stipulate that each air
carrier must have an organization adequate to perform REQUIRED INSPECTIONS and
that the performance of REQUIRED INSPECTIONS shall be so organized so as to
separate the required inspection functions from the other maintenance ,
preventive maintenance , and alteration functions .
b. FAR Sections 121.371 (d ) , 127.135 (d ) , and 135.429 (d ) require the

operator to maintain , or determine that , each person with whom it arranges for
the performance of its required inspections. to maintain a current listing of
individuals who have been trained , qualified , and authorized to inspect its
required inspection items. In addition, the regulation requires that the
individuals must be identified by name , occupation title , and the required
inspections that the individual is authorized to perform . As an acceptable
means of compliance with these requirements, the operator's personnel roster (or
the contractor's roster ) which contains occupation titles such as "mechanic , "
" lead mechanic , " " inspector ," and " foreman " may be used . This roster should
include a method of positive identification of those who are trained , qualified ,
and authorized . The individuals who are authorized may be informed by a letter
or a list which shows the extent of their responsibilities, authorities, and
inspection limitations . However , if only a list is used , it should be signed by
each authorized individual. This signature is necessary to assure that the
person so authorized is fully aware of his inspection limitations .
2180. GUIDANCE . Surveillance of an operator's inspection organization may be
conducted on a routine basis or for some specific reason such as management
reorganization , acquisition of newer and more complex aircraft , growth in fleet
size, or any other factor that may affect flight safety. Careful thought should
be given to findings relating to airworthiness and required inspections before
any judgments are made concerning noncompliance with regulatory requirements .
The following facts should be considered before making a decision relating to
the character of an air carrier's or commercial operator's inspection
organization :
a.Regulations provide that each air carrier or commercial operator who
operates under FAR Parts 121 , 127, and for aircraft type certificated for 10 or
more passengers under 135 must separate its maintenance organization from its
inspection organization if it performs maintenance and required inspection item
work .
Chap 6
Page 5038 Par 2178
7/26/85 8300.9
b . Required inspection items must be designated and must be handled by

properly authorized , certificated, qualified , and informed personnel .
C.
Individuals authorized to perform required inspections must be listed
by name, occupation title, and the inspection the individual is authorized to
perform .
d. In addition to required inspections , the air carrier's manual must

contain airworthiness inspections , including instructions covering procedures,
standards, responsibilities , and authority of inspection personnel .
Inspection is maintenance ; therefore, airworthiness inspections must
e.
be performed in accordance with the air carrier's manual .

f . The operator can determine the methods he will use to accomplish
airworthiness inspections and the persons who will perform the inspections .
These procedures may or may not involve personnel from the organization required
by FAR Sections 121.365 (b) , 127.132 (b) , or 135.423 (b ) .
g. The separation of the air carrier maintenance organization from the
inspection organization does not apply to the accomplishment of airworthiness
inspections.
2181. - 2187 . RESERVED .
hap 6
ar 2180 Page 5039 (thru 5044)
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 39. AIRCRAFT EVALUATION GROUP ( AEG )

218% . GENERAL. Flight Standards Division Managers at directorate headquarters
vill provide , through Aircraft Evaluation Groups, appropriate Flight Standards
cechnical support to elements of the directorate . Activities start at the time
in application is submitted for an aircraft / engine type certificate and
continues throughout its service life. These groups , comprised of operations,
naintenance, and avionics specialists , provide technical services within their
areas of responsibility . The Aircraft Evaluation Groups have the responsibility
for determining pilot type rating requirements, master minimum equipment lists ,
naintenance program development, manufacturer's maintenance manual evaluation ,
and operating rules and policy evaluation related to the aircraft type . The
AEG's advise the manufacturer during the design and certification process of
pertinent operating requirements and make certain determinations and
cecommendations to the FAA field offices who will ultimately be responsible for
craining and maintenance programs. In addition , the AEG's manage the Flight
Operations Evaluation Board , Flight Standardization Board , and Maintenance
Review Board , which are comprised of representatives from the AEG and FAA field
>ffices .
2189. DUTIES OF THE MAINTENANCE / AVIONICS SPECIALISTS . The maintenance / avionics

cepresentatives are responsible for the following board activities :
a . Maintenance Review Board (MRB) . Composed of selected FAA
airworthiness inspectors and specialists, it approves initial
paintenance/ inspection requirements for new type design aircraft . It provides
guidance to industry maintenance steering groups engaged in establishing
haintenance standards by assigning specialists to specific working groups as
pbservers, to provide counselling , as needed , during their deliberations. These
tandards are used in the development of each operator's FAA approved
paintenance program and exert considerable safety, as well as economic impact,
pon future operations of the aircraft . Boards are comprised of carefully
elected maintenance, avionics, engineering , and flight test or operations
pecialists within FAA. Their findings are disseminated to FAA headquarters ,
legional and district offices , and manufacturers and operators of the aircraft
nder consideration . Although individual board members may reside in various
eographical areas , primary responsibility for establishment of the boards and
onduct of their activities resides in the region responsible for aircraft type
ertification . Since their functions parallel the certification process , their
nvolvement commences as soon as practicable during new aircraft development .
b . Type Certification Board (TCB) . Air carrier and general aviation
irworthiness inspectors shall participate in TCB activities, as appropriate,
þr aircraft used in each area of responsibility. At least one maintenance
pecialist and one avionics and /or instrument specialist shall take part in the
CB process as applicable. Activities of the airworthiness personnel shall be
þordinated with the chairperson of the TCB . Assignment of airworthiness
embers shall be made by the region upon receipt of an application or type
ertification .
( 1 ) Maintenance/avionics inspectors will become a working member of

he board as soon as the region accepts a new or amended TCB application . Early
hap 6
ar 2188
Page 5045
8300.9
7/26/85
involvement with regional engineering and manufacturing staff elements will lead
to a greater level of effectiveness throughout the TCB proceedings . The
Maintenance Review Board chairperson , or his /her designate , shall be assigned as
the principal airworthiness element for TCB activities . In order to maintain
continuity throughout the proceedings , TCB's and MRB's will run concurrently.
( 2) Regulatory Requirements dealing with damage tolerance and
fatigue evaluation stipulate that the TCB applicant must provide sufficient
information to assist operators in establishing the frequency , extent , and
methods of inspections of critical structures . This kind of information must be
included in the Instructions for continued Airworthiness required by FAR
Sections 23.1529 , 25.1529 , 27.1529 , 29.1529 , 33.4 , 33.5 , and 35.4 . The
maintenance / inspection program established to satisfy the certification and
operational requirements should be the same. This key area will require a close
working relationship between the TCB and the respective FAA specialist
responsible for the maintenance functions of the type certification process and
approval of operators' maintenance programs . For this reason , the appropriate
maintenance / avionics specialists will have the prime responsibility for assuring
compliance with Sections 23.1529 , 25.1529 , 27.1529 , 29.1529 , 33.4 , 33.5 , and
35.4 .
c . AirworthinessDirective (AD) Review Board . Airworthiness personnel

assigned to the AEG shall participate as members of the appropriate AD board .
Their prime responsibility includes a careful study of the proposed AD to assure
that it contains sufficient and accurate information . Consideration should be
given to the conditions and limitations set forth to assure they are compatible
with both the general aviation and air carrier maintenance procedures . For
instance , the phrase "at next overhaul " is not compatible with the maintenance
procedures of general aviation aircraft . The proposed AD should describe and
adequately implement corrective action . For instance, " Flightcrews should be
advised to feather the propeller immediately when This type of
action is not complete unless there is a placard installed or the flight manual
amended to this affect .
d . Flight Operations Evaluation Board ( FOEB) . Provides guidance to

engineering and flight test authorities for operational considerations which may
affect airworthiness certification . It is also the approving authority for the
master minimum equipment list (MEL) developed during consultation with
operators and the manufacturer , and which is supplied to each operator for
guidance in development of his /her company MEL . The airworthiness specialist
assigned to FOEB shall be a member assigned to the MRB being conducted for the
particular aircraft . The airworthiness specialist must have a thorough
knowledge of the aircraft and its systems and components. This knowledge of the
reliability and redundancy of the systems and components is necessary to
properly assess the aircraft's airworthiness with specific equipment
inoperative.
2190. - 2199 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 5046 ( thru 5050 ) Par 2189
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
CHAPTER 7. GENERAL AVIATION / COMMERCIAL

SECTION 1. OPERATORS OF LARGE AND TURBINE - POWERED MULTIENGINE AIRPLANES -
INSPECTION PROGRAMS
200. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to the inspector on the review
nd approval of inspection programs required by FAR Part 91 , Subpart C.
201. SELECTION OF INSPECTION PROGRAM . FAR Section 91.169 provides five
ptions to the owner /operator in the selection of an inspection program as
ollows :
a. Option 1. A continuous airworthiness inspection program that is a

art of a continuous airworthiness maintenance program currently in use by a
erson holding a certificated issued under FAR Part 121 .
b. Option 2. An approved aircraft inspection program currently in use
y a person holding an ATCO certificate under FAR Part 135 .
C.
Option 3. An approved continuous inspection program currently in use
y a person certificated as an air travel club under Part 123. This is no
onger an available option , see FAR Section 125.1 (d) .
d . Option 4. À current inspection program recommended by the
anufacturer .
e. Option 5. Any other inspection program established by the registered

wner or operator of the airplane and approvedby the Administrator under FAR
ection 91.169 (8) .
202. PROGRAMS CURRENTLY IN USE . It appears , at first sight, that the first
bur options do not involve the field inspector since they are previously
pproved or manufacturer recommended . However , inspectors should recognize that
nese programs must be " currently " in use by the airlines , air taxi, or travel
Lubs supplying the program , or " currently recommended by the manufacturer .
his " current" requirement is intended to prevent use of obsolete programs .
203. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSPECTION PROGRAM . Option 4 has led to
everal misconceptions regarding what constitutes a " manufacturers' recommended "
rogram . It should be noted that FAR Section 91.169 ( f) (4) reads, " A current
aspection program recommended by the manufacturer ." No reference is made to
le aircraft manufacturer specifically. FAR Section 91.169( e) , however ,
quires inspection of the airframe, engines, propellers , appliances, survival
uipment, and emergency equipment. Therefore, a complete manufacturer's
commended program consists of that program supplied by the airframe
nufacturer, supplemented by the inspection programs, provided by the
nufacturers of the appliances, survival equipment, and emergency equipment
stalled on the aircraft .
04. PROGRAM APPROVAL . Prospective applicants for approved inspection
bgrams under the provision of FAR Section 91.169 ( f) ( 5) should be encouraged to
hap ?
ar 2200 Page 5051
8300.9 7/26/85
hold preliminary discussions with FAA inspectors prior to development of their

program . This permits the operator and the inspector to become mutually
familiar with the elements needed for FAA approval . Prior to approval of a
program under Option 5 , the inspector must ensure that the program provides a
schedule for inspection performance , whether based on time- in - service, calendar
time, system cycles, or any combination adequate to provide an airworthy produc
in view of the airplane operational environment . The inspection , including
necessary checks and tests , must be of sufficient detail to permit personnel to
correctly perform the inspection without further guidance . Comparison should
made with manufacturer recommended programs . All deletions of items and
inspection period escalations must be completely justified by the applicant .
When there is no manufacturer's recommended program , the inspector should use a
time- tested program for comparison purposes . The different environments in
which airplanes operate make it unlikely that a standard program can be
developed to meet their various needs . This must be given consideration ;
however , in the interest of safety, the program developed by an applicant must
provide a level of safety equivalent to or greater than that provided by the
inspection options of FAR Section 91.169 ( e) .
1
2205. FAA INITIATED CHANGES TO AN APPROVED FAR SECTION 91.169 ( f ) (5 ) PROGRAM .
When a program has been approved and in effect , deficiencies may be noted which
could not be foreseen prior to approval. Discussion with the operator will
normally resolve these in a mutually satisfactory manner . However , FAR
Section 91.170 provides a regulatory basis on which to require change, this is
the most satisfactory method .
2206. CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE PROGRAM HOLDER . When an owner /operator desires
to change his/her program , he/she should submit the proposed changes for
approval and include justification for all deletions and /or inspection period
escalations . The aircraft may not be inspected in accordance with the changes
until after approval .
2207. INSPECTOR'S APPROVAL . Approval will be indicated on the cover page of

the inspection program together with the date of approval, inspector's
signature, office name, number and location . Each succeeding page will be
stamped with the district office stamp , dated and initialed. These are minimum
procedures and obviously more elaborate revision control procedures may be
used .
2208. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP . In the event an airplane being operated under the
provisions of FAR Part 91, Subpart D, changes ownership or operator, it will be
necessary for the new owner or operator to go through the procedures of
notification and approval as appropriate. It is entirely possible that the
program used by the former owner or operator will be satisfactory; however, if
that program is under FAR Section 91.169 ( f ) ( 5 ) , consideration should be given t
the new 'operational environment of the airplane if different than before .
2209. ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES . Procedures on this subject can be found in
Advisory Circular 91-38A, Large and Turbine - Powered Multiengine Airplanes ,
Part 91 , Subpart D.
2210. -2220 . RESERVED .
Chap 7
Page 5052 ( thru 5062 ) Par 2204
/ 26 /85 8300.9
SECTION 2 . CERTIFICATION AND SURVEILLANCE OF FAR PART 125 OPERATORS
2221. AUTHORITY . Federal Aviation Regulations ( FAR ) Part 125 and Federal
Aviation Act of 1958 , as amended , provide the authority for this Order .
2222. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions to , and directs the
activities of, regional and district office personnel who are responsible for
the airworthiness and avionics aspects of certification and surveillance of
operators under the provisions of FAR Part 125 .
2223. STANDARDIZATION OF PROCEDURES. The standardization of procedures,

policies, and instructions regarding certification and surveillance is a must if
equal service and treatment of the public across the country is to be achieved .
Regional personnel are encouraged to supplement these instructions when a need
is recognized . However, proposed supplemental material will be forwarded to
AWS - 300 or AF0-800 , as appropriate, for coordination prior to release or
circulation . This will permit all regions to profit by the experience of others
and further ensure uniformity of policy and procedures . Order 8720.2 , Inspector
and Surveillance Procedures Operators of Large Airplanes Operated in
Accordance With FAR Part 125 , provides additional instructions concerning
certification and surveillance under FAR Part 125 .
2224. GENERAL. Persons operating or desiring to operate under FAR Part 125
will generally fall into three groups :
a. Those operators issued a letter of deviation authority , under FAR
Section 125.3, permitting deviation from ALL Sections of FAR Part 125 and
requiring operation under other rules .
(1) These persons may or may not contact a district office for
information regarding procedures . If contact is made , assistance should be
provided . As required by rule , requests for deviation authority are made
directly to the Associate Administrator for Aviation Standards , AVS - 1 .
(2) Field personnel are not to indicate the disposition of a
particular request for deviation authority. All determinations regarding
issuance or denial of deviation authority is the prerogative of AVS - 1 and this
prerogative should not be prejudiced by a statement made by regional or district
office personnel .
( 3) All requests for deviation authority will be coordinated with

the region and district offices involved prior to action by AVS - 1 .
b. Those operators issued a limited deviation authority ; that is ,
deviation from only certain sections of FAR Part 125 .
(1) The guidance provided in Paragraphs 2224a ( 1 ) , ( 2 ) and ( 3) is

applicable to these operators.
(2) The limited deviation authority issued to these persons will :
( a) Be in letter form ;
Chap 7
Par 2221 Page 5063
8300.9
7/26/85
(b) Be made a part of their application for certification ; and

(c) Be reflected in the operator's operations specifications
issued when the operator is certificated by the local office .
c.Applicants without deviation authority ( either not granted or not
applied for) will be certificated by the district office in whose area the
operator's principal base of operation is located .
2225. FOREIGN OPERATORS . Until January 1 , 1983 , foreign operators will fall
into two groups .
a.
Air carrier operations conducted under FAR Part 129 , pursuant to
Civil Aeronautics Board Authority issued under the Federal Aviation Act of 1958
and
b. Foreign nationals operating U.S. -registered airplanes under
FAR Part 125 .
(1) When a foreign national operates a U.S. - registered airplane

entirely outside the United States , its territories, and possessions, the rules
of FAR Part 125 do not apply, except for FAR Section 125.247 . It should be
noted that FAR Section 125.247 prohibits any person from operating a
U.S. - registered airplane, to which this part applies, unless ALL the
requirements of the section are met . This includes the use of Federal Aviatior
Administration ( FAA ) certificated personnel or facilities for the accomplishmer
of all maintenance (ref: FAR Section 125.247 (a ) ( 2 ) and 125.247 ( c ) ) .
(2) Foreign nationals who wish to operate U.S. -registered airplanes
into the United States, its territories , or possessions must be certificated
under FAR Part 125. Entry into the United States for certification purposes
will be authorized by special flight authorization . The special flight
authorization will include :
( a) Appropriate operations limitations ;

(b) Authorize flight over U.S. -territory only; and
(c) Will be issued by the district office nearest the proposec
port of entry .
(d) The district office issuing the special flight
authorization may or may not become the certificating office , depending upon
whether or not , and where the operator may establish a principal operations
base .
2226. AVIATION SAFETY INSPECTOR CREDENTIALS . All persons who conduct en rout
inspections under FAR Part 125 shall have an Aviation Safety Inspector
Credential , FAA Form 110A in their possession .
2227. LIST OF CERTIFICATED OPERATORS. Regions and the National Safety Data
Branch , AVN - 120 , have a need for up - to -date data on FAR Part 125 certificate
holders . Therefore, inmediately upon completing certification of an operator ,
Chap 7
Page 5064 Par 2224
7/26/85 8300.9
the certificating district office will forward the following information to

AVN - 120 through their regional office :
a . Date of action .
b. Certificate number .
c . Operating name ( include d/b/a names ) .

d . Address (business office) .
e . Telephone number ( include area code) .
f . Principal operation base ( address ).
g . Name of director of operations .
h . Name of director of maintenance (when appropriate) .
i . Type of aircraft and registration number (list all) .

j. Certificate holding district office .
2228. - 2233 . RESERVED .
2234. PRECERTIFICATION ACTIONS .
a. District office personnel are normally aware of operators in their

district who operate airplanes of the type subject to FAR Part 125. To
facilitate workload planning, these operators should be contacted 'early to
determine their intentions. During this contact operators should be made aware
of the provisions of FAR Part 125 , pertinent publications and their sources , and
the options available to them under FAR Part 125. Since decisions the operators
nake regarding requests for deviation authority and/or certification , and the
timeliness of these requests , could result in periods in which the operator may
not be able to operate , CARE MIST BE EXERCISED SO AS NOT to influence these
decisions.
b. When an operator unfamiliar to the district office makes contact, the

same procedures and precautions are appropriate. The district office should
letermine the kind and extent of the intended operation and establish a working
felationship . It should be made clear to all applicants that receipt of a
complete formal application , by the FAA , will be taken as an indication that the
perator has completed all preparations and is ready for final certification
Inspection .
235. ELIGIBILITY .
Persons holding an Air Carrier Operating Certificate are NOT eligible

a.
or a certificate under FAR Part 125. They may be eligible for deviation
uthority for conducting operations not conducted under their certificates .
hap 7
ar 2227 Page 5065
8300.9 7/26/85
Requests for such deviation should be made directly to AVS - 1 . Holders of Air
Carrier Operating Certificates are not required to hold a deviation authority
conduct those operations presently conducted under FAR Part 91 since FAR
Section 125.1 (b) ( 5) provides for such operations.
b . Only one certificate may be issued to any person (reference FAR
Part 1 for definition of person ) ; however, a certificate holder may operate
under more than one business name provided the names appear on the operator's
certificate.
c.
A certificate may not be jointly held by two or more persons . Wher
both a parent and subsidiary corporation exists, only one corporation may be ti
certificate holder or applicant . For example , ABC Aviation Inc., doing busines
under the fictitious name XYZ Aviation Inc., a certificate would be issued to
ABC Aviation Inc., d /b/a XYZ Aviation Inc. However , when an applicant is a
corporation and seeks a certificate which reflects that it will do business
under a different corporation name (a name with the attachment " Inc. , " "Corp. ,
" Incorporated, " etc. ), which implies the fictitious name is a corporation , the
certificate will NOT be issued without first determining whether or not the
fictitious corporate name is truly fictitious and not a subsidiary corporation
of the applicant or a separate corporation owned by the persons owning the
applicant's stocks . If either of the later conditions exist, the certificate
would NOT be issued in both names .
NOTE : Paragraph 22240 not withstanding , some states have enacted

corporation laws which may conflict with these instructions .
Accordingly, if doubt exists as to the applicability of
paragraph 2224c, guidance should be requested from regional
counsel .
d . FAR Part 125 does not specifically require an applicant to own or

have exclusive use of an airplane to be eligible for certification . However ,
FAR Section 125.27 requires the Administrator to determine that the applicant
" properly and adequately equipped and able to conduct a safe operation ."
Further , FAR Section 125.31 requires the types and registration numbers of
airplanes authorized for use be made a part of the certificate holders
operations specifications. These provisions essentially require that specific
airplane (s) be available at the time of certification .
2236. APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATION .
a. Formal application must be made at least 60 days before the date o
intended operation . If deviation aụthority is requested , the request should be
made early enough to permit application for certification to be made with this
same lead time to prevent delays in the event deviation authority is only
partially granted or not granted at all .
b. Preparation of the letter of intent and required manual material
ensures that the applicant understands the regulation and its applicability to
the intended operation as well as ensuring that the procedures in the manuals
are acceptable and understood by the applicant . For these reasons , applicants
should be discouraged from purchasing manuals from other operators .
Chap 7
Page 5066 Par 2235
1/26/85 8300.9
(1 ) There is no formal application form ; in lieu thereof, applicants

are to prepare a Tetter of intent setting forth the particulars of the intended
operation and include :
( a) The number , type , and identification of aircraft to be
used .
(b ) A list of management personnel and their assignments.

( c) An estimate of the date when the applicant intends to begin
operations .
(d) Proposed methods of meeting maintenance requirements in the
form of the programs or procedures required by sections such as FAR
Sections 125.71 , 125.73 , and 125.247 .
( 2) All manuals and programs required by FAR Part 125 are to be

complete and submitted with the formal application package .
In cases where required services are supplied by persons other than
C.
the applicant , the procedure used by the applicant in controlling the quality of
the services is made a part of the applicant's manual. When arrangements are
formalized by letters of agreement or contracts , copies of these documents are
to be included in the application package. When an applicant does not have
personnel or facilities which are satisfactory to inspect and maintain an
airplane the certificate holder intends to operate, certification may be
withheld until satisfactory arrangements for maintenance have been made and
documented .
d . Signatures on the letter or application and other documents

associated with certification are particularly important if enforcement action
is required at a later date. When the applicant is an individual , a single
signature requirement is obvious . However , when the applicant is a partnership ,
the signatures of all partners are required . When the applicant is a company ,
corporation , club, association, etc., the signature must be that of an
authorized officer of the organization and the authorization must be confirmed
in writing.
e. If the mailing address of the principal operations base and business
Office differ, both will be identified in the application letter and the
certificate file of the district office .
2237. PROCESSING THE APPLICATION .
a. District office managers will ensure that all personnel assigned to

ertification under FAR Part 125 are familiar with and follow the instructions
ontained in this order , advisory circulars , and notices , and that all
rovisions of FAR Part 125 are met .
b. Assessing the applicant's ability to conduct the proposed operation

equires detailed review , examination , inspection , and evaluation of the
pplicant's letter of application, personnel backgrounds and qualifications ,
greements, service arrangements, and any other aspects the inspectors deem
ppropriate .
sap 7
ir 2236 Page 5067
8300.9 7/26/85
c. District offices will accomplish certification by use of

certification teams consisting of at least an operations inspector, an
airworthiness inspector, and an avionics inspector . District office managers
will make all final decisions, based on the recommendations of these team
members , and sign all formal documents associated with the certification .
d . Manual review shall be a completely coordinated action . When a
manual is returned because of noncompliance, incompleteness , inadequacies , or
other discrepancies , the district office managers will ensure that ALL comments
are made prior to the return . Thus further returns should only be required if
the applicant fails to correct or inadequately corrects the noted deficiencies.
Manuals will vary in complexity , depending upon the complexity of the operation ,
however, the manuals will in all cases contain the information required by those
sections requiring specific procedures to be established and incorporated in the
manual (reference FAR Sections 125.247 and 125.407 ) . Since the manuals will
contain items inserted at the discretion of the applicant, only certain portions
will be " approved" while the remainder will be " accepted ." Any method of
indicating approval of the " approved " portions may be used if it provides
positive identification, adequate controls, the identity of the approving office
and person , and the approval date . The purpose of reviewing the manuals is to
determine that the procedures and quality controls established are adequate to
ensure safe operations, thus preoccupation with format should be avoided .
Operators may amend their manuals and incorporate new material , however , they
must ensure that the material meets the provisions of the FAR and submit the
revised material to the certificate -holding district office for
acceptance / approval PRIOR to implementing the revised procedures .
(1 ) In addition to FAR Sections 125.247 and 125.407 , certain other
sections reflected in the operator's manual require special attention .
FAR Section 125.409, for example, requires that procedures be developed for use
in complying with the section and that those procedures be made a part of the
manual .
(2) The manual should, in this case , deal not only with the method
of reporting ( that is , the fom and format of the report ) but should include th
procedures to be used in ensuring that such reports are made . These procedures
should also be consistent with Order 8010.2 , Section 3 , paragraph 48 (e ).
e.
Inspection program "approval" is required by FAR Section 125.247.
Programs must also be made a part of the manual required by FAR Section 125.71 .
It should be noted that while several options are provided by FAR
Section 125.247 ( e ) as to the type of inspection used, ANY OPTION SELECTED MUST
BE APPROVED FOR USE by the operator selecting it . The inspection program
recommended by the manufacturer should be used as a basis in the evaluation of
the programs submitted for approval. Significant deviation from these
recommendations are to be fully substantiated by the applicant and the program
being approved must provide an alternative action which will ensure an
equivalent level of safety. This includes such things as manufacturer
recommended special inspections and special structural inspections .
Chap 7
Page 5068 Par 2237
7/26/85 8300.9
(1 ) Inspection programs.
( a) Operators who have been operating their airplanes under the
provisions of FAR Parts 121, 123, or Subpart c of FAR Part 91 may submit their
existing inspection programs for approval under FAR Part 125. However, approval
under another part is not tantamount to approval under FAR Part 125 .
(b)) Since any inspection program selected under FAR
Section 125.247 ( e) must be approved for a specific operator's use, the FAA will
review all programs to ensure that they meet the regulatory requirements, are
complete , meet the needs of the intended operation , and do not rely on quality
control procedures which are not available or not used . When an inspection
program is comprised of the inspection portions of a continuous airworthiness
program , approved for an operator under FAR Parts 121 or 135 , consideration must
be given to the effect of not doing all the maintenance required in that
program and to the effectiveness of the inspection portion of the program .
Further, consideration must be given to the possible adverse impact of
FAR Part 125 operators not having available or not using quality control
techniques and equipment, the FAR Part 121 operator may have used in conjunction
with the program .
( 2) Inspection program content .

(a) Inspection programs must cover the entire airplane,
including the airframe, engines , propellers, survival equipment , emergency
equipment, appliances , and the component parts of any of these. If a program is
selected under FAR Section 125.247( e) ( 1) or ( e) ( 2 ) which does not address all of
these items prior to its use , it must be modified to include them . Most
airplane manufacturer's recommended programs do not include all appliances ,
etc., since the manfuacturer has no way of determining what will be installed on
the airplane after delivery . When this is the case , the recommendations of the
nanufacturer of the appliance or equipment will be made part of the FAR Part 125
program . It should be noted that FAR Section 125.247 does not reference only
the airplane manufacturer . In addition to these basic considerations , complete
Inspection programs must include:
1 Instructions for conducting the inspection . This should

.nclude the administrative controls for the inspection and maintenance programs .
2 The procedures to be used in the actual conduct of the

nspections. These are to be in sufficient detail to permit a person not
amiliar with the program to read , understand , and properly and completely
onduct the inspection segment thereof.
3 The standards to which the inspection must be conducted .
tandards differing from or in addition to those of FAR Part 43 , Sections 43.13
nd 43.15 , are expected to be included .
4 All tests necessary to determine the airworthiness of
tems being inspected are to be made a part of the approved inspection program .
5 Routine or special checks which must be accomplished to
etermine airworthiness must be included in the approved inspection program .
ap 7
r 2237 Page 5069
8300.9 7/26/85
(a)(2) 6 The engine overhaul periods required by FAR

Section 125.247 ( d) ( 2):
7 The provisions of Structural Inspection Documents ( SID )
should be incorporated in the operator's inspection program on a voluntary
basis . Failing to do this , they will be incorporated via operations
specifications issued to the operator . The records of past inspections ,
modifications incorporated , and service bulletins complied with , must be
carefully evaluated to ensure that only those SID requirements actually require
are accomplished prior to certification . Other requirements will fall due afte
certification . Future AC's will cover SID in detail .
( 3) Changes to inspection programs may be made at the request of th

operator or the FAA . Any change must be approved by the FAA and made a part of
the manual prior to use . Changes initiated by the FAA will be made via changes
to operator's operations specifications unless voluntarily incorporated .
f. Engine maintenance requirements .
( 1) Overhaul periods recommended by the engine manufacturer may be
used . These overhaul periods are applicable only to those components type
certificated as part of the engine ( see " aircraft engine" in FAR Part 1) .
Overhaul periods will be expressed as " hard -time" and reflected in operations
specifications. FAR Part 125 does not provide for extension of overhaul period
as do some other rules . However, the option of using a program approved by the
Administrator is provided . Therefore, if the manufacturer does not recommend a
overhaul period , a program must be developed , submitted , and approved for the
operator's use .' Engines brought into an operation , and those installed when
application for certification is made, must meet the recommended overhaul
periods prior to use .
( 2) Programs submitted for approval must be within the
organizational and equipment capabilities of the applicant or those of the
person with whom arrangements for maintenance are made. Approved programs must
be accurately identified in the operations specifications. If the program used
is that of another person , operations specifications for the FAR Part 145
operator will ensure compliance with the program in the same manner as the
program holder including such things as maintenance , inspection , modifications
shop visits , etc. When the program involves the collection of data , sampling ,
or similar information upon which airworthiness decisions depend , information
derived from the FAR Part 125 operator's equipment will be reflected in the
holders data , or the FAR Part 125 program will not be approved . Engines brough
into the program , either at application or at later date, must be inspected,
modified , and otherwise maintained to be compatible with the approved inspectid
program .
( 3 ). A commercial operator certificated under FAR Part 121 prior to

February 1, 1980 , may have had extended engine overhaul periods approved for
use . Such extended engine overhaul periods may be approved for use under
FAR Part 125 provided the operator continues to use the programs which support
the overhaul time under FAR Part 121. This same consideration will be given to
operators certificated under FAR Part 123 provided the operator has not used ,a
inspection program only for the engines .
Chap 7
Page 5070 Par 2237
1/26/85 8300.9
2238. PRORATION .
a. Proration is a procedure for determining the overhaul time expended
under one maintenancesystemandto establish the time remaining to overhaul
under a new program , thus permitting further utilization of an affected item
without need for immediate overhaul . Under FAR Part 125 proration :
( 1 ) Applies only to aircraft engines ;
( 2) Is optional with the applicant / certificate holder ;
( 3) May be used at initial certification by an applicant who HAS
BEEN OPERATING THE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT under FAR Parts 123 and 121 ;
( 4) May not be applied to life limited components or to times
specified in airworthiness directives .
b. Operators will not be permitted to change aircraft records to show

only adjusted times since overhaul, but will be required to maintain records
showing both adjusted and actual times since overhaul.
C. The percentage of overhaul time expended is to be computed on the
actual time since last overhaul and the times obtained via proration may be
rounded to the nearest 10 - hour figure.
d . The actual time since overhaul and the proration time to overhaul
will be indicated in the certificate holder's operations specifications. The
prorated time limits will be canceled at the first complete overhaul of the
aircraft engine to which they apply, and overhaul will be accomplished
thereafter in accordance with the certificate holder's program approved under
FAR Part 125.247 ( d ) .
e . İf an increase in overhaul time limits is approved for an operator
operating on prorated times, that increase will not be prorated but will be
credited to its entirety .
f. An airplane for which there is a U.S. type certificate and MRB report
but which has been operated under foreign registry may be phased into an FAR
Part 125 program via proration , provided the certificate holder or applicant
presents satisfactory evidence indicating that the program under which the
airplane was maintained is at least equivalent to a program approved by the FAA
for that type aircraft .
g . Where an applicant or certificate holder desires to utilize
proration, the following information must be submitted to the district office in
which that operator's principal base of operation is located .
( 1) Operations specifications containing overhaul time limits
utilized for the particular engine by the previous operator whether or not that
operator is the present operator under FAR Part 125. ' If those operations
specifications do not show hours , the submitting operator will submit such other
Chap 7
Par 2238 Page 5071
8300.9 7/26/85
specifications or documents which will, in fact , establish the overhaul time

limits in hours . If it is necessary to correct the information to hours, the
computations for conversion will be included .
( 2) Operations specifications preface pages pertinent to the
particular engine . This is required because the engine may have been operated in
accordance with a preface page showing utilization of adjusted time since
overhaul calculated via the proration formula .
( 3) Documents itemizing the approved overhaul time under which the
engine has been operated .
( 44 ) The actual time since last overhaul .
( 5) The percent of overhaul time use in previous operation .
( 6) The new approved overhaul time .
( 7) Prorated time remaining to overhaul can be determined by using
the following mathematical procedures :
( a) Divide the actual time since overhaul by the approved
overhaul time limit under which the engine was operated . The result carried to
three places, will represent the percentage of approved overhaul time already
used .
(b) Multiply the new approved overhaul time limit by the result
of division in ( a ). This will result in the prorated TSO to be used under the
new program .
(c) Subtract the prorated TSO arrived at in (b) from the

overhaul time limit approved in the new program . The result will represent the
number of hours remaining to be overhaul under the new program .
2239. PREPARATION AND ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE .
a. An Operating Certificate , FAA Form 8430-19 , may be signed only by the

district office manager and only after that manager is satisfied that all
certification requirements have been met .
b. The number assigned to an operating certificate will be as directed
by the region . The number will include the regional designator and identify the
issuing office. The effective date of the certificate will represent that date
on which the final inspection was completed . The date will be by month , day,
an year
d .
c. The certificate shall be prepared without errors or corrections on

the original and three copies. The applicant will receive only the original of
the certificate .
Chap 7
Page 5072 Par 2238
1/26/85 8300.9
2240. AMENDMENT OF A CERTIFICATE .

a. When a certificate holder wishes to change the legal name on a
certificate, add d /b / a , or make a change of address ; the holder must submit a
letter to the certificate holding office requesting the amendment of the
certificate desired . All supporting documents should accompany the letter .
b. The district office manager of the certification holding office will
determine the extent of inspection required prior to approval.
C. The amended certificate will be issued retaining the original
issuance date and closing date of issuance.
2241 ... VOLUNTARY CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATES .
a. Certificates which are voluntarily surrendered for cancellation shall
not be accepted unless accompanied by a written request for cancellation . The
cancellation /surrender letter must be signed by an authorized person ( see
paragraph 2236d ) .
A copy of the letter of cancellation / surrender shall be promptly
b.
forwarded to the regional office .
2242. REPLACEMENT OF LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES .
a.
A currently effective certificate which has been lost or destroyed
shall be replaced by the district office that has custody of the certificate
file . The replacement certificate shall duplicate that lost or destroyed and be
free of errors and corrections .
b. The new certificate will bear the original issuance date, amendment
dates as appropriate, and shall carry the word " DUPLICATE"' together with the
preparation date.
2243. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL .
a.
Operations specifications specify the operations which a certificate
holder may conduct , supplement regulatory operating rules , and contain
Limitations not specifically covered in the regulations . Except in those
instances in which regulations require the specifics of authorizations to be
included or set forth in operations specifications, their contents are usually
peculiar to a specific certificate holder .
b . Operations specifications are normally prepared by the
applicant /certificate holder ; however, their contents and approval are the
fesponsibility of the certificating district office . When approved by the
listrict office and accepted by the certificate holder, they become legally
pinding on that holder and they should be clear , concise, and as briefly stated
s practical.
Chap 7
Par 2240 Page 5073
8300.9 7/26/85
c.While the applicant or certificate holder is responsible for

developing the information contained in the operations specifications,
considerable time and effort can be saved by a close working relationship with
the district office personnel during their development.
d . The applicable parts of both sides of FAA Form 1014, Operations
Specifications, are to be completed and all copies of the form (original and
three copies ) are submitted to the district office . If the signature on the
operations specifications is other than that of the certificate holder ,
( reference paragraph 2236d of this section ) a letter must be on file in the
certificating office designating the person ( s) authorized to sign a request for,
acceptance of , amendment of, or cancellation of operations specifications for
the certificate holder . This letter must be signed by a person authorized to
apply for the certificate ( reference paragraph 2236d of this section ) .
e. The district office manager will sign all copies of the operations
specifications when it has been determined that approval is appropriate. The
original and one copy are returned to the certificate holder after approval is
complete. Two copies are retained , one for the regional office and one for the
district office .
f. The certificate holder will retain the original, and after indicating
acceptance , return the copy to the district office .
2244. CONTENTS OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS (OPS SPECS ) .
a. OPS SPECS . Issue only those necessary to meet the requirements of
the rules . (See Figures 7-1 - 7-6 of this section for sample operations
specifications .)
b. FAR Section 125.31 (b ) sets forth , in general , the contents of OPS
SPECS to be issued under FAR Part 125, however , several other sections of FAR
Part 125 specifically call for certain information , procedures , and
authorizations to be set forth in them . Most of these are operational in nature
while maintenance is limited normally to maintenance programs and weight and
balance control procedures.
C. FAR Sections 125.73 and 125.247 require weight and balance control
procedures, approved inspection programs, and approved maintenance programs for
engines to be made a part of the operator's manual required by FAR
Section 125.71 . OPS SPECS issued in this regard should be minimal. That is ,
since the manual is approved , identification of the manual , appropriate sections
thereof, and indications of approval is all that will be normally required in
the OPS SPECS .
dd . In the past , OPS SPECS have been divided into eight categories called
parts , and identified by a letter, A through H. Part D has and will continue to
be used for " maintenance ," as Part E will be used for weight and balance control
procedures .
Page 5074 Chap 7

Par 2243
7/26/85 8300.9
e. Special airworthiness .
( 1) Special airworthiness programs such as leased airplane
inspection program authorizations, airplane reliability program authorizations
( limited or entire aircraft, etc. ) ; parts pool arrangements, parts borrowing
arrangements, and other special programs are not provided for in FAR Part 125 .
Neither are they prohibited . By and large such programs ARE NOT APPROPRIATE for
use under FAR Part 125 , however , it is conceivable that under certain limited
conditions one or more of these programs may be appropriate. When a certificate
holder desires to use such a program , the district office should ensure that the
certificate holder is fully aware of the responsibilities involved , the
procedures required to control such programs, and the expertise required in
their develpment. District office personnel must not hesitate in consulting
with persons who are expert in the type program being considered , and
appropriate regional personnel. District office managers should also be aware
of the manpower required to monitor such programs .
( 2) When such programs are authorized for use by a certificate
holder the authorization and all limitations must be made a part of the
certificate holder's OPS SPECS . ( See Chapter 6 , Section 7 , paragraph 1714 for
details regarding inclusion of such programs in operations specifications .)
2245. - 2285 . RESERVED .
hap 7
ar 2244 Page 5075 ( thru 5084 )
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 7-1 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PART D - MAINTENANCE PREFACE PAGE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Form Approved.

OMB No. 04 -R0075
WASHINGTON
OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
Preface Page
Page 1
Issued to : Avalon Aviation , Inc.
PART 125 OPERATIONS
1. Applicability. These operations specifications are issued pursuant to

Section 125.31 of the Federal Aviation Regulations . The certificte holder
shall conduct its operations in accordance with FAR Part 125 and these
specifications .
NOTICE
The examples and phraseology used in these sample

operations specifications may not be applicable to
a certificate holder's particular operation . Each
certificate holder's operations specifications should
be specifically tailored in its operation .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 2-72 )
Chap 7 Page 5085

8300.9. 7/26/85
OPERATIONS
FIGURE 7-2 . OPERATION S SPECIFICATIONS PART D - MAINTENANCE
were man - MEDICA on ma selecom

metaal AVIATION ASSUROTRATION
WACHSTAN
OPERATONS SPECINCANONS
Hart D
tage 1 of 3
Issued to : Analon Aviation , Inc.
PART D - MAINITZUANCE
19. Arcraft Maintenance - Cenere .

Irrespective of the type of operations to be conducted by Avalon
Aviation ( operitor's name ) the engine overhaul period and its
supporting airworthiness progru (Reference $ 125. 247(a )( 1)) and the
airplane Inspection program ( Reference | 125. 247 ( a ) ( 3 ) ) hiu he
applicable to all arcraft listed and authorised for use by Avalon
Aviatim under Federal Aviation Regulations Part 125 .
The airplanes , their component parts , accessories and appliances will
be inspected and checked , repaired, and otherwise salata ined in
airworthy condition in accordance with the maintenance and inspection
procedures and functions est forth Lo Avalon Aviation's naual.
C. The following aircraft will be maintained in accordance with these
operations specifications :
Registration faria Approved Engine lupporting

Theber aber Overhaul Furiod Docent
1 258 47018 1000 hours avalon Lagine

Maintenance Progra
( Approved 6/1/81 )
1SRK 19400 1000 hours AIC Airlines Lagine
Maintenance Program
( Approved 5/4/79 )
NOTE : List airplanes by magistration number , serial number , and

approved engine overhaul. Reference , by cunct Identification ,
the documents used to support the approved overhaul period
following the aircraft let .
20. Lassed Arcraft Maintenance Prorra Requirements .
Avalon Aviation is suthorised to maintain Doelag 727-51 , S / N 19400 ,

1 ISRK; $1 engine : JT8D - 11 , 8/1 485-689-001 ; 62 engine : JT8D - 11 ,
81 483-689-002; 63 mgine : JT8D - 11 , 8/8 485-689-010 ( describe
rplane by sake , model, mrial number , and registration number and
describe engine by sake, sodel and arial no . ) 10 accordance with
ABC Arlines approved mintenance program (lasert cact laspection
Miective data
SMA Bern u ( 9-13 )
Page 5086
Chap 7
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 7-3 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PART D ( CONTINUED )
min mano • ANGANGA Parim Approved.

OM No. Onun
pornAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
WASHINeote
OPERATONS SPECIFICATIONS
Part D
Page 2 of 3
Issued to Avalon Aviation , Inc.
PART D.- MAINTENANCE
progras or engine maintenance progra ), in accordance with the aircraft

lease agreement between Avalon Aviation and ABC Airlines ( lessee and
lessor ) dated 6/1/81. All maintenance accomplished under this
authorization will be in accordance with ABC Arlines Manual and will
be recorded on ABC Arllas fonas .
b. This authorisation has no bearing a Avalon Aviation's drplane
Inspection progra or approved overhaul period for this type airplane
or aircraft engine .
NOTE : If the operator does not have a leaned airplane , lasert " Hot
Applicable “" following the paragraph title .
21 . Maintenance Contracted Arrangement Authorization .
Avalon Aviation is author lied to utilize the provisions of a
contractual agreement with XYZ repair station identified u : Avalon
Aviation / XYZ Repair Station Engine Maintenance Agreement dated 6/3/81
wherein XYZ provides all scheduled maintenance for engines a N 258 ,
8 / N 47018 ( specify mrvices to be provided ).
b. Under tenus of this agreement wiatenance records will be made by XYZ
in accordance with Avalon Aviation ' .' procedures manual and FAR 43 .
These records will be made ani labla to Avalon Aviation by XYZ , and
Avalon Aviation vill make these records 'imailable to the Federal
Aviation Administration upon request .
Co In the event this arrangement de cancelled , atend, or 11 Avalon

Aviation should case for any reason to use the services contracted
for , Avalon Aviation's entire scheduled magine mintenance program
( identify arcraft laspection progra or dircraft engine overhaul
period , as appropriate ) will be subject to revaluation by the FAA .
NOTE : If the certificate holder does not have maintenance contract ,
Insert " Not Applicable " following the paragraph atle .
Efective dete
SAA Sonon ton (3-73 )
Chap 7 Page 5087

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 7-4 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PART D ( CONTINUED)
.Gurte NATO OF AMERICA Pan Amoved

and to the
romu AVIATION
WALIO
ADMINISTRATION
OPERATIONS SPECincaTONS
Part D
Page 3 of 3
Issued to : Avalon Avtatioa , Inc.
PART DD - MINTENANCE
22. Morated Moe .
The adrcraft magines Usted hereon which have prorated dnes shall be
overhauled in accordance with the respective tine laits set forth . la :
Proration Document n, datad 6/2/80 .
b
.
This document is applicable to Pratt -Whitney JT8D - 1A Lagines , ferial

thumbers : 493-317-050 , 493117-125 ( make , sodel , wad 8/1 of each
engine ) until they are first overhauled , thereafter this document 10
cancelled and the engines will be nudatalped in accordance with the
programs and procedures approved in support of Avalon Aviation's
overhaul periods for the specific sagine .
C. Recorda niatained on the above drcraft shall show the actual and
prorated time since ' qverhaul and therefter time in korvice shall be
added thereto .
NOTE : I no Mrcraft agines have been prorated , lauert " lot

Applicable " following the paragraph atle.
Pective date
SAA form
2014,18-13)
Page 5088 Chap 7

/ 26 /85 8300.9
FIGURE 7-5 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PART E - WEIGHT AND BALANCE PROGRAM
Term Add.
como matu waNRA an mo . Malcom
COPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
pretNAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
Dunnon
OPERATONS SPECIFICATIONS
Part 1
Page 1 of 2
Issued to : Avalon Aviation , Inc.
Part 1 - WEIGHT NO MLANCE FOGLAM
23. Operational and Payload Weights to be Doed.

Avalon Aviation , Inc. $ authorized to we werage passenger weights to
compute passenger loads over any route , acept in those cases when
nonstandard weight passenger group are carried .
1.
herie Passenger Weight.
(1) da average weight of 160 pounds ( aumer ) my he wed for adult
passengers during the calendar period of May 1 through October 31.
(2) An average wasght of 165 pounds (water ) wy te wed for adult
passengers during the alendar period of loveaber 1 through
April 30 .
(3 ) ha average of 80 pounds may be word for childrea between the sun

of 2 and 12. Children above 12 yurs of age me classified as
adults for the purpose of weight and balance computations .
Children less than 2 years old casidered " habies in arms . "
(4) The above passenger weight lacludes 'door Items normally carried
by • passenger much w handbags and attache conos .
(5) Doe of average passenger weight lo not authorised la the use of
flight , carrying passagers whông merage weight abriously does
not confon with the normal standard weight .
Actual Pusredger weight. Actual weight wall he wood when • passenger
lond cons Into partiya mtinly of the athletic equado of other groups
which an larger & muller than the average passenger weight - ut
forth la paragrapt 231 ( 1 ) above , or when the passengers' everage weight
obdoualy does not coafon vith the murage passenger weight.
Actual passager waight my he detenlood by scale wighing of each
pusseager prior to boarding the drcraft , wth auch weight lacluding
minor æticla arried an hourd by the passenger. I much articles are
not waighed , account for the estinted waight. The actual passenger
wedght my doo he determined by usklag uch passenger biomer weight
and thereto • predetenined constant to provide for handcarried
article ad aloo to cover possible reasonal effect upon passenger
weight due to variance Le clothing weight .
Mective done
mom w )
op 7 Page 5089
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 7-6 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PART E ( CONTINUED )
ferm Approved.
UNITED STATCI OF AMERICA
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ATION Om No. M -MONS
WAGNINGTON
OPERATIONS SPECIFICATONS
Part E
Page 2 of 2
Issued to: Avalon Aviation , Inc.
Part E -• APPROVED WEIGHT AND BALANCE PROGRAM

d.
Crew Weight. for crewcabers , the average weight of 170 pounds uy be
utilized .
Passenger and Crew Barrage . When actual passenger weights are used the
Tollowing average passenger bekage weights maybe used in Leu of
actual weights:
( 1) For uch prece of check bagsage , an average of mot den than 23.5
pounds ; and
( 2) For uch passenger boarding the aircraft , average of not less than
5 pounds for hand baggage whether or not . much baggage 10 carried
by the passenger .
( 3) Do not use everage passenger baggage weights in computing the

weight and balance of flights lavolving the carriage of special
groups .
24. Instructions for calculation of Center of Gravity.

NOTE : Insert , for uch type of airplane , references us to the
specific method for calculation ; 6.f. , loading schedule , etc. ,
Included in mual .
25. Special Instructions for Loading.

NOTE : Insert any instructions for special situations ; .3. ,
livestock , etc. Any type of cargo or passenger loading
situations which require specialized loading methods wiu
necessitate special instructions and approval in this
portion of the operations specifications .
Diective date
Mten wu (8-13 )
FIGURE 7-7 . - 7-10 . RESERVED .

1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 3. SURVEILLANCE OF GENERAL AVIATION AIRCRAFT
2286. OBJECTIVE . Surveillance of active aircraft is an essential function of

Flight Standards airworthiness inspectors in the furtherance of the prime
objectives of FAA , to ensure continuing safety in aviation. By promoting
accident prevention and safety education through effective aircraft surveillance
and notification of unsafe conditions, the aviation community and the FAA
benefit as follows :
a. Owners /operators will receive rapid notification of conditions

seriously affecting the airworthiness of their aircraft . Such notification may
avert serious accidents or incidents that are costly to the operator through
property loss and inconvenience to the FAA because of required investigation and
reporting .
b . The FAA regulatory system can be evaluated as to its overall
effectiveness . As a result of surveillance, the field inspectors should offer
comments and suggestions to identify inadequacies of maintenance procedures and
applicable maintenance regulations.
C. Service Difficulties , when found , will be reported in accordance with
Order 8010.2 , Flight Standards Service Difficulty Program . Significant aircraft
maintenance difficulties reported to the National Safety Data Branch , AVN -120 ,
(RIS : FS 8330-10 ) or Malfunction or Defect Report (RIS : FS 8330-11) will
result in appropriate corrective action in the form of manufacturers' service
bulletins , General Aviation Airworthiness Alerts , and Airworthiness Directives .
Expedient dissemination and interchange of information relative to problems of
concern to industry and FAA maintenance personnel is the end product.
2287. SURVEILLANCE COVERAGE . Available airworthiness inspectors could not
conceivably conduct investigation surveillance on all active aircraft . The
surveillance activities of the field inspector should be in accordance with
emphasis set forth in the current program guidelines . These guidelines should
not be regarded as rigid ; however , on occasion the inspector may observe
aircraft , during the conduct of other duties , that will warrant notification of
the operator conerning unsafe conditions. Further guidance, such as that in
paragraph 2294 , may be supplied from regional offices or headquarters that will
identify specific problem areas in the surveillance spectrum . Airworthiness
inspectors should , during their other surveillance activities, observe airport
and operator fuel service equipment , facilities and practices . People who
service aircraft should be familiar with and follow the information provided in
FAA Advisory Circular 20-43C , Aircraft Fuel Control. When deviations from fuel
dispensing safety practices are observed , the appropriate people should be
notified.
2288. GENERAL PROCEDURES . Aircraft surveillance procedures often entail
gaining access to airports or private property and obtaining maintenance records
and /or defective parts and material. These subjects are covered in this Order .
Field personnel should keep these procedures in mind .
2289. SCOPE OF AIRCRAFT SURVEILLANCE . The absence of owner / agent authorization
to enter an aircraft limits the scope of surveillance to a visual inspection
conducted from outside the aircraft .
Chap 7
Par 2286 Page 5097
8300.9 7/26/85
1
a. If the scope of inspection is to be expanded , the inspector should

advise the owner /agent of his intentions and explain to him why it is necessary .
For instance, evidence of the use of substandard maintenance techniques, lack of
maintenance, uncommon repairs or alterations are cause for further
investigation . A request to " open up" the aircraft to facilitate further
inspection may be in order at this time . The inspector should be aware that the
government can be liable for claims should this result in damage to the
aircraft. For this reason , FAA personnel will confine their activity to actual
inspection .
b. The surveillance of aircraft can be coincidental with other
activities or can have a specific objective. When a specific program is being
pursued , prearrangement with an owner or his agent should be made .
c. Quite often surveillance is conducted on transient aircraft .
Inspectors should avoid causing any delay of the flight unless a very definite
circumstance involving an immediate hazard to safety demands it .
d . From the standpoint of aircraft itself, findings are not usually
.
conclusive or effective if the aircraft is under major disassembly . The
aircraft will probably be brought to an airworthy condition when repairs are
completed . However , such a situation does lend itself to discovery of
manufacturing defects or malfunctions which should be reported .
2290. REPORTS OF AIRCRAFT SURVEILLANCE , FAA FORM 8620-1 , AIRCRAFT CONDITION
NOTICE . An FAA Form 8620-1, will only be used to record noted discrepancies on
surveillance aircraft . When no discrepancies are noted , the airworthiness
inspector will record the inspection on FAA Form 3112 , Inspection and
Surveillance Record , for an office record . Figure 7-11 of this section
illustrates FAA Form 8620-1 . The form consists of an original and two carbon
copies, the last carbon being the hardback copy which is attached to the
aircraft if necessary. Figure 7-12 of this section illustrates the reverse side
of Form 8620-1 , showing the provisions for the aircraft owner /operator to
certify corrective action .
2291. DISPOSITION OF REPORTS AIRCRAFT CONDITION NOTICE , FAA FORM 8620-1 .
a.
No Discrepancies Noted. The inspector should prepare one copy of
FAA Form 3112 for the district office files. Enter remarks desired for office
record .
b. Discrepancies Noted . The inspector will prepare the form as

necessary in accordance with the following conditions:
( 1 ) Mail original copy to owner /operator as soon as practical after
making findings or deliver personally when the operator is readily available .
It may be necessary to obtain the owner's name and address from the FAA Aircraft
Registration Branch , AAC - 250 , in Oklahoma City.
(2) When the aircraft is unattended , or the crew cannot be located ,
attach the hardback copy of the FAA Form 8620 - Tnear the entrance to the
aircraft with the cord supplied with the form .
Chap 7
Page 5098 Par 2289
7/26/85 8300.9
(3) Record the third copy in the district office records and retain
in the appropriate file .
2292. MALFUNCTION OR DEFECT REPORT ( OMB 04 - R0003) (RIS : FS 8330-11) , FAA
FORM 8010-4 . Mechanical irregularities should be reported on FAA Form 8010-4 ,
in accordance with instructions contained in order 8010.2 and in addition to any
other corrective action that may be necessary .
2293. FOLLOWUP ACTION . A system should be established in each district office

to ensure action is taken by the owner / operator to certify corrective action of
conditions recorded on FAA Form 8620-1 .
a. Owners are requested, on the reverse of the FAA Fom 8620-1 , to

notify the inspector when noted discrepancies have been remedied . Field
personnel should allow a reasonable time for this action and then investigate if
the aircraft is being operated and , if so , determine if unairworthy conditions
were corrected . This may involve requesting access to the aircraft and / or
examination of the aircraft maintenance records .
b . Operation of the aircraft . If followup investigation reveals the
aircraft has been operated in an unairworthy condition , action should be
initiated in accordance with Order 2150.3 , Compliance and Enforcement Program ,
or subsequent revision .
2294. SURVEILLANCE OF LARGE , PRESSURIZED , AND TURBINE - POWERED AIRCRAFT . The
general aviation fleet of large pressurized and high performance turbine-powered
aircraft is continually growing . Therefore , the importance of intensified
surveillance of these aircraft and associated inspection programs cannot be
overemphasized .
a.Inspectors performing surveillance of aircraft inspected under the
provisions of FAR Section 91.169 ( f ) should determine that the aircraft and its
systems are being maintained in condition for continued safe operation .
Further , as part of this surveillance function , ascertain that the maintenance
tools and equipment , programs , service information , records , and the knowledge
of maintenance personnel are appropriate and adequate.
b. Inspectors are cautioned not to disrupt the operator's program or

utilize more of his time than is absolutely necessary. Uncovered areas that are
matters of judgment should be discussed with the operator; however , do not
demand amendment of the operators maintenance program except as provided for in
FAR Section 91.170 . Handle valid discrepancies as outlined in this section .
Report service difficulties in accordance with instructions in Order 8010.2 .
C. Inspectors should notify the FAA air carrier district office holding
certificate responsibility for the operator of transport aircraft being used in
training operations when mechanical and / or maintenance discrepancies involving
such aircraft are noted or when the operator's own maintenance personnel are
involved in suspected unsatisfactory maintenance practices . Such notification
Chap 7
Par 2291 Page 5099
8300.9 7/26/85
should also be made even when contract maintenance facilities are involved .
This notification should supplement any routine reporting arrangement that may
be established between the district offices involved if the discrepancies noted
warrant such action .
2295. SURVEILLANCE OF U.S. - REGISTERED AIRCRAFT IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES . Many of

these aircraft are now being operated for extensive periods of time in foreign
countries . This can create serious airworthiness problems, since U.S.
certificated repair stations or mechanics may not be readily available. In many
cases , aircraft are allowed to operate without proper inspections or needed
maintenance . There are many problems associated with gaining entry into some
countries to perform surveillance functions ; however , in accordance with ICAO ,
Annex 8 , we are responsible for the continuing airworthiness of U.S.-registered
aircraft wherever they operate. Accordingly, every effort should be made to see
that aircraft operated in foreign countries are being maintained in accordance
with the applicable airworthiness requirements.
2296. - 2306 . RESERVED .
Chap 7
Page 6000 ( thru 6010 ) Par 2294
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 7-11 . AIRCRAFT CONDITION NOTICE, FAA FORM 8620-1

( FRONT)
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Don

FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION July 28 , 1977
AIRCRAFT CONDITION NOTICE Place ofInspection
(See Privacy Act Statoment on Rovorso )
Skyway Airport
Registration number Mako
N - 4237Y Piper
Serial number Model
PA21-1019 PA- 24
NOTE. 1. The items listed below (Dero ) (Xaro not) considered to be
an imminenthazard to safety . 2. Operation of the aircraft prior to correction
(will) will not )becontrary to pertinentFederal Aviation Regula
tions. 3. A Special Flight Permit ( will) ( ] will not) bo required
to be issued prior to operation it corrective action has not boon takon .
4. A Special Flight Permit may be obtained from the offico namod below .
1. Hydraulic leak at left main wheel brake .
2. Dzus fastener missing right side of engine cowling .

3. Ground wire broken at nose wheel .
malled Odellvorod.
The ownerllesseo copy of this form was ®6 )] mallod
(Signature) Aroa codo/tolophono no.
John Shaffer Sohn Shaffer
address
703-437-6380
Rogion
General Aviation District Office Eastem
Disulat
West Building , Fairfax Airport
Fairfax , Virginia 22079 AEA GADOS
FAA Form 8620-1 ( 3-77) FORMERLY FAA FORM 8320-4 AND FAA FORM 8320-7
"hap 7
Page 6011
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 7-12 . AIRCRAFT CONDITION NOTICE , FAA FORM 8620-1

( REVERSE)
FOR YOUR INFORMATION

A limited Inspection of this aircraft was conducted
in accord with Section 609 of the Federal Aviation Act
of 1958, as amended, to determine the continued air
worthiness of the aircraft and as an advisory service
to the owner / lessee. This inspection should not be
construed as a complete inspection since only certain
areas of the aircraft were inspected. We would appre
ciate your cooperation in completing and signing the
certificate below . The certification should then be for
warded to the FAA office shown on the reverse so
that FAA can be assured that the Aircraft Condition
Notice was received by the owner /lessee and that
corrective action has been accomplished.
CERTIFICATION OF CORRECTIVE ACTION
I certity that all items indicated on the Aircraft Condition Notice
have been corrected, replaced, or repaired and that required entries
have been made in the appropriate maintenance records pursuant
to Parts 43 and 91 of the Federal Aviation Regulations.
Signature of owner/lesen Phone No.
Address
The corrections were completed on. and ware

Date
accomplished by:
Name
Cortificate Type & No. Ratings
PRIVACY ACT STATEMENT

The Information on this form is requested under authority of the Federal
Aviation Act (Section 609). Submission of all the data is voluntary . The
Aircraft Condition Notice is initiated by the FAA fleld Inspector and is pro
9,
vided to the owner/lossee when unsatisfactory aircraft conditions exist. The

certification Information is needed to assure the FAA that unsatisfactory alrcraft
conditions have been corrected . There is no penality for fallure to complete and
retum the certification to FAA; however, operation ofan alrcraft In an unalrworthy
condition la In violation of Federal Aviation Regulations.

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 4. THE ANNUAL AND 100 - HOUR INSPECTION

2307. GENERAL . The annual and 100 -hour inspections are designed to provide a
complete and searching inspection of aircraft performed at specified intervals
by persons authorized under FAR Section 43.3 . The inspection will determine the
condition of the aircraft and the maintenance required to return the aircraft to
an acceptable condition of airworthiness .
2308. ANNUAL INSPECTION INTERVALS . The maximm interval between annual

inspections is based upon 12 calendar months; i.e. , an aircraft inspected and
approved upon any day of a calendar month will again become due for inspection
upon the last day of the same month , 12 months thereafter . The owner /operator
of an aircraft may have annual inspections conducted at any interval but may not
exceed the 12 months specified by FAR Section 91.169 .
2309. SCOPE OF INSPECTION . The annual and 100 - hour inspections are identical
in scope , the only difference is in the performance and approval of the annual
inspection which must be accomplished by a person authorized under
FAR Sections 43.3 , and 43.7 .
2310. PERFORMANCE OF ANNUAL AND 100 - HOUR INSPECTION . The annual or 100 --hour
inspection is visual insofar as the inspection for determination of
airworthiness is concerned . This is carried further by the provisions of FAR
Section 43.15 and Appendix D which provide that certain systems, components, and
appliances shall be checked for proper and satisfactory operation . Inspectors
should be familiar with the manufacturer's recommended inspection procedures ,
special instructions, etc. , prior to conducting surveillance of the performance
of annual and 100 -hour inspections by maintenance personnel . It is important
that the inspectors know the acceptable degree of deterioration or defect
permitted by the manufacturer of the product as set forth in manufacturers '
manuals or other data .
2311. COMPLIANCE WITH FAA AIRCRAFT SPECIFICATIONS , AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES ,

AND OTHER APPROVED DATA, FAR SECTION 43.15 . In all cases, the persons
authorized by FAR Sections 43.3 and 43.7 are responsible to determine either
from adequate records or physical inspection , that the aircraft complies with
the contents of the pertinent Aircraft Specification , Type Certificate Data
Sheet and / or Supplemental Type Certificate, if applicable, and Airworthiness
Directives . In all cases , the applicable Airworthiness Directives , Aircraft
Specifications, or Type Certificate Data Sheets must be available to the
maintenance personnel conducting an inspection . Applicability of a Supplemental
Type Certificate may be determined by reference to the aircraft maintenance
records .
2312. RECORDING OF THE ANNUAL INSPECTION . Since the annual inspection is

performed and approved by certain authorized persons, the inspection may not be
considered valid unless the required recording procedures of FAR Sections 43.11
and 91.173 are also complied with . Under the provisions of FAR Section 43.11 ,
the agency or person performing the inspection is responsible for recording the
inspection in the maintenance records. The owner or operator is responsible for
presenting these records in accordance with FAR Section 91.173 for entry of work
performed and should thereafter ascertain that the appropriate entries have been
made prior to operation of the aircraft .
Chap 7
Par 2307
Page 6017
1
8300.9 7/26/85
2313. FOLLOWUP OF UNAIRWORTHY AIRCRAFT. Listing of discrepancies per FAR

Section 743.11 (b ) should be followed up by the FAA inspector. He should contact
the inspecting agency , determine the nature of the discrepancies, and personally
verify the fact that such discrepancies exist. Subsequent followup should be
made to determine that the discrepancies have been corrected and the aircraft is
again in airworthy condition , if the owner intends to continue operating the
aircraft . If the aircraft is to be ferried out of the district , the list of
discrepancies will be forwarded to the field office of destination for further
followip by personnel of that office . Corrective action should be initiated in
accordance with Order 2150.3, Compliance and Enforcement Program , when an
unairworthy aircraft is operated without a special flight authorization ( ferry
permit ) . Reports received may be destroyed when the inspector is satisfied that
the reported unairworthy condition has been corrected .
2314. -2320 . RESERVED .

Par 2313
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 5. PROGRESSIVE INSPECTION
2321. GENERAL. The progressive inspection system has been designed to schedule
inspections of aircraft on a predetermined basis. This system is particularly
adaptable to larger multiengine aircraft and aircraft operated by companies and
corporations where high utilization is demanded . This system may not be used by
aircraft requiring inspection by FAR Section 91.169 (f ) .
2322. THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSPECTOR IN THE INITIATION OF A PROGRESSIVE
INSPECTION SYSTEM . The inspector should not attempt to establish arbitrary
intervals for inspection or overhaul of aircraft. Intervals should be based on
the manufacturer's recommendations, field service experience , malfunction and
defect history, and the type of operation in which the aircraft is engaged . If
the owner or operator desires assistance in establishing initial inspection or
overhaul periods, the inspector should provide assistance based upon his
experience and knowledge of the particular aircraft . If adequate knowledge of
service problems is lacking for a particular aircraft, the owner or operator
should be advised to establish reasonable initial routine and detailed
inspection intervals, and plan on adjusting them as service experience dictates .
The operator should be apprised of his responsibility for initiating an
inspection frequency which will provide a complete inspection of the aircraft
within 12 calendar months . The inspector should not approve or accept a
progressive type inspection system , but serve in a strictly advisory capacity .
2323. COMPLETE INSPECTION AT START OF PROGRESSIVE INSPECTION . The owner or
operator should be advised to submit the Letter of Intent required by FAR
Section 91.169 . The complete inspection specified by FAR Part 43 ,
Section 43.15 (d ) , shall be at least equal in scope to an annual inspection and
be recorded accordingly .
2324. DISCONTINUATION OF PROGRESSIVE INSPECTION SYSTEM . Upon discontinuance of
a progressive inspection system , the owner or operator is required by FAR
Section 91.169 (d ) to notify the local district office in writing.
2325. FIELD OFFICE RECORDS . Each district office will maintain records of all
progressive inspection systems being utilized within the district which shall
reflect the recurring review of each system by the inspector .
2326. SURVEILLANCE BY THE INSPECTOR . The inspector's primary responsibility
will be to monitor progressive inspection systems for compliance with FAR
Section 43.15 ( d ) and for continued airworthiness of the aircraft .
a. A frequent review of the owner or operator's records should reveal
any developing pattern or maintenance deficiency, malfunction , defects, or
Flight interruption . In the event such a pattern or trend indicates a faulty
inspection system or inadequate maintenance, the inspector should take immediate
action to correct the deficiency .
Chap 7
Par 2321 Page 6029
8300.9
7/26/85
b . Deficiencies noted in a progressive inspection system should be

brought to the attention of the operator, in writing , with a request for
information concerning the corrective action contemplated or taken by the owner
or operator . Copies of all correspondence should be retained as part of the
district office records .
2327. - 2999 . RESERVED .
Chap 7
Page 6030 ( thru 6040 ) Par 2326
7/26/85 8300.9
CHAPTER 8.. AVIONICS
SECTION 1. JOB FUNCTIONS / UTILIZATION
3000. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to avionics inspectors in the

performance of job functions contained in the program guidelines and the
reporting of their accomplishment in accordance with the established procedures.
The provisions contained in other chapters of this Order will also be utilized
as applicable .
3001. GENERAL . The duties associated with the functions shown in this section
are not all- inclusive and are intended only to identify some of the activities
which the various job functions include . Avionics inspectors should continue to
coordinate their activities with other airworthiness inspectors and particularly
with the airborne instrument specialist whose activities are outlined in
Section 2 of this chapter . Definition of the term "avionics , " as used in this
Order , refers to the duties , responsibilities , and functions associated with ,
but not limited to , the following equipment and systems :
a. Radio and radar .
b. Navigation systems.
C. Electrical generation and distribution .
d. Fire detection and warning .
ee . Pitot and static systems and associated instrumentation .
f. Audio systems .
g . Automatic control systems; such as , autopilots, auto - throttles , etc.
h . Equipment defined as instruments in FAR 1. Flight recorders , voice
recorders, AIDS, and similar appliances are considered to be instruments .
3002. JOB FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS FOR AVIONICS INSPECTORS WITH SCHEDULED ,
SUPPLEMENTAL AND COMMERCIAL OPERATORS RESPONSIBILITIES .
a. Air Carrier .
(1) This function includes all of the duties associated with the
certification of air carriers and changes to air carrier operating certificates
which are not reportable under any other specific function . Changes to
operating certificates include the extension of routes, addition of new
equipment , etc.
( 2) Supplemental and commercial operators ' activities associated
with this function are essentially the same as for scheduled carriers . The
difference in the type of operations involved will change the emphasis placed on
the various activities . Supplemental carriers and commercial operators will
usually contract more of their maintenance than scheduled carriers; therefore,
when performing this function , more time will have to be expended in determining
that subcontractors are able to perform maintenance in accordance with the
operators' manuals and procedures . Performance of this function involves :
(a) Review of maintenance inspection organization and
qualifications and certifications of personnel to determine overall adequacy of
the operator to continuously comply with the provisions of its operating
certificate and the FAR .
Chap 8
Par 3000
Page 6041
8300.9 7/26/85
(b) Original review of maintenance manual for adequacy of

instructions regarding maintenance, inspection , and overhaul of avionics
equipment . Such instructions should be in the manual itself or make reference
to other acceptable manuals.
(c) Determination that inspection procedures will control
quality of products .
(d) Review of recordkeeping system , spare parts quantity and
storage, spare equipment handling , and analysis procedures to ensure prompt
correction of malfunctions and failures . Review procedures to be used in
ensuring that overhaul and inspection times will not be exceeded .
(e) Review of procedures for processing and controlling
airworthiness directives , service bulletins, repairs, alterations, and service
difficulty reports .
( f) Determination that proposed aircraft scheduling and the
overall maintenance program will support proposed inspection and overhaul time
limitations .
(g) Determination of adequacy of avionics training programs.

(h) Inspection of shops , test equipment , mockups, tools , and
provisions for maintaining test equipment accuracy. Determination of ability of
subcontractors or subbases to perform maintenance in accordance with operator's
manuals and procedures .
( i) Determination that aircraft are properly equipped for

proposed operations .
(j ) When requested , determination of adequacy of ground
communications systems to perform their intended functions.
(k) Participation in proving flights.
( 1) Approval or disapproval of operations specifications
pertaining to avionics .
(3 ) Airworthiness Directive Compliance System Inspections .

This function includes all of the activities associated with airworthiness
directives , including inspection of records and hardware for compliance ,
handling of extension requests , etc.
(4 Avionics Associated With Lower Landing Minimums, RNAV , INS , VL

and OMEGA Systems . All of the duties associated with the approval of lower
Tanding minimms are included in this function . Examples are :
(a) Approval of maintenance programs or revisions thereto .
(b) Aircraft equipment evaluation and associated flight
checks .
Chap 8
Page 6042 Par 3002
7/26/85 8300.9
(c) . Evaluation of special maintenance calibration procedures .

(d) Review of special flight recordkeeping procedures.
( 5) Certificate Renewal. This function includes all work performed
related to applications for certificate renewal, including discussions,
conferences, and activities not reportable under other functions .
(6) Operations Specifications - Amended . All activities in
connection with the amendment of operations specifications, including the
inspection of maintenance manuals and the review of handling of revisions
thereto .
(7) Maintenance Manual Surveillance . This function includes

periodic review of maintenance manuals and the review of handling of revisions
thereto .
( 8) Main Base Inspections . Inspection of a main base is a

continuing function which is accomplished during the performance of other
functions. This function includes preparation of the final report and any
special activities performed which are directly related to its preparation .
(9 ) Subbase Inspections . This function includes all activities
connected with the inspection of avionics maintenance performed at air carrier
subbases which are not associated with other functions .
( 10) Subcontractor Inspections. This function encompasses all

activities associated with specific inspections of subcontractor avionics
maintenance facilities . Routine inspections of certificated repair facilities
which are also subcontractors are not included in this function , but specific
inspections concerning subcontractor activities of such facilities are.
( 11 ) Line Station Inspections . Line stations are those at which
avionics maintenance normally consists of equipment change only . This function
includes the inspection of airborne spare equipment and ramp test equipment at
these stations and any other activities which cannot be associated with another
function .
( 12) En route Inspections . This function encompasses all activities

associated with en route inspections even though some of these activities may be
identifiable as other functions . This function includes :
(a) Aircraft inspection .
(b) . Logbook inspection .
Observation of crew preflight activities .
Observation of in - flight avionics equipment operation .
Post - flight discussion with crew of discrepancies .
Enroute inspection report .
( 13) Training Program Inspections. All duties associated with air

carrier original and recurrent training programs are included in this function .
jap 8
r 3002 Page 6043
8300.9
7/26/85
( 14) Commnications Facility Inspections . This function includes all

activities associated with it .
( 15) Navigation Facility Inspections . This function includes all

b. Airworthiness .
( 1) Maintenance Review , Flight Operations Evaluation , and Type

Certificate ( TC ) Boards. This function encompasses all activities associated
with it even though some of these activities can be identified as other
functions .
1
( 2) Major Repairs , Alterations, Conformity Inspections, and
Equipment Flight Checks. This function includes all activities associated with
it and flight checks when required to establish that " the standard for
performance" is met .
(3) Logbook Inspections . All logbook inspections not associated
with another function are included in this function . Logbook inspections
associated with ramp inspections , spot inspections , en route inspections , etc. ,
are excluded from this function .
(4) Review Records and Reports. This function includes the review
of reliability control programs and other records and reports not associated
with another function .
( 5) Service Difficulty Reports. All activities associated with

Service Difficulty Reports, including processing of reports , narratives , logbook
inspections , malfunctions and defects, etc., are included in this function .
( 6) Analyze Repairs and Alterations . All activities associated with
determining whether repair or alteration submissions or proposals require FAA
approval , and any time spent on the analyses of those not requiring approval,
are included in this function .
( 7) Spot Inspection All Carriers and Operators . This function

-
includes activities relating to the inspection of air carrier aircraft which

have been removed from service for maintenance purposes .
(8) Ramp Inspections - All Carriers and Operators. All activities

associated with the inspection of air carrier aircraft which have not been
removed form service for maintenance are included in this function .
(9) Maintenance Procedures Conformity . This function includes any
activities in which avionics inspectors observe others performing maintenance,
inspection , repair , overhaul, etc. , for which there are accepted or approved
standards, practices, or procedures established . Conformance to such standards
practices, or procedures is the object of this function .
( 10) Malfunctions and Defects . This function encompasses all duties
associated with the investigation of malfunctions and defects not related to
accidents or incidents .
Chap 8
Page 6044 Par 3002
7/26/85 8300.9
c. Air Agency
( 1 ) Repair Station Certification . The certification of an air
carrier repair station will usually consist of the formality of issuing the
certificate after a review of the carrier's compliance with FAR Part 145 .
(2) Approved Repair Stations - Formal Inspection . Details
O
concerning this function are contained in Chapter 4 of this Order .

( 3) Test Equipment Evaluation . This function includes all
activities associated with the evaluation of test equipment other than for
original approval , acceptance, or certification . It includes the inspection of
periodic calibration of test equipment, the standards used , and the evaluation
of new test equipment, screen rooms, etc. , in shops that are updating their
facilities .
d. Airmen .
( 1 ) Interview Applicants . This function consists of the personal

interview of an applicant for a repairman certificate .
( 2) Repairman Certification . In the avionics field , certificated
repair stations and air carriers will usually use repairmen to comply with FAR'S
which require certificated persons to perform certain maintenance functions .
This function includes all repairman certification in the avionics field .
e . Investigation .
( 1 ) Accident Investigations . Details concerning this function are
contained in Order 8020.11, Aircraft Accidents and Incidents - Notification ,
Investigation , and Reporting .
( 2) Incident Investigations . Details concerning this function are
contained in Order 8020.11 .
( 3) Violation Investigations. Details concerning this function are

contained in Order 2150.3 , Compliance and Enforcement Program .
(4) Complaint Investigations. This function includes those
activities on projects or assignments required by higher echelon that cannot be
harged to any other work activity.
3003. JOB FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS FOR AVIONICS INSPECTORS WITH GENERAL AVIATION
RESPONSIBILITIES .
a. Airworthiness Certifications ..
hap 8
ar 3002 Page 6045
8300.9
7426/85
(1) Major Repairs , Alterations, Conformity Inspections , and

Equipment Flight Checks. This function includes all activities associated with
Tt and flight checks, when required , to establish that " the standard for
performance" is met .
(a) Field approval .
(b) Approval for return - to - service .
( c) Special flight permits .
(2) Avionics Associated with Lower Landing Minimums . All of the
duties associated with the approval of lower landing minimums are included in
this function . Examples are :
(a) Approval of maintenance programs or revision thereto .
(b) Aircraft equipment evaluation and associated flight
checks .
(c) Evaluation of special calibration procedures .
(d) Review of special flight recordkeeping procedures .
(e) Evaluation of ground facility , monitoring equipment , and
test equipment as required .
b. Airmen Certification . Certificated repair stations will usually use
repairman to comply with FAR which require certificated persons to perform
certain maintenance functions . This function includes all repairman
certification .
c . Operator Certifications.
(1 ) Repair Station Certification . This function includes :
(a) Review organization and personnel qualifications to
determine overall adequacy of the station and the ability to comply with
provisions of its certificate and FAR Part 145 .
(b ) Inspection of shops, test equipment , mockups , tools , and
adequacy of systems for maintaining test equipment accuracy .
(c) Review inspection procedures (see FAR Section "145.11)
manual for completeness and adequacy, and ascertain that inspection procedures
will control the quality of products or work performed .
( d) Review technical manual material for compatibility with
ratings applied for .
( e) Review methods for obtaining service bulletins and
Airworthiness Directives .
(f) Review recordkeeping system and handling and storage of

spare parts .
Chap 8
Page 6046 Par 3003
7/26/85 8300.9
(2) Manufacturers' Maintenance Facility Certification . This

function includes activities associated with the certification of manufacturers
under FAR Section 145.101 .
( 3) Aviation Maintenance Technician School Certification . All

duties associated with avionics participation in the certification of Aviation
Maintenance Technician Schools and avionics curriculums . This function includes
activities as outlined in Chapter 4, Section 15 , of this Order .
(4) Air Taxi Certification .
d . Aircraft Surveillance (except Air Taxi) , FAA Form 8620-1, Aircraft
Condition Notice .
(1 ) Large , Turbine- Powered , and Multiengine Aircraft . Spot

inspections are included in this function .
(2) IFR Equipped Aircraft .
( 3) Pilot School Aircraft (VOR & IFR) .
(4) Other Aircraft .
e. Air Taxi Aircraft Surveillance , FAA Form 8000-6 , Application for Air
Taxi Commercial Operator Certificate Under FAR Part 135 .
(1 ) Class A. Scheduled / commuter air taxis , FAR Section 135.2 air
taxis, air taxis operating helicopters, and taxis operating multiengine aircraft
under instrument flight rule ( IFR ) conditions . Ramp or spot checks are included
in this function .
(2) All Others. All air taxis not included above are in this
category . Ramps and spots are included in this function .
f. All other Surveillance .
( 1 ) Mechanic/Repairman Surveillance. The function includes

activities as outlined in Chapter 5 , of this Order .
(2) Authorized Inspectors Surveillance. Functions include all
luties associated with the maintenance and installation of avionics equipment
that are performed and / or approved for return - to - service by holders of
Inspection authorizations.
(3) Review Records and Reports . This function includes review of

AA Forms 337 , Major Repair and Alteration , and 8010-4 , Malfunction or Defect
leport .
hap 8
Par 3003 Page 6047
8300.9
7/26/85
(4) Maintenance Procedures Conformity This function includes any

activities used in performing maintenance inspection , repair , overhaul, etc.,
for which there are accepted or approved standards, practices , or procedures
established . Conformance to such standards, practices, or procedures is the
object of this function .
g . Investigations .
(1 ) Service Difficulty Report . This function consists of reporting
mechanical and electronic irregularities on FAA Form 8070-1 , Service Difficulty
Report .
( 2) Malfunction or Defect Reports . This function consists of

reporting mechanical and electronic irregularities on FAA Form 8010-4. It also
includes the reporting of Mechanical Reliability Reports ( MRR ) in accordance
with FAR Section 135.415 and Mechanical Interruption Summaries (MIS) required by
( 3) Accident Investigations . Details concerning this function are

contained in Order 8020.11 , Aircraft Accidents and Incidents Notification ,
Investigation , and Reporting .
( 4) Incident Investigations . Details concerning this function are
contained in Order 8020.11 .
( 5) Violation Investigations . Details concerning this function are

contained in Order 2150.3, Compliance and Enforcement .
( 6) Complaint Investigations . This function encompasses all
(7) Directed Safety Investigations.

h. Air Taxi Inspections.
( 1) Air Taxi Base Inspections - Class A and FAR Section 135.2 .
(2 ) Air Taxi Base Inspections - Others.
( 3) En route Inspections (Air Taxi) . This function encompasses all
activities associated with en route inspections even though some of these
activities may be identifiable as other functions . This function includes :
(a) Aircraft inspection .
ee
Logbook inspection .
Observe crew preflight activities .
Observe in - flight avionics equipment operation .
Post - flight discussion with crew of discrepancies noted .
En route inspection report .
Page 6048
Chap 8
Par 3003
/ 26 /85 8300.9
i. Other Inspections .
( 1) Supplemental Type Certificate (STC ) and Parts Manufacture
Approval (PMA ) Conformity Inspections. This function includes all activities
concerning STC and PMA inspections, including equipment flight checks related
hereto , when requested by engineering and manufacturing .
.
Details concerning these functions are contained in Chapter 4 ,, Section 10 of
chis Order .
( 3) Mechanic Schools Formal Inspections. This finction includes
all of the duties associated with it , including the monitoring of classes .
(4) Mechanic Schools Informal Inspections.
( 5) Manufacturers' Maintenance Facility Inspections . This function
Includes all activities associated with the inspection and surveillance of
nanufacturers' maintenance facilities, subsequent to certification .
(6) Test Equipment Evaluation . This function includes all
activities associated with the evaluation of test equipment other than for
original approval, acceptance or certification . It includes the inspection of
periodic calibration of test equipment, the standards used , and the evaluation
of new test equipment in shops that are updating their facilities .
j. Safety Education . All duties associated with or involved in the
Accident Prevention Program .
B004 . - 3024 . RESERVED .
ap 8
5 3003 Page 6049 ( thru 6058 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 2. AIRBORNE INSTRUMENT INSPECTOR
3025. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to regional and field personnel
in the assignment of duties and functions for , and the utilization of, airborne
instrument inspectors.
3026. INSPECTOR LOCATION . Regions should consider the utilization , workload ,
travel, and convenience ( in order that he / she may serve both regional and field
demands) when locating the airborne instrument inspector .
3027. RESPONSIBILITIES . Avionics inspectors will retain primary responsibility
for airworthiness program functions involving instruments and instrument
systems. These functions are listed under the air carrier and general aviation
avionics activities in the Order 1800.12D , Flight Standards Program Guidelines ,
An airborne instrument inspector will have secondary program responsibility to
perform program functions in the course of normal activities . The reporting of
these functions will contribute in the search for instrument problems and will
supplement regular inspector assignments by delving into problems which are too
time consuming or beyond the capabilities of assigned inspectors. He / she will
provide advice and counsel to assigned inspectors and will participate with them
in the accomplishment of program functions. He / she will also be subject to
request for assistance from operations , engineering , and other offices and
services .
3028. DUTIES .
a. The instrument inspector will work across the board performing the
following air carrier and general aviation avionics functions and will be
notified by the field inspectors in enough time to actively participate in their
performance:
(1 ) Certification of repair stations .
( 2) Inspection of maintenance facilities .
( 3) Approval of programs associated with lower landing minimums .
(4) Certification of all U.S. operators .
( 5) Approval of reliability programs .
b. In performing the above functions, the instrument inspector, where
applicable, will inspect shops , equipment , and aircraft installations . He / she
will review maintenance inspection programs, procedures and manuals, and
participate in equipment flight checks and proving flights . The following
equipment is involved in the performance of these functions :
(1 ) Flight attitude instrumentation systems .

( 2) Altimetry systems .
( 3) Autopilot systems .
Mach /pitch trim systems .
( 5) Air data systems.
( 6) Automatic throttle systems .
(
7
)
Speed control approach and takeoff systems.
Chap 8
Par 3025
Page 6059
8300.9 7/26/85
(8) Inertial navigation systems.

( 9) Electronic compass systems .
( 10) Speed warning devices.
( 11 ) All weather landing systems .
( 12) Recorders .
c. Upon completion of these functions, the instrument inspector will

provide the assigned inspector with a written report which briefly summarizes
his /her participation and contains either a recommendation for approval or
suggested changes to be made before approval is granted .
d.In addition to the above, the airborne inspector will perform the
following duties :
( 1 ) Participate, upon request, in the investigation of major
accidents or incidents the cause of which may be related to instrument systems
or components .
(2) Recommend standards and procedures to govern the inspection ,

repair, and alteration of aircraft electronic , electrical, and mechanical
instruments and instrument systems .
( 3) Recommend performance standards for facilities which inspect ,

repair , and alter airborne electronic , electrical , and mechanical instrument
systems and components .
3029. SCHEDULING . A schedule should be developed for airborne instrument

inspectors to make regular periodic visits to district offices to perfom other
avionics work functions and to provide consultation and guidance to field
inspectors. The schedule should be published and distributed to the offices
concerned at least 2 weeks prior to its effective date . During these visits ,
the airborne instrument inspector will inspect repair facilities, review repairs
and alterations , make spot inspections, perform en route inspections , and
perform any other program work functions that are necessary . In order to obtain
maximum benefit from these visits , assigned inspectors will keep the instrument
inspector advised of problem areas and request that he / she inspect certain
facilities or perform other specific work functions during his /her visit , Close
coordination between specialties will enable the instrument inspector to utilize
his /her time in areas which produce the greatest results .
3030. UTILIZATION . In view of the increasing sophistication and complexity of
modern aircraft instruments and instrument systems, it is important that
regional and field personnel utilize the specialized knowledge and skill of the
airborne instrument inspector to the fullest advantage in the accomplishment of
the basic mission of Aviation Standards . The instrument inspector may actually
perform all the aforementioned functions or he / she may provide technical
1
Chap 8
Page 6060 Par 3028 1
/ 26/ 85
8300.9
assistance to the assigned inspectors, depending on the nature of the programs,

problem , incident or accident which requires his /her participation . The
dictates of manpower utilization , the complexity of the problem , and the
capability of the assigned inspector should determine who performs the required
follow -up action , if any. The instrument inspector may assist only in the
initial phase of the action , or he / she may complete the entire action
himself /herself. Close coordination with inspectors having primary
responsibility will determine these activities.
3031. - 3040 . RESERVED .
p 8
3030 Page 6061 ( thru 6070 )
r
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 3. PERSONNEL UTILIZATION / EFFECTIVENESS AND CONDUCT
3041. PURPOSE . This section identifies the aircraft systems and the areas of
responsibilities for the avionics inspector .
3042. PERSONNEL UTILIZATION /EFFECTIVENESS AND CONDUCT. Chapter 8 , Section 1 ,
outlines the applicable policies and functions for the avionics inspectors.
Figure 8-1 of this section identifies the avionics inspectors' primary and
secondary responsibilities for aircraft systems.
3043. - 3050 . RESERVED .
hap 8
ar 3041
Page 6071 ( thru 6080 )
7/26/85
8300.9
ce
ms
nan
yste
s
nte
tem
cs
oni
Subs
Mai
ATA
Sys
Avi
21 P Air Conditioning
22 P Autopilots
23 P Communications
24 P Electrical Power
25 P Equipment / Furnishings
26 P Fire Protection
-10 S Detection
27
P Flight Control
S Logic Systems indicating
128 P Fuel
-40 S Fuel System indicating
129 P Hydraulic Power
30 P Ice and Rain Protection
-30 S Pitot Static
-50 S Antennas 0
Radome
-80 S Detection
31 P Instruments
B2 P Landing Gear
-60 S Position and Warning
S Anti - skid electronics
33 P Lights
34 P Navigation
35 P Oxygen
36 P Pneumatic
37 P Vacuum
Chap 8
Page 6081
8300.9
7/26/85
e
enanc
tems
ystems
Maint
cs
Subsys
ASTA
Avioni
38 P Water /Waste
49 P Airborne Aux . Power

-70 S Indicating
51 P Structures
52 P Doors
-70 S Door Warnings
53 P Fuselage
54 P Nacelle /Pylons
55 P Stablizers
56 P Windows
57 P Wings
61 P Propellers
65 P Rotors
-60 S Indicating
71 P Powerplants
-50 S Electrical Harness
72
P Engine Turbine /Engine Reciprocating
73 P Engine Fuel and Control

-30 S Indicating
74 P Ignition
-10 S Electrical Power Supply
75 P Air
-40 S Indicating
76 P Engine Control
Chap 8
Page 6082
7/26/85 8300.9
nce
stems
tena
asm
nics
SyTsAte
S u bsy
Main
A
Avio
77 P Engine Indicating
78 P Exhaust
79 P 011
.30 S Indicating
80 P Starting
81 P Turbines
82 P Water Injection
83 P Accessory Gear Boxes
Chap 8 Page 6083 ( and 6084 )

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 4. AVIONICS EQUIPMENT APPROVAL

3051. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for approved avionics equipment is
contained in FAR Parts 21 , 23 , 25 , 27 , 43 , 91, 121 , 123 , and 127 .
3052. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to avionics inspectors
concerning the surveillance of appliances and equipment used by aircraft
operators which are required for approval by the regulations.
3053. BACKGROUND. The FAR require that certain equipment used by operators be
approved by the Administrator. Historically, it has been found that in a number
of instances avionics equipment is installed for which FAA approval cannot be
substantiated . This may be due to the loss of records as a result of aircraft
sales, the interchange of equipment between different types of aircraft , or that
the approval was exclusive to a set of conditions.
3054. AVIONICS INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND ACTION .The extent or potential
has not been determined ; however , the importance of immediate action by field
inspectors toward solving avionics problems and subsequent surveillance cannot
be overemphasized . Avionics inspectors should spot check spare equipment and
equipment undergoing maintenance at the operator's maintenance base ,
subcontractor maintenance facilities or certified repair stations . If the
nameplate for the equipment checked does not indicate the appropriate approval
status, the inspector should ascertain that the operator's records show the
method by which the equipment received approval and is used only on aircraft for
which it is approved . In the event the approval status cannot be determined ,
appropriate remedial action should be taken . Avionics inspectors should also
ascertain that their assigned operators have established an effective procedure
to control the substitution of approved equipment .
3055. MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES. These procedures state that :

" Major components of ATA Systems 22 , 23 , 24 , 31 , 33 , 34 , and 77 or autopilot
systems, communication systems, electrical systems, instrument systems, lighting
systems, navigational systems, and engine instruments, respectively, are
identified by name, manufacturer , and model number . If the operator chooses not
to identify the components on the maintenance Operations Specifications , FAA
Form 1014, such components shall be identified in an approved document which is
referenced and identified on the specification page. (Future revision should
comply with these guidelines .)
3056. ALTERNATE INITIAL ACTION . The surveillance procedure may not be adequate
for initial action in some cases and the method and the initial approach to the
problem may vary between regions and operators . In these cases a stronger , more
concentrated initial effort may be required .
3057. - 3070 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Par 3051 Page 6085 ( thru 6094 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 5. TEST EQUIPMENT APPROVAL

3071. PURPOSE . This section serves as guidance to the inspector in evaluating
test equipment to be used during the calibration and repair of airborne avionics
equipment.
3072. GENERAL . A repair facility, certificated to maintain airborne avionics
equipment , must have test equipment suitable to perform that maintenance .
Generally, the test equipment recommended by the appliance manufacturer is
acceptable .
3073. TEST EQUIPMENT EQUIVALENCY. Normally, test equiment which is equivalent

to that recommended by the appliance manufacturer will be accepted . Before
acceptance, a comparison should be made between the specifications of the test
equipment recommended by the manufacturer and that of the repair facility. The
test equipment should be capable of performing all normal tests and checking all
parameters of the equipment under test . The level of accuracy should be equal
to or better than that recommended by the appliance manufacturer .
3074. TEST EQUIPMENT UPDATING . As the state -of - the - art advances , new modes and
parameters are added to avionics equipment . Previously accepted test equipment
may need to be modified to assure compatibility with the equipment to be tested .
Surplus military test equipment is frequently purchased by repair facilities to
be used as a primary test unit or as a backup in case of failure of the primary
test unit . Modification of this equipment is sometimes necessary to update the
current standards .
3075. ACCEPTABILITY. There is a wide variety of test equipment which an

inspector may be required to evaluate . The quality of this equipment also
varies . Regardless of the price, quality, utility , ease of maintenance or
operation , the minimum test equipment necessary to properly perform the
maintenance should be accepted .
3076. RADIATED VOR MAINTENANCE TEST SIGNALS. The following guidelines should
be used during routine surveillance of repair facilities which exercise the
privilege of radiating VOR test signals ( FAR Section 91.25 (b ) (1 )) .
a. Field inspectors should assure that:
(1) The repair facility has secured a radio land test station
authorization from the Federal Communications Commission ( see AC 170-6C, Use of
Radio Navigation Land Test Station and Signal Generators ) and ,
( 2) That the repair facility possesses a copy of the operating and
servicing data for the test set , and has established an appropriate inspection
and calibration program .
Chap 8
Par 3071 Page 6095
8300.9
7/26/8
b . The inspector should ascertain that the repair facility has

determined that no undesirable bearing errors are generated in the test signal
due to the effects of phase shift caused by transmission line or antenna
mismatch , or reflections from nearby objects.
If areas of poor or inaccurate receptions are detected , these areas
c.
should be noted in the repair station inspection procedures manual and adequat
precautions or restrictions placed upon their use .
d . The repair station inspection procedures manual should provide
instructions to its personnel on the form and content of the entry which must
recorded in the aircraft logbook or permanent maintenance records . The
aforementioned entry should specify :
(1 ) The bearing transmitted by the repair station .

( 2) The date of transmission .
(3) The signature of the representative of the repair station .
certifying the entry . The owner /operator of the aircraft or representative of
the repair station may conduct the accuracy check of the VOR receivers and ent
the results of such checks in the aircraft logbook or maintenance records .
3077. - 3097 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Page 6096 ( thru 7006 ) Par 3076
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 6. AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE )

BUILT - IN TEST EQUIPMENT ( BITE )
3098. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance which should be used to

determine the adequacy of maintenance procedures and programs predicated on the
use of automatic test equipment . This criteria is intended for the application
of ATE /BITE to the specific performance evaluation of line replacement units
( LRU) only , as tested and inspected by ATE /BITE . It also outlines the
responsibilities of the avionics inspector in regard to the acceptance of
built - in test equipment when used in lieu of specified conventional manual
techniques.
3099. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for approval of such test and inspection
equipment is contained in FAR Parts 43, 91 , 121 , 123 , 127 , 135 , and 145 ; as
applicable.
3100. AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE ) . ATE is a self - contained shop test
facility made up of programmable stimulus and measurement devices , digital
computer hardware, digital computer software, digital computer peripheral
equipment and interface devices so configured and integrated as to make possible
the rapid , accurate testing and printing of the test results of digital and
analog avionics equipment with a minimum of human intervention . The more
salient reasons for the use of ATE can be summarized as follows :
a.A number of avionics systems used on present day aircraft are of such
complexity that no manual test gear has been designed for their testing . The
manufacturers themselves employ ATE for the testing of production units when no
manual test gear is available .
b . The general acceptance of ATE to a homogeneous family of avionics
equipment results in a significantly lower cost for test gear than would be the
case if the usual single purpose test equipment was employed for each removable
component .
c. Test results are more reliable and consistent , and are not subject to
human judgment or error .
d. Test sequence segments are readily repeatable .
e.
Failures are more readily identified , simplifying the manual
repairs .
f . ATE offers self -testing features, ensuring that the unit is operating
within acceptable tolerance limits.
3101. BUILT - IN TEST EQUIPMENT (BITE) . BITE can be classed as a limited form of
ATE , with the self -test features built into the airborne component / system . BITE
is characterized primarily as a passive fault indicator . If the functional
signal flow stops or increases beyond a maximum acceptance level, a warning flag
is displayed to indicate a malfunction has occurred . In certain
Chap 8
Par 3098 Page 7007
8300.9 7/26/85
components / systems, such flag warnings are automatic ; in others , the stimulus to
activate the system is generated by manual selection of switching devices . Some
of the functions or capabilities of BITE are summarized :
a. Functional evaluation identified :
(1 ) System status .
( 2) Malfunction verification .
(a) Go -no -go alarms .
(b) Quantitative . (Capability to provide a quantitative

readout, such as either the total system or a subsystem .)
(3) Degraded capabilities .
( a ) Marginal circuit operation .
(b) Degree of deterioration of functional mode .
b. Continuous monitoring provides critical monitoring readout .

(1 ) Continuous direct / readout .
(2) Sampled , recorder / readout .
C. Maintenance provides failure isolation to module and / or subassembly.
3102. INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY . The avionics inspector has the
responsibility for the approval of maintenance programs predicated on the use of
ATE /BITE . In automated test systems a mere cursory examination is not
sufficient to determine the effectivity of such methods and associated
circuitry. Prior to the acceptance of ATE /BITE , the inspector must be assured
that the limitations , parameters, and reliability of the testing system are
sufficiently superior to the components and / or systems subjected to the test .
If the attributes of the testing system have not been clearly defined ,
recognized , and directly applied to show compliance with the required
maintenance actions , then it is incumbent on the inspector to either require a
complete reevaluation of such programs or , when necessary , request assistance
from the appropriate FAA offices. As a guide, the testing ATE /BITE program must
provide:
a. The required in -depth analysis to assure that the aircraft components
are functionally tested within the prescribed manufacturer's limits. ATE /BITE
systems do not always give indications of malfunctions or failures . Certain
parameters may not be monitored adequately, thereby , allowing undetected
equipment failures .
Chap 8
Page 7008 Par 3101
7/26/85 8300.9
b. That the extent and depth of the ATE / BITE testing is equivalent to
that specified by the manufacturers .
C. That all required checks are , in fact , accomplished .
d. That the manufacturer shows the reliability of the ATE /BITE
( including self-monitoringor
failure is less than 10%
) is1 per
such 100,000
that theprobability of an. unannunciated
hours of operation
3103. GENERAL PRACTICES O
ATE . A certificated maintenance facility should be
permitted to use ATE with FAA approval when it has shown that the requirements
outlined below have been fulfilled .
a.
The facility or operator must establish an approved manual outlining
and describing the total program and related management control for the ATE
unit . In summary, the manual should be sufficiently detailed to meet the
requirements specified in pertinent and applicable FAA regulations, including:
(1 ) Limits and standards .
( 2) Performance evaluation checks and tests .
( 3) Maintenance programs .
Source of ATE program tape, either in -house programming or
purchase.
b . Each component maintenance/overhaul manual should be supplemented
with a section identifying each ATE test by number and the ATE language
referenced to the pertinent section of the component manual .
c.
Operators purchasing maintenance service , including ATE programs, are
responsible for assuring that all services are accomplished in accordance with
the operator's approved maintenance program . FAR Section 145.2 specifies the
repair stations' responsibilities .
d . All pertinent recordkeeping requirements must be fulfilled .
NOTE : See flow chart Figure 8-2 , which may be used as a guide to
evaluate a facility's ATE program and control .
3104. GENERAL PRACTICES - BITE . As a maintenance tool, all applications of
BITE require a performance evaluation prior to its acceptance as a substitute
for manual testing. BITE may be broadly applied and may not necessarily perform
the full tasks implied by its name . It is the responsibility of the inspector
to assure that , whenever a BITE test is substituted for a manual check , it
performs the required qualitative and quantitative tests and analyses to
substantiate the performance of the component and / or system .
a.
Prior to approving BITE as a substitute for actual manual checks , the
inspector should be assured that the self - check is of sufficient depth to
perform the required task . Inspectors should not be misled by such statements
as " confidence factors which have no specific meaning unless defined .
Chap 8
Par 3102
Page 7009
8300.9 7/26/85
b. An analysis of BITE should include its limitations and show whether

it does check the component and its associated plugs, wiring and components .
Some quantitative BITE may not be capable of checking a total system , such as
ILS, unless a signal is introduced into the antenna .
3105. - 3120 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Page 7010 ( thru 7020 ) Par 3104
8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 8-2 . FLOW CHART
STEP 1
MANUAL ( Eomponent ) Manual : Furnished by Component
Manufacturer or
Overhaul / Maintenance established by the
facility .
STEP 2
Programmer converts manual
language to the language
PROGRAMMER required for ATE
and
He compiles ATE manual for each
unit which identifies those
required tests that are
specified in the maintenance
manual .
TAPE
1
TEST 1. Using the tape , each test is

UNIT verified under actual test .
for tape AUTOMATIC The ATE should print out or
evaluation TEST EQUIPMENT record each test .
2
.
2 The result of each test is

STEP 3 checked against the specified
overhaul/ repair manual limits
for accuracy and completeness .
3. Errors detected are corrected
ANALYSIS by program language change
Test Record vs and a new tape cut , checked
Manual Limits and reprocessed until a final
and acceptable tape is made .
At this point all tests and
test limits are within those
Results specified in the manufacturer's
Unsatisfactory component manual.
Return to
Step 2
Satisfactory
Next Page
Page 7021
Chap 8
8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 8-2 . FLOW CHART ( Continued )
STEP 4
MASTER MASTER The original satisfactory

TAPE TAPE tape is filed as a permanent
(Filed ) record after a duplicate or
working tape is cut .
Duplicate The master tape must contain all tests

identified in the conversion manual .
This conversion manual cross - references
the ATE language to the pertinent secti
of the component's maintenance / overhaul
manual to :
( 1 ) determine the extent and depth of

the testing process which can be
readily reviewed , and
( 2 ) provide guidance to the technician .
Component
Processing
WORKING The working tape should always be
TAPE an exact copy of the master tape .
Any revision to the master tape
requires a revision to the working
STEP 5
tape .
NOTE : Facilities using purchased tape

programs retain the responsibility for
the integrity of such ATE programs .
UNIT ATE EQUIPMENT
UNDERGOING
TEST
Results
From subsequent
page
Next page
Page 7022 Chap 8

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 8-2 . FLOW CHART (Continued )
To preceding page
From
Preceding Page
Test Fail A11 Test Go
ATE identifies Failure Component

failure , correction and maintenance
made , unit reprocessed repair record
through complete test record
ATE readout
and repair
data
Serviceable unit
inspected and tagged
hap 8 Page 7023 ( thru 7026 )

/ 26 / 85 8300.9
SECTION 7. APPROVAL OF AREA NAVIGATION SYSTEMS

concerning the approval of area navigation systems equipment and installation .
3122. BACKGROUND. A number of operators are installing a variety of equipment
for use on area navigation RNAV routes . FAR Part 121 , Appendix G , outlines the
requirements for the Doppler and Inertial Navigation System ( INS) . Additional
information is contained in Advisory Circular AC 90-45A , Approval of Area
Navigation Systems for Use in the U.S. National Airspace Systems; AC 121-13 ,
Self - Contained Navigation Systems ( Long - Range ) ; and AC 25-4 , Inertial
Navigation Systems.
3123. FAA APPROVALS . The requirements specified in FAR Part 121 , Appendix G ,
for the INS and Doppler must be met prior to formal approval of such systems.
These requirements make it necessary that a Supplemental Type Certificate ( STC )
be obtained by the applicant .
a.
Installation Approvals of Other Types of Area Navigation Equipment .
Approval for such operation should be obtained with an STC; however, approval
can also be obtained by submission of substantiating data with either an FAA
Form 337 or an air carrier engineering authorization .
b . Installation Data . The applicant should furnish all installation
data necessary for determining adequacy of installation . Such data should
include :
( 1 ) Manufacturer's instructions .
( 2) Electrical schematics and failure protection .
( 3) Installation information and / or photographs .
(4) Substantiation of structural changes .
( 5) Determination of capability of electrical system and failure
protection to handle additional load .
(6) Any other data necessary for approval .

C.
Special Precautions . Particular attention should be paid to :
(1 ) Manufacturer's instructions and limitations , including necessary
hodification and calibration of all units in the system and previously installed
equipment .
( 2) Interface with auxiliary equipment , sensor inputs, meter loading

und sensitivity, etc.
hap 8
ar 3121 Page 7027
8300.9 7/26/85
(3) Any reasonable probable failure of the equipment which would

cause a flight hazard or affect the normal operation of required equipment to
which it is connected .
(4) Display location .

d. Conformity Inspection . A conformity inspection should be made to
ensure the installation conforms to the approved data .
Ground Inspection . A ground operational / functional check should be

e.
performed to ensure that the system functions properly and safely . A check for
radio frequency interference should be made with all normally used aircraft
systems operating.
f . Inspector Participation . The approving inspector may participate in
ground and conformity inspections when he /she deems it necessary . Close
surveillance of ground and conformity inspections should be maintained on the
first installation of each installing facility.
g . Data Approved Alternatives . Manufacturer service bulletins
(FAA-approved) which list approved instructions for the installation of certain
area navigation systems may be used .
h . Field Approvals . In some cases , the facility making the installation
has demonstrated its ability to install this equipment on a representative
number of similar type installations through field approvals. References to
previous approvals on FAA Form 337 would constitute previously -approved data and
may not require a separate field approval. In this case , a letter of approval
from the GADO or FSDO , to the installation facility authorizing similar
installations , would be appropriate .
i. Alterations using data which do not differ appreciably from a
previously approved alteration may not require new or additional approval.
j . Where no prior approval has been given , an STC should be requested o
a properly executed FAA Form 337 indicating field approval should be used. Each
person approving the aircraft for return -to - service should comply with the
provisions of FAR Section 43.9 as to the content, form , and disposition of the
record .
3124. VFR APPROVAL . An installation may be approved for VFR operation after
meeting the provisions of Paragraph 3123 of this section . The aircraft should
be placarded to limit the use of the area navigation system to VFR operation
only. ( Systems do not require VFR approval prior to IFR approval . )
3125. IFR APPROVAL. The application for IFR approval should contain data
substantiating that the equipment and installation meet the criteria in
AC 90-45A , Appendix A. In addition to Paragraph 3123 of this section , the
applicant should provide the following :
Chap 8
Page 7028 Par 3123
7/26/85 8300.9
a. Bench Tests . The bench test data referred to in AC 90-45A should be

submitted by the applicant. A manufacturer's certification that he /she has
performed the tests and that the equipment meets the criteria will be
acceptable. If the data does not contain a manufacturer's certification of
accuracy, a complete analysis of bench test data must be made, unless previous
approval has been obtained on identical equipment ( including computer, VOR , DME ,
and display unit combination ) . The accuracy analysis , which is an engineering
process that may involve computer processing, is normally accomplished by
engineering . The field inspector may elect to analyze this data, but action
should be taken to ensure that sensor input equipment, such as VOR and DME , meet
the criteria in AC 90-45A , Appendix A , paragraph 2 , which includes accuracy and
environmental criteria .
b. Flight Checks .
(1 ) A functional flight check should be made to determine that the

installation will perform operationally. Gross error checks should be made of
en route and terminal accuracies. When practical, at least one checkpoint ,
listed in Tables 1 and 2 of AC 90-45A , should be checked by a low altitude fly
over . Antenna location should be checked by maneuvering the aircraft through
climb, descent , and bank angles which will be encountered during normal
operation .
( 2 ) If the equipment is to be approved for use during approach , at
least one accuracy flight check should be made to ensure the equipment performs
to the accuracy in Table 3 of AC 90-45A .
( 3) The approving inspector may observe the flight check if

necessary .
c. Operating Limitations. Information on equipment operating

limitations should be provided to the pilot by placard or in conjunction with
the flight manual revision .
d . Operations Specifications . After the equipment and installation are
approved, air carrier operators, prior to using the area navigation equipment ,
will obtain operational approval by amendment to their operations
specifications.
3126. ORIGINAL VFR APPROVAL CHANGED TO IFR APPROVAL . Numerous area navigation
systems have been installed in a variety of aircraft with the intent of using
the equipment for VFR operations only. Subsequently, the owner/operator may
desire to upgrade the system to allow for IFR operation as well . The following
procedures apply to this type of approval :
a.
When a request is received for IFR approval of a formerly VFR only
installation , FAA Form 337 should be prepared on which the approval for IFR
pperations will be properly documented . Item 8 of FAA Form 337 should provide
at least the following data :
Chap 8
Par 3125
Page 7029
8300.9
7/26/85
( 1 ) Reference to the FAA Form 337 which recorded the original VFR
area navigation system installation .
( 2) Data to confirm that the requirements of AC 90-45A , Appendix A ,

paragraphs 2 and 3 , have been met . ( Reference paragraph 3125 of this section .)
(3) If a flight test is conducted , include a statement to indicate
and a statement to document the modes of IFR operation for which the system is
being approved .
b. The alteration approval stamp, properly completed (reference
Chapter 3 , Section 3 , of this Order) , should be placed in Block 3 of FAA
Form 337 after a conformity inspection is performed by the inspector approving
the system for IFR operation .
C.
If the aircraft has an FAA-approved flight manual, a supplement to
the manual may be prepared and submitted for approval in accordance with
regional procedures . A copy of the FAA Form 337 (see subparagraph a( 1 ) above)
giving details of the original installation must accompany the flight manual
supplement approval request in addition to a copy of the FAA Form 337 prepared
in accordance with this Order . The date of the flight manual supplement should
be the same as the approval for return - to - service as shown on the FAA Form 337 .
d. If the aircraft does not have an FAA - approved flight manual then
information on equipment operating limitations and manufacturer's operating
instuctions will be provided to the pilot by means of a placard .
3127. MAJOR REPAIR AND ALTERATION , FAA FORM 337. Date or certification of
flight and bench tests should be made a matter of record on the FAA Form 337
before approval is given . Limitations on types of approval such as " RNAV
limited to VFR only ," " RNAV limited to VFR and IFR en route only , " etc. , and any
other limitations should be clearly stated in Block 8 of the FAA Form 337 and or
the approved operations specification ( if required ) .
3128 . ENGINEERING ASSISTANCE . Engineering assistance should be obtained for
field approval unless the inspector has previous experience with area navigation
installations and feels competent to make such approval. Engineering assistance
can be obtained even though an STC is not involved in the approval .
3129. AIR CARRIER MAINTENANCE TRAINING PROGRAM . Training programs should be
established on new equipment and existing programs on previously installed
equipment should be reviewed . Spot checks of records and observation of actual
training sessions should be made . Emphasis should be placed on training
conducted on new equipment and new maintenance techniques, procedures , and
standards .
3130. - 3150 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Page 7030 ( thru 7040 ) Page 3126
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 8. APPROVAL OF MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM
3151. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to avionics inspectors relative

to approval of microwave landing system (MLS ) .
3152. BACKGROUND. The increased usage of short take - off landing (" STOL " ) and
air taxi commerical operator (" ATCO " ) service within the national airspace
system has created a need for higher utilization of low density airports . This
can be accomplished by installation of ILS navigation aids to allow lower
landing minimums. However, frequency, congestion , siting , and fiscal problems,
etc. , preclude widespread use of the present generation of VHF / UHF / ILS : The
need for a system to satisfactorily replace the VHF / ILS has prompted industry to
develop a number of wide angle , scanning microwave landing systems (MLS ) .
Several of these systems are being tested and evaluated by the FAA , and some
operators have been granted authorization for their use as a landing aid during
IFR conditions. FAR Part 171 provides standards for approval of the interim
standard microwave landing system ( ISMLS ) . However , this does not preclude the
approval of other MLS equipment for private authorization through operators ,
provided assurance is obtained that the systems and operational requirements are
met ( reference Order 8260.30 , IFR Approval of Microwave Landing Systems (MLS ) ) .
3153. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . A microwave landing system , such as tactical landing
approach radar ( TALAR ) , that provides horizontal and vertical guidance for
instrument approaches, basically consists of a ground transmitter which radiates
microwave ( 15.5 GHz) guidance signals and an airborne receiver that interprets
the radiated data . These guidance signals drive standard crosspointer
indicators, or other similar instruments , to provide localizer and glideslope
steering signals similar to the standard ILS .
a.The TALAR ground transmitter sequentially radiates two pairs of
microwave beams , and by frequency coding establishes localizer and glideslope
signals. The transmitter is 25 " x 25 1/2" x 10 " , tripod mounted , and located in
the vicinity of the runway threshold . The beams are electronically switched at
a rate of 134 Hz , and produce a conical scan . The center is the boresight
( localizer course and glideslope path ) , and the apex is the transmitter .
b. The airborne system consists of an antenna -receiver unit and an
amplifier unit. A control head may or may not be required depending on the
hodel installed . Certain models operate on a single frequency ; therefore, no
control head is necessary . Other models are multiple channel and will require a
control head . Instrumentation can be provided by any standard deviation
Indicator .
$154 . APPROVAL . The private use of MLS may be categorized as a non -Federal
havigation facility and, as such , its adoption or use would come under the
provisions of FAR Part 171 .
$155 . GENERAL . Each MLS must be certified by the sponsor ; i.e. , owner of the
round station as to its operational reliability to support commercial aviation
nstrument operations . The avionics inspector's prime area of responsibility is
pproval of the sponsor's / operator's ground facility and airborne receiver
Chap 8
Par 3151 Page 7041
8300.9
7/26/85
maintenance programs . However , close coordination should be maintained with the

principal operations inspector during the entire certification process
( Order 8260.30) .
a. Frequency protection and FCC licensing must be obtained by the
operator for the MLS transmitter .
b. A means of monitoring the MLS transmitter must be provided to assure
that any degradation of the system ; i.e., course shift , radiated power , etc.,
will be detected and that safety of flight operations will not be compromised.
This may be provided by the use of electronic monitors such as field directors.
However , if this means is not employed , an equivalent level of safety must be
provided by operational requirements and procedural means, to be determined by
the operations inspector , before IFR approval can be granted .
c. If the MLS transmitter does not incorporate an identification
feature , assurance against misidentification must be provided by operational
requirements and procedural means, to be determined by the operations inspector ,
before IFR approval can be granted .
d. A maintenance program must be developed by the sponsor / operator that
will ensure continuing operational reliability and detection of any
out -of - tolerance conditions of the ground transmitter and airborne system .
e. The airborne receiver installation must be in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and approved by the certificate -holding office . It
must not interfere with the operation of any other equipment on the aircraft .
3156. MAINTENANCE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS. The operator must provide a complete
maintenance program acceptable to , and approved by, the assigned avionics
inspector. The program must show the operator's maintenance organization ,
specify inspection and maintenance schedules, and include a pertinent equipment
and procedures manual for the ground and airborne systems. The proposed manual
should contain two sections, one for the airborne equipment and one for the
ground facility , with the following criteria applicable to both sections :
a.
Name of repair facility and type of work performed:
( 1 ) State the classification of maintenance and who performs it ;
e.g. , A, B , C , inspections, repairs , bench checks , ramp checks, and overhaul .
(2) List the contractual maintenance and the maintenance to be
performed by the operator .
( 3) Qualified and certificated personnel and facilities must be
used .
b. Inspection classification (Check A , B , C , etc.) .

(1 ) Periodic inspection . Outline what will be inspected at each
periodic inspection .
Chap 8
Page 7042 Par3155
7/26/85 8300.9
(2) Bench checks . Outline the bench check procedures ( reference to

the manufacturer's manual can be used ) .
(3) Overhaul ( same as bench check ) .

( 4) Ramp check . Outline procedures to be used and type of test
equipment used .
c. Ramp test equipment. Specify calibration procedures and frequency of
such calibration .
d . Maintenance forms. State the procedures for its completion and

include samples of forms to be used for all maintenance.
e. Records. Outline the methods for recording failures and procedures
to ensure that repairs, periodic inspections, and required maintenance is
acccomplished .
(1 ) These procedures must not be contrary to the operator's manual
requirements .
( 2) All maintenance records shall be kept for a minimum of 2 years .
Other regulations may require that certain records be retained for a longer
period of time.
f. Maintenance performance . The manual must include a statement that
all maintenance will be performed in accordance with the manual and that
þroperly qualified and certificated personnel and facilities will be used .
g . Alterations. Include procedures which will require the operator to
furnish the certificate-holding office with a record of all alterations ,
including technical data or reference thereto . This includes all service
bulletins, service letters , etc.
3157. CONTRACTUAL MAINTENANCE . If the operator plans to contract all or part

bf the MLS system maintenance, it must be determined that the contractor has the
pecessary facilities and test equipment to perform this maintenance . Changes to
the contractor's MLS maintenance program shall not be made without prior
approval of the avionics inspector.
$158 . RELIABILITY PROGRAM . The sponsor /operator shall initiate , develop , and
provide a data collection program to ensure that the MLS system parameters can
pe met and are continually sustained . The operator is responsible for the
pperation of this program . This program should be made a contingency upon which
Final approval of the MLS system is granted .
$159 . TRAINING. The sponsor /operator shall be responsible for , and ensure
hat, the technicians including contractual personnel, perfoming maintenance on
he MLS system are properly trained .
Chap 8
Par 3156 Page 7043
7/26/85
8300.9
3160. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS , FAA FORM 1014. Sample operations

specifications contained in Figures 8-3 through 8-6 have been prepared as
guidance in establishing equipment inspection frequencies and maintenance time
limitations . Separate operations specification pages for the airborne equipmeni
and ground transmitter will be issued to the initial operator. If more than one
operator uses the facility , operations specifications will be issued to the
additional operators for their airborne equipment only. This will ensure a
single operator responsibility ( initial) for the ground facility ( transmitter ) .
3161. - 3181 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Page 7044 ( thru 7054 ) Par 3160
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 8-3 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ( FRONT)

DORO AVIATION SERVICE MLS GROUND
TRANSMITTER MAINTENANCE ( 1 )
Form Approved .
OMB No. 04 - ROOTS
DEPARTMENT OFTRANSPORTATION
WASHINGTON
PART D
DORO AVLATION SERVICE
MLS GROUND TRANSMITTER MAINTENANCE (1 )
OVERHAUL BENCH CHECK INSPECTION PERIODS

A B C
Transmitter
Model 12T
AJAX Aids , Inc. OC (2 ) 10 days 90 days
Fixed radio installation ( 3 ) OC (2 ) 30 days '
(1 ) All maintenance and recordkeeping of the ground equipment will be performed

in accordance with Doro Aviation Service approved MLS maintenance manual.
( 2) "On condition " items will be maintained to the approved performance standards
by periodic and progressive inspections , checks , services , repair , and pre
ventive maintenance which are appropriately described in the operator's
manual .
( 3) " fixed Radio Installation " . The term fixed radio installation shall be .
understood to include all components not specifically listed on FAA Form 1014 ,
such as the following : fixed antennas ; indicators and warning light assem.
blies ; cables ; plugs ; wiring ; junction boxes , and shockmounts .
( 4) The MLS Reliability Program is on file with Doro Aviation Service .
(5 ) The approved MLS maintenance manual may not be amended without prior FAA
approval .
(6) Contractual agreements and limitations for maintenance of the MLS

transmitter are on file with Doro Aviation Service .
Effective date 29 October 1977
FAA Form 1014 12-72 )
lap 8 Page 7055

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 8-4 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ( REVERSE )

DORO AVIATION SERVICE MLS GROUND
TRANSMITTER MAINTENANCE ( 1 )
loral Aviation ADMINISTRATION 16.11.20

Operating Certificato No...
Washington, D.O.
Doro Aviation Service hereby makas application for mendmcat
of the Operations Specifications appearing on the moverno mide berool, us follows:
norigdaal, " or if an mendment , .llst the changes .
Ressons and mpporting data (il ingeficient pros attack additional page):
" original , " or if a mendment , include the reasons and supportiag data .
I cern that the statements submitted in connection berewith are true and that I am duly sathorised
to make this application on behalf of the applicant.
Signature of operator ' ,
authorised representative
Dato October 17 , 1977 (Authorized representative'o title)
INSPECTOR'S RECOMMENDATIONS:
fruto )
The Operations Specifications not forth on the morerne side beroof aro Approved
Amendment No.Originalordmendment number By direction of the Administrator:

(To be signed by
Plective data ...29 October 1977 Exincipal Avionic. Laspector )
Supersedes specifications dated .... (Aong or date ) Irlacipal Avionics Inspector LA - GADO
monte )
Received for the applicantby: operator' :

of
authorized somentetin
Dato Istobar dhe 1227. (Authorized wprosentative's title )
Page 7056 Chap 8

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 8-5 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ( FRONT)

DORO AVIATION SERVICE AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE , MLS ( 1 ) DE HAVILLAND DHC - 6
herm Amoved
OTATO
oun No. Nes
FOCAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
DALTON
PART D
ATDORO AVLATION SERVICE
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE , MLS ( 1)
de Havilland DHC - 6
OVERHAUL BENCH CELCK DISPECTION PERIODS
Radio receiver , Model 12R

AJAX Aids , Inc. OC ( 2 ) 180 Days 10 Days 30 Days
Instrumentation Amplifier
Model 12A OC ( 2 ) 180 Days 10 Days 30 Days
Indicator , Model 121 OC (2 ) 180 Days 10 Days 30 Days
Fixed radio installation ( 3 ) OC ( 2 ) 30 Days
(1 ) All maintenance and recordkeeping of the airborne equipment will be

performed in accordance with Doro Aviation Service approved MLS
maintenance manual .
(2 ) " On condition " items will be maintained in continuous airworthiness

condition by periodic and progressive inspections , checks , services ,
repair., and / or preventive maintenance , and are appropriately described
in the operator's manual .
(3) " Tixed Radio Installation " • The term fixed radio installation shall be
understood to include all components not specifically listed on FM Form
1014 , such as the following : fixed antennas ; Indicators and warning
light assemblies ; jack boxes ; cables ; plugs ; viring ; junction boxes ,
and shockmounts .
( 4 ) The approved MLS maintenance manual may not be amended without prior
YAA approval.
( 5 ) The MLS System Reliability Program is on file with Doro Aviation Service .
( 6 ) Contractual agreements and limitations for vintenance of the airborne
MLS receiving system are on file with Doro Aviation Service .
Elortive date 29 october 1977

SAA Sorm W14 12:13
ap 8 Page 7057
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 8-6 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ( REVERSE )

DORO AVIATION SERVICE AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE , MS ( 1 ) DE HAVILLAND DHC - 6
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION Operating Certificate No...333.

Washington , D.C.
Doro Aviation Service hereby makes application for amendment
of the Operations Specifications appearing on the reverse side hereof, as follows:
" original " , or if an amendment , list the changes .
Reasons and supporting data ( if insufficient space attach additional page):
" original" , or if an amendment , include the reasons and supporting data .
I CERTIFY that the statements submitted in connection herewith are true and that I am duly authorized
Signature of operator's
authorized representative
(Bignaturo )
Date July 16 , 1976 ... (authorized representative's title ).
( Title )
Leave this section blank reference Order 8300.9 , paragraph 1718

>
(Bigasturo )
( Title )
The Operations Specifications set forth on the reverse side hereof are
Amendment No. Original or amendment No. By direction of the Administrator:

( To be signed by
Effective date . July 28 , 1976 Principal Avionics Inspector ).........
(lippsture)
Supersedes specifications dated Principal Avionics ( Title

Inspector ....ACE-ACDO - 3
)
Received for the applicant by:

Signature of operator's
authorized representative
Date July 30 , 1976 (Authorized representatives title).
( Title )

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 9. APPROVAL OF CAT I , II , AND IIIa LANDING MINIMUMS
3182. PURPOSE . This section provides guidelines to assist the avionics

inspector in the evaluation and acceptance of an air carrier's and general
aviation operator's application for lower landing minimums in respect to its
support program .
3183. AUTHORITY . The authority for these programs is contained in

FAR Parts 25 , 91 , and 121 .
3184. BACKGROUND . A number of air carrier and general aviation operators are
involved in programs directed toward FAA approval for lower operational
minimums . A review of currently approved programs discloses a need for
guidelines to supplement AC 91-16 , Category II Operations General Aviation
Airplanes , and AC 120-29 , Criteria for Approving Category I and Category II
Landing Minima for FAR 121 Operators. AC 120-28C , Criteria for Approval of
Category III Landing Weather Minima, outlines the applicable CAT IIIa policies .
It is important that avionics inspectors be familiar with these AC's , and
pertinent FAR before participating in these minimum landing evaluation programs
in order to apply them in a uniform manner . The demand on the aircraft
performance and its control systems requires close coordination between avionics
and engineering. The role and responsiblities of the avionics inspector need to
be clearly outlined . Where the term " operator" is used in this section, it
refers to both the air carrier and general aviation operator .
3185. CAT I AND CAT II PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT .
a. An operator may begin development of a program months in advance of

the formal application for the authorization . Inspectors should monitor this
development activity on a day -to -day basis so that full understanding of the
program is acquired progressively . Success of the program depends upon a
unified cooperative approach by FAA operations, avionics, and engineering
personnel .
b. The principal operations inspector is responsible for determining the
overall adequacy of an operator's Category II program . To carry out this
responsibility, will require the technical advice of assigned avionics inspectors
in evaluating the equipment installation , performance , and reliability aspects
of the program .
c.
A review of the distinction between approval of required and optional
equipment may be of value . The airworthiness of equipment and systems required
by the aircraft type certification rules is substantiated by a detailed FAA
engineering investigation and report accompanied , as necessary , by flight tests
to confirm compliance with applicable standards and regulations. In most
aircraft, autopilots, approach couplers, flight directors, and similar systems
are classed as optional equipment. Approval for use of these systems is based
on limited evaluation and flight tests, to ascertain that such systems are not
a hazard to flight and do not interfere with the required instruments and
Chap 8
Par 3182 Page 7063
8300.9 7/26/85
equipment . In most cases , the approval neither authorized nor restricted use
the equipment for any particular type of operation . When such systems became
necessary for the conduct of CAT I or CAT II operation , further evaluation
became necessary. This evaluation determined whether the policy standards set
forth in AC 91-16 and AC 120-29 were fulfilled .
3186. EVALUATION PROGRAMS . These programs have been used successfully to

accomplish major advances in the overall field of air transportation . Their
validity has been confirmed in the past , thus establishing the feasibility of
approving systems for specific operations. No change in this philosophy is
contemplated , and the same basic concept can be employed in this program to
progressively lower air carrier and general aviation landing minimums to the
proposed category Engineering coordination should be requested when necessary
particularly for those aircraft wherein the functions and limitations of the
automated systems are significant factors for safe operation .
3187. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION . Certain additional avionics equipmen
installed by the operator for the proposed operation may be approved in the
field or referred to the appropriate engineering office for evaluation . This
engineering evaluation can assist in determining if flight testing is required
what limitations may apply , and whether or not the installation may require an
STC . If an STC is required, avionics personnel will assist in the
accomplishment of a compliance and conformity inspection , as necessary , when
requested by the engineering and manufacturing office . Installations in this
class would include and are not limited to :
a. Flight director systems.

b. Automatic throttle control systems .
c. Autopilot and approach coupler systems .
d. Speed control command systems .
e. System fault detection and warning systems.
f. Radio altimeters .
g. VLF / OMEGA / INS .
3188. ALTERATIONS . Proposals to alter installed avionics equipment required

for a particular category of operation should be carefully reviewed and handlec
in accordance with established procedures contained in Chapter 3 , Section 3 , of
this Order . Each proposal should be evaluated for its effect on system
performance, compatibility with the original standard , and compliance with
Category II criteria .
Chap 87
Page 7064 Par 3185
7/26/85 8300.9
a . When alterations to existing avionics equipment proposed by

manufacturers appear to be major , the avionics inspector should always ascertain
the approval status before sanctioning incorporation of the change by an
operator. If FAA approval of the alteration is not clearly indicated in the
manufacturer's instructions, the operator should obtain such approval before
performing the alteration .
b . Avionics inspectors should exercise a cautious approach to field
approval of alterations. Pressure from any source should not discourage the
inspector from ascertaining that the alteration is being made in accordance with
approved technical data , and that the technical evaluation is clearly within the
scope of his /her training , experience, and approval authority . IF THERE IS ANY
DOUBT as to its effect on aircraft or .system performance, the proposal should be
referred to the appropriate FAA Manufacturing Inspection District Office for
approval or disapproval.
c . Alterations originating in air carrier engineering departments should
also be examined carefully and, when necessary, referred to the appropriate FAA
engineering and manufacturing district office .
3189. MAINTENANCE TRAINING PROGRAMS. The maintenance program must provide for
the proper maintenance / inspection of the system . It must be sufficiently
explicit to ensure the level of performance accepted as the basis for
certification . The release of an aircraft qualified for a particular category
is a function of maintenance; therefore , the manual should identify those
persons trained and qualified to make such determination . Maintenance training
programs for repair station maintenance personnel are not required by
regulation . General aviation avionics inspectors, during the course of routine
surveillance, should determine that repair stations performing Category II
equipment maintenance are capable of maintaining equipment to prescribed
standards .
3190. GENERAL AVIATION CATEGORY II EQUIPMENT APPROVAL (FAR PART 91) .

a.
Requirements for Category II approval for general aviation operators
have been established in FAR Part 91 , Sections 91.6 , 91.33 , 91.34 , and
Appendix A , which specify required instruments and items of equipment, methods
of approval, evaluation program conduct , calibration standards , and maintenance
programs. Advisory Circular 91-16 has been published to assist operators in
developing and obtaining approval of equipment installations and maintenance
programs for Category II .
b. Avionics inspectors should be aware that single flight director

systems with dual displays in which the second display only repeats the ILS
information on the pilot's display will not meet the requirements for two ILS
receiving systems.
hap 8
ar 3188
Page 7065
8300.9 7/26/85
3191. MAINTENANCE PROGRAM GENERAL AVIATION .
a. The avionics inspector should evaluate the proposed maintenance

program to determine whether it can be expected to maintain required equipment
to Category II approval condition . He / she should determine whether the operator
has considered all special maintenance requirements imposed by operations to
lower minimums, has geared his /her operation to cope with them , and has
documented them in his /her manual .
b . General aviation maintenance programs may be developed by some

manufacturers and repair stations for purchasers of their Category II avionics
equipment " package" installations . The contents of such programs should be
thoroughly evaluated for compliance with Category II regulations and to
determine whether they can be reasonably expected to maintain required
equipment to Category II requirements .
c . Incorporation of a manufacturer's maintenance program in a
Category II manual. An example of such a case would be where it is necessary to
use alignment procedures that differ from a manufacturer's maintenance program
in order to qualify for Category II .
3192. TEST EQUIPMENT AND STANDARDS .
a. Performance standards, tolerances , and calibration procedures
applicable to ILS equipment have been adequately covered in the past by TSO ,
RTCA documents , and manufacturers' instruction manuals . These standards or
their equivalent are generally considered acceptable for inclusion in
maintenance programs for equipment operated to landing minimums of 200-1 / 2
( Category 1) . Such standards may not be adequate for Category II . Those which
will not provide category system performance should be revised to provide the
required level of performance.
b . In many cases , the tolerance for Category II airborne equipment are
more rigid than those for Category I. Therefore, the equipment used to inspect ,
test, and bench check Category II equipment may require more frequent test and
calibration . Inspectors should review and assess the adequacy of such test and
calibration programs at repair facilities performing Category II maintenance .
Corrective action should be instituted where required .
Standards and tolerance established in the maintenance program for
C.
testing and calibrating airborne equipment and systems which are required for
Category II operations should not be relaxed following program approval without
adequate substantiation that system performance will not be degraded .
d. Self -test features may be used for periodic inspections if :
( 1 ) they have been evaluated and found to adequately test the system ;
and
( 2) instructions for their use and interpretation of self -test

indications are included in the maintenance program portion of the Category II
manual . Inclusion of their use in the approved maintenance program will
indicate FAA approval . 1
1
Chap 8
Page 7066 Par 3191
7/26/85 8300.9
3193. APPROVALS AND AUTHORIZATIONS - GENERAL AVIATION .

a.The principal operations inspector will request comments and
recommendations of the principal avionics inspector prior to approving the
operator's low approach system and Category II manual.
b . The avionics inspector will indicate approval of the maintenance
program portion of the operator's Category II manual by signing and dating each
page .
c.
Although not required by regulations, general aviation operators
should be encouraged to show the method of required equipment approval on the
list of required instruments and equipment in the maintenance portion of the
Category II manual .
3194. REPORTS AND RECORDS - GENERAL AVIATION .
O
a.
After Category II approval is granted , general aviation operators
will enter in the maintenance records required by FAR Section 43.9 the date ,
airport , and reason for each discontinued Category II approach caused by a
malfunction of a listed instrument or item of equipment . These records will be
made available to the avionics inspector for review and analysis of equipment
reliability and performance .
b . No attempt should be made to influence the operator in the format
he / she elects to adopt for recording this information as long as it meets the
requirements of the regulations .
3195. MAINTENANCE PERIOD EXTENSIONS O
GENERAL AVIATION .
a . Applications for extension of maintenance periods for general

aviation operatorsmay be considered at the completion of one maintenance cycle
of at least 12 calendar months. Application should be made by letter to the
GADO having jurisdication of the area in which the operator is located .
b. Factors to be considered in granting extensions are:
(1 ) Records of discontinued Category II approaches due to
malfunctioning equipment ;
( 2) Number of Category II approaches ( actual and simulated ) ;

( 3) Maintenance records of Category II equipment failures ;
(4) Service history of known trends toward malfunctioning;

( 5) Unit mean time between failures ; and
( 6) Records of functional flight checks .
Chap 8
Par 3193 Page 7067
8300.9 7/26/85
C. Extensions to check , test , and inspection periods may be granted if

the above factors indicate that the performance and reliability of the
Category II instruments and equipment will not be adversely affected . General
aviation extension periods, in MOST cases , would be 1 -calendar month for tests ,
inspections, and functional flight checks , and 4 - calendar months for bench
checks .
d . The extension periods suggested in paragraph c may be increased at

the discretion of the avionics inspector if such action is justified .
3196. FAR PART 121 CATEGORY I , II , IIIa EQUIPMENT APPROVAL . The aircraft
requirements for CAT IIIa authorization include the total aircraft performance
and its associated systems . The acceptance of an aircraft for this category
must be completely based on performance and approved FAA data . Upon receiving
an operator's request for CAT IIIa authorization , the assigned avionics
inspector should immediately inquire from the Type Certificating ( T / C ) region
whether the aircraft has been approved for such operation, and , if so , what
equipment and systems have been approved. If the aircraft has not been CAT IIIa
certified , the inspector should request assistance from the appropriate
Aircraft Certification Office so that an STC application can be properly
consolidated .
a. AC 120-28C outlines the requirements for the maintenance program .

The nature of the operation necessitates a detailed evaluation supported by a
well -defined maintenance, training, and reliability program . All maintenance
and reliability supporting documents become part of the accepted program . The
initial program should also include appropriate programs identified in the MRB
document . The frequency of maintenance actions may be revised when sufficient
experience has been gained to justify a change and there is no conflict with the
certification requirements .
bb . The reliability of systems and /or components set forth as

substantitation for the CAT IIIa certification becomes the performance criteria
for the program . Controlled monitoring of the CAT IIIa system reliability will
require that the operator publish a monthly removal rate for the pertinent
systems and components. When the reported monthly rate exceeds the approved
rate , the carrier should be allowed a reasonable time period in which to improve
the reliability. The T/ C regional engineering office should be advised when the
rate is exceeded and what is determined to be the probable cause . The
reliability reporting is a " must " particularly when operational approval was
predicated upon probability analysis.
C.
The maintenance manual should identify all special techniques,
maintenance/ inspection frequencies, and test equipment requirements to support
the program . It should also specify the method of controlling the operational
status of the aircraft . Those technicians qualified to release an aircraft for
CAT IIIa must be listed .
( 4) An approved training and recurrent training program must be

provided . The listing of such personnel must be current . Only those persons
trained and qualified should be permitted to perform CAT IIIa
maintenance / inspection .
Chap 8
Page 7068 Par 3195
7/26/85 8300.9
3197. AIRCRAFT STATUS LIMITATIONS. The operational demand for CAT IIIa
airborne systems with exposure to numerous hidden functions requires that the
aircraft be either periodically exercised or functionally checked to ensure that
all systems are operational and that no dormant failure has occurred . The
initial program should provide either a periodic CAT IIIa approach or periodic
system functional check . Until sufficient experience and data is available
( excluding the 6 months demonstration ) , it is recommended the aircraft status
period not exceed 15 days . Failure to exercise the system by simulated CAT IIIa
approach or functionally checking the system within 15 days should automatically
place the aircraft in a non - CAT IIIa status. The aircraft must maintain this
status until the required functional check is made .
3198. TEST EQUIPMENT AND STANDARDS .
a.
Performance standards, tolerances , and calibration procedures
applicable to ILS equipment should be evaluated to ensure that their limitations
are at least as stringent as the specifications of the airborne equipment
outined in AC 120-29 and AC 120-28C .
b. Self-test and /or BITE may be used for functional checks to the degree
not to exceed its limitation and capability. It may be necessary that a
thorough evaluation of such features be accomplished to determine the inherent
capabilities and limitations . Those functional checks not provided by the
self -test / BITE must be included in the manual checks . The maintenance manual
must include instructions in the manual checks . The maintenance manual must
include instructions for use and interpretation of the self -test features .
C. Inspectors should periodically assess the. adequacy of the test
equipment for each class of operation and require corrective action when
necessary . Standards and tolerances initially established in the maintenance
program should not be relaxed following program approval without adequate
substantiation that system performance will not be degraded .
3199. APPROVAL AUTHORIZATION. The principal operations inspector has the prime
responsibility to grant the carrier operational approval for lower minimums.
The principal avionics inspector has the responsibility to evaluate and approve
the avionics requirements and associated support programs. Notwithstanding
this recognized responsibility, all original CAT II and IIIa maintenance
programs should be forwarded to AFO -200 consistent with current requirements .
The required performance standard can only be achieved through a
well - coordinated program within Flight Standards .
3200. -3220 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Par 3197 Page 7069 ( thru 7078 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 10. MERCURY BAROMETER CORRECTION

concerning the surveillance of mercury barometer installations which are used in
the calibration of altimeters .
3222. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for approval of instrument repair

facilities is contained in FAR Parts 91 , 121 and 145 .
3223. BACKGROUND . Modern altitude mercury barometers have correction scales
for setting in local elevation and gravity values . The Office of Coast and
Geodetic Survey has primary responsibility for maintaining current elevation and
gravity values. Reference values of gravity are established by the
International Meteorological Organization , thus assuring standardization . These
values are updated from time to time.
3224. AVIONICS INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES . Avionics inspectors , during
routine visits to instrument repair facilities, should alert operators of
mercury barometers to the possibility of errors due to outdated values and
recommend that they confirm the correction used on these types of barometers .
3225. - 3230 . RESERVED .
lap 8
r 3221 Page 7079 ( thru 7088 )
1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 11. MONITORING COCKPIT VOICE RECORDERS
3231. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to avionics inspectors regarding

the monitoring of cockpit voice recorder tapes .
3232. BACKGROUND . The FAR require certain aircraft to be equipped with a
cockpit voice recorder (CVR) which meets approved design and installation
criteria . The FAR also stipulate that the record obtained from the CVR will not
be used in any civil penalty or certificate action . This stipulation has caused
some confusion concerning an FAA inspector's authority to monitor the recorder
during the performance of avionics maintenance surveillance functions .
3233. AVIONICS INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES . The avionics inspector is
responsible for ensuring that maintenance procedures are adequate to provide an
acceptable level of in - service operation of the CVR with a quality of
reproduction which will allow for the extraction of pertinent information in
case of an accident or incident .
a. Periodic monitoring of CVR tapes is one method which may be used as

an aid in determining the quality of these recordings. There are no
restrictions in the FAR to preclude this method of maintenance surveillance .
However, inspectors are cautioned against monitoring CVR tapes for any purpose
other than determining quality of the recording . These tapes should not be
monitored for the purpose of hunting for items which could possibly constitute
noncompliance with the FAR . Monitoring should be done only to the extent
necessary to determine that quality of reproduction and maintenance of the CVR
are adequate .
b. When monitoring the CVR tape , all channels should be checked to

assure that quality of reproduction has not deteriorated below the minimum level
required at the time of certification. Special attention should be placed on
the cockpit area microphone ( CAM ) channel, since the physical positioning of
this microphone is critical in some installations .
c.
When the intelligence level of the recorder is not at an acceptable
Level , the operator should be advised and a corrective action program should be
recommended .
3234. - 3254 . RESERVED .
nap 8
ar 3231 Page 7089 ( thru 7098 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 12. EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS
3255. PURPOSE . This section sets forth procedures for avionics inspectors
performing and reporting en route inspections. The general policies and
procedures that apply to all airworthiness inspectors are outlined in Chapter 6 ,
Section 27 of this Order .
3256. GENERAL . En route inspections are performed to determine that the

aircraft systems are in safe condition , are properly maintained for operation in
air transportation , and are performing the functions for which they are
installed . Avionics inspectors will normally be familiar with electronics
equipment and installations on the aircraft on which they perform en route
inspections. On occasion , the en route inspection may be performed in order to
gain additional familiarity with new type equipment, or for special purposes.
Washington headquarters, regional, and district office avionics supervisory
persons may also ride flights for the purpose of familiarization with , or
reporting on , the electronic systems aboard aircraft .
a.
Flightcrew discrepancies. Whenever an en route inspection involves
discrepancies regarding the performance of the pilot -in - command or assigned
crewmembers , the avionics inspector will discuss them with the pilot - in - command .
The avionics inspector will advise the pilot that the noted discrepancies will
be discussed with an appropriate operations inspector who , in turn , will advise
the pilot - in -command of the details , in writing, if the situation warrants its
being made a matter of record . A report of operating discrepancies will not be
nade without first consulting with an operations inspector. This is not
intended to restrict or prohibit the observations and reports of avionics
inspectors. It merely establishes procedures to ensure that recorded operations
Piscrepancies are evaluated before the pilot - in - command receives a report .
b. Other non -avionics discrepancies. Whenever an en route inspection
involves discrepancies other than as described in paragraph a above, and not
within the scope of the avionics inspector's own responsibility, the matter
should be brought to the attention of an appropriate inspector for further
action as necessary .
C.Headsets. Inspectors will use only headsets provided by their

listrict offices . Company headsets provided for flight crewmembers shall not be
ised by inspectors .
$257 . AIR CARRIER EN ROUTE INSPECTION REPORT -
AVIONICS .
a. Use of FAA Form 3112 , Inspection and Surveillance Record

Figure 8-7 ) .
( 1 ) En route inspections shall be recorded on FAA Form 3112 ,
nspection and Surveillance Record .
( 2) The prime purpose of the en route inspection record is to record
ny known or suspected discrepancies or outstanding items of interest observed
uring the en route inspection which have a bearing on flight safety .
hap 8
'ar 3255 Page 7099
8300.9
7/26/85
( 3) The form serves a secondary purpose of briefly recording

pertinent information which identifies the inspection and by whom it was
performed . The following types of information should be shown on the form :
(a) SF - 160 number .
(b) Name of carrier .
(c) Aircraft registration number .

(d ) Aircraft model .
( e) Trip number and date .

( f) Name of pilot - in - command .
(g) Point of departure .
(h) En route stops .
( i) Destination .
(j ) Region and district office designation of the performing

inspector will be entered alongside his /her signature.
(4) In all cases where known or suspected discrepancies were
observed which require coordination with other persons, such coordination and
action should be noted in the Number 8 space , " Findings/ Recommendations . " Any
corrective action which the inspection has initiated should also be shown in
this space .
b. Distribution of FAA Form 3112 .
( 1 ) The original of the Form 3112 will be forwarded directly to the

district office holding certificate responsibility for the operator , if it is
other than the office of the inspector.
( 2) A copy will be filed in the district office of the inspector

performing the inspection.
( 3) Upon receipt of an en route inspection report requiring
corrective action by the certificate -holding office, the supervising inspector
should ensure that any followup action necessary is brought to the attention
of the operator by the appropriate principal inspector (operations /maintenance,
avionics). Reports requiring followup action should remain in a pending file
until the assigned inspector verifies corrective action has been accomplished .
Upon completion of corrective action , the principal inspector assigned to the
operator should advise the reporting inspector of the action taken .
(4) Distribution of copies will be shown on the FAA Form 3112 .
3258. - 3268 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Page 8000 ( thru 8010) Par 3257
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 8-7 . AIR CARRIER EN ROUTE INSPECTION REPORT

( FAA FORM 3112)

U. HOURS
1. WORK ACTIVITYAIR CARRIER EN ROUTE INSPECTION REPORT (SF - 160,2. UNITS
#FS 168182 1 3
4. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CARRIER , OPERATOR , AIRPORT, 3. CERTIFICATE NO . OR 6. RESULTS 7. FURTHER
AGENCY , OR AIRMAN AIRCRAFT REGIS
TRATION MARK (No. ) ACTION REQ .
Operator : Northern Airlines satisFACTORY NO
Pilot : John Smith N 12345 YES ( Bxplain
UNSATISFACTORY
Aircraft : Boeing 707-331B ( Explain in lteon 8 ) х action in
/ х itean 8 )
1. LV IAD @ 0900 Local

AR SFO @ 1130 local
riri
2 All circuit breakers in place or banded .

3. Altimeters: within 20 ' on ground , 50 " @ Fl 33,000
F.0. altimeter sticking between 3 and 4 intermittently . Item entered in
logbook .
4. Autopilot not operating properly - crew flew manually .

5. Logbook check : reviewed pages 359–11 to 350–43. A / P had been put on
deferred list after severalwriteups, CAT II placard showed removal
from CAT II status . Several A / P components had been changed and system
checked 0.K. by analyzer but still not satisfactory . No other repeat
or trend iteris .
6. Weather radar used extensively during approach to avoid line of

thunderstorms .
Purpose of inspection : To evaluate modified altitude alerting system

performance . Crew was very cooperative .
(II moro space to required, uso rvoro . side)

MAINTENANCE Southern Region
* AVIONICS 10/20/66 Miami Air Carrier D.O. I. M. Friendly , SO - ACDO - 32
FAA Form 3112 (8-70 ) GPO ; 1970 O. 402-663
ap 8 Page 8011 ( thru 8016 )

1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 13. INSPECTION OF COMMUNICATION STATIONS
3269. PURPOSE . Inspection of air carrier ground communication stations is

intended to give reasonable assurance to the Administrator that the capability
and reliability of such facilities have not deteriorated beyond minimum
requirements established by FAR and demonstrated by the air carrier during
proving flights at the time of en route approval.
3270. GENERAL . Primary responsibility for determining the adequacy of
communication systems rests with the principal operations inspector assigned to
the air carrier involved . It has been determined that in most cases
communication facilities may be satisfactorily assessed by inspection of flight
dispatch centers and en route inspections conducted by operations personnel .
3271. FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION . Avionics personnel should not normally conduct
routine physical inspections of air carrier ground communication facilities .
Special inspections may be undertaken when requested by the appropriate
operations inspector or supervising inspector for a specific purpose . Examples
of such inspections include accident investigation , suspected communication
problems, deterioration of communications , and evaluation of new systems , such
as extended range VHF or data link .
3272. AIR CARRIER COMMUNICATION FACILITY GROUND INSPECTION . A narrative report

will be completed for each inspection or evaluation of air carrier ground
communication facilities. This report will outline the source of the request
for inspection , the problem investigated, and the inspector's findings and
recommendations.
3273. DISTRIBUTION OF REPORT. The original should be filed in the office

performing the inspection . Copies should be distributed to district offices
having certificate responsibility for air carriers that regularly use the
facility .
3274. - 3284 . RESERVED .
nap 8
r 3269 Page 8017 ( thru 8026 )
‫ܪ‬
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 14. INSPECTION OF FOREIGN LOCATED GROUND NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

3285. PURPOSE . This section establishes a procedure for the inspection of
foreign located ground navigational aids used by U.S. -certificated air carriers.
gency Order 6700.10C , Ground Inspection of Non -Federal Facilities , transfers
che responsibility for the ground inspection of domestic nonfederal navigational
aids from the Office of Airworthiness to the Airway Facilities Service . The
Order does not apply to air carrier communications systems or to eign located
lavigational aids.
3286. GENERAL. A determination as to the performance and reliability of a

navigational aid may best be accomplished by the assigned inspectors through an
evaluation of the organization in charge of the maintenance and operation of the
Eacility and by a physical inspection of the facility itself . In assessing the
continuing adequacy of a navigational aid , the inspector should be guided by the
Operational services the facility is required to provide, such as en route
navigation , approach procedures , air traffic control procedures, etc. In this
area , the assigned avionics inspector should work closely with the assigned
operations inspector in determining the ability of the facility to provide the
required operational services .
a.
Discussions with personnel in charge of the operation and / or
naintenance of the facility to determine the competency of the personnel,
adequacy of maintenance equipment and supplies , and organizational aspects
relating to the reliable performance of the facility will constitute an
important part of the inspector's overall evaluation of such facility . A review
of the operator's records for the station should assist the inspector in
letermining the adequacy of the inspection and maintenance program . Evidence of
equipment outages or other unsatisfactory conditions should be noted .
b . During physical inspection of the navigational aid , the inspector
rill determine that the equipment is operating within prescribed tolerances by
observing its operation and making comparisons with known limitations and
rescribed performance values . A visual inspection of the equipment shall be
ade and any unsatisfactory conditions noted . Antennas, antenna feeders , power
ransmission lines, lightning arresters, tower - lighting equipment , grounds,
ounterpoises, air filters , power supplies , etc., shall be inspected for
vidence of a condition that might affect reliability of the station . Housing
nd physical security of the equipment should be suitable for the environmental
onditions in the area and adequate for the protection of the equipment.
c . Proper and reliable operation of the facility's monitor is important
o the proper operation of the station itself . The type of monitor , whether
utomatic or a simple receiver, the type of malfunction which will cause it to
larm or change over , the location , personnel responsible for monitoring the
tation , procedures and instructions or action to be taken should the station
alfunction , etc. , are factors which should be evaluated when making a
etermination as to the continuing adequacy and reliability of the facility as a
avigational aid .
hap 8
ar 3285 Page 8027
8300.9 7/26/85
d . Adequacy of the station's operating and maintenance manuals, station

records, including records of periodic inspection and maintenance visits ,
cleanliness and orderliness of the equipment, and other indications of " good
housekeeping" are factors that will assist the inspector in determining the
extent of the physical inspection necessary to assure continuing reliable
performance of the facility . Prior to a station inspection , previous inspection
reports for the station should be reviewed .
e
e. Insofar as possible, the operator's maintenance or operating
personnel should participate in inspections performed by the inspector. During
inspection of the station , the operator's personnel may be requested to perform
switching operations or adjustments necessary to demonstrate the proper
performance of the station , including standby units and auxiliary power
supplies , unless records for the station show that such switching operations and
adjustments have been recently conducted . In no case should the inspector make
any adjustments or perform any switching operations . The inspector's knowledge
of the air carrier operator or facility owner and of the conditions prevailing
at the time may indicate that advance notice should be given of a proposed
inspection . Advance notice is generally advisable since it ensures full
cooperation of the licensee . In addition , where the facility is foreign -owned
and operated , the inspector should determine the need to contact the government
responsible for the facility prior to physical inspection .
3287. NONDIRECTIONAL BEACONS . Nondirectional beacons which have been installed
and maintained in accordance with good engineering practice and flight checked
for uniformity of radiation pattern are usually considered incapable of
transmitting erroneous course information , even though their efficiency may be
deteriorated with time . Inspection of these facilities, therefore, resolves
itself to a physical inspection of the equipment , antennas and associated
hardware . The identification signals should be aurally monitored to assure
proper operation of the keying device. Antenna current and modulation
percentage indications within prescribed tolerances are evidence of proper
operation .
3288. OMNIRANGES . Inspection of omniranges ( VOR ) involves a physical

inspection of the units of equipment, housing, and environment. Transmitters ,
auxiliary equipment, antenna systems, monitors and power supplies should be
checked for condition and security. Foliage in the immediate area of the
station should not be permitted to grow to an extent that may affect service
area radial accuracy . New construction in the area should be noted with the
possibility in mind that power lines , telephone lines , metal buildings and
towers or fences within 1200 feet of a VOR facility may affect the performance
of the facility by creating scalloping or otherwise affecting course alignment . 1
Stability and frequency of the power supply is important inasmuch as antenna

drive and tone modulation are normally accomplished in conjunction with a
synchronous motor . Meter indications within tolerances prescribed for the
equipment and proper operation of the course monitors are important to the
proper operation of the facility as a navigational aid .
Chap 8
Page 8028 Par 3286
26/85 8300.9
289. LOCALIZER AND GLIDE SLOPE. Inspection of localizer and glides lope
tations should be conducted in a manner similar to that outlined for
mniranges. Vegetation within the areas of the antenna arrays should not be
ermitted to exceed a height that would interfere with the proper operation of
he stations and their monitors .
290. SEVENTY -FIVE MEGAHERTZ MARKERS . Inspection of 75 megaHertz marker

tations should be conducted in a manner similar to that outlined for
ondirectional beacons . Discrepancies such as deterioration or damage to the
ntenna array or counterpoise , or high weeds and foliage in the immediate area
of the antenna and counterpoise , may affect the radiated pattern from a
' 5 megaHertz marker .
291. FOUR - COURSE RANGES . Very few nonfederal four - course ranges are in use at
his time . Inspection of four - course ranges should be conducted in a manner
imilar to that outlined for nondirectional beacons . Antenna currents should be
rithin the tolerances prescribed for the station .
292. GROUND- CONTROLLER APPROACH . Inspection of ground controlled approach
adar facilities, including airport surveillance radar (ASR ) and precision
pproach radar ( PAR ) , involves a physical inspection of the units of equipment ,
ousing , and environment . The ground -air - ground communication link associated
rith the operation of the ground -controller approach will be included in the
werall evaluation of the radar facility. Antennas, waveguides, transmitters,
eceivers , control consoles , etc. , should be checked for condition and security .
vidence of deterioration and wear on the antennas and antenna operating
echanisms should be noted . Accurate alignment of antenna operating mechanisms
hould be noted . Accurate alignment of the elevation and azimuth antennas of
he PAR in relation to the visual presentation is important to the proper
peration of the facility.
293. FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION . Frequency of inspection is governed by
rder 1800.12D , as amended . Special inspections may be requested when
ecessary .
294. EXCEPTIONS . It is not necessary to physically inspect navigational aids

wned and operated by foreign governments . The adequacy, performance, and
eliability of such navigational aids may be evaluated by other means such as
istory of performance, en route inspections, and discussions with air carrier
nd government personnel having personal knowledge of the facilities . An
valuation of each foreign owned and operated navigational aid should be made in
ccordance with established frequencies . A narrative report should be made .
stribution of the report shall be made in accordance with established
rocedures . In each case , all factors shall be weighed to determine whether or
ot a physical inspection of a foreign owned and operated navigational aid is
cessary. Navigational aids owned and operated by foreign governments should
it be physically inspected except by arrangement with , or permission of , the
riation officials of the government concerned .
hap 8
ar 3289 Page 8029
1
8300.9
7/26/85
3295. DISCREPANCIES . The air carrier using the facility will be advised , in
writing, of all major discrepancies noted . Discrepancies of a minor nature
should be discussed with personnel directly in charge of the facility with a
view to obtaining timely correction . Discrepancies noted during the inspection
of a navigational aid owned and operated by a foreign government will normally
be corrected through the air carrier using the facility. In some cases ,
however, it may be advisable to seek corrective action by dealing with an agency
of the government concerned . The inspector will be required to exercise good
judgment in obtaining corrective action on such discrepancies .
The avionics inspector should be knowledgeable of the operations
a.
based on the use of the facility in order that discrepancies which adversely
affect facility performance may be brought to the attention of the assigned
operations inspectors . In such cases , the avionics inspector will give
technical guidance to the operations inspector responsible for determining
whether operational restrictions or alternate procedures should be required of
1 the air carrier pending correction of the discrepancies .
b . Instructions and procedures for the initiation , issuance , and
distribution of NOTAMS relating to discrepancies should ensure rapid receipt by
responsible air carrier operations offices and other users of the facility .
3296. - 3306 . RESERVED .
Chap 8
Page 8030 ( thru 8040 ) Par 3295
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 15. REGULATIONS HAVING SPECIFIC COMPLIANCE DATES
3307. PURPOSE. This section discusses problems in connection with industry

meeting specific compliance dates of new regulations .
3308. BACKGROUND. Prior to adoption of an operating rule setting forth
requirements for theinstallation of equipment , the agency makes a careful study
to assure that the effective date is reasonable . Once the rule is adopted , it
is essential that avionics inspectors maintain effective followup to ensure
timely compliance by industry with the regulatory requirements . In the past
there have been numerous cases of industry not meeting the compliance dates of
new safety rules ; therefore, amendments had to be issued either to postpone or
extend the compliance dates . In some cases Washington headquarters received no
timely advance notice that the industry was having trouble in meeting the
requirements. By the time the specific problems were made known to Washington,
the only practicable course of action was to postpone the compliance date or
grant a time extension .
3309. AVIONICS INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTION. Avionics inspectors

should establish definite followup procedures with industry groups to assure
timely progress in the implementation of new FAR . When problems affecting the
capability to meet compliance dates are identified , particularly in the case of
rules involving installation of instruments or equipment, comments and
recommendations should be prepared as soon as possible and forwarded through
appropriate channels to the Director of Airworthiness, AWS - 1 .
3310. - 3320 . RESERVED .
ap 8
E3307 Page 8041 ( thru 8050 )
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 16. FLIGHT DATA RECORDER MODIFICATION
321. AUTHORITY . The authority for this program is contained in FAR

Section 121.343(g ) .
concerning necessary modification to existing flight data recorder systems.
1323. BACKGROUND . After September 18 , 1972 , the time of each radio
ransmission , either to or from ATC , must be recorded by the flight data
ecorder . Most existing flight data recorder systems do not provide this
unction ; therefore, it will be necessary to modify these systems to allow this
performance .
324. DISCUSSION . There have been some questions regarding methods and
:echniques of implementing this rule . The regulation requires only the time at
hich radio transmissions or receptions with ATC occur . To achieve this , a
adio transmission or a radio reception will be acceptable. Although only the
ime of an ATC communication is required , the time of all radio communications
ay be recorded to simplify the modification .
a.
Radio Transmitter Recording . A carriermay elect to record the time
it which an aircraft radio transmission is made . If so , each transmitter aboard
:he aircraft , with the exception of portable emergency equipment, should provide
n input to the flight data recorder . The transmitters may be connected in a
anner which will provide an input to a single binary on the flight data
recorder .
b . Radio Receiver Recording . A carrier may elect to record the time at

hich an aircraft communication radio reception is made . If so , each
ommunication receiver aboard the aircraft , with the exception of portable
mergency equipment, should provide an input to the flight data recorder . The
eceivers may be connected in a manner which will provide an input to a single
inary on the flight data recorder . The input to the recorder should be a
unction of the receiver rather than speaker or headset audio , since the latter
puld include interphone and public address communications . Although this method
s acceptable, the carrier should be encouraged to use the transmitter method .
hen using the receiver method the time of all communications is recorded even
hough they may be intended for another method . This would make correlation of
he communication information more difficult .
325. -3334 . RESERVED .
hap 8
ar 3321 Page 8051 ( thru 8062 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 17. DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDERS
3335. PURPOSE . This section alerts principal avionics inspectors of the

Performance requirements for the digital flight data recorder ( DFDR ) with
respect to the recording interval required by FAR Section 121.343 ( a ) and
AR 121 , Appendix B , " Aircraft Flight Recorder Specifications . " This section
also alerts inspectors that periodic data readout checks may be waived for
ertain types of DFDR's .
3336. BACKGROUND . A review of data extracted from DFDR's following incidents
and additional data acquired through surveys has shown that some air carriers
have experienced loss of data during takeoff , touchdown , flight through
curbulence, and in unusual vibration environments. As a result of the data
Losses , principal avionics inspectors are requested to ensure, through the
incorporation of revisions to the air carriers' monitoring procedures and
inspection frequencies, that required DFDR performance levels are maintained .
Advancements made in the state of the art of certain DFDR's incorporate the use
of continuous self-monitoring and fault condition alert capabilities . These
cypes of DFDR's are being accepted by airlines as new and also as direct
ceplacements for foil recorders . These DFDR's can also be checked with ground
equipment to verify system calibration .
3337. ACTION . Each principal avionics inspector assigned to any operator using
DFDR's should consider the type of DFDR being used , the operator's maintenance
program , and associated performance records to determine that the required DFDR
cecorded data is within the ranges , accuracies , and recording intervals
specified in FAR Part 121 , Appendix B.
a. Records that do not firmly establish acceptable recording
forrespondence should be brought to the attention of the operator . Appropriate
revisions to the operator's monitoring procedures and inspection frequencies
hould be incorporated in a maintenance program which will ensure the required
erformance levels . Where evidence of data loss appears , the establishment of a
ampling program with flexible inspection frequencies is recommended to ensure
hat the check periods are commensurate with recorder performance .
b. If not required by Maintenance Review Board Documents, periodic
eadout checks may be waived for DFDR's which continuously monitor the integrity
f recorded data and indicate a failure when data loss has deteriorated so as to
e non -decodable .
338. - 3348 . RESERVED .
"hap 8
Par 3335 Page 8063 ( thru 8072 )
1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 18. MANUFACTURERS ' AVIONICS RENTAL / EXCHANGE PROGRAMS FOR

COMMUTER AIRLINES
3349. PURPOSE . This section serves as guidance to avionics inspectors with

cespect to commuter airline operators who may wish to use manufacturers'
wionics rental / exchange programs.
3350. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for approval of these programs is
contained in FAR Part 135 .
3351. BACKGROUND . Several manufacturers of avionics equipment have visited

neadquarters for the purpose of explaining their rentalſ exchange programs and
application with commuter airline maintenance programs . These rental / exchange
programs are designed to provide operators with replacement units which are
either new or which have been overhauled . Records supporting any work
accomplished on the unit are retained at the manufacturer's maintenance facility
or repair station who accomplished the work . The program begins when an
operator requests a rental/ exchange unit . The manufacturer locates a unit in
its inventory and sends the unit to the operator . The operator , in turn , sends
the unit to be replaced to the manufacturer's repair station . After being
overhauled , the unit is placed in the manufacturer's inventory and is made
available for future replacement by any other participating operator .
3352. AVIONICS INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES. Avionics inspectors , prior to
approving an operator's program which includes the rental /exchange of units ,
should determine that the program includes a procedure which ensures that
fental/ exchange units are of the same configuration as the unit being replaced ,
mless the operator has specified a different configuration such as the
Incorporation of a service bulletin .
$ 353. - 3400 . RESERVED .
ap 8
[ 3349 Page 8073 ( thru 8082 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 19. IMPLEMENTATION OF APPROVED AVIONICS SOFTWARE CHANGES
3401. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions and guidance to avionics

Field inspectors regarding the control and monitoring of avionics software
changes to .line replaceable units ( LRU's) by air carriers performing avionics
maintenance .
3402. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for making software changes is contained
in FAR Part 43, Sections 43.3 , 43.5 , 43.9 , and 43.13 ; FAR Part 91 ; and FAR Part
121 , Subpart G , Section 121.135 , and Subpart L , Sections 121.361 , 121.365 ,
121.367 , 121.369, 121.371 , 121.379 , and 121.380 .
3403. BACKGROUND. At a recent Avionics Maintenance Conference ( AMC ) Open
Forum discussion , attended by airline operators from around the world , a
pajor U.S. operator stated its desire to develop in - house capability to make
software changes to LRU's. Specifically , it would like to reprogram the
Frasable Programmable Read -Only Memory ( EPROM ) of the Digital Flight Guidance
Computer (DFGC ). The operator had received an FAA -approved service bulletin
From the computer manufacturer covering the details for making the conversion ;
however , the bulletin also had a note that said reprogramming of the EPROM
could be accomplished only by one of its repair facilities . The computer
þanufacturer and the airframe manufacturer both claimed the prohibition on who
could accomplish the work described in the service bulletin originated within
Ehe FAA .
B404 . DISCUSSION .
a. The FAA is and has been vitally concerned about software as indicated
by its'interest and participation in the development of RTCA Document No.
RTCA/DO -178, " Software Considerations in Airborne Systems and Equipment
Certification ," prepared by RICA Special Committee 145 and published
November 18, 1981, and its successor RTCA / DO - 178A , prepared by RICA Special
Committee 152 .
b. Changes to system functional capability required by the user or the

Biscovery of design errors during service will necessitate post -certification
software changes . Such changes can lead to " secondary errors " in the software;
f.e., errors that were not present , or whose effects were not detected , when
the system was first certificated . Because even the smallest change to software
has the potential for producing errors in addition to the intended change,
11 software changes should be treated as major alterations if the software
being modified can affect the safe operation of the aircraft . Therefore, it is
hecessary to determine which software can affect the safe operation of the
pircraft . Current system designs usually use a software program which has not
peen partitioned which makes it necessary to determine if the software affects
safe aircraft operation by evaluating the functions performed by the system .
Flight control, navigation , and engine operation are examples of functions which
an affect the safe operation of the aircraft . Public address systems ,
passenger entertainment, and galleys are examples of systems which do not affect
safe aircraft operation .
Chap 8
Par 3401
Page 8083
8300.9 7/26/85
C. Some existing systems and many future systems may be designed to

separate safety related functions from other functions , so that no action of
other functions can cause a failure in a safety related function . Such systems
are said to be partitioned . Partitioning may be implemented in either hardware
or software . Care must be taken to assure that partitioning actually exists ,
especially when implemented in software . When partitioning exists, changes may
be made to software which does not affect safe aircraft operation without FAA
approval of the methods used for verification and validation .
d. The degree of sophistication and level of effort needed for original
design changes made to the object code ( software) resident in an LRU differs
greatly with the degree of sophistication and level of effort needed for the
incorporation of a software change already approved and which can be
accomplished by :
( 1 ) installing a new memory device which contains the approved
object code, or
(2 ) by loading the approved object code into a reprogrammable device
( such as an EPROM ) contained within the LRU .
e. If an air carrier wishes to design and implement changes to the
object code of an LRU , it must establish and comply with a software verification
and validation program equivalent to that described by RICA / DO - 178A . This is
not necessary if the air carrier only wishes to modify LRU's by incorporating
software which has been previously approved by the FAA .
3405. AVIONICS INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS .
a. The principal avionics inspector has the responsibility for the

approval of the operator's avionics maintenance program . The maintenance
program must provide for the proper maintenance/ inspection of all avionics
equipment and components including complete systems. Changes to the software
which performs functions affecting the safe operation of the aircraft should
be treated as major alterations ( see paragraph 3406 ) . Changes to the software
which performs other functions can be treated as minor alterations . The
operator must establish that partitioning exists prior to making changes to
software which does not affect aircraft safety when such software is contained
in systems which affect safe aircraft operation ( see paragraph 3406 ) . When a
software change has been previously approved , an operator may modify equipment
by incorporating the software change in accordance with the procedures outlined
below even when the software change is related to aircraft safety.
b . When an air carrier requests approval to incorporate previously
approved software changes into computers which affect safe aircraft operation ,
the principal avionics inspector will review the operator's maintenance
procedures manual to assure that all steps are covered to properly install the
new software in the computers . These steps include that :
( 1 ) The manufacturer's service bulletin describing the change is FA.
approved .
Chap 8
Page 8084 Par 3404
7/26/85 8300.9
(2) The operator's facility is adequate to perform the work and all
pecial tools required are available .
( 3) The manufacturer's recommended automatic test equipment ( ATE ) ,
r approved equivalent , or manual test equipment , and test data are current
nd capable of performing the required tests . If memory devices are to be
eprogrammed , procedures are described for transferring the software from the
edium provided by the manufacturer to the LRU memory devices , and checks are
ade to ensure that no errors are introduced by the transfer .
( 4) Properly trained and qualified personnel are available to
ſatisfactorily perform the procedures necessary to incorporate the new software
nd to perform the required tests and inspections.
( 5 ) The operator's training records list those persons trained in
he procedures , tools , and testing necessary to incorporate the new software .
he training records also list those who are qualified to make the inspections
hen the work is completed and the units are returned to service . Factory
raining may be necessary before using new procedures and tools to incorporate
oftware, depending on the complexity of the tasks involved .
( 6 ) The operator's maintenance manual clearly states that avionics
bftware changes which perform functions that affect the safe operation of the
ircraft will be limited to those described in the avionics manufacturer's
AA - approved service bulletins , or the operator must obtain FAA approval .
(7) Controls exist to prevent unauthorized software changes and that
hanges are performed in accordance with the procedures described therein .
( 8) Any change to software will be reflected in an appropriate
levision to the identification of the LRU in accordance with the criteria of
MCA Document No. DO - 178A .
106. SOFTWARE CHANGES REQUIRING TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

a.If an operator proposes to design and implement avionics software
hanges which affect aircraft safety , the principal avionics inspector ( PAI)
ill contact the appropriate Aircraft Certification Office ( ACO ) . The PAI will
equest engineering review and approval of the verification and validation
ethods to be used by the operator to design and test the new software .
b . If an operator proposes to design and implement avionics software
hanges to the functions which do not affect aircraft safety in a system which
as been partitioned , the PAI will contact the appropriate ACO . The PAI will
equest the ACO's verification that partitioning exists. This verification
Lll ensure that the software changes will not affect the functions which
Efect aircraft safety .
07. - 3444. RESERVED .
hap 8
ar 3405 Page 8085 ( thru 8094 )
REPORTS
FORMS
AND
APPENDIX
1.
through
available
Forms
are
Order.
this
contained
ina
reports
forms
and
list
of
provides
appendix
This
Page 1
distribution
channels.
edition
normal
1330.3
latest
Order
Refer
Catalog
Forms
to(;),
Supply
FAA
Appendix 1
Headquarters
Recurring
Catalog
Reports
of,(;)
FAA
for
edition
1340.3
latest
Order
and 3
information
additional.
8300.9
FORM
NUMBER TITLE SYMBOL NATIONAL
STOCK UNIT
OF
STOCK
NUMBER
OR ISSUE
POINT
Form
110A
FAA Aviation
Safety
Inspector's AN/ APR
110- SH
Credential
160
SF 160-102-02
No.
OMB
Aircraft
Access
to
for
Request 0052-00-666-3000 EA
Transportation
Free
or
DD
214-205 Record
Service
Military A
N/ AN/ AN/
Form
FAA
337 andn
Alteratio
Repair
Major 2120-0020
OMB
No. 0052-00-025-8000 HD
Airframet(,
Powerplan Supersedes(
or),
Appliance
Propeller R060.1
OMB
No.
04-)
Form
1014
FAA
FAA
See( Specifications
Operation s
Form)
8400-7
Form
FAA
3112 Surveilla nce
andn
Inspectio 8320-8
RIS:
WS 0052-00-612-1000 PD
Record 8320-15
WS
RIS:
Form
3318
FAA Parachute
Rigger
Symbol
Seal A
N/ AN/ Card
Card
Assignment
8000-4
Form
FAA Certifica te
Agency
Air AN/ 0052-00-027-1001 SH
Operations
8000-4-1
Station
Repair
Form
FAA AN/ 0052-00-027-3001 SH
Specifications
/ 26 / 85
NUMBER
FORM TITLE SYMBOL ONAL
SIUCK UNIT
or
NUMBER
STOCK
OR ISSUE
POINT
7/26/85
FAA
Form
8000-5 Certificaof
Designati te
on AN/ 0052-00-055-0501 SH
Form
FAA
8000-6 ApplicatiAir
for
on 2120-0039
OMB
No. 0052-00-687-9001 SH
Carrierl/
Commercia
Operator Supersedes(
Certifica tion
135
FAR
Under OMB
No.
R0171
04)-
8010-4
Form
FAA Malfuncti on
Defect
or
Report 8330-11
RIS:
WS 0052-00-039-1004 BK
Form
FAA
8020-2 Identification
Parts/
Aircraft A
N/ 0052-00-690-3000 SE
and
Release
Tag
8060-1
Form
AC Certificate
Airmen
FAA 8060-1
RIS:
AC A
N/ SH
8060-4
Form
FAA Certi ficat
Airma
Tempo ne
rary AN/ 0052-00-049-5001 BK
8060-5
Form
FAA Notice
Disapprov of
al AN/ 0052-00-035-5001 BK
Applicatiof
on
8060-7
Form
FAA Authorization
Airman's
for AN/ 0052-00-692-8000 SE
Written
Test
8070-1
Form
FAA Service
Difficult
Reporty 2120-0008
AMB
No. 0052-00-600-2003 PD
8070-1
WS:
RIS
8080-2
Form
AC Airman
Written
Test
Report 8080-2
AC
RIS: NA/ EA
General
Mechanic
8080-2-15
Aviation
Form
AC AN/ 0052-00-572-8000 SH
Outline
Area
Subject
Test
8080-2-17
Written
Outline
Subject
Exam
Form
AC-AN/ 0052-00-541-4001 SH
Mecha
Power nic
plant
Appendix 1
8080-3
Form
AC Written
Airman
Test AN/ 0052-00-037-2006 PG
Application
Page 2
8300.9
NUMBER
FORM TITLE SYMBOL NATIONAL
STOCK UNIT
OF
NUMBER
OR
STOCK ISSUE
POINT
Appendix 1
Page 3
8100-2
Form
FAA Airworthiness
Standard AN/ 0052-00-040-8001 PD
Certificate
8300.9
8110-12
Form
FAA Application
Type
for 2120-0031
CMB
No. 0052-00-025-0001 SH
Production,
Certificate Supersedes(
Certificate
Supplemental
or OMB
No.
04)-
R0078
Certificate
Type
8110-14
Form
FAA Qualifications
Statement
of 2120-0035
OMB
No. 0052-00-047-2003 SH
DAR
-(
DPRE
DMIR
DER -
Supersedes(
DME) R0090
OMB
No.
04)-
8130-6
Form
FAA Airworthi ness
Applicatifor
on 2120-0018
OMB
No. 0052-00-024-7003 SH
Certificate Supersedes(
OMB
No.
04-)
R0058
8300-10
Form
AC Certificate, AC0052-00-692-6003
RIS: 8300-1 SH
Authoriza on/
tion
Designati
Action
Request
8310-3
Form
FAA 2120-0037
OMB
No.
Station
Repair
for
Application 0052-00-686-1000 SH
Certificate
Supersedes
or(/
and
Rating
OMB
No.
04-)
R0097
8310-5
Form
FAA Authorizationn
Inspectio NA/ 0052-00-071-5001 SH
Form
FAA
8310-6 Aviation
Maintenance 2120-0040
AMB
No. 0052-00-034-5002 SH
School
Certificate
Technician Supersedes(
Application
and
Ratings OMB
No.
R0108
04)-
8310-15
Form
FAA Aircraft
Guide
for AN/ AN/ N/
A
7/26/85 Evaluation
Maintainability
Summary
8320-1
Form
AC Carrier
Air/
Aircraft
Engine 8320-1
RIS
AC: 0052-00-571-5000 SH
ITI VIIDUD D
UIVO UITII
NUMBER
STOCK
OR ISSUE
POINT
7/26/85
8400-7
Form
FAA Specificationss
Operation 2120-0028
OMB
No. 0052-00-889-3000 SH
Supersedes( Supersedes
FAA)
Form
1014 OMB
No.
RO075
04)-
8420-8
Form
FAA Pilot
forn
Applicatio AN/ 0052-00-842-1000 SH
Schooe
Certificat l
Form
FAA
8430-9 Certifica te
of
Authority AN/ 0052-00-041-8001 PD
8430-13
Form
FAA N/
A
Aircraft
to
Access
for
Request 0052-00-640-9001 EA
8610-1
Form
FAA Mechanic's
Application
for OMB
No.
2120-0022 0052-00-071-3003 SH
Authorization
Inspection Supersedes(
OMB
No.
04)-
R01
10
8610-2
Form
FAA Airman
Certificate
and
or/ 2120-0022
OMB
No. 0052-00-026-8004 SH
Rating
Application Supersedes(
OMB
No.
04)-
RO065
8620-1
Form
FAA Aircraft
Condition
Notice AN/ 0052-00-521-0002 SE
Appendix 1
Page 4
8300.9
REPORT
TITLE MEDIUM SYMBOL
Strike
Activities
Employee
During
Maintenance
Carrier
Air Narrative WS
8320-6
RIS:
Appendix 1
Page 5
National
Norms
Vs.
Technician
School
Maintenance
Aviation Run
Computer RI8080-08
S: AC
8300.9
Powerplant
Test();
Airframe
General
Test;
Passing
Norms
National
School
Norms
Vs.
Technician
Maintenance
Aviation Run
Computer 8080-10
RIS: AC
Summary
Passing
Norms()
Aviation
Mechanic
Test;
Applicant
Listing
Interrogation
Report Run
Computer 8080-13
RIS:
AC
School
Norm
Vs./
Technician
Maintenance
Aviation
FSDO
GADO Run
Computer 8080-06
RIS: AC
National
Passing
Norm;
District
Monthly
Office
Report
School
Norm
Vs./
Technician
Maintenance
Aviation
GADO
FSDO Run
Computer 8080-11
RIS: AC
Report
Annual
District
Office
Semi
Norm;-
National
Passing
Dates
FARe
Effective
With
Complianc
Industry Narrative A
N/
of()
Maintenance
Facility
Manufacturer's
Application
Letter Narrative AN/
Aircraft
Carrier
List
Air
of Format RIS:8320-7
WS
Maintenance
Type
Certification
Activity
Summary Narrative RIS: 8300-2
FS
Clinics
and
Seminars
Avionics
Maintenance
of/
Report Narrative RIS: 8300-6
FS
Strike
Surveilla nce Dispatch AN/
Telephone
Aircraft
Carrier
Air
Grounding
Temporary Narrative AN/
26/85
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 2
APPENDIX 2. GUIDE FOR AIRCRAFT MAINTAINABILITY EVALUATION SUMMARY
(Reference Chapter 3, Section 1)
Manufacturer :
Aircraft :
Make :
Model : Serial Number :
Type:
Airplane Single Engine Reciprocating Land
Glider Multiengine Turboprop Sea
Helicopter Turbojet
Inspections Conducted By : Date

Inspections Conducted By: Date
Board Meeting Attended By : Date

Board Meeting Attended By : Date
Board Meeting Attended By: Date
Report Consists of pages .
Attachments :
Instructions:
1. Answer questions in this guide by checking the appropriate " Yes ," "No," or
"N/A" (not applicable) columns .
2. Use additional pages to list insatisfactory items found during inspections ,
FAA Form 8320-15 ( 5-85) Supersedes Previous Edition .

Local Reproduction Authorized .
Page 1
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 2
1. MAINTAINABILITY CHARACTERISTICS .
a. Accessibility .
( 1 ) Are adequate means ( inspection openings , etc. ) provided to permit
ready access to structures , components , or systems requiring adjustment or
servicing ? Yes NO N/A
( 2) Are engine accessories accessible for inspection during pilot

preflight inspections? Yes No N/A
( 3) Are cowlings, inspection openings , and fairings readily removable ?

Yes No N/A
( 4) Is sufficient work space and work clearance provided ?

Yes No N/A
(5 ) Are carburetor air preheaters designed to allow inspection of the

exhaust manifold parts that they surround ? Yes No N/A
(6) Are exhaust heat exchangers designed to provide a means for

inspection of critical parts ? Yes NO N /A
b. Inspectability .
( 1 ) Are structures , components , and systems designed to allow for

critical examination ? Yes No N/A
( 2) Are nondestructive tests of structural components required ?

Yes No N / A
(a) Are the tests brought to the attention of the operator in the
flight manual , maintenance manual, or data sheets ?
Yes No N/A
c . Adjustability .
( 1) Are test points and adjustment points identified for :
( a) Cooling, heating , and pressurization controls ?
Yes NO N/A
(b) Flight, engine, and propeller controls ?

Yes NO N/A
( c) Electrical, hydraulic , and pneumatic controls ?

Yes No N/A
(d) Movable control surface travel ?

Yes No N/A
Page 2
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 2
(e) Limit switches ; e.g. , landing gear , flaps, throttle , prop . ,
etc. ?
Yes NO N/A
d. Serviceability .
( 1 ) Are lubrication methods provided at points of wear ?

Yes NO N /A
( 2) can moveable ballast be readily relocated ?

Yes NO N/A
( a) Instructions provided ? Yes No N/A
( 3) Is engine oil sump readily drainable ?

Yes No _ N/A
( 4 ) Are batteries located where they can be readily serviced ,
installed , and removed from the ground ? Yes NO N/A
(5) Are reservoirs (hydraulic , brake, anti- icing , etc.) located where
they can be readily serviced ? Yes NO N/ A
(6) Are accumulators (hydraulic , brake, etc. ) located where they can be
readily serviced ? Yes No N /A
( 7) Can landing gear shock struts, shimmy dampeners, nose

steering components , etc., be readily serviced ?
Yes NO N/A
(8) Are fuel sumps readily drainable ?

Yes No N/A
(9)Is an electrical ground power quick disconnect provided for ground

checking of electrical systems? Yes NO N /A
( 10) Are defueling valves provided ? Yes No N/A
( 11 ) Is a hydraulic ground quick disconnect provided in a convenient

location to facilitate system testing ? Yes NO N/A
( 12) Can landing gear doors be opened on the ground for access to the
wheel well areas ? Yes NO N/A
( 13) Are landing gear lubrication fittings accessible without jacking

the aircraft ? Yes No N/A
( 14) Are oil filters , fuel strainers , induction screens , exhaust

shrouds, and muffs readily removable ? Yes No N /A
Page 3
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 2
e . Replaceability .
(1 ) Was the elimination of possible incorrect connection , assembly , and
installation considered during design ? Yes No N /A
( 2) Can any item be installed incorrectly ? (Murphy's Law )

Yes NO N/A
( 3) Are aircraft components such as ailerons , stabilizers, flaps ,

engines , inspection covers , and doors , etc. , designed for interchangeability ?
Yes No N/A
(4) Are fuel, oil , hydraulic, etc. , valve handles and connections to
the valve mechanism designed to minimize the possibility of incorrect
installation ? Yes No N/A
( 5) Are elements of the flight control system distinctively and

permanently marked , to minimize the possibility of incorrect assembly that could
result in malfunctioning of the control system ?
Yes__NO N/A
f . Repairability.
(1 ) Is a minimum of maintenance effort , skill , and resources required ?
Yes NO N/A
( 2) Are special tools, accessories , and support equipment limited to a

reasonable number ? Yes No N/A
( 3) Can the aircraft , as a whole, be repaired without major

disassembly ? Yes No N/A
(4) Is the aircraft constructed of commercially available materials and

hardware; i.e. , synthetics , honeycomb , etc. ? Yes No N/A
( 5) Can special processes be duplicated in the field ; e.g. , special

heat treatment , bonding , inspection processes , etc.
Yes No N/A
( 6) Are the installed systems and components compatible with each

other ; e.g., electrical wiring , motors, etc. , adjacent to remote compass
transmitters or to antenna assemblies , etc. ?
Yes No N/A
(7) Are the total number of parts in a given assembly excessive ?

Yes No N /A
( a) Could fewer parts perform the function as effectively ?

Yes No N/A
(8) Are inspection plates provided on integral fuel tanks to allow for
periodic interior inspection and possible resealing ?
Yes No N / A
Page 4
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 2
(9) Are components and their related mechanisms readily replaceable
without removing adjacent parts? Yes No N/A
( 10) Are external means provided for checking brake wear ?

Yes No N/A
( 11 ) Are brakes adjusted automatically ?
No
Yes N/A
( 12) Are control and line discomects provided for engine

removal ? Yes NO N /A
( 13) Are components installed to permit replacement without removal of

unrelated equipment ? Yes NO N/A
( 14) Are wiring harnessses , behind cabin lining or other inaccessible

places, routed through conduit to facilitate replacement ?
Yes No N/A
( 15) Do conduits provide sufficient space for additional capacity and

for ease in replacement ? Yes NO N/A
( 16) Are electrical , fluid , pneumatic, etc. , disconnects provided at

disassembly points ? Yes NO N/A
( 17) Does the mixing of unrelated systems pose a potential hazard to

maintenance personnel ; e.g., oxygen lines , fittings or filler valves located
below a hydraulic actuating cylinder , etc. ? Yes NO N /A
( 18) Are dust covers and excluders provided in wheel well areas to
protect components ? Yes No N / A
( 19) Are emergency exit doors readily operable?

Yes NO N / A
( 20) Are landing gear locks accessible for necessary adjustment ?

Yes No N /A
g . Reliability .
( 1 ) Has the maufacturer placed emphasis on the use of proven equipment
and systems as a design goal ? Yes No N/A
( 2) Has the probability that a given unit will perform its intended
function throughout its life been considered ?
Yes No N/A
( 3) Does the new aircraft contain any product , item , condition , or

application which past experience has identified as a service difficulty?
(M or D, MRR , MIS , General Aviation Inspection Aids , Manufacturer's Service
Bulletins , or other documents may be used as a guide during this assessment . )
Yes No N/A
Page 5
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 2
(4) Are the limits placed on time and service life - limited
items / components :
(a) Necessary ? Yes No N/A

(b) Reasonable ? Yes NO N/A
( 5) Are there any critical items / components for which time or

service - life limits have not been established ?
Yes No N/ A
( 6) Are specified life limits validated by service experience or

testing ? Yes No N/ A
(a) Are the time limits brought to the attention of the operator
in the flight manual , maintenance manual, data sheet , or on listings and
placards ? Yes No N/A
( 7) Are tolerances provided which allow for use and wear throughout
life ? Yes No N/A
(8) Are critical adjustments prescribed in maintenance instructions ?

Yes No N/A
( 9) Are corrosion control processes utilized throughout; e.g. , anodize ,

Buna - N , etc. Yes No N/ A
h. Maintenance Manual .
(1) Is it the manufacturer's policy to freely disseminate service data ?

Yes NO N/A
( 2) Review maintenance manual to determine if the following are

included , identified , and described :
(a) Service and maintenance tasks logically sequenced ?

Yes No N/A
(b) Electrical , hydraulic, fuel , control, etc. , systems ?

Yes NO N/A
(c) Pressures and electrical loads of the various systems ?

Yes No N/A
(d) Electrical wiring diagrams ?

No
Yes N/A
(e) Trouble -shooting procedures ?

Yes No N/A
( f) Tolerances and adjustments for proper functioning ?

Yes No N/A
Page 6
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 2
(g) Bolt and nut torque values ?

Yes No N/A
(1) Dry or lubricated threads ?

Yes No N/A
(h) Methods of leveling, raising , and towing ?

Yes No N/A
( i) Weighing procedures and weight and balance data ?

Yes No N/A
(j ) Methods for balancing control surfaces ?

Yes No N/A
(k) Primary and secondary structures ?
No
Yes N/ A
(1) Frequency and extent of inspections necessary to the proper

operation of the aircraft ? Yes No N/A
(m) Special repair methods not described in AC 43.13-1A.

Yes No N/ A
(n) Special inspections requiring X -ray, ultrasonic , fluorescent

penetrant , or magnetic particle inspection procedures ?
Yes No N/A
(0) Required special tools and equipment ?

Yes NO N/A
(p) Critical parts ? Yes No N/A
(9) Replacement schedules for service life - limited parts ?

Yes No N / A
(r) Replacement schedules for time life - limited parts ?

Yes No N/ A
( s ) ATA - 100 Specification followed for chapter identification , and

for electrical, etc. , system coding ? Yes No N/A
( t) Maintenance program (maintenance controls employed ) listing

overhaul limits and times ? Yes No N / A
(u ) Complete description , including its components , accessories,

and principles of operation ? Yes No N/A
(v) Methods of rectifying typical faults ?

Yes No N/ A
Page 7
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 2
(w ) Order and method of dismantling ?

Yes No N/A
(x) Order and method of reassembly?

Yes No N / A
(y) Recommended methods of testing after overhaul ?

Yes No N/A
( 2) Does the manufacturer provide for periodic review and revision

of maintenance data ? Yes No N/A
( aa ) Instructions for checking an aircraft after an

overweight /hard landing . Yes No N / A
Page 8
7/26/85
8300.9
Appendix 2
2. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS .
Page 9
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 3
APPENDIX 3. INDEX FOR PARACHUTE AUTOMATIC RELEASE DEVICES MILITARY

SPECIFICATION EXCERPIS ; MIL SPEC . MIL - R - 25565D
This index page contains a reference to the applicable sections and excerpts
from the attached military specification , MIL - R - 25565D, which may be used as
guidance information for field approvals of two automatic opening devices
installed on auxiliary parachutes . Information contained in Chapter 4 ,
Sections 13 and 14 , should be used in connection with this data .
For Approval of the Snyder Sentinel For Approval of the FXC Hi-Tek
MK 2000 Model, use the following Model 8000 , use the following
listed sections of revised listed sections of revised
MIL - R - 25565D , attached MIL - R - 25565D , attached
3.5 Design and construction . 3.5 Design and construction .
3.5.1 Adjustment and repairs. 3.5.1 Adjustment and repairs .

3.5.2 Vibration proofing. 3.5.2 Vibration proofing .
3.5.3 Cocking 3.5.3 Cocking .
3.6 Performance . 3.6 Performance .
3.6.1 Pressure differential . 3.6.1 Pressure differential .
3.6.2 Aneroid accuracy . 3.6.2 Aneroid accuracy .
3.6.4 Life . 3.6.4 Life .
3.9 Aneroid leak detector . 3.7 Power source .

3.9 Aneroid mechanism .
3.10.3 Cable housing and ferrules .

3.11 Ripcord power cable assembly.
3.12 Cover .
3.12.1 Aneroid mechanism

protection .
Page 1
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 3
AUTOMATIC RELEASE DEVICES EXCERPT FROM MIL - R - 25565D
3.5 Design and construction . The release shall be designed to pull the
ripcord of a parachute . The design shall include a pressure sensitive device
which prevents the release from operating above a preset altitude ( see 3.9) .
The mechanism shall be a complete self-contained unit . The case shall be
constructed to protect the mechanism . The case shall exclude dust and particles
capable of jamming the mechanism .
3.5.1 Adjustment and repairs. The release shall be so constructed that no
parts will work loose in service. It shall be built to withstand the strains,
jars , vibrations, and other conditions incident to shipping , storage,
installation , and service .
3.5.2 Vibration proofing . All nuts, bolts, cover plates , etc., shall be safely
tied with wire, sealed with a satisfactory sealing compound, or permanently
retained in some other manner to prevent loosening from vibration .
3.5.3 Cocking . The release shall be so designed that, after use , it can be
cocked for further use without the aid of special tools , fittings, or
attachments. The cocking procedure shall be as simple as possible and shall
require the services of only one man .
3.6 Performance . The release shall be capable of operating satisfactorily as

follows :
a. At temperatures ranging from - 20 ° to + 120 ° Fahrenheit ( F ) .

b . After exposure to relative humidity up to 100 percent, including
conditions were condensation takes place in the form of both water and frost .
C.
At pressures ranging from 30 inches mercury down to 13.75 inches
mercury ( approximately an altitude of 20,000 feet ) , and after exposure to
altitude conditions of 50,000 feet ( 3.4 inches mercury).
d. After exposure to salt -sea atmosphere .
e. Ater exposure to sand and dust particles as may be encountered in
desert areas .
f. Under acceleration and shock forces incident to service use .
8 Under vibration conditions incident to service use ..

h . After an overpressure of 50 inches mercury .
i . At human free - fall velocities below 25,000 - foot pressure altitude .
Page 2
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 3
3.6.1 Pressure differential . The pressure within the case shall at all times
be within +100 feet of the pressure surrounding the case .
3.6.2 Aneroid accuaracy . The aneroid mechanism shall maintain the accuracy
specified in 3.9 after 1,000 cycles of varying the pressure from sea level to
35,000 feet .
3.6.4 Life. The release shall be capable of performing satisfactorily after it

has been operated 70 times .
3.7 Power source. The release shall be wholly mechanical and shall be
powered by a coil spring with a minimm pull on the ripcord of 45 pounds after
2 inches of cable movement . The total movement of the cable shall be a minimum
of 2.5 inches . The cable must be confined in order that no damage to the cable
or mechanism will result if fired without a load . The release shall be so
designed that the ripcord action cable cannot be extended after being cocked . A
positive means shall be provided to prevent the disengagement of the cable from
the power unit under conditions of acceleration .
3.9 Aneroid mechanism .
a. The function of the aneroid mechanism is to block and prevent
operation of the release at all altitudes approximately 500 feet above that
indicted by the altitude dial setting. The altitude- setting dial shall be
marked increments of 250 feet with each 1,000 - foot point being identified with a
number as well as a graduation . It shall be feasible to change the setting with
a gloved hand. As a safety measure, it shall be possible to "safe" the unit
regardless of the setting of the aneroid dial . The aneroid shall be calibrated
to release the timer escapement at the pressure altitudes listed in Table I for
the various altitude setting points . The purpose of this is to cause the
ripcord to be pulled at approximately the preset altitude, taking into
consideration the fact that the man is still free - falling and thus losing
altitude during the operation of the timer mechanism prior to tripping the
release. The altitudė -setting scale shall be as long as possible , but shall be
no less than 1.46 inches , or an arc of 135 degrees angle with a radius of
5/8 inch .
TABLE I. Pressure Altitudes For Model 8000

Pressure altitude Tolerances in feet
Aneroid dial setting above which timer
( feet ) is blocked -540C Room + 71 ° C
5,000 6,500 +1,000 +500 +1,000

10,000 11,500 +1,000 +750 £1,000
Page 3
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 3
b. For Model 8000 the altitude setting dial shall be marked increments
of five hundred ( 500) feet between 3,000 and 10,000 feet , with the 3,000 , 5,000 ,
and 10,000 foot points being identified with a numeral as well as a graduation .
Intermediate graduations to be 4 , 6 , 7 , 8 , and 9 thousand feet , and minor
graduations at five hundred ( 500) foot increments. A positive block shall be
provided at the minimum aneroid altitude setting ( 3,000 feet ) to ensure that the
altitude dial indicator cannot be inadvertently set below the intended minimum
setting. It shall be feasible to change the setting with a gloved hand . As a
safety measure, it shall be possible to turn the aiming knob regardless of the
setting of the altitude dial indicator . The aneroid shall be calibrated to
release the timer escapement at the pressure altitudes listed in the Table II
for the various altitude setting points, and maintain linear accuracy at the
intermediate and minor graduations to the maximum feasible . It shall be
possible to arm the release 200 feet above the average activation point without
the release activating . The span of the dial shall be 180 degrees plus or minus
sufficient tolerance for accurate calibration to the aneroid graduations cited
above. The aneroid guide pin shall be installed in a manner that will ensure
stable aneroid position and positive retention of the guide pin .
TABLE II . Pressure Altitudes for Model 8000
Pressure Altitude Tolerance in Feet

Aneroid Dial Above Which Timer
Setting (ft) Is Blocked -540C Room +71 ° C
3,000 4,500 +500 +500 +500

5,000 6,500 7500 7500 7500
10,000 11,500 +1,000 £ 750 + T ,000
NOTE : Aneroid dial operation range is from sea level to 10,000 feet .
Dial setting is the A.G.L. altitude selected by the jumper as the altitude
for actuation of the opening device . Some means of detecting a leaked
aneroid shall be incorporated .
3.10.3 Cable housing and ferrules . The cable housing shall be furnished by the
contractor and shall be in accordance with MS7010104 except that it can be
firmly retained by an AN3054-6 conduit nut . The length shall be as specified by
the procuring activity. The finished housing shall withstand a proof load in
tension of 150 pounds with the end ferrules suitably gripped in the fixture in
order that the load may be applied uniformly . This tensible -strength applies to
the end ferrules only .
Page 4
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 3
3.11 Ripcord power cable assembly. The ripcord power cable shall consist of
a 3/64 - inch diameter , 7 by 7 construction , stainless steel cable , constructed
and tested in accordance with MIL - C - 5424 . The outer end of the power cable
shall have a swaged termination . This swaging shall meet the strength
requirements of MS20664. This tubing shall be fabricated by the spiral winding
of formed strip stock . It shall be terminated in stainless steel fittings . The
tubing shall be internally lined with Teflon , or equal, of a 0.020 inch minimum
thickness . The lining shall adhere snugly to the tubing. The finished housing
shall have an outside diameter not to exceed 0.375 inches and a clear inside
diameter of not less than 0.180 inches. The finished housing shall withstand a
180 degrees bend , over a 3 - inch mandrel, at -54 ° c without cracking or visible
damage. The finished housing shall have a minimum tensile strength of
150 pounds with the end ferrules suitably gripped in fixtures so that the load
is applied uniformly .
3.12 Cover .A one - piece cover enclosing the entire top of the case shall be
provided and shall be retained by holddown screws . The cover assembly shall
withstand a crush load of 800 pounds minimum applied in a perpendicular
direction to any portion of the top of the cover without affecting the operating
performance of the release . The cover assembly shall be of such rigid
construction as to prevent forcing or warping and thereby giving a false
indication of proper assembly .
3.12.1 Aneroid mechanism protection . The aneroid mechanism shall be protected
by a separate protective shield so that dust will be retarded and particles
capable of jamming the mechanism will be isolated from the gear train and
escapement area even though the case cover is removed .
Page 5
1
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 4
APPENDIX 4. AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW CASES
1. PURPOSE. This appendix contains airworthiness review cases that provide an

authoritive source of guidance for airworthiness decisions which may be applied
by regions / field offices in resolving issues of a similar nature .
2. INDEX . The following airworthiness review cases are contained in this
appendix .
a. Review Case No. 1. APPLICANT'S REQUEST FOR INFORMATION REGARDING
QUALIFICATIONS FOR AN INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION .
b. Review Case No. 2. REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF SERVICE BULLETINS ON

U.S. - CERTIFICATED AIRCRAFT OF FOREIGN MANUFACTURE .
c. Review Case No. 3. USE OF MAINTENANCE RELEASE .
d. Review Case No. 4. OPERATOR'S REQUEST FOR A CERTIFICATED MECHANIC TO

ACCOMPLIS PROPELLER COVERNOR DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT .
H
e. INTERPRETATION OF FAR SECTION 65.95 , INSPECTION
Review Case No. 5 .
AUTHORIZATION - PRIVILEGES AND LIMITATIONS .
f. Review Case No. 6. CLARIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE RULES WHEN AIRCRAFT
THAT ARE CERTIFICATED IN STANDARD AIRWORTHINESS STATUS ARE OPERATED AS PUBLIC
AIRCRAFT.
g . Review Case No. 7. INTERPRETATION OF " RETURN TO SERVICE " AS OPPOSED TO

'APPROVAL FOR RETURN TO SERVICE ."
h. Review Case No. 8. PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO REPACK AND PERFORM

MAINTENANCE ON DRAG CHUTES USED ON FAA - CERTIFICATED AIRCRAFT .
Page 1
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 1. APPLICANT'S REQUEST FOR INFORMATION REGARDING
QUALIFICATIONS FOR AN INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION
1. SPECIFICATION . Applicant applied for an inspection authorization on the
basis that he worked in aviation during his off time from a regular
full -time position in the police department. The inspector rejected his
application because the applicant did not meet the experience requirements
of FAR Section 65.91 ( c ) ( 2 ) which states that he must have been actively
engaged as an aviation mechanic for at least the 2 -year period before the
date of application .
2. FACTS IN THE CASE. The applicant was dissatisfied with the inspector's
decision and wrote the Washington office for interpretation of " recency of
experience" as described in FAR Sections 65.83 (b) ( 1 ) and 65.91 ( c) ( 2) .
He stated in his letter that he had served for 3 1/2 years as an airplane
mechanic in the Air Force , has had an A & P mechanic certificate for over
5 years, and has a flight instructor's certificate with an airplane rating .
He further stated that he did not work full time in aviation since he was a
sergeant in the local police department; but in his off time , devoted from
20 to 50 hours per week in aviation . He did not ; however, indicate in his
letter how much of his time devoted to aviation was work performed under the
privileges of his A &P certificate .
Information from the region and district office concerned revealed the fact
that the applicant could not provide any evidence , other than his word , that
he had performed any maintenance work during the past 2 years. He could not
provide a logbook showing any maintenance work accomplished by him or give
the name of any aircraft owner for whom he had performed maintenance work .
This lack of evidence was the reason for rejecting his application .
3. CONCLUSION . The recent experience requirements contained in
FAR Section 65.83 of the Federal Aviation Regulations are applicable to
certificated mechanics and should not be confused with the provisions of FAR
Section 65.91 , pertaining to the inspection authorization .
FAR Section 65.91 ( c) ( 2) requires an applicant for an inspection
authorization to "Have been actively engaged, for at least the 2 - year period
before the date he applies , in maintaining aircraft certificated and
maintained in accordance with this chapter ." Thus, this requirement
specifies that the applicant must have been actively engaged in the
maintenance of U.S. - registered aircraft for a continuous period of 2 years
prior to the date he / she applies for an inspection authorization . The rule
does not specify , however , that " actively engaged" is necessarily full -time
employment as a certificated mechanic working 40 or more hours per week .
Therefore, under the provisions of FAR Section 65.91 ( c) ( 2) , an applicant's
aircraft maintenance experience for the 2 -year period prior to the date
he / she applies for an inspection authorization must be judged adequate by
the FAA airworthiness inspector involved . This permits evaluation of an
applicant's recent aircraft maintenance experience on an individual basis .
In most cases , though , applicants for an inspection authorization comply
with this rule by virtue of full - time employment as an aviation mechanic .
Page 2
1/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 4
The applicant was advised that the local inspector's rejection was based on the
fact that his recent aircraft maintenance experience was inadequate and did not
neet the inspection authorization requirements as outlined on the previous
page .
is
Page 3
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 2. REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF SERVICE BULLETINS

ON U.S. CERTIFICATED AIRCRAFT OF FOREIGN
MANUFACTURE
1. SPECIFICATION . Airworthiness inspectors have requested guidance concerning

the acceptance of manufacturers ' service bulletins on the BAC 1-11 and
Nord 262 aircraft since neither bulletin was marked " FAA approved . "
2. FACTS IN THE CASE . The Engineering and Manufacturing Division , AFS - 100 ,
furnished the following information in accordance with bilateral agreements
which exist between the United States and the United Kingdom and between the
United States and France .
a. All BAC 1-11 service correction information is to be issued as a

" service bulletin ," and the words " ARB ( Air Registration Board )
Approved " will appear on each bulletin . The air carrier is free to
incorporate the related modifications or corrections as if they had FAA
approval .
b. All Nord 262 service documents which are issued in accordance with the
rules of procedures as outlined in SGAC ( Secretariat General Al '
Aviation Civil ( e ) ) Circular dated February 2 , 1965 , are considered
acceptable. Those manufacturers ' service documents bearing an " Approved
by SGAC" statement are equivalent to U.S. manufacturers ' service
documents bearing an " FAA -approved" statement .
3. CONCLUSION . Under the terms of bilateral agreements which exist between the
United States and foreign countries in which U.S. - certificated aircraft are
manufactured, service bulletins that are approved by the organization which
has the responsibility for approving such documents in that country may be
accepted and incorporated by U.S. operators without further approval . FAA
approved service bulletins issued by U.S. manufacturers are accepted in turn
by these foreign countries .
The Aircraft Engineering Division , AWS - 100 ( formerly the Engineering and
Manufacturing Division , AFS -100 ) should be contacted for confirmation and
guidance if there is a question concerning the existence of a bilateral
agreement between the U.S. and a specific foreign country .
Page 4
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 3. USE OF MAINTENANCE RELEASE
1. SPECIFICATION. Regions have requested clarification of the use of

maintenance releases by repair stations that perform only part of the
repairs to a complete item such as plating, balancing, and machining . They
also want to know if the wording of a maintenance release as shown in
FAR 43 , Appendix B , can be varied to suit the function .
2. FACTS IN THE CASE . FAR Section 43.9 sets forth the record requirement for
persons performing maintenance. FAR 43 , Appendix B , prescribes the content
and types of records for recording major repairs and alterations . In the
case of maintenance releases used by repair stations, use of the language
shown in Appendix B is not specifically required . Due to the varying
situations that exist and /or develop with a repair station , it is
impractical to establish a stereo -type statement that is suitable for all
release statements . The primary objective for all record activities is that
the work performed will be properly recorded .
3. CONCLUSION . The maintenance release statement contained in FAR 43 ,
Appendix B (b) (4) is intended as guidance and may be amended as the situation
warrants . It is a method for recording the work performed in lieu of using
FAA Form 337. Therefore, repair stations who perform part of a repair may
use a maintenance release to declare that the work they performed was
repaired and inspected in accordance with current regulations of the FAA and
is approved for return to service .
4. TYPICAL MAINTENANCE RELEASE FOR AA PARTIAL REPAIR . Chrome plating and
grinding to standard size was accomplished in accordance with Specification
No. 1234. This work , performed on the cylinder identified above , was
inspected in accordance with the current regulations of the Federal Aviation
Administration and is approved for return to service .
Pertinent details of the repair are on file at this repair
station under Order No. Date Signature,
repair station name, certificate number, and address will
be as shown in Appendix B of FAR Part 43 .
Page 5
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 4 . OPERATOR'S REQUEST FOR A CERTIFICATED MECHANIC TO

ACCOMPLISH PROPELLER GOVERNOR DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT
1. SPECIFICATION . Operator requested approval for a certificated mechanic to

accomplish replacement of the propeller governor drive gear .
2. FACTS IN THE CASE .
a. Operator states that replacement of the governor drive gear will not
disturb the governor adjustment, and that no adjustments are required .
b. The propeller governor manufacturer , Woodward , concurs with the operator
provided the replacement is performed in accordance with their
procedures as follows :
(1 ) Remove governor from engine .

( 2) Remove 2 screws from governor base .
( 3) Remove governor base .
(4) Remove pump drive gear .
( 5) Install new pump drive gear and reassemble .
3. CONCLUSION . Since the new design gear replaces the present gear , and is
approved by the manufacturer as a product improvement, it is considered a
minor alteration . Therefore, the drive gear may be replaced by a powerplant
mechanic provided the governor adjustment is not disturbed and a bench test
is not required before return to service . The record of work performed
shall be in accordance with FAR Section 43.9 .
Page 6
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 5. INTERPRETATION OF FAR SECTION 65.95 , INSPECTION
AUTHORIZATION : PRIVILEGES AND LIMITATIONS
1. SPECIFICATION . The basic problem concerns the misinterpretation of

FAR Section 65.95 , Inspection Authorization ( IA ) : Privileges and
Limitations .
2. FACTS IN THE CASE . An occurrence in the field has directed attention to the
fact that there is a need to clarify the privileges and limitations of the
IA with regard to FAR Section 65.81 . Some field offices have applied the
limitation by permitting the IA to inspect only those types of aircraft upon
which he has previously performed inspections, or he must show his ability
to perform an inspection to the satisfaction of the Administrator .
3. CONCLUSION . When the holder of an inspection authorization exercises
his/her privileges as an IA , he / she is limited only by the provisions of
FAR Section 65.95 . The specific language of FAR Section 65.95 prevails and
the privileges and limitations of his /her mechanic certificate , FAR
Sections 65.81 , 65.83 , 65.85 , and / or 65.87 are NOT applicable to the
performance of the IA .
Page 7
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 6. CLARIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE RULES WHEN AIRCRAFT THAT
ARE CERTIFICATED IN STANDARD AIRWORTHINESS STATUS ARE
OPERATED AS PUBLIC AIRCRAFT
1. SPECIFICATIONS. Regions have requested clarification of FAR Parts 43 and 91

as they apply to public aircraft . The basic problem concerns the
application of maintenance rules when standard airworthiness certificated
aircraft are operated as public aircraft .
2. FACTS IN THE CASE .
a. Definition from Title I of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 :
(1) " Aircraft " means any contrivance now known or hereafter invented ,
or used , or designed for navigation of or flight in the air .
( 2) " Civil Aircraft" means any aircraft other than public aircraft .
( 3) " Public Aircraft" means an aircraft used exclusively in the service
of any government or any political subdivision thereof including
the government of any State , Territory or Possession of the
United States , or the District of Columbia , but not including any
government -owned aircraft engaged in carrying persons or property
for commercial purposes .
b. Standard Airworthiness Certificates , FAA Form 8100-2 , contain the

following statement per FAR Section 21.181 , under Item 6 , Terms and
Conditions :
Unless sooner surrendered , suspended , revoked , or a termination

date is otherwise established by the Administrator , this
airworthiness certificate is effective as long as the maintenance ,
preventive maintenance , and alterations are performed in accordance
with Parts 21 , 43 , and 91 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, as
appropriate , and the aircraft is registered in the United States .
C. FAR Section 21.181, Duration .
(1 ) Section 21.181 (b) - The owner , operator , or bailee of the aircraft

shall, upon request , make it available for inspection by the
Administrator .
( 2) Section 21.181 (c) - Upon suspension , revocation , or termination by

order of the Administrator of an airworthiness certificate , the
owner , operator , or bailee of an aircraft shall, upon request ,
surrender the certificate to the Administrator .
Page 8
/ 26 /85 8300.9
Appendix 4
3. CONCLUSION . Public aircraft are not required to have airworthiness
certificates issued to them . If , however , such certificates are issued to
them , public aircraft must be maintained in accordance with Parts 43 and 91
of the Federal Aviation Regulations . If they are not so maintained , the
airworthiness certificates are invalid and enforcement action or revocation
may be processed under the provisions of Section 609 of the FA Act and in
accordance with procedures set forth in FAA Order 2150.3 , Compliance and
Enforcement Program .
Page 9
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 7. INTERPRETATION OF " RETURN TO SERVICE " AS OPPOSED TO

" APPROVAL FOR RETURN TO SERVICE "
1. SPECIFICATION . Regions and individuals in industry have requested

clarification of the relationship of approval for return to service and
return to service .
2. FACTS IN THE CASE . The term " return to service" describes the status of the
aircraft which has been " approved for return to service" by maintenance
personnel and which has been found ready for operation by owner or operator,
or any other persons authorized to make this finding without the necessity
of any further action on the part of any maintenance organization or
personnel.
3. CONCLUSIONS. The actual return to service may consist of any action
indicating an intent by the owner or operator, or other person, to put the
aircraft in an operational status . A properly executed maintenance record
entry in accordance with FAR Section 43.9 is an " approval " for return to
service but does not constitute that act .
Page 10
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 4
REVIEW CASE NO . 8. PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO REPACK AND PERFORM MAINTENANCE

ON DRAG CHUTES USED ON FAA CERTIFICATED AIRCRAFT
1. SPECIFICATION . A request has been received for clarification of airmen

authorized to repack and maintain drag chutes .
2. FACTS IN THE CASE . A parachute is defined as a device used or intended to
be used to retard the fall of a body or object through the air . A drag
chute is a device designed to aid in the deceleration of the forward motion
of a vehicle . Drag devices are used in certain aircraft so that landing and
stopping requirements for certification can be met . In such cases the drag
device is a required part of the aircraft design and may be maintained as a
part of the aircraft . Rigging and maintenance instructions are included in
the aircraft manufacturers service information .
3. CONCLUSIONS. Drag chutes are considered to be an internal part of the
aircraft structure and shall be maintained in accordance with the
performance rules of FAR Section 43.13 . Persons authorized to perform or
supervise the work shall be in accordance with FAR Section 43.3. A
parachute rigger rating is not required .
Page 11
7/26/85
8300.9
Appendix 5
APPENDIX 5. RELIABILITY PROGRAM REQUIREMENT AND

PROGRAM APPROVAL CHECKLIST
1. MAINTENANCE CONTROL BY RELIABILITY METHODS represents a new and improved

maintenance management technique . The basic goals of such a program are :
a. To recognize , assess , and act upon meaningful symptoms of deterioration
before malfunction or failure ; and
b. To establish and monitor the maintenance control requirements .

2. EACH PROGRAM MUST CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING BASIC ELEMENTS :
a. Program application .
b. Organizational structure .
C. Data collection system .
d. Methods of data analysis and application to maintenance controls .

e. Procedures for establishing and revision of performance standards .
f. Definitions of significant terms .
i
g. Program displays and status of corrrective action programs .

h. Procedures for program revision .
i. Procedures for maintenance control changes .
3. A PROGRAM WHICH IS VERY GENERAL may lack the details necessary to satisfy
the above requirements . The following information should be applied to the
specific needs of a simple or complex program :
a.
Program Application .
(1) The components , systems, or complete aircraft controlled by the
program must be clearly defined . Individual systems and /or components must be
identified by ATA Specification 100. In the case of components , a list of all
components controlled by the program must be included as an appendix to the
program document .
(2) The portion of the maintenance program ; e.g. , overhaul and /or
inspection and check periods to be controlled by the program must also be
clearly defined .
b. Organizational Structure .
( 1 ) Organizational chart which depicts the relationship or

organizational
included
elements responsible for the administration of the program must
be .
Page 1
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 5
( 2) Lines of authority and responsibility must be clearly delineated .

( 3) Authority delegated to each organizational element for the
enforcement of policy and to assure corrective action followup must be
adequately described .
C. Data Collection System .
( 1) A description of the data collection system relating to the

aircraft and /or system / component to be controlled must be fully described . The
following must be adequately covered :
(a) Flow of information .
(b) Identification of sources of information .
(c) Description of steps of data development from source to
analysis .
(d) Organizational responsibilities for each step of data

development.
(2) Data Collected .
( a) Must be accurate and factual to support a high degree of

confidence in any derived conclusion .
(b ) Must be obtained from units functioning under operational
conditions .
(c) Must be directly related to the established levels of

performance. This particular point cannot be over - emphasized since it
represents program accomplishment .
( 3) Typical sources of information are : Inscheduled removals ,
confirmed failures , pilot reports , sampling inspections , shop findings,
functional checks , bench checks , MRR's , MIS's , or other sources the operator may
consider appropriate .
(a ) All of the above may not necessarily be covered in each
and every program .
( b ) However , the availability of this additional information

will provide a span of invaluable operating history to the operator for
determining success or failure in meeting program goals .
(4) Samples of data to be collected must be included in the program
document; e.g., powerplant disassembly and inspection reports, component
condition reports, mechanical delay and cancellation reports, flight log reports
( pireps ) , engine shutdown reports , etc.
Page 2
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 5
d . Methods of Data Analysis and Application to Maintenance Controls .
( 1 ) A description of the data analysis system to be employed must
be included . The following must be adequately covered :
( a) Effects upon maintenance controls; e.g. , overhaul time ,
inspection and check periods of content of overhual and /or inspection
procedures.
(b) The types of action appropriate to the trend or level of
reliability experienced must be described . Such action might be :
1 Actuarial or engineering studies employed to
determine need for maintenance program . changes .
2 Maintenance program changes involving inspection

frequency and content , functional checks, overhaul procedures and time limits.
3 Aircraft , aircraft system or component modification or
repair .
4 Changes in operating procedures and techniques.

5 Other actions peculiar to the condition that
prevails .
(c) Procedures for evaluating critical failures as they occur
must be included .
(d) Documentation used to effect changes in maintenance

program must be described . These should include at least those which document
maintenance program changes , modifications, and special inspections or fleet
campaigns . A reference to the operator's manual which provides the handling
procedures for these documents must be included .
1 Results of corrective action programs must become
evident in a reasonable period of time . Depending on the implication of the
problem , this might be immediately or as long as an overhaul cycle .
2 Each corrective action plan or program must be made a
matter of record . Samples of forms used to implement these actions should be
included in the program document .
3 Each corrective action program must have a planned
completion date .
(e) Statistical techniques used to determine operating
reliability levels must be described .
( 2) Organizational Responsibilities .
(a) The manner in which information is exchanged between
organizational elements must be described . This may be portrayed schematically
in a diagram .
Page 3
8300.9
Appendix 5 7/26/85
(b) The activities and responsibility of each organizational

element ( Engineering , Quality Control, Flight Operations , etc.) and /or
reliability control committee must be defined . This must include:
1 Committee membership ( if appropriate ) .
2 Meeting frequency.
3 Reliability program responsibilities must be clearly
delineated . This section must include:
a The identification of the two organizational elements
responsible for approving changes to maintenance controls. NOTE - one must
exercise inspection or quality control responsibility or have overall program
responsibility .
b Duties and responsibilities for initiating maintenance
program revisions .
( 3) Program must include a graphic portrayal of program operation .

( a)) It should be a closed loop and show source data , data
collection and analysis, program performance achievements , and applicability to
the maintenance controls .
e. Procedures for establishing and revising performance standards .
(1) Each program must include an initial performance standard that

defines the area of acceptable reliability for each aircraft system ( s ) and /or
components controlled by the program .
(a) Various methods may be used to evaluate and control
performance; e.g., premature removal rates, in - flight shutdown rates , confirmed
failure rates , mechanical delay / cancellation rates , internal leakage rates ,
etc.
(b) In some cases upper and lower limits may be established .

This represents a reliability band or range and provides the standard by which
the operator intends to interpret or explain equipment reliability . The
corrective action or followup requirements for each limit must be fully
explained in the document .
( c) In other cases , target numbers may be set to specify aircraft
system or component reliability performance levels which the operator expects t
achieve . These standards are usually associated with product improvement
programs. A full explanation of these requirements must be included in the
document .
( 2) Each program must describe the methods and data required for
establishment of the performance standard . This might include but is not
limited to :
Page 4
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 5
(a) Past and present operating experience of an individual

operator or of industry may be used . However , in those cases where industry
experience is used , the program must include a provision that the standard will
be reviewed after the operator has gained 1 year's operating experience .
(b) Analyses of performance of similar equipment currently in
service .
(c) Aircraft manufacturers ' or equipment manufacturers '

reliability engineering analyses .
(d) History of experience where reliability standards were
acceptable to the airline industry .
( 3) Each program must contain procedures for monitoring and revising
the prescribed performance standard .
(a) The standard established must be responsive and sensitive to
the level of reliability experienced .
1 It should be " stable " without being " fixed . "

2 It should not be so high that even abnormal variations
would not cause an alert , or so low that it is constantly exceeded in spite of
the best known corrective action measures .
(b) The organizational element ( s ) responsible for monitoring and

revising the performance standard must be specified.
(c) The what , when , and the how of revising the performance
standard must be explained .
(d) The performance standard for each aircraft, aircraft system ,
or component controlled by the program must be included in the document .
f. Definition of Significant Terms.
(1 ) Each program must clearly define the significant terms used in the
program .
(a) Term definitions must reflect their intended use in the

program . Therefore, definitions will vary from program to program .
(b) Acronyms or abbreviations peculiar to the program must also be

defined .
(c) Common terms used throughout the industry need not be defined
as long as the same meaning is intended .
(d) Terms which are clearly defined in the text of the program
heed not be included .
Page 5
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 5
g. Program Displays and Status of Corrective Action Programs.

( 1 ) Each program must describe the reports, charts , and / or graphs used
for documenting operating experience. Responsibilities for reports must be
established and reporting elements must be clearly identified and described .
(a) The display must contain essential information for every
aircraft , aircraft system , and component controlled by the program .
(b) Each system and component must be identified by the
appropriate ATA Specification 100 system code number .
(c) Displays must show trends as well as the current month's
performance.
1 Graphical or tabular presentations may be used .
2 Generally a minimum of 6 months ' experience must be shown .
In the case of certain large complex systems, such as the propulsion system , a
minimum of 12 months must be presented .
3 The reliability performance standards ( alert values ) must

also be displayed ; e.g., shutdown rate, premature removal , etc.
(d) The status of corrective action programs must be included .
This includes corrective action programs implemented since the last reporting
period .
h. Each program must contain procedures for implementing changes to the

program .
( a) Procedures must be described in sufficient detail to identify and
isolate areas which require FAA approval . The areas requiring FAA approval
are :
1 Reliability measurement .
2 Changes involving performance standards , including

instructions relating to the development of these standards .
3 Data collection system .
4 Data analysis methods and application to maintenance

program .
(b) If the operator proposes that all revisions to the program documen
will be approved by the FAA , then isolation of areas requiring FAA approval is
not required . However , the document must recognize each of the above
requirements and must contain procedures for adequately administering and
implementing changes required by these actions .
Page 6
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 5
(c) Program must identify the organizational element ( s ) responsible for

the approval of amendments to the program .
(d) Program must provide for a periodic review to determine that
established performance standard is still realistic . The who , what , when , and
how to implement these changes should be adequately described .
( e) Program must provide procedures for distribution of approved
revisions .
( f) Program must contain a reference to operator's manual which

contains the overhaul and inspection periods, work content , and other
maintenance program activities controlled by the program . The who , what , when ,
and how to implement changes to these requirements must be adequately
described .
i. Procedures for Maintenance Control Changes.
(1 ) The program must describe the procedures to be used for making

changes to maintenance controls. These actions must be made a matter of
record .
( 2) The organizational elements responsible to prepare substantiation

reports to justify maintenance control changes must be identified .
(a) At least two separate organizational elements are required ,
one of which exercises inspection or quality control responsibility for the
operator .
( 3) The specific parameters used to determine changes in maintenance

controls must be spelled out; i.e., sampling, functional checks, bench checks ,
unscheduled removal , etc.
( 4) If sampling is used , the method , number of samples , time on

exhibits used as samples , when they will be taken , and at what interval must be
clearly explained .
( 5) Procedures must be provided to cover all maintenance program
activities controlled by the program ; e.g., overhaul times, periodic services,
routine and service checks , phase checks , and /or block overhauls .
(6 ) If appropriate, procedures must be included for changing from hard
time to on -condition maintenance (NOTE - this requires FAA approval) .
( 7) If appropriate, procedures must be provided for changes in
naintenance program requirements for emergency equipment .
(8) Procedures must be included relative to manual revisions concerning
time increases and what will be required prior to pursuing a subsequent time
increase .
Page 7
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 5
(9) Procedures must be provided for revision to the operations
specifications when and if required .
( 10) Procedures must be provided to assure that any TBO adjustment or
other maintenance program change does not conflict with a corrective action
program established by a previous reliability analysis.
( 11 ) Program document must recognize critical failures and contain
instructions for taking corrective action .
( 12) Program must contain a statement that the local FAA office will be
advised when increases to time limitations or other program changes of
systems/ components controlled by the program occur .
( 13) Operators should be encouraged to include a graphic display of
major system /component (airframe /engine) TBO escalation .
4. APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE RELIABILITY PROGRAMS will be
made by each certificate holder to the air carrier district office having
certificate responsibility .
a.
Program approval or disapproval will be accomplished by the district
office in accordance with regional procedures .
(1 ) Coordination will be made with the appropriate regional
office .
(2) Programs which significantly deviate from the instructions

contained in AC 120-17 shall be forwarded , with appropriate comments and
recommendations , to the Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , in accordance
with regional procedures .
( 3) Each application submitted for approval mustbe accompanied by
a document which describes the program operation . The document must contain the
essentials of operation as described in paragraphs 2 and 3 above.
b. Each approved program must be incorporated into the operator's
overall maintenance program by approval of operations specifications aircraft
maintenance .
( 1 ) The entire program need not be typed on the operations

specifications. The certificate holder may identify the document and refer to
it in the Operations Specifications by proper identification .
( 2) The operations specifications must contain :
(a) A statement authorizing the reliability program . These
generally fall into two categories :
1 Those which control the entire aircraft or complete
systems; e.g. , hydraulics, pneumatics, etc.
Page 8
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 5
2 Those which control individually selected items

within a system ; e.g. , pumps , valves, etc.
(b) The program document must be properly and adequately
identified; e.g. , by name, number, and date. Each revision number and date must
also be included on the preface page .
( c) The means to identify individually selected items must be

specified on the preface page .
(d ) The preface page may serve as the sole control as far as
Operations Specifications for an entire aircraft , powerplant , or system . In
those cases , there is no need to list the individual items on the aircraft
maintenance specification pages .
(e) A reference to the operator's manual which contains the
maintenance controls ( e.g. , inspection , check , and overhaul limitations) must be
included on the preface page .
( f) A statement that in the event the program document

referenced is canceled , the maintenance program covered by the said document
will be completely reevaluated and maintenance and overhaul time limits
established by the FAA must be included on the preface page .
:
c. To establish uniform Operations Specifications for all operators

utilizing the provisions of a reliability program , the instructions and format
as shown in Chapter 6 , Section 9 , of this Order must be followed .
Page 9
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
AIRLINE /MANUFACTURER MAINTENANCE PROGRAM PLANNING DOCUMENT - MSG - 2
O
( Prepared by : R & M Subcommittee, Air Transport Association )

( Date: March 25 , 1970)
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction . Airline and manufacturer experience in

developing scheduled maintenance programs for new aircraft has shown
that more efficient programs can be developed through the use of
logical decision processes . In July 1968 , representatives of
various airlines developed Handbook #MSG - 1 , " Maintenance Evaluation
and Program Development ," which included decision logic and
interairline/manufacturer procedures for developing a maintenance
program for the new Boeing 747 airplane. Subsequently, it was
decided that experience gained on this project should be applied to
update the decision logic and to delete certain 747 detail
procedural information so that a universal document could be made
applicable for later new type aircraft . This has been done and has
resulted in this document , # MSG - 2 .
1.2 Objective. It is the objective of this document to present a means
for developing a maintenance program which will be acceptable to the
Regulatory Authorities, the Operators, and the Manufacturers . The
maintenance program data will be developed by coordination with
specialists from the operators, manufacturers, and when feasible ,
the regulatory authority of the country of manufacture.
Specifically it is the objective of this document to outline the
general organization and decision processes for determining the
essential scheduled maintenance requirements for new airplanes .
Historically, the initial scheduled maintenance program has been

specified in Maintenance Review Board Documents . This document is
intended to facilitate the development of initial scheduled
maintenance programs . The remaining maintenance , that is
nonscheduled or nonroutine maintenance , is directed by the findings
of the scheduled maintenance program and the normal operation of the
aircraft . The remaining maintenance consists of maintenance actions
to correct discrepancies noted during scheduled maintenance tasks,
nonscheduled maintenance , normal operation , or condition
monitoring .
1.3 Scope . The scope of this document shall encompass the maintenance
program for the entire airplane.
1.4 Organization . The organization to carry out the maintenance program
development pertinent to a specific type aircraft shall be staffed
by representatives of the Airline Operators purchasing the
equipment , the Prime Manufacturers of the airframe and powerplant
and when feasible the Regulatory Authority .
Page 1
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 6
1.4.1 The management of the maintenance program development
activities shall be accomplished by a Steering Group composed
of members from a representative member of Operators and a
representative of the Prime Airframe and Engine
Manufacturers. It shall be the responsibility of this group
to establish policy , direct the activities of Working Groups
or other working activity, carry out liaison with the
manufacturer and other operators, prepare the final program
reommmendations and represent the operators in contacts with
the Regulatory Authority .
1.4.2 A number of Working Groups, consisting of specialist ·

representatives from the participating Operators, the Prime
Manufacturer, and when feasible the Regulatory Authority , may
be constituted . The Steering Group , alternatively , may
arrange some other means for obtaining the detailed technical
information necessary to develop recommendations for
maintenance programs in each area . Irrespective of the
organization of the working activity, it must provide written
technical data that support its recommendations to the
Steering Group . After approval by the Steering Group , these
analyses and recommendations shall be consolidated into a
final report for presentation to the Regulatory Authority .
2.0 DEVELOPMENT OF MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS
2.1 Program Requirement. It is necessary to develop aa maintenance

program for each new type of airplane prior to its introduction into
airline service .
2.1.1 The primary purpose of this document is to develop a proposal

to assist the Regulatory Authority to establish an initial
maintenance program for new types of airplanes . The purpose
of this program is to maintain the inherent design levels of
operating safety . * This program becomes the basis for the
first issue of each airline's Operations
Specifications -Maintenance to govern its initial maintenance
policy . These are subject , upon application by individual
airlines , to revisions which may be unique to those airlines
as operating experience is accumulated .
2.1.2 It is desirable, therefore, to define in some detail :
( a) The objectives of an efficient maintenance program ,
(b) the content of an efficient maintenance program , and
( c) The process by which an efficient maintenance program

can be developed .
* See Glossary .
Page 2
1/26/85
8300.9
Appendix 6
2.1.3 The Objectives of an efficient airline maintenance program

are :
( a) To prevent deterioration of the inherent design levels of

reliability and operating safety of the aircraft , and
(b) To accomplish this protection at the minimum practical
costs .
2.1.4 These objectives recognize that maintenance programs, as such ,

cannot correct deficiencies in the inherent design levels of
flight equipment reliability . The maintenance program can only
prevent deterioration of such inherent levels. If the inherent
levels are found to be unsatisfactory, engineering action is
necessary to obtain improvement .
2.1.5 The maintenance program itself consists of two types of tasks :
( a) A group of scheduled tasks to be accomplished at specified
intervals . The objective of these tasks is to prevent
deterioration of the inherent design levels of aircraft
reliability , and
(b) A group of nonscheduled tasks which results from :

( i) The scheduled tasks accomplished at specified
intervals ,
( ii) Reports of malfunctions (usually originated by the

the flight crew ) , or
( iii) Condition Monitoring .

The objective of these nonscheudled tasks is to restore the
equipment to its inherent level of reliability .
2.1.5.1. This document describes procedures for developing
the scheduled maintenance program . Nonscheduled
maintenance results from scheduled tasks, normal
operation or condition monitoring .
2.1.6 Maintenance programs generally include one or more of the
following primary maintenance processes :
Hard Time Limit : A maximum interval for performing maintenance
tasks . These intervals usually apply to overhaul, but also
apply to total life of parts or units.
|
Page 3
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 6
On Condition : Repetitive inspections, or tests to determine

the condition of units or systems or portions of structure
(Ref .: FAA Advisory Circular 121-1A , Standard Operations
Specifications Aircraft Maintenance Handbook .)
Condition Monitoring : For items that have neither hard time
limits nor on condition maintenance as their primary
maintenance process . Condition monitoring is accomplished by
appropriate means available to an operator for finding and
resolving problem areas . These means range from notices of
unusual problems to special analysis of unit performance. No
specific monitoring system is implied for any given unit
(Ref.: FAA Procedures 8310.4 paragraph 3033) .
This document results in scheduled tasks that fit the hard time
limit or on condition maintenance programs or , where no tasks
are specified , the item is included in condition monitoring .
2.2 Scheduled Maintenance Program Content
The tasks in a scheduled maintenance program may include :

(a) Servicing
(b) Inspection
(c) Testing
(d) Calibration
( e) Replacement
2.2.1 An efficient program is one which schedules only those tasks
necessary to meet the stated objectives . It does not schedule
additional tasks which will increase maintenance costs without
a corresponding increase in reliability protection .
2.2.2 The development of a scheduled maintenance program requires a
very large number of decisions pertaining to :
( a) Which individual tasks are necessary ,
(b) How frequently these tasks should be scheduled ,
( c) facilities are required to enable these tasks to be
accomplished ,
( d) Where these facilities should be located , and
( e) Which tasks should be accomplished concurrently in the
interests of economy .
Page 4
7/26/85
8300.9
Appendix 6
2.3 Aircraft System /Component Analysis Method . The method for determining
the content of the scheduled maintenance program for systems and
components ( parts a and b of Paraphaph 2.2.2) uses decision diagrams.
These diagrams are the basis of an evaluatory process applied to each
system and its significant items using technical data provided
(Ref. 2.7) . Principally, the evaluations are based on the systems'
and items' functions and failure modes . The purpose is to :
(a) Identify the systems and their significant items* .

(b) Identify their functions * , failure modest , and failure
reliability .
( c) Define scheduled maintenance tasks having potential

effectiveness * relative to the control of operational
reliability * .
(d) Assess the desirability of scheduling those tasks having
potential effectiveness .
2.3.1 It should be noted that there is a difference between
" Potential" effectiveness of a task versus the " desirability "
of including this task in the scheduled maintenance program .
The approach taken in the following procedure is to plot a path
whereby a final judgment can be made as to whether those
potentially effective tasks are worthy of inclusion in
an initial maintenance program for a new airplane.
2.3.2 There are three decision diagrams provided ( Addendum I ,
Figures 1 through 3) . Figure 1 is used to determine scheduled
maintenance tasks having potential effectiveness relative to
the control of operational reliability . This determines tasks
which can be done .
Figures 2 and 3 are used to assess the desirability of

scheduling those tasks having potential effectiveness .
Figure 2 tasks must be done to prevent direct adverse
effects on operating safety and to assure availability of
hidden functions .
Figure 3 tasks should be done for economic ' value .

See Glossary .
Page 5
1
1
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 6
2.3.3 The total analysis process is shown diagrammatically below .

See Addendum I for details .
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

( Questions a, b , c , d, e) (Questions I & II ) IQuestions A, B & C)
Flight Cren
17
< < <
Tasks
а
Tasks →
b
N
Y Tasks I
T
с
A A B C
N S
y
K Y
T
S
Tasks II A
-
에리
S
MINI
d
(Eval ) K
N
tal S
N
I Tasks
e
N
These tasks have These tasks must These tasks should
potential effec be done to prevent be done for economic
tiveness & can direct adverse value .
be done . effects on oper
ating safety & assure
availability of hidden
functions .
2.3.4 The following guidelines encourage consideration of failure

consequences and the potential effectiveness of scheduled
maintenance tasks . In those cases where failure consequences
are purely economic, the guidelines lead to consideration of
both the cost of the scheduled maintenance and the value of t
benefits which will result from the task .
Page 6
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
2.3.5 A decision tree diagram (Figure 1 of Addendum 1 ) facilitates

the definition of scheduled maintenance tasks having potential
effectiveness . There are five key questions .
Note: Questions ( a ), (b) , and ( c) must be answered for each
failure mode , question ( d) for each function , and
question (e) for the item as a whole .
(a) Is reduction in failure resistance * detectable by routine

flight crew monitoring * ?
(b) Is reduction in failure resistance detectable by in situ
maintenance or unit test?
( c) Does failure mode have a direct adverse effect upon

operating safety ? ( See Addendum 2. )
(d) Is the function hidden from the viewpoint of the flight
crew ? ( See Addendum 3. )
( e) Is there an adverse relationship between age and

reliability ?
2.3.6 Each question should be answered in isolation , e.g. , in

question (c) all tasks which prevent direct adverse effects on
operating safety must be listed . This may result in the same
task being listed for more than one question .
2.3.7 If the answer to question ( a) is Yes , this means there are
methods available through monitoring of the normal in - flight
instrumentation to detect incipient conditions before
undesirable system effects occur . A Yes answer does not
require a maintenance task . If the answer is No , there is no
in - flight monitoring which can detect reduction in failure
resistance . This question is meant to refer to the flight
crews' ability to detect deteriorating calibration or systems
operation before a failure occurs . NOTE : Tasks resulting from
in -flight monitoring are part of nonscheduled maintenance .
2.3.8 If the answer to question (b) is Yes , it means there is a
maintenance task , not requiring item disassembly, that has
potential effectiveness in detecting incipent conditions
before undesirable system effects occur . Tasks may include
inspection , servicing, testing, etc. NOTE : Tasks resulting
from a Yes answer to question (b) are part of the On Condition
maintenance program .
* See Glossary .
Page 7
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 6
2.3.9 If the answer to question ( c) is Yes , this failure mode has a

direct , adverse effect on operating safety . It is necessary
to examine the mechanism of failure and identify the single
cells or simple assemblies where the failure initiates .
Specific total time, total flight cycle , time since overhaul
and cycle since overhaul limitations may be assigned these
single cells or simple assemblies and the probability of
operational failures will be minimized . Examples of these
actions are turbine engine disc limits, airplane flap link
life limits , etc. In many cases , these limits must be based
upon manufacturer's development testing. Fortunately, there
is only a small number of failure modes which have a direct ,
adverse effect on operating safety . This results from the
fact that failure mode analyses are conducted throughout the
process of flight equipment design . In most cases , it is
possible after identification of such a failure mode to make
design changes ( redundancy , incorporation of protective
devices , etc. ) which eliminate its direct adverse effect upon
operating safety . If no potentially effective task exists,
then the deficiency in design must be referred back to the
manufacturer . The term "direct adverse effect upon operating
safety is explained in Addendum 2. NOTE : Tasks resulting
from a Yes answer to question ( c) are part of either the Hard
Time limitation maintenance program or the On Condition
2.3.10 Refer to Addendum 3 for explanation of question (d) . If the

answer to question ( d ) is Yes, periodic ground test or shop
tests may be required if there is no other way of ensuring
that there is a high probability of the hidden function being
available when required . The frequencies of these tests are
associated with failure consequences and anticipated failure
probability . A component cannot be considered to have a
hidden function if failure of that function results in a
system malfunction which is evident to the flight crew during
normal operations. In this case , the answer must be No.
NOTE: Tasks resulting from a Yes answer to question ( d) may
be part of either the Hard Time limitation or the On Condition
2.3.11 If the answer to question ( e) is Yes , periodic overhaul may

be an effective way of controlling reliability. Whether or
not a fixed overhaul time limit will indeed be effective can
be determined only by actuarial analysis of operating
experience . NOTE: Tasks resulting from a Yes answer to
question ( e) are part of the Hard Time limitation maintenance
program .
Page 8
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
Appendix 6
2.3.12 It has been found that overall measures of reliability of
complex components , such as the premature removal rate ,
usually are not functions of the age of these components . In
most cases , therefore, the answer to question (e ) is No. In
this event , scheduled overhaul cannot improve operating
reliability . Engineering action is the only means of
improving reliability. These components should be operated ,
therefore, without scheduled overhaul. NOTE : Systems or
items which require no scheduled tasks are included in
Condition Monitoring.
2.3.13 The preceding paragraph is contrary to the common belief that

each component has an unique requirement for scheduled
maintenance in order to protect its inherent level of
reliability . The validity of this belief was first challenged
by actuarial analyses of the life histories of various
components . More recently , the correctness of the preceding
paragraph has been overwhelmingly demonstrated by the massive
operational experience of many airlines with many different
types of components covered by Reliability Programs complying
with FAA Advisory Circular 120-17A.
2.3.14 It is possible to change the answers to the five questions in
the decision diagram by improved technology . It is hoped that
Aircraft Integrated Data Systems ( AIDS ) , for example , will
reliably indicate reduced resistance to various modes of
failure of many components during normal airline operations .
If this is determined to be possible , many " No" answers to
questions ( a) and (b) will become " Yes " answers . Answers may
also be changed by various developments in the field of
nondestructive test techniques , built - in test equipment, etc.
2.3.15 The questions in Figure 1 are intended to determine
maintenance tasks having potential effectiveness for possible
inclusion in a scheduled maintenance program . However , it is
probable that many of these " potentially " beneficial scheduled
tasks would not be " desirable " even though such tasks could
improve reliability . This might be true when operating safety
is not affected by failure or the cost of the scheduled
maintenance task is greater than the value of such resulting
benefits as reduced incidence of component premature removal,
reduced incidence of departure delays, etc. Additional
diagrams are used to assess the " desirability of those
scheduled maintenance actions which have potential
effectiveness . This is accomplished by Figures 2 and 3 of
Addendum 1 .
2.3.16 Figure 2 selects those tasks which must be done because of

operating safety or hidden function considerations. Figure 3
selects those tasks which should be done because of economic
considerations .
Page 9
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 6
2.3.17 Figure 2 assesses tasks listed against the Yes answers of

questions c and d in Figure 1 , and selects those tasks which
must be done .
2.3.18 For the operating safety question , at least one task must be
listed for each failure mode having a Yes answer to question c
of Figure 1. An explanation should be given for any
question c tasks not selected .
2.3.19 For the hidden function question , normally at least one task
must be listed for each hidden function having a Yes answer to
Figure 1 , question d . If a task is not selected , as permitted
by Addendum 3 , an explanation must be provided .
2.3.20 Figure 3 assessess tasks listed against the Yes answer in
Figure 1 , questions b and e and select those tasks which
should be done because of economic considerations .
2.3.21 A key question in Figure 3 is the first , " Does real and
pplicable data * show desirability of scheduled task ?" a " Yes "
answer is appropriate if there is :
(1) Prior knowledge from other aircraft that the scheduled
maintenance tasks had substantial evidence of being truly
effective and economically worthwhile , and
( 2) The system /component configurations of the old and new
airplanes are sufficiently similar to conclude that the
task will be equally effective for the new airplane.
2.3.22 The question " Does failure prevent dispatch" refers to whether
the item will be on the Minimum Equipment List (MEL ) .
2.3.23 The question " Is elapsed time for correction of failure
> 0.5 Hr." refers to whether corrective action can be
accomplished without delay during a normal transit stop .
2.3.24 When a task " requires evaluation " it is important that the
frequency of the failure and the cost of carrying out the task
are taken into consideration .
2.4 Aircraft Structure Analysis Method . The method for determining the
content of the scheduled maintenance program for structure is :
(a) Identify the significant structural items. *
(b) Identify their failure modes and failure effects .
( c) Access the potential effectiveness of scheduled inspections of
structure .
* See Glossary .
Page 10
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
(d) Assess the desirability of those inspections of structure

which do have potential effectiveness .
2.4.1 The static structure will be treated as hereafter described .
Additionally , the mechanical elements of structural components ,
such as doors , emergency exits , and flight control surfaces
will be treated individually by the processes described in
Section 2.3 .
2.4.2 The decision tree diagram , Figure 1 of Addendum 1 , facilitates

the definition of scheduled inspections of structure having
potential effectiveness . There are five key questions .
( a) Is reduction in failure resistance detectable by routine
flight crew monitoring ?
maintenance or unit test?

operating safety ?

crew ?

reliability ?
2.4.3 The answer to question ( a ) is normally No. However , if

in -flight instrumentation is developed which permits detection
of incipient structural failures then the answer should be
Yes .
2.4.4 If the answer to question (b) is Yes , there are methods

available to detect incipient conditions before undesirable
conditions occur . It would be expected that all redundant
external and internal structure would be in this category .
NOTE : Tasks resulting from a Yes answer to question (b) are
part of the Structural Inspection program . This program is an
On Condition program .
2.4.5 If the answer to question ( c) is Yes , there is a failure mode

which has a direct , adverse effect on operating safety for
which there is no effective incipient failure detection method .
It would be expected that nonredundant primary structure would
be in this category . See Addendum 2 for explanation of "direct
adverse effect on operating safety." NOTE : Tasks resulting
1
from a Yes answer to question (c ) are part of the Hard Time
1
limitation ( usually total time or total cycle limits)

Page 11
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 6
2.4.6 If the answer to question (d) is Yes , there is a function
required of this element of structure that is not regularly
used during normal flight operations . Some inspection or test
is therefore necessary to ensure that this function has a high
probability of being available when required . Tail bumper
structure and structure provided for wheels -up landing are
typical structural examples . NOTE : Tasks resulting from a
Yes answer to question (d ) are part of the Structural
Inspection program .
2.4.7 Structures would be expected to have a Yes answer to
question ( e) but only in a very long total time envelope. The
tasks performed as a result of Yes answers to the other
questions are capable of detecting deterioration prior to
failure of these items .
2.4.8 It is probable that some of these " potentially " beneficial

scheduled inspections would not be desirable , even if such
tasks would improve reliability . This might be true when
airworthiness is not affected by failure and the cost of the
scheduled inspection is greater than the value of the
resulting benefits . Therefore, additional diagrams are used
to assess the desirability of those scheduled tasks which have
potential effectiveness . This is accomplished by Figures 2 ,
4 , and 5 of Addendum 1. A No answer to all questions is
unlikely for structure . If it occurs , the item is included in
Condition Monitoring .
2.4.9 Figure 2 selects those tasks that must be done because of
operating safety or hidden function considerations .
2.4.10 Figures 4 and 5 of Addendum 1 establish internal and external
class numbers for structural items . The class numbers take
into account vulnerability to failure, consequences of
failure . The class numbers are to be used as guides for
setting internal and external inspection frequencies .
2.4.11 The items to be evaluated by Figures 4 and 5 are those termed
" structurally significant . "
2.4.12 Each item is first rated for each of five characteristics per
Figure 4 ( fatigue resistance, corrosion resistance , crack
propagation resistance , degree of redundancy and fatigue test
rating ) .
2.4.13 Each item is then given an overall rating (R No.) per Figure 4
which considers all of the above ratings and combines them by
judgment into a single overall rating (R No.) representing a
relative level of structural integrity of the item . In
general , the overall R No. for an item is equal to or less
than the fatigue resistance or corrosion resistance rating for
the item , whichever is lesser .
Page 12
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
2.4.14 The internal and external class numbers for each item are then
determined by reference to Figure 5. Note that some items
have both internal and external class numbers . This occurs
for those internal items which have some probability of the
internal item's condition being evident by some external
condition . In these cases the item as described is visible
internally and the " internal " inspection specified refers to
the item as described . The " external " inspection of this item
refers to that portion of the external structure which is
adjacent to the internal item and which may yield some
indication of the internal item's condition . Therefore, when
an external inspection is specified for an internal item , it
refers to the adjacent external structure and not the internal
item itself .
2.5 Aircraft Engine Analysis Method . The method for determining the
content of the scheduled engine maintenance program is :
( a) Identify the systems and their significant items .
(b) Identify their functions, failure modes , and failure effects .
(c) Define scheduled maintenance tasks having potential
effectiveness relative to the control of operational
reliability.
(d) Assess the desirability of scheduling those tasks having
potential effectiveness .
( e) Determine initial sampling thresholds where appropriate.

2.5.1 The engine as a whole and each significant engine item will be
treated as described below .
2.5.2 The decision tree diagram , Figure 1.of Addendum 1 , facilitates

the definition of scheduled inspections having potential
effectiveness . There are five key questions .
NOTE : Questions (a) , (b) , and ( c) must be answered for each

failure mode, question (d) for each function , and
question ( e) for the item as a whole .
( a) Is reduction in failure resistance detectable by routine

flight crew monitoring ?
maintenance or unit test ?

operating safety ?
Page 13
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 6

crew ?

reliability ?
2.5.3 If the answer to question ( a ) is Yes , there are methods
available through monitoring the normal in -flight
instrumentation ( including computerized Flight log Monitoring)
to detect incipient conditions before undesirable system
effects occur . A Yes answer does not require a maintenance
task . If the answer is No , there is no in - flight monitoring
which can detect reduction in failure resistance . NOTE : Tasks
resulting from in - flight monitoring are part of nonscheduled
maintenance .
2.5.4 If the answer to question (b) is Yes , there is a maintenance

task , not requiring engine disassembly, that has potential
effectiveness in detecting incipient conditions before
undesirable system effects occur . Tasks may include
inspection , servicing , testing, etc. NOTE : Tasks resulting
from Yes answers to question (b) are part of the On Condition
2.5.5 If the answer to question ( c) is Yes , this engine component has

a failure mode with direct, adverse effect on operating safety.
It is necessary to examine the mechanism of failure and
identify the single cells or simple assemblies where the
failure initiated. Specific total time, or total flight cycle,
limitations may be assigned these components to minimize the
probability of operational failures . NOTE : Tasks resulting
from a Yes answer to question (c) are part of either the Hard
Time limitation maintenance program or the On Condition
2.5.6 If the answer to question (d) is Yes , there is a function

required of this engine component that is not evident to the
flight crew when the component fails . Some scheduled task may
be necessary to assure a reasonably high probability that this
function is available when required . NOTE : Tasks resulting
from a Yes answer to question (d) may be part of either the
Hard Time limitation or the On Condition maintenance program .
2.5.7 It is expected that the answer to question ( e) is always Yes

for structural engine components , but that their expected life
is very long relative to the usual engine inspection periods .
If tasks defined by questions ( a) through ( d ) are inadequate to
control wear or deterioration of engine components, additional
tasks should be listed here . NOTE : Tasks resulting from a Yes
answer to question ( e) are part of either the Hard Time
limitation or the On Condition maintenance program .
Page 14
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
Appendix 6
2.5.8 Engine components for which no scheduled tasks are selected
are included in Condition Monitoring .
2.5.9 The questions in Figure 1 are intended to determine
maintenance tasks having potential effectiveness for possible
inclusion in a scheduled maintenance program . However , it is
probable that many of these " potentially " beneficial scheduled
tasks would not be "desirable" even through such tasks could
improve reliability . This might be true when operating safety
is not affected by failure or the cost of the scheduled
maintenance task is greater than the value of such resulting
benefits as reduced incidence of component premature removal,
reduced incidence of departure delays, etc. Additional
diagrams are used to assess the " desirability " of those
scheduled maintenance actions which have potential
effectiveness . This is accomplished by Figures 2 and 3 of
Addendum 1 .
2.5.10 Figure 2 selects those tasks which must be done because of

operating safety or hidden function considerations . Figure 3
selects those tasks which should be done because of economic
considerations .
2.5.11 Figure 2 assesses tasks listed against the Yes answers of

questions c and d in Figure 1 , and selects those tasks which
must be done .
2.5.12 For the operating safety question , at least one task must be
listed for each failure mode having a Yes answer to questionc
of Figure 1. An explanation should be given for any
question c tasks not selected .
2.5.13 For the hidden function question , normally at least one task
must be listed for each hidden function having a yes answer to
Figure 1 , question d . If a task is not selected , as permitted
by Addendum 3 , an explanation must be provided .
2.5.14 Figure 3 assesses tasks listed against the Yes answer in
Figure 1 , questions (b) and ( e) and selects those tasks which
should be done because of economic considerations .
2.5.15 A key question in Figure 3 is the first , " Does real and
applicable data show desirability of scheduled task ?" A " Yes "
answer is appropriate if there is :
(1) Prior knowledge from other aircraft that the scheduled
maintenance tasks had substantial evidence of being truly
effective and economically worthwhile , and
Page 15
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 6
(2) The system / component configurations of the old and new

airplanes are sufficiently similar to conclude that the
task will be equally effective for the new airplane .
2.5.16 The question " Does failure prevent dispatch " refers to whether
the item will be on the Minimum Equipment List (MEL ) . The
answer to question (b) is expected to always be Yes for engine
components that cause engine failure .
2.5.17 The question " Is elapsed time for correction of failure
> 0.5 Hr ." refers to whether corrective action can be
accomplished without a delay during a normal transit stop .
2.5.18 When a task " requires evaluation " it is important that the
frequency of the failure and the cost of carrying out the task
are taken into consideration .
2.5.19 Engine tasks are included in the Threshold Sampling

maintenance program . This program is described below .
2.5.20 The Threshold Sampling maintenance program is intended to
recognize the On Condition design characteristics of modern
Turbo - Jet engines , while sampling to control reliability.
This program uses repetitive sampling to determine:
(1) The condition of engine components .
( 2) The advisability for continued operation to the next
sampling limit , and
( 3) The next sampling limit , threshold , or sampling band .
2.5.21 Initial sampling thresholds are based on :
(1 ) The design of the engine under study, the results of
developmental testing, and prior service experience .
(2) The results of previous engine programs .
( 3) The fact that samples are available from engines
removed for all causes at virtually all ages . This means
that knowledge of the conditions of engines is available
over the complete continuum of time from start of
operation to the highest time experienced , and
( 4) The fact that most engine design problems become apparent
and can be controlled well within any established limits
or thresholds .
Page 16
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
2.5.22 The Threshold Sampling program establishes the initial
sampling
fo
threshold . Operators are subsequently responsible
r:
(1 ) Evaluating the samples obtained from the initial

threshold .
( 2) Determining the next sampling threshold , and

( 3) Determining the number to be sampled at the next
threshold .
2.5.23 Threshold Sampling is normally accomplished by inspecting the

parts or systems of engines that are removed and accessible in
the shop. These engines provide samples over a full range of
ages without waiting for the threshold to be reached . The
results of inspecting these samples are used to determine the
future program . When samples are not available from engines
that are in the shop, scheduled samples or in situ inspections
may be required .
2.6 Program Development Administration . Regulatory Authority
participation is encouraged as early and as thoroughly as possible in
all phases of working group activity. It is recognized that the
Regulatory Authority will later be asked to approve the proposed
program resulting from these efforts . Therefore, the Regulatory
Authority participation must necessarily be restricted to technical
participation, contributing their own knowledge , and observing the
activities of the working group. Regulatory Authority approval of
working group recommendations is not implied by the participation of
Regulatory Authority members in working group sessions. The following
activity phases will apply.
Phase I. Steering Group general familiarization training .
Phase II . (a) Working Group or Working Activity Training.
* (b) Preparation of first draft Significant Items
List . (Ref . 2.7.1 )
* (c) Establish functions and failure modes applicable

to the Significant Items.
(d) Preparation of Figures 1 thru 5 decision diagram
replies and supporting data for each system and
significant item .
Phase III . (a) Evaluation of manufacturer's technical data and
recommended tasks by the Working Groups' airline
personnel and meeting with manufacturer to make
I
necessary revisions and prepare task recommendations .
1
* Steering Committee audits are required for these steps before proceeding .
Page 17
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 6
(b) Development of task frequency recommendations . ( This
phase is meant to follow Phase III . a . )
NOTE : A Steering Group member should participate in all
Phase III activity .
Phase IV . Presentation to Steering Group (meeting with each
Working Group or Activity Chairman ) .
Phase V. Preparation and presentation of the Steering Group's
proposal to the Regulatory Authority .
2.7 Supporting Technical Data . The following supporting technical data
will be provided in printed form , together with adequate
cross -references on the records of replies to the decision diagrams.
2.7.1 Maintenance Significant Items List . This list will include by
ATA System , the name, quantity per airplane , prime manufacturer
part number , vendor name and part number for each item
considered by the Working Group / Activity to require individual
analysis .
2.7.2 Significant Items Data .
( a) Description of each significant item and its function ( s ) .

(b) Listing of its failure mode ( s ) and effects .
( c) Expected failure rate .
(d) Hidden functions.
( e) Need to be on M.E.L.
( f) Redundancy (may be unit , system or system management ) .

(g) . Potential indications of reduced failure resistance .
2.7.3 System Data .
( a) Description of each system and its function ( s ) .
(b) Listing of any failure modes and effects not considered
in item data .
( c) Hidden functions not considered in item data .
Page 18
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
GLOSSARY
Inherent Level of Reliability and Safety - That level which is built into the
unit and therefore inherent in its design . This is the highest level of
reliability and safety that can be expected from a unit , system , or aircraft .
To achieve higher levels of reliability generally requires modification or
redesign .
Maintenance Significant Items - Those maintenance items that are judged by the
manufacturer to be relatively the most important from a safety or reliability
standpoint , or from an economic standpoint .
Structural Significant Items Those local areas of primary structure which are
judged by the manufacturer to be relatively the most important from a fatigue or
corrosion vulnerability standpoint or from a failure effects standpoint.
Operational Reliability - The ability to perform the required functions within
acceptable operational standards for the time period specified .
Effective Incipient Failure Detection - That maintenance action which will
reliably detect incipient failures if they exist . That is , detect the pending
failure of a unit or system before that system fails . For example , detection of
turbine blade cracks prior to blade failure .
O
Real and Applicable Data - Those data about real , operating hardware that is
similar enough to the hardware under discussion to be applicable to the design
of maintenance programs for the current hardware .
Reduction in Failure Resistance - The deterioration of inherent (design ) levels
O
of reliability . As failure resistance reduces , failures increase; resulting in

lower reliability . If reduction in failure can be detected , maintenance can be
performed prior to the point where reliability is adversely affected .
Function - The characteristic actions of units, systems and aircraft .
Failure Modes The ways in which units, systems and aircraft deteriorate can be
considered to have failed .
Potential Effectiveness - Capable of being effective (maintenance action ) to
some degree.
Routine Flight Crew Monitoring - That monitoring that is inherent in normally

pperating the aircraft . For example, the pre - flight check list , or the normal
bperation of the aircraft and its components. Does not include monitoring of
"back -up" equipment that is normally not tested as a part of a normal flight.
Failure Effects The consequence of failure .
Page 19
8300.9
AIRLINE
MAINTENANCE
PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT
Page 20
MSG
D
2ECISION
DIAGRAM
Appendix 6
1
FIGURE 2
FIGURE FIGURE
I
CAN
TASKS
WRICH
DONE
BE DONE
E
MUSI
TASKS
WHICH WHICH
TASKS
SHOULD
K
DONE
QUESTIONS
A
eMLY
EACH
TO
FAILURE
MODE ACUESTION
ITOPLIES
cTASKS AQUESTION
AND,&CA
•TTO I PPLY
ASKS
IO
TEM
QUESTION
AMIES
EACH
TO
FUNCTION
ITEM
OF I ASKS
TO
APPLIES
II
QUESTION
AQUESTION
W«PPLRES
TO
ITEM
A
AS
HOLE
REDUCTION
IS
IN
MEANS
OF
LIST
RESISTANCE
FAILURE
RY
DETECTABLE OF
-F
INLIGHT
MONITORING
ROUTINE
FLIGHT
?
MONITORING
CREW
YES
.
NO
FIGURES 1 , 2 , AND 3.
REDUCTION
IS
IN POTENTIAL
ALL
LIST
FAILURE
RESISTANCE TASKS
.T
REF
O
DETECIABLE
SY FARURE
IN
REDUCT
MICE
-SITU
.ITA RESISTANCE
CHECK
,
OR
?
TESI
UNIT
ADDENDUM 1
SINSPECT
, ERVICE
YES )(1C
NO
..
..
RE
TASKS
THE
OF
WHICH
DOES
FAILURE
MODE LIST
ALL
POTENTIAL FERRING
OPERATING
10
AD
OMECI
A
HAVE REF
TASKS
T
.O ?SAFETY
DONE
BE
MUST
VERSE
ON
EFFECI OPERATING
SAFETY MUST
TASK
ONE
LEAST
AT
?
SAFETY
OMEKATING TOTAL
TIME
,LIMITS ANY
.EXPLAIN
DONE
MC
,I. NSRCI
CHECK .TASKS
SELECTED
NOT
YES DOES
REAL
AND ELAPSED
IS
APPLICABLE DOES DISKOSITION
FAILURE FOR
TIME TASK
•O
.N SHOW
DATA OF
PREVENT CORRECTION RELATIVE
TO
DESIRABLITY
OF FAILURE
OF
?
DISPATCH ROGRAM
FUNCTION
THE
IS POTENTIAL
ALL
LIST ?
TASK
SCHEDULED HOUR
?>
0.5
RE
TASKS
THE
OF
WITICH
FROM
HIDDEN
THE TASKS
.1
REF
o TO
HIDDEN
HIRRING
MSG 2 DECISION DIAGRAM
VIEWPOINT
THE
OF FUNCTION
HIDDEN ?BE
DONE
MUST
FUNCTION
?
CREVI
FLIGHT "CHECK
.I NSACI MOST
TASK
ONE
LEAST
AT
VES .)(IC PIR
AS
EXCEPT
DONE
AE YES INCLUDE
APP
,3BY
MNIED
NO
.
_YES REQUIRES
is
AD
AN
toirne EVALUATION
VENSE
RCLATIONSHIP PERIODIC
AL
AND
AGE
TIMIN OVERMAIN NO ......
NOS
OMIT
LM?{ IAMLITY
VESC .
. .NO ..OMIT
• O
.N
7/26/85
AIRL
MAI
DEV NTE
GRA
PROELO NAN
INEPME CE
M NT
7/26/85
ST
AN RU
MEAL CT
THYS URE
IS
OD
AN
INDICA
OF
THE
FATIGU
RESIST
OF ETION
ANCE
THE
ITEM
RELATIV
TO
THE
FATIGU EE
DESIGN
FOR
THE
OVERAL
AIRPLA
GOAL NEL
FATIGUE
RESTANCE
MARGI
SMALL N
ABOVE MARGI
FAIR N CONSIDERABLE
MARGIN MARG
ABOV IN
HIGH E
DESIGN
GOAL ABOVE
DESIGN
GOAL ABOVE
DESIGN
GOAL DESI
GOALGN
FIGURE 4 .
CORROSION AND
INDICATION
OF
THE
RELATIVE
CORROSION
RESISTANCE
OF
THE
C
.ITEM
ONSIDERING
RESISTANCE BOTH
EXPOSURE
AND
PROTECTION
.
S
.(ITRESS
NCL LEAST
MARGI
OF N MARGI
FAIR N
OF CONSIDERABLE
CORROSION
) MARGIN HIGHEST
MARGIN
OF
RESISTANCE RESISTANCE OF
RESISTANCE RESISTANCE
THIS
PORTIO
OF
CHART N
AND
INDICA
OF
THE
RELATIV
ABILITY
MATERI TION
USED
TO
RESIST
PROPAG AL
EATION TO
BE
EXECUT
FOR
EACH ED
CRACK OF
CRACKS
.
ITEM
WHICH
HAS
BEEN
PROPAGATION
LEAST DESIGN
S
"AS
TRUC ATED
RESISTANCE OF
MARGIN MARGI
FAIR N
OF
ADDENDUM 1
MARGI ERABLE
CONSIDN HIGHEST
MARGIN
OF TURALL
SIGNIF Y
ICANT
RESISTANCE RESISTANCE "
OF
RESIST ANCE RESISTANCE
(HI
HEAT
TREAT
)STEEL 7
SERIES
( 000
)ALUM )(TITANIUM 2
SERIES
ALUM
.)( 000
AN
INIDCATION
OF
DEGREE
TO
WHICH
THE
ITEM
IS
DEGREE
OF BACKED
BY
REDUN
STRUCT
.UP DANT
URE
REDUNDANCY
SMALL
HIGH
WILL
THE
LOADS
APPLIED
TO
ITEM
IN
THE
FULL
FATIGUE SCALE
FATIGU
TEST E
STRUCTURE ANALYSIS METHOD
REPRES LY
PROPERENT
TEST NG
,RATI LOADS
PREDICT
SERVICE
USAGE
?FOR ED
NO
YES
OVERALL R
WHICH
CONSID
AATINGERS
ALL
THE
ABOVE
RATING
AND
COMBIN SES
THEM
BY
PIJDGE MENT RATING
NO
I.THIS
S
RATING INTO
S
A
OVERAL
INGLE L
RATING
WHICH
REPRESE
A
R NTS
OFELATIVE
LEVEL
THE
STRUCT URAL ASSIGN ED
INTEGRITY
OF
THE
.ITEM ALL
TO
OTHER
NUMBER
PRIMAR
SECON Y
AND DARY
Page 21
(R)
1
STRUCT
WHICH
NOT
IS URE
2 3 STRUCTURALLY
SIGNIF ICANT
2
8300.9
Appendix 6
8300.9
DEVELO
PROGR
MAINT PMENTE
EAM
AIRLINENANC
Page 22
EVAL
DETE UATIILIT
CTUR
STRUCTAB EON Y
Appendix 6
NUMBERS
CLASS
&
T XTERNAL
EINTERNAL
O
(R)RATING
OVERALL
CONVERT
CHART
THIS S
В
INTERNAL EX
.CC LASS
.LASS
EX
.
NO
CLASS .
NO .
NO
GROUND
ABOVE
1F
>IF00
FIGURE 5 .
AREA
FUEL
IN
OR
AREA
FUEL
NON
IN
ITEMS
SIGNIFICAN T
STRUCTURALLY
ITEMS
E)( XXTERNAL NONE R +1
R
ITEMS
I:)( NNTERNAL
CONDITION
ITEM'S
OF
DETECTABILITY
EXTERNAL
PROBABILITY
N•IGH
ITEM
EXTERNAL
ADJACENT
OF
CONDITION
VISUAL
OR
LEAK +1
R R
1+
FEUL
BY
R
R 1
+
R 1
+
R
DITTO
OF
PROBABILITY
LOW
|
ADDENDUM 1
SINCE
CONDITION
ITEM'S
OF
DETECTABILITY
EXTERNAL
N• O
EXTERNALLY
VISIBLE
ARE
ITEMS
NONE NONE
ADJACENT
NO
STRUCTURA
SECONDAR
OR
PRIMARY
OTHER
ALL YL
IGNIFICANT
.STRUCT
SNOT
ARE
WHICH
ITEMS
ITEMS
E)( XXTERNAL NONE 5
IITEMS NONE NONE

STRUCTURE DETECTABILITY EVALUATION
)( NNTERNAL 5
THERE
ISVISUAL
MEANS
EXTERNAL VISUAL
MEANS
THERE
ISINTERNAL ACCESSIBILTY
VISUAL
WHERE
ANY DETACHING
BY
ONLY
ACCESSIBILITY AN
OF
REMOVAL
BY
SIMPLY
EXISTS
DETACHING
WITHOUT
ACCESSIBILITY
RADIOGRAPHIC
BY
OR
PARTS
REMOVABLE ADDITIONAL
NO
AND
PLATE
ACCESS
ROM
FPANELS
CCESS
).(NCL
AIPARTS
NECESSARY
IS
PARTS
OF
DETACHMENT
CONTROL
INCLUDES
, ND
AAIRPLANE
THE MEANS
7/26/85
ACCESS
VISUAL
GAIN
TO
REQUIRED
AS
DEFLECTION
SURE.CE
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
ADDENDUM 2
The following elaborates on the term " direct and adverse effect on operating
safety . "
During the design process considerable attention is given to system and
component failure effect analysis to ensure that failures that result in
loss of function do not immediately jeopardize operating safety . In many
cases , redundancy can cause the consequences of a first failure to be
benign . In other cases , protective devices serve this purpose. Although it
may not be possible to continue to dispatch the airplane without correcting
the failure and although it may indeed be desirable to make an unscheduled
landing after failure, the failure cannot be considered to have an immediate
adverse effect upon operating safety . The inclusion of the word direct in
the phrase "direct adverse effect upon operating safety ' means an effect
which results from a specific failure mode occurring by itself and not in
combination with other possible failure modes .
Certification requirements ensure that a transport category aircraft has
very few failure modes which have a direct adverse effect upon operating
safety .
Page 23
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 6
ADDENDUM 3
EXPLANATION OF HIDDEN FUNCTIONS
A component is considered to have a " hidden function " if either of the following
exists :
1. The component has a function which is normally active whenever the system is
used , but there is no indication to the flight crew when that function
ceases to perform .
2. The component has a function which is normally inactive and there is no

prior indication to the flight crew that the function will not perform when
ca lled upon .
The demand for active performance will usually follow another
failure and the demand may be activated automatically or manually .
Examples of components possessing hidden functions exist in a bleed air system .

A bleed air temperature controller normally controls the bleed air temperature
to a maximum of 400 ° F. In addition , there is a pylon shutoff valve which
incorporates a secondary temperature control, should the temperature exceed
400 ° F. A duct overheat switch is set to warn the flight crew of a temperature
above 480 ° F, in which event they can shut off the air supply from the engine
by actuating the pylon shutoff valve switch . There is no duct temperature
indicator .
The bleed air temperature controller has a hidden active function of controlling
the air temperature . Since there is a secondary temperature control in the
pylon valve and since there is no duct temperature indicator , the flight crew
has no indication of when the temperature control function ceases to be
performed by the temperature controller . Also , the flight crew has no
indication prior to its being called into use that the secondary temperature
control function of the pylon valve will perform . Therefore, the pylon valve
has a hidden inactive function . For a similar reason , the duct overheat warning
system has a hidden inactive function . And the pylon valve has a hidden
inactive function (manual shutoff ) since at no time in normal use does the
flight crew have to manually close the valve .
The hidden function definition includes reference to "no indications to the
flight crew of performance of that function . If there are indications to the
flight crew , the function is evident ( unhidden ). However, to qualify as an
evident function , these indications must be obvious to the flight crew during
their normal duties , without special monitoring (bear in mind , however, that
special monitoring is encouraged as a part of the maintenance program to make
hidden functions into evident ones ) .
It is recognized that , in the performance of their normal duties , the flight

crews operate some systems full time, others once or twice per flight, and
others less frequently. All of these duties , providing they are done at some
reasonable frequency, qualify as "normal. " It means, for example, that although
an anti - icing system is not used every flight it is used with sufficient
Page 24
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 6
frequency to qualify as a " normal " duty . Therefore, the anti - icing system can
be said to have an evident ( unhidden ) function from a flight crew's standpoint .
On the other hand , certain " emergency' operations which are done at very
infrequent periods ( less than once per month ) such as emergency gear extension ,
fuel dump actuation , etc., cannot be considered to be sufficiently frequent to
warrant classification as evident (uhidden ) functions.
The analysis method requires that all hidden finctions have some form of
scheduled maintenance applied to them . However , in those cases where it may be
difficult to check the operation of hidden functions, it is acceptable to assess
the operating safety effects of combined failures of the hidden function with a
second failure which brings the hidden function failure to the attention of the
flight crew . In the event the combined failures do not produce a direct adverse
effect on operating safety , then the decision whether to apply maintenance to
check the pertinent hidden function becomes an economic decision to be
considered by Figure 3 of Addendum 1 .
Note also , in some cases , it is acceptable to accomplish hidden function checks
of removable components during unscheduled shop visits , providing the component
has at least one other function which when failed is known to the flight crew
and which causes the unit to be sent to the shop . Also , the hidden function
failure mode should have an estimated reliability well in excess of the total
reliability of the other functions that are evident to the flight crew .
Page 25
126/85 8300.9
Appendix 7
APPENDIX 7 - MILITARY OCCUPATIONALSPECIALITY ( MOS ) CODES

O
1. PURPOSE . This appendix provides instructions for applying creditable MOS

experience of military or former military applicants wanting to take the
aviation mechanic written tests . These instructions serve as a guide for
determining if the applicant meets the experience requirements of FAR
Section 65.77 .
a. United States military or former military applicants who apply for
civil aviation mechanic certification may use appropriate military experience
exclusively or in combination with civil experience to meet the experience
requirements of FAR Section 65.77 .
b . Properly authenticated documents must be presented by applicants to show

attainment of the military occupational specialty designations shown in the
following charts .
C. The length of time to be credited toward meeting the respective 18 or
30 -month experience requirement should be determined by the FAA
inspector /advisor based on the length of time the MOS was actually held by the
applicant.
d . Creditability of MOS codes that have been obsolete more than 10 years ,
and which are not included in the following charts, should be determined by
individual FAA inspectors / advisors based on examination of documents and
applicant interview .
Page 1
8300.9 7/26/85
Appendix 7
A. ARMY MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALTY ( MOS ) CODES
The Army enlisted military occupational specialty code consits of five basic
characters . The first three characters consist of two numbers and one letter .
Collectively , they identify the specialty . The fourth character is a number
which indicates skill level within the MOS . The fifth character is a letter
that identifies special qualifications which are common to a number of positions
and MOS's . The first three characters are sufficient for purposes of this chart
to distinguish one specialty from another .
MOS CODES TITLE CREDITABLE EXPERIENCI
67G Airplane Repairer Airframe

67N Helicopter Repairer Airframe
670 Helicopter Repairer Airframe
67V Helicopter Repairer Airframe
67W Helicopter Repairer Airframe
67X Helicopter Repairer Airframe
67Y Helicopter Repairer Airframe
672 Aircraft Maintenance Senior Sergeant Airframe & Powerplant
68B Aircraft Powerplant Repairer Powerplant
68G Aircraft Structural Repairer Airframe
Page 2
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
Appendix 7
A. ARMY MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALTY (MOS) CODES (CONTINUED)

ARMY MOS CROSS REFERENCE . NOTE: MOS codes listed under the PREVIOUS MOS CODES
column below should receive the same credits as codes listed under current MOS
CODES colum .
PREVIOUS
MOS CODES PREVIOUS TITLES CURRENT CODES & TITLES
67B20 0-1 / U - 6 Airplane Repairman

67C20 U - 1 Airplane Repairman
67D20 Single Engine Airplane Repairman
67E40 Single Engine Airplane Maint . Chief 67G
67E50 Single Engine Airplane Maint . Chief Airplane Repairer
67J20 Multi Engine Med . Transp . Airplane Mech .
67K20 Multi Engine Airplane Repairman
67140 Multi Engine Airplane Mechanic Chief
67L50 Multi ' Engine Airplane Mechanic Chief
67P20 CH - 34 Helicopter Repairman
67Q20 Single Eng . , Single Rotor Helicopter Repairman 67N
67R40 Single Eng . , Single Rotor Hel . Maint. . Helicopter Repairer
67R50 Single Eng ., Single Rotor Hel . Maint . 1SG
67520 CH -21 Helicopter Mechanic
67530 CH -21 Helicopter Repairman 670
67840 CH - 21 Helicopter Maint . Supervisor Helicopter Repairer
67550 CH -21 Helicopter Maint . 1SG
67M20 H - 13 / H - 23 Helicopter Repairman 67V
=
Helicopter Repairer
67T20 CH - 37 Helicopter Mechanic
M
67T30 CH - 37 Helicopter Repairman 67X

67140 CH - 37 Helicopter Maint . Supervisor Helicopter Repairer
67T50 CH - 37 Helicopter Maint . 1SG
68C20 Reciprocating Engine Repairman 68B
Aircraft Powerplant
68B221 Reciprocating Engine Repairman Repairer
Page 3
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 7
B. AIR FORCE MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALTY (MOS) CODES

The Air Force enlisted military occupational specialty code consists of five
digits . The first two digits indicate the career field . The third and fifth
digits indicate further specialization with the career field . The fourth digit
indicates the skill level . Some codes are followed by a single alphabetical
character which indicates additional specialization but can be ignored for
purposes of this chart .
AFSC
( Code) TITLE CREDITABLE EXPERIENC
42671 Reciprocating Engine Technician Powerplant

42651 Reciprocating Engine Mechanic Powerplant
42631 Reciprocating Engine Mechanic Powerplant
42692 Aircraft Propulsion Superintendent Powerplant
42672 Jet Engine Technician Powerplant
42652 Jet Engine Mechanic Powerplant
42632 Jet Engine Mechanic Powerplant
42673 Turboprop Propulsion Technician Powerplant
42653 Turboprop Propulsion Mechanic Powerplant
42633 Turboprop Propulsion Mechanic Powerplant
42799 Fabrication Superintendent Airframe
42775 Airframe Repair Technician Airframe

42755 Airframe Repair Specialist Airframe
42735 Airframe Repair Specialist Airframe
43170 Helicopter Technician Airframe & Powerplan

43150 Helicopter Mechanic Airframe & Powerplan
43130 Helicopter Mechanic Airframe & Powerplan
43191 Aircraft Maintenance Superintendent Airframe & Powerplar

43171 Aircraft Maintenance Technician Airframe & Powerplar
43151 Aircraft Maintenance Specialist Airframe & Powerplar
43131 Aircraft Maintenance Specialist Airframe & Powerplar
43172 Airlift / Bombardment Aircraft
Maintenance Technician Airframe & Powerplar
43152 Airlift / Bombardment Aircraft
Maintenance Specialist Airframe & Powerplar
43132 Airlift / Bombardment Aircraft Airframe & Powerpla
Maintenance Specialist
Page 4
/ 26 /85
8300.9
Appendix 7
B. AIR FORCE MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALTY (MOS) CODES (CONTINUED)
AIR FORCE CROSS REFERENCE . NOTE : Codes listed under PREVIOUS column receive
the same credit as codes listed under CURRENT column .
PREVIOUS
AFSC CODES PREVIOUS TITLES CURRENT CODES & TITLES
43151 Aircraft Maintenance Specialist 431X1

43131 Aircraft Maintenance Specialist Aircraft Maintenance
43171 Aircraft Maintenance Technician Technician
43191 Aircraft Maintenance Superintendent
43251 Reciprocating Engine Mechanic 426X1
43231 Reciprocating Engine Mechanic Reciprocating Engine
43271 Reciprocating Engine Technician Technician
43291 Aircraft Engine Superintendent
43250 Jet Engine Mechanic 426X2
43230 Jet Engine Mechanic Jet Engine
43270 Jet Engine Technician Technician /Mechanic
Page 5
8300.9
7/26/85
Appendix 7
.
c
NAVY MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALTY (MOS) CODES
The Navy enlisted military occupational specialty code consists of a two- or

three - letter rating designation and / or a more detailed four - number Navy Enlisted
Classification (NEC ) code. The rating indicates the career field and the NEC
reflects special knowledge and skills. The two- or three - letter rating
designations are sufficient for purposes of this chart . The NEC numbers, if
present , may be ignored .
MOS CODES TITLE CREDITABLE EXPERIENCE
AD Aviation Machinist Mate Powerplant

ADJ Aviation Machinist Mate Powerplant
ADR Aviation Machinist Mate Powerplant
AM Aviation Structural Mechanic Airframe
AME Aviation Structural Mechanic Airframe
AMH Aviation Structural Mechanic Airframe
AMS Aviation Sturctural Mechanic Airframe
D. COAST GUARD MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALTY (MOS) CODES
The Coast Guard enlisted military occupational specialty code system is similar
to the Navy code system . As used in the chart below , a two - letter rating
designation indicates the career field .
MOS CODES TITLE CREDITABLE EXPERIENCI
AD Aviation Machinist Mate Powerplant

AM Aviation Structural Mechanic Airframe
Page 6
7/26/85 8300.9
Appendix 7
E. MARINE CORPS MILITARY OCCUPATIONAL SPECIALTY ( MOS) CODES
The Marine Corps enlisted military occupational specialty code consists of four
digits . The first two digits designate the occupational field . The third digit
identifies the promotional channel . The fourth digit identifies the specialty
within the occupational field .
MOS CODES TITLE CREDITABLE EXPERIENCE
6012 Aircraft Mechanic Airframe
6019 Aircraft Maintenance Chief Airframe & Powerplant

6022 Aircraft Powerplant Mechanic Powerplant
$028 Aircraft Powerplant Mechanic Powerplant
$029 Aircraft Powerplant Mechanic Powerplant
5042 Aircraft Structures Mechanic Airframe
$059 Aircraft Airframe Maintenance Chief Airframe

$094 Aircraft Structures Mechanic Airframe
1112 Helicopter Mechanic Airframe
1119 Helicopter Maintenance Chief Airframe & Powerplant

122 Helicopter Powerplant Mechanic Powerplant
142 Helicopter Structures Mechanic Airframe
$ . GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1985-461-816 / 20514

Page 7
LIBRARY OF MICHIGAN
oof 15 1985
U.S. DOCUMENT
ECEIVED DEPOSITORY
8300.9
7/26/85
SECTION 18. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL CERTIFICATION

APPROVAL OF CHANGE OF LOCATION
1160. PURPOSE . The purpose of this section is to establish procedures for

approving a change in location of a certificated aviation maintenance technician
school .
1161. REFERENCE . FAR Part 147 , Aviation Maintenance Technician Schools,

Section 147.41, Change of Location .
1162. GENERAL . The referenced section of FAR Part 147 prescribes that :
The holder of a school certificate may not change the school's
a.
location unless the change is approved in advance.

b . The certificate holder shall notify the Administrator 30 days in
advance if he desires to change the school's location .
If the certificate holder changes the school's location without prior
C.
approval , the certificate is revoked .
1163. NOTIFICATION AND APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL .
a.
Notification and application should be directed to the district
office that has certificate responsibility for the school .
b. Notification may be made by letter or in the " Remarks" block of
FAA Form 8310-6 .
c . Applicants shall use an Aviation Maintenance Technician School

Certificate and Ratings Application , FAA Form 8310-6 ( 6-72) ( OMB - R0108 ) for the
approval application .
d. Refer to Section 17 of this chapter for content and disposition of
the file .
1164. APPROVAL OF CHANGE OF LOCATION .

a. The district office shall contact the certificate holder and make a
detailed analysis of his plans and their effect on :
(1 ) The students in training, whether or not in actual attendance
during the time of the change;
(2) the school's method of meeting the certification requirements,

particularly FAR Section 147.15 and FAR Section 147.21 .
b. Approval should be signified by letter to the school . The letter
should contain :
(1 ) Any operations specifications or limitations that are necessary

to prescribe in the interests of safety . Specifications or limitations may
typically relate to :
Chap 4
Par 1160 Page 745
8300.9
7/26/85
( a) the portions of the instructional program that will be

effected by the change and the provisions for making it up ;
(b) changes that are required to be made in equipment,
materials, instructional equipment, tools , shop equipment, curriculum ,
instructional staff , etc .; and
( c) any others that are necessary .

( 2) The letter should be forwarded within 30 days after receipt of
notification .
1165. CHANGE OF LOCATION MADE WITHOUT NOTIFICATION . FAR Section 147.41
prescribes that a school certificate is revoked if a change in its location is
made without approval. If a change has been made without notification , the
district office should :
a. Notify the certificate holder that the school certificate is revoked ;

b . Inform the school that it must submit an FAA Form 8310-6 with the
appropriate attachments for issuance of a certificate; and
C.
Accept and process the application in the usual manner for original
issuance of a certificate .
1166. CHANGES OF LOCATION TO ANOTHER FAA DISTRICT .
a. The notification and application for approval should be directed to

the district office that has current certificate responsibility .
b . The losing district office should contact and coordinate directly
with the receiving district office.
C.
The school remains the responsibility of the losing district office
until the change is approved .
1167. - 1175 . RESERVED .

Par 1164
8300.9
7/26/85
SECTION 19. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOLS - SURVEILLANCE
1176. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance for the surveillance of

certificated aviation maintenance technician schools (AMTS ) .
1177. Certificated aviation maintenance technician schools should be
GENERAL .
monitored for adherence to their curriculums, pertinent FAR's, and continued
compliance with the certification requirements and operating rules .
1178. SURVEILLANCE INSPECTIONS . FAR Section 147.43 prescribes that the
Administrator may inspect a school at any time to determine its compliance with
FAR Part 147. Such an inspection is normally made once each 6 months to
determine if the school continues to meet the requirements under which it was
certificated , with informal inspections made as warranted .
a. Formal Inspection .
( 1 ) The frequency will generally be two formal inspections per year ,

but may vary depending upon the approved annual work program , the needs of the
individual school, the available staffing, etc.
( 2) The scope of a formal inspection should be such that a complete
determination can be made at least annually that the school continues to meet
the requirements under which it was certificated .
( 3) The school will be notified in writing of any deficiencies found
during the formal inspection .
b. Informal Inspections .
( 1 ) The frequency will vary according to the needs of the individual

school and the FAA work program demands, but generally should not be less than
two per year , while school is in session .
( 2) The scope of an informal inspection should be such that it can

be determined whether the school is complying with FAR Part 147 , Subpart C ,
Operating Rules , and that the overall program is effective .
(3) The school should be informed in writing of changes that are
required as a result of the inspection . Recommendations for improvement or
change may be verbal or written , but should be recorded in some manner for
follow -up purposes .
1179. SPECIAL SURVEILLANCE OBJECTIVES .
a . General Curriculum Requirements. Based on a variety of indicators,

it is apparent that some schools are not providing the number of hours of
instruction specified in their approved curriculums. During AMTS surveillance ,
inspectors should ensure that typical " time - loss" items do not affect approved
curriculum hours :
Chap 4
Par 1176 Page 757
8300.9 7/26/85
(1 ) Instructors on leave or ill - prevalent in small schools -

classes dismissed or students sent to study room .
( 2) Teachers ' strikes total time loss for period of strike - O
difficult to make up particularly in those schools where a heavy class schedule

is required .
( 3) Environmental conditions - heat , cold , snow , flood , etc.

C
(4) Maintenance of school facilities - heating system , painting,

lighting , relocating classes , shops , and labs .
( 5) Dead week ( end of semester ) student studies on her or his own
for final exams .
(6) Test week ( end of semester ) - student is scheduled for testing

only .
(7) Industry field trips can be very helpful , but must be
worthwhile .
(8) Class outings - time should not be taken from instructional

hours .
(9) Student achievement days class dismissed to allow all students

to honor students who have excelled in one way or another .
( 10) Sports day - classes dismissed in recognition of school's
athletic programs .
( 11 ) Religious emphasis week - daily instructional time reduced to

allow students to participate in religious emphasis activities .
( 12) Opening day each semester - in many cases is a full " time - loss "
day .
( 13) Pioneer day/rodeo day - every area has something of this sort
time must not come from approved instructional hours .
( 14) State holidays - some states observe special holidays in
addition to recognized national holidays .
( 15) Teachers ' meetings - within most state educational systems,
O
teachers are required to attend a predetermined number of annual meetings .

( 16) Allowed absences inspectors should review school catalogs for
information in this regard - allowed absences (hours ) must not come from
approved instructional hours .
( 17) Grading day - in some school systems, teachers / instructors are

allowed one day each grading period to develop grades without the necessity of
meeting classes on that day .
Chap 4
Page 758 Par 1179
7/26/85
8300.9
( 18) Annual cleanup - usually includes painting of shop equipment,

O
etc.
( 19) Open house - school visitation by relatives and friends - no

instruction .
(20) Graduation - in some school systems, this day is included as an
instructional day .
b. Required Attendance. ( FAR Section 147.31 ( a )) , published school

calendars, individual student enrollment schedules , student makeup schedules ,
and class schedules provide a good source of surveillance information .
c. Subject Test . ( FAR Section 147.31 (b) ) .
( 1 ) A subject , for purposes of this section , is a segment of
instruction not greater in scope than the subjects identified in FAR Part 147,
Appendixes B , C , and D ( e.g. , Basic Electricity, Welding, Fire Protection
Systems, Turbine Engines, etc. ) . They need not be titled the same as long as
all subjects are accounted for .
( 2) The recordkeeping requirements of FAR Section 147.33 are
applicable.
d. Credit for Prior Instruction or Experience .
( FAR Section 147.31( c ) ) .
(1 ) A student may be issued a graduation certificate only if all
curriculum requirements have been completed by taking and passing the specified
courses or by being properly credited with them .
( 2) School records should show the basis for crediting previous
instructor or experience, including records of tests and copies of documents.
( 3) School records should indicate the exact curriculum subjects
credited to the student for previous instruction .
(4) Section 147.31 (c) ( i ) and ( ii) allows for instruction
satisfactorily completed at an accredited university , college , junior college,
vocational , technical, trade , or high school .
( 5) As defined " accredited " means that a United States institution ,
school, or its programs has met , upon examination , specific standards of
educational quality established by an " accrediting agency " or association that
is recognized by the United States to accredit that particular category of
institution , school, or its programs.
( 6) As defined , " accrediting agency " means a nationally recognized
accrediting agency recognized to accredit a particular category of United States
institutions, schools , its programs , or courses of study .
(7) The school should be encouraged to describe its policy and

procedures for crediting and to make the description a part of its approved
manual .
Chap 4
Par 1179 Page 759
8300.9 7/26/85
(8) The recordkeeping requirements of FAR FAR 147.33 are

applicable .
e. Number of Students Enrolled ( FAR Section 147.31 ( d ) ) .
(1) Determine that the number of students enrolled is not more than
the number stated in school's application .
( 2) Determine that the school is able to effectively handle the
number of students actually enrolled .
f. Approved System for Determining Final Course Grades .
( FAR Section 147.31 ( e )) .
( 1 ) The system should , as a minimum , reliably distinguish between
successful students and unsuccessful students .
(2) The system must be described by the school and APPROVED by FAA .
Description should be made part of the approved manual and approval indicates
the same as for the remainder of the manual .
( 3) All grade reports and records identified as part of the approved

grading system are subject to the recordkeeping requirements of FAR
Section 147.33 .
( 4) Surveillance should determine that the approved system is being

followed and is effective.
g . Approved System for Recording and Controlling Student Attendance.

( FAR Section 147.31 ( e ) ) .
(1) The system should , as a minimum , show absences allowed and
makeup provisions.
(2) The system must be described by the school and APPROVED by FAA .
Description should be made part of the approved manual and approval indicates
the same as for the remainder of the manual .
( 3) The system should not permit make up to interfere with regular

instruction .
( 4) The system should provide for making up missed . instruction as

well as missed time .
(5) Surveillance inspection should determine that the approved

system is being followed and is effective.
(6) The recordkeeping requirements of FAR Section 147.33 are

applicable.
h. Records . ( FAR Section 147.33 ) .
Chap 4
Page 760 Par 1179
7/26/85 8300.9
( 1 ) Determine if records are available for all students . Also , an

occasional check of all the records for one or two recently graduated students
and one or two current students is an effective technique .
( 2) The progress record or chart need not show grades for practical
laboratory work if they are available in another record .
i. Transcripts of Grades . ( FAR Section 147.35) .
( 1 ) Transcripts must be available to a student whether or not he
graduates .
( 2) Transcript should be clearly distinguishable from graduation
certificate .
j . Graduation Certificate or Certificate of Completion .

( FAR Section 147.35 ) .
(1 ) May be issued ONLY if student has successfully completed all the

curriculum requirements .
(2) " Approved curriculum title" means : Airframe; Powerplant; or

Airframe and Powerplant .
k. Maintenance of Instructor Requirements . ( FAR Section 147.36) .

( 1 ) Make a positive determination that instructor resource is
adequate and effective .
( 2) Instructor / student ratio of 1:25 in shop or lab is maximm .
Require a lower ratio in any shop or lab if necessary to provide adequate
instruction and supervision of students .
( 3) Determine that instruction given by specialized instructors is
well coordinated with aviation technical subjects .
(4) Determine that school has positive control of what is taught and
when it is taught .
( 5) Determine whether school regularly assesses instructor

performance and provides for instructor improvement.
(6 ) Determine individual instructor effectiveness in theory and shop
classes by observation and interview .
1. Quality of Instruction . (FAR Section 147.38 (a) ) .

( 1 ) A school must provide instruction of such quality that a
prescribed percentage of its graduates during any 24 - calendar month period will
be able to pass the appropriate FAA written test on the first attempt.
Chap 4
Par 1179 Page 761
8300.9 7/26/85
( 2) If the number of graduates who pass the written test is

significantly less than the national passing norm displayed in the Aviation
Maintenance Technician School Norms vs. National Passing Norms, A & P Report
(RIS : AC 8080-08) , or when the test performance ( either scores or passing
ratio) declines from previous levels , corrective action may be indicated .
(a) Poor test performance does not , in itself , indicate poor
instruction , but is usually a signal that some aspects of the school operation
are inadequate or ineffective.
(b) Determine the cause of poor test performance and explore,
with the school, ways of improving the overall school program .
m.
m Enforcement ( FAR Section 147.38 ( a ) ) . Determination of enforcement
action should not be based solely on RIS : AC 8080-08 report because of possible
errors in coding Card B of AC Form 8080-3 , Airman Written Test Application , and
their effect on the reported data . The following procedure is recommended if
enforcement action is contemplated :
( 1 ) Obtain from the school records the name and graduation dates of
all graduates for the 24 -month period desired . Ensure the ending date of the
24 -month period is at least 60 days prior to the current date .
( 2) Forward the list of names and graduation dates to AVN - 133 for a
record search .
( 3) If the record search indicates significant deviation from the

norm (noncompliance with FAR Section 147.38 ( a )) , then violation action should be
initiated .
1180. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL NORM VS. NATIONAL PASSING NORMS ,
RIS : AC 8080-08 , AND ASSOCIATED REPORTS. This series of reports has been
created to provide information to the school and the responsible FAA region and
district office about the mechanic test performance of school graduates . The
reports are useful to monitor school performance and to determine whether
schools meet the quality of instruction provisions of FAR Section 147.38a . The
reports are discussed separately :
a. RIS : AC 8080-08 , Aviation Maintenance Technician School Norms Vs.
National Passing Norms, is the basic report of the series . RIS : AC 8080-08
contains a record of test activity and performance of graduates of the subject
school who apply for a mechanic written test for the first time within 60 days
after graduation . It is produced quarterly and distributed to each school that
has mechanic test activity during the report quarter . The report is also
available on request to the responsible FAA region or district office .
RIS: AC 8080-08 is described in greater detail in Paragraph 1182. See
Figures 4-15 , 4-16 , and 4-17 of this section for examples of the report .
b. RIS : AC 8080-10 , Aviation Maintenance Technician School Norms Vs.
National Passing Norms , contains a summary of RIS : AC 8080-08 information for
all schools in a region that had written test activity during the report
Chap 4
Page 762 Par 1179
7/26/85 8300.9
quarter . It is produced quarterly and distributed to the responsible region .

See Figure 4-18 of this section for an example of the report .
C. RIS : AC 8080-13 , Aviation Mechanic Test Applicant Listing , contains
a record , by applicant's name , of the test performance for graduates from a
subject school for a time period specified by the requestor . It is produced
when requested by the responsible FAA region or district office and is
distributed to the requesting office . Make out the request to AVN - 133 for
RIS : AC 8080-13. Specify the school name and certificate number ; the time
period desired ; and whether original test only or originals and retakes are
desired . See Figure 4-19 of this section for an example of the report .
d . " Nonschool" reports , similar in form to RIS : AC 8080-08 and
RIS : AC 8080-10 are also made for :
( 1 ) Applicants who graduate from a certificated school, but who take

the mechanic tests for the first time more than 60 days after graduation . The
reports are arranged by region in which the testing occurred and not by
individual school. The reports are produced quarterly and are available from
AVN -133 by request from the responsible region.
( 2) Applicants who qualify for testing through actual experience and
are not graduates of a certificated school. The reports are arranged by region
in which the testing occurred . The reports are produced quarterly and are
available from AVN -133 by request from the responsible region .
1181. USE OF THE RIS : AC 8080 - SERIES REPORT .
a. RIS : AC 8080-10 , are summary reports intended to conserve
region /district office manpower in monitoring school activity and performance .
When an individual school nom drops below the national norm in excess of the
requirements of FAR Section 147.38a, an asterisk ( * ) will appear opposite the
school norm . The responsible region /district office may obtain more detailed
performanceinformation to assistindetermining problem areas by requesting
RIS : AC 8080-08 and /or RIS : AC 8080-13 .
b. The report data may be shared freely with the school to which it
refers . Requests for report information from persons other than the subject
school should be referred to AVN - 133 .
C.
The periodic reports are distributed quarterly following the quarter
in which the test activity occurs ; i.e. , the January , February, March reports
will be distributed after April 1. On - request reports may be requested at any
time .
d. Reports are distributed for all schools on the file for the months of
January and July. Reports are distributed only for schools which have test
activity during the preceding quarter .
lap 4
r 1180 Page 763
8300.9 7/26/85
1182. HOW TO READ THE RIS : AC 8080-8 REPORT .
a. The Heading . The first line of the heading includes the primary
receiver of the report , the name of the report , the quarter test activity
occurred , the RIS number , and the date of the report . The second line of the
report includes the school identifier , the name of the school, the region , and
the district office identifier . See Figures 4-15 , 4-16 , and 4-17 , of this
section for examples of the reports .
b. The Main Body . The report is divided into three areas .
( 1 ) Area No. 1. Current Quarter . Test activity and performance
data for the quarter uses the first five columns in the upper half of the
report .
(2) Area No. 2. Two - Year Accumulative . Two - year accumulative

school total applicants and norm plus total national applicants and norm uses
last four columns in the upper half of the report .
( 3) Area No. 3. Written Test Subject Area Norm Vs. National Subject
Area Norm . School 12 -month subject area norm comparison to the national subject
area norm and 1 -year subject area norm comparison to the national subject area
norm uses lower half of the report .
c . Report.Area No. 1. Data for the current quarter only.
(1) Column 1. Type test . General (AMG ), Airframe ( AMA ) , and
Powerplant ( AMP) .
(2) Colum 2. No. Appls . Total number of applicants taking the
test . Original only. Partial completions or retakes not included .
( 3) Column 3. No. Appls . Pass. Total number of applicants passing
the test or a section of the test .
(4) Colum 4. Pct . Appls. Pass. The percent of applicants passing

the test or a section of the test .
( 5) Column 5. Avg. Grade . The average grade for the test or

sections of the test .
d. Report Area No. 2. Data for the most recent 24 months including the
month of the report .
(1 ) Column 6. Appls . The total number of applicants from a school

taking the test for the first time.
( 2) Column 7. Norm . The school passing norm , representing the
percentage of all first time applicants within 60 days after graduation from the
certificated school and within the 24 - month period of the report . ( NOTE : This
figure may be flagged by an asterisk (*) denoting the figure is below the norm
limits set by FAR Section 147.38 (a) , taking into account the school size and the
Page 764 Chap 4

Par 1182
7/26/85 8300.9
allowable tolerance) . The lower limit of the school norm is calculated by the
computer taking into consideration the school size .
( 3) Colum 8. Nat'l Appl. The total number of applicants from all

schools taking the test for the first time within the 24 -month period of the
report .
(4) Column 9. Nat'l Appl. The national passing norm , representing

the percentage of all applicants from all the schools passing the test on the
first attempt within 60 days after graduation and within the 24 -month period of
the report .
e. Report Area No. 3. One - year accumulative data , monthly data , and
identification of technical areas .
(1 ) The technical subject areas are shown by code letters A - T at the

top of each column and the abbreviated subject title printed vertically below
each subject column . The codes are the same as those used in the appropriate
" stuffer sheets " provided with written test grade reports . ( AC 8080-2-15 for
General ; AC 8080-2-16 for Airframe; AC 8080-2-17 for Powerplant ) .
( 2) One -year accumulative . Data for the most recent 12 months
including the quarter of the report .
( a) The line marked SUB NORM 1 - YR displays the accumulative
school applicant norm for each subject area for the school shown in Area 1 of
the report for the 12 -month period of the report .
(b) The line marked NAT NORM 1 - YR displays the accumulative
applicant norm for each subject area for all schools for the 12 -month period of
the report .
(3) Monthly Data . This area of the report has two lines of data for
each of the 12 months of the year . The lines are identified as SUB JAN through
DEC and NAT JAN through DEC .
( a) THE SUB LINE displays the school applicant norm for each
subject area for each month's test activity for the school identified in Area 1
of this report .
(b) THE NAT LINE displays national applicant norm for each
subject area for each month . The national norm is established by dividing the
total number of applicants taking the test nationally into the total number of
questions missed nationally in the subject .
(c) The number in the SUBLINE should be smaller than the
number in the NAT LINE . The presence of an asterisk preceding the number in the
Sub line indicates that subject area is a problem area for those applicants of
that school for which the report was published .
1183. AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL INSPECTION REPORT
(RIS : FS 8310-4) . The inspection report side of FAA Form 8310-6 , Aviation
Maintenance Technician School Certificate and Ratings Application
Chap 4
Par 1182 Page 765
8300.9 7/26/85
( NSN : 0052-00-034-5002 ), to record and report formal and informal surveillance

inspection of aviation maintenance technician schools
a.
Items of the inspection report that may need additional explanation
area ::
(1 ) Block 3. Type of Inspection and Data. Enter the inspection
date in the appropriate block ( 8) to signify the type of inspection .
( 2) Block 4a . Present Enrollment. Do not use the " Combined " block
to indicate the total enrollment . The sum of the numbers in all of the ratings
blocks should equal the total number of students enrolled .
( 3)) Block 6. Instructor / Student Ratio . Show the usual ratio in
aviation technical subjects .
(4) Block 20. Remarks. etc. Develop a habit of recording

observations about problems , improvements, needed changes, recommendations ,
etc. , and to review previous inspection reports before each inspection . Attach
copies of correspondence, if appropriate.
b . Informal inspection report distribution . Retain original in district
office files. No copies required .
c.
Formal inspection report distribution .
(1) Retain original in district office files .
( 2) Forward one copy to regional office .
d. Mailing list information . Report all changes in school name ,
address , or ratings in accordance with Chapter 2 , Section 14 , of this Order .
e. Enforcement action appropriate to the situation should be taken in
instances of noncompliance with the Federal Aviation Regulations .
1184 . FORMS . Example forms referenced in this section are illustrated in the
following figures :
1185. - 1299 . RESERVED .
Chap 4
Page 766 ( thru 776 ) Par 1183
AC 8080-08
Page 777
8300.9
AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOL NORMS VS.
AN N 1
S.ILIA
1 1.2
N... 2.22$ IC
1
0 N 11 A
3.2.1. N
GENERAL TEST - RIS :
"
**** 000
000 000
000
00'0
000
118
0.00 0.00 SVO
DE
MON
29:.O
0.1
0.002.56
l1.6
bora
%..
.0.9
2.26
0.9
0.33
0.53
0.61
DAS
0. AON
ONS
...
90.00
102
9
o.0001
000...-:1.
00
7.392 2016 ****n*
co**09 000
10
*
120W
00 000
00 2021.8 JA
0.0 SUO
OA
009OC°CO*
29 0839°?0
912
690
0101 as
itu,
090.00.00 22
....
.0000
02.02-9_0
9000 ...:9.
09.0
00 '
**00*%9
40.0
****
****
60 403
400
2000 SVI
S6
NUG
NM
so EitTO2
900
99
TL
15?0%
0.8
UM
2.99 $US
AUS
poo 10 Yr
in
00
...°
090 0. 00 ons
mr
NATIONAL PASSING NORMS :
0.6
0.00
0.60
0.00
0.20
3.400_400_
411
000
000
000
0000
000°O ms
Mr
WAT
JUN
0.00 0.00
0.00
0.00 Ooooo
9 002
0090120°1
102
N
5
** UN
ATN
C.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.00_02_
..00
00° 50$
Anu
kin 3 N: Un
TAS
WA
0000
0000
0.0 00
000° 0.3 000 MAI
0.90 6°"0
00 8:00
am
an
euro WN
WW
000.000.000.000000
9'0.000.000e__0000_0090
900 0.85
d.12.4
a148
2.27
0.61
1.01
0.42
0.37
0.93
1.6
0.9 w
**O
***
**
*** 10?*7
00 ****
***
09
**** 00
•
HAR
SJ
.
insO
KAT
FEB
110
0908500°
$
910
890
f90 3 2 wr
1920
oso
091 2.0
0.9
l
. .tI 001.
S•
$
' ons'
wur
JAN
'NAT
01.01.10 1.2.
1 1.10 00
7..
27 S.So
NAT
TYR
20
mat
innow
21
*****
hit
hit
FIGURE 4-15 .
po nition
CT
KO
wroom from
Tove
youw
Mai en Bharu
OS TYPE
TEST
Home
mart
A EA
H IA OSS
VIA “有
GASO
-4ADO
1 SOUTHERN NOTIUN
SISWT 19:"-
TOOMSS
SWOON
STION
SA
IJMYNLIKIW
INNSIF
NV
MOLIVIAN SOUTHERN
SIALE
TROPOLITAN
KE 2286 scape
7/26/85 JIVO
U17IUTOT 10000
, .A:8042-02
AIS .FOR
SE
76
nap 4
8300.9
.
Page 778
PASSIIS
MLLONA
NOONS_VS
...
SCHOOL FOR
S. ECHNICIAN SP1
TNIAIION.SAILIENANCE 00-00ci
SITV 01
06/L
NVO
. 26 SOUTHERN
SCHOOL 10000SN
WTTOOMIN
JIVIS
NUMEROS
m,-as TU1
1
C
1044期 Mom中 314
FIGURE 4-16 .
子
650.0
0 7
0 .30.2.80
WORN
SWS W
WW2 COLO
特 M
色L
然的例解 4 AN
be
TEL
特制
MT“械的M 该 ,次
2.4
3.19
酸业網 ho
蜥
脚
2.1 。 CO
她講了 7 2°
· °°0 電
A1
NAK
NAT •
2003
WO
:
如 bos
0.11
8.17
世 .
..
9. 409.09 2.0 以
•R 41?°:0
IN
UN
2.
0.0
0.00
2.0
2.0
WAY
SUR TEA 1.TU
1.09
2.019.0
1.70 R
關例 A 200 0
°0°C 00
24
20
對照
200 See$
整 2091
19
17•22
4900
10
54
18T°°3
10 roºt
6700 *
。
AV在 RESS
離了的整 0.35
1.12
SC 989
9Q66$3
A 1.07
0.8
的。
种种的 LEE
71°1
SP
ea$ ***
120
cm
0
ns.
Then
the
翻新
Chap 4
7/26/85
NATIONAL PASSING NORMS: AIRFRAME TEST - RIS : AC 8080-08

8300.9
S3 s1 L.A.
Page 779
$
1
tt
66 °
21
1
2.00 No* 130
cm
D.
1.2
lo .
)
wa 03 WO
5
11 70TE
00
"“UK1.
0:19
.81
10.5C N 004
031
0900
000 16N.Q1•1°7
7.
3
00 •. .2
1_5..2':2.
?.
NATIONAL PASSING NORMS : POWERPLANT TEST
52.0 3
M
27 .2 AOW
ons
ri"0
1.2 NOV
NAT
207
TI
GET11i°1wdi
1691
16
100 1.00
260
za
en 42_ Vow
Tous
WOW
9. 3
2.53 OCT
WAT 10
IS
po Q ?2
tout
ais
**
27-10- 29 100 1 .01
"2.D ins
US WAT
$0
-2.2-2.87
8.00
8:00 N? 19
°
07 st og
10106°7°n
17
osº0 0.00
001
RET°2N on
เย 0922
0000
12.02.X
DOI.: 69的 1..
?
1
TUG
SUT
0
oc
"2.20
l2.93
2.0
1.35
-0.3
-0.25 1.13 We
ens
. U
J
WAT
S2° ? •
1.00
0.00 0.00
2.8
Luo .23
031500
16€ wir
in
3-6 . 1.2
W. W2
11.
.
...
U
"1090
l.N
.ST 0 10OTO ?
AREN 00
2.HTM 0'e° AVU
IN
NN
RAY
%031
.S6't",°
EST
S12
Coco
° 1619°n
ma 10
° *?*1
RIS : AC 8080-08
1
LOL.
SC:12
0.06.1
100 000
com
como
Doro
****
N
1.30
.l .19
1
2.0
2.0 00 O
...
!
s 10. 1.
Soºs ww
0009 SMCw
179
1807
wog('ºz
Uº0º •1 0
ssN°01
So Wºl
Doc mM
90
2.
m. ST50%1
64.9.
... R.1
XL112
..:9K
Nie
9.6899
JI no
“X .20-1.
Z
1 01 00
0376 osº
?4.O'
w
18
2171°7"*$°
.
2.1
voir
pºi
49
2002
M
"DAT
J
1:
12 M2 CO
80T007
in$
ur
WON
13_M 299
L
r
......
2 1
FIGURE 4-17 .
N346
0 MED 용 용 +
kan SW
sono
sos su
sua
int
sva
spo 응 f OLISIE
monu
more
ARB.
.. A 9V
IOUS
OSV
MAREnds
an Wells
VUNWT
TV SOUTHERN
“
RETROMO
STATE
SOUTHERNLITM
“
RIS.AC..DOCE IL
_SER
FOR MORNS
LAS
PASS
MTIONA
VS LMORKS
SCHOOL_CIM
7/26/85
TECIML
MAINTEN
AWID ANCE
ар 4
1
Page 780
AVIATION
MAINTENANCE
TECHNICIAN
SCHOUL
HORNS
NATIONAL
VS
PASSING
NORMS 16
SH
FOR
8300.9
RIS
8710-10
AC DATE
10/01/16
SCHOUL 2101 ACADEMY
COLLEGE STERN
EA 1AGADO
-AE
1
1 1 TUO TEAR ACCURULATIVE
TTE
TEST ANIS
HO
AMLS
DO
PASS PCT
NOS
PASS
AUG
GRADE MMS NOIN APPLS
MIL MIL
MOM
TEST
GENERAL 1 1 100.0 70 31
AIRFRME
SECTION
1 1 0 1.214
i 100.0 03
POWERPLMI
FIGURE 4-18 .
SECTION
1 11211 73
2 ·0.0
SCHOOL 1111 CENTER
TUOINOLOGICAL ESTERN ALGADO
-11
REN ACCURULATIVE
TEST
TE AMS
HO
APPLS
NO
PCT
NOMS
PASS NO
GRADE MLS HORN MN
AMS
MTL
NORN
GOVERAL
TEST 1 25.0 30 8,331 10
AIRFRME
SECTION
1 0.0 1.274
2 0.0
POWEMMT
SECTION
: 100.0
TRE7.5.212 10
2 15.0
SCHOOL 03 UNIVERSITY
AVATION EASTERN S1ADO
AED
-1
& NT
NATIONAL PASSING NORMS :
INO YEAR ACCUMULATIVE

TYRE
TEST APPLS
AMS
NO
POT
NAS
PASS
GRAVE
AUG NPLS NURN MIL
AMS
NATL
NOMI
TEST
NEM 1 1 100.0 80 so 1.301 10
RIS :
AIRFRME
SECTION
1 1 33.3 299 1,274
2 3 2
MOUEMMT
SECTE
I 1 100.0 12 321 60 1.217 10
1 1 '
100.0
SCioa 033 VOCANONE
T
& ECHNICAL
SCHoa EASTERN MERCADD
1
- 1
C E N
AC 8080-10
!o PEAR ACCUMULATIVE
TEST
TYPE NOAMS
MO
APLS
APILS
"CPASS
I
PASS
GRADE
NO NNS NORM MIL
N
.AIMS
ATL
KORN
CEVERAL
TEST 0 20 2.531 10
Chap 4
AHRRANE
SESTRE O 0.
1 1.21
0.0
TMT
SECTION
1 vo 1.217 10
7/26/85
hap 4
7/26/85
AVIATION MECHANIC TEST APPLICANT LISTING RIS

AC
8080-13 NL
76
THRU
men SEP
76 DATE OCT
76
SCHOOL 902-3
LASTERII
REGION
G-1ALA
1ADO
MM
OF
APPLICANT SSU Kom
Dan PASS
ALL
DOE RDO CAT 1
t a SCI
SC2
John
1 27807
. 345X3877 III SC2
SC3 SECTIONS
HIATRY
JP 081376 0
T
176
7 78
878
778
6739
XOOSX1 111
26X PM 072176 1
LA
Robert
J 78 048
000
085
778
177
X795
666125387 111 78 072176 064
080
ROL
Richard
R XOS5
03024X14 083
778
SAT 111X 78 072176 068
072
Bob X775
03360X42 X 071 778
111 PH 072176 072
084
000
TERRIFIC
I
J X21
033750357 778
WILLIAMS 111 78 072176 084
076
059
IE X11
022852
8 10 770
X.
111 PH
FIGURE 4-19 .
18 072176 058
080
084
178
TOTAL
NIL MNL
TOTAL
PASS 0
PM
OD
OF
LISTING 2
Home .000 .285
INTERROGATION REPORT 1 RIS : AC 8080-13
AVIATION MECHANIC TEST APPLICANT LISTING :
8300.9
Page 781 ( thru 786 )

7426/85 8300.9
CHAPTER 5. AIRMEN
SECTION 1. MECHANIC CERTIFICATION

1300. AUTHORITY . Part 65, Subparts A and D , provide the regulatory basis for
mechanic certification with airframe and / or powerplant ratings.
1301. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance for the testing and
certification of aviation mechanics .
1302. GENERAL . Mechanic applicants who meet the experience requirements of

FAR Section 65.77 should be permitted to take the required tests .
Determinations of applicant eligibility will be made only by an FAA
airworthiness inspector / advisor . This responsibility cannot be delegated to
flight service station personnel , district office clerical personnel , or
designated airman examiner personnel.
1303. MECHANIC EXPERIENCE . The experience required of a mechanic applicnat
should represent accumulated practical experience in the maintenance of
airframes and /or powerplants . It is the intent that the practical experience
gained will provide an applicant with an opportunity to obtain basic knowledge
of and skills with the procedures , practices , materials , tools , machine tools ,
and equipment generally used in aircraft construction , alteration , or
maintenance and inspection , regardless of where acquired during the learning
process . Thus, experience gained in performing maintenance on military
aircraft , working as an airframe or powerplant mechanic helper , or in building
an aircraft at home should be evaluated on its own merits if it meets the intent
of the experience requirements.
a . Applicants should not be expected to have become highly proficient in
overhauls, major repairs, or major modifications of aircraft in theminimum
18 months experience .
b . Powerplant applicants should not be excluded from meeting the

experience requirements because they do not have propeller experience . However ,
the powerplant mechanic tests ( oral and practical) include questions and
projects on propellers which must be successfully completed by powerplant
applicants regardless of their experience.
C.
When evaluating part-time practical aviation mechanic experience , a
showing of equivalency of 18 months (or 30 months ) on the basis of a standard
40 -hour week is acceptable even where the months are not consecutive .
d. A standard work week , as defined by the U.S. Department of Labor ,
consists of 8 hours a day for 5 days or 40 hours per week ; thus, a month is
approximately 160 hours .
1304. THE MECHANIC WRITTEN TEST ARE OF THREE PARTS .
a. Aviation Mechanic General (AMG ) .
hap 5
ar 1300 Page 787
.
8300.9 7/26/85
b . Aviation Mechanic Airframe (AMA ) .

c . Aviation Mechanic Powerplant ( AMP) .
(1) The Aviation Mechanic General ( AMG ) test consists of one section
and covers subjects that apply equally to the airframe (AMA) and powerplant
( AMP) ratings . An applicant who has passed the AMG test is not required to take
it again when testing for an alternate rating or if he / she already has an
alternate rating .
( 2) The Aviation Mechanic Airframe ( AMA ) test includes Section I ,
Airframe Structures ; and Section II, Airframe Systems and Components .
( 3) The Aviation Mechanic Powerplant ( AMP) test includes Section I ,
Powerplant Theory and Maintenance ; and Section II, Powerplant Systems and
Components .
1305. WRITTEN TEST CREDIT .
Applicants may present AC Form ( s) 8080-2 , Airman Written Test Report , to

establish written test credit .
1306. THE CURRENT MECHANIC ORAL AND PRACTICAL TESTS . The current mechanic oral
and practical tests are of three sections . Section titles of the airframe tests
are : I , General ; II , Airframe Structures ; and III , Airframe Systems and
Components . The sections of the powerplant test are: I , General; IV ,
Powerplant Theory and Maintenance ; and V , Powerplant Systems and Components .
The General Section is the same for each test and covers subjects that apply
equally to the airframe and powerplant ratings . Generally speaking, applicants
will not be required to take the General Section twice .
1307. ESTABLISHING ELIGIBILITY FOR THE WRITTEN TESTS AND /OR RATING ( S ) SOUGHT.
Prior to being given any portion of the written test , the applicant should
present documentary evidence to an FAA inspector or advisor indicating that
he /she meets the minimm practical experience for the certificate and the rating
sought. Normally , one of the following will apply :
a. Certificated Aviation Maintenance Technician School Graduates . An
applicant should present a graduation certificate or certificate of completion
that certifies training received appropriate to the rating sought. There is no
expiration date for use of the certificated school graduation certificate or
certificate of completion .
b . Other than Approved School Graduates.

(1 ) Civil Experience . Applicants who apply on the basis of civil
experience must present documentary evidence from an employer , co - worker , or
other legitimate source to establish a record of time and experience as required
by FAR Section 65.77 (a) or (b) . The experience should cover an adequate amount
of experience gained on a representative number of subject areas required for
Chap 5
Page 788 Par 1304
7/26/85 8300.9
the certificate and rating ( s) sought. The FAA inspector should verify all
verbal statements made by the applicant in order to assure their eligibility.
There is no expiration for this eligibility .
( 2) Military Experience. Applicants who apply on the basis of
military experience must present documentary evidence such as military service
records which may include Department of Defense Form DD214-205 together with
copies of their military records should be advised to obtain copies from the
department of Defense in order to establish eligibility for a Mechanic
Certificate. Military Occupational Specialty (MOS ) codes should be considered ,
as inidcated in Appendix 7 , but not accepted as exclusive proof for required
time and experience. The miliary experience should cover an adequate amount of
experience gained on a representative number of subject areas required for the
certiifcate and rating ( s) sought . There is no expiration for this eligibility .
1308. APPLICATION FOR WRITTEN TEST . When evaluation of an applicant's
eligibility satisfies the reviewer , arrangements should be made for
administering the written test . if the written test is to be taken at another
time or place , issue FAA Form 8060-7 , Airman's Authorization for Written Test .
Substantiation of an applicant's eligibility may be questioned when the
applicant has been issued an FAA Form 8060-7 by an inspector or advisor at some
other district office . Give applicants clear instruction for filling out
AC Form 8080-3 , Airman Written Test Application . Be sure the applicant reads
and understands the Privacy Act statement and other instructions contained on
Page 1 of the test application .
1309. CONDUCTING WRITTEN TESTS . Written tests shall be conducted in accordance
with the provisions of Order 8080.1B , Conduct of Airman Written Tests .
Normally , written tests will be conducted at the local district office or FAA
designated Written Test Examiner ; however , arrangements may be made to conduct
tests for a special group of applicants at at school , military base , or other
similar facility . Some flight service stations have been authorized to
administer written tests . However , the determination of applicant eligibility
must be made by a Flight Standards District Office inspector or advisor .
1310. WRITTEN TEST GRADES. Written grades are reported to each applicant on
AC Form 8080-2 , Airman Written Test Report . The report indicates a numberical
grade and an expiration date for each section, passed. All actions of the
written test must be passed within a 24 -month period.
1311. APPLICATION FOR ORAL/PRACTICAL TESTS. Applicants will show proof of
successful completion of all sections of the written test within the preceding
24 months by presenting a valid AC Form 8080-2 . Graduates of an approved school
shall complete duplicate copies of FAA Form 8610-2 , Airman Certificate and /or
Rating Application , when applying for oral/ practical tests . ( See Figure 5-1 ,
this section for typical entries on application ). Whenever an applicant is
issued an FAA Form 3610-2 , district office personnel should be certain the
applicant detaches and reads the Airman Certification Privacy Act which is
included as supplemental information to FAA Form 8610-2 , Airman Certificate
Chap 5
'ar 1307
Page 789
8300.9
7/26/85
and /or Rating Application ( see Figure 5-5 of this section ) . Applicants applying
on the basis of experience will present applications previously completed at the
district office , bearing the FAA inspector's endorsement .
1312. TAKING PRACTICAL BEFORE WRITTEN TESTS . Certificated aviation maintenance
technician school students may be authorized to take the oral / practical test
before the written test in accordance with FAR Section 65.80 .
a. Schools must show that each student is in the final phase of

training , has made satisfactory progress, and is prepared for the test . The
administrative burden to do this should be kept to a minimum . The proper school
official should complete Item II E , ( 1 ) and (2) of FAA Form 8610-2 , before the
oral /practical tests are administered .
b. Student's Authorization Should be in Writing . Each student should

complete the application side of FAA Form 8610-2, Airman Certificate and /or
Rating Application , in duplicate . They should show the school's name and
location (Item II D( 1 ) ) , school number ( Item II D( 2) ) , curriculum enrolled in
( Item II D ( 3 )) , and expected graduation date ( Item II D(4) ) . They should not
check Block D , Graduate of Approved Course ( see Figure 5-2 of this section ) .
c.
FAA Inspectors should complete Item II F ( 1 ) , (2) , ( 3) , and (4) .
1313. CONDUCTING ORAL /PRACTICAL TESTS . Oral and practical tests shall be
administered in accordance with the instructions in order 8610.4B , Aviation
Mechanic Examiner Handbook .
1314. RECORDING ORAL/PRACTICAL TEST RESULTS. Record oral questions and

practical projects on the reverse side of FAA Form 8610-2 , Airman Certificate
and /or Rating Application , in ink, as indicated in order 8610.4B.
a.
When the applicant passes a section , check the "Pass " block and
indicate the expiration date (see Figure 5-3 of this section ) .
b. When the applicant fails a section , check the " Fail" block ( see
Figure 5-4 of this section ) .
c.
When the applicant passes all the required sections of the oral and
practical tests :
(1) Complete the " FAA Inspector's Report " portion of
FAA Form 8610-2 .
(2) Give the applicant the duplicate copy of FAA Form 8610-2 with
instructions to hold until the permanent certificate is issued .
( 3) Issue FAA Form 8060-4 (4-69) , Temporary Airman Certificate ( see
Figure 5-6 of this section ) .
Chap 5
Page 790 Par 1311
7/26/85 8300.9
(4) Makeup and submit file as indicated in paragraph 1318 of this

section .
d . When the applicant fails any required section of the oral or

practical test or does not complete the test :
( 1 ) Complete the " FAA Inspector's Report " portion of both copies of
FAA Form 8610-2 .
(2) Present the duplicate copy of FAA Form 8610-2 to the applicant
as his /her record of the sections passed or failed .
(3) Return other documents to applicant , as appropriate .
(4) Makeup and submit file as indicated in paragraph 1319 of this
section ( see Figure 5-4 of this section ) .
e. When an FAA inspector administers the oral / practical test ( s) to a
mechanic applicant in accordance with FAR Section 65.80 , should :
(1 ) Enter the test results on the reverse side of FAA Form 8610-2 .
( 2) Check the appropriate box in the " FAA Inspector's Report "
portion of FAA Form 8610-2 .
( 3) Enter the date , sign his name, and enter his office identifier .
( 4 ) Give the duplicate FAA Form 8610-2 to the applicant .
1315. RETEST AFTER FAILURE . Before an applicant is given a written or an
oral/practical retest , he/ she must present a valid AC Form 8080-2 , Airman
Written Test Report or an FAA Form 8610-2 as applicable, indicating the
section ( s ) or subject ( s) to be retested . If less than 30 days have elapsed
since the last test , the applicant should present an appropriate letter
indicating that he / she has received additional instruction in each of the
subjects previously failed ( FAR Section 65.19) . See FAR Part 147 , Appendix B ,
General Curriculum Subjects .
a. The written retest ( s ) will be conducted in accordance with the
procedures in Order 8080.10, Conduct of Airmen Written Tests .
b . The oral/ practical retest ( s ) must cover all the subject areas in the
failed , section as indicated on the application presented by him , and all those
passed within 24 calendar months. If the applicant fails again , complete FAA
Form 8610-2 only for the sections included in the retest . The AC Form 8080-2
presented by an unsuccessful applicant for the oral / practical retest will be
returned to the applicant with a new duplicate FAA Form 8610-2 . An applicant's
final Certification file will include an FAA Form 8610-2 for the original test
and each retest .
Chap 5
Par 1314 Page 791
8300.9 7/26/85
1316. TESTING FOR AN ADDITIONAL RATING . Follow the same procedures as for
original testing for mechanic certification . Applicants who have the alternate
mechanic rating, or who have passed the General Section of the test for the
alternate rating within the preceding 24 months, are not required to take the
General Section again . Evidence of passing is :
a. A mechanic certificate with the alternate rating ( does not have to
take the General Section of the written , oral , or practical test ) .
b. AC Form 8080-2 for the alternate rating that shows unexpired passing
credit for the General Section .
c. FAA Form 8610-2 for the alternate rating that shows unexpired passing
credit for the General Section (does not have to take the General Section of the
oral or practical test if both passed ) .
1317. ISSUANCE OF TEMPORARY CERTIFICATES . FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman
Certificate (see Figure 5-6 of this section) , should be issued by an inspector
or a DME for original issuance of a mechanic certificate or when an alternate
rating is added . When delegated , a DME may issue the temporary airman
certificate . FAA Form 8060-4 may be issued to the applicant with typewritten
entries or with ballpoint , hand -printed entries . A typewritten original ,
FAA Form 8060-4 , signed by the issuing or approving inspector, must accompany an
airman's file when forwarded to AAC- 260 . Since temporary certificates expire in
120 days , certification files should reach AAC - 260 as soon as possible to permit
review of an applicant's records , processing of the necessary records , and
issuance of the " permanent" certificate before the expiration date . The FAA
inspector or DME will use the following procedures in the issuance of FAA
Form 8060-4 , Temporary Airman Certificate .
a. Original issuance. If a social security number is not provided by
the applicant, enter the word " pending"" in Block III . If a social security
number is provided , enter the number without dashes or spaces in Block III as
the certificate number ( see Figure 5-6 of this section ) .
b . Reissuance . The previously assigned certificate number will continue
to be shown in Block III; however, if a social security number is provided ,
enter the number without dashes or spaces immediately above the applicant's date
of birth ( see Figure 5-6 of this section ) . A certificate may be reissued when
an airman requests that his certificate number correspond with his social
security number .
1318. APPLICANTS UNDER 18 YEARS OF AGE . An applicant who meets the

requirements of FAR Part 65 , except FAR Section 65.71 ( a ) ( 1 ) , may take the
mechanic tests . However , the applicant must be informed that if the tests are
passed , the mechanic certificate will not be issued until the applicant's 18th
birthday. For applicants under 18 years of age:
Chap 5
Page 792 Par 1316
7/26/85 8300.9
a. DO NOT issue FAA Form 8060-4 , Temporary Aiman Certificate .

b. On the reverse side of FAA Form 8610-2 , under REMARKS , put the
following statement: " The applicant is not 18 years old . Temporary certificate
was not issued . "
C. Send the original FAA Form 8610-2 to the supervising FAA district
office ,
d . Give the completed and signed copy (duplicate) of FAA Form 8610-2 ,
Airman Certificate and /or Rating Application , and AC Form ( s ) 8080-2 to the
applicant.
Instruct the applicant that upon reaching 18 years of age the
applicant may present the duplicate copy of FAA Form 8610-2 and AC Form 8080-2
to the nearest FAA district office or appropriately rated Designated Mechanic
Examiner , whereupon an FAA Form 8060-4 , Temporary Airman Certificate, will be
issued with appropriate ratings .
f . Whe the applicnt reaches 18 years of age and presents the appropriate
documents, the issuing examiner shall forward the typed original FAA
Form 8060-4 , Temporary Airman Certificate, FAA Form 8610-2 , Airman Certificte
and /or Rating Application ( this is the copy that was returned to the applicant
at the time the certificate testing was completed ) , and the AC Form ( s ) 8080-2
through the supervising FAA district office of the Airman Certification Branch,
AAC -260, P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125 , which will issue the
permanent certificate .
1319. FILE AND ROUTING
Applicant Presents Applicant Receives To Airmen Certification

Branch , Oklahoma City
1. Application , FAA 1. One of the following : 1. Application , FAA
Form 8610-2 . Form 8610-2
a. Duplicate copy of
FAA Form 8060-4
if applicant passes
oral /practical and
meets all the
certificate requirements .
b. Duplicate copy of
FAA Form 8610-2 .
2. Valid AC 2. AC Form 8080-2 . 2. Valid AC Form 8080-2

Form 8080-2 when all tests
for rating ( s ) have been passed .
sought .
Chap 5
Par 1318 Page 793
8300.9 7/26/85
3. Military records or 3. Military records or 3. For retakes .

a letter from the a letter from the duplicate FAA
military applicant's military authorities Form 8610-2 .
commanding officer , indicating the
executive officer , applicant's current
or classification military occupational
officer indicating the speciality and code
applicant's current number .
military occupational
speciality and code
number .
4. For retest , duplicate of 4. Letter certifying

FAA Form 8610-2 . additional
instruction if
retaken within
30 days .
5. Mechanic Certificate 5. Original of
AC Form 8060-1 , or FAA Form 8060-4 .
FAA Form 8060-4 when
adding a rating .
6. For retest within 6. Mechanic
30 days , a statement Certificate , AC
of additional instruction . Form 8060-1 , when
adding a rating .
1320 . FORMS. Example forms referenced in this section are illustrated in
Figures 5-1 through 5-6 .
1321. - 1335 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Page 794 ( thru 804 ) Par 1319
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-1 . TYPICAL FAA FORM 8610-2 , SHOWING ENTRIES FOR APPLICATION
FOR ORAL / PRACTICAL TESTS
No certificate may be issued unless a completed

application form has been received (14 C.F.R.6s). Furm Approved OMO No. 04-NOOGS
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION - FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
AIRMAN CERTIFICATE AND /OR RATING APPLICATION
RECHANIC REPAIRMAN O PARACHUTE RIGGER
AIRFRAME SENIOR OMASTER
INFORMATION
POWERPLANT (Specify Rating) OSEAT OCHEST

APPLICANT
OSACK ON
APPLICATION FOR : ORIGINAL ISSUANCE ADDED RATING
A.NAME (First,Middle, Lan ) K.PERMANENT MAILING ADORES
NUMBER AND STREET,P.O.BOX, ETC.'
Murray McMorgan
D. SOCIAL SECURITY NO . C. DOR (Mo., Day, Yr.) HEIGHT E. WEIGHT
1.
10.Cherry Blossom Lane..

011-01-0100 9/13/47 68 IN. 155 CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE
F. HAIR G. EYES M. SEX I. NATIONALITY
Brown Brown M U.S.A.
J. PLACE OF BIRTH Arlington, Virginia 23320 ......
Boston , Massachusetts U.S.A.
L. HAVE YOU EVER HAD AN AIRMAN CERTIFICATE DENIED ,SUSPENDED,ORREVOKED? M.DO YOU NOW OR HAVE YOU EVER MELD AN FAA AIRMAN
CERTIFICATET
NO NO Orie
Yes - If "Yos," explain on an attached sheet koying to appropriate irem number - SPECIFY TYPE :
. ERTIFICATE
N. HAVE YOU EVER BEEN CONVICTED FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE DATE OF FINAL CONVICTION
STATUTES PERTAINING TO NARCOTIC DRUGS, MARIHUANA , AND DEPRESSANT OR
Over
APPLIED
NO
STIMULANT DRUGS OR SUBSTANCES?.
RATING
A. CIVIL 8. MILITARY C. LETTER OF RECOMMENDATION FOR

FOR
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE REPAIRMAN (Attach copy )

OR
II
(1) NAME AND LOCATION OF SCHOOL

C
BASIS
OF
D. GRADUATE
-ON
OF APPROVED
COURSE ( 2) SCHOOL NO . (3) CURRICULUM FROM WHICH GNADUATED : (4) DATE
E. STUDENT HAS MADE SATISFACTORYPROGRESS ( 1) SCHOOLNAME NO . (2) SCHOOL OFFICIAL 3 SIGNATURE

O AND IS RECOMMENDED TO TAKE THE ORAL
PRACTICAL TEST ( FAN 68.20 )
F. SPECIAL AUTHORIZATION TO TAKE ( 1 ) DATE AUTH. (2) DATE AUTH . EXPIRES (3) FAA INSPECTOR SIGNATURE K ) FAA DIST.OFC.
MECHANIC'S ORAL /PRACTICAL TEST
(FAR 65.80 )
A, MILITARY ( 1 ) SERVICE (2 ) RANK OR PAY LEVEL (3) MILITARY SPECIALTY CODE
EXPERIENCE
COMPETENCE
OBTAINED IN
6. APPLICANTS OTHER THAN FAA CERTIFICATED SCHOOL GRADUATES ,LIST EXPERIENCE RELATING TO CERTIFICATE AND RATING APPLIED FOR .
. ECORD
(Continue on separate sheet iſ more space is needed)

OF
III
DATES - MONTH AND YEAR

R
EMPLOYER AND LOCATION TYPE WORK PERFORMED

FROM TO
7/74 Present Ned's Flying Service Working three years as a general

Arlington Municipal Airport aircraft mechanic in maintenance,
Arlington , Virginia 23320 overhaul and inspection of small
aircraft .
SEAT CHEST BACK LAP FOR PACKED AS A

C. PARACHUTE RIGGER APPLICANTS : MASTER
INDICATE BY TYPE HOW MANY RATING SENIOR O MILITARY
PARACHUTES PACKED RIGGER RIGGER
ONLY
I CERTIFY THAT THE STATEMENTS BY ME ON THIS APPLICATION ARE TRUE
A. SIGNATURE 3. DATE
IV. APPLICANT'S
CERTIFICATION Mur ray M. Magan
Murray McMorgan 717/77
FOR FAA USE ONLY
Emp res 1.0 . seal con iss Act lev TR s.h. Such te RATING (0 ) RATING (0 ) RATING (0) RATING 0 )
LIMITATIONS
FAA Form 8610-2 (10-76) SUPERSEDES FAA FOAM 8310-2 AND FAA FORM 8000-33
HIE
Chap 5 Page 805

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 5-2 . TYPICAL FAA FORM 8610-2 , SHOWING ENTRY FOR TAKING THE
ORAL / PRACTICAL TEST BEFORE THE WRITTEN TEST
No certificate may be insuod unless a completed

application form has beep received (14 C.F.R. 65). Form Approved OMB No. 04-ROOSB
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION – FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
Q ::CHANIC REPAIRMAN OPARACHUTE RIGGER
AIRFRAME SENIOR MASTER
INFORMATION
POWERPLANT (Specify Rating ) SEAT OCHEST

APPLICANT
APPLICATION FOR : DORIGINAL ISSUANCE DADDED RATING Оолск OL

A. NAME (First, Middle, Last) K. PERMANENT MAILING ADDRESS
,ETC.
Frank Earl Kern
8. SOCIAL SECURITY NO . C. DO (Mo., D Yel D. MEIGHT E.WEIGHT
I.
.1021. Gordon Blvd ...

016-22-4447 3/29/55 68 IN. 140 CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE
F. HAIN G. EYES M. SEX 1. NATIONALITY
Brown Brown M U.S.A. Woodbridge , Va . 22179
J. PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTY
Boston , Massachusetts Prince William
L. HAVE YOU EVER HAD AN AIRMAN CERTIFICATE DENIED . SUSPENDED, OR REVOKED ? M. DO YOU NOW OR HAVE YOU EVER HELD AN FAA AIRMAN
CERTIFICATE ?
GANO NO OVES
YES - If " Yes," explain on en otrached sheer køying to appropriate item number SPECIFY TYPE :
ERTIFICATE
STATUTES PERTAINING TO NARCOTIC DRUGS, MARIHUANA , AND DEPRESSANT OR
STIMULANT DRUGS OR SUBSTANCES?. NO OVES
APPLIED
RATING
A. CIVIL 8. MILITARY
FOR
FOR
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE REPAIRMAN ( Arich copy )

OR

.C
II
BASIS
D. GRADUATE
OF
-ON
OF APPROVED
( 2) SCHOOL NO . |(3) CURRICULUM FROM WHICH GRADUATED (4) DATE
COURSE
E. STUDENT HAS MADE SATISFACTORY PROGRESS ( 1) SCHOOLNAME NO .
(2) SHOOL OFICIAL VIGNATURE
AND IS RECOMMENDED TO TAKE THE ORALI
North Field A& P
a Beauty
PRACTICAL TEST ( FAN 66.80 ) 119-2 Roy Borden
F. SPECIAL AUTHORIZATION TO TAKE ( 1) DATE AUTH . |(2) DATE AUTH.EXPIRES Pering
Chrisatan ngmata
(33 AN ter
Natur KA) FAA DIST . OFC.
MECHANIC'S ORAL PRACTICAL TEST
(FAR 66.00 ) 5/8/777 5/30/77 Emil well
Pe AEA - GADO
A. MILITARY K1 ) SERVICE (2) RANK OR PAY LEVEL (3) MILITARY SPECIALTY CODE
EXPERIENCE
COMPETENCE
OSTAINED IN
.RECORD
1. (Continue
APPLICANTS OTHER THAN FAA CERTIFICATED SCHOOL GRADUATES,LIST EXPERIENCE RELATING TO CERTIFICATE AND RATING APPLIED FOR.
on separate sheet if more space is needed )
OF
III

FROM TO
............. SOQOOQQOSCO ......... O ........................
SEAT CHEST SACK LAP FOR PACKED AS A

C. PARACHUTE RIGGER APPLICANTS: MASTER
PARACHUTES PACKED RIGGER RIGGER
ONLY
ICERTIFY THAT THE STATEMENTS BY ME ON THISAPPLICATIONARETRUE
IV. APPLICANT'S A. SIGNATURE 3. DATE
CERTIFICATION Sharh a
Frank E. Kem
Kern
5/8/77
FOR FAA USE ONLY
Emp res 1.0 . mal con los Act lev TK s.h. Schrte KATING (0 ) RATING (0 ) RATING (3) RATINGO
LIMITZATIONS
HII
FAA Form 8610-2 (10-76) SUPERSEDES FAA FORM 8310-2 AND FAA FORM 8000-33
Page 806 Chap 5

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-3 . TYPICAL DME REPORT SHOWING ALL SUBJECTS

PASSED - REVERSE OF FAA FORM 8610-2
RESULTS OF ORAL AND PRACTICAL TESTS

MECHANIC PARACHUTE RIGGER
1. GENERAL - Airframe and Powerplant SEAT FAIL
ORAL TEST PASS EXPIRATION FAIL BACK PASS FAIL

DATE : 7-31-79
TYPE
QUES.
A7 B1 C9 D4 B4 P9 G10 I3 L2 CHEST PASS FAIL
NO .
EXPIRATION
PRACTICAL TEST PASS 53因 DATE: 7-31-79
FAIL LAP PASS FAIL
QUES.
PASS FAIL
NO . A5 B4 ci D5 E8 F6 G6 12
REMARKS
II. AIRFRAME STRUCTURES
EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS FAIL
DATE: 7-31-79
QUES .
NO . A13 B8 C2 D6 E10 | F10 G2
PRACTICAL TEST PASS 2 EXPIRATION FAIL
DATE: 7-31-79
QUES.
NO . A2 B1 C3 D11 E3 P151 04
III. AIRFRAME SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS
EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS x FAIL
DATE: 7-31-79
QUES.
NO . A10 B1 C5 | 16 El F9 G7 R3 J5
PASS EXPIRATION FAIL
PRACTICAL TEST DATE: 7-31-79
QUES .
NO . A2 B2 C1 E1 F6 G11 H1 16 J1
N. POWERPLANT THEORY AND MAINTENANCE
ORAL TEST PASS EXPIRATION FAIL

DATE: 8-31-79
QUES.
NO . A16 B15 C3
X EXPIRATION
PRACTICAL TEST PASS FAIL
DATE: 8-31-79
QUES.
NO . A3 B1 C3
V. POWERPLANT SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS

EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS
DATE : 8-31-79 FAIL
QUES.
NO . A7 B3 cid 01 E6 F10 G4 H6 18 K3
PRACTICAL TEST PASS Ix EXPIRATION FAIL
DATE: 8-31-79
QUES.
NO . A5 Elal. 23 D5 E12 F3 G4 H2 13 K10
DESIGNATED EXAMINER'S REPORT
I have personally tested this applicant in accordance with pertinent procedures and standards, and
I HAVE INDICATED APPROVED TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE ISSUED ( Copy attached )
THE RESULT AS: 3 ORAL /PRACTICAL PASSED (FAR 65.80) DISAPPROVED --- Duplicate of FAA Form 8610-2 presented to applicant
DATE EXAMINER'S SIGNATURE DESIGNATION NO .
8-1-77 SAMUAL S. SMITH Jamual I Smith 1234567
FAA INSPECTOR'S REPORT
I HAVE - WITH THE INDICATED RESULT - PARACHUTE SEAL
SYMBOL ASSIGNED
X EXAMINED THIS APPLICANT'S PAPERS. X APPROVED ( Temporary Certificate Issued )
PERSONALLY TESTED THIS APPLICANT IN DISAPPROVED
ACCORDANCE WITH PERTINENT PROCEDURES
AND STANDARDS.
DATE INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE FAA DISTRICT OFFKE
· 8-4-77 EMIL ELWELL Emil Clwell ARA - GADO - 9
ATTACH - X ) REPORT OF WRITTEN TEST SUPERSEDED CERTIFICATE LETTER ANSWER SHEET GRADED
MENTS: 3 FAA FORM 8810-2 (Original) Military Competency )
3 TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE (Copy) SEAL SYMBOL CARD
gu.s. G.P.0 . 1977-722-9617228
ap 5 Page 807
8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 5-4 . DME REPORT INDICATING SUBJECTS PASSED

AND FAILED - REVERSE OF FAA FORM 8610-2

1000
I. GENERAL - Airframe and Powerplant SEAT PASS FAIL
ORAL TEST PASS X ) EXPIRATION FAIL BACK PASS FAIL

DATE : 7-31-79
TYPE
QUES.
NO . A6 B2 C6D5 E9 F7 G6 14 L2 CHEST PASS O FAIL
EXPIRATION LAP
PASS
PRACTICAL TEST x
DATE: 7-31-79 FAIL PASS
O FAIL
QUES.
NO . A9 B7 ci | D1 E11 F3 I G2 12 PASS Q FAIL
REMARKS
II . AIRFRAME STRUCTURES
ORAL TEST PASS x EXPIRATION FAIL
DATE : 7-31-79
QUES.
NO . A6 B4 C71 D18 | E6 F8 G4
PRACTICAL TEST PASS X EXPIRATION FAIL
DATE : 7-31-79
QUES.
NO . A2 B3 Ci 114 E2 F6 G3
III . AIRFRAME SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS
ORAL TEST EXPIRATION

PASS FAIL
DATE :
QUES.
NO . A6 B3 c7 D8 EXPIRATION
E3 F5 G6 H1 13 J3
PRACTICAL TEST PASS
DATE :
FAIL ,
QUES.
NO. A13 B4 ci El F9 G6 H2 13 J2
IV . POWERPLANT THEORY AND MAINTENANCE

DATE: 8-31-79
QUES .
NO . A15 C2
PRACTICAL TEST PASS
EXPIRATION
8-31-79 FAIL
DATE :
QUES .
NO . A25 C4
EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS
DATE :
FAIL
QUES.
NO . A2 B3 C7 D6 E10 F5 G7 H8 J3 K7
PASS EXPIRATION
PRACTICAL TEST DATE :
FAIL
QUES .
NO . A1 B1 C9 D8 E6 F2 G3 H5 Jl K12
I HAVE INDICATED APPROVED TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE ISSUED (Copy attached )
THE RESULT AS: ORAL/PRACTICAL PASSED ( FAR 65.80 ) X DISAPPROVED --- Duplicate of FAA Form 8610-2 presented to applicant
8-1-77 SAMUAL S. SMITH Januals.Smit
S. h* 1234569
X EXAMINED THIS APPLICANT'S PAPERS. SYMBOL ASSIGNED
APPROVED (Temporary Certificate Issued )
PERSONALLY TESTED THIS APPLICANT IN 3 DISAPPROVED
AND STANDARDS.
DATE INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE FAA DISTRICT OFFICE
8-4-77 EMIL ELWELL Emil Glwall AKA -GADO - 9
ATTACH REPORT OF WRITTEN TEST SUPERSEDED CERTIFICATE LETTER O ANSWER SHEET GRADED
MENTS : X FAA FORM 8610-2 (Original) poloery competency )
TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE (Copy ) SEAL SYMBOL CARD
yu.s. G.P.O. 1977-722.051 /220
Page 808
Chap 5
8300.9
Page 809
PRIVACY ACT INFORMATION FOR AIRMAN APPLICANTS ,
TEAR
OFF DEPARTMENT
TRANSPORTAT OF
ION
FEDERAL
AVIATION
ADMINISTRATI ON SUPPLEMENTAL
BEFORE
USE
INFORMATION
AIRMAN
CERTIFICATE
AND
OR/-
RATING
APPLICATION
PRIVACY
ACT
This
supplements
Airmanthe
form
appearing
below
Certificate
and
Rating
Application or/,.
informa The
tion
the
soliciteon
form
under
authori
Federal
Aviatio
Regulat isnd,
ty
the
of
ions
Part
65.
Submission
mandatory
exceptof
all
the
datais
for
Social
Security
Account
Number
which
voluntary is.
The
purpose
this
information of
establishis./
to
eligibility
for
certification
and
or
airman
rating
The
data
will
be
used
to
identify
and
evaluate
your
qualifications
eligibility
for
the
issuance
airmanof
an
certificate
and
or
rating ./
Certific ation
cannot
complet be
ed
unless
the
data
complet ise.
Disclosure
your
Social
Security
Account
Number
optional
Disclosure of
is.
will
facilitate
maintenance
your
records
which
main of
are
tained
alphabetical in
order
and
cross
referenced
with
your
SSAN
and
airman
number
provide
prompt to
access.
nondis In
event
of
closure
numbertoa.
unique
will
be
assigned
your
file
FAA FORM 8610-2
SUPERSEFAA
FORM
8610-2
10-76)
DES(
THIS
PART
FAA
FORM
8000-33
Detach
this
part
before
using
form
below
No
certificate
may
bea
issued
unless
completed
application
form
has
been
received
14().
C.F.R.
65
Form
Approved
OMB
No.
04-
R0065
DEPARTMENT
TRANSPORTATIOOF
FEDERALN
-
AVIATION
ADMINISTRATION
AIRMAN
CERTIFICATE
ANDIOR
RATING
APPLICAT ION
FIGURE 5-5 .
C.::CHANIC REPAIRMAN PARACH UTE

RIGGER
AIRFRAME SENI OR
MAS TER
POWERPLANT Specify
Rating() SEAT OCHEST
APPLICATFOR
ION: OORI
CADD
GINA
ISSUA
RATIN LG
ED
NCE
Middle
Last,)
7/26/85
Chap 5
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 5-6 . TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8060-4 ,
1. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA III . CERTIFICATE NO .

11. TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE Pending
THIS CERTIFIES THAT IV . Murray McMorgan
witthhe
V. 10 Cherry Blossom Lane
Arlington , Virginia 23320
DATE OF BIRTH HEIGHT WEIGHT HAIR EYES SEX NATION ALITY VI .
9/13/47 68 155 Brown Brown
IX .
| IN .
M USA
has been found to be properly qualified and is hereby authorized in accordance with
the conditions of issuance on the reverse of this certificate to exercise the privileges of
mechanic
SIGNATURE
RATINGS AND LIMITATIONS

AIRMAN'S
XII . Airframe
AWII. Powerplant
THIS IS AN ORIGINAL ISSUANCE A REISSUANCE DATE OF SUPERSEDED AIRMAN CERTIFICATE
OF THIS GRADE OF CERTIFICATE
BY DIRECTION OF THE ADMINISTRATOR EXAMINER'S DESIGNATION NO. OR

INSPECTOR'S REG . NO .
X. DATE OF ISSUANCE X. SIGNATURE OF EXAMINER OR AEA -GADO - 9
INSPECTOR
DATE DESIGNATION EXPIRES
TW
I. m
VII
. Buff
.
8/4/77 I. M. Ruff
FAA Form 8060-4 (4-69) Supersedes Previous Edition
ORIGINAL ISSUE WITH SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER AS CERTIFICATE NUMBER

11. TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE 016224447
THIS CERTIFIES THAT IV. Murray McMorgan

V. 10 Cherry Blossom Lane
Arlington , Virginia 23320
DATE OF BIRTH HEID WEIGHT HAIR NATION ALITY
REISSUE INCLUDING SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER AND RETAINING

ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE NUMBER

THIS CERTIFIES THAT iv. Murray McMorgan
v. 10 Cherry Blossom Lane
016224447 Arlington nia 23320
DATE OF BI TH HET HEALITY

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 2. MAINTENANCE AIRMEN CERTIFICATION - ALIENS

1336. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for certification of aliens as
mechanics , repairmen , or parachute riggers is contained in FAR Part 65. The
certifiction of aliens and the duration of their certificate is the same as that
of U.S. citizens .
1337. GENERAL . Effective December 21 , 1967 , under FAR Section 65.15 , except
for repairman certificates, and mechanic certificates or associated ratings
issued under FAR Part 65 is effective until surrendered , suspended , or revoked ,
regardless of the applicant's nationality. Any mechanic certificate issued or
reissued after that date will not bear an expiration date. Any repairman
certificates issued under FAR Part 65 will not bear an expiration date and ,
unless it is sooner surrendered , suspended , or revoked , will remain effective
until the holder is relieved from the duties for which he / she was employed and
certificated .
1338. BACKGROUND . Order 8000.16 ( latest edition ) , U.S. Certification or

Designation of Foreign National Airmen , Airman Schools , Examiners, and Repair
Station Facilities Outside the United States , establishes agency certification
policy .
1339. SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS . Certification services may be provided

to foreign national applicants located outside the U.S. if they show to the
satisfaction of the interviewing inspector that FAA certification is needed for
the maintenance of U.S. -registered aircraft .
a.
These applicants must show documentary evidence such as a letter from
an employer or official of a company with which employed or will be employed or ;
b. Applicants must show a letter signed by a responsible government
official of the air authority of their native country ( state ) which clearly
shows the need for certification .
C.
Available inspector manpower and priority workload will dictate
certificate response to application requests of applicants outside the U.S.
1340. - 1349 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Par 1336 Page 817 ( thru 820 )
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 3. INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION - ORIGINAL ISSUANCE
1350. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for the original issuance of an

inspection authorization is contained in FAR Part 65 , Section 65.91 .
1351. PURPOSE . This section provides procedures for the issuance of the
inspection authorization .
1352. GENERAL . Advisory Circular 65-19B , Inspection Authorization Study Guide ,

serves as a reference and study guide for persons having an interest in or for
those requesting guidance in obtaining an inspection authorization .
Accordingly , district offices may elect to have copies of the study guide
available .
Numerical Limitations . There is no limit on the number of inspection

authorizations that may be issued by a given field office . No applicant should
be refused if he meets all the qualifications .
b. Acquisition of Materials . Upon issuance of an inspection
authorization , field personnel should urge the holders of an inspection
authorization to obtain and subscribe to changes for advisory circulars and
other pertinent publications . The responsibility for obtaining this material
rests with the holder of the inspection authorization . Upon request, the
inspector will give advice and guidance for obtaining the required data .
1353. PERSONS APPROVED TO CONDUCT THE TEST . Due to the nature of the written
test required by FAR Section 65.91, and the scope of the privileges given an
individual holding the inspection authorization , it is mandatory that the person
conducting the required test be thoroughly familiar with current airworthiness
regulations, aircraft specifications, type certificate data sheets,
airworthiness directives , and inspection requirements .
1354. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS . None of the requirements of FAR

Section 65.91 will be waived by field personnel. The applicant must fill out a
Mechanic's Application for Inspection Authorization , FAA Form 8610-1
( OMB 04 -R0110 ) , in duplicate . ( See Figure 5-7 of Section 4 for typical
entries .)
1355. PROCEDURE WHEN APPLICANT FAILS TO MEET THE QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.

Applicant will be verbally notified of failure to meet the qualification
requirements; clearly identify those that the applicant does not meet . No
report records are required .
1356. THE TEST .
a. General . The written test is designed to establish the applicant's

ability to read , understand , interpret, and apply the policies and procedures
set forth in the publications prepared by the FAA . It also affords the
opportunity for a personal contact with the mechanic to discuss the various
requirements and procedures associated with exercising the privileges of the
inspection authorization . There is no practical test required for an inspection
authorization .
Chap 5
Par 1350 Page 821
8300.9 7/26/85
(1 ) The applicant should understand the test procedures .

( 2) Applicants should have available aircraft specifications, type
certificate data sheets , FAR's , and other material to develop answers to
Parts II and III of the test . ( See list in Advisory Circular 65-19B . )
( 3) The applicant should understand that failure to complete the test
in the time allotted or failure of any part will require him /her to wait 90 days
before he / she may be retested .
b . Conducting and Grading the Test . When the applicant meets all of the
qualifications, he/ she may be given the test at one sitting , one part at a time
starting with Part I.
( 1 ) Time. The time the applicant must surrender his /her paper should
be entered on the cover or in the space provided .
( 2) Aircraft Selection . The examining official must select an
aircraft on which the applicant will base his /her answers. The aircraft
selected should be a model and serial number eligible for standard airworthiness
certification . While the use of aircraft certificated under FAR Part 25 or
CAR 46 is permissible, it is suggested that the aircraft selected be those type
certificated under FAR Part 23 or CAR 3. In order to preserve the effectiveness
of the test , each applicant should be given a different model aircraft .
( 3) Grading. Use the specific scoring key and guide to grading for
the particular inspection authorization written test or subsequent revisions .
For multiple choice type questions in Part I , use the scoring key provided for
grading . The person conducting the test must determine the correct answers for
Parts II and III since many of the answers will change from time to time as
specifications are revised and new Airworthiness Directives are issued .
Variations in serially numbered aircraft of the same make and model may require
different answers .
(4) Guidance and Assistance. The minimum passing grade on any part
of the written test is 70 percent. Applicants must take the written test in
sequence . Part II cannot be taken unless Part I has been passed, and Part III
cannot be taken until Part II has been passed . It is not necessary for
applicants to quote regulations verbatim , or to use the exact words shown in the
grading guide. When an applicant passes all parts of the inspection
authorization written test, and prior to issuance of the authorization ,
ạirworthiness inspectors should , at that time, discuss any questions that the
applicant answered incorrectly . This will ensure the agency that the applicant
clearly understands the IA privileges, limitations, responsibilities, and
functions in the aviation community .
c . Field Distribution of Test. Inspection authorization written test

question booklets are distributed directly to each field office authorized to
administer inspection authorization tests. Requests for additional supplies of
inspection test booklets should be made directly to the Distribution Section ,
AAC -65C , P.O. Box 25082 , Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125 .
Chap 5
Page 822 Par 1356
7/26/85 8300.9
d . Record of Test Results . Record results in the booklets . Do not

remove or reproduce pages nor retain any part of the test booklet in the
district office files .
e. Used Test Booklets . Return used booklets to the Distribution

Section , AAC -65C , in accordance with Order 8080.1C , Conduct of Airman Written
Tests .
1357. PROCEDURE WHEN APPLICANT FAILS .
a.
Notice of Disapproval of Application , FAA Form 8060-5. This form
will be issued to applicants who fail to make a grade of 70 percent on any part
of the test . It is necessary to modify the FAA Form 8060-5 for this purpose
( see Figure 5-8 of Section 4 ) .
b . Preparation . Complete an original and one copy indicating the

part (s) failed . To encourage applicants to return to the same district office
for retesting, type the following statement on the reverse side of FAA
Form 8060-5 and bring it to the applicant's attention :
" IF YOU PRESENT YOUR APPLICATION FOR A RETEST TO THE DISTRICT OFFICE LISTED
BELOW , YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO RETAKE PART( S ) ( INDICATE PART (S ) SUCCESSFULLY
COMPLETED ) " . ( INSERT DISTRICT OFFICE ) .
c . Disposition . The original (pink copy) shall be given to applicant

and the duplicate (yellow copy ) retained in the district office file with the
application , FAA Form 8610-1. No further report or record of action is
required .
1358 . ISSUANCE OF INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION , FAA FORM 8310-5 .
a.
When an applicant meets the requirements of FAR Section 65.91 , the
inspector conducting the test will issue an Inspection Authorization , FAA
Form 8310-5 ( see Figure 5-9 of Section 4 for typical entries ) . The form has
been designed for use over a period of years , but may be reissued any time it is
worn or mutilated without the preparation of FAA Form 8610-1 , provided the
authorization has not expired . Prepare the FAA Form 8310-5 as follows :
( 1) Type all information on the face of this form .
( 2) Insert the mechanic's full name in the space provided .
( 3) Make certain that the mechanic certificate number inserted on
this form is the same as that appearing on the applicant's mechanic certificate
AC Form 8060-1 .
(4) All authorizations will expire on March 31 of each year except

that those issued during the month of March will expire March 31 of the
following year .
Chap 5
Par 1356 Page 823
8300.9 7/26/85
(5) The applicant should be requested to sign ( in ink ) the FAA

Form 8310-5 .
b. Disposition of FAA Form 8610-1 . When an inspection authorization is

issued , forward the original copy of the Mechanic's Application for Inspection
Authorization , FAA Form 8610-1 , to the Airmen Certification Branch , AAC - 260 ,
P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125. The duplicate copy should be
retained by the cognizant district office .
a.
a Inspection authorization records will be established and maintained
in accordance with Chapter 2 , Section 14 , of this Order .
b . Mailing list information will be forwarded in accordance with
Chapter 2 , Section 14 , of this Order .
1360. - 1365 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Page 824 ( thru 834 ) Par 1358
7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 4. INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION - RENEWAL OR SURRENDER

1366. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for renewal or surrender of an
inspection authorization ( IA ) is contained in FAR Part 65 , Section 65.93 .
1367. PURPOSE . This section provides procedures for renewal or surrender of an
IA .
1368. GENERAL . When the holder of an inspection authorization changes his base
of operation , endorsement is no longer required .
a. Change of Fixed Base. Upon receipt of written notification from an
IA , the receiving office will contact the previous supervising office and
request his file .
b. Certification Records. The office forwarding the file should copy

those certification records needed for statistical or reporting purposes prior
to forwarding .
c . Personal Contact . Field personnel should visit the IA at his new

base as soon as workload and itinerary will permit .
1369 . RENEWAL OF INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION . The renewal will be made if the
applicant meets the requirements of FAR Section 65.93 .
a . Application . Applicants for renewal will be requested to complete an
FAA Form 8610-1 (OMB 04 - R0110) , Mechanic's Application for Inspection
Authorization , in duplicate .
b. Evidence of Activity . The activity requirements set forth under

FAR Section 65.93 (a ) should not be interpreted to be inclusive; the holder of an
IA needs only to meet the activity requirements of FAR Section 65.93 (a) ( 1 ) , ( 2) ,
( 3) , (4) or ( 5) .
c. Renewal Meeting . Attendance at the Annual IA Renewal Meeting is not
mandatory . If an IA applicant does not attend the annual March meeting , other
arrangements must be made individually for an appointment with the
jurisdictional district office .
d. Renewal Away from Home Base . If the holder of an IA applies for

renewal at an office other than the jurisdictional office , the receiving office
should hold renewal in abeyance until the IA holder's activity is verified with
the proper office .
e.
Repair Station Activity . When the holder of an IA is employed by a
repair station , credit renewal activity can be claimed only for those aircraft
that the authorization holder specifically worked on . Such activity should be
supported by some evidence in addition to the signed application ,
FAA Form 8610-1 .
Chap 5
Par 1366 Page 835
8300.9 7/26/85
1
f . Renewal Procedure . If the applicant is determined eligible for

renewal of his IA , field personnel will :
(1 ) Renew the Authorization . Issue a new Inspection Authorization ,
FAA Form 8310-5 , if the holder's form is soiled or worn . Field personnel should
enter the new expiration date and sign the reverse side of FAA Form 8310-5 if
the form is in good condition ( see Figure 5-10 of this section ) .
(2) Record of Action . Complete Item 14 , " record of action " portion
of the Mechanic's Application Inspection Authorization , FAA Form 8610-1, and
forward the original of the form to the Airmen Certification Branch , AAC - 260,
P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125. The duplicate copy should be
retained by the cognizant district office .
1370. VOLUNTARY SURRENDER OF AN INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION . When the holder of
an IA voluntarily surrenders it, field personnel will :
a . Destroy the surrendered Inspection Authorization , FAA Form 8310-5 .
b . Attempt to obtain a statement in writing indicating that the surrender
is voluntary .
c . Submit mailing list information in accordance with Chapter 2 ,
Section 14 of this Order .
1371. FAILURE TO RENEW . Failure to renew during March will require the
submission of an AC Form 8300-10 , Certificate , Authorization , Designation Action
Request , to delete the IA from the data bank ( Chapter 2 , Section 14) .
1372. FORMS. Example forms used in certification of authorized inspectors are
illustrated in the Figures 5-7 through 5-10 .
1373. - 1379 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Page 836 ( thru 846 ) Par 1369
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-7 . MECHANIC'S APPLICATION FOR INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION ,

FAA FORM 8610-1 .
application form has been received (14 C.F.R.65).
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION Form Approved :
OMB No. 04 -R0110
MECHANIC'S APPLICATION FOR INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION
1.NAME (Last, first,middle ) 2.MECHANIC CERTIFICATE NO .
Smyth , James L. 2345678

3. MAILING ADDRESS (Number, street, city, State /County 4a. FIXED BASE OF OPERATIONS 4b. TELEPHONE NO.
ZIP Code) ( Place at which you desire to receive PLACE AT WHICH YOU
Airworthiness Directives, etc.) PLACE AT WHICH YOU MAY BE LOCATED IN
PERSON DURING NORMAL WORKING WEEK MAY BE LOCATED BY
TELEPHONE DURING
203 East Poplar Street 552 Airport Way NORMAL WORKING WEEK
Carbondale, Ilinois / Jackson Carbondale, Diinois / Jackson
62901 62901 821-1146
5. HAVE YOU HELD A MECHANIC CERTIFICATE WITH BOTH AIRFRAME AND POWERPLANT RATINGS FOR THE 3 YES NO
YEARS PRECEDING THE DATE OF THIS APPLICATION ? х
6. HAVE YOU BEEN ACTIVELY ENGAGED, FOR AT LEAST THE 2- YEAR PERIOD BEFORE THE DATE OF APPLICATION
IN MAINTAINING AIRCRAFT CERTIFICATED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FARS? х
7. HAS YOUR MECHANIC CERTIFICATE AND /OR RATINGS BEEN REVOKED OR SUSPENDED DURING THE 3-YEAR
PERIOD PRECEDING THIS APPLICATION ? х
8. HAS AN INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION BEEN DENIED YOU WITHIN 90 DAYS PREVIOUS TO THIS APPLICATION?
x
IF ANSWER IS " YES " , EXPLAIN IN REMARKS. х
9, HAVE YOU MET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RENEWAL OF INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION?
(For Renewal Only )
10. BASIS FOR RENEWAL (Number Performed )
ALTERATIONS REPAIRS ANNUAL INSPECTIONS PROGRESSIVE INSPEC- RECENT ISSUANCE - IN EFFECT
TIONS LESS THAN 90 DAYS BEFORE
EXPIRATION DATE
11. AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY DURING LAST 2 YEARS

DATES NAME AND ADDRESS OF REPAIR STATION , FACILITY, DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY
MANUFACTURER, OPERATOR, ETC.
FROM A & P Mechanic performing
November 1 , 1972 Lane Aviation Service , Inc.
TO PRESENT
inspections , servicing ,
and repairing of aircraft .
FROM
TO
FROM
TO
FROM
TO
12. REMARKS
13. CERTIFICATION : 1 certify that the statements made above and in allattachments hereto are correctand true.
DATE SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT
April 6 , 1977 James L. Smyth
14. RECORD OF ACTION ( For FAA use
INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE
James L. Smyth OFFICE IDENTIFICATION
ISSUANCE VOLUNTARY SURRENDER
ENDORSEMENT RENEWAL
FAA Form 8610-1 (2-78) SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION
Illustration of typical entries of FAA Form 8610-1 . Form may be used for
original issuance , renewal, or surrender . All items should be completed for
original issuance or renewal to determine if applicant continues to meet the
issuance requirements .
hap 5 Page 847

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 5-8 . NOTICE OF DISAPPROVAL OF APPLICATION , FAA FORM 8060-5

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION --FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION NOTE
PRESENT THIS FORM
NOTICE OF DISAPPROVAL OF APPLICATION UPON APPLICATION
FOR REEXAMINATION
NAME AND ADDRESS OF APPLICANT CERTIFICATE OR RATING

SOUGHT
James L. Smith
Inspection
203 East Poplar Street
Carbordale , Illinois 62901
Authorization
On the date shown, you failed the examination indicated below :
FLIGHTitten Test
O FAWr ORAL PRAC
PRACTICAL
AIRCRAFT USED (Make and Model) FLT. TIME RECORDED IN LOGBOOK
PILOT- IN - COMM . INSTRUMENT DUAL
OR SOLO
UPON REAPPLICATION YOU WILL BE REEXAMINED ON THE FOLLOWING :
Part III of the Inspection Authorization Written Test .
( See Reverse Side )

I have personally tested this applicant and deem his performance unsatisfactory for the issuance of
the certificate or rating sought.
DATE OF EXAMINATION SIGNATURE OF EXAMMER OR INSPECTOR DESIGNATION OR
April6
FAA
1977
8060-514-70
Form )
Page Kuss OFFICE NO .
ACE -GADO - 14
Figure 5-8 indicates the entries that should be made on the FAA Form 8060-5
When an applicant fails any part of the IA written test , type the following
statement on the reverse side :
" If you present your application for a retest to the
district office listed below , you will not be required
to retake Part ( s) ( indicated Part ( s )) , successfully
completed ."
( Insert district office) .
Page 848 Chap 5

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-9 . INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION , FAA FORM 8310-5

( Show no entry for SSN )
AUTHORIZED
NGNATURE
MECHANIC
OF
INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION
This (Name) James L. Smyth
cortifies
that: ( SSN )
holder of Mechanic Certificate No. 2345678
has been authorized to exercise the privileges of Fed .
eral Aviation Regulation 65.95 .
This authority expires March 31 , 1978 unless
sooner revoked' by the Administrator of the Federal
Aviation Administration or extended by endorsement
on the reverse of this card.
DATE ISSUED SIGNATURE , FLT. TDS , INSPECTOR
April 6,1974
FAA Form 8310-518 / 2)
Sort BBuff
y
REVERSE SIDE OF FAA FORM 8310-5 SHOWING ENTRY

FIGURE 5-10 .
FOR RENEWAL OF AN INSPECTION AUTHORIZATION
Authority to exercise the privileges ofFAR 65.95 has

been endorsed or renewed to expire on the date shown below .
EXPIRATION DATE ENDORSED BY NSPECTOR " PAA OFFICE
ACE - GADO - 19
3/1/18 gr . Ruff
GPO 920.223

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 5. REPAIRMAN CERTIFICATION
1380. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for repairman certification is set forth
in FAR Part 65 , Subparts A and E.
1381. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance for the certification of
repairman and for cancellation of surrendered repairman certificates .
1382. GENERAL . Applicants for repairman certification are usually employed by
repair stations and / or air carriers . Applicants are not required to take
written and oral / practical tests .
a. A repairman employed by an air carrier that operates a repair station
will only need a single repairman certificate. See paragraph 1385c (2) for the
statement to be entered on the certificate .
b. A repairman may be employed and certificated by more than one repair

station . In such instances , this person will need a separate certificate for
each station if they are different companies .
C. An applicant from an air carrier or commercial operator must be
assigned to a position in which he/ she is responsible for the work of a shop or
department that performs maintenance; be authorized to sign the airworthiness
release or log entry required by FAR Section 121.709 ; or perform the inspection
required by FAR Section 121.371.
dd . An applicant from a repair station must be a person at or above the
level of shop foreman or department head and be able to perform and supervise
the work to which he / she is assigned ( FAR Part 145) .
1383. APPLICATION PROCEDURES . For each certificate rating needed , an applicant
should submit :
a. One copy of FAA Form 8610-2 , Airman Certificate and /or Rating
Application , with appropriate Items I through IV completed . Applicants should
check the box for Repairman Certificate (at the top of the form ) and , underneath
it , they should indicate the rating sought . See Figure 5-11 , of this section ,
for illustrated form . Be sure the applicant reads the Privacy Act statement
that is attached as supplemental information to FAA Form 8610-2 ( see Figure 5-5
of Section 1 ) .
b . A Letter of Recommendation from the applicant's employer which

clearly states that the applicant meets the requirements of FAR Sections 65.101 ,
145.39 , 145.41, and 145.43. The letter should contain a description of the
specialized jobs that the applicant will perform or supervise as a repairman .
Repair station records of supervisory and / or inspection repairman personnel
should be reviewed and compared to determine if the scope of their employment is
in concert with the job for which employed as shown on the Letter of
Recommendation ( reference FAR Section 145.43) .
hap 5
ar 1380 Page 859
8300.9 7/26/85
1384. APPLICATION REVIEW . Review the application file to determine that it

conforms to the requirements of FAR Part 65. If the inspector approves the
application , he / she should complete the " inspector's report " portion on the
reverse of FAA Form 8610-2 .
1385. CERTIFICATE ISSUANCE . When an applicant meets all the requirements for
certification , complete FAA Form 8060-4 , Temporary Airman Certificate, in
duplicate ,
a. In Item III , type the applicant's social security number, without
hyphens, or if the applicant does not have a social security number , or if
he /she does not disclose their social security number under the Privacy Act ,
type the word " Pending.
b. In Item LX , type the word " Repairman ."
c. Entries in Items XII and XIII will be as follows :
(1 ) For an applicant from a repair station , type this statement :
Item XII. Certificate privileges of FAR Section 65.103
valid for applicable rating while employed by name of repair
station , city , state . (See Figure 5-12 . )
Rating ( s) for an applicant employed by a repair station should coincide with the
specific job for which the person is employed to perform or supervise such as :
airframe argon -heliarc welding , powerplant cylinder plating, airframe
nondestructive testing, propeller overhaul, etc. In no instance should a
repairman certificate be issued with an airframe/ powerplant rating ( s ) .
Repairman certificates and ratings should be reserved for applicants having
special talents and skills and should not be issued to circumvent obtaining a
mechanic certificate with appropriate ratings. For repairman certificates which
concern radio and /or instrument ratings, the applicable rating may be entered as
" radio and instrument" or " radio" or " instrument " . ( See Figures 5-12 and
5-13 . )
Item XIII. Repair station certificate number ( s ) . ( See

Figure 5-12 .)
When the applicant for a repairman certificate is employed by a repair station
utilizing satellite stations, the repairman's certificate will bear only the
parent station member without suffix; i.e. , 1234. The repairman may serve in
any station in the system where he / she is carried on the roster in accordance
with FAR Section 145.43 .
( 2) For an applicant from an air carrier with a repair station ,

which the applicant is authorized to exercise the privileges of his/her
rating ( s ) under each operating certificate , type this statement :
Chap 5
Page 860 Par 1384
7/26/85 8300.9
Item XII. Certification privileges of FAR Section 65.103

valid for applicable rating while employed by air carrier
and /or repair station name, city , and state. (See
Figure 5-13 . )
Rating ( s ) for an applicant employed by an air carrier should correspond to the
shop or specialty in which the person performs. Electrical accessories , turbine
disc welding, hydraulic components , and instruments are typical examples. If
the air carrier has a repair station and the applicant is also authorized to
exercise the privileges of his /her rating ( s ) under the repair station
certificate, the appropriate rating ( s) should be entered on the airman
certificate and coincide with his /her duties at the repair station . Except for
radio and / or instrument ratings , repairman ratings should not be issued in broad
terms such as airframe, and / or powerplant as stated in paragraph 1385C ( 1 ) .
1386. COMPLETE THE TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE. Field personnel will complete
FAA Form 8060-4 for the Administrator . Present the applicant with the carbon
copy of FAA Form 8060-4 after having the applicant sign his /her signature on
item VII. ( See Figures 5-12 and 5-13 of this section . )
1387. APPLICATION DISAPPROVAL . If an application for a repairman certificate
is disapproved , it should be returned to the applicant accompanied by a letter
of explanation for the denial.
1388. REISSUANCE OR CHANGE IN RATING . When the application is for reissuance

or a change in rating , the certificate number , date of issue , and appropriate
ratings will be transcribed to the appropriate spaces on the temporary
certificate exactly as they appear on the holder's Airman Certificate,
AC Form 8060-1 . The superseded certificate will be forwarded with the file .
1389. SURRENDERED CERTIFICATE PROCEDURES . Certificates surrendered in
accordance with FAR Section 65.15 ( C ) should be forwarded to the Mike Monroney
Aeronautical Center , Airmen Certification Branch , AAC - 260, P.O. Box 25082 ,
Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125 , with a brief statement relating to the
circumstances .
1390. FILE AND ROUTING .
To Airmen Certification
Applicant Presents Applicant Receives Branch , Oklahoma City
1. Application , FAA 1. FAA Form 8060-4 , 1. Application , FAA

Form 8610-2 . Temporary Airman Form 8610-2 .
Certificate ( carbon
copy ) .
2. Letter of 2. Any document used 2. Original of FAA
Recommendaiton . to substantiate Form 8060-4 .
eligibility .
ap 5
r 1385
Page 861
8300.9
7/26/85
3. For added rating 3. If certificate denied , 3. Letter of

Airman Certificate , Application , FAA Recommendation .
AC Form 8060-1 . Form 8610-2 , Letter of
Recommendation and Letter
of Denial .
4
4. For added
rating, Airman
Certificate , AC
Form 8060-1 .
5. If certificate
is denied , no
file is
forwarded .
1391. FORMS . Example forms used in repairman certification are illustrated in

the Figures 5-11 through 5-13 .
1392. - 1399 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Page 862 ( thru 872 ) Par 1390
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-11 . TYPICAL REPAIRMAN APPLICANT ENTRIES ON FAA FORM 8610-2 ( FRONT)
No certificate may be used when I completar

application form has been reuelvad (14 C.F.R.65 ). Form Approved OMO NO. 04-nooss
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION - SEDENAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
C.SCHANIC REPAIRMAN O PARACHUTE RIGGEN
AIRFRAME Airframe Asgon - Hellarc Welding O SENION OMATER
INFORMATION
OPOWERPLANT Pappeily Rating ) DNAT OCHEST

APPLICANT
DADORD RATING Орск ON

APLICATION FOR : DORIGINAL IOSUANCE
A.NAME F
( t. And , Lone) K. PERMANENT MAILING ADONERS
wym AND the 1.7.0 . SOX, ETC.
John J. Jones 5303 Drum Street
0. SOCIAL MCURITY NO . C. DOT (Wo., Day . YO.) MEIOMT C. W IONT Cincinnati , Ohio 45226
I.
5/2/35 68 165 CITV.ITATI, 3W coot

....
012-03-4567 IN .
1. WAIN 9. EYES M.UX 1. NATIONALITY
Black Black M USA Madison
S.PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTY
Cincinnati, Ohio
L. HAVE YOU EVER HAD AN AIRMAN CERTIFICATE DENIED .SUSPENOLD . ON NEVOKEO ? M. DO YOU NOW ON HAVE YOU EVER MELD AN FAA AIRMAN
CERTIFICATES
INO NO Ores
Oves - If " ved." omplain an motioned when moving to reprim inom murmber MECIFY TYPE :
ERTIFICATE
N. HAVE YOU EVER MEN CONVICTED FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL ON STATE DATE OF FINAL CONVICTION
STATUTES PERTAINING TO NARCOTIC DAUGS, MARIHUANA, AND DEPRENANT ON
STIMULANT ORVOS ON SURITANan . .. 7)NO Ovu
APPLIED
RATING
O CIVIL I. MILITARY C. LETTER OF RECOMMENDATION FOR

FOR
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENA $ REPAIAMAN (A copy )

OR

II
.C
BASIS
D. GRADUATE
OF
ON
O OF APPROVED
-
( a ) KCHOOL NO . (13 ) CUANICULUM FROM WHICH QNADUATED TAIDATE

COURSE
E. STUDENT WAS MADE SATISFACTONY PROGRESS (1) SCHOOL NAME NO . (2) SCHOOL OFFICIALS SIGNATUNE
O AND IS MECOMMENDED TO TAKE THE ONAU
PRACTICAL TEST (FAN 68.00 )
F. SPECIAL AUTHORIZATION TO TAKE 11 ) DATE AUTM . (2) DATE AUTH.EXPIRES (3)PAA INSPECTON SIGNATURE pa) SAA DIST. OFC.
O MECHANICS ORALPRACTICAL TEST
(FAN S.RO
A. MILITARY 1 HENVICE (2 ) NANK ON PAY LEVEL (3)MILITANY SPECIALTY CODE
EXPERIENCE
COMPETENCE
OOTAINED IN
I. APPLICANTS OTHEN THAN FAA CERTIFICATED SCHOOL GRADUATES , LIST EXPERIENCE RELATING TO CONTIFICATE ANO NATING APPLIED FOR .
RECORD
Continue on a pararea wheel more space in model)

OF
111.

FROM TO
16/75 present Jones Welding Company Argon Heliarc Welding

Cincinnati , Ohio
MAT CMEST SACK FOR PACKED AS A

C. PARACHUTE RIGGER APLICANTS: MASTER
WOICATE IY TYPE HOW MANY NATING O SENIOR O MILITARY
PANACHUTES PACKED ONLY RIGGEN RIGGEN
ICMIFYWHAT THETAT ENTS EY ME ON THIS APPLICATION ARE TRUE
AC DATE
IV. APPLICANT'S
CERTIFICATION
gotten Jones
Mhn J. Jlhes July 1 , 1980
FOR FM USE ONLY
03.0 ) valen in Art IN ... Set Ork . KATING: (0 ) KATING: 10 ) RATING: 0 DISTINCHO
MILIONS
1. FAA Form 8610-2 (10.08) SUPERSEDES FAA FOAM 10-2 ANO FAA FORM 4000-43
HE
1
ap 5 Page 873
7/26/85
8300.9
FIGURE 5-12 . TYPICAL TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8060-4 .

,
THIS CERTIFIES THAT IV . John J. Jones
v . 5503 Drum Street
Cincinnati, Ohio 45226
DATE OF BIRTH HEIGHT WEIGHT HAIR EYES SEX NATIONALITY VI .
5/2/35 68 IN. 165 Black Black M USA

1 has been found to be properly qualified and is hereby authorized in accordance with
Bbmpin
cues
Repairman
IGNATURA

. IRMAN'S
Certificate privileges of FAR Section 65. 103 valid

X ". for Airframe Argon -Heliarc Welding while employed
,VII
by Hangar 6 Inc. , Cincinnati, Ohio .

S
A
XIII. Certificate No. 1092

BY DIRECTION OF THE ADMINISTRATOR EXAMINER'S DESIGNATION NO . OR

INSPECTOR'S REG. NO .
X. DATE OF ISSUANCE X. SIGNATURE OF EXAMINER OR
INSPECTOR AGL - GA DO - 2
Spade DATE DESIGNATION EXPIRES
July 1 , 1980 SAM SPA DE

1. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 111. CERTIFICATE NO .

11. TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE
Pending
THIS CERTIFIES THAT iv . Charles Smith
v. 36 Crescent Street
les
DATE OF BIRTH HEIGHT

WEIGHT HAIR EYES SEX NATIONALITY VI .
faith
1/18/25 slo 65 in. 160

IN Gray Blue M USA
chäu
IX . has been found to be properly qualified and is hereby authorized in accordance with
Repairman
Certificate privileges of FAR Section 65.103 valid
XII . for Radio and Instrument while employed by Custom
Electronics , Inc. , Cincinnati, Ohio .
XIII. Çertificate No. 1092
. IRMAN'S

VII
A

INSRECTOR AGL - GA DO - 2
June 1 , 1980 SAM
Spade
SPADE
Page 874 Chap 5

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-13 . TYPICAL TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8060-4 .

JEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION - FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
THIS CERTIFIES THAT IV . Charles Smith
V. 36 Crescent Street
Cincinnati , Ohio 45226
Charles
Smith
1/18 /25 65 .. 160 IN

Gray Blue M USA
. IRMAN'SAGAJURE
Repairman
TRATINGS AND LIMITATIONS
Certificate privileges of FAR Section 65.103 valid
XII. for Radio while employed by Custom Electronics ,
VII
Inc. , Cincinnati, Ohio .

A
XIII. Certi ficate No. 1092 NCE

THIS ISAN ORIGINAL ISSUANCE A REISSUA DATE OF SUPERSEDED AIRMAN CERTIFICATE
EXAMINER'S DESIGNATION NO . OR
BY DIRECTION OF THE ADMINISTRATOR INSPECTOR'S REG . NO .
INSPECTOR AGL - GADO - 2
Sam Spade DATE DESIGNATION EXPIRES
June 1 , 1980 SAM SPADE


THIS CERTIFIES THAT IV . Charles Smith
v . 36 Crescent Street
Smith
DATE OF BIRTH HEIGHT WEIGHT HAIR EYES SEX NATION ALITY VI.
1/18/25 65 IN . 160 Gray Blue M USA

Repairman
,.AYGNATURE

IRMAN'S
Certificate privileges of FAR Section 65. 103 valid

XII. for Instrument while employed by Custom Electronics ,
VII
Inc. , Cincinnati, Ohio .

Chan S
XIII. Certificate No. 1092

THIS IS AN ORIGINAL ISSUANCEOA REISSUANCE DATE OF SUPERSEDED AIRMAN CERTIFICATE

INSPECTOR AGL - GA DO - 2
Sam Spade
June 1 , 1980 SAM SPADE

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 6. REPAIRMAN , EXPERIMENTAL AIRCRAFT BUILDER CERTIFICATION
1400. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for repairman certification is set forth
in FAR Section 65.104 .
1401. PURPOSE. This section provides guidance for the certification of subject
repairman and the cancellation of surrendered certificates .
1402. GENERAL. Applicants for repairman certificates are individual builders
of experimental certificated aircraft used for the purpose of operating
amateur -built , exhibition and air racing . These repairmen are in no way
associated with repairmen certificated under FAR Section 65.101 , and are not
employed by a repair station .
1403. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS .
a.
An applicant (builder) meeting the requirements of
FAR Section 65.104 ( a ) ( 1) , (2 ) , ( 3) , and (4 ) should be issued a repairman
certificate .
b . When a club , school, or partnership builds an aircraft, only one

individual should be considered for a repairman certificate, such as the class
instructor or designated project leader .
c. Applicants will be considered to have the requisite skill to
determine whether the aircraft is in a condition for safe operation when :
( 1) A certificating airworthiness inspector has knowledge that the
aircraft was constructed by the individual builder ; or
( 2) Applicants present satisfactory evidence such as the aircraft
construction logbook or the inspector receives information ( letter /telephone
call ) from another inspector previously involved in the original aircraft
certification and is familiar with the builder's expertise ; or
( 3 ) Applicants satisfactorily perform an oral and /or practical test
in accordance with issued operating limitations (Appendix D , FAR Part 43) . This
test may consist of all or part of the condition inspection to determine whether
the applicant has the skill to determine that the aircraft is in a condition for
safe operation .
1404. APPLICATION . Applicants should submit one copy of FAA Form 8610-2 ,
( OMB No. 04 -RO065) , Airman Certificate and / or Rating Application , with
appropriate Items I , III , and IV completed for each make, model, and serial
number of the aircraft built . See illustrated example of completed from in
Figure 5-14 . The box for " repairman " (at top of form ) should be checked and
underneath in the space for " specify rating ," print or type the words
ap 5
r 1400 Page 879
8300.9 7/26/85
" Experimental Aircraft Builder . " Applicants should also print or type in " Type
Work Performed " of Item III , the following information : the aircraft make,
model , serial number , and certification date.
NOTE : Have applicants read the Privacy Act statement attached
to FAA Form 8610-2 as supplemental information ( see Figure 5-5
of Section 1 ) .
1405. REVIEW APPLICATION . Inspectors should review the application for being
correct and complete the inspector's report portion on the reverse side of the
FAA Form 8610-2. ( See Figure 5-15 . )
1406. CERTIFICATE ISSUANCE. When an applicant meets all the requirements for
certification , inspectors should complete FAA Form 8060-4, Temporary Airman
Certificate , in duplicate .
a. Type in Item III, the applicant's social security number, without

hyphens. If the applicant does not have a social security number or if he /she
does not disclose his /her social security number under the Privacy Act , type
word " Pending . "
b . Type in Item IX the word - Repairman .
C. Type in Item XII - Experimental Aircraft Builder .
d. Type in Item XIII, the aircraft make , model, serial number and
certification date of each aircraft on which the builder is privileged to
perform condition inspections . (See Figure 5-16 . ) If an applicant qualifies
for more aircraft than can be properly entered on the Temporary Airman
Certificate, more than one certificate should be issued . A permanent
certificate will be issued for each aircraft on which he/ she is privileged to
perform inspections .
1407. SURRENDER CERTIFICATE PROCEDURES . Repairman certificates should be
surrendered whenever the aircraft is destroyed or sold . However , in the latter
situation , the repairman may elect to retain the certificate in order to perfon
condition inspections on the aircraft for the new owner . Surrendered
certificates should be forwarded to the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center ,
Airmen Certification Branch, AAC - 260 , P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City ,
Oklahoma 73125 with a brief statement of reasons for surrender .
Chap 5
Page 880 Par 1404
7/26/85 8300.9
Applicant Presents Applicant Receives To Airmen Certification

Branch , Oklahoma City
1. Application , FAA 1. FAA Form 8060-4 , 1. Application , FAA

Form 8610-2 . Temporary Airman Form 8610-2 .
Certificate
( carbon copy ) .
2. For added air 2. If certificate is 2. Original of FAA
craft , Airman denied , Appli Form 8060-4 .
Certificate , AC cation , FAA
Form 8060-1 . Form 8610-2 , 3. For added aircraft ,
Letter of Denial . Airman Certificate,
AC Form 8060-1 .
4. If certificate is
denied , no file is
forwarded .
1409. FORMS . Example forms used in repairman certification are illustrated in

the Figures 5-14 through 5-16 .
1410. - 1419 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Par 1408 Page 881 ( thru 884 )
7/26/85
8300.9
FIGURE 5-14 . TYPICAL AIRMAN CERTIFICATE AND / OR RATING
APPLICATION , FAA FORM 8610-2 ( FRONT)
application form has been received (14 C.F.R. 65 ). Form Approved OMB No. 04.ROOGS

..::CHANIC REPAIRMAN PARACHUTE RIGGER
AIRFRAME Experimental Aircraft Builder SENIOR OMASTER
INFORMATION
OPOWERPLANT (Specify' Rating) SEAT CHEST

APPLICANT
APPLICATION FOR: ORIGINAL ISSUANCE ADDED RATING OBACK OLAP

A.NAME (First, Middie, Last) K. PERMANENT MAILING ADDRESS
NUMBER AND STREET, 1.0 . BOX , ETC.
Charles Mayer
B. SOCIAL SECURITY NO . C. DOB (Mo., Day, Yv.) D.HEIGHT E. WEIGHT
1.
1000 Beach Street

134930521 3/21/43 72 IN 175 CITY, STATE,ZIP CODE
F. HAIR G. EYES M. SEX 1. NATIONALITY
Black Brown M USA Oakton , Virginia 22100
Donor , Pennsylvania Fairfax
L.HAVE YOU EVER HAD AN AIAMAN CERTIFICATE DENIED.SUSPENDED, OR REVOKED? M.DO YOU NOW OR HAVE YOU EVER HELD AN FAA AIRMAN
CERTIFICATE ?
NO DONO
YES IR "Yes,” explain on en ortached shoot koying to appropriate item number SPECIFY TYPE :
Ova
.CERTIFICATE
N.HAVE YOU EVER BEEN CONVICTED FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE DATE OF FINAL CONVICTION
STATUTES PERTAINING TO NARCOTIC DRUGS , MARIHUANA, AND DEPRESSANT OR
STIMULANT DRUGI OA SUBSTANCES?. YE
APPLIED
NO
RATING
A. CIVIL 8. MILITARY C. LETTER OF RECOMMENDATION FOR

FOR
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE O REPAIRMAN (Aruch copy )

OR

II
BASIS
ON
D. GRADUATE
OF
OF APPROVED 12) SCHOOL NO. (3) CURRICULUM FROM WHICH GRADUATED TA) DATE
COURSE
E. STUDENT HAS MADE SATISFACTORY PROGRESS (1) SCHOOL NAME NO . (2) SCHOOL OFFICIAL'S SIGNATURE
AND IS RECOMMENDED TO TAKE THE ORALI
PRACTICAL TEST (FAR 66.80)
F. SPECIAL AUTHORIZATION TO TAKE k1 ) DATE AUTH . (2) DATE AUTH . EXPIRES ( 3) FAA INSPECTOR SIGNATURE ka) FAA DIST. OFC.
( FAR 66.80 )
A. MILITARY |(1) SERVICE (2) RANK OR PAY LEVEL (3) MILITARY SPECIALTY CODE
EXPERIENCE
COMPETENCE
OBTAINED IN
B. APPLICANTS OTHER THAN FAA CERTIFICATED SCHOOLGRADUATES, LIST EXPERIENCE RELATING TO CERTIFICATE AND RATING APPLIED FOR .
.RECORD
(Continue on separate sheet if more space is needed)

OF
III

FROM TO
Make Mayer's Special

Model - M- 1
Serial No. • No. 1
Certification Date of Aircraft .
December 1 , 1978
SEAT CHEST BACK LAP FOR PACKED AS A
C. PARACHUTE RIGGER APPLICANTS: MASTER
INDICATE BY TYPE HOW MANY RATING O SENIOR O MILITARY
PARACHUTES PACKED ONLY RIGGER RIGGER

IV. APPLICANT'S A. SIGMATSKE B. DATE
CERTIFICATION
Lair res 13.0). wal con is Act

CharlesMayer
Der TK sh . Srch one
FOF FAA USE ONLY
TATING (0 ) RATING ( 2)
December 1 , 1978
RATING: 0 RATING: ( 0 )
I M
TIONS
7
FAA Form 8610-2 110.76) SUPERSEDES FAA FORM 8310-2 AND FAA FORM 8000-33
HIE
'? 5 Page 885

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 5-15 . TYPICAL AIRMAN CERTIFICATE AND / OR RATING

APPLICATION FAA FORM 8610-2 ( REVERSE )

1. GENERAL - Abframe and Powerplant SEAT PASS FAIL

EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS
DATE :
FAIL O BACK PASS O FAIL
TYPE
QUES .
CHEST PASS FAIL
NO .
PRACTICAL TEST PASS

EXPIRATION
FAIL LAS PASS FAIL
DATE :
QUES .
PASS FAIL
NO .
4. AIRFRAME STRUCTURES REMARKS
EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS FAIL
DATE :
QUES.
NO .
EXPIRATION
PRACTICAL TEST PASS DATE :
FAIL
QUES
NO .
III. AIRFRAME SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS

EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PAN FAIL
DATE :
QUES .
NO .
EXPIRATION
DATE :
QUES .
NO .
M. POWERPLANT THEORY AND MAINTENANCE

EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS FAIL
DATE :
QUES.
NO .
EXPIRATION FAIL
PRACTICAL TEST PASS
DATE :
QUES.
NO .

EXPIRATION FAIL
ORAL TEST PASS
DATE :
QUES.
NO .
EXPIRATION FAIL
PRACTICAL TEST PASS
DATE :
QUES.
NO .
I HAVE INDICATED O APPROVED TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE ISSUED (Copy atteched )
THE RESULT AS:
ORAL /PRACTICAL PASSED (FAR 65.80) DISAPPROVED. -- Duplicate of FAA Form 8610-2 presented to applicant
DATE EXAMINER'S SIGNATURE DESIGNATION NO.

I HAVE - WITH THE INDICATED RESULT – PARACHUTE SEAL
APPROVED ( Temporary Certificare isted ) SYMBOL ASSIGNED
X EXAMINED THIS APPLICANT'S PAPERS .
AND STANDARDS.
DATE
12/1/78
METECTOR'S SIGNATUS
Carl Shaver
Shaver FAA DISTRICT OFFICE
AEA - FSDO - 61
ATTACH REPORT OF WRITTEN TEST O SUPERSEDED CERTIFICATE UTTER O AMBIVER SWEET GRADED
Military Competency)
MENTS: FAA FOR $102Ingenail) X TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE Corre REAL SYMBOL CARD
yu.s. 6.2.0 . 1977-782-661 /220
Page 886 Chap 5

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-16 . TYPICAL TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8060-4

THIS CERTIFIES THAT iv .

IV Charles Mayer
V. 1000 Beech Street
Oakton , Virginia 22100
Wayne
3/21/43 72 IN 175 Black Brown M U.S.A.

Repairman
SUSRATUR
RMAN'S
XII. Experimental Aircraft Builder

Aircraft - Mayer's Special , Model M- 1 , Serial No. 1
XIII. Certification Date - December 1 , 1978
EXAMINER'S DESIGNATION NO . ON
BY DIRECTION OF THE ADMINISTRATOR INSPECTOR'S REG . NO .
X. DATE OF ISSUANCE X. INSPECTOR
SIGNATY, E OT07 AMINER OR AEA - FSDO - 61
air Shower DATE DESIGNATION EXPIRES
12/1/78 CARL SHAVER :

7/26/85
8300.9
SECTION 7. ORIGINAL ISSUANCE , RENEWAL AND SURVEILLANCE OF DESIGNATED

MECHANIC EXAMINERS ( DME ) AND DESIGNATED PARACHUTE RIGGER
EXAMINERS ( DPRE )
1420. PURPOSE .. This section provides procedures for issuing , renewing ,
PURPOSE
canceling , and supervising mechanic examiner and parachute rigger designations.
1421 . ISSUANCE AUTHORITY. Appointment and supervision of designees shall be
administered by appropriate ACDO , GADO , FSDO , and IFO personnel.
1422. GENERAL . This section is applicable to both DME's and DPRE's unless
otherwise indicated . Further guidance material is contained in Orders 8610.4C,
Aviation Mechanic Examiner Handbook and 8610.5B , Parachute Rigger Examiner
Handbook ( as revised ) .
1423 . DESIGNEE QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. A prospective designee shall meet

the following requirements :
a . Age . Be at least 23 years of age .

b . Aeronautical knowledge . Show evidence of high level of aeronautical
knowledge in the subjects required by FAR 65 for the certification or mechanics
or parachute riggers.
C. Fixed base of operation . Have a fixed base of operation adequately
equipped to :
(1 ) Exercise the privileges of the designation .

( 2) Test in each subject area for each rating authorized to be
tested .
d . Willingness to serve. Be willing to :

(1 ) Accept the designation .
( 2) Conduct oral and practical tests within the guidelines
provided .
( 3) Understand the authority and limitations of the designation .
e.
Reputation .
(1 ) Be known personally by inspectors of the designating district
office as a person with a reputation for honesty and dependability; or
( 2) Be recommended in writing by an FAA inspector who has been
personally acquainted with prospective designee's work , standards, and integrity
for at least 1 year .
Chap 5
Par 1420
Page 891
8300.9
7/26/85
f. Certification .
(1) DME applicants must have held a mechanic certificate for 5 years
with the .rating ( s) for which the designation is to be issued . They must have
been actively exercising the privileges of their mechanic certificate for
3 years immediately prior to issuance of the designation . When eligible persons
are not available, the 5 -year requirement may be reduced to 3 years if the
prospective designee meets all other requirements and possesses above average
technical qualifications .
( 2) DPRE applicants must have held a master parachute rigger
certificate for at least 2 years and have been actively exercising the
privileges of their certificate for 2 years immediately prior to the
designation .
g. Examiner standardization . Attend and satisfactorily complete
maintenance airman examiner initial and recurrent standardization courses as
detailed in paragraph 1424 below .
1424. EXAMINER ORIENTATION AND STANDARDIZATION .
a. All Designated Mechanic Examiners and Designated Parachute Rigger
Examiners must successfully complete a Maintenance Airman Examiner
Standardization Course by January 31 , 1981 , or their designations will be
canceled .
b. Each DME and DPRE must successfully complete a Maintenance Airman

Examiner Standardization Recurrent Course every other year after
January 31 , 1981 , or their designation will be canceled .
c . Prospective candidates for initial designation after
January 31 , 1981 , must successfully complete a Maintenance Airman Examiner
Standardization Course prior to the issuance of the designation , except the
regional Flight Standards Division Manager may authorize the designation pending
successful completion of the first available Maintenance Airman Examiner
Standardization Course .
d. All Aviation Safety Inspectors (Airworthiness) are expected to attend

with their examiners .
e.
e An examiner who takes the examiner standardization course during the
period before January 31, 1981, and does not successfully complete it, may
continue as a designated examiner at the discretion of the district office under
the following conditions :
( 1 ) . The designation should not normally continue beyond the next
regular renewal date and may not continue beyond January 31 , 1981 .
( 2) The designee should be scheduled into another Maintenance Airman
Examiner Standardization Course if the district office and assignee both desire
the designation to continue .
Chap 5
Page 892 Par 1423
7/26/85 8300.9
(3) Increased surveillance of the examiner by the district office

should occur .
f . A prospective examiner who takes the examiner standardization course

as a condition of being designated and does not successfully complete it , is not
eligible for designation .
1425. FIXED BASE OF OPERATION . Each examiner must have a fixed base of
operation adequately equipped to exercise the authority of the designation .
a. Equipment and materials must be adequate for an airman applicant to
demonstrate the skills required for the rating sought . Equipment and materials
may be evaluated by selecting random projects in each subject from the oral and
practical test guide. If the examiner cannot test in each subject or if the
range of possible projects in any subject is too restrictive , the equipment and
materials are not adequate .
b . Airworthy aircraft, other aircraft , aircraft subassemblies ,

operational mockups, and other aids may be used for testing airman applicants .
C.
Tools , equipment , materials , and necessary apparatus required to
complete a project assignment must be the type recommended by aircraft
manufacturers or accepted in the aviation industry. Each applicant must have
the equipment and materials necessary to complete each practical project
assigned to the standards listed in the oral and practical guide.
d . An applicant must be tested in each subject area ; therefore, each
fixed base of operation equipment and materials must support testing in each
subject area for the designation held .
e.
The examiner should be required by the designating district office to
report to it any significant change in the equipment or materials available to
test applicants.
1426. EXAMINER PRIVILEGES AND LIMITATIONS. The privileges and limitations of

DME's and DPRE'S should be thoroughly discussed prior to issuance of a
designation .
a . Privileges . A designated examiner is authorized to :
(1 ) Accept applications and conduct oral and practical tests
appropriate to the Certificate of Authority held by the examiner .
( 2) Charge a reasonable fee for services and materials . The amount
of the fee and the conditions concerning passing or failure, as it applies to
the fee , should be clearly understood by all parties before the application is
accepted by the examiner .
(3) Issue FAA Form 8060-4 , Temporary Airman Certificate, unless

otherwise directed by the designating district office .
Chap 5
Par 1424 Page 893
8300.9
7/26/85
b. Limitations. A designated examiner shall NOT :
( 1 ) Conduct oral and practical tests at locations not listed as a

base of operations on the current Certificate of Authority held by the examiner ,
unless authorized by the supervising FAA district office .
(2) Conduct or monitor any portion of FAA airman written tests .
( 3) Endorse , amend , alter , or issue any permanent airman
certificate .
(4) Reissue an expired temporary airman certificate .

( 5) Conduct oral and practical tests simultaneously to more than two
applicants unless prior arrangements to do so have been made with the FAA
district office .
(6) Combine teaching with testing of an applicant .

( 7) Conduct oral and practical tests unless an applicant's
eligibility , as prescribed in FAR Part 65 , has been established .
( 8) Conduct oral and practical tests at the base of operations that
appears on the examiner's Certificate of Authority if not adequately equipped
with equipment and materials .
(9) Conduct oral and practical tests unless the applicant has passed
the required written tests , except for mechanic applicants authorized in
accordance with FAR Section 65.80 .
c . Geographical Area. Designated Mechanic Examiners wanting to

administer oral and practical mechanic tests outside the geographical area of
their designating district office must :
( 1) Request permission , in writing, from both the designating office
and the office ( s) where the tests will be conducted .
( 2) Provide these offices , in writing , with the date and address of
the testing site .
( 3) Make the request in a timely manner prior to the test date .
(4) Arrange for and prove to the office in the district where the
temporary test site is located that they have adequate facilities , equipment ,
and materials available for testing applicants to demonstrate the basic skills
necessary for the certificate and /or rating (s) sought .
d . When permission is granted to the examiner to administer oral and
practical tests in the area of jurisdiction of another district office :
Chap 5
Page 894 Par 1426
7/26/85 8300.9
( 1 ) The Designated Mechanic Examiner then comes under the

jurisdiction of that office .
(2) Certification files must be submitted to that office .
Requests for testing outside the Designated Mechanic Examiner'a
e.
respective regional geographic area will be denied .

1427. ISSUANCE OF DESIGNATION . After determining that a prospective designee
is qualified , he / she should be asked to complete the FAA Form 8110-14, Statement
of Qualification . (See Figure 5-17 of this section . ) For each new designee,
FAA field personnel will complete the following:
a. Reverse of the FAA Form 8110-14 . DME and DPRE designation numbers
will be the same as their respective mechanic or master parachute rigger
certificate number . ( See Figure 5-18 of this section .) Retain this fom in the
district office file and record all subsequent actions on the reverse side .
This is the only record as no central file record of qualifications is kept .
b. FAA Form 8430-9, Certificate of Authority . The designee's signature
should appear on the face of the form along with that of the issuing inspector .
(See Figure 5-19 of this section . ) The jurisdictional district office number
should be entered on the reverse side of the FAA Form 8430-9 . ( See Figure 5-20
of this section .) All designations expire on October 31 of each year ; those
made in October will expire the following year .
c. FAA Form 8000-5 , Certificate of Designation . Certificate of
Designation may be issued for display purposes . The form may be permanently
retained by the designee unless deemed otherwise by the supervising district
office . ( See Figure 5-21 of this section . )
d . An examiner may be designated to serve outside the United States
provided such designation will serve U.S. citizens abroad and the examiner
activities can be properly supervised by the designating FAA office .
Certification limitations may be placed on the examiner as provided by current
FAA policy regarding certification of airmen outside the United States .
1428. 'ISSUANCE OF DESIGNEE MATERIALS . The supervising FAA district office
should provide to designees the publications necessary to the performance of
their duties . District offices should order oral and practical test books on
FAA Form 1360-49 , Speed Memo , from Distribution Section , AAC -65C , Mike Monroney
Aeronautical Center , P.O. Box 25082 , Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125. Copies of
the current oral and practical test guides may be ordered from the Airworthiness
Section , AVN -133 , Aviation Standards National Field Office, P.O. Box 25082,
Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125. Other materials should be obtained from normal
regional or national supply sources .
a. Designated Mechanic Examiner materials .
(1 ) Order 8610.4B , Aviation Mechanic Examiner Handbook .
Chap 5
Par 1426 Page 895
8300.9
7/26/85
(2) Aviation Mechanic General Oral and Practical Test .

( 3) Aviation Mechanic Airframe Oral and Practical Test .
(4) Aviation Mechanic Powerplant Oral and Practical Test .
(5 ) FAA Form 8610-2, Airman Certificate and /or Rating Application
( Stock No. 0052-00-026-8003) (Unit of Issue (U / I) SHEET (SH ) ) .
(6 ) FAA Form 8060-4 Temporary Airman Certificate
( Stock No. 0052-00-049-5001) (U / I Each (EA )) .
( 7) FAA Form 337,, Major Repair and Alteration Data Form - Aircraft,
-
Engine, Appliance (Stock No. 0052-00-025-8000) (U / I Hundred (HD)) .

(8) Federal Aviation Regulations Part 65 , Certification : Airmen
Other Than Flight Crewmembers .
(9) Federal Aviation Regulations Part 183, Representatives of the
Administrator .
b. Designated Parachute Rigger Examiner materials .

(1) Order 8610.5B , Parachute Rigger Examiner Handbook .
( 2) Parachute Rigger Oral and Practical Test .

( 3) FAA Form 8610-2, Airman Certificate and /or Rating Application
( Stock No. 0052-00-026-8003) ( U / I SH ) .
(4) FAA Form 8060-4 , Temporary Airman Certificate

( Stock No. 0052-00-049-5001) ( U / I FA ) .
( 5) Federal Aviation Regulations Part 65 , Certification : Airmen

Other Than Flight Crewmembers.
(6) Federal Aviation Regulations Part 183 , Representatives of the
Administrator .
a . Designee records will be established and maintained in accordance

with Chapter 2 , Section 14 , Recordkeeping and Related Reports .
b. Mailing list information will be forwarded in accordance with
Chapter 2 , Section 14, Recordkeeping and Related Reports.
1430. REDESIGNATION .
a. When reappointing a former designee , treat as an original
designation .
Chap 5
Page 896 Par 1428
7/26/85 8300.9
b . When reappointing a current designee, do not forward mailing list

information , unless changes have occurred .
1431. ANNUAL RENEWAL . A designation will be renewed when the supervising FAA
district office has determined that a need still exists and the examiner's
services are satisfactory . The examiner will be notified of the renewal and a
new FAA Form 8430-9 will be issued .
a.An annual meeting of designated examiners shall be held by each

district office to discuss examiner procedures and problems.
( 1 ) Attendance may be a prerequisite for renewal .
( 2) At the discretion of the district office manager , this meeting
may be held in conjunction with the Biennial Maintenance Airman Examiner
Standardization Course conducted by AVN - 133 .
b. The general requirements for examiner designations must be maintained
by each designee conducting tests .
C. A renewal file presented by the examiner should include the
following :
( 1 ) A current FAA Form 8430-9 , Certificate of Authority .

( 2) A record of all oral and practical tests conducted since the
issuance or last renewal of designation .
1432. RENEWAL PROCEDURES .
a.
All designations expire October 31 of each year . Therefore, during
October , designations should be renewed by :
(1 ) Issue FAA Form 8430-9 , Certificate of Authority , to each
designee. ( See Figure 5-19 of this section .)
( 2) Have each designee sign the FAA Form 8430-9 .
( 3) Complete the reports required by paragraph 1429 .

5
(4) Destroy the superseded Certificate of Authority .

b . When an expired designation is not to be renewed , it should be
treated as a cancellation and recorded by October 31 .
1433. CANCELLATION OF DESIGNATION .
a. Reasons for cancellation .
(1) The need for an examiner's service has ceased to exist .
ap 5
ar 1430 Page 897.
8300.9 7/26/85
(2) Evidence of malpractice or fraudulent use of designation or any

act which might reflect discredit upon the FAA .
( 3) Any tendency to require constant assistance and guidance in
complying with procedures and implementing the required standards.
(4) Inability to work harmoniously with applicants or personnel of
the supervising FAA district office .
( 5) A change in FAA policy on the examiner program .

(6) Any reason considered appropriate by the supervising FAA
district office .
(7) Not attending or not successfully completing a Maintenance

Airman Examiner Standardization initial or recurrent standardization course
required as a condition of renewal.
b. Cancellation procedures . When the cancellation of an examiner
designation becomes necessary, notify the designee in writing. Request
surrender of the FAA Form 8430-9, Certificate of Authority , and return of all
supplies and documents furnished by the agency .
( 1) If the cancellation is based on deficient performance or on the
actions of the examiner, the examiner should be given an opportunity to discuss
the problem with the district office .
( 2) Cancellation should normally be made effective upon receipt of
the written notice .
(3) The letter of cancellation may also contain a statement of

gratitude for the services rendered by the examiner .
(4) The examiner may be allowed to retain FAA Form 8000-5 ,
Certificate of Designation , unless the supervising district office feels it
should be surrendered .
1434. VOLUNTARY SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY . Voluntary surrender of

a certificate of Authority will be treated and recorded as a cancellation in
accordance with procedures under paragraph 1431 of this section .
1435. RECORDS.
a. Renewals, cancellations, and changes of address will be recorded on
the reverse of FAA Form 8110-14 .
(1 ) Retitle the column title "Date Status Report for Designee

Forwarded " to " Designation Expires " and then enter appropriate date .
(2) Date of the action will be used to indicate the type of action
( see Figure 5-18 of this section ) .
Chap 5
Page 898 Par 1433
7/26/85 8300.9
1436. SURVEILLANCE ITEMS AND PROCEDURES . The FAA has the authority to delegate
competency determination functions of airmen to private persons who will be
known as designees. Surveillance of designees will be in accordance with
Order 1800.12D, Flight Standards Program Guidelines , or subsequent revisions .
The following items and procedures should be considered during designee
surveillance :
a.
Responsibilities. Designees should be thoroughly indoctrinated in
the importance of their function in administering oral and practical tests to
airman applicants.
b . Equipment . Visit the designee's fixed base and determine that there
are sufficient tools, equipment, and facilities available for applicant use .
c.
Observation . Determine that designees are conducting oral and
practical tests in accordance with current standards and procedures. These
tests should cover applicable subject matter .
d.. Interview . Applicants who have taken the oral and practical tests
administered by designees may be interviewed to evaluate the designee's
performance while not actually under the critical eye of the inspector during
formal surveillance visits .
e.
Currency. During surveillance or at any time appropriate, inspectors
should convey any changes in standards, procedures, or regulations that are
applicable to designees and review their authority and limitations.
f. Duties. Review procedures involving recordkeeping responsibilities
and completeness and forwarding of files .
1437. FORMS . Forms used in the certification and surveillance of designated
examiners are illustrated in Figures 5-17 through 5-21 .
1438. - 1449 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Par 1436 Page 899 ( thru 904 )
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-17 . TYPICAL EXECUTION OF THE FACE OF FAA FORM 8110-14 ,

STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS ( DMIR - DER - DPRE - DME ) O O O
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION - FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION Form Approved.

STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS Budget Bureau No. 04 - R0090
( DMIR - DER - DPRE - DME )
O
J. U.S. CITIZEN
INSTRUCTIONS: Print or type all entries except signatures. 200 VES NO
1. NAME (Last, flrat, middlo ) . SOCIAL SECURITY NO.

SMITH , Samuel Spence
2. ADDRESS (Numbor, otrool, city , stato , and ZIP code) 4. DATE OF DIRTH
2700 Arlington Blvd., Arlington , Virginia 22203 4 July 1936

S. DESIGNATION SOUGHT
DESIGNATED MANUFACTURING INSPECTION REPRESENTATIVE ( DMIN
DESIGNATED MECHANIC EXAMIN ER ( OME) AIRFRAME RATING POWERPLANT RATING
DESIGNATED PARACHUTE RIGGER EXAMINEN ( OPRE ) SEAT SACK CHEST OTHER
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING ENGINE ENGINEERING
DESIGNATED POWERPLANT ENGINEERING PROPELLER ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING
REPRESENTATIVE ( DERI SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ENGINEERING FLIGHT ANALYST
RADIO ENGINEERING FLIGHT TEST PILOT
6. EXPERIENCE RESUME FOR PAST 5 YEARS PERTINENT TO DESIGNATION SOUGHT (Use additional shooto Il nocousary)
DATES
EMPLOYER'S NAME POSITION TITLE AND DUTIES
FROM TO
1-5065 present Brown Flying Service , Inc. Foreman - Airframe & Powerplant Maintenance
O
Shops
1-15-62|1-14-65 Hybla Valley Air Service Mechanic - Airframe & Powerplant

122.57 12-15–64 U.S. Navy AMC – Chief Aviation Structural Mechanic
7. EDUCATION AND TRAINING HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL AND ABOVE PERTINENT TO DESIGNATION SOUGHT
DATES
NAME OF SCHOOL CURRICULUM OR STUDY PROGRAM DEGREES RECEIVED
FROM TO
9-10-55 10-1-57 Virginia School of Aero Airframe & Powerplant

nautical Technology
9-7-51 1-20–55 Patrick Henry High School
8. FAA CERTIFICATES NOW HELD PERTINENT TO DESIGNATION SOUGHT

TYPE CERTIFICATE NO . RATING DATE EACH RATING ISSUED
Mechanic 1234567 Airframe & 1045-57 and 10-12-57

Powerplant
9. EMPLOYER'S RECOMMENDATION ( To be completed for DER and DMIR only)

I RECOMMEND THE PERSON IDENTIFIED ABOVE BE APPOINTED AS :
DESIGNATED ENGINEERING REPRESENTATIVE O DESIGNATED MANUFACTURING INSPECTION REPRESENTATIVE
DATE PRIMARY BUSINESS SIGNATURE
10. LOCATION WHERE DESIGNEE FUNCTIONS WILL BE PERFORMED (To be completed for DME and D PRE only)
ADDRESS TELEPHONE NO .
21 Bailey's Cross Roads, Arlington , VA , 22203 267-0707

11. CERTIFICATION: I certify that the above statements are true to the best of my knowledge and that I am familiar with the
Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent to the designation sought.
DATE SIGNATURE
12 February 1977
FAA Form 8110-14 12-72 SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION
Samuel S. Smith
ap 5 Page 905
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 5-18 . REVERSE SIDE OF FAA FORM 8110-14 SHOWING TYPICAL ENTRIES .
ITEM I IS COMPLETED WHEN INITIAL APPOINTMENT OF DESIGNEE
IS ACCOMPLISHED . NOTE THAT ITEM II IS UTILIZED TO RECORD
SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS RELATIVE TO THE DESIGNATION .
ACTION RECORD (For FAA Use Only)

1. RECORD OF APPROVAL. (For original or redesignation)
1. DESIGNATION RATINGS CLASSIFICATIONS 2. DESIGNEE'S NAME
DESIGNATED MANUFACTURING INSPECTION REPRESENTATIVE
DESIGNATED AIRFRAME Samuel Spence Smith
XOX MECHANIC EXAMINER XX POWERPLANT J. DEHGMATION NUMBER
DESIGNATED
PARACHUTE RIGGER
SEAT CHEST 1232567
EXAMINER BACK OTHER. EFFECTIVE DATE
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 12 February 1977
POWERPLANT ENGINEERINO 6. DATE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY EXPIRES
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ENGINEERING 31 October 1977
DESIGNATED RADIO ENGINEERING 6. DATE STATUS REPORT FOR DESIGNEE FORWARDED
ENGINEERING
REPRESENTATIVE ENGINE ENGINEERING 11 February 1977
PROPELLER ENGINEERING 7. INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE
FLIGHT ANALYST Das Diniendly
FLIGHT TEST PILOT Koe Friendly
W. RECORD OF SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
TYPE
NEW ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NO. ONTI STATUS REPOR
ANNUAL
CHANGE DOM PAA OFFICIAL
OF
CANCEL ( II changed)
RENEWAL LATION OSIONCÉ FORWATOTO
ADDRES ! Daarnation Reparlen
XX 31 October 1978
Priority
PAA AC 14 -NOTT
Page 906 Chap 5

126/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-19 . CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY , FAA FORM 8430-9

( TYPICAL EXECUTION OF THE FACE)
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DESIGNATION NO .

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY 1234567
SSmith
DESIGMATION EXPIRES
MAME
DESIGNEE'S
Samual s . Smith .
Oct. 31 , 1977
SHORMATURE
Is authorized to act in the copacity of a

Sam
Designated Mechanic Examiner for

Airframe and Powerplant Ratings
AT FIXED BASE OF OPERATION
Virginia Airport , Baileys Cross R.d.
Arlington . Va 22203
forthe Administrator
2/12/77
(DATE)
Friendly
FAA FORM M30-9 ( 1-10 )
FIGURE 5-20 . REVERSE SIDE OF FAA FORM 8430-9
The bearer hos received all pertinent Instructions and has

authorized to act in the capacity set forth on this Certificate of
Authority while under the supervision of the following district
Othee or offices :
OMice Dale Inspector's signature
2/12/77
AEA -GADO - 9
Jae duciendly
fue
? 5 Page 907
8300.9
r isc a
oSAtfmaetteed
U ni
Tra
Page 908 ( thru 916 )

of nsport
Depart t on
menati
Adm
Avi ini str
l ation
eraon
FIGURE 5-21 .
Fedati
U Dr atio
ofbitifguica
Cer te n
of
disc
and
dinte
the
con
an
trus reti
fid
tgrit
inilidcia
,spe ye
genlencceonng
Rep osi
SURTH
SPENCEI
SAMUAL
N
FED
Z kill
esknow
nece
the
,has
he
that ledg
xperiing
find
and nd st
encey e a,intere
ssar
, des
hhim
res
pub
spe
mer
I.jud
imp lic
cia
it
toavepon
gme
art ate
ignsib
trot
ialilidty
RATIN
AND
AIRFR
FOR GS
PLANT
AME
POWERNER
EXAMI
MECHA NIC
pre
proc
and
regu
the
with
acco
inget
toauth
and edur
rdan
orizons
ceese
Admi
Avia
Fede
the
scri nistration
tion
bed
by DEral
MIN
himignlati
des
ihisati
rel
Adm str
iningh on on
atioati
ITSTR
A Admin
the istrator
of tion
Direc
Ba
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION , FAA FORM 8000-5
,Virginia
Arlington
at
Issued Balp
Burhlingame
Chap 5
Dated Burli
Ralphngame
12
1, 977 ary
Febru
7/26/85
1234 567ate
No. ific , RA_fGADOS
AChie
Cert
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 8. PARACHUTE RIGGER CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES
1450. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for parachute rigger certification is

contained in FAR Part 65 , Subpart F, Sections 65.111 through 65.133 .
1451. PURPOSE . This section provides procedures for the certification of
parachute riggers .
1452. GENERAL . Applicants for original parachute rigger certificates are
required to pass written and oral/ practical tests as indicated in the following
chart :
Applicants for Written Oral / Practical
Senior Parachute Rigger Yes Yes , on at least one type

in use , and appropriate to
the rating being sought .
Senior Parachute Rigger , Yes , on regula No
Military Comp . tions only
Master Parachute Rigger

(a) and holder of Senior NO Yes, on two types in use ,
Rigger Certificate and appropriate to the
(b) lacks Senior Rigger Yes rating being sought .
Certificate
a.
Certificated parachute riggers applying for additional ratings are
not required to take a written test ; they take only a practical test for each
type rating sought .
b. Oral/practical tests may be given only by designated parachute rigger

examiners (DPRE's ) or by FAA airworthiness inspectors with parachute
experience .
1453. APPLICANT'S EXPERIENCE AND ELIGIBILITY ., Prior to being given any portion
of the parachute rigger test , an applicant must establish his eligibility by
substantiating his experience. The reviewing inspector should provide FAA
Form 8610-2 , with instructions for completion, when satisfied that the applicant
is eligible for the rating ( s ) sought . If a written test is to be taken at
another time or place , issue FAA Form 8060-7 , Airman's Authorization For Written
Test . The following chart indicates the experiencerequired :
hap 5
ar 1450
Page 917
8300.9 7/26/85
Applicant Eligibility
Senior Rigger Pack at least 20 parachutes of each type for which a rating
is being sought , in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and under supervision of a certificated
parachute rigger holding a rating for that type or a person
holding an appropriate military rating .
Senior Rigger Pack , as a military rated parachute rigger , at least 20
Mil . Comp . parachutes of each type for which a rating is being sought.
Master Rigger Three years experience as a parachute rigger and satisfac
torily packed at least 100 parachutes of each of two types,
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions , while per
forming as an appropriately rated Senior Parachute Rigger ,
or while under the supervision of an appropriately rated
parachute rigger , or a person holding appropriate military
ratings; or a combination of experience to meet the
eligibility requirements .
1454. WRITTEN TEST. These tests will be conducted in accordance with
Order 8080.1C (as revised ) , Conduct of Airmen Written Tests .
1455. WRITTEN TEST GRADES .
a.
Military competence written tests will be graded locally with key
sheets furnished by the Printing and Distribution Branch , AAC - 65 . The Airman
Written Test Application , AC Form 8080-3 , will be forwarded with the
certification file . If an applicant fails, issue an FAA Form 8060-5 , Notice of
Disapproval of Application , and send the duplicate copy of this form to AAC - 260
along with the AC Form 8080-3 .
b . All other parachute rigger written test results will be reported to
applicants on an AC Form 8080-2, Airman Written Test Report . These forms will
have no expiration date .
1456. APPLICATION FOR ORAL / PRACTICAL TEST .
a. All applicants must present FAA Form 8610-2 , Airman Certificate
And /Or Rating Application , (original copy ) . The form should be checked to
ensure that all pertinent information is furnished . Be sure the applicant read:
the Privacy Act Statement attached to the FAA Form 8610-2 . ( See Figure 5-5 of
this Section 1 , for Privacy Act , and Figure 5-22 of this section for example of
application entries .)
b. Senior parachute rigger applicants ( other than militarycompetence)
shall show proof of having passed the written test by presenting AC Form 8080-2
and completed FAA Form 8610-2 prior to being given the oral / practical ' test .
C.
Senior parachute rigger applicants who qualify under military
competence may be issued an FAA Form 8060-4 , Temporary Airman Certificate, and
seal symbol upon application after passing the written test on regulations
only .
Chap 5
Page 918 Par 1453
7/26/85 8300.9
d. Master parachute rigger applicants are not required to have held a

senior rigger's certificate prior to applying for a master rigger's certificate.
The military competence rule, FAR Section 65.117 , does not apply to master
riggers; however, valid experience gained as a military rigger is acceptable for
master rigger certification .
1457. CONDUCTING ORAL / PRACTICAL TEST(S ) . These tests may be given by only
designated parachute rigger examiners (DPRE's) or by FAA airworthiness
inspectors who hold a parachute rigger certificate . The oral /practical test ( s )
shall consist of questions and projects directly related to the type of
parachute for which a rating is sought .
a. When multiple ratings are sought , each rating shall have its own
oral/practical test .
b . An applicant should be permitted to refer to the manufacturer's
instructions .
C.Order 8610.5B ( as revised ) Parachute Rigger Examiner Handbook , will

be used when administering an oral /practical test .
1458. GRADING PROCEDURES . The oral / practical test results will be entered on
the reverse side of FAA Form 8610-2 ( see Figure 5-23 of this section ) .
a. If an applicant for a senior rigger certificate is not given an
bral/practical test because he qualified under the military competence rule,
enter under " Remarks ," " Military comp."
b. If the applicant performs satisfactorily on the oral /practical tests ,

the examiner will check the applicable " Pass" blocks under "results of Oral and
Practical Tests . "
c.
If the applicant fails to perform satisfactorily , or does not
complete the test ( s ) , the examiner will :
(1 ) Check the appropriate " Fail" block ( s ) .

( 2) Complete the Designation Examiner's Report of an original and
Juplicate indicating disapproval.
( 3) . Complete the reverse side of the duplicate indicating

Jisapproval and give the copy to the applicant .
459. ASSIGNMENT OF SEAL SYMBOL . At the time of original certification , each
parachute rigger will be assigned an FAA Form 3318 , Parachute Rigger Seal Symbol
Assignment Card, (Figure 5-24 of this section ). The form will be supplied upon
request from the Airmen Certification Branch , AAC - 260, to each district office.
ach district office should maintain a limited supply of these cards . In the
Inspector's Report " portion of FAA Form 8610-2 , indicate the seal symbol
issigned ( see Figure 5-23 of this section ) .
Chap 5
Par 1456 Page 919
8300.9
7/26/85
1460 . ISSUANCE OF TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE , FAA FORM 8060-4.

a.
When an applicant meets all the requirements for the issuance of a
parachute rigger certificate, complete the FAA Form 8060-4 in accordance with
the instructions furnished with the pad of forms ( see Figure 5-25 of this
section ) .
b. Show the seal symbol assigned in the Space XIII , " Ratings and
Limitations .
c. A master rigger will be issued all type ratings that were on his
senior certificate even though he was tested on only two types of parachutes .
TO Airmen Certification
Applicant Presents Applicant Receives Branch Oklahoma City
1. Application , FAA 1 . One of the following : 1. Original application
Form 8610-2 . FAA Form 8610-2 .
a. Original of FAA 2. Original typed FAA

2. Record of packing Form 8060-4 , if Form 8060-4 .
experience when applicant passes
applicable . all rquired tests. 3. AC Form 8080-2 when
applicable .
3. AC Form 8080-2 b. Duplicate FAA
if applicable. Form 8610-2 if 4. AC Form 8080-3 (Mil .
applicant fails Comp . only) .
any part of the
oral / practical . 5. Seal symbol card ,
FAA Form 3318 .
4. For retest , FAA 2. AC Form 8080-2 if
Form 8610-2 or FAA presented and tests 6. For retest , dupli
Form 8060-5 from were failed . cate Form 8610-2 or
previous test . FAA Form 8060-5
from previous test .
5. Letter certifying 3. Record of packing
additional instruc experience when 7. Letter certifying
tion if retest within applicable. instruction if re
30 days . test within 30 days .
6. old airman 8. Old certificte , AC
certificate , AC Form 8060-1 or
Form 8060-1 or Form 8060-4 for
Form 8060-4 for added ratings .
added ratings .
1462. FORMS . Example forms used in parachute rigger certification are

illustrated in the following figures :
1463. - 1469 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Page 920 ( thru 924 ) Par 1460
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-22 . TYPICAL APPLICATION ENTRIES FOR PARACHUTE RIGGER CERTIFICATE

ON FAA FORM 8610-2 , AIRMAN CERTIFICATE AND / OR RATING
APPLICATION

application form has been received (14 C.F.R. 65 ). Form Approved OMB No. OH-HOOGS
C.CHANIC OREPAIRMAN PARACHUTE RIGGER
AIRFRAME SENIOR O MASTER
INFORMATION
OPOWERPLANT (Specify Rating) SEAT CHEST

APPLICANT
APPLICATION FOR : OORIGINAL ISSUANCE ADDED RATING JACK OLAP

A.NAME (Fit, Muddk , Lane) K.PERMANENT MAILING ADDRESS
NUMBERANDSTREET,P.O. DOX, ETC.
Donald Earl Pauley 36 Main Street
D. MEIGHT WEIGHT
I.
1. SOCIAL SECURITY NO . C. DOI (Mo., Doy, Yv.)

Portage , Pennsylvania 15946
012-34-5678 May 6 , 1946 68 IN . 170 CITY, STATE, 21P CODE
F. HAIR G. EYES M. SEX 1. NATIONALITY
Brown Brown M U.S.A. Cambria

Pittsburgh , Pennsylvania
L. HAVE YOU EVER HAD AN AIRMAN CERTIFICATE DENIED ,SUSPENDED. ON NEVOKED? M.DO YOU NOW OR HAVE YOU EVER HELD AN FAA AIRMAN
CERTIFICATE ?
UNO NO OVES
OVES 18 " Yes, " oxplain on en ortached host koying to appropriate item number SPECIFY TYPE :
명
.CERTIFICATE
STATUTES PERTAINING TO NARCOTIC DRUGS, MARIHUANA , AND DEPRESSANT OR IN
O OYES
APPLIED
STIMULANT DRUGS OR SUBSTANCES?.

RATING
C. LETTEN OF RECOMMENDATION FOR

O A. CIVIL
I. MILITARY
FOR
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE 0 ° REPAIRMAN (Atrach copy)

OR

II
BASIS
0. GRADUATE
ON
OF
-
O OF APPROVED
COURSE ( 2) SCHOOL NO. |(3) CURRICULUM FROM WHICH GRADUATED (4) DATE
E. STUDENT HASMADE SATISFACTONYPROGRESS ( 1) SCHOOL NAME NO . ( 2) SCHOOL OFFICIAL'S SIGNATURE

O AND IS RECOMMENDED TO TAKE THE ORALI
PRACTICAL TEST (FAR 65.00 )
F. PECIAL AUTHORIZATION TO TAKE K1) DATE AUTM . (2) DATE AUTH. EXPIRES (3) FAA INSPECTOR SIGNATURE ka) FAA DIST. OFC.
(FAN 68.00 )
A. MILITARY ( 1) SERVICE (2) RANK OR PAY LEVEL (3) MILITARY SPECIALTY CODE
EXPERIENCE
COMPETENCE
OBTAINED IN
.RECORD
D. APPLICANTS OTHER THAN FAA CERTIFICATED SCHOOLGRADUATES, LIST EXPERIENCE RELATING TO CERTIFICATE AND RATING APPLIED FOR .
Continue on separate sheet more space is needed )
OF
III
DATES --MONTH AND YEAR

FROM TO
2-4-73 Present Tri - State Parachute Loft ' Packed parachutes under the
Johnstown , Pennsylvania supervision of Master Rigger ,
JohnSmith , Seal Symbol MEA .
6-6-70 1-21-73 Williams Aviation .
Line service · fueling and oil.
Johnstown , Pennsylvania
SEAT CHEST JACK LAP FOR PACKED AS A

C. PARACHUTE RIGGER APPLICANTS : MASTER
PARACHUTES PACKED
28 23 25
ONLY
RIGGER RIGGER
IV. APPLICANT'S A. SIGNATURE B. DATE
CERTIFICATION
Donald & Pauley
Donald Earl Pauley June 5 , 1977
FOR FAA USE ONLY
Emp res D.O. seal con iss Act les TR s.h. Such • rte KATING (0 ) RATING (2 ) RATING (3) RATING 0
LIMITATIONS
1
☆ FAA Form 8610-2(10-76) SUPERSEDES FAA FORM 8310-2 AND FAA FORM 8000-33
Chap 5 Page 925

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 5-23 . DPRE REPORT FOR PARACHUTE RIGGER PRACTICAL TEST

( REVERSE OF FAA FORM 8610-2)
DOC
I. GENERAL - Airframe and Powerplant SEAT PASS xl | FAIL

EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS FAIL BACK PASS FAIL
DATE :
TYPE
QUES.
CHEST PASS FAIL
NO .
EXPIRATION
PRACTICAL TEST PASS
DATE :
FAIL LAP PASS DFAIL
QUES .
NO .
PASS O FAIL
REMARKS
11. AIRFRAME STRUCTURES
EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS
DATE :
FAIL
QUES .
• NO .
PASS EXPIRATION
PRACTICAL TEST FAIL
DATE :
QUES .
NO .
IN. AIRFRAME SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS
PASS EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST FAIL
DATE :
QUES .
NO .
EXPIRATION FAIL
PRACTICAL TEST PASS
DATE :
QUES.
NO .
N. POWERPLANT THEORY AND MAINTENANCE

EXPIRATION
ORAL TEST PASS FAIL
DATE :
QUES .
NO .
EXPIRATION
DATE :
QUES .
NO .
V, POWERPLANT SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS

DATE:
QUES .
NO .
PRACTICAL TEST PASS EXPIRATION FAIL

DATE :
QUES .
NO .
I HAVE INDICATED
3 APPROVED TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE ISSUED (Copy attached )
THE RESULT AS :
ORAL/PRACTICAL PASSED (FAR 65.80) DISAPPROVED --- Duplicate of FAA Form 8610-2 presented to applicant
123456789
July 8 , 1977 Bormit Spelgal emmit spaiguel
EXAMINED THIS APPLICANT'S PAPERS. X APPROVED ( Temporary Certificate Issued )
SYMBOL ASSIGNED
ACCORDANCE WITH PERTINENT PROCEDURES S S
AND STANDARDS.
DATE
July 12 , 1977
INSPECTOR'S SIGNATURE
Geng Morris
George Morris
FAA DISTRICT OFFICE
ARA -GADO - 7
ATTACH - REPORT OF WRITTEN TEST SUPERSEDED CERTIFICATE LETTER O ANSWERCompetency
SHEET GRADED
MENTS : 62FAA FORM 8610-2 ( Original) MiNnary )
3 TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE (Copy) SEAL SYMBOL CARD
$ u.s . G.P.0 . 1971-722-961 /220
Page 926 Chap 5

1
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 5-24 . TYPICAL PARACHUTE RIGGER SEAL SYMBOL ASSIGNMENT CARD

FAA FORM 3318 .
SYMBOL
PARACHUTE RIGGER SEAL SYMBOL
ASSIGNMENT CARD OSS
TO BE COMPLETED BY FAA PERSONNEL

PRINT OR TYPE - ATTACH TO APPLICATION FILE
FULL NAME OF PARACHUTE RIGGER ( Firat, middlo, lanty ISSUANCE DATE
Donald Earl Pauley 7-8-77

SIGTURE OF INSPECTOR OFFICE NO .
ora immais
George Morris AEA - GADO - 7
FAA Form 3318 (5-63) ( 8310 )
FIGURE 5-25 . TEMPORARY AIRMAN CERTIFICATE - FAA FORM 8060-4

FOR A SENIOR PARACHUTE RIGGER .

THIS CERTIFIES THAT IV . Donald Earl Pauley
V. 36 Main Street
Portage , Pennsylvania
DATE OF BIRTH HEIGHT WEIGHT HAIR EYES SEX NATION ALITY VI .
5-1-46
IX .
68 IN . 170 Brown Brown
|M M U.S.A.
Senior Parachute Rigger

SIGNATURE

. IRMAN'S
XII. Seat , Chest , and Back types

VII
A
XIII. Seal Symbol oss

THIS IS AN ORIGINAL ISSUANCE ( A REISSUANCE
DATE OF SUPERSEDED AIRMAN CERTIFICATE
BY DIRECTION OF THE ADMINISTRATOR EXAMINER'S DESIGNATION NO. OR ,

INSPECTOR 123456789
7-8-77
omit alspeigas
Emmit Speig
10-31-77

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 9. MAINTENANCE AIRMEN (MECHANICS AND REPAIRMEN ) SURVEILLANCE

1470. PURPOSE . This section provides field and regional office personnel with
the objectives and general procedures pertinent to the surveillance of
maintenance airmen . The specific methods and techniques to be utilized in
conducting surveillance of maintenance airmen are matters to be resolved by
regional and district office personnel.
1471. GENERAL. The term " inspector" as used in this section of the order means
any inspector or advisor who is technically qualified and authorized to conduct
surveillance of maintenance airmen .
a. Objective of Surveillance . The basic objective of surveillance of
maintenance airmen is to promote air safety by obtaining compliance with
pertinent FAR's that set forth their privileges, operating rules, and standards
of performance. The following actions are considered as surveillance when
conducted to meet the above stated objectives:
(1 ) The observation of the airman while performing or supervising
various maintenance functions .
( 2) The evaluation of completed maintenance work with the airmen who
accomplished it.
(3) The review of maintenance recordation functions ( log entries ,
required forms, etc.) when conducted for the purpose of determining if an airman
has complied with the regulations.
b . Verification of Proper Certification . During routine analysis,
evaluation , and investigations, mechanic certificates should be checked to
determine the following :
(1 ) Mechanics are properly certificated for the work they are
performing.
(2) Mechanics are properly certificated for the work they are
signing off.
(3) Company personnel listings of certificates held concur with
actual ratings of individuals .
1472. EMPHASIS . Emphasis of surveillance will be in accordance with Flight
Standards Program Guidelines, Order 1800.12D, or subsequent publications. In
addition to such emphasis, the following should be given considerations.
Report of Alleged Noncompliance. Inspectors should give prompt
a.
attention to any situation involving the receipt of a reliable report of an
alleged violation of FAR's pertinent to maintenance airmen .
b. Suspected Noncompliance. Inspectors should concentrate their
maintenance airmen surveillance efforts in those areas where there are reasons
Chap 5
Par 1470 Page 931
8300.9 7/26/85
for suspicion or evidence of noncompliance with FAR's . Repeated surveillance of

maintenance airmen whose record of good workmanship and compliance with FAR's is
acceptable is not a practice that provides for the most effective utilization of
FAA manpower .
c . Activity of Maintenance Airmen . The volume of work being

accomplished by a maintenance airman is a sound criterion on which the frequency
of surveillance may be based . It is logical to concentrate surveillance efforts
towards those maintenance airmen who are performing comparatively large numbers
of activities pertinent to their certificate and ratings .
1473. ACTIONS RESULTING FROM SURVEILLANCE OF MAINTENANCE AIRMEN . The basic
objective of surveillance, as we have stated , is to promote air safety by
determining compliance with the FAR's . Therefore, inspectors will take whatever
action they deem appropriate to correct deficiencies found when conducting
surveillance activities . These deficiencies and the appropriate corrective
measures may generally be placed in the following categories :
a. Conditions or Practices Conducive to Violations. Inspectors engaged
in surveillance activities may encounter conditions or practices being employed
that , if permitted to continue, could lead to the return to service of an
unairworthy item and / or a violation of the FAR's . Such conditions or practices
should immediately be brought to the attention of the airman involved . The
inspector should take the time to explain his concern for the discrepancies
found and render such advice and guidance as the situation may warrant .
b . The rendering of assistance by inspectors through advice , guidance,
and other appropriate actions which help to ensure compliance with the FAR's is
the approach desired by the agency . Action of this type substantially
contributes to the accomplishment of the agency's responsibility to promote air
safety and is an effective method of improving the inspector's prestige. The
initiation of violation action is resorted to only after an actual act of
noncompliance has occurred .
C. Noncompliance . All cases of noncompliance or violation of the FAR'S
will be handled in accordance with procedures prescribed by Order 2150.3 ,
Compliance and Enforcement Program ( as amended ) , or subsequent revisions .
1474. REPORTS . Report of surveillance of maintenance airmen should be in
accordance with the SPUR system . Time spent in reviewing records in connection
with maintenance airman surveillance should not be reported as records review on
the SPUR system . Rather , it should be credited toward the appropriate airman
surveillance .
1475. - 1485 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Page 932 ( thru 936 ) Par 1472
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
SECTION 10. ANNUAL AVIATION MECHANIC SAFETY AWARD /FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR OF THE
YEAR AWARD PROGRAMS
1486. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance to regional and district office
personnel with relation to the general aviation mechanics ' Annual Aviation
Mechanic Safety Award Program and the Flight Instructor of the Year Award
Program .
1487. GENERAL INFORMATION . Since inception , and in the past years , both
programs were managed by Flight Standards Service personnel on an annual basis ,
with the cooperation of aviation industry national organizations and major
segments of the industry . Initially, the intent was to eventually turn the
management of the programs over to the industry with continued FAA cooperation .
This was not accomplished until recently . As a result , there are significant
changes in the conduct of these two programs compared to past years . The
changes follow and are expected to remain the same in the foreseeable future , or
until further notice :
a. The general aviation industry , through their national organizations ,

will manage the program . Chairmanship of both programs will rotate from year to
year between the industry -sponsoring national organizations. The sponsoring
industry organization will act as the chairman , supported by the other
organizations, and with the cooperation of the FAA .
b . The role of the FAA in the two progrms is limited in that it will ,
through the Accident Prevention Counselors, assist in obtaining nominations for
the programs. FAA Accident Prevention Specialists (APS ) will advise their
Counselors accordingly and will explain the details of both programs to them .
The. APS will also provide the Counselors with sufficient quantities of the
nomination (entry) forms to be supplied by the sponsoring industry
organizations. Additional program items ( promotional posters ) , supplied by the
industry sponsors , will also be distributed to the Counselors for their further
use during aviation safety activities ( seminars, conferences , meetings ) .
C. Accident Prevention Counselors will be the principle source of
soliciting nominees for both programs and also in the selection of the district
office outstanding nominees for both programs . The FAA's participation is
restricted to those activities of the APS necessary to organize and direct
Counselors to accomplish these objectives .
d. The outstanding nominees in both programs may be used as the local
winners IF a local award program is desired . If not desired , the local
outstanding selectees ' names will be forwarded to the Accident Prevention
Program Coordinator in the regional office for their use as runners -up if a
regional award program is desired . If not , the regional offices will forward
the outstanding selectees' names submitted by the local offices , to the
Washington headquarters office supervising the Accident Prevention Program .
Those outstanding nominess' names submitted by the regions will be judged by a
national committee to select the national winner in each program . The national
committee will be . composed of representatives of the sponsoring industry
organizations, with the FAA headquarters staff acting in an advisory capacity .
Chap 5
Par 1486 Page 937
8300.9
7/26/85
The FAA national awards for both programs will be handled by

e.
Headquarters ' Office of Public Affairs .
1488. - 1599 . RESERVED .
Chap 5
Page 938 ( thru 948 ) Par 1487
7/26/85 8300.9
CHAPTER 6. AIR TRANSPORTATION
SECTION 1. GENERAL
1600. PURPOSE . This chapter provides information and guidance on maintenance

programs, inspection programs, and inspection requirements for air carrier
operating certificate holders conducting operations under FAR Parts 121 , 127 ,
129 , and 135 and requirements for approval and administration of those programs .
It also concerns operating certificate holders for airplanes of less than
20 passengers or 6,000 pounds payload , for aircraft used in intrastate
transportation , and existing commercial operations that are required to comply
with FAR Part 125 by January 1 , 1983 .
1601. APPLICABILITY. Following are excerpts from SFAR - 38 designating the type
of operating certificate and the regulations applicable to each make and model
aircraft operated by the certificate holder .
a.
Each person authorized to conduct operations as an air carrier, as
defined in the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 , as amended , will be issued an
Air Carrier Operating Certificate . All other persons , except those holding an
Air Carrier Operating Certificate authorized to conduct operations under those
parts, will be issued an Operating Certificate.
b. For aircraft having a passenger seating configuration , excluding any
pilot seat , of more than 30 seats or a payload capacity of more than
7,500 pounds, each certificate holder shall comply with the certification
requirements in , and conduct its operations in those aircraft in accordance
with , the requirements of FAR Part 121 , and shall be issued operations
specifications under FAR Part 121 .
For aircraft having a maximum passenger seating configuration ,
c.
excluding any pilot seat, of 30 seats or less and a maximum payload capacity of
7,500 pounds , each certificate holder shall comply with the certification
requirements in , and conduct its operations in those aircraft in accordance
with , the requirements of FAR Part 135 , and shall be issued operations
specifications under FAR Part 135 .
d. In lieu of a and b preceding , an air carrier holding a certificate of
public convenience and necessity issued by the Civil Aeronautics Board, when
engaging in scheduled interstate air transportation using helicopters within the
48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia , shall comply with the
certification requirements in , and conduct its air carrier operations in those
aircraft in accordance with , the requirements of FAR Part 127 , and shall be
issued operations specifications under FAR Part 127 .
e. An air carrier , whose operations on December 1 , 1978 , in large
aircraft having a maximum passenger seating configuration , excluding any pilot
seat , of 30 seats or less , and a maximm payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or
less , were conducted under the rules of FAR Part 121 applicable to domestic or
supplemental air carriers , may continue to conduct its operations in such
aircraft under those rules as provided in FAR Section 135.2 ( d) .
Chap 6
Par 1600 Page 949
8300.9 7/26/85
1602. MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS .

a. All aircraft under FAR Parts 121 and 127 , and aircraft under FAR
Part 135 type certificated for 10 or more passenger seats , are required to be
maintained under an approved continuous airworthiness maintenance program .
Aircraft type certificated ( TC ) for 9-or-less passenger seats shall be inspected
in accordance with the inspection requirements of Part 91 or an approved
aircraft inspection program (AAIP ) and , in addition , a maintenance program
prescribed by FAR Section 135.421 .
b. Type certificated capacity , in relation to the maintenance
requirements of FAR Part 135, reflects cabin passenger seating configurations
installed in accordance with approved data such as the type certificate holder's
approved data or a supplemental type certificate ( STC ) . A manufacturer ( type
certificate holder ) may have several approved cabin seating configurations in
which case the type certificated capacity may be changed by converting from one
to another . The same applies to STC approved cabin configurations . It was not
the intent of revised FAR Part 135 to encourage or allow operators to remove or
block passenger seats to circumvent maintenance requirements, and removal of
passenger seats does not constitute a change in type certificated capacity
unless the resultant cabin configuration conforms to TC or STC approved data .
1603. - 1609 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 950 ( thru 960 ) Par 1602
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 2. AIRCRAFT INSPECTIONS AND ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE

REQUIREMENTS ( 9 - OR -LESS )
1610. PURPOSE . This section concerns aircraft inspection requirements,

aircraft inspection programs , and additional maintenance requirements for air
carrier operating certificate holders and operating certificate holders for
aircraft they operate under FAR Part 135 that are type certificated for
9 - or -less passengers as provided for by FAR Section 135.411( a) (1) . The aircraft
to which this section applies are subject to : The annual / 100 - hour or
progressive inspection requirements of FAR Part 91 , the inspection requirements
of FAR Part 91 for large and turbine - powered multiengine aircraft , or an
approved aircraft inspection program (AAIP ) . In addition , a maintenance program
for aircraft engines , propellers, rotors , and emergency equipment is specified
by FAR Section 135.421 .
1611. DESCRIPTION .
a.
The 100 -hour / annual inspection requirements are primarily defined by
Appendix D to FAR Part 43 and are applied by the Mechanic/IA or repair station
that certifies the inspection . The certificate holder may request additional
work or special emphasis on certain tasks, but there is no formal method of
including these items in succeeding inspections on a continuing basis . This
arrangement is suitable for , and should be limited to , simple aircraft in which
the operator schedules the inspections but has no particular input to the work
to be accomplished .
b . Large and turbine -powered multiengine aircraft inspection programs or
progressive inspections per FAR Section 91.171 are more specific than the
100 -hour/ annual, but still lack the ease and control provided by the approved
aircraft inspection program described in paragraph c following . Programs for
large and turbine- powered multiengine airplanes of 9 -or - less passenger seats in
operations under FAR Part 135 should be approved as AAIP's , because of the
complexity of the aircraft , under the regulatory basis of FAR
Section 135.419 (d) .
c.
The approved aircraft inspection program (AAIP ) provides a means for
a certificate holder to incorporate specific inspection requirements into a
program which has specification and recording basis for aircraft inspections .
The mechanic or repair station certifying the inspection is obligated to
accomplish each item as specified by the program regardless of any inclination
they may have to accomplish it in some other manner or not at all . The program
can be used to control repetitive airworthiness directives and special
inspections resulting from MRR's or other service experience.
1612. APPROVED AIRCRAFT INSPECTION PROGRAM . An approved aircraft inspection
program (AAIP ) should encompass the total aircraft including all installed
| equipment such as commmications and navigational gear , cargo provisions,that
etc.
It should include a schedule of the individual tasks or groups of tasks
comprise the program and their frequency of accomplishment .
a. The level of FAA control afforded by an AAIP is unattainable with
FAR Part 91 programs . It requires the operator to substantiate its program and
revisions thereto to the approving inspector and approval is accomplished by
Chap 6
Par 1610 Page 961
8300.9 7/26/85
operations specifications . In contrast, the FAR Part 91 inspection programs,

other than the FAR Section 91.169 ( f) ( 5) require that the inspector go to the
operator to find out what program it is using and what revisions have been
included . FAR Section 91.169 ( f) ( 5) programs require FAA approval but not by
operations specifications .
b. It is the operator's responsibility to ensure that each airplane it
operates is in conformance with the applicable inspection program . In the case
of pooled aircraft maintained under a common AAIP , the maintenance status in
relation to the program must be obtained by each operator each time it uses the
aircraft . Operators using pooled aircraft should develop an " acceptance "
procedure for this determination and include that procedure in their manual .
c.
Advisory Circular 135-10 , Approved Aircraft Inspection Program ,
provides criteria on this subject .
1613. ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS (FAR SECTION 135.421) . The content
of the additional maintenance requirements is to impose major maintenance tasks
such as overhaul, hot section inspections, etc. , for engines , propellers ,
rotors, and emergency equipment. It accomplishes this by requiring the operator
to comply with manufacturers' recommended maintenance requirements or to develop
a program that includes commensurate requirements. Bear in mind the meaning of
the word " additional ; " i.e. , this rule imposes requirements in addition to the
inspection programs required by FAR Section 135.411 ( a) ( 1 ) .
a.
The additional maintenance requirements rule applies to the engine,
propeller, rotor and emergency equipment . It does not apply to the airframe and
is not intended to impose a continuous airworthiness maintenance program nor to
otherwise augment the aircraft inspection program .
b. The operator may elect to use applicable portions of the aircraft
manufacturer's program for the engine, propeller , rotor or emergency equipment ,
or he may use the programs of the individual manufacturers of those items or a
combination thereof. However , requirements of the manufacturer's program such
as pilot's preflight or other inspection items within the scope of the
inspection program required by FAR Section 135.411 (a) ( 1 ) should not be included
as additional maintenance requirements .
C. The engine requirements apply to the engine itself , for which the
FAR Part 1 definition includes turbo -superchargers , appurtenances , and
accessories necessary for its functioning. Obviously, this does not include
aircraft provisions such as mounts or cowling , nor accessories such as
generators, starters, etc. Also , by FAR Part 1 definition , propeller includes
controls supplied by the manufacturer . In addition , most propeller type
certificate data sheets specify the applicable control unit which should be
considered part of the propeller .
d . FAR Section 135.421 ( a ) provides for two types of additional
maintenance programs for engines, propellers, rotors, and emergency equipment
for the aircraft type /model involved :
( 1 ) An aircraft manufacturer's maintenance program and /or the
individual product manufacturer's program . This arrangement is normally
Chap 6
Page 962 Par 1612
7/26/85 8300.9
selected by new operators and operators who are incapable of , or not otherwise
interested in , developing their own additional maintenance programs .
( 2) Individually approved programs developed by the operator for its
use . This provision is for operators capable of developing and analyzing a
maintenance program for effectiveness and revising it accordingly .
e. FAR Section 135.421 (b ) defines manufacturer's maintenance programs.
The term "maintenance instructions" includes service bulletins , letters , or
other publications concerning maintenance applicable to specified models and
configurations (modification status or other groupings that influence
maintenance needs) . Publications dealing with repairs, alterations, or other
matters beyond the scope of the term "maintenance " are not required by this FAR
section but may be included in the additional maintenance program to support
higher maintenance intervals or other inspection variables . The term
" manufacturer's instructions" does not include individual authorizations or
recommendations by a repair facility or manufacturer to a particular owner or
operator .
f . Adoption of a manufacturer's maintenance program " in toto " by an
operator is authorized by the rule. Approval for its use by an operator
concerns only the following :
(1) Its applicability as to make , model , configuration , etc.
( 2) That the program is sufficiently comprehensive to satisfy the
rule. If the aircraft manufacturer's program does not include engine overhaul
( or comparable heavy maintenance) and the engine manufacturer's program does ,
the operator should be required to designate the engine manufacturer's program
to the degree necessary to encompass the engine overhaul requirement. It may be
necessary to designate service bulletins or other manufacturer's maintenance
instructions, in addition to a maintenance manual, in order to delineate an
adequate program . If there is any doubt as to what limitations are imposed , the
operations specifications or programs referenced thereon should explicitly
denote these limitations .
g . Operator developed programs differ from adopted manufacturer's

programs in the following respects :
( 1 ) An operator developed program bears no prior FAA approval. It
is incumbent on the operator to justify the program . If the program is, in
effect , a manufacturer's maintenance program with variations such as a higher
engine overhaul period, that variation categorizes it as an operator developed
program , not an adoption of a manufacturer's program .
( 2) In the above case, the approving inspector should consider
experience with that manufacturer's program in use as an adopted program by this
or other operators in his evaluation of its adequacy.
( 3) . All changes to a program of this type require FAA approval.
Changes to a manufacturer's program should not be automatically incorporated
into an operator developed program , but they should be considered for
incorporation .
Chap 6
Par 1613 Page 963
8300.9 7/26/85
(4) Changes to operator developed programs should be documented by

operations specifications amendments or by some formal revision control method
such as the control record depicted by Figure 6-1 of this chapter .
1614. PROGRAM APPROVAL . Figure 6-23 is an example of typical operations
specifications for operators of aircraft of 9 - or - less passengers using a
manufacturer's maintenance program to satisfy FAR Section 135.421 . Other
example specifications in this chapter can be altered or combined , as necessary,
to prescribe an operator developed program . Figure 6-22 is an example
operations specifications page for an AAIP .
a.The example specification pages in the advisory circulars and
internal orders were not intended , for direct application to all operators. It
is usually necessary to draw from several example pages to develop a meaningful
set of specifications for a particular operator.
b. The operations specifications for an adopted manufacturers program ,
although required by FAR Section 135.11, serve only to identify the program .
The use of the manufacturer's program is authorized by the rule itself and no
further approval is necessary . For this reason , failure to comply with an
adopted manufacturer's program is contrary to FAR Section 135.421, not
C.
The operations specifications for an operator developed additional
maintenance program or an AAIP are the approval media and the inspector must
bear in mind that his signature on the operations specifications is the sole FAA
approval of that program . Manufacturers' programs are not otherwise FAA
approved , and inspection or maintenance programs are individually approved for
each operator ; i.e. , the approval is not transferable from one operator to
another . In each case, the inspector must review the programs with regard to
the operator's capabilities and environmental factors prior to giving his
approval .
( 1 ) The program is frozen as of the effective date of the operations
specifications . Subsequent revisions must be authorized by amended operations
specifications except that an alternate revision system may be incorporated into
the approved program to facilitate FAA approval of revisions . Figure 6-1
depicts a typical revision approval control for that purpose taken from a
currently approved air carrier reliability program .
(2) An operator may utilize a manufacturer's program with variations
as an operator developed program . The variations may be listed on the
specifications with the basic program referenced to another document, or the
entire program may be defined on the specifications. Due to the many possible
combinations involved in this arrangement , no attempt is made to publish an
example operations specifications page. The approving inspector should review
the examples in Section 7 of this chapter as a basis for an appropriate
specification to accurately define the program .
Chap 6
Page 964 Par 1613
|
7/26/85 8300.9
(3) Aircraft dealers who frequently introduce different types of

aircraft into their operations and adopt manufacturers' programs to satisfy
FAR Section 135.421 may list those programs in their manuals in lieu of
individual specifications. This arrangement can be authorized by an operations
specifications page that specifies procedures and limitations for its use and
identifies the manual page or section . The specification should require that an
operator has the manufacturers' instructions available before operating the
aircraft .
1615. - 1629 . RESERVED .
hap 6
ar 1614 Page 965 ( thru 976 )
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-1 . REVISION CONTROL RECORD
AMENDMENT PAGE OPERATOR FAA APPROVED

NUMBER NUMBER ( S ) DESCRIPTION APPROVAL APPROVAL DATE
Amendment 7.2531 Delete graphs

20 Typo . error
Amendment 7.2322 Delete FAA

21 7.2323 References
7.2324
7.2402
Amendment 7.2403 Code IV

22 7.2311 Rewritten
1
1
1
1

>
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 3. CONTINUOUS AIRWORTHINESS MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS
1630. PURPOSE. This section provides the inspector with information pertinent
to the evaluation of inspection programs and organizations of air carriers and
commercial operators under FAR Parts 121 and 127 and operators of aircraft type
certificated for 10 -or -more passenger seats under FAR Part 135 .
1631. GENERAL . The regulations specify that each operator shall have an
inspection program and a program covering other maintenance . Additional
requirements call for a maintenance organization adequate to perfom the work
and an inspection organization adequate to perform required inspections. In the
case of required inspections, there must be a separation between the inspection
organization and the maintenance organization . Advisory Circular 120-16C ,
Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Programs, provides criteria for these
programs .
1632. INSPECTION PROGRAM . The following information pertains to the methods

and procedures used to conduct inspection activities in accordance with
regulatory requirements:
a.The inspection program incorporates a plan of procedure to ensure
that maintenance , preventive maintenance , and alterations are performed in
accordance with the certificate holder's manual ; that competent personnel and
adequate facilities and equipment are provided for the proper performance of
maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations ; and that each aircraft
released to service is airworthy . This plan also covers AIRWORTHINESS
INSPECTIONS AND REQUIRED INSPECTION ITEMS ( RII) .
(1) Airworthiness Inspections. FAR Section 121.135 (b) ( 19 ) and
similar provisions of FAR Parts 127 and 135 stipulate each operator's manual
must contain airworthiness inspections, including instructions covering
procedures , standards, responsibilities , and authority of inspection personnel .
FAR Part 1 defines inspection as maintenance . Therefore, the methods and
procedures established by the operator's manual must be followed as prescribed
by FAR Sections 121.367, 127.134 , and 135.427 . Completion of inspection items
not designated as " required inspection items" will also be accomplished in
accordance with the instructions contained in the operator's manual.
( 2) Required Inspection Items (RII) . FAR Sections 121.369 (b) ( 2) ,
127.134 (b ) ( 2) , and 135.427 (b ) ( 2) deal with the designation of maintenance and
alteration work which must be inspected ( required inspection items) . As stated
in the regulation , the manual must contain " a designation of the items of
maintenance and alteration that must be inspected (required inspection items)
including at least those that could result in a failure, malfunction , or defect
endangering the safe operation of the aircraft, if not performed properly or if
improper parts of materials are used ." It is up to the operator to evaluate its
work program and to identify required inspection items in a suitable manner .
For example, such items may be identified with the abbreviation " RII , " an
asterisk , or any similar method. The operator , in determining the work items
which are to be its required inspection items should consider the importance of ,
but not limit its consideration to , the following maintenance operations :
Chap 6
Par 1630 Page 983
8300.9 7/26/85
(a) Installation , rigging , and adjustments of flight control

and surfaces .
(b) Installation and repair of major structural components .

( c) Installation of an aircraft engine, propellers and rotor
and overhaul or calibration of certain components such as engines, propellers,
transmissions, and gear boxes , or navigation equipment, the failure of which
would affect the safe operation of the aircraft .
1633. INSPECTION ORGANIZATION . The following consists of the operator's
executive structure and administrative personnel relative to the performance of
its REQUIRED INSPECTIONS .
a. FAR Sections 121.365 , 127.132 , and 135.423 stipulate that each air
carrier must have an organization adequate to perform REQUIRED INSPECTIONS and
that the performance of REQUIRED INSPECTIONS shall be so organized so as to
separate the required inspection functions from the other maintenance ,
preventive maintenance , and alteracion functions .
b. FAR Sections 121.371( d ) , 127.135 (d ) , and 135.429( d ) require the operator
to maintain , or determine that , each person with whom it arranges for the
performance of its required inspections to maintain a current listing of
individuals who have been trained , qualified , and authorized to inspect its
required inspection items . In addition , the regulation requires that the
individuals must be identified by name, occupation title , and the required
inspections that the individual is authorized to perform . As an acceptable
means of compliance with these requirements, the operator's personnel roster (or
the contractor's roster ) which contains occupation titles such as " mechanic , "
lead mechanic ," inspector ," and " foreman " may be used . This roster should
include a method The
and authorized .
of positive identification of those who are trained, qualified ,
individuals who are authorized may be informed by a letter
or a list which shows the extent of their responsibilities , authorities , and
inspection limitations . However , if only a list is used , it should be signed by
each authorized individual . This signature is necessary to assure that the
authorized person is fully aware of his inspection limitations .
1634. GUIDANCE . Surveillance of an operator's inspection organization may be
conducted on a routine basis or for some specific reason such as management
reorganization , acquisition of newer and more complex aircraft , growth in fleet
size , or any other factor that may affect flight safety . Careful thought should
be given to findings relating to airworthiness and required inspections before
any judgments are made concerning noncompliance with regulatory requirements.
The following facts should be considered before making a decision relating to
the character of an air carrier's or commercial operator's inspection
organization .
a.
Regulations provide that each air carrier or commercial operator who
operates under FAR Parts 121, 127, and for aircraft type certificated for
10 - or -more passengers under FAR Part 135 must separate its maintenance
organization from its inspection organization if it performs maintenance and
required inspection item work .
Chap 6
Page 984 Par 1632
7/26/85 8300.9
b. Required inspection items must be designated and must be handled by

properly authorized , certificated, qualified , and informed personnel .
C.
Individuals authorized to perform required inspections must be listed
by name , occupation title , and the inspection the individual is authorized to
perform .
d. In addition to required inspections , the air carrier's manual must
contain airworthiness inspections, including instructions covering procedures,
standards , responsibilities, and authority of inspection personnel .
Inspection is maintenance ; therefore, airworthiness inspections must
be performed in accordance with the air carrier's manual .
f. The operator can determine the methods he will use to accomplish
airworthiness inspections and the persons who will perform the inspections .
These procedures may or may not involve personnel from the organization required
by FAR Sections 121.365 (b) , 127.132 (b) , or 135.423 (b) .
g. The separation of the air carrier maintenance organization from the
inspection organization does not apply to the accomplishment of airworthiness
inspections.
1635. MAINTENANCE PRIVILEGES .
a.A certificate holder operating aircraft in accordance with an

approved continuous airworthiness maintenance program may perform maintenance on
its aircraft in accordance with that program . This includes aircraft of
9-or- less passengers maintained under that operator's continuous airworthiness
maintenance program in accordance with FAR Section 135.411 (b) .
b . A certificate holder with an approved continuous airworthiness
maintenance program under FAR Parts 135 or 121 may also perform maintenance for
another certificate holder under the corresponding Part in accordance with that
certificate holder's approved continuous airworthiness maintenance program
including aircraft of 9-or- less passenger seats maintained according to a
continuous airworthiness maintenance program . However , an operator under
FAR Part 135 is not authorized to perfom maintenance for an operator under
FAR Part 121 , and vice versa .
1636. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS . Operations Specifications - Aircraft

Maintenance will be used to document the operator's continuous airworthiness
1637. - 1649 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Par 1634 Page 985 ( thru 994 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 4. MAINTENANCE MANUAL REQUIREMENTS

1650. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for the certificate holders maintenance
manual Tor maintenance section of the certificate holders manual ) is contained
in Federal Aviation Regulations Parts 121 , 127 , and 135. Manuals required by
FAR Sections 23.1529 , 25.1529 , 27.1529 , 29.1529 , 33.5 , and 35.3, that are
accepted or approved as part of type certification , constitute acceptable
methods , techniques and practices . This includes manuals approved under the
authority of the country of manufacture for particular products certificated in
accordance with FAR Section 21.29 .
1651. GENERAL . The operator's maintenance manual should provide policies,

procedures and technical criteria in sufficient detail to assure that the
requirements of the FAR's are fully met . This information should be presented
in a manner necessary for the operator's maintenance and servicing personnel to
carry out their duties with a high degree of safety . Any noted deficiency or
conflict with any Federal regulation will be called to the attention of the
operator for correction as soon as possible , but in any case , prior to accepting
a manual submitted as part of a certification or new aircraft package.
Inspectors may furnish informal guidance and advice to operators in the
preparation of maintenance manuals if necessary ; however, the production of a
satisfactory manual is the operator's responsibility .
1652. MAINTENANCE MANUAL APPROVAL .
a.
Sometimes questions arise relating to the administration of the
regulatory requirements of the maintenance portion of a certificate holder
manuals . These questions relate to FAA approval of maintenance manuals ,
maintenance manual revisions , relationship of the operator's maintenance manual
to the inspection organization , and the carriage of maintenance manuals aboard
airplanes .
b . Under the provisions of FAR Sections 43.13(a ) and 43.13( c ) ,
respectively , the content of the manual which pertains to methods , techniques ,
and practices for the accomplishment of all maintenance repair and alterations
shall be acceptable to the Administrator . The inspector does not formally
approve this type of maintenance manual material , but has the responsibility to
review it , and promptly advise the operator when any portion of the material is
found unacceptable .
(1 ) All manufacturers ' manuals that the operator chooses to
incorporate as part of its maintenance manual are treated the same as all other
maintenance manual material . If this material is found acceptable, it becomes a
part of the operator's approved maintenance programs.
( 2) Aircraft engine and propeller manuals containing instructions
for installation , operation , servicing , and maintenance are the only manuals
approved by the FAA . These manuals are approved as part of type certification .
Each manual must contain a statement " Approved by FAA engineering" with approval
date. Changes must be approved by an FAA engineering representative within the
scope of his authority and the approval shown on the approval page by the
statement " FAA approved " with the date of approval .
Chap 6
Par 1650 Page 995
8300.9 7/26/85
( 3) The total manual system should be explained in the section of

the manual published by the operator dealing with policies and administrative
procedures . Each individual manual, such as an engine manufacturers ' manual
incorporated in the system should be identified . Manufacturer's instructions
used for component overhaul need not be individually identified but their
authority should be described . This responsibility for the manual system , or
for individual components of the system , should be defined .
1653. MAINTENANCE MANUAL CONTENT PERTAINING TO APPROVED AIRCRAFT INSPECTION
PROGRAMS . The manual should include a section that clearly describes the
inspection program including procedures for program scheduling, recording ,
accountability for continuing accomplishment, and for program revision . It
should include copies of the work forms and schedule of maintenance / inspection
intervals , or it should identify and reference the forms and schedule if they
are located elsewhere in the operator's manual system . The manual should also
include or reference instructions for methods , techniques, and practices and for
standards, tools , and equipment for accomplishment of the maintenance / inspection
tasks .
1654. MAINTENANCE MANUAL CONTENT PERTAINING TO APPROVED ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE

PROGRAMS. For operator developed additional maintenance programs
(FAR Section 135.421) , the operator's manual should contain the same information
as for an AAIP .
1655. MAINTENANCE MANUAL CONTENT PERTAINING TO CONTINUOUS AIRWORTHINESS

MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS .
The manual must contain a chart or description of the operator's

a.
organization and a list of the persons with whom he arranges for the performance
of maintenance , alteration , and inspections , and a general description of the
work they will perform . However , this work can be described in broad terms .
The operator must designate those items of maintenance and alteration which must
be inspected as required inspection items . He may use the method contained in
Advisory Circular 120-16C to designate those items, or any other suitable
method , provided the required inspection items are clearly identified . In the
case of detailed instructions for overhaul of airframes, engines, propellers,
and accessories , the manual prepared by an operator may make reference to
overhaul manuals or instructions supplied by manufacturers of the equipment
involved . The manufacturers ' manuals so referenced should be clearly
identified . Such manuals will incorporate a system of revision control. The
manufacturers ' manuals or instructions will then become an acceptable part of
the operator's maintenance manual .
b. FAR Section 121.365 and similar provisions of FAR Parts 127 and 135
stipulate that each air carrier must have an organization adequate to perform
REQUIRED INSPECTIONS and that the performance of REQUIRED INSPECTIONS shall be
organized to separate the required inspection functions from the other
maintenance , preventive maintenance , and alteration functions . FAR
Section 121.368 and similar provisions of FAR Parts 127 and 135 set forth the
manual requirements related to the performance of REQUIRED INSPECTIONS .
Chap 6
Page 996 Par 1652
7/26/85 8300.9
1656. MAINTENANCE MANUAL REVISIONS . Maintenance manual revisions normally fall

into two categories : Those initiated by the operator and those suggested by
assigned inspectors .
a. Revisions Initiated by the Operator .
( 1) Operators under approved programs are at liberty to amend

manuals and incorporate new or revised practices or procedures provided they
comply with the appropriate provisions of the FAR prior to utilizing the
procedures or practices set forth in the amendatory material .
( 2) If an operator decides to use a new or revised practice before
formally amending the manual , it may apply to the appropriate FAA field office
for acceptance. If accepted , such new or revised practices may be employed but
the manual should be amended to reflect the revision as soon as possible .
( 3) This program should contain a followup system to assure that its
manuals are complete and current .
b . Revisions Initiated by the FAA . Uhless otherwise notified by the FAA
inspector , the methods, techniques, and practices contained in the maintenance
manual are considered acceptable to the Administrator .
( 1 ) An inspector may, when necessary , formally request revision to
any part of the maintenance manual when such revision is in the interest of
safety , or when the manual does not meet the requirements of the applicable FAR .
This authority should be used only when the need for revisions is adequately
substantiated by safety considerations or FAR requirements and when informal
discussions with the operator fail to accomplish the necessary revision .
( 2) When making a request for such changes, the inspector should

address his correspondence to an appropriate official of the operator's
organization and describe the changes needed in sufficient detail to ensure his
request will be clearly understood . He should give reasons why the requested
change is necessary , quoting the FAR or describing safety deficiencies and
indicate whether he has verbally discussed the change with management personnel
of the operator involved .
1657. REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUALS ABOARD AIRCRAFT - CHARTER AIR CARRIERS AND
OPERATORS UNDER FAR PART 135. The determination of what constitutes appropriate
parts of the manual is the responsibility of the operator .
1658. MAINTENANCE MANUAL DISTRIBUTION WITHIN THE FAA. Sufficient copies of
operators' maintenance manuals should be obtained and distributed in accordance
with regional instructions .
1659. MAINTENANCE MANUAL REQUIREMENTS FLIGHT TEST. FAR Section 91.167 sets
-
forth the requirement with respect to operational checks after repairs and
alterations. Therefore , the inspector must ascertain that the operator has
adequate procedures for determining aircraft airworthiness prior to scheduled
operation .
1660. - 1669 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Par 1656 Page 997 ( thru 1008 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 5. WEIGHT AND BALANCE CONTROL
1670. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for weight and balance control is
contained in FAR Parts 121 and 127 , which require approved programs , and FAR
Part 135 wherein approved programs are optional.
NOTE : An approved program is the only means for authorizing the use of
other than known weights for crewmen , passengers, baggage, or
cargo .
1671. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions to maintenance personnel

relative to approval of weight control systems .
1672. RESPONSIBILITY . The operator may develop and submit for approval
any method and procedure by which it can show that the aircraft is properly
loaded and will not exceed authorized weight and balance limitations during all
ground and flight operation .
a.The submission should include pertinent manual material , any other
instructional material, and forms used for aircraft weight control and aircraft
loading . The mathematical justification for loading provisions or schedules
should be included in the submission .
b . The weight control system , including the loading schedules or charts,

approval by new or revised Operations Specifications - Weight and Balance, and
surveillance of the aircraft operating weight control, is the responsibility of
the maintenance inspector.
c.
Surveillance for compliance with the approved loading schedule or
chart is within the scope of the operations inspectors.
1673. PROGRAM BASIS .
a. Advisory Circular 120-27A , Aircraft Weight and Balance Control,

provides methods , procedures , and standards for acceptable weight control
systems .
b. Advisory Circular 91-23A , Pilot's Weight and Balance Handbook ,

provides acceptable aircraft weighing procedures, typical weight and balance
calculations , and loading schedule principles and examples .
C.
If an unusual or complex problem is encountered , assistance may be
requested from regional engineering .
| 1674. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR AIRCRAFT UNDER FAR PART 135. Aircraft under
FAR Part 135 are inherently more critical with respect to weight and balance
than conventional airline type aircraft due to the smaller passenger groups
involved and the typical location of baggage compartments forward and / or aft of
the main cabin . For these reasons , the programs for aircraft under FAR Part 135
should require:
Chap 6
Par 1670 Page 1009
8300.9 7/26/85
a. Use of actual baggage weights for reciprocating engine - powered

aircraft of 9 -or - less passenger seats .
b. Use of actual passenger weights , as defined in AC 120-27A , for
reciprocating engine- powered aircraft of 9-or-less passenger seats except that a
passenger weight range system may be used provided :
(1 ) The range , selected by the applicant , must be representative of
typical passengers carried on the particular routes or operations for which it
is used .
( 2) The extremes of the range must be supported by computation for

critical load configurations .
( 3) The person responsible for loading must indicate on the load
manifest or other load record what passengers appear to fall within the range,
and must account for passengers that appear to be above or below that range .
( 4) The person responsible for loading must be instructed on
estimating passenger weights with regard to the range. A suitable alternate
loading method for passengers whose weights are outside the range must be
readily available to the person responsible for aircraft loading .
C. For aircraft of 10 -or -more passengers and all turbine - powered
aircraft under FAR Part 135 , average passenger and baggage weights may be
authorized but such weights should be based on the routes or operations involved
rather than the airline average weights published in Advisory Circular 120-27A .
d . A manageable system for loading nonstandard weight groups, such as

athletic squads , and their baggage should be included in the program .
ee . For all approved systems, the schedule or loading method and related
instructions , including alternate systems for nonstandard weight groups or
passengers outside a designated weight range , must provide a manageable
arrangement for the person responsible for aircraft loading under all
conceivable loading environments . Any arrangement whereby the certificate
holder assigns responsibility to cope with variables to a pilot or other person
on his own devices should not be approved . The certificate holder's program
should provide all necessary information , charts , graphs , tables , etc., with
related instructions to the person responsible for the loading.
f. Periodic weighing of single engine airplanes is not required .
1675. SCALES .
a. Aircraft weighing scales should be periodically recalibrated as

specified in AC 120-27A .
Chap 6
Page 1010 Par 1674
7/26/85 8300.9
b . For baggage and cargo weights , any suitable commercial scales ,

including hand -held scales , maintained in accordance with the civil authority
for weights and measures with jurisdiction over the area in which the scales are
used , are adequate .
1676. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PART E , WEIGHT AND BALANCE . Operations

Specifications - Part E , are used for approval of weight control programs .
a. The typical operations specifications shown in Figure 6-30 of this
chapter is provided to assist the assigned inspector when approving Operations
Specifications Weight and Balance Control .
b . As a method for compliance , reference to an advisory circular , is not

acceptable because the FAA advisory circular system is the vehicle for providing
nonregulatory material of a policy , guidance , and informative nature to the
public; whereas , operations specifications become legal documents upon approval
and are as binding on an operator as the FAR . Advisory Circular 120-27A was
issued to assist in the development of acceptable weight control programs; it
was not intended for adoption as a complete program .
c. The specification should include or reference procedures for :
(1) Accommodation of passenger and crew weights.
( 2) Accommodation of weights of baggage and cargo .
( 3) Loading schedules and identification of applicable aircraft .
(4) Nonstandard weight groups .
( 5) Operating weight control :
(a) Periodic aircraft weighing ( except single engine
airplanes ) ;
(b) equipment list ;
( c) accommodation of empty weight changes;
(d) derivation of operating weight .
1677. UNAPPROVED WEIGHT AND BALANCE PROGRAMS . This paragraph prescribes
precautions and limitations for unapproved weight and balance systems used by
operators under FAR Part. 135 .
6
: 1675
Page 1011
8300.9 7/26/85
a. The weight and balance schedule supplied by the aircraft manufacturer

is that which is required by type certification rules . The aircraft are test
flown using these weight and balance parameters under all conditions which may
be encountered during operation . If no adverse flight characteristics are
encountered , the weight and balance data is approved .
b. The weights used are actual weights and any deviation from actual
weights would be considered a major change to the procedure used during type
certification and would require approval by the Administrator. FAR Part 135
allows for the use of average weight of passengers and baggage under an approved
weight control program . (Approved on Operations Specifications, FAA Form 1014. )
Approved weight control programs are covered in Section 5 of this Order .
1678. - 1685 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 1012 ( thru 1020 ) Par 1677
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 6. CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR MAINTENANCE /OVERHAUL
1686. AUTHORITY . The authority for an operator subject to Federal Aviation

Regulations Parts 121 , 127 , or 135 to have maintenance performed by other
persons and to perform maintenance for other operators subject to FAR Parts 121 ,
127 , or 135 is contained in FAR Sections 121.379 , 127.140 , and 135.437 .
1687. BACKGROUND. Certificate holders under FAR Part 121 may contract to have
maintenance performed and approved for return to service in accordance with
their approved continuous airworthiness maintenance programs by other
certificate holders under FAR Part 121 or by appropriately rated FAA
certificated repair stations. In effect , the contractual arrangement extends
the maintenance facilities and capability of the certificate holders for
accomplishing all elements of his approved maintenance program . In addition , a
certificate holder under FAR Part 121 contracting to have maintenance performed
by another certificate holder under FAR Part 121 may be authorized by operations
specifications to adopt all or part of the other operator's maintenance program
including involvement in that operator's reliability program . Contractual
arrangements for this purpose may also be effected between certificate holders
under FAR Part 127 and between certificate holders under FAR Part 135 for
aircraft under continuous airworthiness maintenance programs as well as with
appropriately rated repair stations .
1688. GENERAL PROVISIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. This paragraph applies to operators
under FAR Parts 121, 127 , and 135 for aircraft under continuous airworthiness
maintenance programs .
a. The operator of the aircraft, engine or component subject to the

contractual arrangement retains primary airworthiness responsibility regardless
of the terms of the arrangement, multiple contracts, etc. It is incumbent upon
him to substantiate the adequacy of the contractual arrangement .
b . An operator under FAR Parts 121 , 127 or 135 contracting to perform
maintenance for a correspondently certificated operator must have the facilities
and capability to perform the work contracted for . That work must be performed
in accordance with the approved maintenance program of the operator contracting
to have the work performed except as provided in paragraph 1690 .
C.
A repair station performing maintenance for an operator under
FAR Parts 121, 127 or 135 under the terms of its repair station certificate must
be appropriately rated and capable of performing the work contracted for , and
that work must be performed in accordance with the operator's approved
d. The publications of a repair station or a certificate holder under

FAR Parts 121, 127 or 135 performing maintenance for a correspondently
certificated operator may be adopted in part , or in total , by that operator for
methods , techniques, and standards provided the manual of the operator
contracting for the work describes the applicability and authority of the
affected publications. The same applies to work forms.
Chap 6
Par 1686 Page 1021
8300.9 7/26/85
e . A procedure for maintaining and transmitting records and related

e.
information between the contracting parties must be established . For

arrangements involving repair stations, FAR Sections 121.380 , 127.141 , or
135.439 must be satisfied .
f. The maintenance manual of the operator contracting to have the work
performed must describe policies and procedures for his administration of the
contractual arrangements .
1689. CONTINUOUS LEASE / TIME - SHARING / POOL ARRANGEMENTS . FAR Sections 121.369 ,
127.134 , and 135.427 require an operator to list in his manual the persons with
whom he contracts for maintenance and a description of the work contracted out .
This requirement suffices for conventional contracts for maintenance of the
operator's equipment . However , complex arrangements such as participation in
engine pools , time sharing , and continuous lease arrangements should , in
addition to the manual requirements, be authorized by operations specifications .
The operator should develop appropriate procedures for administering such
arrangements and include these procedures in his maintenance manual . The
authorization and related procedures should apply to the arrangement as a whole
and should not require FAA notification or approval for each action under the
authorization .
1690. ARRANGEMENTS UTILIZING THE CONTRACTOR'S MAINTENANCE PROGRAM . An operator

certificated under FAR Parts 121, 127 , or 135 (for aircraft under continuous
airworthiness maintenance programs) may adopt all or part of the approved
maintenance program of another operator certificated under the same FAR for work
performed by that other operator , subject to the following provisions :
a. For the purpose of this paragraph the contracting operator will be
identified as :
( 1 ) Contractor . An operator under FAR Parts 121 , 127 , or 135

performing maintenance in accordance with its approved continuous airworthiness
maintenance program on the aircraft , engines or components of another operator
under the corresponding regulation .
( 2) Operator . An operator under Parts 121 , 127 , or 135 contracting
with a contractor (as identified above) for maintenance of its aircraft, engine
or components in accordance with the contractor's program .
b . The contractor must have a currently approved maintenance program for
the make and model of the equipment subject to the contract .
C. The operator is obligated to provide the assigned principal
airworthiness inspectors with information and data needed to substantiate the
effectiveness of the arrangement; i.e. , reliability program reports , premature
removal reports , etc.
d. The contractor's experience may be taken into consideration for

changes in the operator's maintenance program content (methods , standards ,
processes) or adjustments of maintenance intervals ( check , inspection , or
overhaul periods) requested by the operator .
Chap 6
Page 1022 Par 1688
7/26/85 8300.9
e. Components , Systems , Structure , etc. , that are unique to the

operator's aircraft must be accounted for in either the operator's or
contractor's program . This is a specific operator responsibility .
f. When a contractual arrangement is entered into , the operator must
establish acceptable compatibility between its aircraft and the contractor's
fleet with regard to configuration of the aircraft and maintenance status
(airframe, engine and component times, time since inspection , etc. ) . This may
require special inspections, modifications, or maintenance interval adjustments.
g. Cycle times (stage lengths) and other variances between the
contractor's and operator's operations, such as extreme climatic conditions ,
must be accounted for .
1691. CONTRACTUAL CATEGORIES AND RELATED PROVISIONS AND RESTRICTIONS .
a.
The identification of contractor and operator in paragraph 1690a
apply to the following paragraphs .
b. Category A. Operator contracts with an appropriately rated repair
station to overhaul engines and / or with another certificated operator to
overhaul certain avionics units . The operator's manual must list the names of
these organizations and the scope of the work contracted for . The Aircraft
Maintenance - General Operations Specifications Preface Page, Figure 6-5 ,
authorizes this arrangement; i.e., a special operations specification page is
unnecessary .
c. Category B. Operator contracts with an appropriately rated repair

station under a continuous lease arrangement for serviceable engines from an
engine pool controlled by the repair station . In addition to listing the
overhaul agency and its scope , the arrangement should be authorized by an
operations specifications page . Procedures for administering the arrangement
should be developed and included in the operator's manual . ( Figures 6-12 to
6-14 of this chapter depict sample operations specifications pages for this
category .)
d. Category C. Operator for an all - encompassing arrangement whereby an

individual contractor performs all maintenance in accordance with the
contractor's program , methods, procedures and standards. The operator's
equipment is considered part of the contractor's fleet for purposes of
maintenance program content and maintenance intervals including reliability
control. Reliability data generated by the operator's equipment must be
accounted for in the contractor's reliability program unless the data generated
by the contractor's fleet is adequate and appropriate to the operator's fleet .
Further , data generated by the operator fleet should be periodically compared to
that from the contractor's fleet and resultant inconsistencies accounted for .
Maintenance program content changes and interval adjustments may not require
approval from the principal airworthiness inspectors assigned to the operator
but the operator is obligated to provide them with the data on which such
changes are based . Usually the operator assumes the contractor's existing
Chap 6
Par 1690 Page 1023
8300.9 7/26/85
maintenance intervals at the onset of the arrangement but special requirements

may be needed to compensate for configuration differences and operational or
other variables . The operator may be authorized to do minor inspections
( A - checks ) and minor nonroutine maintenance . (Figure 6-12 of this chapter
depicts a sample operations specifications page for this category .)
e . Category D. Operator contracts for aircraft heavy inspections
( C checks) , or light and heavy inspections (A , B & C checks ) . The operator must
substantiate maintenance program content changes and interval adjustments to the
principal airworthiness inspectors assigned to his operation . Assuming the
contractor's methods, procedures and standards are used by the operator, the
contractor's experience should be an acceptable factor for maintenance content
changes and interval adjustments. If reliability control is involved , the
operator must utilize his own program . The contractor's current maintenance
intervals may be made available to the operator at the onset of the contract , at
the discretion of the approving airworthiness inspectors , and subject to special
requirements to account for variables . (Figure 6-10 of this chapter depicts a
sample operations specifications page for this category .)
f. Category E. Operator contracts for shop powerplant maintenance
(overhaul, restoration , hot - section inspection , etc.), or component and
appliance shop maintenance utilizing the contractor's specifications and
procedures. The procedures for Category C or Category D , as appropriate, apply.
g. Category F. Operator contracts for aircraft structural inspections
( D checks or airframe overhaul) . The operator must justify inspection intervals
and subsequent adjustments to the principal airworthiness inspectors assigned to
his operation. Special phase - in and sampling inspections will likely be needed
to account for differences between aircraft model or series and differences in
the maintenance backgrounds of the affected aircraft . The contractor should
analyze and concur with the initial and subsequent interval adjustments as well
as the phase - in and / or sampling requirements . The interrelationships between
the A, B , and C checks and the D check should be considered . ( Figure 6-10 of
this chapter depicts a sample operation specifications page for this category ) .
h. Category G. Operator enters into an all - encompassing arrangement
( Category C ) with a contractor who in turn has a contractual arrangement with
another contractor for D checks, powerplant shop maintenance and component shop
maintenance . In effect, Category C defines the position of the operator,
Category E , the powerplants and components between first and second contractors
and Category F, the D check arrangement between those two contractors . Two FAA
elements and two sets of operations specifications are involved . The principal
airworthiness inspector assigned to the operator have the primary responsibility
for the final outcome of this arrangement. However , the principal airworthiness
inspectors assigned to the first contractor ( who is also an operator) holds
responsibility for the part of the arrangement involving the operator they are
assigned to , including his arrangements with the second contractor . It should
be noted that the first contractor must hold a currently approved continuous
airworthiness maintenance program for the type aircraft involved to qualify the
category arrangement with the operator. A key consideration is that the
relationships between the checks , structural inspections and shop maintenance
are maintained .
Chap 6
Page 1024 Par 1691
7/26/85 8300.9
1692. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS . The operations specifications should provide

sufficient detail for regulatory authority over the arrangement, including data
transactions and records . The contract should be referenced thereon and
sufficient details of each participant's obligations should be included on the
FAA Form 1014 Preface Page . Also , the FAA Form 1014 Preface Page should include
a provision for cancellation of the contractual arrangement . With regard to
FAR Sections 121.367 , 127.133, and 135.425 , programs adopted as authorized by
these operations specifications become an integral part of the adopting
operator's continuous airworthiness maintenance program . Figures 6-12 , 6-13 ,
and 6-14 are typical specifications pages for contractual arrangements .
1693. - 1709 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Par 1692 Page 1025 ( thru 1036 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 7. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ( FAA FORM 1014) GOVERNING

THE MAINTENANCE OF AIRCRAFT
1710. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for specifications governing maintenance

of aircraft (Operations Specifications) is contained in FAR Sections 121.25 ,
121.45 , 127.13 and 135.5 .
1711. PURPOSE. This section provides guidance for preparation and processing
of Operations Specifications - Aircraft Maintenance - Part D for aircraft
subject to Continuous Airworthiness Maintenance Programs and Aircraft Weight and
Balance Part E. In the interest of uniformity, the material and examples set
forth in or referenced by this Order should be adhered to as closely as
possible.
1712. INTRODUCTION . Operations Specifications , FAA Form 1014 (OMB 04 -R0075 ) ,
are issued to supplement air carrier and air taxi rules by listing authorization
and limitations that are not specifically prescribed by the regulations. FAR
Sections 121.25 (b ) (6 ) , 121.45 (b ) (6 ), 127.13(b ) (7 ), and 135.11(b ) ( 2) specify that
time limitations for overhaul, inspections and checks be set forth in the
operations specifications. Operations specifications may also authorize
optional privileges afforded by FAR Section 21.197 . Some aircraft have parts
that are life limited by the manufacturer which must be listed in or referenced
by the aircraft operations specifications . When approved , the provisions of the
operations specifications are as legally binding as the regulations themselves .
( Reference FAR Sections 121.3 , 127.11 , and 135.5 . )
1713. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS. Operations specifications fall into eight
broad categories each of which is referred to as a " part ." Each part hasan
assigned letter designator as follows:
a. Part A - General .
b. Part B - En route authorizations and limitations .
C.
Part C - Airport authorizations and limitations .
d. Part D - Maintenance .
e. Part E Weight and balance .
f . Part F - Scheduled cargo flights, charter flights,, or other special

services .
g. Part G - Equipment interchange.

h. Part H - Aircraft leasing .
i. Of the foregoing, only Parts D and E are a maintenance
responsibility. Parts A, B, C , F , G , and H are the responsibility of the Air
Transportation Division of the Office of Flight Operations. In this chapter , we
speak to Part D (maintenance ) and Part E (weight and balance ) .
Chap 6
Par 1710 Page 1037
8300.9
7/26/85
1714. MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PART " D." In working with

operations specifications pages that pertain to maintenance , it should be
recognized that they are first subdivided into two broad categories; namely ,
aircraft maintenance pages and preface pages .
a. Aircraft Maintenance Pages . These pages itemized by " ATA
Specification Code 100," the inspection , check , and overhaul time limits for
airframes , powerplants, propellers, rotors , and appliances .
b . Preface Pages. Preface pages are further subdivided into the
following categories and are implemented as required by characteristics of the
operator :
(1 ) General .
( 2) Check , inspection and overhaul time limits .

( 3) Reliability program authorization .
( 4 ) Short -term escalation authorization .
( 5) Maintenance contractual arrangements authorization .
(6) Leased aircraft maintenance program authorization .
( 7) Parts pool agreement authorization .
( 8) Prorated time authorization .
(9) Parts borrowing authorization .
( 10) Special flight permit with continuing authorization ( ferry
flights ) .
( 11 ) List of aircraft operated ( as required ) .
( 12) Approved Aircraft Inspection Program Authorization .
( 13) Additional maintenance requirements program .
NOTE : The following is a graphic portrayal of Operations Specifications

described above .
Chap 6 .
Page 1038 Par 1714
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATIONS
TYPES
OF
Aircraft General
1..
Maintenance.
8300.9
Page 1039
Maintenance
Part
D.. inspection
and,
Check
2.
overhaul
limits
time.
Preface
Maintenance and
Weight
E.
Part Pages. Reliaprogr3.
bilitamy
Balance. authorization.
escalation
tem
Short
4.-
authorization.
Opera Maintenance
contractual5.
tions autho rizat
arran gemen t.
ion
Speci
fica maintenance
aircraft
Leased
6.
tions authorpro tiomn.
izagra
Parts
7.
pool
agreement
authorization.
General.
Part
A. authorization
8..
time
Prorated
authorizations
and
route
En
Part
B. authorization
9..
borrowing
Parts
limitations.
with
permit
flight
Special
10.
authoriza and
tions
Airport
C.
Part authoriza tionsg
continuin
limitations. ferry().
flights
charter
flights
F.,
Scheduled
cargo
Part List
11..
aircraft
of
operated
or,.
services
special
other
flights required
as().
Operations
Part
G..
interchange
Equipment Inspection
Aircraft
Approved
12.
Authoriza tion.
Program
Part
H..
Aircraft
leasing
maintenance
Additional
13.
Par 1714
7/26/85 requirements.
program
Chap 6
Authorization.
8300.9 7/26/85
c. All airframe, engine and appliance life -limited parts will be

directly included in each operator's operations specifications or included by
references to operator's maintenance manual section (s) or other identifiable
publications that contain these limits. This data may be found in the approved
Airplane Flight Manual ( AFM ) , the Type Certificate Data Sheet or in the required
Maintenance Manual ( reference Order 8110.4 , Type Certification , Chapter 2 ,
Paragraph 33) . The operator's manual should contain procedures for the proper
control of these critical items .
1715. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PAGES .
Paragraphs a and 6 following, and the sample aircraft maintenance pages ,
Figures 6-2 , 6-3 , and 6-4 show typical entries for conventional maintenance
programs .
a.
Aircraft maintenance pages may indicate time limits by means of a
symbol ( an X or some combination of Tetters) placed under the columns headed
" Overhaul Period " or " Inspection and Check Period. " As an example, items may be
listed on various " aircraft maintenance " pages in the following manner :
Inspection &
Overhaul Check Period
Period # 1 #2 #3 #4 Other
Landing Gear, Chapter 32 18,000 x x x x
Cylinder , NLG Steering 12,600 X X X Note 1
NOTE 1 : Check fluid level each third number 4 inspection .

Overhaul Inspection &
Period Check Period Other
Wings , Chapter 57 D A B C D
A
Outboard Pylon , Apron & D 2B

Nacelle Access Doors,
Zones 13 L / R
b . The symbols in the above example must be defined in the preface

pages . On occasion , you may find a symbol in one of the columns that is
preceded by a 2 , 3 , or 4. This number serves as a multiple of the time limit
shown on the preface page . For example, if a check " B" is shown on a preface
page as 350 hours and the symbol in the " Inspection and Check Period " column is
2B, the limit for the task would be 700 hours .
c. Refer to paragraph 1716.c following for maintenance pages reflecting
reliability programs .
1716. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGES . The purpose of
this paragraph is to explain the usage and applicability of the various types of
" preface pages " listed in paragraph 1714.b.
Chap 6
Page 1040 Par 1714
7/26/85 8300.9
a . Preface Pages - General . It is essential that this type of preface

page contain the conditions which must be met in order for a carrier to operate
the aircraft under the terms of the operations specifications. An example of an
acceptable statement is shown on the sample preface page , Figure 6-5 . The
on - condition definition is unnecessary when on - condition is not specified on
aircraft maintenance pages, such as when all systems and components are on
reliability programs that define on - condition . The parts and components
provisions are unnecessary when aircraft maintenance pages are not used .
( Reference Section 22 , paragraph 1942 , pressure vessel entry requirements of
this chapter .)
b . Preface Page - Check , Inspection , and Overhaul Time Limits . This

page will show time limits and conditions for the aircraft services, checks and
inspections approved for the operator . It is the primary page for approval of
continuous airworthiness maintenance programs .
( 1 ) Limits expressed in terms other than time - in - service as defined

in Part 1 , clock , or calendar time , must be defined in the specifications .
( Reference Figure 6-6 . ) This page may also be used to authorize the use of an
identifiable program , such as a manufacturer's program . ( Reference
Figure 6-7 . )
( 2) If an operator's program utilizes a time - in - service or calendar
range or any buffer arrangement for a check , inspection or service , the related
entry on the operations specifications should be the maximum allowable increment
for that item .
c. Preface Page - Reliability Program Authorization .
(1 ) Preface pages which serve to authorize and control reliability

programs generally fall into one of two main categories :
(a) Those which control the inspection , check , and overhaul
times for the entire airframe or powerplant .
(b) Those which control the inspection , check , and overhaul

time for complete systems or for individually specified items within a system
( e.g .; pumps , valves , actuators , etc. ) .
( 2) Entire Airframe, Powerplant or System . In the first case , (a)
above , the preface page may serve as the sole control as far as operations
specifications are concerned . The entire aircraft or the powerplant is governed
by a reliability program so there is no need to list individual items on
a
aircraft maintenance pages . It is imperative, however , that the aircraft or

powerplant controlled by reliability and the approved program document be
properly and adequately identified on the preface page. See Figure 6-8 for a
sample of this type of preface page.
( 3) Complete System or Individually Specified Items. Where complete

systems or selected individual items are controlled by a reliability program ,
reference to the program must be made on a preface page specifically identifying
the controlling document. Figure 6-9 is an example of this type preface page .
Chap 6
Par 1716
Page 1041
8300.9 7/26/85
In addition , the items must be further identified on the particular aircraft

maintenance page on which they appear by an asterisk, program name, or acronym
or other symbol which must be defined on a preface page. ( Reference
Figure 6-10 . )
d . Preface Page - Short -Term Escalation Authorization . Operators who

establish short -term escalation procedures other than as a function of their
approved reliability programs must have those procedures authorized by an
operations specifications preface page . This page must reference the
maintenance manual section or other publications defining those procedures in a
manner that requires its amendement whenever the procedure is revised .
Figure 6-11 depicts a typical preface page for this purpose . Section 10 of this
chapter discusses short -term escalation .
e. Preface Page Maintenance Contractual Arrangement Authorization .
A certificate holder may make arrangements with another person for the
performance of any maintenance, preventive maintenance or alterations. Guidance
material for the approval of maintenance contractual arrangements between
operators may be found in Section 6 of this chapter . Figures 6-12 , 6-13 , and
6-14 depict preface pages used to authorize certain contractual arrangements .
The preface page must contain such pertinent information as names of contract
identification and date, locations of accomplishment of maintenance ( if
pertinent) , reference documents approved for the control of maintenance and a
clause referring to termination or alteration of the contract .
f. Preface PageLeased Aircraft Maintenance Program Authorization .
This authorization provides for an operator to use two different maintenance
programs for the same type aircraft . It applies only to cases involving
short - term leases of aircraft that are intended to be returned to the lessor .
This arrangement allows the lessor to retain the compatibilty of the aircraft
with other aircraft in his possession . Figure 6-15 depicts an acceptable
preface page for this authorizat
8. Preface Page - Parts Pool Agreement Authorization . Under the

provisions of FAR Section 121.361 (b ) , operations specifications may be approved
-
for an operator who desires to enter into parts pooling agreement with persons
employed outside of the United States who do not hold U.S. airman certificates .
A preface page should be prepared that contains all the elements shown in the
example given in Figure 6-16. ( See Section 13 of this chapter for information
and guidance regarding parts pooling agreements .)
h. Preface Page - Prorated Time Authorization . Whenever the proration
process is used to establish initial starting times for an operator, a preface
page such as that shown in Figure 6-17 shall be executed . This is essential ,
not only for proper time accountability but also for the orderly and exact
transfer of time should the aircraft be sold to another operator. This preface
page should readily indicate to all concerned that the aircraft is being
operated under " adjusted time since overhaul ," calculated via proration process .
( See Advisory Circular 121-1A, Standard Operations Specifications - Aircraft
O
Maintenance Handbok , Chapter 2 , for further information on proration .)
Chap 6
Page 1042 Par 1716
7/26/85 8300.9
i . Preface Page - Parts Borrowing Authorization . Air carriers and

commercial operators of large aircraft may apply for this type of preface page,
which authorizes nominal and reasonable relief from their approved overhaul time
limits when borrowing parts from another operator .' The preface page is
necessary because an operator may need to borrow a part and the only one
available may have a higher time since overhaul ( TSO ) than the operator's
approved overhaul time limit . In this situation , the operator may use the
borrowed part. for up to 100 hours (or 50 landings if it is controlled by the
number of landings ). Subparagraphs ( 1 ) and (2 ) following ; are satisfied if the
borrowed part has a lower Tso than the operator's approved overhaul time limit .
The 100 -hour or 50 - landing limitation would not apply and the part may be used
up to the operator's approved overhaul time limit .
(1) The part in question must have minimum time of 200 hours ( or 100
landings if the overhaul time limit is controlled by the number of landings )
remaining to overhaul in relation to the lender's approved overhaul time limit .
( 2) The part is not specifically " life limited ." In such a case ,
the part may not be operated beyond its approved life.
( 3) Figure 6-18 provides an example of the preface page format for
this authorization .
j. Preface Page - Special Flight Permit With Continuing Authorization to

Conduct Ferry Flight . Under the provisions of FAR Sections 21.197 and 21.199 ,
special flight permits with continuing authorization may be approved for an air
carrier . The criteria for development and approval of such authorization will
be found in Section 12 of this chapter. A sample preface page which grants this
type of authorization to an air carrier is shown in Figure 6-19 .
k. Preface Page - Aircraft Identification . Air carriers and commercial
operators subject to FAR Sections 121.45 , 127.13, and 135.11 (b) ( 2) ( iii ) are
required to submit a preface page containing a current list of aircraft
operated . (Reference Figure 6-20 . )
(1 ) Aircraft will be listed on the front page of the specification
page and shall be identified by :
(a) Manufacturer .
(b) Model .
( c) Serial number (not required by FAR Part 135) .

(d ) Registration number .
(e) Designation ( e.g. ; passenger , cargo , or passenger / cargo
convertible .)
(2) For aircraft on which seating is provided only for the crew , the
maximm number of crewmembers will be listed and will be followed by the
designation ( i.e. , " five - cargo " ) .
Chap 6
Par 1716
Page 1043
8300.9 7/26/85
(3) When this type of preface page is amended to add or delete

aircraft, those aircraft added or deleted will be listed on the reverse side of
the page and shall be identified by manufacturer , model , serial number ,
registration number and designation .
(4) On a quarterly basis (by the 10th of January , April , July , and
October of each year) , the assigned inspector shall ascertain that this list is
current and provide AWS - 300 and AVN - 120 with the most up - to -date preface page
including the latest amendment number , where applicable.
(5) Flag and domestic air carriers are required to maintain a
current list of aircraft operated but this need not be on an operations
specifications page . Generally , this list will be found in the carrier's
maintenance manual .
1. Preface Page - Approved Aircraft Inspection Program . This page

serves to identify and approve inspection programs for aircraft of 9-or-less
passenger seats . Section 2 of this chapter discusses approved aircraft
inspection programs . ( Reference Figure 6-22 . )
m.This page serves to identify manufacturer's maintenance programs for
aircraft of 9 -or - less seats used to satisfy FAR Section 135.421 . It also serves
to identify and approve operator developed programs under that FAR . Section 2
of this chapter discusses that subject . ( Reference Figure 6-23 . )
1717 . INSPECTOR'S ACTION PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF FORMAL APPLICATION .
a.
Issuance of Initial or Revised Operations Specifications - Aircraft
Maintenance .
(1 ) Preliminary Approval or Disapproval. Prior to the formal

-
application of new or amended Operations Specifications - Aircraft Maintenance,

the operator will usually have given the assigned inspector an informal
indication of intent . It is highly desirable that appropriately coordinated
investigations be conducted at this stage and the operator be advised of known
deficiencies or required changes . Every effort should be made to detect and
informally resolve any problem areas or items which might result in a delay or a
possible disapproval of the specifications at the time of formal application .
(2) Physical Inspection . In cases of time extension requests , the
operator shalí be advised during preliminary discussions of the number of
components to be inspected during teardown and overhaul . The components
inspected should be as near to the maximum time limits of the currently approved
limitations and is consistent with the scheduled maintenance program of the
operator .
( 3) Data Review . In the case of time extension requests, data

submitted by the operator as justification for the time extension should be
thoroughly researched and evaluated . If observations made during the physical
inspection or record review indicated that deterioration of reliability will
result if the requested amendment is approved , the operator shall be required to
continue at limitations currently approved .
Chap 6
Page 1044 Par 1716
7/26/85 8300.9
b . Aircraft not Previously Used by an Operator in Air Carrier Service .

In preparing " Operations Specifications Aircraft Maintenance" , the guidelines
in Advisory Circular 121-1A shall be followed .
1718. PREPARATION OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS (OMB 04- R0075) , FAA FORM 1014 .
a . Operations Specifications are prepared by the operator using FAA
Form 1014. The assistance of the assigned inspector may be requested or
offered . In many instances , considerable time and effort will be saved if the
assigned inspector works closely with the operator in the formulation of new
specification pages . It is well to remember that the Administrator must find
the specifications acceptable before granting approval.
b . Occasional strikeovers or erasures are acceptable , but must be
initialed by the applicant . Since these specification are legal documents , care
must be taken in their preparation and processing .
c . Major components of ATA Systems 22 , 23 , 24 , 31 , 33 , 34 , and 77 or
autopilot systems , communication systems, electrical systems, instrument
systems, lighting systems, navigational systems , and engine instruments,
respectively, shall be identified by name, manufacturer and model number . If
the operator chooses not to identify these components on the Operations
Specifications (Maintenance ) , FAA Form 1014 , then such components shall be so
identified in an approved document which is referenced and identified on the
specification page. ( Future revisions should comply with these guidelines ) .
d. Operations Specifications , Part D, Aircraft Maintenance, and Part E ,
Weight and Balance , are originated by the operator except for amendments not
acceptable to the operator (reference paragraph 1724 ) . There are no standard
specifications issued by FAA as is the case with Parts A, B, and C. The
operator must prepare the Parts D and E pages and submit them for approval, both
for original certification and for amendments . For original certification of
operators subject to FAR Parts 121 , 127 , or 135 , the application for amendment
entry should be " original issuance " and the reasons and supporting data entry
should be " complies with FAR Parts 121 , 127 , or 135 " ( as applicable).
e. All certificate numbers under which the aircraft is authorized to
operate will be entered in " operating certificate number" space .
f. The operator is responsible for completion of FAA Form 1014 in its
entirety except for the " effective dates ," " Inspector's Recommendations, "
" approval or disapproval by direction of the Administrator , " "Amendment Number , "
and " Supersedes Specifications dated ." Figure 6-21 depicts typical
FAA Form 1014 reverse side entries .
1719. REVIEW AND APPROVAL .
a.
The specifications shall be reviewed for accuracy and completeness.
Operations specifications may be approved only by the assigned principal
airworthiness inspectors (avionics or maintenance , as appropriate) or by
inspectors authorized to sign for them in their absence . All pages should be
checked to ensure that :
Chap 6
Par 1717 Page 1045
8300.9 7/26/85
(1 ) The name and certificate number of the operator appears at top .
(2) The manufacturer and model number of aircraft, if applicable,

appears at top (e.g .; Boeing B -727-200 , Douglas DC -8-61F , etc.) .
( 3) All pages are properly numbered and correctly dated .
(4) The operator has itemized all changes or additions to the
specifications in the space provided on the back of the form .
(5) Authorized signature of operator's representative, title , and
date are filled in .
(6) The operator has entered the reasons and supporting data in the
space provided on the back of the form .
(7) Overhaul and inspection time limits are correctly listed .

(8) Major components of ATA Systems 22 , 23 , 34 , 31 , 33 , 34, and 77
are identified as to manufacturer and model .
b . To approve the specification , the authorized inspector shall enter

the amendment number , effective date, superseded specification date and have
typed or stamped the word " approval" after the words " The operations
specifications set forth on the reverse side hereof are On
original issuance, the amendment will be shown as " original" and the superseded
block will be left blank . (See Figure 6-21 . )
c. The effective dates on the front and back of the FAA Form 1014 should
be the same . The effective date in both instances is the date the specification
is approved ( signed ) .
d. Should approval of the operations specifications be denied , the date
and word DISAPPROVED shall be entered on the form . The disapproved pages should
be returned to the operator within ten ( 10) days , and the operator will be
notified , in writing, by those inspectors delegated specific authority to
perform such functions , reason for disapproval . No distribution will be made of
the disapproved pages and the amendment number will not be changed . ( Amendments
are not effective until officially approved .)
e.Under no circumstances will more than one FAA signature appear in the
" approved" portion of the specifications .
f. The " Inspector's Recommendations" portion of the specification is no
longer to be filled in on any copies .
1720. NUMBERING OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PAGES. Preface pages shall be

numbered
ver
consecutively but separately from aircraft maintenance pages and vice
sa .
In each case , each page is to contain its individual page number and the
total number of pages in the specific category ( e.g .; preface pages 1 of 7 , 2 of
7 , 3 of 7 ; aircraft maintenance pages 1 of 21 , 2 of 21 , 3 of 21 , etc.) .
Chap 6
Page 1046 Par 1719
7/26/85 8300.9
Should it become necessary to add an additional page in an already established

numerical sequence , a numbered page may be repeated with a suffix letter or
number ; i.e. , 3A of 10 , 11-1 of 17 , etc. To maintain accountability when a
suffix numbered page is used , the entire group sequence must be indexed on a
preface page or the page preceding the suffix numbered page must reference it ;
i.e. , page 7 of 10 , next page is 7-1 , etc.
1721. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS, FAA FORM 1014
( OMB 04 -R0075 ) .
a. The original and one copy will be routed by the district office to
the individual authorized by the operator to sign operations specifications .
The operator will retain the original, indicate receipt on the copy and return
the copy to the originating FAA office certificate responsibility .
b . One copy of all approved operations specifications ( including
" Operations Specifications - Aircraft Identification" ) and a copy of all
reliability programs referenced by these specifications, and all revisions
thereto , will be sent ( through channels in accordance with regional
instructions ) to the Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 .
C.The copies of the " Operations Specifications - Aircraft
Identification " and referenced reliability programs will be retained by AWS - 300 .
All other copies of operations specifications pages will be returned to the
sender following their review .
d. One copy of " Operations Specifications - Aircraft Identification "
-
will be sent (through channels in accordance with regional instructions) to the

National Safety Data Branch , AVN - 120 .
1722. CANCELLATION OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS .
a.
Operators Desiring. Cancellation of Operations Specifications -
Aircraft Maintenance . The operator should advise the district office , in
writing , stating the particular specification for which cancellation is desired
and the effective date of such cancellation . If the district office concurs ,
they should stamp or mark the word cancelled , together with cancellation date ,
across the face of all copies of the applicable specification . They should then
advise, by letter , the operator and all FAA " offices holding copies of the
operator's Operations Specifications." Aircraft Maintenance of the cancellation
date of same .
b . FAA desiring Cancellation of Operations Specifications - Aircraft

Maintenance. In cases where certain Operations Specifications Aircraft
Maintenance are no longer required , the operator will be notified , in writing ,
to cancel such specifications. Such a notification should clearly specify that
which is being cancelled , the effective date of cancellation and the reason
therefore . Copies of the letter to the operator should be forwarded to all FAA
offices holding copies of the operator's Operations Specifications - Aircraft
Maintenance .
Chap 6
Par 1720 Page 1047
8300.9
7/26/85
1723. EFFECTIVE DATE OF AMENDED OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AIRCRAFT

MAINTENANCE
a.
Amendments. Except for emergency amendments, amendments to
Operations Specifications - Aircraft Maintenance will become effective on the
effective date in the amendment . The effective dates on the front and back of
FAA Form 1014 should be the same . The effective dates in both instances is the
date of the signing of the recommendation for approval .
b. Emergency Amendments . By virtue of the authority contained in FAR
Sections 121.79, 127.27 , and 135.17 , the Administrator may require immediate
amendment to Operations Specifications - Aircraft Maintenance when such action
is required to assure safety . Extreme caution should be exercised when
employing emergency amendment procedures. When such action is deemed necessary ,
the following steps should be followed .
(1 ) The inspector recommending such action shall inform his
supervising inspector of all pertinent facts .
(2) The supervising inspector will notify appropriate region office
personel.
( 3) If an emergency amendment is determined to be the proper and
necessary course of action , the inspector who recommended the action will be so
advised . He will then notify the operator of such action in writing .
( 4) When emergency amendment action is imminent , the Manager ,
Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS -300 , will be notified by telephoneof all the
details .
1724. AMENDMENTS NOT ACCEPTABLE TO THE OPERATOR . When an amendment is

necessary in the interest of safety and the operator will not consent to such an
amendment , the following procedure will apply:
a. The described amendment to the Operations Specifications - Aircraft
Maintenance shall be prepared .
b. The appropriate regional personnel should consult with the regional

attorney as to action to be taken to require the operator to amend its
operations specifications .
c.
c A letter of transmittal , addressed to the highest authority in the
operator's organization with whom maintenance matters are normally handled ,
shall be prepared . The transmittal shall indicate that "in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the regulations (such as FAR Section 121.79 ) the ,
Administrator hereby amends the existing Operations Specifications - Aircraft
Maintenance in the following particulars for the reasons indicated and that the
amendment will become effective 30 days from receipt ."
d. The letter of transmittal and the amended Operations Specifications
Aircraft Maintenance are to be forwarded by registered mail to establish the
date of receipt .
1725. - 1749 . RESERVED .
Page 1048 ( thru 1058 )

Chap 6
Par 1723
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-2 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
Form Approved .
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OMB No. 04 - R0075
WASHINGTON
Part D Page 1 of 17
ABC AIRLINES , INC .
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
BOEING 737-201/222 /247
MODEL OVERHAUL INSP & CHECK
SYSTEM /COMPONENT OR P/N MFG PERIOD PERIOD " OTHER
CHAPTER 21
AR CONDITIONING OC A ,C ,D FC 1D
Turbine, Air Cycle 3000 1C
Valve, pneumatic 3000 4C
Filter , Air OC 1C Clean @ 1C
Altimeter , Cabin 9000 1C
Control, Cabin Pres . OC 1C Replace Filter
Kement @ 1D
Control, Diff . Pres . 12,000 1C

Regulator , Servo Pres . 7000 6C
Nalve, Outflow 11,000 20 1D -Replace
ខ៖ន្លួន 88888
Filter Element
CHAPTER 23
COMMUNICATIONS A , B, C
Fixed Radio Installation с
Amplifier , Isolation AI- 27 Telephonics C
Transceiver HF 618T - 2 Collins C
Control, VHF Comm G - 4817 Gables с
Cockpit Voice Recorder A - 100 Fairchild C
CHAPTER 25
DOUTMENT AND FURNISHINGS B,C,D
Evacuation Slides 1 yr . AFC
Life Vests 1 yr . A ,C
Evacuation slide Inflation Bottles 3 yr . A ,C See Note 25.1
( DOT- 3HT)
Escape Ropes or Straps (Cockpit /Cabin ) A,C
Megaphone A
Flotation Equipment
First Aid Kit A
Crash Axe A
Smoke Goggles A
བར
Note 25.1 : Inspections, hydrostatic test , and life limits will be accomplished
as set forth in Part 173 , chapter 1 , subtitle B of CFR 49 currently
in effect .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 2-12 )
Chap 6 Page 1059

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 6-3 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
Form Approved.
WASHINGTON
Part D Page 5 of 17
BOEING 737–201/222 /247
INSPECTION AND
OVERHAUL CHECK PERIOD
PERIOD P.F. S.C. P.I. OTHER
Hydraulic , Chapter 29 AO X X X
Pump Emergency 2,000 X X X
Pump Engine Driven 30 X X X

Regulator Air - Pressure 4,000 X
Valve Reservoir Relief 4,000 х
Accumulator - Emergency 4,000 X х
Accumulator Regulator Primary 4,000 X X
Filters - Pressure OC X х R & R 4 - PI
Valve - Thermal Relief - Emergency 4,000 X X X
Reservoir Air Filters OC
XXX
xxx
Ice and Rain , Chapter 30 AO X X X
Windshield OC X
Valve, Modulating QC X
Valve, Shutoff OC X
Instruments , Chapter 31 AO х X х
Flight Data Recorder
(Fairchild P/ N 15630-601) 2,51.0 X X X
88
:::
31
clock ( Elgin A - 3) OC X х X
Landing Gear, Chapter 32 10,000 X X X

Wheels х х X Zyglo wheels ea .
tire change .
Brakes х X х
Anti- Skid -Control Units X Spin check at
8888
wheel or brake
change .
xxxxx
Tires X х X
888
Cable- Emergency System X FC 4 - PI

Bottle - Nitrogen Pres./DOT-3A X X X *
Doors and Linkage X X X
Valve Assy. - Power Brake 4,000 X X х
Lights , Chapter 33 OC X X Xх
* Inspections , hydrostatic test , and life limits will be accomplished as set forth
in Part: 173 , chapter 1, subtitle B of CRF 49 currently ' n effect .
Effective date .
FAA Form 1014 (2-72 )
Page 1060 Chap 6 :

7/26/85 8300.9
form Approved .
UNITED MTATES O AMERICA OMO No. Mas
FOONAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
WASHINGTON
Part D Page 5 of 17
BOEING 737-201/222 /247

Period Check Period
A B C D OTHER
Pouloment and Furnishings . Chapter 25 12,000
Bottle Evacuation slide nrlat.lon ( DOT- 3HT)
Etre Protection . Chapter 26 OC
Cylinder CO2 ( DOT - 3A ) B
Sphere Fire Extinguisher

(MIL -C -2284 ) ( DOTADA) ABCD
A BC D
Marine Dry Chemical ( stored pressure or
cartridge- operated type) A
Landing Gear , Chapter 32 16,000

Bottle Air Emergency Landing Gear B
(MIL - C -7905) ( DOT- 3A )
Oxygen , Chapter 35 OC
Bottle - Oxygen Portable ( DOT- 3A )
O
Bottle Foreign MFG ABCD

A B C D
Bottle Oxygen Crew ( DOT-3HT) A

Bottle Oxygen Passenger (DOT- 3HT)
* Inspections, hydrostatic test , and be limits will be accomplished as set forth

in Part 173, chapter 1 , subtitle B of CFR 19 currently in effect.
**Marine, dry chemical portable fire extinguishers ( stored pressure or
cartridge operated type ). The following statement will apply : " Examinations,
tests and inspections will be accomplished as set forth in subpart 162.028 and
71.25, chapter 1 of GFR 46 currently in effect . "
***Foreign Manufactured Cylinders. The following statement will apply :
" Inspection , hydrostatic test and we limits will be accomplished as set forth
in the manufacturer's specifications currently in effect . "
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 2-72 )
Chap 6 Page 1061

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 6-5 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - GENERAL .

OMB No. 04 -R0075
Part D WASHINGTON
Page 1 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
GENERAL
Irrespective of the type of operation to be conducted by (name of operator ), the

continuous airworthiness and inspection program limitations which are described
and specified in these operations specifications shall be applicable to all
(name of operator) aircraft listed and authorized for use under Federal Aviation
Regulations 121 or 127 (as the case may be) .
The operator shall provide in its currently effective maintenance manual a
comprehensive maintenance program necessary to fulfill its responsibility to
maintain the aircraft in an airworthy condition in accordance with applicable
Federal Aviation Regulations and standards prescribed and approved by the
Administrator .
The aircraft and its component parts , accessories, and appliances shall be
maintained in an airworthy condition in accordance with the maximm time limits
hereinafter set forth for the accomplishment of the overhaul , periodic inspections
and routine checks of the aircraft and its component parts, accessories, and
appliances .
" On -condition " items will be maintained in a continuous airworthy condition by

/ preventive
periodic and progressive inspections, checks, services, repair , and /or
maintenance and shall be appropriately described in the operator's maintenance
mamal .
Parts or subcomponents, not listed below , will be checked , inspected and /or
overhauled at the same time limitations specified for the component or accessory
to which such parts or subcomponents are related or at the time period indicated
for the ATA subchapter heading .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 3-73 )
Page 1062
Chap 6
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-6 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE CHECKS ,

INSPECTIONS AND OVERHAUL TIME LIMITS
Form Approved .
WASHINGTON
Part D Page 2 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
CHECKS , INSPECTIONS , AND OVERHAUL TIME LIMITS
BOEING 737-201 /222 / 247
Preflight (PF ).
The " preflight inspection " shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable
procedures in ABC Airlines Maintenance Manual , Volumes A and c, each calendar day
when the aircraft is in operation .
Service Check (SC)
The " service check" shall be performed within 50 hours of aircraft time in service
in accordance with the applicable procedures in ABC Airlines Maintenance Manual,
Volumes A and C.
" Line" Inspection and Check (LC ).

The " line" inspection and check shall be performed within 100 hours of aircraft
time in service in accordance with the applicable procedures in ABC Airlines
Maintenance Manual, Volume C.
" A" Inspection and Check (A ).
The " A" inspection and check shall be performed within 175 hours of aircraft time
in service and includes, in addition to the " line inspection and check , " all
applicable procedures in current chapters 01 and 02 of ABC Airlines Maintenance
Manual, Volume C.
" B" Inspection and Check (B )

The " B" inspection and check shall be performed within 350 hours of aircraft time
in service and includes , in addition to the "A" inspection and check , all
applicable procedures in current chapters 01 and 02 of ABC Airlines Maintenance
Manual, Volume C.
" Overhaul" (Major Inspection Program ).
A block overhaul will be performed at intervals not to exceed three thousand
( 3000 ) hours of aircraft time in service. A series of six (6) block overhauls
comprise the complete major inspection program . The blocks will be performed in
accordance with applicable procedures in ABC Airlines Maintenance Manual, Volume E.
"Fixed Radio Installation "
The term " fixed radio installation " shall be understood to include all components
not specifically listed on FAA Form 1014, such as the following: fixed antennas,
indicators and warning light assemblies, jack boxes, cables, plugs, wiring ,
junction boxes, shockmounts, and remote turning tach shafts.
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 (2-72)
Chap 6 Page 1063

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 6-7 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PREFACE PAGE CHECKS ,

INSPECTIONS AND OVERHAUL TIME LIMITS
Form Approved .
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OMB No. 04 - ROOTS
Part D WASHINGTON
Page 2 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
CHECKS, INSPECTIONS , AND OVERHAUL TIME LIMITS
DE HAVILLAND MODEL DH - 114
(Name of Company ) is authorized to utilize the maintenance / inspection program

requirements prescribed by chapter 5. of the De Havilland DH - 114 Heron Maintenance
and Repair Manual , through Revision No. 11, dated October 27 , 1978 .
The maintenance procedures, methods and standards for this program are cotitained
in the De Havilland DH - 114 Heron Maintenance and Repair Mamal ; AVCO -Lycoming
Engine Maintenance and Overhaul Marmal , 602294-6 ; and Hartzell Propeller Overhaul
Marmal 109A .
Pressure vessel inspections , hydrostatic tests , and life limits will be accom
plished as set forth in Part 173 , chapter 1, subtitle B of CFR 49 currently in
effect .
Service life limits contained in AVCO -Lycoming Service Bulletin No. 127B , as
revised will be adhered to .
Work forms detailing the applicable inspection / check requirements are contained in
the (Name of Company ) Computerized Aircraft Maintenance Program (CAMP) as revised .
Revisions to this program are subject to review by the FAA assigned principal
airworthiness inspectors prior totheir implementation .
NOTE : The principal inspector shall include any other conditions or limitations
necessary for the continued airworthiness of the aircraft ( components or
engines ).
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 (2-72 )
Page 1064 Chap 6

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-8 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - RELIABILITY

PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION
Form Approved .
UNITED STATO OF AMERICA
OMB No. 04 -R0075
WASWINOTON
Part D
PREFACE PAGE
BOEING 737–201 /222 /247
RELIABILITY PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION
ABC Airlines is authorised to utilize the provisions of a maintenance reliability

program which contains the standards for determining maintenance intervals and
processes.
The program for these systems is described in and the standards are established in
ABC document (Inter - Name, Number , and Date).
O
The time limitations for the overhaul, inspection and checks of the aircraft and /or
systems/ components controlled by the program are contained in ABC Airlines B -737
Maintenance Manual :
1. The service time limits will be listed in the 5-2-0 section of the
2. The component overhaul time limits and life limits will be listed in the
5-2-1 section of the Maintenance Marnal .
3. The service item checks and scheduled maintenance tasks to be performed

at routine service periods will be listed in the 5-2-2 section of the
4. The inspection and maintenance of aircraft structures will be listed in

the 5–2–3 section of the Maintenance Manual .
5. The parts and sub - components not listed in the 5-2-1 section of the
Maintenance Manual wil be checked, inspected and/ or overhauled at the
same time limit specified for the components or assembly to which such
components are related .
In the event the program document referenced above is canceled , the maintenance
program covered by said document will be completely reevaluated and maintenance
and overhaul time limits established by the FAA .
Effective date
PAA Form 1014 ( 2-72 )
hap 6 Page 1065

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 6-9 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS -

PREFACE PAGE RELIABILITY
PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION

Form Approved .
OMB No. 04 -R0075
WASHINGTON
Part D Page_3_of_10 .
PREFACE PAGE
RELIABD.ITY PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION
ABC Airlines is authorized to utilize the provisions of a maintenance reliability

program which contains the standards for determining maintenance intervals and
processes for the items designated by an asterisk (* ) ( or some other identifier)
on the following specification pages. These items are listed in and this program
is described and the standards established in document
( Inter name , number , and date . )
In the event the program document referenced above is canceled, the maintenance
program covered by said document will be completely reevaluated and maintenance
and overhaul time limits established by the FAA .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 8-72 )
Page 1066 Chap 6

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-10 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE -

O
RELIABILITY PROGRAM IDENTIFICATION
Form Approved .
UNITO ITATUS OF AMERICA OMB No. M - ROOTS
WASHINGTON
Part D D Page 1 of 17
OPERATIONS, SPECIFICATIONS
AC ATRIS, INC .
BOLTING 737-201 / 222 /247
OVERHAUL LISPECTION &
PERIOD CHECK PERIOD
Air Conditioning , Chapter 21 12,000 PF A B C D OTHR
Actuators, valves ABC
Hollowers BD
Heaters 2,000 A C
#
Ignition units
Compressor ► 2,000 в с
Autopilot . Chapter 22 12,000 PF A B C D OTHER
Commications, Chapter 23 *
Louipment & Furnishings , Chapter 25 12,000 PF A B C D OTHBR
Fuel, Chapter 28 2,000 ABC
#
Pump , fuel boost
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 7-12 )
hap 6 Page 1067

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 6-11 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE SHORT TERM

ESCALATION AUTHORIZATION
Form Approved .
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OMB No. 04 -R0075
WASHINGTON
PartD Page 4 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
SHORT- TERM ESCALATION AUTHORIZATION
A. The procedure for short -term escalation of maintenance intervals are contained
in ABC Airline's General Maintenance Manual, chapter 7, section 3. This
procedure is applicable to the following equipment :
B - 737 Fleet
B. LIMITATIONS
1. Aircraft A & B checks - 15 hours - time in service .

2. Aircraft C checks - 50 hours - time in service .
3. Aircraft D checks - 400 hours - time in service .
4. Powerplants and powerplant components - 59 not to exceed 500 hours time
in service .
5. Airframe components and appliances - 10 % not to exceed 500 hours time in
service .
NOTE: An individual item may be escalated to a higher figure predicated on

justification presented to the assigned FAA principal airworthiness
inspector (maintenance or avionics as applicable ) and subject to his
approval prior to exceeding the current limit .
C. PROHIBITIONS..
Short - term escalation procedures do not apply to the following :
risi
1. Intervals specified by FAA Airworthiness Directives.

2. Life limits specified by type - certificate data sheets, flight manuals , or
manufacturer's publications.
3. Limitations specified by Minimum Equipment Lists or Configuration
Deviation Lists .
4. Structural sampling periods imposed by maintenance review boards .
Effcctive date
FAA Form 1014 ( 3-7
Page 1068 Chap 6

/ 26 /85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-12 .. EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PREFACE PAGE - MAINTENANCE

CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENT AUTHORIZATION

OMB No. 04 - R0075
WASHINGTON
Part D Page 5 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
MAINTENANCE CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENT AUTHORIZATION
ABC Airlines is authorized to utilize the provisions of a contractual agreement
with XYZ repair station identified as dated
wherein XYZ provides Allison 501D - 13 engines and primary accessories to ABC for
use on their aircraft . Overhaul and repair standards are specified by XYZ
specification and applicable manufacturer's instructions.
Under the terms of this agreement , repair and overhaul records will be maintained
by XYZ and will be available to ABC . ABC will make such records available to FAA
upon request . Each engine provided by XYZ for use by ABC will be accompanied by
a maintenance release depicting its maintenance status .
In the event this arrangement is canceled, altered, or if ABC should cease for
any reason to provide the services contracted for , ABC's entire powerplant
program is subject to reevaluation by the FAA .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 (2-72)
‫ دی‬6 Page 1069

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 6-13 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - MAINTENANCI

CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENT AUTHORIZATION
Form Approved .
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OMB NO . 04 -ROOTS
WASHINGTON
Part 0 Page 5 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
* ABC Airlines 18 authorized to utilize the provisions of a contractual agreement

with XYZ Airlines identified as dated
for the maintenance of the following ABC Airlines' DC -8-63 aircraft in accordance
with XYZ Airlines ' approved continuous maintenance program :
N101AB
N102AB
This agreement provides for XYZ Airlines to perform all scheduled maintenance
above the " A " check level, including structural inspection , powerplant shop
maintenance and aircraft component shop maintenance, in accordance with XYZ
Airlines' methods, standards , and procedures .
Under the terms of this agreement XYZ will provide ABC with a current copy of the
publications and documents relating to their maintenance program as listed in
that agreement and revisions thereto. Ali maintenance performed by ABC will be
in accordance with those publications and documents .
ABC Airlines is authorized to participate in XYZ Airlines ' reliability program
identified as
as revised , with ABC aircraft included in
XYZ fleet for the purpose of that program . Maintenance intervals and assignment
of maintenance processes are controlled by that program .
Under the terms of this agreement all maintenance records applicable to the sub
ject aircraft shall be maintained by XYZ Airlines at their maintenance base in
ABC Airlines shall expediently forward the original of
all maintenance records generated during the period of this agreement to XYZ
Airlines for inclusion in the records for that aircraft , and ABC Airlines will
retain a copy for their files for that aircraft .
ABC Airlines will determine that all replacement components , other than those
provided by XYZ Airlines, that are common to the above listed aircraft and the
AXYZ fleet are evaluated by XYZ Airlines to insure they meet XYZ standards .
XYZ Airlines will maintain all components and systems not common to XYZ Airlines '
fleet in accordance with the requirements of ABC Airlines ' specifications.
Administration of this agreement and related policies and procedures , including
those pertaining to the control of maintenance interval limits , will be included
in ABC Airlines Maintenance Manual..
In the event this arrangement is canceled, altered, or if XYZ Airlines should

ceage for any reason toprovide the services contracted for , the entire program
is subject to reevaluation by FAA .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 2-72 )
Page 1070 Chap 6

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-14 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - MAINTENANCE

CONTRACTUAL ARRANGMENT AUTHORIZATION
UNITED STATO OF AMERICA Form Approved .

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION OMB No. 04- R0075
WASHINGTON
Part 0 Page 5 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
* ABC Airways is authorized to utilize the provisions of a contractual agreement

with XYZ Airlines identified as dated
for the maintenance of ABC Airlines' DC -6-63 aircraft.
This agreement provides for XYZ to perform the following maintenance on ABC
Airlines aircraft in accordance with XYZ Airlines ' methods, procedures , and
specifications :
1. JT3D - 3B Engine shop maintenance.

2. Repair and overhaul of JT3D - 3B powerplant mounted components as itemized
in ATA chapters 72-80 .
Items subject to this agreement are identified by asterisk and footnote on the
appropriate Aircraft Maintenance Specification Page.
Maintenance records applicable to work performed under the terms of this agreement
shall be maintained by XYZ Airlines at their engine overhaul facility .
Administration of this agreement and related policies and procedures, including
those pertaining to the control of maintenance interval limits, will be included
in ABC Airlines Maintenance Manual .
In the event this arrangement is canceled , altered , or if XYZ Airlines should

cease for any reason to provide the services contracted for , the entire program *
is subject to reevaluation by FAA .
Effective date
1
FÁA Form 1014 ( 2-72 )
hap 6 Page 1071

8300.9
7/26/8 :
FIGURE 6-15 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE LEASE

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION
Form Approved .
WASHINGTON
Part 0 Page 6 of 10
ARLES,FIC.
PREFACE PAGE
LEASED AIRCRAFT MAINTRTANCE PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION
ABC Airlines Inc., 18 authorized to maintain DC - 8-63 aircraft 18650F S / N 1237, in

accordance with XYZ Airlines, Inc. , approved DC -8-63 maintenance program in
accordance with the aircraft lease agreement between ABC and XYZ dated November 4,
1977. All maintenance accomplished under this authorization will be according
to XYZ Maintenance Manual and will be recorded on XYZ forms except for the
follonding, which will be maintained under ABC's approved program :
1. Life rafts , life vests , and emergency transmitters.
2. Preflight inspections .
This authorization has no bearing on ABC Airlines , Inc. , approved maintenance
program for this type aircraft .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 8-72 )
Page 1072 Chap 6

7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-16 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - PARTS

POOL . AGREEMENT AUTHORIZATION
Form Approved .
WHITE STATE OF AMERICA OMB No. 04 - Roots
WASHINGTON
Part D Page 7 of 10
PROFACE PAGE
PARTS POOL ACRFSMENT AUTHORIZATION
The holder of these operations specifications 18 authorised , subject to the

conditions and limitations specified here in , to participate in a parts pool
agreement .
(1) Only those parts pool participants specified herein shall be eligible
to provide parts to
(2) shall not utilise any part provided by any participant
identified here in unless such part meets with the applicable provisions of the
Federal Aviation Regulations and the certificate holder's manual .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 8-12 )
Chap 6 Page 1073

8300.9
7/26/8 :
FIGURE 6-17 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS PREFACE PAGE - PRORATED

O
TIME AUTHORIZATION
Form Approved .
WASHINGTON
Part D. Page 8 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
PRORATED TIME AUTHORIZATION
The aircraft Listed hereon and including its installed powerplants, propellers,
and appliances shall be maintained in accordance with the adjusted hours of time
since overhaul as set forth in the document identified as :
Adjusted
Document
time since overhaul for N.
No.
Dated
A copy of which is on file .at the operator's main maintenance base and with the
Federal Aviation Administration .
These time limits and this specification page shall remain in effect until such
time as the aircraft , its powerplants, propellers, and appliances are first
overhauled. Thereafter , this specification page shall be cancelled and the
aircraft will be inspected and overhauled in accordance with
airlines' maintenance program and approved time limits .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 13-92 )
Page 1074
Chap 6
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-18 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - PARTS

BORROWING AUTHORIZATION

Form Approved.
OMB No. 04 - R0075
WASHINGTON
Page 9 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
PARTS BORROWING AUTHORIZATION
ABC Airlines , when in need , may borrow a part from another FAR 121 , 127 , or 135
( for aircraft under continuous airworthiness maintenance programs) operator (or
from a parts pool if the operator is a participant of a parts pool agreement)
and may use such part for a maximm of 100 hours ( or 50 landings if the service
or overhaul time limit is controlled by the number of landings) even though the
time in service of such part exceeds ABC Airlines ' approved service and overhaul
time limit providing:
The part in question has a minimn of 200 hours ( or 100 landings if the
service or overhaul time limit is controlled by the number of landings)
remaining to service or overhaul in relation to the lender's approved
service and overhaul time limit .
b . The part is not specifically life limited . In such a case , the part
may not be operated beyond its approved service life.
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 2-72 )
ap 6 Page 1075
8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 6-19 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - SPECIAL FLIGHT

PERMIT WITH CONTINUING AUTHORIZATION TO CONDUCT FERRY FLIGHTS
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Form Approved .

OMB No. 04 - R0075
Part D WASHINGTON
Page 10 of 10
PREFACE PAGE
SPECIAL FLIGHT PERMIT WITH CONTINUING AUTHORIZATION TO CONDUCT FERRY FLIGHTS
This special flight permit with continuous authorization is ( certificate

holder ) authorization to fly any aircraft listed on its aircraft listing
( S 121.685 ) or operations specifications (SS 121.45 , 127.13 , and 135.11 ) , that
may not meet applicable airworthiness requirements but is capable of safe
flight, to a base where the necessary maintenance or alterations can be
performed .
1. A copy of this operation specification , or appropriate sections of the

certificate holder's manual containing a restatement of this permit ,
shall be catried on board the aircraft when operating under a special
flight permit .
2. Before operating an aircraft that does not meet applicable air
worthiness requirements, the certificate holder shall make a
determination that the aircraft can safely be flown to a station
where maintenance or alterations can be performed . In addition , the
certificate holder will have the aircraft inspected in accordance with
procedures contained in the operator's manual and have a certificated
mechanic or repairman certify in the aircraft logbook that the
aircraft is in safe condition for the flight as specified in the
operator's manual .
NOTE The certificated repairman may certify only for the work for
which he is employed .
3. Only flight crewmembers and persons essential to operations of the

aircraft shall be carried aboard during ferry flights where the
aircraft flight characteristics may have been altered appreciably or
the flight operations affected substantially.
4. Operating weight of the aircraft must be the minimum necessary for the
flight with necessary reserve fuel load.
5. Flight shall be conducted in accordance with appropriate special
conditions or limitations contained in ( appropriate sections or pages )
of the certificate holder's manual .
6. This authorization does not permit operation of a product to which an
AD applies except in accordance with the requirements of that AD .
7. Aircraft involved in an accident or incident may not be ferried prior
to notifying the FAA accident coordinator .
8. The certificate holder shall impose any further conditions or
limitations necessary for safe flight .
Effective date
Page 1076
Chap 6
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-20 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - AIRCRAFT

IDENTIFICATION
Form Approved.
UNITED STATE OF AMERICA
OMB No. 04 -R0075
MEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
WASWMGTON Page 1 of 1
Part D

PREFACE PAGE
AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
Manufacturer Model Serial Number Registration Designation

Number
Douglas DC - 3 1569 N - 0110 4-24

Douglas DC - 6A 101 N - 0010 5 - Cargo
Douglas DC - 6A 102 N - 0011 5 - Cargo
Douglas DC - 7B 4379 N - 0111 9.- 98
DC - 3 N -0110 leased on an exclusive use basis for an indefinite period

consisting of at least six ( 6) consecutive months beginning January 2 , 1981 ,
from ABC Airlines, Box -2 , Seneca , New York .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 2-72 )
lap 6 Page 1077

8300.9 7/26/8

PAGES - TYPICAL FORM 1014 REVERSE SIDE ENTRIES
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION Operating Certificate No. 50-100 (6 )

Washington , D.C. ASO - 19(ac)
ABC AIRLINES , INC . bereby makes application for amendment
of the Opcrations Specifications appearing on the reverse sido hereof, as follows:
System 27, Flight Controls : Increase the overhaul period for Gearbox, Flap
Drive from seventeen thousand (17,000 ) hours time in service to eighteen
thousand (18,000 ) bours time in service .
Reasons and supporting data ( if insufficient space attach additional page):
The above increase is based on an unscheduled removal rate of zero (0 ) per
one thousand ( 1000 ) hours time in service for the past twelve ( 12 ) months
and is substantiated by the satisfactory findings during overhaul of four (4)
Flap Drive Gearboxes at seventeen thousand ( 17,000 ) hours time in service .
Service experience has shown that this amendment will not adversely affect
the airworthiness of the aircraft or jeopardize the safety of operations .
I CERTITY that the statements submitted in connection herewith are true and that I am duly authorized
Srancis E.Shomas
Francis E Thomas
Vice President (Blature )
Date September 141..1976 Maintenance and Engineering
( Title)
Bionator )
( Title )
The Operations Specifications set forth on the reverse side beroof are ... Approved
Amendment No...2 ... By direction of the Administrator :

w m.
Effective date .Sept.amber. 169.1976 Irrin .Me Friendly.
(Olestare )
Supersedes specifications dated September25, 1975 Principal Maintenance Inspector
( NH )
Received for the applicant by:

Srancis & shomasa
Francis Dr. Thomas...
Vice President , (Signature )
Dato September 16, 1976 Maintenance and Engineering
Malo )
Page 1078 Chap 6

8300.9
' / 26 /85
FIGURE 6-22 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS - PREFACE PAGE - APPROVED

AIRCRAFT INSPECTION PROGRAM

Form Approved .
OMB No. 04 -R0075
Part D WASHINGTON
Page 2 of 2
NAME OF COMPANY
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE NINE R LESS PASSENGERS
APPROVED AIRCRAFT INSPECTION PROGRAM
The aircraft listed below by registration mmber shall not be used in air tard
operations by (COMPANY NAME unless the aircraft has been inspected in
accordance with the Approved Aircraft Inspection Program identified as
approved for (COMPANY NAME and ATRCRAFT TYPE) .
iintin
Registration No.
1. N1236
2
3.
4
5.
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 (2-72)
}
hap 6 Page 1079

8300.9 7/26/85
FIGURE 6-23 . SPECIFICATIONS

EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICA TIONS - PREFACE PAGE -
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS PROGRAM
Form Approved .
WASHINGTON
Page 1 of 1
DORO AVIATION SERVICE
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE - NINE OR LESS PASSENGERS
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
CESSNA - 421
Aircraft operated by Doro Aviation Service shall not be utilized in air taxi /
commercial operator operations unless :
1. The Teledyne Continental Motors engine model GTSIO- 520C and its component
parts , accessories , and appliance are maintained in an airworthy condition
in accordance with the schedule of maintenance , inspection , and overhaul
times set forth in Cessna Model 421 Service Manual D817-13 , as amended ,
and the other manufacturers ' service manual referenced therein as amended
2. The McCauley propeller model 3AF 34C - 74 and its component parts are
maintained in an airworthy condition in accordance with the schedule of
maintenance , inspection and overhaul times set forth in the Cessna Model
421 Service Manual D817-13 , as amended , and the other manufacturers '
service manuals referenced therein as amended .
3. The items of installed required emergency equipment are maintained in an

airworthy condition in accordance with the schedule of maintenance
inspection and overhaul functions set forth in the product manufacturer's
service and overhaul instructions as follows :
Lifevest - Pan Avion Overhaul Manual 310-9

Liferaft - Pan Avion Overhaul Manual 310-9
Oxygen Regulator - Scott Overhaul Manual H - 137
* Oxygen Bottle - Scott Overhaul Manual H - 120
Oxygen Mask - Scott Service Instructions
* CO2 Extinguisher - Walter Kiddie Overhaul Manual, with Illustrated Parts
List , Part No. 870904 .
4. Parts having retirement times are replaced as outlined in the Cessna

Model 421 Service Manual D817-13 , as amended , and on the FAA , Aircraft
Type Data Sheet A7CE as revised , Engine Type Data Sheet E7CE as revised
and Propeller Type Data Sheet P22E as revised .
* Inspections Test and Life Limits will be accomplished as set forth in

Part 172 , Chapter 1 , Subtitle B of CFR 49 , currently in effect .
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 (2-72 )
FIGURES 6-24 . - 29 . RESERVED .
Page 1080 Chap 6

8300.9
7/26/85
FIGURE 6-30 . EXAMPLE OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND

BALANCE
Form Approved .
WASHINGTON
Part E Page 1 of 1
PREFACE PAGE
AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND BALANCE CONTROL
The following procedures have been established to maintain control of weight and
balance of the ABC Airlines' aircraft operated under the terms of these specifi
cations ( identified below ) and to insure that these aircraft are loaded within the
gross weight and center of gravity limitations.
Determination of Weight of Passengers and Crew . Procedures by which either actual

or approved average passenger weights may be used are provided for in the
operator's weight and balance control manual.
Determination of weight of Baggage .
(a) When computing the weight and balance of the aircraft, the average passenger
baggage weights used are in accordance with the operator's weight and balance
control manual .
(b) The average passenger baggage weight authorized in paragraph (a) shall not be
used in computing the weight and balance of charter flights and other special
service involving the carriage of special groups .
Periodic Aircraft Weighing . All aircraft will be weighed in accordance with the
procedures for establishing individual or fleet aircraft weights as outlined in
the operator's aircraft weight and balance control manual .
Loading Schedules and Identification of Aircraft . The following loading schedules
are used for routine operations :
Aircraft Type Type of Loading Schedule
rian
1. Convair Model 340 (Passenger ) Tabular

2. Douglas Model DC_6B ( Passenger Tabular
3. Douglas Model DC -- 70 Passenger
and Cargo ) Tabular
4. Lockheed Model 188 ( Passenger Index
5. Boeing Model 707–123 (Passenger Computer
6. Boeing Model 727 ( Passenger ) Computer
Loading Instructions. Loading instructions relative to the above- listed Loading

schedules are set forth in ABC Airlines ' Stations Manual Volume E and Flight
Operations Manual Volume C.
Effective date
ap 6 Page 1081 ( thru 1086 )

7126/85 8300.9
SECTION 8. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD (MRB ) PROCEDURES

1750. PURPOSE . This section provides information pertinent to the
administration of MRB proceedings and the implementation of the initial or
revised maintenance / inspection requirements developed by the MRB process .
1751. GENERAL . The MRB procedures developed for the wide -body jets ( B - 747,
DC - 10 , and L - 1011) represent a real advance over those of earlier years . The
increasing technical complexity and the attendant effect of efficient
maintenance on the operation of current and future aircraft required development
of a rational method for assessing individual aircraft maintenance
characteristics. This method was developed by representative airlines and
published as Handbook MSG - 1 , " Maintenance Evaluation and Program Development ,"
which includes decision logic and interairline/manufacturer procedures for
developing a maintenance program for the B -747. Subsequently, the decision
logic was updated and certain B-747 detail procedural information was deleted to
provide a document that would be applicable for later new type aircraft . This
amended document is known as the " Airline /Manufacturer Maintenance Program
Planning Document - MSG - 2 ." MSG - 2 outlines the general organizations and
decision processes for determining the essential scheduled maintenance
requirements for new airplanes . Later refinement of MSG - 2 resulted in an
upgraded document known as MSG - 3 used to develop the programs for the B-767 and
B - 757 .
1752. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD PROCEEDINGS . The MRB proceedings are only
conducted on newly manufactured aircraft , powerplants or appliances that have
been acquired for use in air carrier operations .
1753. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD MANAGEMENT. When a transport type (air carrier )
project is undertaken by a manufacturer , the Factory Maintenance Specialists
( FMS) in the controlling region will assume or delegate the MRB chairmanship .
If the controlling regional director or associate administrator have the
resources and they believe that it is in the public interest , they may conduct
an MRB ( advisory capacity) for a foreign manufactured product intended for use
in air carrier service that does not have any U.S. buyers . The controlling
regional MRB spécialist or the delegated specialist should work with the foreign
authorities in the development of the MRB to insure that material developed is
in accordance with FAA guidelines . Any reports or material developed under such
arrangements will not be FAA approved. Such material will serve as a baseline
for future MRB proceedings if the product is introduced into U.S. air carrier
bperations.
1754. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD RUNNING CONCURRENTLY . The airframe and
propulsion system will be consolidated into a single MRB . The MRB specialist in
the region having jurisdiction over the airframe will determine what type MRB
action is required .
1755. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD CONSIDERATIONS . Each member of the MRB should
pe aware that only through the conscientious application of initiative ,
resourcefulness , interest , and technical knowledge will the overall
responsibilities and functions assigned to the MRB be successfully accomplished .
the MRB's evaluation of a new product must encompass at least the following:
Chap 6
Par 1750 Page 1087
8300.9
7/26/85
1
a. A review of the results of the manufacturers' static test programs.
These programs furnish an indication of the behavior of structure under limit
and ultimate loads, strength of the components tested , and the locations of
deficiencies . The proposed maintenance and inspection programs related to these
deficient areas should be carefully scrutinized and coordinated with
engineering.
b . An evaluation of all proposed maintenance instructions with
particular attention given to those that relate to areas, parts and / or
components that involve unusual functional design features, new fabrication
methods, and / or unique functional requirements.
C.Consideration of the recommendations of the FAA Engineering and
Manufacturing Branch relating to the establishment of structures sampling
programs and initial time recommendations.
d. A careful analysis of the results and reports on certification flight
test and functional and reliability flight test programs that pertain to the
maintenance / inspection program .
e.
A comparative analysis of systems, areas , components , etc., shall be
made, if possible, with similar products in use on aircraft in current
operation .
f. An assessment of the practicability of the proposed inspection and

maintenance requirements by comparison with the results of structural test
programs conducted by the manufacturers and made available to the FAA .
g. A comprehensive review of the frequency, scope of the structure
sampling and inspection requirements proposed for the new product to ascertain
that they provide ample coverage of the areas to which they are related. These
programs require the establishment of the importance of all parts and /or areas
of the new product , a determination as to whether external indications of
incipient failure of these areas is readily discernible and the probability and
effects of failures in these areas . This data, in conjunction with the expected
service life of the parts , etc. , should be used to judge, in part , the
adaptability and value of proposed programs.
h. Fatigue test programs provide an excellent tool for associating
failures with cycles of service life. The results of these programs may ,
however , require tempering when the fatigue characteristics of the structure are
supplemented by use of the fail - safe design concept . These data, approved by
the FAA engineering , when combined with the past knowledge and experience of the
MRB member , are a useful element for evaluating proposed maintenance / inspection
requirements.
i . Replacement times for areas, structural sampling , parts, and /or
components that are established by the manufacturers through fatigue testing
shall be evaluated by the MRB . The results of the tests shall be reviewed by
the MRB and specific recommendations on required inspection times for these
areas , etc., will generally be provided by the MRB FAA engineering and
manufacturing representative.
Chap 6
Page 1088 Par 1755
7/26/85 8300.9
1756. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. Approval of

proposed initial maintenance/ inspection requirements will be accomplished by a
board of FAA specialists (MRB) . The MRB chairman will be the Factory
Maintenance Specialist ( FMS) assigned by their respective region to a specific
aircraft or aircraft engine manufacturer .
a. MRB Chairman (FMS) . The functions and responsibilities of the FMS
will be to :
(1 ) Coordinate all MRB activities associated with his assigned

manufacturer's product .
( 2) Keep AWS -330 (Chairman MRB Policy Board ) advised of the

manufacturer's plans for developing new aircraft . Information concerning
certification data , proposed operators, delivery dates, and available training
courses should be forwarded as soon as it becomes available .
(3) Extend invitations , in concurrence with the steering committee ,

to the FAA's international counterparts to observe working group activities.
(4) Select MRB members and assign them to specific working groups as
observers .
(5) Arrange for and schedule necessary technical and decision logic
process training for MRB members .
(6) Participate in TC board and flight operation evaluation board

proceedings .
(7) At his /her discretion , take part in working group activities as
an observer .
i
(8) Coordinate with MRB Policy Board Chairman , in a timely manner ,
on matters which may affect major policy, the Federal Aviation Regulations,
maintenance management philosophies , and relationships with international civil
aviation authorities .
( 9) Maintain close coordination with the regional engineering staff

and solicit their comments and recommendations as necessary .
( 10) Prepare a report on the proceedings of all appropriate meetings

attended and forward a copy toMRB Policy Board Chairman through regional
channels .
( 11 ) Review industry's preliminary proposal and advise MRB Policy

Board Chairman of his /her recommendations and comments to industry .
( 12) Coordinate with MRB Policy Board Chairman and staff at the time
industry presents a formal proposal .
( 13) Convene the MRB for the purpose of reviewing and approving or
denying the proposed material relating to FAR Sections 25.1529 and 29.1529.
Chap 6
Par 1756
Page 1089
8300.9 7/26/85
( 14) Coordinate denial with MRB Policy Board Chairman prior to

formally notifying the steering committee of such action . Any denial should
1
include what is needed to make the program acceptable .
( 15) Offer guidance and assistance to the Industry Steering
Committee or working groups when appropriate.
( 16) Review reports of FAA working group observers required by
Subparagraphs b (5below
) .
( 17) Make arrangements in coordination with AWS - 330 to train the
principal inspectors in the implementation of the initial approved MRB
inspection requirements .
b . FAA Observers. FAA working group observers will be selected by the
MRB Chairman ( FMS) . Throughout the proceedings, all FAA observers shall advise
the Chairman of items they consider unsatisfactory or otherwise noteworthy .
Early awareness of potential controversial items will enable development of a
timely solution . Each observer will :
(1 ) Be assigned to a specific working group or groups by the FMS .
(2) Attend familiarization and training courses as scheduled by the
FMS .
(3) Become thoroughly familiar with the application of the decision

logic process ( MSG - 2 ) .
( 4) Observe working group proceedings to assure that the working
group understands and utilizes the MSG - 2 decision logic process during
development of the proposal .
( 5) Submit a highlight report to the FMS at the conclusion of each
meeting attended , with a copy to MRB Policy Board Chairman and all other board
members . The report should refer to the items discussed , conclusions reached ,
open or pending items, summary , and recommendations .
(6) Offers FAA policy guidance and assistance to the working groups
whenever requested or deemed necessary .
( 7) Coordinate with the FMS in a timely fashion on matters which may
affect major policy, Federal Aviation Regulations, maintenance management
philosophies, and relationships with international civil aviation authorities .
( 8) Attend all meetings scheduled by the FMS and working group
chairman .
1757. MAINTENANCE REVIEW BOARD POLICY BOARD . The MRB Policy Board will be
Headquartered in AWS - 300 to provide the Chairman of the MRB with policy relating
to MRB proceedings. The Policy Board will consist of a chairman and four
members . The Chairman of the Policy Board will be a technical specialist
Chap 6
Page 1090 Par 1756
7/26/85 8300.9
assigned to the Air Transportation Branch of the Aircraft Maintenance Division ,

AWS- 300 . The board members are to include a representative from :
( 1 ) Aircraft Engineering Division , AWS - 100 ; ( 2) Air Transportation Division ,
AFO -200 ; (3) Avionics Branch, AWS - 350; and (4 ) the appropriate MRB Chairman .
The functions and responsibility of the Policy Board will be to :
a.
Provide MRB Chairman with a single Flight Standards' position
concerning current policy relating to MRB responsibilities.
b. Give direction and recommend solutions to MRB Chairman on matters
where an interim policy decision is necessary .
C. Review and recommend proposed changes to the MRB policies and
procedures to ensure that MRB functions are effective and consistent with Agency
goals and industry needs.
d . Schedule periodic board meetings as directed by the MRB Policy Board
Chairman or at the request of the MRB Chairman to seek early solutions to
problems related to MRB functions and responsibilities .
1758. MAINTENANCE/ INSPECTION REQUIREMENT APPROVALS. When all issues have been
resolved , the material developed by the MRB proceedings will be recorded and
approved by the MRB Chairman . This approved manuscript will be submitted for
printing in an appropriate document and will be the criteria for evaluating
proposed maintenance programs submitted to the assigned inspector.
1759. MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION REQUIREMENT PUBLICATIONS . The MRB Report is to be
published as a part of the Technical Support Documents provided by the
manufacturer to the operators . Technical Support Documents comprising the
maintenance manual, supplied by the manufacturer , will contain a note advising
the operator that the data contained in the MRB Reports comply with the
requirements of FAR Sections 25.1529 or 29.1529 .
1760. INITIAL MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION REVISION . In order to maintain the
management maintenance/ inspection requirements consistent with the management
techniques and technological changes brought about as a result of operating
experience, periodic revisions will be necessary . When revision includes
changes to the external detectability maintenance / inspection requirements that
are the basis for the internal inspection frequency, a reassessment of the
internal requirements shall be included . After the accumulation of service
experience, industry may request changes to the initial approved
maintenance / inspection requirements . Such requests will be handled by an
| industry airline /manufacturer committee composed of the manufacturer and
representative operators, PMI/PAI asappropriate, and the MRB Chairman . The MRB
Chairman will review all substantiating data to ascertain that sampling data is
representative, fleet experience is compatible and that operating cycles are
equated with flight time.
1761. IMPLEMENTATION OF INITIAL MAINTENANCE/ INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. The
responsibility for preparation and submission of a proposed maintenance program
rests with the operator . Utilizing the approved initial maintenance/ inspection
requirements as a base for developing individual operators maintenance
Chap 6
Par 1757 Page 1091
8300.9 7/26/85
program ( s) will facilitate FAA approval. The complete maintenance program as

furnished by the operator to the assigned FAA inspector ( PMI /PAI) should consist
of Operations Specifications --Aircraft Maintenance and appropriate supporting
material to substantiate the proposal . To ensure that all required inspections
are performed and reported , the essentials of system operations ( sampling
inspections, etc. ) and other instructions required because of the approved
initial maintenance / inspection requirements established by the MRB proceedings
and / or the character of the maintenance organization involved shall be published
in the operator's maintenance manual .
a.
A group of operators may combine their fleets for the purpose of
accomplishing the maintenance/ inspection requirements . The fleetmay include
foreign operators provided the appropriate document rules are adhered to .
b. An operator or group of operators may submit a program where the
manufacturer is the repository for the data collection and analysis
requirements . Any data submitted for use by the group must be validated by the
manufacturer .
C. If an operator participates in a program where the manufacturer .is
the repository for a group of operators , any action generated by the analysis
will apply to the operator . Changes to the maintenance / inspection requirements
brought about by the analysis of this data will be accompanied by supporting
data and logic analysis .
d . Assigned inspector's responsibility . The inspector assigned to an
air carrier which has submitted a proposed maintenance program on a new product
will carefully review it . He / she will ascertain that the application and the
Operations Specifications--Aircraft Maintenance and all other phases of the
program are complete and in compliance with the maintenance / inspection
requirements contained in the MRB Report . Initial programs submitted for FAA
approval will be forwarded in accordance with regional procedures to the
Manager , Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , for review and concurrence ,
prior to final field approval. Subsequent changes which deviate significantly
from established policy will also be forwarded for review and concurrence by
AWS - 300. Each approved program will be incorporated in the operator's overall
maintenance program by approval of Operations Specifications -- Aircraft
Maintenance. He / she will followup and assure that his assigned operator adheres
to the maintenance program as approved . He / she will review reports of all
structural sampling inspections , opportunity or forced powerplant inspections ,
and disassembly threshold inspections, if required , during the life of the
program . In addition , he/ she will witness as many sampling inspections as
deemed necessary to justify any future program changes .
e. Reporting requirements . It is the responsibility of the operator to
document and advise the assigned inspector of all sampling inspections,
opportunity or forced powerplant inspections and disassembly threshold
inspections if required . This data will be used to identify design and
maintenance problem areas and substantiate future revisions to the initial
maintenance / inspection requirements .
Chap 6
Page 1092 Par 1761
7/26/85 8300.9
f. The PMI/ PAI will submit a timely report of all sampling, inspections
conducted by the operator in accordance with the requirements of the MRB
repetitive sampling inspections to the FMS . These reports will include
significant items noted during operation , maintenance, and inspections conducted
by the operator and any action taken as a result of these findings. The FMS
shall process these reports and provide information concerning significant
service difficulties to all regions and manufacturers .
1762. - 1775 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Par 1761 Page 1093 ( thru 2002 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 9. AIRCRAFT RELIABILITY PROGRAMS
1776. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for approval of air carrier reliability
programs is contained in Federal Aviation Regulations , Sections 121.25 (b) (6) ,
121.45 (b ) (6 ) , 121.373 ; 127.13 (b) ( 7) , 127.136; 135.11(b ) (2 ) (iii) , 135.411 (a ) ( 2 ) ,
135.411 (b) , and 135.431 .
1777. BACKGROUND . The Federal Aviation Administration is responsible for the
approval of air carrier maintenance programs; the programs that establish the
time limitations or standards for determining time limitations for overhauls ,
inspections, and checks of airplanes , engines, and appliances . The
characteristics of these limitations and standards have been subject to
continual change as changes in the state of the art of airframe , engine, and
appliance design have occurred and knowledge about the effectiveness of
preventive maintenance has been obtained .
a.
The oldest recognized primary maintenance process, generally called
"hard-time," requires periodic overhaul or replacement of the affected" hardware.
During the early days of commercial aviation " hard -time " was generally
considered to be the most effective maintenance process . It was applied with
the intent of ensuring operating safety of airplanes having limited systems
redundancy .
b . After World War II, the FAA recognized that , for some hardware,
checking to a physical standard at periodic intervals was also an important and
effective maintenance process . This process , called " on -condition , " was the
second primary maintenance process to be recognized . At that time, " hard -time"
and "on -conditon " were the only recognized primary maintenance processes .
Because there were only two alternatives, gradually " on - condition " was applied
to many items where neither alternative was appropriate.
c. In the 1960's the FAA issued Advisory Circular 120-17 and approved a
number of " reliability programs." These permitted air carriers to explore the
relationship between age and reliability without conventional time limitations.
A wide range of programs have been approved. Some use " hard -time" limitations;
some use " on -condition " physical standards; and some use only reliability
performance standards to manage reliability. Experience with programs using
only reliability performance standards made it clear that some aircraft elements
did not require the traditional preventive primary maintenance process in order
to ensure operating safety .
d . From this experience came the development by the Industry 747
Steering Group and an FS- 300 /747 Advisory Group of a new technique for the
design of initial maintenance programs. This technique, which requires
intensive review of the aircraft design by industry and FAA specialists and
application of a process called " decision tree analysis ," is currently used for
all new air transport initial maintenance programs . This work resulted in
the recognition of a third primary maintenance process called
" condition -monitoring ." This process applies to hardware which has design
characteristics warranting the use of a process not involving " hard -times " or
" on - condition " checks. The outcome of this cooperative effort is reflected in
the approved MRB documents .
i
Chap 6
Par 1776 Page 2003
8300.9 7/26/85
1778. PRIMARY MAINTENANCE PROCESSES . A primary maintenance process is the

process that is listed in the " overhaul period " column of the Operations
Specifications - Maintenance , FAA Form 1014. It is the process relied upon to
ensure that inherent design reliability is maintained . The FAA recognizes three
primary maintenance processes . These processes are simply a means for
classifying the way in which a particular aircraft element is maintained. Any
one or any combination of these processes may be part of a carrier's
" reliability program ," developed in accordance with Advisory Circular 120-17A ,
Maintenance Control by Reliability Methods, or a carrier may use the
conventional form of operations specifications described in Advisory
Circular 121-1A , Standard Operations Specifications - Aircraft Maintenance
Handbook .
a. The three primary maintenance processes have no self- implied order of
importance . Each has its own place in an effective maintenance program . The
right process is determined primarily by the design of the hardwareand
secondarily by the user's economics , not be any historical significance. To say
it in another way , "hard -time" is not the best because it was first nor is
" condition -monitoring " the best , or the worst , because it was last .
b. A description of each primary maintenance process follows :
( 1 ) Overhaul Time Limit or Part Life Limit -
(HT) . This is a
preventive primary maintenance process . It requires that an appliance or part be
periodically overhauled in accordance with the carrier's maintenance manual or
that it be removed from service . " These time limitations may be adjusted based
on operating experience or tests , as appropriate, in accordance with a carrier's
approved reliability program , or the maintenance manual (see Advisory
Circular 121-1A for guidelines ) .
(2) On -Condition Maintenance - ( OC ) . This is a preventive primary

maintenance process . It requires that an appliance or part be periodically
inspected or checked against some appropriate physical standard to detemine
whether it can continue in service. The purpose of the standard is to remove
the unit from service before failure during normal operation . These standards
may be adjusted based on operating experience or tests , as appropriate, in
accordance with a carrier's approved reliability program or its maintenance
manual ( see Advisory Circular 121-1A ) .
( 3) Condition -Monitoring - (CM ) . This is a maintenance process for
items that have neither " hard -time" nor " on -condition " maintenance as their
primary maintenance process . CM is accomplished by appropriate means available
to an operator for finding and solving problem areas . In effect , it obligates
the user to apply knowledge gained by analysis of failures or other indications
of deteriorations to consider action to improve performance.
1779. RELIABILITY PROGRAMS . Reliability programs approved under FAR
Sections 121.25 , 121.45 , or 127.13 ( guidelines provided in Advisory
Circular 120-17A ) have been adopted by many operators . These programs are
essentially a set of rules and practices for managing maintenance processes .
Some of these are special integrated maintenance management programs designed to
meet an operator's own management needs . These may not individually recognize
the three primary maintenance processes , even though they may include any or all
of them and the collection of in service operating data as well .
Chap 6
Page 2004 Par 1778
7/26/85 8300.9
1780. CONTINUOUS SURVEILLANCE AND ANALYSIS . In addition to the requirements

outlined in the operator's Operations Specifications - Maintenance for specific
aircraft , each operator is required by FAR Section 121.373 to have a system for
continuous surveillance and analysis to appraise the performance and
effectiveness of his overall program .
a. For B-747 and later aircraft, this system will initially include all
of the maintenance significant items listed in the MRB Document .
b . For earlier aircraft the scope of this system will be determined
locally, using the appropriate MRB Document or Standard Maintenance
Specifications available in Advisory Circular 121-1A.
C. The overall surveillance and analysis system will provide procedures
to ensure that all items are being maintained by appropriate primary maintenance
processes .
1781. APPLICATION OF " THREE --PROCESS CONCEPT" TO NEW AIRCRAFT. The lack of real
experience with new aircraft requires careful, detailed study of its
characteristics to determine those components or systems that would probably
benefit from scheduled maintenance .
a . The initial maintenance programs for the B- 747, DC - 10 , and L- 1011

aircraft were developed by special teams of industry and FAA personel . These
teams sorted out the potential tasks and then evaluated these tasks to determine
which must be done for operating safety or essential hidden function protection .
The remaining potential tasks were evaluated to determine whether they were
economically useful . These procedures provide a systematic review of the
aircraft design so that, in the absence of real experience, the best process can
be utilized for each component or system .
b . The B -747, DC -10 , and L -1011 aircraft operating experience confirmed

the effectiveness of these procedures.
c. It is expected that a similar procedure will be used for future new
aircraft .
1782. APPLICATION OF THE CONDITION -MONITORING PROCESS TO EXISTING FLEETS .

Application of the condition -monitoring process may be made to existing fleets .
Operators desiring to apply condition -monitoring to existing fleets must have a
suitable' program to manage condition -monitored items. Accordingly , the
determination of components or items eligible for " condition -monitoring " must be
made on the basis of an individual operator by the operator and his assigned
PMI/ PAI in accordance with Advisory Circular 121-17A procedures and the
procedures outlined herein . The determination will consider actual operating
experience and relevant information from the operator's reliability or
equivalent data collection and analysis system . Should an operator desire to
apply the condition -monitoring process in maintenance programs on existing
fleets, the following procedures will apply :
a.Transfer of On -Condition Items to Condition -Monitoring . Items that
have been " onöcondition " may be changed to the " condition -monitored" category .
Chap 6
Par 1780 Page 2005
8300.9
7/26/85
Substantiation must be made that the periodic condition checks of the

" on - condition " item have been unproductive in revealing conditions warranting
removal. ( The condition check in this case may have been devised for a failure
mode orginally forecast that has not materialized in actual operational use .)
An analysis will also be made of the failure modes and effects, and hidden
function factors in accordance with MSG - 2 and / or the operator's reliability
progam . Figure 6-31 depicts a typical form used for this purpose .
b. Transfer of Condition -Monitored Items to " On - Condition or
" Hard - Time. " The operator may change items from the condition -monitored category
to either " hard -time" or " on - condition" should the operating performance of the
item , as revealed by his reliability or data collection and analysis system ,
indicates a problem or deterioration in performance for which such a change of
category is determined to be beneficial .
c ..
c Transfer of Hard - Time Items to " Conditioning -Monitoring .
Consideration must be given not only to the operational performance of the item
as revealed by the operator's reliability data collection and analysis system ,
but also to the failure modes and effects and hidden function factors involved .
For these latter , an analysis in accordance with MSG - 2 and /or the operator's
reliability program must be accomplished.
(1 ) Operating Safety Evaluation . The failure modes , which for
existing fleets are known from operator's experience data , must be listed and
analyzed to determine any adverse affect on operating safety . Should such an
adverse affect on operating safety be determined , the item is ineligible for
categorization as " condition -monitoring ."
( 2) Hidden Function Evaluation . Analysis of the primary functions
of the item must be made to determine if any are hidden ; i.e. , malfunction would
not be evident to the flightcrew . Any such hidden function must have an
appropriate routine maintenance task (or flightcrew operational check) that will
verify " function ," scheduled in the operator's maintenance or flight operation
program . When this condition is satisfied, the item may be categorized as CM .
These procedures are summarized in Figure 6-31 .
1783. GROUP PROGRAMS . Two or more operators can consolidate compatible
aircraft into a single fleet for the purpose of utilizing a common maintenance
program , as was done with the DC - 9 ROPER and ROPAR programs . All of the
elements or processes of the fundamental program must be encompassed in the
group program . For example, a group reliability program must include data
collection and analysis , performance measurements and maintenance controls as
specified by Advisory Circular 120-17A .
a. The program must incorporate a governing board composed of the
highest maintenance official of each participating airline. One member shall
serve as chairman . This board provides a media for each operator's
responsibility for the airworthiness of their respective aircraft .
b. In addition to the governing board , a committee of technical
personnel must be established to provide expertise for effective administration
of the program . One member and an alternate must be designated by each operator
Chap 6
Page 2006 Par 1782
7/26/85
8300.9
and both should hold an authoritative position in the technical area of the
operator's maintenance organization . Again , one member shall be designated as
chairman .
c .. An FAA committee composed of the PAI/M's and /or PAI/A's assigned to

the participating operators must be established to fulfill FAA responsibilities
for the program . A chairman for this group will be appointed to serve as the
focal point for FAA interest in the program and as the primary contact for the
governing and technical committees . Generally , the FAA chairman will be the
PAI/ M and / or PAI/ A assigned to the operator who provides the governing board
chairman . The FAA committee chairman will maintain close liaison with the board
of governors, technical committee and the FAA committeemen , particularly with
regard to program and document changes .
d. The region in which the FAA committee chairman is located will
provide regional support and Washington liaison in matters related to the
program .
e. Administration of the program must be developed and documented in a
form suitable to the needs of the participating operators and FAA. The document
must include a controlled revision system . Administration should include the
following facets:
(1 ) Scope and purpose of the program .
( 2) Description and makeup of the governing, technical, and FAA
units and methods of assigning chairmanships . Methods of changing and / or
mandatory rotation of chairmanship should be considered .
( 3) Responsibilities and Authorities of each unit , including
substantiation and approval of document and maintenance program changes.
(4) Procedures for communication and dissemination of information .
This should include a periodic publication of performance data for the
consolidated fleet . This information will be made continuously available to all
member airlines and assigned PAI /M's and /or PAI /A's .
(5) Procedures for initiating mandatory inspections , modifications
or surveys and designation of authority for initiating same .
(6) Periodic meetings of program members and FAA committee and a
joint meeting of the two for review and discussion of activities .
( 7) Procedures for collection and accounting of inspection results,
mechanical performance figures, or other factors the program is based on .
1784. MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS APPROVAL . Application for program approval will be
accepted by the air carrier district office ( ACDO ) having responsibility for the
operating certificate of the operator involved . This will be handled through
the principal airworthiness inspectors (maintenance / avionics) assigned to the
carrier . Approval of group programs will be by the FAA committee chairman in
coordination with his region and the PAI's assigned to the other participating
operators . This approval will be subject to written concurrence of AWS -330 or
AWS - 350 .
Chap 6
Par 1783 Page 2007
8300.9 7/26/85
a.
Individual programs will be included in the operator's total
maintenance program by approval of Operations Specifications - Aircraft
Maintenance Part D ( FAA Form 1014) . The operations specifications should
-
cover the entire maintenance program as has been done in the past .
b. All airframe, engine , and appliance service life limits will be in
each operator's Operations Specifications - Aircraft Maintenance or by
references to operators maintenance manual section ( s) which contain these
limits . This data may be found in the approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM ) ,
applicable airworthiness directives , the type certificate data sheet , or in the
required maintenance manual ( Reference Handbook 8110.4 , Chapter 2 ,
paragraph 33 (c ) ( 3 )) . The manual should contain procedures for the proper
control of these critical items .
c. Each approved program shall include a description of the operator's

system for overall surveillance and analysis. This system must include
procedures to ensure that all items have been placed in their proper and
respective categories . These requirements may be incorporated into an
operator's current continuous analysis and surveillance system required by
FAR Section 121.373 by a revision to that system .
d. Reliability control programs will be approved by specific operations
specifications . If an operator submits a program which does not incorporate
statistical performance standards or which significantly deviates from the
instructions contained in Advisory Circular 120-17A , the program , together with
appropriate comments , shall be forwarded to the Manager , Air Transportation
Branch , AWS- 330 , in accordance with regional procedures .
e. Each operator submitting a reliability program will provide a
description of its program so that the assigned inspector can make a
determination as to whether the program falls within the criteria outlined in
Advisory Circular 120-17A . This program should :
(1 ) Include methods for gathering , compiling , and analyzing
information and the manner in which this information isused to direct efforts
toward solving problems.
(2 ) Identify the organization responsible to management for the
reliability program function . It should define the authority delegated to these
organizations to enforce policy and assure necessary followup and corrective
actions .
( 3) Include a description of how changes will be made to the

established maintenance program controls and the organizational segments
responsible for this action .
( 4) Define the significant terms used in each program document .
(5) Include procedures for the preparation , approval, and

implementation of revisions . In addition , the procedures for implementing
revisons should be described in sufficient detail to identify and isolate areas
which require FAA approval. Program revisions which will require FAA approval
are:
Chap 6
Page 2008 Par 1784
7/26/85 8300.9
( a) Procedures relating to reliability measurement / performance

standards .
(b) Data collection system .
(c) Data analysis methods and application to the total

(d) For programs using statistical performance standards ( alert

type programs ) , procedures for changing components or system from one primary
maintenance process to another . For programs using other standards ( nonalert
type programs) , changing systems or components from one primary maintenance
process to another .
( e) Adding or deleting components / systems.

( f) Adding or deleting aircraft types .
(g) All procedural and organizational changes .
(6) Provide for proper reports necessary for the operator's use .
Programs reporting evaluation should consider the following:
(a) Ascertain types and scope of reports developed by operators
to provide for " overall surveillance monitoring ."
(b) Select reports most appropriate to the airline program and
operation which will provide " howgozit " information to the appropriate PAI .
(c) Provide the PAI's with " alerts," " targets," " performance
standards , ". "trend information , " " critical areas ," "highlights, " etc., as may be
appropriate to the program developed by the operators. The information should
permit a broad identification of aircraft condition as it actually is , so that
judgments can be made against the conditions as they should be .
(d) Reports which only cover detailed shop findings or the like
on individual units are not considered to be the kind of reports which can be
used for broad surveillance purposes . Detailed reports of this nature are
useful for research of individual problems and should be available at the
operator's base .
f. Structural inspection program will also be approved by use of

operations specifications. For all operators not having approved reliability
programs, the inspection frequency and sampling requirements specified in the
MRB document will be shown on each operator's operations specifications, or by a
cross - reference to an operator's approved document by number and date.
Revisions to these requirements will be handled by each operator through their
assigned PAI by using the results of their individual sampling and inspection
program experience or, if appropriate, the results of group sampling and
industry experience as substantiating data.
Chap 6
Par 1784 Page 2009
8300.9
7/26/85
1785. OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE , PART D. To assure a

uniform and standard format for all operators , the instructions in Section 7 o.
this chapter will be followed .
1786. - 1799 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 2010 ( thru 2020 )
Par. 178
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-31 . COMPONENT ANALYSIS
Change of Component from Hard - Time Overhaul or On - Condition

to Condition - Monitored Process of Maintenance Management
Part Number Type A / C

Description
Operating Safety Evaluation
a) List predominant failure modes based on operator experience
b) Do any of these failure modes result in an adverse effect on

operating safety and require a maintenance task per MSG - 2 ?
Hidden Function Evaluation
a) List predominant functions of unit
b) Are any of these functions hidden from flightcrew and require

a maintenance task per MSG - 2 ?
c) List appropriate maintenance tasks scheduled in the operator's

maintenance program
no 6 Page 2021 ( thru 2022 )

1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 10 . SHORT - TERM ESCALATION
1800. AUTHORITY . The authority for approval of short -term escalation

procedures is in FAR Sections 121 : 25 , 121.45 , or 127.13 . FAR Section 135.11
also authorizes this privilege but only for aircraft under an approved
airworthiness maintenance program .
1801. BACKGROUND . Operations specifications time limits or maintenance
intervals established by the airline under the provisions of an approved
celiability program are based on frequent analysis of operating performance . As
such , these limits tend to be somewhat conservative since a single value is
applied to all aircraft in a fleet or all components in service in the fleet.
In addition , the inability to establish scientifically precise limits tends to
ceep these values conservative. Further conservatism is stimulated by the
airline's desire to avoid delays which occur if the units are run to the point
of failure and to avoid the excessive costs of reconditioning units if failure
cates are allowed to remain at high levels . Normally , it is the FAA's policy ,
and the airline's policy as well , to require strict adherence to these intervals
nless a change is justified by the airline for application to its fleet . There
are times , however , when due to any number of circumstances , an airline will
find a need to adjust these intervals on an individual component , engine, or
aircraft .
1802. POLICY. Individual escalations ( short -term escalations ) of specified

time limits for an individual aircraft or component may be permitted , under
controlled conditions, without compromising safety . The procedure must not be
abused or used indiscriminately to coverup poor maintenance practices,
paintenance program shortcomings, or poor management. Although the need for a
short -term escalation is the emergence of some unforeseen shortage or
jeficiency, its use must be based solely on technical analysis supported by
panagement responsibility. It must not be used repetitively to , in effect,
constitute a fleet time extension . An escalation can be authorized only after
the history of the affected aircraft or unit has been carefully analyzed to
nsure a knowledgeable decision . To provide such safeguards, the airline's
janual should define the conditions, procedures , and standards for authorization
f short - term escalations .
803. ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS OF A SHORT - TERM ESCALATION PROGRAM .

a.
The company approval authority for escalations must be equal to or
reater than the authority for fleet operations specifications time increases or
aintenance interval adjustments by a reliability program .
b. The limitations of the procedure as to applicability and maximum
hort -term escalation intervals must be specifically defined . The maximum
hort -term escalation interval may be expressed as a percentage of an existing
nterval such as 5 percent of a particular scheduled inspection , or it can be
irectly designated in hours of time in service, cycles , or some other
dentifiable increment. Except for extended short -term escalations in
ccordance with paragraph 1804 following , no short - term escalation may exceed
po hours time in service, or the equivalent in cycles or other value .
hap 6
ar 1800 Page 2023
8300.9 7/26/85
c.
The procedure should be set forth in detail in the airline's manual,
including all steps which must be taken with regard to a short -term escalation
prior to the release of the affected component , engine, or aircraft for flight .
It should include establishment of :
(1 ) The reason for the short -term escalation .

( 2) The amount of the short -term escalation and the new maintenance
interval .
( 3) How the authorization is to be justified .

( 4) A list of those persons who must be a part to the authorization .
d. The procedure should restrict repetitive short -term escalations of
particular component replacements or aircraft inspection periods that require
frequent escalations . This situation indicates the need for a maintenance
program change .
e. It should include a method of recording all short -term escalations
and provisions for reporting each use to the FAA certificate- holding district
office .
f. It should designate items or categories ineligible for escalation ;

such as :
(1 ) Intervals specified by FAA Airworthiness Directives .

( 2) Life limits specified by type -certificate data sheets , flight
manuals, or manufacturer's publications .
( 3) Jimitations specified by Minimum Equipment Lists or
Configuration Deviation Lists .
( 4) Structural sampling periods imposed by Maintenance Review
Boards .
g . Procedures for short -term escalation ( except for extended escalation )

for aircraft, systems , or units subject to a reliability program may be
implemented under the terms of that program that apply to maintenance interval
adjustment .
h. Each short -term escalation for aircraft , systems, or units not
subject to a reliability program and all extended escalations require prior
approval by the assigned principal airworthiness inspector .
1804 . EXTENDED SHORT- TERM ESCALATIONS. The 500 -hour figure ( reference
paragraph 1803) represents 1-1/ 2 months ' operation at nominal aircraft
utilization . This period is normally sufficient for positioning an aircraft to
an appropriate maintenance station without ferrying or schedule interruption .
However, there may be occasions whereby an operator camot effectively
accomplish some tasks within that period . To accommodate this situation , an
Chap 6
Page 2024 Par 1803
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
individual item may be escalated to a higher figure predicated on justification

resented to the principal airworthiness inspector , maintenance or avionics
as applicable) . This extended escalation would be subject to prior approval by
hat inspector . Again , it should not be used to authorize continuing an item in
ervice beyond the first opportunity to accomplish it without schedule
interruption , nor can it be used for the same task on successive airplanes to
roduce , in effect , a fleet time extension .
805. APPROVAL .
a.
An operator with an approved reliability program may incorporate
short -term escalation procedures as a revision to that program if FAA revision
ipproval is as specified in Advisory Circular 120-17A .
b. Approval of short-term escalation procedures other than under the
erms of Paragraph 1805.a above will be by operations specifications .
Figure 6-11 depicts a typical short - term escalation authorization .
806. - 1815 . RESERVED .
p 6
1804
Page 2025 ( thru 2036 )
1/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 11. ADOPTED MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS FOR

AIRCRAFT ON SHORT - TERM LEASE
1816. AUTHORITY . The authority for approval of continuous maintenance programs

is contained in FAR Sections 121.367 , 127.133 , and 135.425 .
1817. PURPOSE. This section provides guidelines for authorizing an operator to

maintain a leased airplane in accordance with the previous operator's
maintenance program rather than his own program for that type aircraft .
1818. GENERAL . Several FAR Part 121 operators have leased aircraft from other
FAR Part 121 operators or foreign air carriers with the understanding that the
aircraft will be returned to the previous operator upon termination of the
lease. It may be to the lessor's advantage to have the airplane maintained
under his maintenance program rather than the lessee's so that it can be readily
integrated back into his fleet when the lease ends . This arrangement also does
away with the need for special inspections, component changes, etc. , to convert
the aircraft into the lessee's maintenance program for that type aircraft ,
followed by another conversion when it is returned to the lessor . The key
factors in arrangements of this nature are that the lessee is capable of
accomplishing the program to the lessor's standards and that the adopted program
is equivalent to his /her own . The lessee's responsibility for the effectiveness
of the adopted program is the same as for any other maintenance program approved
for his /her use .
1819. PROCEDURE . An operator intending to maintain a leased aircraft in

accordance with the lessor's program must substantiate the following:
a. The lessor's program , as carried out by the lessee for the period of
the lease, .will result in a level of airworthiness equivalent to that of the
Lessee's aircraft maintained under his /her own program .
b. The lessee is capable of accomplishing the lessor's program with

fegard to facilities , equipment, training, etc.
c.
The lessee arranges for maintaining equipment or installations not
covered by Iessor's progam such as life vests, ELT's etc.
d . The lessee takes adequate steps to ensure that the maintenance
programs for the leased aircraft and his own are kept separate and are applied
to their respective aircraft .
e. The lessee receives and maintains the records required by FAR
lections 121.380 or 135.439 and has arranged with the lessor for access to these
ecords .
f. The lessee has the necessary records to schedule maintenance tasks at
he intervals specified by the lessor's program , or has arranged with the lessor
or this service .
g . The lessee has adequate manuals and technical material to accomplish

he lessor's program .
hap 6
ar 1816 Page 2037
8300.9 7/26/85
h. The lessee amends his weight and balance program , as necessary , to

accommodate the leased aircraft .
1820. APPROVAL . Adopted maintenance programs for aircraft on short -term leases
will be approved by operations specifications as shown in Figure 6-15 .
Provisions for maintenance of equipment that is not included in the lessor's
program should be referenced on those specifications.
1821. - 1829 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 2038 ( thru 2048 ) Par 1819
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 12. AIR CARRIER SPECIAL FLIGHT PERMITS WITH CONTINUING

AUTHORIZATION TO CONDUCT FERRY FLIGHTS
1830. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for approval of a certificate holder's

special flight permit with a continuing authorization is contained in Federal
Aviation Regulations Parts 21 and 91 , Sections 21.197 , 21.199 , and 91.27 .
1831. PURPOSE . This section provides instructions to maintenance personnel
assigned to operators relative to the application for amendment to operations
specifications concerning special flight permits .
1832. GENERAL . The special flight permit authorized by FAR Section 21.197 (c)
will be issued as an operations specifications in accordance with the example
specificiation as shown in Figure 6-19 . That example depicts the permit , and
the terms thereon were cleared with the headquarters element responsible for
airworthiness certification ( predecessor to the Aircraft Manufacturing Division ,
AWS - 200 ) . Operators subject to Subpart L of FAR Part 121 , Subpart I of FAR
Part 127 , or the sections of Subpart J of Part 135 specified by
Section 135.411 (a) ( 2) or (b) are eligible for this authorization . Operators
subject to FAR Section 135.411 (a) ( 1 ) are not eligible .
Additional conditions and limitations considered necessary by the
permit holder to facilitate inspection of the aircraft and performance of the
ferry flight should be included in the operators' operations and maintenance
manuals .
b . FAR Section 21.197 ( c ) does not mandate issuance of permits to all

eligible operators. The purpose of using operations specifications as the
issuance media is to ensure these permits are issued only to operators who can
be expected to responsibly administer their use .
1833. SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS . Since individual permit holder
fircumstances may vary greatly , it is not possible to provide a list of
conditions and limitations which would be applicable in every case. When
feviewing the manual material submitted by the permit holder , the inspector
should be guided by the objective of assuring safe operation of the aircraft .
he following items should be considered when conducting such a review :
a. Technical data to which the aircraft must perform .
b. Operational equipment necessary for safe operation of the aircraft .
C. Aircraft weight limits .
d. Fuel and fuel distribution limits .
e. Center of gravity limits .
f. Maneuvers to which the aircraft is limited .
i
g
. Limit on usage of flight equipment, such as autopilot , etc.
pap 6
kr 1830 Page 2049
8300.9 7/26/85
h. Meteorological conditions to be avoided and the inspections required

if inadvertently encountered .
i. Airspeed limits as required .
j. Weather minimums appropriate to the aircraft operating condition .
1834 . APPLICATION . Operators of aircraft under FAR Parts 121 , 127 , or the
sections of Subpart J of FAR Part 135 specified by Section 135.411 (a) ( 2) are
eligible to make application . An applicant must file his application for
amendment of operations specifications with the FAA district office charged with
the overall inspection of its operations. The applicant may submit for
inclusion in the operations specifications any method and procedure by which it
can be shown that the aircraft is capable of safe flight even though it may not
meet applicable airworthiness requirements . The approval of the special flight
permit with a continuing authorization is the responsibility of the maintenance
inspector .
1835. APPLICATIONS INVOLVING FOREIGN AIR TRANSPORTATION . Reports indicate that
assigned inspectors have requested applicants engaged in foreign air
transportation to include in the operations specifications limitations for which
no authority exists; i.e. , obtaining permission to fly over , into, or out of
foreign countries when exercising the special flight permit with continuing
authority .
a . Special Airworthiness Certificate, FAA Form 8130-7 , prohibits
operation of an aircraft for which it is issued " over any foreign country
without the special permission of that country ." This requirement was placed on
FAA Form 8130-7 because it can be issued under FAR Section 21.197 (a) for
purposes other than just flight to a base for repairs . When issued for one of
the other purposes specified in FAR Section 21.197 (a) , the aircraft cannot be
flown over any foreign country without the special permission of that country
since the U.S. is obligated under the Chicago Convention to ensure that aircraft
of U.S. registry have standard certificates of airworthiness .
b . The only exception recognized in International Civil Aviation
Organization Annex 8 is that provided for in the case of temporary loss of
airworthiness due to damage to the aircraft . In this case , damaged aircraft
refers to inoperative or malfunctioning equipment as well as physical damage to
the aircraft. In such an event , Part II , Section 6.2.2 recognizes that the
country of registry may permit the aircraft to be ferried to a place where it
can be restored to an airworthy condition .
C. Since Annex 8 provides for this particular flight situation without a
standard certificate of airworthiness, there is no need to require the operator
with continuing authorization to obtain permission for the flight from the
foreign country . This authorization , however , does not extend to situations
specified in FAR Section 21.197 which involved flying an aircraft that was not
damaged to a base where alterations were to be performed .
1836. DISPLAY OF PERMIT. Regulatory requirement calls for the display of the
current airworthiness certificate including a special flight permit or
authorization in the aircraft . However , in order to provide for greater
Chap
Page 2050 Par 1833
126/85 8300.9
flexibility, the requirement is stated in such a manner to allow the permit

holder to carry either the operations specifications or portions of the
certificate holder manual containing a restatement of the permit and those
conditions and limitations imposed by the Administrator to the operations
specifications.
1837. GUIDANCE . The information presented in this section is intended to
highlight the salient points. We realize that it would be impossible to cover
all the various ways and means which may be submitted by the applicant, nor
would it be feasible to issue instructions in anticipation of what might be
submitted . However , the inspector should determine that the operator's manual
contains complete instructions and procedures including the following items:
a.
Provisions for conveying the authorization to ferry to the operating
crew .
This can be accomplished by telegram or other means .
b. A system for recording each flight conducted under this
authorization .
C. Before making a final determination , the regulatory requirements

enumerated in paragraph 1830 should be reviewed to ascertain that implementation
of the special permit with continuous authorization in accordance with the
conditions and limitations proposed by the operator complies with the FAR .
d. Aircraft involved in an accident or incident may not be ferried prior
to notifying the FAA accident coordinator .
.
e. In those cases where an Airworthiness Directive (AD ) limits ferry
flights under FAR Section 21.197 to those specifically approved by the FAA, the
region issuing the AD has found that safety demands such a limitation and
certificate holders are not permitted to use their FAR Section 21.197 ( c)
authorization . FAR Section 39.3 provides that no person may operate a product
to which and AD applies except in accordance with the requirements of that AD .
Therefore, if an AD requires compliance before further flights and does not have
a provision for the issuance of special flight permits, the operation of an
aircraft to which it applies would not be permitted .
f. The manual instructions and procedures submitted by the operator
relative to the issuance of special flight permits should be coordinated with
the principal avionics and operations inspectors .
1838. - 1845 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Par 1836 Page 2051 ( thru 2062 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 13. PARTS POOL AGREEMENTS
1846. PURPOSE . This section serves as guidance in issuing Operations

Specifications and ensuring inspection procedures relating to parts pool
agreements involving operators under FAR Part 121. FAR Part 135 does not
include this provision .
1847. BACKGROUND. Exemption Numbers 152 , 260 , 590 , and subsequent exemptions
granted authority for U.S. FAR Part 121 certificate holders to participate in
parts pool agreements with foreign air carriers . These exemptions were granted
to allow U.S. FAR Part 121 certificate holders to deviate from the airmen
provisions of the FAR's which would otherwise preclude them from utilizing the
maintenance services of certain foreign air carriers whose employees do not hold
U.S. Airman Certificates . All Operations Specifications previously issued under
the Exemption may continue to remain in effect until they expire . In order to
provide a more convenient method , FAR Section 121.361 was amended to permit
deviation from those provisions that would prevent the use of parts maintained
by persons employed outside the U.S. who do not hold U.S. Airman Certificates .
All personnel should understand that FAR Section 121.361 provides for the
amendment of Operations Specifications to permit deviation from the airmen
requirements for persons employed outside of the United States . All other
provisions of FAR Part 121 are applicable. It should be further noted that
FAR Section 121.361 (b) requires the surveillance of the facilities and the
practices to assure that all work on such parts is accomplished in accordance
with the certificate holder's manuals .
1848. GUIDANCE . The following items are presented to assist the inspector in
processing an amendment to the Operations Specifications and performing parts
pool inspections:
a. Operations Specifications .
(1) The Operations Specifications need list only those participants

( and their locations) who have been inspected by the operator and who have also
been found acceptable by the FAA .
( 2) In instances where aa foreign facility is being used by several
U.S. certificate holders , we see no objection to any certificate holder's
acceptance of the other U.S. certificate holder's initial or biennial inspection
report, provided such arrangement is reflected in the certificate holder's
manual .
(3) The Operations Specifications sample ( Figure 6-16 of this

chapter) lists the information which should be contained on the approved
Pperations Specifications.
(4 ) Amendments to parts pool participant operations specifications
will be handled concurrently rather than on an individual basis .
(5) The certificate holder's manual should contain procedures to
have qualified personnel of its organization perform inspection of the
Facilities. These inspections shall determine that each participant has
Chap 6
Par 1846 Page 2063
8300.9
7/26/85
adequate facilities and is properly staffed with competent personnel , and is

fully capable of furnishing the parts intended . These procedures should provide
for the certificate holder's surveillance of the participant's facilities
biennially to assure the continued capability of such facilities to perfom the
work in accordance with the certificate holder's manual. After determining the
acceptability of the detailed maintenance data , the U.S. air carriers may
incorporate the foreign air carriers' detailed maintenance instructions into
their maintenance manual system or reference the programs controlling documents
on FAA Form 1014. However , such data will be clearly identified . Also , the
U.S. air carriers shall incorporate a method of assuring control over subsequent
revision of such data issued by the foreign air carriers .
b. FAA Inspection Procedures.
( 1 ) Parts pool inspections shall be conducted by the region within
whose geographical area the foreign facility is located .
(2) The parts pool inspection shall be performed in conjunction with
the scheduled repair station renewal inspection . Duplicate inspections should
be avoided unless there are known or suspected deficiencies. A copy of the
inspection report indicating the findings and corrective action taken will be
forwarded to all regions .
( 3) Foreign parts pool facilities that do not have an appropriate

repair station rating and issuing such rating is not feasible shall be inspected
on an annual basis .
( 4 ) With respect to FAA's responsibility to determine original and

continued acceptability of any participant to be listed in the operations
specifications, the competency of personnel , the adequacy of facilities , and
total capability of such participant to produce an airworthy product should be
regarded as being the same as any domèstic contract facility which might be used
by the air carrier .
(5) All assigned inspectors should make arrangements with their

assigned carrier to receive a copy of all biennial inspections performed in
compliance with FAR Section 121.361 (b) .
1849. FOREIGN -MANUFACTURED REPLACEMENT PARTS .
a. Parts are being fabricated in foreign countries and supplied to

foreign operators for use on their U.S.-manufactured aircraft . These parts may
become available to U.S. operators through parts pool participation . “ Repairs
made by substituting materials , parts, or appliances of foreign manufacture for
original equipment may constitute a major repair or alteration . In such cases ,
regulatory requirements other than those relating to U.S. airmen certificates
are involved and must be considered when performing parts pool inspections .
b . Air carrier inspectors should assure that all aeronautical
replacement parts obtained from a parts pool meet applicable airworthiness
Chap 6
Page 2064 Par 1848
-
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
'equirements. Parts pool inspection should establish that the operator's

ontinuous maintenance programs contain procedures to guarantee that all
aintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations are performed in accordance
rith its maintenance manual , and that major repairs or alterations accomplished
y substituting original materials , parts , or appliances with ones of foreign
inufacturers are done in accordance with technical data approved by the
ministrator ( FAR Sections 121.379 and 43.13) . When foreign -manufactured
eplacement parts are involved, special emphasis should be placed on assuring
hat such parts meet all applicable FAR airworthiness requirements prior to
nstallation .
850. - 1855 . RESERVED .
up 6
: 1849 Page 2065 ( thru 2076 )
.
/ 26 / 85 8300.9
SECTION 14. MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

1856. PURPOSE . This sections clarifies the regulatory requirements for
maintenance management personnel and related qualifications, and discusses
inconsistencies in these regulations .
1857. BACKGROUND . Specific management personnel regulatory requirements were
first imposed on FAR Part 121 , Supplemental Air Carriers and Commercial
Operators, because of a tendency for small operators within those
classifications to operate without competent maintenance personnel. Several
accidents were attributed to this deficiency which led to a regulation requiring
a Director of Maintenance and a Chief Inspector. The size and characteristics
of the scheduled flag and domestic air carriers demanded formal management
organizations so there was no need to include them in the regulation .
Subsequent amendments to FAR Parts 121 and 127 introduced required inspection
items including independent inspection organizations, analysis and surveillance
systems , and inclusion of operator's maintenance organizations in their manuals.
All of this negated the need for further management personnel regulations until
the 1978 revision to FAR Part 135 introduced management personnel into
commuter /air taxi operations.
1858. DISCUSSION . The management personnel / qualification issue requires
judicious application to provide a sensible organization without imposing
unrealistic or superfluous requirements. They key terminology in the lead
paragraphs for FAR Sections 121.59 and 135.37 is " enough qualified management
personnel to provide the highest degree of safety in its operations . "
a. The FAR specifies certain management positions which the certificate
holder must either fill or satisfy by consolidating with other positions . In
the case of consolidation , he must determine what qualifications must be met by
the holders of combined positions . If the Director of Maintenance position is
consolidated with another management position , and administering the operator's
maintenance program involves airworthiness determinations or determinations of
program content, the person filling the consolidated position should meet the
experience and certificate requirements specified by the applicable regulation .
An operator with an approved aircraft inspection program or an approved program
for additional maintenance requirements for aircraft of 9 -or -less passengers
would fall in this category . However , if administering maintenance for the
particular operator is limited to scheduling 100 -hour / annual inspections and a
panufacturer's program for additional maintenance requirements for
accomplishment by an approved repair station or an appropriately rated mechanic ,
the Director of Maintenance position can be consolidated with another position
without regard for experience requirements provided the scheduling
fesponsibilities are assigned to the consolidated position .
b. FAR Section 135.37 does not require a Chief Inspector although
FAR Section 121.59 does . The reason for this apparent disparity is that ,
11though , FAR Part 135 describes continuous airworthiness maintenance programs
for certain aircraft classes, it also prescribes inspection programs for other
lircraft classes which do not warrant a Chief Inspector. The inspection
eparation specified by FAR Sections 121.365 and 135.423 obviously require both
Director of Maintenance and Chief Inspector except when the operator has a
hap 6
ar 1856 Page 2077
8300.9 7/26/85
contractual arrangement with another organization for program accomplishment

that includes tasks subject to inspection separation . A Director of Maintenance
is still essential for the proper administration of the program under this
arrangement .
The full-time employment requirementspecified by FAR Part 121 for

C.
management persomel is not included in FAR Part 135. If part -time maintenance
management personnel are accepted , it should be established that they have the
authority and interest to fulfill the responsibilities that go with their
positions . Any arrangement other than direct employment should be subject to a
written contract between the certificate holder and the individuals involved .
d. Contracting with a repair station to provide the services of

management personnel does not satisfy the rule. It is important to recognize
that the primary responsibility of the Director of Maintenance is to manage the
maintenance activity and that performing maintenance is a secondary
responsibility.
1859. FAR PART 135 DEVIATIONS . FAR Section 135.39 (d) provides for the Director
of Airworthiness, AWS - 1 , to authorize a deviation from the qualifications of FAR
Section 135.39 (c) if the Director finds that the person has had equivalent
aeronautical experience . Although FAR Section 135.39 ( d ) allows for a deviation
under certain circumstances , the rule does not provide the operator with the
details needed to prepare the deviation request. As a result , requests are
received by the Air Transportation Branch , AWS - 330 , which contain inadequate
information . Additionally, requests do not always include comments from the
responsible FAA field and regional offices . In order to promptly respond to the
operators' requests for deviations, the following coordination is necessary
between the operator and the FAA offices responsible for processing the request
for a deviation :
a. The operator's request should be submitted through the FAA field
office holding certificate responsibility to the Director of Airworthiness ,
AWS - 1 .
b . Data from the operator should include the type and number of aircraft
it operates and if its maintenance program is being accomplished under the
requirements of FAR Section 135.411 (a) ( 1 ) or FAR Section 135.411 (a) (2) .
C. A resume of the person , for whom the deviation pertains, should
include dates of experience , type of aircraft , specific areas of experience ,
areonautical education , types of positions held , mechanic's certificate number
( if applicable ) , and date or dates the certificate and ratings were issued .
d . When the field office receives a request , the principal airworthiness
inspector will review all the information . A personal interview may be
conducted to verify the applicant's aeronautical experience and qualifications .
The mechanic's certificate of the person ( if applicable) should be verified
Chap 6
Page 2078 Par 1858
7/26/85 8300.9
through the Airmen Certification Branch , AAC - 260 , to determine the original date
the certificate was issued and dates additional ratings were obtained . A record
of this verification should be included in the field office's recommendation .
After all data is evaluated , the field office should forward their evaluation
and recommendation along with the deviation request to their regional office .
e.
Regional office maintenance specialists are expected to pursue all
data received , add comments to the field office recommendation , and forward the
complete package, in accordance with regional procedures, to the Aircraft
Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , for preparation of a reply to the operator from
the Director of Airworthiness , AWS - 1 .
1860. - 1865 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Par 1859 Page 2079 ( thru 2088 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 15. MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LISTS - DEVELOPMENT AND UTILIZATION

:
1866. PURPOSE . This section provides guidance for :

a. Participation of an airworthiness specialist as a member of a Flight
Operations Evaluation Board ( FOEB ) .
b. Inclusion of the Minimum Equipment List (MEL) in the maintenance

portion of the operators ' manuals .
1867. FLIGHT OPERATIONS EVALUATION BOARD (FOEB ) .
a. Order 8430.6B , Air Carrier Operations Inspector's Handbook , contains
the authority for the designation of an airworthiness specialist as a member of
the FOEB and describes the duties of that Board. Specialists so assigned should
become familiar with this directive, especially those instructions concerning
the development of a Master Minimum Equipment List .
b. The FOEB airworthiness specialist should acquire a thorough knowledge

of the aircraft and its systems and components . Through his knowledge of the
reliability and redundancy of the systems and components , he can make a
substantial contribution to the decisions to be made by the FOEB concerning
aircraft airworthiness with specific equipment inoperative.
1868. INCLUSION OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST IN THE OPERATOR'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL .
Persons concerned with the operator's maintenance manual should determine that
this manual includes instructions and maintenance provisions which are
appropriate to the operator's MEL . For example, when the operator's approved
procedures for continuing flight with inoperative equipment include requirements
for contingent maintenance, such as inspection of related equipment or systems,
then the MEL along with these instructions should be in the maintenance manual .
Similarly, when the operator elects to have equipment replaced or repaired ,
which is over and above the minimum requirements for continuation of flight ,
such items would have a valid place in the manual . Any instruction which
.
pertains to maintenance of the operator's aircraft is a proper subject for the

operator's manuals and is required by regulation to be included in the
maintenance portion of that manual.
1869. THE EFFECT OF THE MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST ON THE AIRWORTHINESS RELEASE AS
REQUIRED BY FAR SECTIONS 121.709, 127.319 , OR 135.433 . A question frequently
asked : Will a mechanic or inspector be in violation for releasing an aircraft
as airworthy when certain items are inoperative in accordance with an approved
MEL ? The sections of the FAR which apply to the airworthiness release state
that the release or log entry must certify that " The work was performed in
accordance with the requirements of the certificate holder's manual . " If , under
the provisions of an approved MEL, which is a part of the operator's manual,
he / she is not required to return certain inoperative items to an operative
condition or perform maintenance on such items, it is obvious that he / she would
be relieved of any responsibility for the inoperative status of such items.
Further , he / she is not responsible for contingent maintenance required by the
MEL for previously deferred items unless additional or repetitive maintenance is
required by MEL . However , if the individual knew that some other uncorrected
Chap 6
Par 1866 Page 2089
8300.9 7/26/85
condition or malfunction existed which casued the MEL item to become

inoperative, then inspection and repair of that condition or malfunction would
be required maintenance .
1870. THE EFFECT OF THE MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST ON APPROVAL FOR RETURN TO
SERVICE REQUIRED FOR AIRCRAFT UNDER FAR SECTION 135.411 (a ) (1)..With regard to
the question posed in paragraph 1869 preceding for aircraft subject to
FAR Section 135.411 (a ) ( 1) , new FAR Section 43.11 ( 7 ) applies both to aircraft
inspected according to Part 91 and aircraft under an AAIP . FAR Section 43.5 and
Section 43.7 are unaffected because the MEL is a supplemental type certificate
so the aircraft meets type certificate requirements with the inoperative
equipment.
1871. - 1889 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 2090 ( thru 3000 ) Par 1869
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 16. LIST OF AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT
1890. PURPOSE . This section provides the inspector with information relative
to the submission of the List of Air Carrier Aircraft ( RIS : FS 8320-7 ) .
1891. GENERAL . This instruction is directed only to inspectors assigned to
flag and domestic operators operating under the provisions of FAR Part 121.
Aircraft listings for supplemental operators , commercial operators, and air
carriers operating under FAR Part 127 are shown on Operations Specifications -
Aircraft Identifications, and shall be handled in accordance with instructions
dealing with Operations Specifications contained in this Order , Chapter 6 ,
Section 7 , Figure 6-20 .
1892. REPORTING PROCEDURES .
a. The assigned inspectors shall prepare a quarterly report listing the

aircraft utilized by their assigned air carriers . The listing should include
only those aircraft operated and maintained under provisions of FAR Part 121 .
For example, the operator's aircraft ( if any) used exclusively for training or
other purposes apart from its air carrier operation or which are not maintained
in accordance with FAR Part 121 must not be included on the List of Air Carrier
Aircraft .
b. Accurate and timely reports are necessary . The data derived

therefrom is for internal needs to provide information to the Department of
Defense , the Civil Aeronautics Board , and other governmental agencies . The
assigned inspectors shall ascertain that the list is current . If no changes
were made during the quarter , the quarterly report should be submitted
indicating "no changes." Distribution of the quarterly report shall be made not
later than the 10th day of January , April, July, and October of each year
through regional channels to the Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 ,
800 Independence Avenue , SW . , Washington , D.C. 20591 , with copies to the Mike
Monroney Aeronautical Center , National Safety Data Branch , AVN - 120,
P.O. Box 25082 , Oklahoma City , Oklahoma 73125 .
1893 . INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED ON " LIST OF AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT
(RIS : FS 8320-7) .'
a. Manufacturer .
.
b. Model .
C. Serial number .
d. Registration number .
e . Operating certificate ( s ) under which aircraft are operated .
f. Designation - passenger , cargo , or passenger / cargo convertible.
Chap 6
Par 1890 Page 3001
8300.9
7/26/8
g. Aircraft for which no seating is provided except for the crew .

Denote maximm number of crew followed by designation; i.e. , " 5 - cargo ."
1894. - 1899 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 3002 ( thru 3012 ) Par 1893
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 17. MONTHLY AIR CARRIER AIRCRAFT / ENGINE UTILIZATION REPORT

( RIS: AC 8320-1 )
1900. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for this section is contained in FAR
Sections 121.705 , 127.315 , and 135.417 .
1901. PURPOSE . The monthly Air Carrier Aircraft / Engine Utilization Report
(RIS : AC 8320-1) provides the Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300, Air
Transportation Branch , AWS -330 , with a record of certain statistics on the air
and commercial operators under FAR Part 121 , air carriers conducting multiengine
scheduled passenger operations under FAR Part 135 , or air carriers conducting
cargo operations under FAR Part 135 by a 418 authorization for use in planning ,
directing, controlling , and evaluating assigned programs.
1902. GENERAL. The responsibility for completion and submission of the subject
report rests with the assigned inspector . The inspector will normally acquire
the needed information under the authority contained in the operation rules
which provide for the inspection and examination of the operator to determine
compliance with the applicable regulations .
1903. PROCEDURES . The following procedures outline the action to be taken by
the region , district office, and the National Safety Data Branch , AVN - 120 ,
to assure the purpose and objectives of this system are accomplished .
a . Report Preparation . Each month the assigned inspector shall obtain
from his carrier ( s ) the information to complete the" Air Carrier Aircraft / Engine
Utilization Report " (RIS: AC 8320-1 ) . The report is to be submitted on
AC Form 8320-1, Aircraft/ Engine Utilization Report, National Stock
No. 0052-00-571-5000 . The report must be typewritten. The following is an
explanation of the data to be entered in each block , and a sample form to assist
you in completing the report is at the end of this section .
( 1 ) OPER SYMBOL Enter in this block the 4 - character symbol
O
representing the air operator's name .

( 2) DATE MO YR - Enter the month and year for which the utilization
data applies ( example - 0175 is for January 1975) .
( 3) INSPECTOR NAME - This is to identify the inspector responsible
for the report .
( 4) REGION -DISTRICT OFFICE - This is to identify the region and

O
district office to which the inspector is assigned .

(5) AIRCRAFT MFG - A 1- or 2 - letter abbreviation for the aircraft
-
manufacturer's name . (See Appendix 5 , Order 8010.2 , Flight Standards Service

Difficulty Program , for a list of acceptable abbreviations) .
(6) AIRCRAFT MODEL Enter one to twelve characters to represent the
aircraft model . The official FAA designation of the aircraft must be used .
( Refer to FAA type certificate data sheets for model information . )
Chap 6
Par 1900 Page 3013
8300.9 7/26/85
(7) NO . ACFT - This is to be the number of active aircraft. Active

aircraft are defined as those in service any time during the month .
(8) ENGINE MFG - A 1- to 4 - letter abbreviation for the engine
manufacturer's name . ( See Appendix 5 , Order 8010.2 , for a list of acceptable
abbreviations .)
( 9) ENGINE MODEL - Enter one to twelve characters to represent the

O
engine model. The official FAA designation of the engine must be used . ( Refer
to FAA type certificate data sheets for model information ) .
( 10) NO . SD - This is to be the number of engine
shutdowns / featherings . Shutdowns accomplished for training, demonstrations or
flight check purposes will not be reported .
( 11 ) NO . REM Enter the number of engines removed prematurely due to
mechanical discrepancy .
( 12) FLEET UTILIZATION DAYS . This is a summation of the number of
days EACH aircraft was active. Example: An air carrier operates 12 Boeing
model 727 aircraft . During the month being reported (November ) , 2 aircraft were
out of service , 7 were operated each day of the month , 2 were operated 28 days
and 1 only 3 days . The active number of aircraft is 10 and the fleet
utilization days are 269. They are developed as follows:
No. of Acft No. Days Operated No. Acft Days
No. Active 2 Times 0

Acft is 7 30 210
10 2 28 56 Fleet
1 3 3 Utilization
269 Days
( 13) FLEET UTILIZATION AIRCRAFT TOTAL HRS - Enter the service time to
the nearest whole hour .
( 14) FLEET UTILIZATION ACFT HR AVG /DAY - This is the daily aircraft
utilization or the average daily flight hours for each aircraft in the fleet and
is computed as follows :
Daily Utilization Fleet Utilization Aircraft Total Hours
Fleet Utilization Days
( 15) FLEET UTILIZATION ENGINE TOTAL HRS This field is to represent

the engine utilization ; i.e. , the number of engine operating hours for this
aircraft , engine and operator combination .
Engine Total Hours = Fleet Utilization Aircraft Hours times
the number of engines this aircraft .
( 16) REMARKS This space is for the inspector's remarks and comments
Also , it is to revise or establish engine TBO /hot section inspection times ,
report operator name or symbol changes, fleet size changes , etc.
Chap 6
Page 3014
Par 1903
7/26/85 8300.9
b . Report Distribution . The " Air Carrier Aircraft / Engine Utilization

Report" shall be prepared , addressed , and mailed to arrive in the following
offices on or before the 15th of the month following the month of activity .
(1) Original to Manager , National Safety Data Branch , AVN -120 ,
Federal Aviation Administration, P.6. Box 25082 , Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125 .
( 2) Copy to Manager , Air Transportation Branch , AWS - 330 , Federal
Aviation Administration , 800 Independence Avenue , SW . , Washington , D.C. 20591 .
( 3) Additional distribution is to be in accordance with individual
region procedures .
C. National Safety Data Branch , AVN -120 .
( 1 ) On or about the 15th of each month , the Safety Data Branch will
review the reports received from district offices to assure the data is properly
prepared for ADP conversion and processing . The branch will review all computer
prepared products to assure they are complete and accurate .
( 2) The National Safety Data Branch will issue the " Aircraft
Utilization and Propulsion Reliability Report . Distribution of the report
shall be in accordance with the established mailing list maintained by AVN - 120 .
d . Air Carrier Aircraft Fleet Utilization Reports will be prepared in
four data arrangements each highlighting separate fields of information . Each
of these reports is listed and briefly titled in the Catalog of Recurring
Reports for FAA Headquarters , FAA Order 1340.3M (or subsequent revisions) . All
utilization reports are listed under Reports Identification Symbol ( RIS) FS 8340
series. Printing and publication frequency for utilization reports is on a
quarterly basis . The report shall consist of the following:
(1) (RIS : FS 8340-4) - Air Carrier Aircraft Utilization .
(2) (RIS : FS 8340-5) - Aircraft - Air Carrier Utilization .

(3) (RIS : FS 8340-6 ) - Operator Group - Aircraft Utilization .
( 4) (RIS : FS 8340-8 ) - Semiannual and Annual Aircraft Utilization
Report by Region and by Type of Air Carrier
Operators .
The contents of the above reports contain proprietary information and ,
therefore , shall be marked : FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
e.
Distribution of utilization reports is set forth in FAA Order 1340.3M
(or subsequent revisions) . The distribution volume is controlled to provide
distribution to users who have working knowledge of the report code data and
also have an administratively useful need for the information .
Chap 6
Par 1903 Page 3015
8300.9 7/26/85
f. Utilization Report Improvement . Correspondence concerning the

imporvement of the utilization report system and significant problems found in
using this reporting system should be addressed to the Air Transportation
Branch , AWS - 330 .
1904. - 1909 . RESERVED .
OPER DATE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION RIS: AC 8320-1
SYMBOL MO YA INSPECTOR NAME
AIR CARRIER H , K, Jenkins
JAJ 0275 REGION - DISTRICT OFFICE
TYPE
LIE RM37
NIT AIRCRAFT/ENGINE UTILIZATION REPORT
AIRCRAFT ENGINE FLEET UTILIZATION
NO . NONG FLEET AIRCRAFT TACFT MRT ENGINE
MFG MODEL . ACFT MEO MODEL SO REM DAYS TOTAL HRS Ava Doyl TOTAL HRS
2
720062 PWA JT3 C7 1 1 56 342 6.1 1368

N
B 720048 1 PHA JT3DIMCS 0 0 22 130 5.9 520

2
CV 24013 PHA R2800103W 0 1 54 194 3.6 388

N
DE DHC6300 3 PWA PTGA20 0 0 82 426 5.2 852
REWARKS ( Include · Engine TB0/ Hot Section Tino Revision )

* the B 720 fleet engine overhaul schedule was converted to a reliability program effective 2-1-75 .
section inspection remains at 3850 hours .
* The operator has changed the company name from JJ Airline to JJ International Inc.
AC FORN 1320-1 12.75) (0052-80-571-5000) Suo Reverse Side for lastruction
Chap 6
Page 3016 ( thru 3026 ) Par 1903
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 18. INSPECTION PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED DURING STRIKES

OR LABOR DISPUTES
1910. PURPOSE . This section provides inspectors with procedures to be followed

prior to , during, and after a strike or labor dispute.
1911. GENERAL . To assure continued airworthiness of an operator's fleet ,
special emphasis shall be placed on maintenance surveillance when a strike or
labor dispute is anticipated , when the strike is called , and after settlement of
a major strike.
1912. CAUTION . Under no circumstances shall inspectors express opinions to any

party to a strike or labor dispute regarding issues involved , nor shall any such
opinions be expressed in public. Our responsibility concems safety only, and
we must steer clear of any strike issues.
1913. INSPECTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. It will be the responsibility of the
assigned principal maintenance inspector to determine to what extent and at
which locations additional surveillance will be required and to make the
necessary arrangements for additional manpower as required .
1914. REPORTS . Air Carrier Maintenance Activities During Employee Strikes
(RIS : FS 8320-6 ) .
a. The assigned principal airworthiness inspector /maintenance will
advise inspectors located in areas other than the certificate-holding region ,
who have been assigned to strike surveillance by their respective regional
office , of the reports required and frequency of submission . Information
usually considered necessary is as follows:
( 1) The approximate number of maintenance personnel on duty at each
location within the inspector's assigned area .
(2 ) The approximate number of certified maintenance personnel on

duty .
(3) The number and type of inspections performed by the operator .
(4) The number and type of inspections performed by FAA inspectors .

( 5) Deficiencies noted .
(6) Where deficiencies found are minor and of such a nature that
they can best be handled locally , what corrective action has been requested of
the operator ?
( 7) Status of previous requests for corrective action .

( 8) Percentage of schedules being operated .
( 9) Any other information having a bearing on safety .
Chap 6
Par 1910 Page 3027
8300.9 7/26/85
b . The assigned principal airworthiness/maintenance inspector shall:

( 1 ) When he /she learns that a strike might be forthcoming , advise
his /her regional office through channels and the Aircraft Maintenance Division ,
AWS- 300 , Washington , D.C. , by telephone of the nature and extent of the possible
work stoppage and tentative plans for strike surveillance .
( 2) At the outset of a strike or labor dispute, advise his /her
regional office through channels and the Air Transportation Division , AWS - 300 ,
Washington , D.C. , by telephone of the nature and extent of the work stoppage and
the plans for strike surveillance .
( 3) Thereafter , on a weekly basis , submit a consolidated report
through channels to the regional office and AWS -300 , Washington , D.C.
(4) Advise the regional office and AWS- 300 by telephone of any
newsworthy or significant developments.
( 5) Upon termination of the strike , notify the regional office and
AWS - 300 by telephone as to operator's plans to return to normal schedule and
post -strike surveillance planned by the certificate -holding district office .
When aircraft have been in storage over a period of time ,
C.
consideration should be given to the type of inspections the operator will

conduct, ground run - up of engines, taxiing of aircraft , and possible test hop
prior to returning aircraft to service .
d . In preparing and submitting these reports, please bear in mind that

the region and Washington offices receive many inquiries, complaints, and
opinions from such sources as the general public , Congress , and labor unions .
It is of utmost importance that these offices be kept fully informed on a timely
basis .
1915. - 1919 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 3028 ( thru 3038 ) Par 1914
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 19. OPERATIONAL CHECKS ( FLIGHT TESTS )

1920. PURPOSE . This section provides the inspector with information to assist
him in evaluating air carrier reports relative to operational checks after
maintenance or alteration .
1921. GENERAL .
a. Inspectors shall be constantly alert for flight reports immediately

following repair or alteration which indicate inadequate ground testing and
inspection . Such reports should be a matter of investigation and review of the
air carrier's maintenance manual for adequate instructions . Inspectors will be
guided by the policy stated in FAR Section 91.167 regarding operational checks .
b. Should the air carrier's records indicate that existing FAR's do not
provide the regulatory material needed to assure the safety of first flights
after maintenance operations, it will be the responsibility of the assigned
1
inspectors to submit recommended regulatory changes.
1922.- 1925 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Par 1920 Page 3039 ( thru 3048 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 20. AIR CARRIER MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

PERSONNEL DUTY TIME LIMITATIONS
1926. PURPOSE. This section provides the inspector with a clarification of

airman duty time limitations imposed by FAR Section 121.377 . FAR Part 135 does
not address this subject .
1927. GENERAL . In response to requests for clarification of sections cited
above, the following material has been issued :
a. The purpose of the duty time limitations for maintenance and
inspection personnel is to require that such personnel be relieved of all duty
for at least 24 hours during any 7 consecutive days, or for an equivalent amount
of time during each calendar month .
b. The clause "or equivalent thereof within any 1 month" provides
flexibility in the rule. It is intended to provide coverage for situations
involving national emergencies as well as those unusual conditions that arise
within the air carrier industry . Basically, it permits maintenance and
inspection personnel to work continuously in any one calendar month provided
they are given time off and away from work equal to the actual hours they would
have been relieved from duty , had they worked 6 days with the seventh day off
throughout the specific calendar month under consideration . This relief from
duty must be given in increments of not less than 24 consecutive hours .
1928. GUIDANCE . The following examples are presented to further clarify duty
time limitations.
a. In a 28 -day month , a certificate holder must relieve a person

performing maintenance or preventive maintenance functions for four 24 - hour
periods . These four relief periods may be given any time during the month ,
including the last four days.
b . A 24 -consecutive-hour period of relief from duty when the employee is
ill , on vacation , or injured is considered as a relief period of
c . The above clarification has been coordinated with the Office of the
Chief Counsel .
11929. - 1933 . RESERVED .
Fhap 6
ar 1926 Page 3049 ( thru 3060 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 21. PREFLIGHT INSPECTIONS
1934. PURPOSE . This section clarifies the performance of preflight inspections

by maintenance and pilot personnel.
1935. GENERAL. We have received inquiries from time to time regarding the
performance of preflight checks by pilot and maintenance personnel. The
pertinent regulations have been reviewed and this instruction is issued to
clarify thismatter.
a.
The FAR's do not require the performance of a preflight inspection by
maintenance personnel. However , if an air carrier or operator has a continuous
airworthiness maintenance program or an approved aircraft inspection program
(AAIP) in effect, which includes the performance of a preflight inspection or
preflight check as an integral part of such program , that work must be performed
by qualified A & P mechanics .
b . A pilot is required by FAR Section 91.29 to perform a preflight check
prior to starting any flight . However, these checks are not a part of the
approved inspection or maintenance program and should not be misconstrued to
require that they be performed by A & P mechanics.
C. In order to readily separate the pilot personnel responsibilities
from those of the maintenance personnel, some inspectors are using the terms
"preflight check" in conjunction with the pilot responsibilities and " preflight
inspection " with the maintenance responsibilities. This has been found
satisfactory and is being offered as a suggestion to eliminate
misinterpretation .
1936. - 1939 . RESERVED .
ap 6
1934 Page 3061 ( thru 3072 )
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 22. MAINTENANCE OF PRESSURE CYLINDERS IN USE AS AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT

1940. PURPOSE . This order establishes maintenance procedures to assure the
integrity of pressure cylinders, that serve as aircraft equipment , in operations
under FAR Parts 91 , 121 , 125 , 127 , and 135 .
1941. BACKGROUND. The development of Department of Transportation (DOT)
Regulations (CFR 49, Parts 100-199) pertaining to the transportation of
dangerous articles and magnetized materials by aircraft was based on the
applicable regulations of the Interstate Commerce Commission ( ICC ) . Initially ,
the transportation of dangerous articles was prohibited in scheduled air
transportation . Regulatory efforts were directed toward the transportation of
dangerous articles with little attention given to similar dangerous articles
used on board aircraft as part of aa system or as required equipment. An example
is the lack of specific FAR's prescribing airworthiness standards for pressure
cylinders, for oxygen , fire extinguishers, and emergency air bottles which are
part of life supporting systems .
a . Approval of pressure cylinders for use aboard aircraft is
accomplished during type certification (FAR Part 21 ) . Pressure cylinders may be
approved by a Technical Standard Order ( TSO ) in conjunction with type
certification procedures or in any other manner approved by the Administrator .
The approval standards used are those established by the DOT Materials
Transporation Bureau ( DOT MTB) U. S. Coast Guard (USCG ), Underwriters Laboratory
(UL), manufacturers , and Military Specifications (MIL - SPEC ) .
b . FAR Part 21 , Certification Procedures for Products and Parts ,
utilizes the specification requirement established by the DOT MIB, USCG , UL ,
manufacturers, and MIL -SPEC as the standards for approving pressure cylinders .
Similiarly , these provisions pertaining to inspection , retest , and life limits
have been the basis for maintaining pressure cylinders under an air carrier's
continuous maintenance program . At no time was a specific FAR established to
prescribe manufacturing or maintenance requirements for pressure cylinders used
pn board aircraft. The means by which these cylinders were approved consisted
þf those sections of the FAR's allowing approval by methods acceptable to the
Administrator .
C.
FAR Parts 91, 121, 125 , 127 , and 135 do not prescribe rules
pertaining to the inspection and test of pressure cylinders used on board
pircraft . However , when approved by the Administrator, the provisions of
Pperations Specifications and inspection programs are rules which require
precisely the same consideration as FAR's. In exercising this authority , the
Administrator has , in the interest of safety, adopted the rules and regulations
f the DOT MIB , USCG, UL, MIL -SPEC, and applicable manufacturers as acceptable
ethods for controlling the hydrostatic and life limits of pressure cylinders
hrough Operations Specifications and inspection programs .
Phap 6
Par 1940
Page 3073
8300.9
7/26/85
d. The absence of a specific FAA regulatory requirement pertaining to

airworthiness standards for pressure cylinders is evident ; however, it isalso
evident that there is no concentrated effort to discredit or discontinue the use
of DOT hazardous material standards as a means of maintaining pressure
cylinders.
Recognizing the lack of specific FAA test data necessary to consider
cylinder aging , internal corrosion , external pressure changes , and extreme
temperature changes, it is logical to accept those standards developed by the
Materials Transportation Bureau and other experts for maintaining the integrity
of pressure cylinders. It follows that pressure cylinders used on board
aircraft should be maintained under the same specifications prescribed by the
appropriate regulatory agency and the manufacturers, if no requirements are
available for similar pressure cylinders transported in interstate commerce .
1942. PROCEDURES. Each principal maintenance inspector shall assure that the
inspection , retest , and life limit requirements for pressure cylinders used as
aircraft equipment are , at a minimum , those set forth by the appropriate
specification requirement under which the cylinder was manufactured . These
requirements shall be shown on the Operations Specifications for Parts 121 , 125 ,
127 , and 135 operators and shall be included in the inspection programs required
by FAR Section 91.169 . All other operators under FAR Part 91 must also comply
with the provisions . Throughout this document , reference to " Operations
Specifications" shall mean Operations Specifications or other approved
controlling documents . Such approved controlling documents must be clearly
identified and made part of the Operations Specifications by an appropriate
reference on an Operations Specifications preface page .
1943. GUIDANCE AND USE IN PREPARATION OF OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS .
a. The format shown on Figure 6-32 will be used for all amended
Operations Specifications relating to pressure cylinders. The intention is not
to have all the pressure cylinders listed on one page . Figure 6-32 illustrates
the various cylinders in use and how they will be listed when entering them in
the proper sequence and ATA chapter of the approved Operations Specifications.
For specifications that do not include aircraft maintenance pages listing
systems by ATA chapter , the reference for pressure cylinder maintenance period
requirements should be included on the general preface page. Pressure cylinder
hydrostatic and life limits are listed by appropriate ATA chapter on the
Operations Specifications in the following manner .
b . Cylinders made in accordance with a MIL- SPEC will be maintained in
accordance with the applicable military specification .
C. DOT Specification , Manufactured cylinders will be maintained under
DOT requirements and the Operations Specifications will contain the statement :
" Inspections, hydrostatic test , and life limits will be accomplished as set
forth in Part 173 , Chapter 1 , Subtitle B of Title 49 CFR currently in effect . "
d. Foreign Manufactured Cylinders. The following statement will apply:
" Inspection , hydrostatic test and life limits will be accomplished as set forth
Chap 6
Page 3074 Par 1941
1/26/85 8300.9 .
e . Marine, dry chemical portable fire extinguishers ( stored pressure or

cartridge-operated type) . The following statement will apply : " Examinations,
tests and inspections will be accomplished as set forth in Subparts 162.028 and
71.25 , Chapter 1 of Title 46 CFR currently in effect . "
1944. APPLICATION OF CFR 49 , SECTION 173.301 ( c ) . CFR 49 , Section 173.301 (c) ,
retest of container , states : " A container for which prescribed periodic retest
has become due must not be charged and shipped until such retest has been
properly made ;" therefore, pressure cylinders used as aircraft equipment which
remain charged on the due date of its hydrostatic test may remain in service
beyond the test date providing that the cylinder is retested prior to its next
full or partial refilling.
1945. - 1949 . RESERVED .
hap 6
ar 1943 Page 3075 ( thru 3084 )
7/26/85 8300.9
FIGURE 6-32 . OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
Form Approved .
WASHINGTON
Part D Page 5 of 17
BOEING 737-201 /222 /247

Period Check Period
A B C D OTHER
Equipment and Furnishings , Chapter 25 12,000
Bottle Evacuation Slide Inflation ( DOT- 3HT) A
Fire Protection ,, Chapter 26 OC
B
Cylinder CO2 (DOT - 3A ) * B
Sphere Fire Extinguisher

(MTI -C - 2284) (DOT-4DA ) A
A B C D
Marine Dry Chemical ( stored pressure or
** A
cartridge
operated type)
Landing Gear , Chapter 32 16,000

Bottle Air Emergency Landing Gear B
(MIL - C - 7905) (DOT - 3A )
Oxygen , Chapter 35 OC
*
Bottle - Foreign
Bottle
Oxygen Portable
MFG
( DOT - 3A ) ***
A
A B C D
Bottle Oxygen .Crew ( DOT- 3HT) * A

Bottle - Oxygen Passenger ( DOT-- 3HT)
* Inspections, hydrostatic test , and life limits will be accomplished as set forth
in Part 173 , chapter 1 , subtitle B of CFR 49 currently in effect .
**Marine, dry chemical portable fire extinguishers ( stored pressure or
cartridge -operated type ). The following statement will apply : " Examinations,
tests and inspections will be accomplished as set forth in subpart 162.028 and
71.25 , chapter 1 of CFR 46 currently in effect . "
***Foreign Manufactured Cylinders . The following statement will apply :
" Inspection , hydrostatic test and life limits will be accomplished as set forth
Effective date
FAA Form 1014 ( 2-72)
p 6 Page 3085 ( thru 3088 )

7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 23. SERVICEABILITY OF USED ENGINES , PROPELLERS , AND COMPONENTS

1950. PURPOSE . This section provides information and guidance on procedures an
operator should utilize for qualifying the serviceability of units that have
accrued time in service in other operations .
1951. GENERAL . With the increase in leasing and cross utilization of aircraft
many operators frequently experience the need to qualify engines, propellers,
and aircraft components and equipment that have accrued time in service since
new or overhaul . There are serveral areas of concern that should be resolved
before the unit is authorized for service .
a. The unit must meet its basic approval criteria ( type certificate,
supplemental type certificate, technical standard order , etc. ) .
b. It must be in compliance with applicable airworthiness directives and
life limits .
C. The model and modification status of the unit must be established

with regard to its compatibility with the operator's fleet and with his
inspection /maintenance program .
d . Significant maintenance, such as overhaul, modifications , and
inspections , should be substantiated and the certification for such maintenance
should be reviewed and incorporated into the aircraft records .
e. The last accomplishment of each task in the operator's continuous
airworthiness maintenance program applicable to the unit , including overhaul
should be established with regard to the interval and method of accomplishment.
If this cannot be positively established , the operator should accomplish the
task in accordance with his approved program .
f. If there is any question of the integrity of the previous operator

With regard to operation or maintenance of the unit or if environmental aspects
bf the previous operator were adverse , special tests or inspections to determine
Its condition should be accomplished . For example, an engine might warrant a
porescope inspection , oil spectrographic analysis , performance tests , or a
fomprehensive inspection such as a hot section inspection to ensure its
erviceability with regard to the operator's standards.
g. If the unit has been out of service for an appreciable period, it
ust be determined that it was properly preserved , stored and protected during
hat period .
1952. APPROVAL FOR SERVICE . For aircraft under a continuous airworthiness
aintenance program , the unit must be approved for service by responsible
Lements in the operator's organization . The operator's manual should designate
he procedures and authority for the approval determination , including
esignation of persons with authority for judicial decisions such as what
pecial inspections may be needed for a unit which may have suffered from
pnormal operation , improper maintenance or a harsh environment . FAA approval
$ normally not required unless maintenance intervals are to be prorated or are
Chap 6
Par 1950 Page 3089
8300.9
7/26/85
affected by a borrowed parts authorization . Proration and borrowed parts

authorizations are approved by operations specifications . ( Reference :
Section 7 of this chapter ) .
1953. - 1959 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 3090 ( thru 4000 ) Par 1952
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 24. PROVING FLIGHTS AND PLACING NEW AIRCRAFT INTO SERVICE
1960. PURPOSE. This section provides information and guidance on the conduct
of aircraft proving flights and the operation of provisionally certificated
aircraft by certificate holders under FAR Parts 121 , 127 and 135 .
1961. AUTHORITY . The regulatory basis for proving flights is contained in
FAR Parts 121 and 127. Limitations pertaining to the operation of FAR
Sections 121.163, 127.73 , and 135.145 provisionally certificated aircraft are
set forth in FAR Section 91.41 .
1962. GENERAL . Air carriers holding operating certificates issued pursuant to

FAR Parts 121 or 127 are eligible for a Class II provisional airworthiness
certificate for transport category aircraft only. FAR Section 91.41 authorized
provisionally certificated aircraft to be used during FAR Parts 121 and 127
proving tests. However , in such a case , the operator will be advised that , if
the fully type certificated aircraft differs substantially from the provisional
aircraft , no credit will be allowed for proving tests conducted in the
provisional aircraft . FAR Section 91.41 requires approval from the Director
of Flight Operations, or Director of Airworthiness ( as appropriate ) , for the
operation of provisionally certificated aircraft in air transportation . It is
agency policy to authorize the carriage of cargo and mail only in air
transportation using provisionally certificated aircraft . Requests to carry
persons in addition to those listed in FAR Sections 121.547 ( c) and 127.211 (c)
will be referred to the Washington office together with the recommendation of
the regional Flight Standards Division .
1963. PROVING FLIGHT REQUIREMENTS . Proving flights fall into the categories
listed below :
a. Certification of a New Carrier . Proving flights will be required in

accordance with the applicable air carrier rules .
b . Use of an Aircraft not Previously Used in Scheduled Air Carrier
Service. Aproving flight must be conducted by the air carrier first
introducing a particular type of aircraft into scheduled service .
C. Use of Aircraft on Which Major Design Changes Have Been Made. The
heed for proving flights in this category will depend upon the extent of the
changes from a maintenance and servicing standpoint. An example of a change
Ehat might require proving flights would be the replacement of reciprocating
pngines with turbine engines . Each case will be decided on an individual basis
after consideration has been given to the scope of the changes involved and to
the training received by maintenance and servicing personnel .
d . Use of an Aircraft Type not Previously used by the Air Carrier
Involved . This category involves an aircraft type that has previously been
pproved for scheduled service but is new to the operation of a particular air
arrier . This is an optional category and a determination as to whether or not
proving flight should be required for maintenance purposes depends largely on
he adequacy of the air carrier's training program for mechanics and servicing
ersonnel .
hap 6
ar 1960 Page 4001
8300.9 7/26/85
e. There have been cases where the excellence of an air carrier's

training program eliminates the necessity for a proving flight to authorize the
carrier's use of the new type aircraft . In other cases , proving flights have
been required when a review of the air carrier's training program indicated that
possibly the proposed operation could not be conducted in accordance with
accepted safety standards. In such cases, it may be desirable to withhold
authorization until such time as the training program is adequate in all
respects. It is quite possible that the air carrier , in improving its training
program prior to the proving flight , would preclude the necessity of conducting
the proving flight.
f. Route Approvals. This category involves new routes , route extensions
or different types of authorization over a previously approved route . From a
maintenance and servicing standpoint , proving flights in this category should
seldom be necessary if proper preparations and personnel training by the air
carrier have been accomplished . However , if there is an indication that the
proposed operations could not be conducted in accordance with accepted safety
standards , action to improve training or an actual proving flight may be
necessary .
1964. AIRCRAFT PROVING TESTS .
a. Operator's Plans. The FAA Inspector designated as in charge of a

proving flight should obtain from the air carrier a proving flight program
outlining in detail the manner in which the tests are to be conducted and the
procedures to be followed . The inspector will assure that the operator's plans
in this regard include a list of company personnel that will participate. This
list must also include noncompany personnel that the operator desires to
participate .
b . Participants. FAR Section 91.41 limits participation to those
considered necessary by the operator to conduct the test and those designated by
the Administrator . The phrase " designated by the Administrator" as used in this
section is intended to mean those FAA personnel needed to make the necessary
judgments to determine compliance with the applicable provisions of
FAR Parts 121 , 127 , and 135. Applicable FAR sections do not provide for
participation by other Government employees such as air traffic controllers ,
airport personnel, and National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) personnel.
c. FAA Inspection Team . The FAA inspection team responsible for
conducting the proving test is normally composed of an operations inspector, a
maintenance inspector and an avionics inspector . Assignments will be made by
the supervising inspector with one inspector designated as in charge of the
team , thus serving as the Administrator's representative in dealing with the
operator .
1965 . EN ROUTE PHASE . Ideally, the en route phase of the aircraft proving
tests should consist only of the crew and the FAA inspection team , since the
en route phase is a dress rehearsal where the operator demonstrates that the
operation can be conducted pursuant to FAR Parts 121 and 127 without help from
company supervisors or representatives of the aircraft manufacturer . These
flights must also be devoid of distractions by interested but "nonessential"
personnel. However , it must be recognized that the ideal situation is not
Chap 6
Page 4002 Par 1963
7/26/85 8300.9
always the practical ane . From the operator's standpoint, it is highly

desirable to have an board company supervisors who can make decisions and
commitments an behalf of the company concering schedule changes or company
actions to correct deficiencies observed during the flight. Since company
commitments in this regard will often require consultation with representatives
of the aircraft: manufacturer, their presence a board is appropriate . By the
same token , it is desirable to invite key FAA personnel and inspectors from
other regions, who will be assigned inspectia duties an the particular
aircraft, to participate as observers . The number of persons on board in excess
of the crew and FAA inspection team should be kept to a reasonable minimum .
1966. ITEMS TO BE OBSERVED ON PROVING FLIGHTS . FAA persomnel should carefully
observe all phases of the proving flight relating to their specialties to assure
that the proposed operation can be conducted safely . This includes in - flight
observation as well as observation of maintenance and servicing by ground crews .
The following are items which should be observed when conducting proving
flights :
a. Proper training of the carrier's maintenance and servicing persomel;

e.g. , need help from manufacturer or company supervisors, not familiar with
aircraft systems .
b . Aircraft component and system malfunctions; e.g. , were the

malfunctions the result of poor design ? Improper operations? Was corrective
action adequate ?
c. Adequacy and availability of company maintenance manuals .
d. Adequacy and use of minimm equipment list.
e. Fueling facilities along route and servicing procedures .
f. Adequacy of specialized maintenance tools and servicing equipment
along routes . En route and terminal maintenance facilities, including adequate
spare parts .
1967. UNSATISFACTORY ITEMS OBSERVED DURING PROVING FLIGHTS .
a . Unsatisfactory conditions noted by field personnel should be brought

to the attention of the air carrier for corrective action . The carrier should
correct these discrepancies before any further proving flights are conducted
unless the descrepancies are of such minor nature that there would be no
detrimental effect on their continuance. However, all unsatisfactory items must
be corrected to the satisfaction of assigned inspectors before their approval of
the proposed operation .
b . Before submitting the proving flight ręport, the FAA employee in
charge of the proving flight will forward to the carrier a list of any
unsatisfactory items noted during the flights" which must be corrected before
approving the proposed operation . The air carrier should then furnish a letter
or otherwise show that the insatisfactory items have been corrected . Copies of
my correspondence will be included in the final proving flight report .
ар 6
1965 Page 4003
8300.9 7/26/85
1968 . REPORTS , AIRCRAFT PROVING TESTS AND ROUTE PROVING FLIGHTS

(RIS : FS 8430-9)) .
a.The report prepared by the FAA inspection team will be divided into
subparts conforming to the applicable subparts of FAR Parts 121 and 127 .
b . Each subpart of the report will clearly explain how the operator
demonstrated compliance with the corresponding subparts of the regulation .
C.
The report will contain a record of meetings , discussions , and
agreements with the operator . Include a record of agreements concerning actions
taken by the operator" to correct observed deficiencies and the basis of FAA
determinations of satisfactory corrective action .
1969. DISTRIBUTION . The district office will forward one copy of the report
within 30 days after completion of the aircraft proving tests or route proving
flights ( through channel in accordance with regional instructions) to the
Aircraft Maintenance Division , AWS - 300 , for review of the report and for any
necessary followup action .
1970. - 1979 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 4004 ( thru 4014 ) Par 1968
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 25. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION PERSONNEL TRAINING

1980. GENERAL .
a. The regulatory requirement for training programs applies to aircraft

under continuous airworthiness maintenance programs .
b. In general terms , the scope of a maintenance and inspection personnel
training program should be sufficient to ensure that aircraft to be operated by
an air carrier are maintained at a high level of airworthiness . In this
respect, the individuals who are authorized to perform the inspection of
required inspections must be properly trained . The degree of such training is
dependent upon the individual's experience and the complexity of the work he / she
is authorized to perform . In some cases , the work may be complex and require
the use of specialized equipment . Therefore , the type of training necessary may
range from an " open book " examination and on - the-job training to formal
classroom training. In any case, the individual is expected to be sufficiently
trained to be competent to perform the work as authorized .
C. The size of the air carrier should make no difference in the need for
an effective training program . However , a small operator should not be expected
to duplicate all the training facilities normally provided by a large operator .
The use of contract facilities or other means which provide equivalent training
may be utilized in complying with the regulatory requirements.
1981. TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION .
a. Special emphasis in training program surveillance is necessary under

certain changing conditions which affect an operator's operating procedures or
maintenance organization . Examples of such conditions are : acquisition of
aircraft new to the operator , acquisition of additional numbers of currently
used aircraft , significant increase in daily utilization , and high turnover of
maintenance personnel.
b. The need for special maintenance and inspection training programs

required by the introduction of new or different types of aircraft should be
discussed with an operator well in advance of delivery date . It is apparent
that the most important aspects of this type of training are :
(1 ) Training of sufficient personnel prior to aircraft delivery .
( 2) Familiarization of personnel with aircraft after arrival and
prior to entry into service . It is particularly significant that this phase of
training receive careful advance planning in order that the importance of early
pn -the- job training will not be minimized .
(3) Training and familiarization of personnel on a continuing basis .
the scope of the training program would be expected to be extensive until all of
the operator's personnel become thoroughly familiar with their assigned duties .
c.
In addition to day -to -day observation of the performance of an
pperator's maintenance and inspection organization , the following points are
Included as pertinent to monitoring the adequacy of the training program :
hap 6
Par 1980 Page 4015
8300.9 7/26/85
(1) Is the training received throughout an operator's system of

1
equal quality and effectiveness ?
Are the procedures and techniques taught being utilized during
(2)
inservice performance of maintenance inspection duties ?
(3) Review of service records ( logbooks, inspection records , etc.)
provides a source of information which relates to training effectiveness .
(4) Notice should be taken of instances in which a malfunction was
due to personnel error and consideration given to the possibility of the need
for further training for one or more of the persons involved , or for other
members of the maintenance organization .
1982. - 1989 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 4016 ( thru 4026 ) Page 1981
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 26. SPOT AND RAMP INSPECTIONS

1990. PURPOSE. This section provides the inspector with information pertinent
to the performance of maintenance spot and ramp inspections.
1991. GENERAL. Maintenance spot and aircraft ramp inspections are means of
sampling the quality of maintenance and the degree of compliance with
established maintenance standards and procedures.
a. Spot and ramp inspections should cover a variety of areas and range
in scope from an inspection of an entire aircraft to a review of a particular
maintenance function . If a weakness is known or suspected in a particular part
of an aircraft or in a particular phase of maintenance, emphasis should be
placed in these areas . A surveillance program generally covering all areas of
maintenance activities will result in a determination of the areas that warrant
a concentration of effort .
b . Spot and ramp inspections should be conducted with aa minimum of

interruption to maintenance operations and passenger handling. The inspector
will advise the person in charge of the affected maintenance as to his ( the
inspector's) mission and area of interest . He will normally discuss activities
with mechanics and inspectors, but will address complaints or the need for
corrective action with appropriate supervisory or management personnel.
1992. MAINTENANCE SPOT INSPECTIONS. Maintenance spot inspections are the
primary surveillance activity used by maintenance and avionics inspectors for
certificate holders under FAR Parts 121 , 127 , and 135. They are observations
and analyses of in -progress maintenance operations for overall quality ,
conformity to the operator's inspection or maintenance programs , compliance
with specified methods, techniques, and practices, competency of personnel, and
adequacy of facilities . All of this is viewed from the standpoint of the
effectiveness of the operator's management control and support .
a . Spot inspections should consider the following:

(1 ) Availability of and compliance with the policies , procedures and
practices published in the operators' manuals or other technical material
applicable to the work in progress .
(2) Adequacy of facilities support equipment relative to proper
accomplishment of the work .
(3) Competency of personnel, including indication of adequate
training .
( 4) Parts availability .
( 5) Execution of paperwork and that proper work forms are used and
accounted for .
(6) Work environment including disruptions due to job reassignments ,

shift change continuity .
Chap 6
Par 1990 Page 4027
8300.9 7/26/85
(7) Currency of test equipment calibration dates .

( 8) Compliance with RII items (as appropriate ).
b . Spot inspections of scheduled aircraft checks or inspections should
be programmed and should consider , in addition to item (a ) preceding:
(1 ) Quality of inspection writeups and related corrective action
entries .
( 2) Use of procedures to negate or modify inspectors writeups with

particular regard to concurrence by the quality control organization .
(3) Control and accountability of routine and inspection writeup
forms .
(4) Availability of and use of instructions and standards for work

being performed .
( 5) Control of deferred and carryover items .
(6) Production and quality control turnover procedures .

C. Spot inspections should also be programmed for shop activities .
d. Spot inspections should be accomplished on work performed by contract
agencies . A particular consideration is the relationship between the operator
and the agency regarding the responsibilities of each party and accountability
for those responsibilities .
1993. RAMP INSPECTIONS . Ramp inspections are inspections of inservice aircraft

in the operational environment . Their purpose is to determine the maintenance
of the aircraft by direct inspection rather than by evaluation of in progress of
maintenance. Observation of refueling, passenger handling, and ground equipment
usage is normally accomplished during the check .
a. Guidelines to follow during maintenance ramp inspections :
(1 ) Maintenance Manual .
(a) Copy aboard if required . Note revision currently .

( 2) Aircraft Logbook .
(a) Pilot complaints .
(b) Correction of service difficulties .
( c) Chronic Mechanical difficulties .
(d) Carryover items .
( e) Inspection time limits .
Chap 6
Page 4028 Par 1992
7/26/85 8300.9
(3) Exterior of Aircraft .

(a ) Fuselage.
(b) Wings .
(c) Control surfaces .
(d) Empennage .
(e) Wheels and tires .

( f) Landing gear .
(g) Leaks fuel, oil , hydraulic .
( 4) Interior of Aircraft .
(a) Seats ,
(b) Seatbelts .
(c) Placards .
(d) Signs .
(e) Emergency equipment ,
b. The above ramp outlines are cues to general areas of coverage . The
individual inspector will use the cue as a tool for prompting his memory in
light of his /her general knowledge and his /her knowledge of a particular
airplane and / or operator . Examples might be as follows:
"' The cue" What the Cue Might Bring to Mind
Seats 1. That in all aircraft the security
of seat attachment to the
structure is of paramount
importance .
2. In airplanes using floor rails ,

both the rail- locking device and
the seat - attachment fitting are
subject to breakage. The seat
floor rails often become filled
with debris which prevents
proper locking.
3. High -density loading often
involves breakaway back seats
which are subject to maintenance
and location problems.
hap 6
ar 1993 Page 4029
8300.9 7/26/85
1
.
Oxygen Is the capacity and pressure
up to standards?
2. Are masks clean , protected , and

sufficient in number ?
Emergency Exits 1. Are there sufficient number of

exits for the number of seats
installed ? Are any exits blocked
by seats or equipment ?
2. Are they placarded properly and
legibly?
3. Do the emergency lights
illuminate the exits sufficiently
and properly ?
The above examples are only a few of the infinite number of
C.
significant items that can be cued by the ramp inspection outlines . Each make
and model airplane has its own problem areas and, upon inspection , these areas
should be checked first . Time and circumstances will control the extent of the
inspection toward the ultimate or complete inspection . In any case , the problem
areas or suspect areas should always be checked .
1994 . REPORTING SPOT AND RAMP INSPECTIONS .
a
a. Spot and ramp inspections are reported on FAA Form 3112
(RIS : FS 1380-8) . In addition to the block entries, a narrative entry should
be made to record the location and a brief description of the particulars of the
inspection . Discrepancies should be adequately defined and resultant action by
the inspection should be recorded . The need for further action needed or
planned by the reporting or certificate holding office should be clearly
identified .
b . The original of the form will be forwarded , if applicable, to the

district office with certificate responsibility. A copy will be retained in the
reporting inspector's district office. Additional distribution will be as
directed by the controlling region .
c. Distribution will be shown on all copies of the Form 3112 .
d . Additional action taken in response to a 3112 entry should be noted
or cross- referenced on the certificate holding office's copy of the Form 3112 .
1995. - 1999 . RESERVED .
Chap 6
Page 4030 ( thru 4040 ) Par 1993
7/26/85 8300.9
SECTION 27. EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS
2000. PURPOSE . This section outlines procedures to be followed by

airworthiness inspectors when conducting and reporting en route inspections .
En route inspections shall be conducted in conjunction with other functions as
specified in the program guidelines .
2001. AUTHORITY. The regulatory basis for the accomplishment of en route
inspections is contained in FAR Sections 121.548, 127.212 , and 135.75 .
2002. EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS . With the rapid advance in technology and
sophistication of today's aircraft, en route inspections should be considered a
useful tool in the overall assessment of an operator's total airworthiness
program management .
2003. PERSONNEL AUTHORIZED TO CONDUCT EN ROUTE INSPECTIONS . Only Federal
Aviation Administration personnel, who are qualified and currently assigned to
duties which involve inspection and surveillance functions on air carrier
operating certificate holders or operating certificate holders, will conduct
en route inspections in connection with their assignment . Supervi ing
inspectors, principal airworthiness inspectors, and airworthiness specialists
assigned to the region and Washington offices may also .conduct familiarization
or surveillance en route inspections as appropriate to their specialities .
2004. QUALIFICATIONS .
a.
Inspectors authorized to conduct en route inspections must possess an
Aviation Safety Inspector's Credential, FAA Form 110A . Inspectors assigned to
certificate holders with operations under FAR Part 121 should have completed the
Air Carrier Maintenance /Electronics Indoctrination Course No. 21601 ; or the
General Aviation Maintenance / Electronics Indoctrination Course No. 21603 and the
Air Carrier Airworthiness Indoctrination ( Abbreviated ) Course No. 21618.
Inspectors assigned to certificate holders with operations under FAR Part 135
should have completed either the Air Carrier or the General Aviation
Maintenance /Electronics Indoctrination Course and the Air Taxi Certification and
Surveillance Course No. 21828. Regional Flight Standards division managers may
approve a deviation from these training requirements for airworthiness
inspectors with en route inspector experience on operations under either FAR
Parts 121 or 135 whose assigned air carrier or operator is operating aircraft
under both operating rules .
b. When an inspector desires to board an operator's aircraft for the
purpose of making an en route inspection, he will identify himself to the
carrier or operator's representative by presenting his FAA Form 110A .
2005. ACCESS TO AIRCRAFT. A " request for access to aircraft " form is issued to
the operator for each en route inspection by the inspector conducting the
inspection . One type form ( SF - 160 ) is used for air carriers holding
Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity ( CC& N ) issued by the Civil
Aeronautics Board (CAB ) and other operators. Issuance of forms to field
inspectors will be controlled by the district office manager with regard to the
inspector's qualifications .
Chap 6
Par 2000 Page 4041
8300.9
7/26/85
a.
Air Carrier CC & N Holders under FAR Parts 121 , 127 , or 135 .
Standard Form 160 , Request for Access to Aircraft or Free Transportation , is
used for carriers in this group and is issued only to inspectors so assigned .
(1) The inspector will prepare Standard Form 160 , " Request for
Access to Aircraft or Free Transportation ," in triplicate . The original of the
SF -160 will be given to the operator . The second copy (White ) will be retained
in the office of the inspector issuing the form and may be disposed of after
1 year . The green copy may be retained by the inspector.
(2) Presentation of the Standard Form 160 should be made at the
office of the air carrier sufficiently in advance of flight departure time to
confirm the availability of the observer's seat , to allow the inspector time to
meet the flightcrew and to observe the preparations for the flight . At this
time, any special activities which the inspector might wish to engage in during
the flight can be discussed .
( 3) Preparation of the Standard Form 160 is largely self - explanatory
and follows the sample form shown in Figure 6-33 of this section . A line will
be drawn through the words " or free transportation " and " space available basis ."
An " X " will be placed in the " must fly square . The number of the inspector's
FAA Form 110A will be inserted in the " Credential No." block . The " Tariff
Value" block will be left blank .
(4) Inspectors conducting en route inspections will occupy the
observer's seat specified by the Administrator in accordance with
FAR Sections 121.581 , 127.212 , or 135.75 . Airworthiness inspectors will not
occupy the center observer's seat on B- 737 airplanes when the operator has
assigned duties to a third pilot crewmember .
( 5) A record of every Standard Form 160 issued will be made on the
inside cover of the forms request book . When all request forms in a book have
been used , the book cover will be returned to the issuing office . The record of
requests will be reviewed and initialed by appropriate supervisory personnel to
indicate concurrence that the en route inspections performed fell within the
scope of the inspector's assignment . The book covers may be disposed of 1 year
after the date of the last form issued . When an inspector leaves the agency or
has no further use for the book of forms, it is to be returned to the issuing
office . If an inspector loses a book , full details concerning the loss shall be
reported immediately to his supervisor .
b . Air carriers Under CAB Part 298 Exemption , Commercial Operators , and
All -Cargo Certificate Holders, Under FAR Parts 121 or 135 .
( 1 ) An inspector preparing to board one of these operator's aircraft
for the purpose of an en route inspection will issue Request for Access to
Aircraft , FAA Form 8430-13 , ( reference Figure 6-34 ) to the operator or its
representative . The original will be presented to the operator and a copy
retained in the office of the issuing inspector for 1 year and then destroyed .
The policies and procedures specified in a( 5) , preceding, for Standard Form 160
are also applicable to the FAA Form 8430-13.
Chap 6
Page 4042 Par 2005

Airworthiness Inspector S Handbook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Airworthiness Inspector S Handbook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

AIRWORTHINESS INSPECTOR'S HANDBOOK

Gen. Ardate. dAirwor thines

Distribution: A -W (WS / FO / VN ) -3; A- X ( FS / CD ) -3 ; Initiated By : AWS - 300

CHANGE SUPPLEMENTS CHANGE SUPPLEMENTS

GPO : 1968 OF - 308-383

This order represents a consolidation of Order 8600.1, General Aviation

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL . Page No.

CHAPTER 2. GENERAL PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES .

37. Opinions concerning Maintenance Services and Aircraft 37

SECTION 3. ORAL AUTHORIZATIONS .

SECTION 4. CORRESPONDENCE WITH INDUSTRY .

SECTION 5 . PUBLICATION OF PRECAUTIONARY NOTICES ,

SECTION 6. ACCESS TO PUBLIC AND PRIVATE AIRPORTS ,

85. -89 . RESERVED .

SECTION 7. RESPONDING TO WRITTEN NOTIFICATION

SECTION 9. GENERAL AVIATION SAFETY SEMINARS AND SPECIAL

120. Purpose . 117

SECTION 10. COORDINATION OF PROPOSED AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES .

135. General . 125

SECTION 11. MANUFACTURER'S PRIVILEGES UNDER THE TERM REBUILD .

SECTION 12. INTERPRETATION OF FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS .

155. Purpose . 141

SECTION 13. INDUSTRY COMPLIANCE WITH FAR EFFECTIVE DATES .

SECTION 14. RECORDKEEPING AND RELATED REPORTS .

SECTION 15. INTERPRETATION OF THE TERM " AIRWORTHY ."

185. Purpose . 191

SECTION 16 . MAINTENANCE BULLETINS .

195. Purpose . 201

SECTION 17. FUELING FACILITIES SURVEILLANCE GENERAL AVIATION .

205. Purpose . 211

SECTION 18. LISTING OF MAINTENANCE AGENCIES, DESIGNEES , AND

225. Purpose. 221

SECTION 19. COORDINATION OF VISITS TO MAINTENANCE AND

240. General . 233

250. Purpose . 245

SECTION 21. DEVIATIONS AND EXEMPTIONS ,

SECTION 1. TYPE CERTIFICATION BOARDS .

450. Purpose . 267

SECTION 2. SUPPLEMENTAL TYPE CERTIFICATES .

466. Authority . 279

476. Authority . 289

SECTION 4. MAJOR REPAIRS .

496. Authority . 299

SECTION 5. MAJOR REPAIR AND ALTERATION , FAA FORM 337 .

510. Purpose . 313

SECTION 6. RECIPROCAL ACCEPTANCE OF MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

520. Authority . 325

522. United States Regulations. 325

SECTION 7 . LEASING OF AIRCRAFT .

535. General . 337

SECTION 8 . USE OF AIRCRAFT PARTS / COMPONENTS OF UNKNOWN

550. General . 349

SECTION 9. AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES ( AD's ) .

SECTION 10. TESTING OF AIRCRAFT POWERPLANTS AFTER OVERHAUL .

575. Purpose. 375

SECTION 11. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS .

SECTION 12. TESTING FABRIC COVERING OF AIRCRAFT.

610. Purpose . 411

SECTION 14. MAINTENANCE AND ADEQUACY OF AIRBORNE CARGO EQUIPMENT.

SECTION 15. POWERPLANT REPAIRS .

630. Purpose . 433